EFPHLOFF

HANDLE LOCK HASP, OFF, PADLOCKABLE

⚠️ Reference pricing provided. In case of supply shortages, we will connect you with our trusted procurement partners to ensure your project's continuity.
Manufacturer: EATON CUTLER HAMMER
Product type: Circuit Breaker Accessories
For Use With:Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers; Accessory Type:Handle Lock Hasp; Product Range:G Series 46K7592
For Use With: Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Product Range: G Series
Accessory Type: Handle Lock Hasp
Delivery and price
Units per pack	250
Price	31.2 €
Current stock	200+
Lead time	30 days
Datasheet
Electrical Sector Solutions 

|**Volume 4:**<br>Circuit<br>:<br>oe<br>#<br>.<br>ee ee:<br>tf<br>i.<br>=<br>-<br>oe<br>rr 5%<br>'?<br>'<br>;<br>‘=<br>=<br>-<br>*<br>4<br>a:<br>—<br>*<br>:<br>:<br>-<br>x.<br>an<br>4<br>he, i<br>7<br>’<br>=<br>eee<br>an<br>cee<br>| Th<br>iy<br>:<br>1<br>- gh<br>|<br>i<br>il<br>“ieee<br>.<br>.<br>'<br>-<br>ag<br>on<br>*<br>7 a |<br>-<br>®<br>*<br>:‘<br>1,<br>"<br>i|
|---|
|Protection<br>‘<br>ahalga<br>-<br>oe<br>..<br>=<br>*<br>“Th.<br>i<br>wv<br>]<br>7<br>‘<<br>1<br>=<br>*<br>- a<br>1<br>4|



**Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial** 

**Volume 2—Commercial Distribution** 

**Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** 

**1** 

**2** 

**3** 

**4** 

## **Tab 1—Miniature Circuit Breakers and** 

**Supplementary Protectors  . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-1** 

**Tab 2—Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-1 Tab 3—Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . V4-T3-1 Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . V4-A1-1 Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . V4-A2-1 Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index  . . . . . . . . . V4-A3-1** 

**Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection** 

**Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions** 

**5 6** 

**7** 

Copyright 

## **Dimensions, Weights and Ratings** 

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog **are approximate and should not be used for construction purposes** . Drawings containing exact dimensions are available upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without notice. Photographs are representative of production units. 

## **Terms and Conditions** 

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes occur, they are published in Eaton’s _Price and Availability Digest_ (PAD). All orders accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions. 

## **Technical and Descriptive Publications** 

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton Products Distributor, call **1-800-525-2000** or visit our website at **www.eaton.com** . 

## **Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21** 

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 

## **WARNING** 

The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions of the U.S. National Electrical Code[®] and/or other local codes or industry standards that are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment. 

These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty. 

**Copyright ©2019 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.** 

Introduction 

**==> picture [122 x 40] intentionally omitted <==**

## **Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality, control and automation, and monitoring products.** 

At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage. 

In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer service and support, we know what’s important to you. 

## **Solutions** 

Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on the following three areas in all we do: 

- Reliability—maintain the ● Efficiency—minimize ● Safety—identify and appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most downtime 

## **Using the Eaton Catalog Library** 

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E, for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include: 

- Volume 1—Residential ● Volume 7—Logic Control, ● Volume 12—Aftermarket, and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life (CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions 

- ● (CA08100008E) (CA08100014E) 

- Volume 2—Commercial Distribution (CA08100003E) ● Volume 8—Sensing ● Volume 13—Counters, 

- ● Volume 3—Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers Distribution and Control ● Volume 9—Original (CA08100015E)—Available Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only 

- ● (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses 

- Volume 4—Circuit (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses Protection (CA08100005E) ● Volume 10—Enclosed (CA08100016E)—Available 

- ● Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only 

- Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection ● Volume 11—Vehicle and ● Volume 15—Solar Inverters (CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of 

- ● (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E) 

> ● Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control (CA08100007E) 

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information, consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library. These references include: 

- The Consulting Application ● The Eaton Power Quality Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA) 

If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for, not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the Literature Library. 

By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent version of each volume and tab. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**i** 

Introduction 

## **Icons** 

## **Green Leaf** 

Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.” 

## **Learn Online** 

When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses, podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more. 

## **Drawings Online** 

When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings and illustrations. 

## **Contact Us** 

If you need additional help, you can find contact information under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**ii** 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors** 

|**1.1**|**Industrial Circuit Breakers**<br>QUICKLAG®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|**1**|
|---|---|---|---|
||QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-5**|**1**|
||QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QPHGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**|**1**|
||Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-11**<br>**V4-T1-14**|**1**|
||Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|**1**|
||Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|**1**|
||Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,|||
||QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|**1**|
||Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|||
||Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-27**|**1**|
||Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching|||
||Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|**1**|
||Solenoid Operator—Remote-Controlled Latching for|||
||Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|**1**|
||International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-36**||
||Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-39**|**1**|
|**1.2**|**UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers**||**1**|
||FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-47**||
||||**1**|
|**1.3**|**UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors**|||
||FAZ Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-74**|**1**|
|**1.4**|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB**||**1**|
||UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-94**||
||UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-100**|**1**|



Learn Online 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-1** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description**_ Quick Reference 

## **QUICKLAG** 

## **Quick Reference** 

**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**[1] **Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out** 

|**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**|**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**|**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**|**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**|**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**[1] **Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out**|**Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out**|**Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out**|**Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out**|**Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of**|||**Federal**<br>**Spec.**|**Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes**<br>**Vac Ratings**||**Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes**<br>**Vdc Ratings**23||||**Page**|
|**Type**|**Type Code**|**at 40°C**|**Poles**|**Vac**|**Vdc**|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**24–48**|**62.5**|**80**|**Number**|
|HQP|P|10–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|10a, 11a, 12a|—|10,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-6**|
|HQP|P|10–125|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|10a, 12a|—|10,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-6**|
|HQP|P|10–100|2, 3|240|—|10b, 11b, 12b|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-6**|
|QPHW|P|15–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|14a|—|22,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-6**|
|QPHW<br>QPHW|P<br>P|15–125<br>15–100|2<br>2, 3|120/240<br>240|24, 48, 80<br>—|14a<br>14b|—<br>—|22,000<br>—|—<br>22,000|5000<br>—|5000<br>—|5000<br>—|**V4-T1-6**<br>**V4-T1-6**|
|QHPX|P|15–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|—|42,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-7**|
|QHPX|P|15–100|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|—|—|42,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-7**|
|QHPX|P|15–100|3|240|—|—|—|—|42,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-7**|
|QHPW|P|15–30|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-7**|
|QHPW|P|15–30|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-7**|
|QHPW<br>QPGFT|P<br>P, GF|15–20<br>15–40|3<br>1|240<br>120|—<br>—|15b<br>10a, 11a, 12a|—<br>10,000|—<br>—|65,000<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T1-7**<br>**V4-T1-9**|
|QPGFT|P, GF|15–50|2|120/240|—|10a, 11a, 12a|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 0–95% noncondensing. 

> 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL® listed. 

> 3 Breakers at DC ratings are not UL listed. 

> 4 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 10–50A and 2500 AIC 55–100A continuous. 

Circuit Breaker Type Codes: **P** Plug-In; **B** Bolt-On; **C** Cable-In/Cable-Out; **GF** Ground Fault, 5 mA; **GFEP** Ground Fault, 30 mA. 

For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see **Pages V4-T1-30** to **V4-T1-35** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-2** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**[1] **Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued** 

|**Eaton’s**|**QUICKLAG In**|**dustrial Cir**|**cuit Brea**|**kers**1 **Pl**|**ug-In, Bolt**|**-On, Cable-I**|**n/Cable-Out, co**|**n/Cable-Out, co**|**ntinued**|**ntinued**|**ntinued**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Continuous**|||||**Interrupting Ratings**||**rms Symmetrical Amperes**|||||
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of**|||**Federal**<br>**Spec.**|**Vac Ratings**|||**Vdc Ratings**23|||**Page**|
|**Type**|**Type Code**|**at 40°C**|**Poles**|**Vac**|**Vdc**|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**24–48**|**62.5**|**80**|**Number**|
|QPHGFT|P, GF|15–30|1|120|—|10a, 11a, 12a|22,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|
|QPHGFT|P, GF|15–50|2|120/240|—|10a, 11a, 12a|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|
|QPGFEP|P, GFEP|15–40|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|
|QPGFEP|P, GFEP|15–50|2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|
|QPHGFEP|P, GFEP|15–30|1|120|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-9**|
|BABRSP|B|15–30|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|BABRSP|B|15–30|2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|BRRP|P|15–30|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-31**|
|BRRP<br>CLRP|P<br>P|15–30<br>15–30|2<br>1|120/240<br>120|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>10,000|10,000<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T1-31**<br>**V4-T1-31**|
|CLRP|P|15–30|2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-31**|
|BAB|B|10–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|10a, 11a, 12a|—|10,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|BAB|B|10–125|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|10a, 12a|—|10,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-12**|
|BAB|B|10–100|2, 3|240|—|10b, 11b, 12b|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|BABRP|B|15–30|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-31**|
|BABRP<br>QBAF|B<br>B, AF|15–30<br>15–20|2<br>1, 2|120/240<br>120/240|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|10,000<br>10,000|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T1-31**<br>**V4-T1-15**|
|QBCAF|B, AF, GF|15–20|1, 2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-15**|
|QBHW|B|15–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|14a|—|22,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|QBHW|B|15–125|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|14a|—|22,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-12**|
|QBHW|B|15–100|2, 3|240|—|14b|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-12**|
|HBAX|B|15–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|—|42,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-13**|
|HBAX|B|15–100|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|—|—|42,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-13**|
|HBAX|B|15–100|3|240||—|—|—|42,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-13**|
|HBAW|B|15–30|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|4|—|**V4-T1-13**|
|HBAW|B|15–30|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-13**|
|HBAW|B|15–20|3|240|—|15b|—|—|65,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-13**|
|QBGFT<br>QBGFT|B, GF<br>B, GF|15–40<br>15–50|1<br>2|120<br>120/240|—<br>—|10a, 11a, 12a<br>10a, 11a, 12a|10,000<br>—|—<br>10,000|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T1-17**<br>**V4-T1-17**|
|QBHGFT|B, GF|15–30|1|120|—|10a, 11a, 12a|22,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-17**|
|QBHGFT|B, GF|15–30|1|120/240|—|10a, 11a, 12a|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-17**|
|QBGFEP|B, GFEP|15–40|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-17**|
|QBGFEP|B, GFEP|15–50|2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-17**|
|QBHGFEP|B, GFEP|15–30|1|120|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-17**|
|QBHGFEP<br>QC|B, GFEP<br>C|15–30<br>10–70|2<br>1|120/240<br>120/240|—<br>24, 48, 62.5|—<br>10a, 11a, 12a|22,000<br>—|22,000<br>10,000|—<br>—|—<br>5000|—<br> 4|—<br>—|**V4-T1-17**<br>**V4-T1-40**|
|QC|C|10–100|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|10a, 12a|—|10,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-40**|
|QC|C|10–100|2, 3, 4|240|—|10b, 11b, 12b|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-40**|
|QCD|C|10–60|1, 2|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|10,000|10,000|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-22**|
|QCD|C|10–100|2, 3|240|24, 48, 62.5|—|—|10,000|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-22**|
|QCF|C|10–60|1, 2|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|10,000|10,000|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-41**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 0–95% noncondensing. 

- 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed. 

- 3 Breakers at DC ratings are not UL listed. 

- 4 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 10–50A and 2500 AIC 55–100A continuous. 

Circuit Breaker Type Codes: **P** Plug-In; **B** Bolt-On; **C** Cable-In/Cable-Out; **GF** Ground Fault, 5 mA; **GFEP** Ground Fault, 30 mA. 

For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see **Pages V4-T1-30** to **V4-T1-35** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-3** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**Eaton’s QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers**[1] **Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued** 

|||**Continuous**|||||**Interrupting Ratings**|**Interrupting Ratings**|**rms Symmetrical Amperes**|**rms Symmetrical Amperes**|**rms Symmetrical Amperes**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of**|||**Federal**<br>**Spec.**|**Vac Ratings**|||**Vdc Ratings**2|||**Page**|
|**Type**|**Type Code**|**at 40°C**|**Poles**|**Vac**|**Vdc**|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**24–48**|**62.5**|**80**|**Number**|
|QCF|C|15–20|1, 2|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|22,000|—|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-26**|
|QCF<br>QCR|C<br>C|15–30<br>10–60|2, 3<br>1, 2|240<br>120/240|24, 48, 62.5<br>24, 48, 62.5|—<br>—|—<br>10,000|10,000<br>10,000|—<br>—|3000<br>3000|3000<br>3000|—<br>—|**V4-T1-26**<br>**V4-T1-26**|
|QCR|C|15–20|1, 2|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|—|22,000|—|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-26**|
|QCR|C|15–30|2, 3|240|24, 48, 62.5|—|—|10,000|—|3000|3000|—|**V4-T1-26**|
|QCHW|C|15–70|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|14a|—|22,000|—|5000|3|—|**V4-T1-21**|
|QCHW|C|15–100|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|14a|—|22,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-21**|
|QCHW|C|15–100|2, 3|240|—|14b|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-21**|
|QHCX<br>QHCX|C<br>C|15–70<br>15–100|1<br>2|120/240<br>120/240|24, 48, 62.5<br>24, 48, 80|—<br>—|—<br>—|42,000<br>42,000|—<br>—|5000<br>5000|3<br>5000|—<br>5000|**V4-T1-21**<br>**V4-T1-21**|
|QHCX|C|15–100|3|240|—|—|—|—|42,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-21**|
|QHCW|C|15–30|1|120/240|24, 48, 62.5|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|3|—|**V4-T1-21**|
|QHCW|C|15–30|2|120/240|24, 48, 80|15a|—|65,000|—|5000|5000|5000|**V4-T1-21**|
|QHCW|C|15–20|3|240|—|15b|—|—|65,000|—|—|—|**V4-T1-21**|
|QCGFT|C, GF|15–40|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|
|QCGFT<br>QCHGFT|C, GF<br>C, GF|15–50<br>15–30|2<br>1|120/240<br>120|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>22,000|10,000<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T1-28**<br>**V4-T1-28**|
|QCHGFT|C, GF|15–30|2|120/240|—|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|
|QCGFEP|C, GFEP|15–40|1|120|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|
|QCGFEP|C, GFEP|15–50|2|120/240|—|—|—|10,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|
|QCHGFEP|C, GFEP|15–30|1|120|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|
|QCHGFEP|C, GFEP|15–30|2|120/240|—|—|—|22,000|—|—|—|—|**V4-T1-28**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 0–95% noncondensing. 

> 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed. 

> 3 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 10–50A and 2500 AIC 55–100A continuous. 

Circuit Breaker Type Codes: **P** Plug-In; **B** Bolt-On; **C** Cable-In/Cable-Out; **GF** Ground Fault, 5 mA; **GFEP** Ground Fault, 30 mA. 

For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see **Pages V4-T1-30** to **V4-T1-35** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-4** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

**==> picture [95 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
QUICKLAG Type HQP Single-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

**1** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-6**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-7**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-8**||
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|**V4-T1-11**|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|**V4-T1-14**|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,||
|QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,<br>QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . .<br>**V4-T1-27**||
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching<br>Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-36**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|



## **QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW** 

## **Product Description** 

- All products 15–100A are HACR rated 

- Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Built and listed to UL 489 

- All products UL and CSA[®] listed 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-5** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

**1** 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

## **QUICKLAG Type HQP Single-Pole** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: HQP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|10|**HQP1010**|**HQP2010**|**—**|**HQP3010H**3|
|15<br>20|**HQP1015**12<br>**HQP1020**12|**HQP2015**<br>**HQP2020**|**HQP2015H**<br>**HQP2020H**|**HQP3015H**<br>**HQP3020H**|
|25<br>30|**HQP1025**<br>**HQP1030**|**HQP2025**<br>**HQP2030**|**HQP2025H**<br>**HQP2030H**|**HQP3025H**<br>**HQP3030H**|
|35<br>40|**HQP1035**<br>**HQP1040**|**HQP2035**<br>**HQP2040**|**HQP2035H**<br>**HQP2040H**|**HQP3035H**<br>**HQP3040H**|
|45<br>50|**HQP1045**<br>**HQP1050**|**HQP2045**<br>**HQP2050**|**HQP2045H**<br>**HQP2050H**|**HQP3045H**<br>**HQP3050H**|
|55<br>60|**HQP1055**<br>**HQP1060**|**HQP2055**<br>**HQP2060**|**HQP2055H**<br>**HQP2060H**|**HQP3055H**<br>**HQP3060H**|
|70<br>80|**HQP1070**<br>**—**|**HQP2070**<br>**HQP2080**|**HQP2070H**<br>**HQP2080H**|**HQP3070H**<br>**HQP3080H**|
|90<br>100|**—**<br>**HQP1100**|**HQP2090**<br>**HQP2100**|**HQP2090H**<br>**HQP2100H**|**HQP3090H**<br>**HQP3100H**|
|110<br>125|**—**<br>**—**|**HQP2110**<br>**HQP2125**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|150|**—**|**HQP2150**|**—**|**—**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**<br>50|**Catalog Number**<br>**HQP1050N**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|**Catalog Number**<br>**HQP2050N**|**Catalog Number**<br>**HQP3050N**|
|60<br>100|**HQP1060N**<br>**HQP1100N**|**—**<br>**—**|**HQP2060N**<br>**HQP2100N**|**HQP3060N**<br>**HQP3100N**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: QPHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15<br>20|**QPHW1015**1<br>**QPHW1020**1|**QPHW2015**<br>**QPHW2020**|**QPHW2015H**<br>**QPHW2020H**|**QPHW3015H**<br>**QPHW3020H**|
|25<br>30|**QPHW1025**<br>**QPHW1030**|**QPHW2025**<br>**QPHW2030**|**QPHW2025H**<br>**QPHW2030H**|**QPHW3025H**<br>**QPHW3030H**|
|35<br>40|**QPHW1035**<br>**QPHW1040**|**QPHW2035**<br>**QPHW2040**|**QPHW2035H**<br>**QPHW2040H**|**QPHW3035H**<br>**QPHW3040H**|
|45<br>50|**QPHW1045**<br>**QPHW1050**|**QPHW2045**<br>**QPHW2050**|**QPHW2045H**<br>**QPHW2050H**|**QPHW3045H**<br>**QPHW3050H**|
|55<br>60|**QPHW1055**<br>**QPHW1060**|**QPHW2055**<br>**QPHW2060**|**QPHW2055H**<br>**QPHW2060H**|**QPHW3055H**<br>**QPHW3060H**|
|70|**QPHW1070**|**QPHW2070**|**QPHW2070H**|**QPHW3070H**|
|80|**—**|**QPHW2080**|**QPHW2080H**|**QPHW3080H**|
|90|**—**|**QPHW2090**|**QPHW2090H**|**QPHW3090H**|
|100|**—**|**QPHW2100**|**QPHW2100H**|**QPHW3100H**|
|110|**—**|**QPHW2110**|**—**|**—**|
|125|**—**|**QPHW2125**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 

> 2   For special low-magnetic breaker, order **HQP1015L1** or **HQP1020L1** . 

3   Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-6** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **QUICKLAG Type: QHPX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15<br>20|**QHPX1015**1<br>**QHPX1020**1|**QHPX2015**<br>**QHPX2020**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3015H**<br>**QHPX3020H**|
|25<br>30|**QHPX1025**<br>**QHPX1030**|**QHPX2025**<br>**QHPX2030**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3025H**<br>**QHPX3030H**|
|35<br>40|**QHPX1035**<br>**QHPX1040**|**QHPX2035**<br>**QHPX2040**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3035H**<br>**QHPX3040H**|
|45<br>50|**QHPX1045**<br>**QHPX1050**|**QHPX2045**<br>**QHPX2050**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3045H**<br>**QHPX3050H**|
|55<br>60|**QHPX1055**<br>**QHPX1060**|**QHPX2055**<br>**QHPX2060**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3055H**<br>**QHPX3060H**|
|70<br>80|**QHPX1070**<br>**—**|**QHPX2070**<br>**QHPX2080**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3070H**<br>**QHPX3080H**|
|90<br>100|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX2090**<br>**QHPX2100**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHPX3090H**<br>**QHPX3100H**|



**1** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: QHPW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QHPW1015**1|**QHPW2015**|**—**|**QHPW3015H**|
|20|**QHPW1020**1|**QHPW2020**|**—**|**QHPW3020H**|
|25|**QHPW1025**|**QHPW2025**|**—**|**—**|
|30|**QHPW1030**|**QHPW2030**|**—**|**—**|



## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Number**|**Carton**|**Approximate**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Quantity**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Dimensions**|
|1|24|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|2<br>3|12<br>8|9.00 (4.1)<br>9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-7** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

~~]~~ **1 QUICKLAG Type QPGFT Single-PoleGround Fault Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-5**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-9**|
|Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-10**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-10**|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-11**|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types||
|QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-14**|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,||
|QHCX, QHCW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,||
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-27**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching||
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-36**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|



## **QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP** 

## **Product Description** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Built and listed to UL 489 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- 5 mA trip sensitivity 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- Built and tested to UL 943 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- 30 mA trip sensitivity 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- Built and listed to UL 1053 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-8** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QUICKLAG Type QPGFT Single-Pole QPGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QPGFT1015**|**QPGFT2015**|
|20|**QPGFT1020**|**QPGFT2020**|
|25|**QPGFT1025**|**QPGFT2025**|
|30|**QPGFT1030**|**QPGFT2030**|
|40|**QPGFT1040**|**QPGFT2040**|
|50|**—**|**QPGFT2050**|



**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QPHGF1015**|**QPHGF2015**|
|20|**QPHGF1020**|**QPHGF2020**|
|25|**QPHGF1025**|**QPHGF2025**|
|30|**QPHGF1030**|**QPHGF2030**|



**Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGFEP 10,000 Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QPGFEP1015**|**QPGFEP2015**|
|20|**QPGFEP1020**|**QPGFEP2020**|
|25|**QPGFEP1025**|**QPGFEP2025**|
|30|**QPGFEP1030**|**QPGFEP2030**|
|40|**QPGFEP1040**|**QPGFEP2040**|
|50|**—**|**QPGFEP2050**|



**Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QPHGFEP1015**|**QPHGFEP2015**|
|20|**QPHGFEP1020**|**QPHGFEP2020**|
|25|**QPHGFEP1025**|**QPHGFEP2025**|
|30|**QPHGFEP1030**|**QPHGFEP2030**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-9** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—5 mA Sensitivity 1 QUICKLAG Type: QPGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15<br>20|**QPGFT1015W1**<br>**QPGFT1020W1**|**QPGFT2015W1**<br>**QPGFT2020W1**|
|25<br>30|**QPGFT1025W1**<br>**QPGFT1030W1**|**QPGFT2025W1**<br>**QPGFT2030W1**|
|40<br>50|**—**<br>**—**|**QPGFT2040W1**<br>**QPGFT2050W1**|
|15|**QPGFT1015W2**|**—**|
|20|**QPGFT1020W2**|**—**|
|25|**QPGFT1025W2**|**—**|
|30|**QPGFT1030W2**|**—**|



**Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QPGFEP1015W1**|**QPGFEP2015W1**|
|20|**QPGFEP1020W1**|**QPGFEP2020W1**|
|25|**QPGFEP1025W1**|**QPGFEP2025W1**|
|30|**QPGFEP1030W1**|**QPGFEP2030W1**|
|40<br>50|**—**<br>**—**|**QPGFEP2040W1**<br>**QPGFEP2050W1**|
|15|**QPGFEP1015W2**|—|
|20|**QPGFEP1020W2**|—|
|25|**QPGFEP1025W2**|—|
|30|**QPGFEP1030W2**|—|



## **Wiring Diagram** 

**Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic** 

|Ground<br>Fault<br>Breaker|Blue Wire<br>Red Wire<br>Black Wire<br>Blue<br>Red<br>NC<br>NO|
|---|---|
||NC|
||Red<br>NO|



Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)—contacts change state when breaker trips. Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided. 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Number**|**Carton**|**Approximate**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**<br>1|**Quantity**<br>24|**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>11.00 (5.0)|**Dimensions**<br>12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)|
|2|5|5.00 (2.3)|15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)|



## _**Note**_ 

Shipped individually or in carton quantities. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-10** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **QUICKLAG Type BAB Single-Pole** 

## **Contents** 

**1** 

**==> picture [244 x 235] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-2|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|V4-T1-5|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .|V4-T1-8|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-12|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-13|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-14|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .|V4-T1-16|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,|
|QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-19|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,|
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-23|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . .|V4-T1-27|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching|
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-30|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for|
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . .|V4-T1-33|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|V4-T1-36|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|V4-T1-39|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW** 

## **Product Description** 

- All products 15–100A are HACR rated 

- Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Built and listed to UL 489 

- All products UL and CSA listed 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-11** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

**1** 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

## **QUICKLAG Type BAB Single-Pole** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>10<br>**BAB1010**<br>**BAB2010**<br>**BAB2010H**3<br>**BAB3010H**3<br>~~eee,~~|||||
|15<br>20|**BAB1015**12<br>**BAB1020**12|**BAB2015**<br>**BAB2020**|**BAB2015H**<br>**BAB2020H**|**BAB3015H**<br>**BAB3020H**|
|25<br>30|**BAB1025**<br>**BAB1030**|**BAB2025**<br>**BAB2030**|**BAB2025H**<br>**BAB2030H**|**BAB3025H**<br>**BAB3030H**|
|35<br>40|**BAB1035**<br>**BAB1040**|**BAB2035**<br>**BAB2040**|**BAB2035H**<br>**BAB2040H**|**BAB3035H**<br>**BAB3040H**|
|45<br>50|**BAB1045**<br>**BAB1050**|**BAB2045**<br>**BAB2050**|**BAB2045H**<br>**BAB2050H**|**BAB3045H**<br>**BAB3050H**|
|55<br>60|**BAB1055**<br>**BAB1060**|**BAB2055**<br>**BAB2060**|**BAB2055H**<br>**BAB2060H**|**BAB3055H**<br>**BAB3060H**|
|70<br>80|**BAB1070**<br>**—**|**BAB2070**<br>**BAB2080**|**BAB2070H**<br>**BAB2080H**|**BAB3070H**<br>**BAB3080H**|
|90<br>100|**—**<br>**BAB1100**|**BAB2090**<br>**BAB2100**|**BAB2090H**<br>**BAB2100H**|**BAB3090H**<br>**BAB3100H**|
|110<br>125|**—**<br>**—**|**BAB2110**<br>**BAB2125**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: BA Non-Automatic Switches** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>50<br>60<br>_|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**BAB1050N**<br>**BAB1060N**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**BAB2050N**<br>**BAB2060N**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**BAB3050N**<br>**BAB3060N**|
|100|**BAB1100N**|**—**|**BAB2100N**|**BAB3100N**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: QBHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**<br>15<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBHW1015**1<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBHW2015**<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBHW2015H**<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBHW3015H**<br>~~ee~~|
|20<br>25|**QBHW1020**1<br>**QBHW1025**|**QBHW2020**<br>**QBHW2025**|**QBHW2020H**<br>**QBHW2025H**|**QBHW3020H**<br>**QBHW3025H**|
|30<br>35|**QBHW1030**<br>**QBHW1035**|**QBHW2030**<br>**QBHW2035**|**QBHW2030H**<br>**QBHW2035H**|**QBHW3030H**<br>**QBHW3035H**|
|40<br>45|**QBHW1040**<br>**QBHW1045**|**QBHW2040**<br>**QBHW2045**|**QBHW2040H**<br>**QBHW2045H**|**QBHW3040H**<br>**QBHW3045H**|
|50<br>55|**QBHW1050**<br>**QBHW1055**|**QBHW2050**<br>**QBHW2055**|**QBHW2050H**<br>**QBHW2055H**|**QBHW3050H**<br>**QBHW3055H**|
|60<br>70|**QBHW1060**<br>**QBHW1070**|**QBHW2060**<br>**QBHW2070**|**QBHW2060H**<br>**QBHW2070H**|**QBHW3060H**<br>**QBHW3070H**|
|80|**—**|**QBHW2080**|**QBHW2080H**|**QBHW3080H**|
|90|**—**|**QBHW2090**|**QBHW2090H**|**QBHW3090H**|
|100|**—**|**QBHW2100**|**QBHW2100H**|**QBHW3100H**|
|110|**—**|**QBHW2110**|**—**|**—**|
|125|**—**|**QBHW2125**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 

> 2   For special low-magnetic breaker, order **BAB1015L1** or **BAB1020L1** . 

- 3   Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-12** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **QUICKLAG Type: HBAX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15|**HBAX1015**1|**HBAX2015**|**—**|**HBAX3015H**|
|20|**HBAX1020**1|**HBAX2020**|**—**|**HBAX3020H**|
|25|**HBAX1025**|**HBAX2025**|**—**|**HBAX3025H**|
|30<br>35|**HBAX1030**<br>**HBAX1035**|**HBAX2030**<br>**HBAX2035**|**—**<br>**—**|**HBAX3030H**<br>**HBAX3035H**|
|40|**HBAX1040**|**HBAX2040**|**—**|**HBAX3040H**|
|45|**HBAX1045**|**HBAX2045**|**—**|**HBAX3045H**|
|50|**HBAX1050**|**HBAX2050**|**—**|**HBAX3050H**|
|55|**HBAX1055**|**HBAX2055**|**—**|**HBAX3055H**|
|60|**HBAX1060**|**HBAX2060**|**—**|**HBAX3060H**|
|70<br>80|**HBAX1070**<br>**—**|**HBAX2070**<br>**HBAX2080**|**—**<br>**—**|**HBAX3070H**<br>**HBAX3080H**|
|80|**—**|**HBAX2080**|**—**|**HBAX3080H**|
|90|**—**|**HBAX2090**|**—**|**HBAX3090H**|
|100|**—**|**HBAX2100**|**—**|**HBAX3100H**|



**1** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: HBAW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15<br>20|**HBAW1015**1<br>**HBAW1020**1|**HBAW2015**<br>**HBAW2020**|**—**<br>**—**|**HBAW3015H**<br>**HBAW3020H**|
|25|**HBAW1025**|**HBAW2025**|**—**|**—**|
|30|**HBAW1030**|**HBAW2030**|**—**|**—**|



## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Number**|**Carton**|**Approximate**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Quantity**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Dimensions**|
|1|24|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|2|12|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|3|8|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-13** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1 Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter QUICKLAG Types QBAF, QBCAF** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|**Contents**|
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>**_Page_**<br>Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-2**<br>QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW<br>**V4-T1-5**<br>QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP  . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|**V4-T1-11**|
|QBAF, QBCAF<br>Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-15**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|**V4-T1-15**|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,||
|QHCX, QHCW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,<br>QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-27**||
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching<br>Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-36**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|



## **Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF, QBCAF** 

## **Product Description Features, Benefits and** ● All products HACR rated **Functions** 

- 10 and 22 kAIC rating at 120V and 120/240V 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - Built and listed to UL 489 

   - UL File E7819 for QBAF 

- Single-pole AFCI 

- HID ratings for HID (High Intensity Discharge) lighting 

- All models are HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-14** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**QBCAF and QBAF Type AFCIs**_ 

Effective immediately, Eaton AFCIs are available for use in Sumter panels with a 22 kAIC rating. This higher rated breaker will allow us to win jobs where AFCIs are specified at higher than 10 kAIC. This breaker provides standard thermal- 

magnetic protection of branch circuits. This product will have the same form, fit and function of the current bolt-on AFCI (QBCAF and QBAF Type). Product scope is below. These breakers are in Bid Manager™ for Pow-RLine 1a, Pow-R-Line 1a-LX, 

Pow-R-Line 3a and Pow-RLine 4a panelboards. For series rated combinations, continue to use the less expensive 10 kAIC QBCAF and QBAF offerings. 

Breakers can also be ordered from Vista. 

|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter**<br>**Wiring Diagrams**<br>**Poles**<br>**kAIC**<br>**Rating**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Type QBCAF Combination AFCI**<br>Single-pole<br>10 kAIC<br>15<br>20<br>22 kAIC<br>15<br>20<br>**QBHCAF**<br>t~~C~~|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter**<br>**Configuration**<br>Combination AFCI<br>Combination AFCI<br>Combination AFCI<br>Combination AFCI|**1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QB1015CAF**<br>**QB1020CAF**<br>**QBH1015CAF**<br>**QBH1020CAF**|
|---|---|---|



## **Wiring Diagrams** 

**Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac** 

## **Single-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application** 

**==> picture [185 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Two-Pole<br>Neutral Two 120V<br>Duplex<br>Neutral Receptacles<br>Line A<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [178 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
120/240 Vac<br>Source<br>N A B<br>Line B<br>Single-Pole<br>Neutral<br>120V<br>Neutral Duplex<br>Receptacle<br>Equipment Ground<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-15** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **1 QUICKLAG Type QBGFT Single-PoleGround Fault Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-5**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP  . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-11**|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types||
|QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-14**|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-17**|
|Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-18**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-18**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,||
|QHCX, QHCW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,||
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-27**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching||
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-36**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|



## **Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP** 

## **Product Description** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Built and tested to UL 489 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- 5 mA trip sensitivity 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- Built and tested to UL 943 

_**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- 30 mA trip sensitivity 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- Built and tested to UL 1053 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-16** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **QUICKLAG Type QBGFT Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: Single-Pole QBGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Ampere Rating**<br>**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QB1015GF**|**QBGFT2015**|
|20|**QB1020GF**|**QBGFT2020**|
|25|**QB1025GF**|**QBGFT2025**|
|30|**QB1030GF**|**QBGFT2030**|
|40<br>~~TT~~|**QB1040GF**<br>~~SSS~~|**QBGFT2040**|
|50|**—**|**QBGFT2050**|



**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBHGFT 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QBH1015GF**|**QBHGF2015**|
|20|**QBH1020GF**|**QBHGF2020**|
|25|**QBH1025GF**|**QBHGF2025**|
|30|**QBH1030GF**|**QBHGF2030**|



**Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QB1015EP**|**QBGFEP2015**|
|20|**QB1020EP**|**QBGFEP2020**|
|25|**QB1025EP**|**QBGFEP2025**|
|30|**QB1030EP**|**QBGFEP2030**|
|40|**QB1040EP**|**QBGFEP2040**|
|50|**—**|**QBGFEP2050**|



**Ground Fault Equipment Breakers—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QBH1015EP**|**QBHGFEP2015**|
|20|**QBH1020EP**|**QBHGFEP2020**|
|25|**QBH1025EP**|**QBHGFEP2025**|
|30|**QBH1030EP**|**QBHGFEP2030**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-17** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: 1 QBGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**<br>15|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBGFT1015W1**|**Catalog Number**<br>**QBGFT2015W1**|
|20|**QBGFT1020W1**|**QBGFT2020W1**|
|25|**QBGFT1025W1**|**QBGFT2025W1**|
|30|**QBGFT1030W1**|**QBGFT2030W1**|
|40|**—**|**QBGFT2040W1**|
|50|**—**|**QBGFT2050W1**|
|15|**QBGFT1015W2**|**—**|
|20|**QBGFT1020W2**|**—**|
|25|**QBGFT1025W2**|**—**|
|30|**QBGFT1030W2**|**—**|



**Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QBGFEP1015W1**|**QBGFEP2015W1**|
|20|**QBGFEP1020W1**|**QBGFEP2020W1**|
|25|**QBGFEP1025W1**|**QBGFEP2025W1**|
|30|**QBGFEP1030W1**|**QBGFEP2030W1**|
|40|**—**|**QBGFEP2040W1**|
|50<br>15|**—**<br>**QBGFEP1015W2**|**QBGFEP2050W1**<br>—|
|20<br>25|**QBGFEP1020W2**<br>**QBGFEP1025W2**|—<br>—|
|30|**QBGFEP1030W2**|—|



## **Wiring Diagram** 

## **Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic** 

|Ground<br>Fault<br>Breaker|Blue Wire<br>Red Wire<br>Black Wire<br>Blue<br>Red<br>NC<br>NO|
|---|---|



Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)—contacts change state when breaker trips. 

Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided. 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Shipping Data**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>1|**Approximate Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>11.00 (5.0)|**Dimensions**<br>12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)|
|2|5.00 (2.3)|15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)|



## _**Note**_ 

Shipped individually or in carton quantities. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-18** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

**QUICKLAG Type QC Single-Pole** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [278 x 246] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|1|
|Description|Page|
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-2|1|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|V4-T1-5|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|1|
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .|V4-T1-8|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-11|1|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-14|
|1|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .|V4-T1-16|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,|1|
|QHCX, QHCW|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-20|1|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-22|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,|1|
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-23|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . .|V4-T1-27|1|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching|
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-30|1|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for|
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . .|V4-T1-33|1|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|V4-T1-36|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|V4-T1-39|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW** 

## **Product Description** 

- All products 10–100A are HACR rated 

- Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Built and listed to UL 489 

- All products UL and CSA listed 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-19** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

**1** 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

## **QUICKLAG Type QC Single-Pole** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: QC 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

||**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Four-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
||5|**QC1005**1|**QC2005**1|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|10||**QC1010**|**QC2010**|**QC2010H**1|**QC3010H**1|**—**|
||15|**QC1015**2|**QC2015**|**QC2015H**|**QC3015H**|**QC4015H**|
||20|**QC1020**2|**QC2020**|**QC2020H**|**QC3020H**|**QC4020H**|
||25<br>30|**QC1025**<br>**QC1030**|**QC2025**<br>**QC2030**|**QC2025H**<br>**QC2030H**|**QC3025H**<br>**QC3030H**|**QC4025H**<br>**QC4030H**|
||35|**QC1035**|**QC2035**|**QC2035H**|**QC3035H**|**QC4035H**|
||40|**QC1040**|**QC2040**|**QC2040H**|**QC3040H**|**QC4040H**|
||45|**QC1045**|**QC2045**|**QC2045H**|**QC3045H**|**QC4045H**|
||50|**QC1050**|**QC2050**|**QC2050H**|**QC3050H**|**QC4050H**|
||55|**QC1055**|**QC2055**|**QC2055H**|**QC3055H**|**QC4055H**|
||60|**QC1060**|**QC2060**|**QC2060H**|**QC3060H**|**QC4060H**|
||70|**QC1070**|**QC2070**|**QC2070H**|**QC3070H**|**QC4070H**|
||70|**—**|**QC2080**|**QC2080H**|**QC3080H**|**QC4080H**|
||90|**—**|**QC2090**|**QC2090H**|**QC3090H**|**QC4090H**|
||100|**QC1100**|**QC2100**|**QC2100H**|**QC3100H**|**QC4100H**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: QC Non-Automatic Switches** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|50|**QC1050N**|**—**|**QC2050N**|**QC3050N**|**—**|
|60|**QC1060N**|**—**|**QC2060N**|**QC3060N**|**—**|
|100|**QC1100N**|**—**|**QC2100N**|**QC3100N**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Not UL listed. 

2   Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only. 

For special low-magnetic breaker, order **QC1015L1** or **QC1020L1** .Non-automatic switches, see **Page V4-T1-41.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-20** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **QUICKLAG Type: QCHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QCHW1015**1|**QCHW2015**|**QCHW2015H**|**QCHW3015H**|**QCHW4015H**|
|20|**QCHW1020**1|**QCHW2020**|**QCHW2020H**|**QCHW3020H**|**QCHW4020H**|
|25|**QCHW1025**|**QCHW2025**|**QCHW2025H**|**QCHW3025H**|**QCHW4025H**|
|30|**QCHW1030**|**QCHW2030**|**QCHW2030H**|**QCHW3030H**|**QCHW4030H**|
|35|**QCHW1035**|**QCHW2035**|**QCHW2035H**|**QCHW3035H**|**QCHW4035H**|
|40|**QCHW1040**|**QCHW2040**|**QCHW2040H**|**QCHW3040H**|**QCHW4040H**|
|45|**QCHW1045**|**QCHW2045**|**QCHW2045H**|**QCHW3045H**|**QCHW4045H**|
|50|**QCHW1050**|**QCHW2050**|**QCHW2050H**|**QCHW3050H**|**QCHW4050H**|
|55|**QCHW1055**|**QCHW2055**|**QCHW2055H**|**QCHW3055H**|**QCHW4055H**|
|60|**QCHW1060**|**QCHW2060**|**QCHW2060H**|**QCHW3060H**|**QCHW4060H**|
|70<br>70|**QCHW1070**<br>**—**|**QCHW2070**<br>**QCHW2080**|**QCHW2070H**<br>**QCHW2080H**|**QCHW3070H**<br>**QCHW3080H**|**QCHW4070H**<br>**QCHW4080H**|
|90|**—**|**QCHW2090**|**QCHW2090H**|**QCHW3090H**|**QCHW4090H**|
|100|**—**|**QCHW2100**|**QCHW2100H**|**QCHW3100H**|**QCHW4100H**|



**1** 

## **QUICKLAG Type: QHCX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Four-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|15|**QHCX1015**1|**QHCX2015**|**—**|**QHCX3015H**|**—**|
|20<br>25|**QHCX1020**1<br>**QHCX1025**|**QHCX2020**<br>**QHCX2025**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHCX3020H**<br>**QHCX3025H**|**—**<br>**—**|
|30|**QHCX1030**|**QHCX2030**|**—**|**QHCX3030H**|**—**|
|35|**QHCX1035**|**QHCX2035**|**—**|**QHCX3035H**|**—**|
|40|**QHCX1040**|**QHCX2040**|**—**|**QHCX3040H**|**—**|
|45|**QHCX1045**|**QHCX2045**|**—**|**QHCX3045H**|**—**|
|50|**QHCX1050**|**QHCX2050**|**—**|**QHCX3050H**|**—**|
|55<br>60|**QHCX1055**<br>**QHCX1060**|**QHCX2055**<br>**QHCX2060**|**—**<br>**—**|**QHCX3055H**<br>**QHCX3060H**|**—**<br>**—**|
|70|**QHCX1070**|**QHCX2070**|**—**|**QHCX3070H**|**—**|
|70|**—**|**QHCX2080**|**—**|**QHCX3080H**|**—**|
|90|**—**|**QHCX2090**|**—**|**QHCX3090H**|**—**|
|100|**—**|**QHCX2100**|**—**|**QHCX3100H**|**—**|



## **QUICKLAG Type: QHCW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Four-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**<br>15|**Catalog Number**<br>**QHCW1015**1|**Catalog Number**<br>**QHCW2015**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|**Catalog Number**<br>**QHCW3015H**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|
|20|**QHCW1020**1|**QHCW2020**|**—**|**QHCW3020H**|**—**|
|25|**QHCW1025**|**QHCW2025**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|30|**QHCW1030**|**QHCW2030**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only. Non-automatic switches, see **Page V4-T1-41.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-21** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## _**QUICKLAG Type QCD Miniature Circuit Breakers**_ 

- **1** QCD breakers are used primarily in HVAC and 

- **1** industrial applications. 

   - Flexible power feed connection: wire size, position 

- Single-, two- and three-pole options 

   - Same breaker size for entire rating range 

- Modular construction 

   - Field mountable accessories: finger shroud proof, quick connect terminals 

- DIN mounted 

- (symmetrical rail 35 x 

- 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022) 

   - Other accessories: jumper unit 

- QCD same profile as Type QCR 

**QUICKLAG Type QCD QUICKLAG Type QCD 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers Miniature Circuit Single-Pole Two-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Breaker Continuous** 

||**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||10<br>15|**QCD1010**<br>**QCD1015**|**QCD2010**<br>**QCD2015**|**—**<br>**QCD2015H**|**—**<br>**QCD3015H**|
||20|**QCD1020**|**QCD2020**|**QCD2020H**|**QCD3020H**|
||25|**QCD1025**|**QCD2025**|**QCD2025H**|**QCD3025H**|
||30|**QCD1030**|**QCD2030**|**QCD2030H**|**QCD3030H**|
||35|**QCD1035**|**QCD2035**|**QCD2035H**|**QCD3035H**|
||40|**QCD1040**|**QCD2040**|**QCD2040H**|**QCD3040H**|
||45<br>50|**QCD1045**<br>**QCD1050**|**QCD2045**<br>**QCD2050**|**QCD2045H**<br>**QCD2050H**|**QCD3045H**<br>**QCD3050H**|
||55|**QCD1055**|**QCD2055**|**QCD2055H**|**QCD3055H**|
||60|**QCD1060**|**QCD2060**|**QCD2060H**|**QCD3060H**|
|70||**—**|**QCD2070**|**QCD2070H**|**QCD3070H**|
|80||**—**|**QCD2080**|**QCD2080H**|**QCD3080H**|
|90||**—**|**QCD2090**|**QCD2090H**|**QCD3090H**|
|100||**—**<br>**—**|**QCD2090**<br>**QCD2100**|**QCD2090H**<br>**QCD2100H**|**QCD3100H**<br>**—**|



## **QUICKLAG Type QCD Non-Automatic Switches** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|**Three-Pole**<br>**240 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|60|**—**|**—**|**QCD2060NA**|**—**|
|100|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Number**|**Carton**|**Approximate**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**<br>1|**Quantity**<br>24|**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>9.00 (4.1)|**Dimensions**<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|2|12|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|3|8|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-22** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [182 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [223 x 16] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Single-Pole Two-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole<br>QCR (Rear-Mounted Breakers) QCF (Front-Mounted Breakers)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Contents**||**1**|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|**1**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-5**||
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||**1**|
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**||
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|**V4-T1-11**|**1**|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|**V4-T1-14**|**1**|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .<br>Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,|**V4-T1-16**|**1**|
|QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**||
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,||**1**|
|QCRH, QCFH|||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>QCR and QCF Options and Accessories . . . . . .|**V4-T1-24**<br>**V4-T1-26**|**1**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . .<br>**V4-T1-27**||**1**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching<br>Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|**1**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for|||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|**1**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-36**||
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|**1**|



## **Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton Type QCR circuit breakers have as a standard feature provisions for 35 mm DIN rail rear mounting with a spring-loaded release. Optional clips for individual mounting are available as a separate accessory. 

Type QCF have two threaded steel inserts to facilitate front mounting with #6–32 steel screws. The clamp type terminals are accessible from the rear of the breaker so that cables can be accessed without removal of the breaker from the front cover. 

## **Application Description** 

QCR and QCF circuit breakers are only 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide per pole and are excellent for general purpose industrial applications where space savings is required. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

   - Built and listed to UL 489 

- 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide per pole 

   - UL File No. E7819 

   - CSA File No. LR48907 

- Cable-in/cable-out 

- Type QCR and QCF circuit 

- ● Black cases with black breakers are UL listed handles circuit breakers that are 

- ● Three position handle: suitable for use as branch ON, Tripped (center), OFF circuit protectors 

- Thermal-magnetic ● All ratings 15–60A are protection HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-23** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Cable-In/Cable-Out,** 

**QCR Breaker Catalog Numbers**[1234] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**240 Vac** 5<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>10<br>**QCR1010**<br>**QCR2010**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1/2-Inch Wide**~~a~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**QCR1010T**|**QCR2010T**|**—**|**—**|
|||**—**|**QCR2010P**|**—**|**—**|
||15|**QCR1015**6<br>**QCR1015T**6|**QCR2015**<br>**QCR2015T**|**QCR2015H**<br>**QCR2015HT**|**QCR3015H**<br>**QCR3015HT**|
|||**—**|**QCR2015P**|**—**|**—**|
||20|**QCR1020**6|**QCR2020**|**QCR2020H**|**QCR3020H**|
|||**QCR1020T**6|**QCR2020T**|**QCR2020HT**|**QCR3020HT**|
|||**—**|**QCR2020P**|**—**|**—**|
||25|**QCR1025**|**QCR2025**|**QCR2025H**|**QCR3025H**|
|||**QCR1025T**|**QCR2025T**|**QCR2025HT**|**QCR3025HT**|
|||**—**|**QCR2025P**|**—**|**—**|
||30|**QCR1030**|**QCR2030**|**QCR2030H**|**QCR3030H**|
|||**QCR1030T**|**QCR2030T**|**QCR2030HT**|**QCR3030HT**|
|||**—**|**QCR2030P**|**—**|**—**|
||35|**QCR1035**<br>**—**|**QCR2035**<br>**QCR2035P**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
||40|**QCR1040**|**QCR2040**|**—**|**—**|
|||**—**|**QCR2040P**|**—**|**—**|
||45|**QCR1045**|**QCR2045**|**—**|**—**|
|||**—**|**QCR2045P**|**—**|**—**|
||50|**QCR1050**|**QCR2050**|**—**|**—**|
||55|**—**<br>**QCR1055**|**QCR2050P**<br>**QCR2055**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|||**—**|**QCR2055P**|**—**|**—**|
||607|**QCR1060**|**QCR2060**|**—**|**—**|
|||**—**|**QCR2060P**|**—**|**—**|
||**QCR Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>15<br>**QCRH1015**6||**QCR Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**<br>**QCRH2015**|**—**|**—**|
||20|**QCRH1015T**6<br>**QCRH1020**6|**QCRH2015T**<br>**QCRH2020**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|||**QCRH1020T**6|**QCRH2020T**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs. 

- 2   Breakers with **T** Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection (#10–32 plus/minus terminal screw provided). 

- 3   Breakers with **P** Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for terminating two 10 AWG Quick-Connect Type Terminals per phase on breaker load side. 

- 4   Breakers with Shunt Trip (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available on single-, two- and three-pole. Contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243. 

- 5   Breakers with **H** Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction. 

- 6   All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications. 

- 7   60/75°C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-24** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide** 

## **QCF Breaker Catalog Numbers**[123] 

||**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**120/240 Vac**|**Two-Pole**<br>**240 Vac** 4|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
||**QCF Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**||**QCF Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**|||
||10|**QCF1010**|**QCF2010**|**—**|**—**|
|||**QCF1010T**|**QCF2010T**|**—**|**—**|
||15|**QCF1015**5|**QCF2015**|**QCF2015H**|**QCF3015H**|
|||**QCF1015T**5|**QCF2015T**|**QCF2015HT**|**QCF3015HT**|
||20|**QCF1020**5|**QCF2020**|**QCF2020H**|**QCF3020H**|
|||**QCF1020T**5|**QCF2020T**|**QCF2020HT**|**QCF3020HT**|
||25|**QCF1025**|**QCF2025**|**QCF2025H**|**QCF3025H**|
|||**QCF1025T**|**QCF2025T**|**QCF2025HT**|**QCF3025HT**|
||30|**QCF1030**|**QCF2030**|**QCF2030H**|**QCF3030H**|
|||**QCF1030T**|**QCF2030T**|**QCF2030HT**|**QCF3030HT**|
||35|**QCF1035**|**QCF2035**|**—**|**—**|
||40|**QCF1040**|**QCF2040**|**—**|**—**|
||45|**QCF1045**|**QCF2045**|**—**|**—**|
||50|**QCF1050**|**QCF2050**|**—**|**—**|
||55|**QCF1055**|**QCF2055**|**—**|**—**|
|606||**QCF1060**|**QCF2060**|**—**|**—**|
||**QCF Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**||**QCF Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings**|||
||15|**QCFH1015**5|**QCFH2015**|**—**|**—**|
|||**QCFH1015T**5|**QCFH2015T**|**—**|**—**|
||20|**QCFH1020**5|**QCFH2020**|**—**|**—**|
|||**QCFH1020T**5|**QCFH2020T**|**—**|**—**|



**1** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs. 

- 2   Breakers with **T** Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection (#10–32 plus/minus terminal screw provided). 

- 3   Breakers with Shunt Trip Attachment (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available. Contact the Customer Support Center. 

- 4   Breakers with **H** Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction. 

- 5   All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications. 

- 6   60/75°C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-25** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

**QCR and QCF Options and Accessories 1** ~~fo]~~ 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## _**QCR and QCF Standard Box Terminals**_ 

Factory-installed line and load side breaker terminal to accommodate14 AWG to 4 AWG wire. 

## **Standard Box Terminals** 

## _**QCR Quick-Connect Terminals**_ 

Factory-installed two-prong quick-connect terminal on breaker load side suitable for terminating two 10 AWG wire with insulated slip-on terminals as shown. Line side terminal is the standard type. 

## _**QCR and QCF Ring or Spade Lug Terminals (10 to 30A Ratings Only)**_ 

Factory-installed line and load side terminals each equipped with a #10–32 screw suitable for terminating one 10 AWG wire with insulated ring or spade type terminal as shown. **Catalog Suffix “T”** 

## **Available QCR and QCF Breaker Accessories** 

**Catalog Description Number** Steel mounting clip **QCRMTGFT** mounts QCR breaker if individual mounting is required. Quantity two required for single- and twopole and four required for three-pole breakers. Removable padlock **QCRFPL1P** device for single-pole QCR or QCF breaker. Removable padlock **QCRFPLMP** device for multi-pole QCR or QCF breaker. Padlock bracket assem- **QCRFLOFF** bly for QCR or QCF ~~a~~ single- or multi-pole breakers (OFF only). Padlock bracket for **QCRPLOFF** QCR, lock-off only. 

## **Catalog Suffix “P”** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

- Single-, two- and three-pole 

- 10 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, 10–60A 

- 22 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, 15–20A 

- 10 kAIC at 240 Vac, 10–30A 

- 3 kAIC at 62.5 Vdc (single-pole) 

- 3 kAIC at 130 Vdc (two poles in series) 

- Normal operating environment: 

- 0–40°C 

- 5–95% humidity (noncondensing) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-26** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

**==> picture [102 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
QUICKLAG Type QCGFT Single-Pole<br>Ground Fault Circuit Breaker<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

**==> picture [244 x 245] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-2|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|V4-T1-5|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .|V4-T1-8|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-11|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-14|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .|V4-T1-16|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,|
|QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-19|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,|
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-23|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-28|
|Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-29|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-29|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching|
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|V4-T1-30|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for|
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . .|V4-T1-33|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|V4-T1-36|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|V4-T1-39|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**1** 

## **Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- 5 mA trip sensitivity 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- 30 mA trip sensitivity 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI**_ 

- Built and tested to UL 943 

## _**QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors**_ 

- Built and tested to UL 1053 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-27** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**1**<br>**Product Selection**<br>**Breaker Catalog Numbers**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40°C**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**120 Vac**<br>**120/240 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15<br>**QCGFT1015**<br>**QCGFT2015**<br>20<br>**QCGFT1020**<br>**QCGFT2020**<br>25<br>**QCGFT1025**<br>**QCGFT2025**<br>30<br>**QCGFT1030**<br>**QCGFT2030**<br>**QUICKLAG Type QCGFT**<br>**Single-Pole Ground**<br>**Fault Circuit Breaker**~~———~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**1**|||40|**QCGFT1040**|**QCGFT2040**|
||||50|**—**|**QCGFT2050**|
|**1**|||**QUICKLAG Type: QCHGFT 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|||
||||15|**QCHGFT1015**|**QCHGFT2015**|
|**1**|||20|**QCHGFT1020**|**QCHGFT2020**|
|**1**|||25<br>30|**QCHGFT1025**<br>**QCHGFT1030**|**QCHGFT2025**<br>**QCHGFT2030**|
|**1**|||**Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|||
|**1**|||15<br>20|**QCGFEP1015**<br>**QCGFEP1020**|**QCGFEP2015**<br>**QCGFEP2020**|
|**1**|||25|**QCGFEP1025**|**QCGFEP2025**|
||||30|**QCGFEP1030**|**QCGFEP2030**|
|**1**|||40|**QCGFEP1040**|**QCGFEP2040**|
||||50|**—**|**QCGFEP2050**|
|**1**|||**QUICKLAG Type: QCHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|||
||||15|**QCHGFEP1015**|**QCHGFEP2015**|
|**1**|||20|**QCHGFEP1020**|**QCHGFEP2020**|
|**1**|||25<br>30|**QCHGFEP1025**<br>**QCHGFEP1030**|**QCHGFEP2025**<br>**QCHGFEP2030**|
|**1**|||**Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protector—5 mA Sensitivity**<br>**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFT 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or**|||
||||**Auxiliary Switch (W2)**|||
|**1**|||15|**QCGFT1015W1**|**QCGFT2015W1**|
||||20|**QCGFT1020W1**|**QCGFT2020W1**|
|**1**|||25|**QCGFT1025W1**|**QCGFT2025W1**|
||||30|**QCGFT1030W1**|**QCGFT2030W1**|
|**1**|||40|**—**|**QCGFT2040W1**|
||||50|**—**|**QCGFT2050W1**|
|**1**|||15|**QCGFT1015W2**|—|
|**1**|||20<br>25|**QCGFT1020W2**<br>**QCGFT1025W2**|—<br>—|
|**1**|||30<br>**QCGFT1030W2**<br>—<br>**Special Application Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 mA Sensitivity**|||
||||**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or**|**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or**|**QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or**|
|**1**|||**Auxiliary Switch (W2)**|||
||||15|**QCGFEP1015W1**|**QCGFEP2015W1**|
|**1**|||20|**QCGFEP1020W1**|**QCGFEP2020W1**|
||||25|**QCGFEP1025W1**|**QCGFEP2025W1**|
|**1**|||30|**QCGFEP1030W1**|**QCGFEP2030W1**|
||||40|**—**|**QCGFEP2040W1**|
|**1**|||50|**—**|**QCGFEP2050W1**|
||||15|**QCGFEP1015W2**|**—**|
|**1**|||20|**QCGFEP1020W2**|**—**|
||||25|**QCGFEP1025W2**|**—**|
|**1**|||30|**QCGFEP1030W2**|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-28** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagram** 

**1** 

## **Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic** 

|Ground<br>Fault<br>Breaker|Blue Wire<br>Red Wire<br>Black Wire<br>Blue<br>Red<br>NC<br>NO|
|---|---|



Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)—contacts change state when breaker trips. Auxiliary Switch (W2)—contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided. 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Number**|**Carton**|**Approximate**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Quantity**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Dimensions**|
|1|20|11.00 (5.0)|12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)|
|2|5|5.00 (2.3)|15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-29** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [138 x 190] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1 BABRP and BABRSP Breakers—<br>Single- and Two-Pole<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1 1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|**Contents**|
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>**_Page_**<br>Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-2**<br>QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW<br>**V4-T1-5**<br>QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP. . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-8**<br>Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW  . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-11**<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types<br>QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-14**<br>Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-16**<br>Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,<br>QHCX, QHCW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-19**<br>Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,<br>QCRH, QCFH  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-23**<br>Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-27**<br>Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching<br>Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-31**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-32**|
|Wiring Diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-32**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC<br>Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC  . . .|**V4-T1-36**<br>**V4-T1-39**|



## **Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP** 

## **Product Description** 

The BABRP and BABRSP are bolt-on branch circuit breakers designed for use in panelboards. The BRRP is a plug-on branch circuit breaker designed for use in loadcenters not manufactured with breakers with a 1-inch wide format and are listed on the “Compatibility list for Classified Applications”— Pub. 26271. In addition to providing conventional branch circuit protection, they include a unique solenoid-operated mechanism that provides for efficient breaker pulse-on and pulse-off operation when used with a suitable controller like Eaton’s Pow-R-Command™ lighting control system. These breakers can also be controlled by pushbutton or a PLC unit. 

## **Application Description** 

Eaton’s BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP breakers are remotely operated molded case circuit breakers ideally suited for lighting control applications or energy management applications. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- Bolt-on line-side terminal ● Handle permits manual (BABRP, BABRSP— switching when control Type BA) power is lost 

- Plug-on line-side terminal (BRRP—Type BR, CLRP— Type CL) 

   - Mechanical trip indicator 

   - 15 and 20A breakers SWD (switching duty) rated 

- Cable connected load-side terminal 

   - HID ratings for HID (high intensity discharge) lighting 

- Four-position control terminal 

   - All models HACR rated 

- Status feedback of control 

- ● Bi-metal assembly for circuit (BABRSP) thermal overload ● Series rated (BABRP, protection 

   - Series rated (BABRP, BABRSP only) 

- Fast-acting short-circuit protection 

   - BRRP series rated same as BR breakers 

- Arc-chute assembly for fast-acting arc extinction 

   - BABRP, BABRSP same as BA breakers 

- Three-position handle: OFF, TRIP (Center), ON 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-30** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **QUICKLAG Type QCGFT Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker** 

## **BABRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**|**Ampere**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**||**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**Rating**1|**120**<br>**120/240 **|**277/480**|**Number**|
|1|15|10,000 —|—|**BABRP1015**|
||20|10,000 —|—|**BABRP1020**|
||25|10,000 —|—|**BABRP1025**|
||30|10,000 —|—|**BABRP1030**|
|2|15|—<br>10,000|—|**BABRP2015**|
||20|—<br>10,000|—|**BABRP2020**|
||25|—<br>10,000|—|**BABRP2025**|
||30|—<br>10,000|—|**BABRP2030**|



## **BABRP and BABRSP Wire Harness** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|This 60-inch (1524.0 mm) wire pigtail provides|**SLBKRPTL1**|
|a connection from a single BABRP’s control plug to||
|a customer’s pushbutton, relay or PLC. Each box||
|contains 12 pigtails. Wires are 22 AWG, 600V.||
|Order in multiples of 12.||



## **BABRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**|**Ampere**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|||**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**Rating**1|**120**|**120/240 **|**277/480**|**Number**|
|1|15|10,000|—|—|**BABRSP1015**|
||20|10,000|—|—|**BABRSP1020**|
||25|10,000|—|—|**BABRSP1025**|
||30|10,000|—|—|**BABRSP1030**|
|2|15|—|10,000|—|**BABRSP2015**|
||20|—|10,000|—|**BABRSP2020**|
||25|—|10,000|—|**BABRSP2025**|
||30|—|10,000|—|**BABRSP2030**|



## **BRRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**|**Ampere**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**Rating**|**120**|**120/240**|**Number**|
|1|15|10,000|—|**BRRP115**|
||20|10,000|—|**BRRP120**|
||25|10,000|—|**BRRP125**|
||30|10,000|—|**BRRP130**|
|2|15|—|10,000|**BRRP215**|
||20|—|10,000|**BRRP220**|
||25|—|10,000|**BRRP225**|
||30|—|10,000|**BRRP230**|



## **CLRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**|**Ampere**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**Rating**|**120**|**120/240**|**Number**|
|1|15|10,000|—|**CLRP115**|
||20|10,000|—|**CLRP120**|
||25|10,000|—|**CLRP125**|
||30|10,000|—|**CLRP130**|
|2|15|—|10,000|**CLRP215**|
||20|—|10,000|**CLRP220**|
||25|—|10,000|**CLRP225**|
||30|—|10,000|**CLRP230**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Continuous current rating at 40°C. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-31** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Solenoid Operating Data**_ 

## _**Operation**_ 

- Power requirements: 24 Vac/dc (20.4V minimum– 30V maximum) 

   - Tripping system—the BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP circuit breakers have a permanent trip unit that contains a factory preset thermal (overload) trip element in each pole 

- Controlled signal: +AC/DC 8 ms minimum with zero cross, 300 ms maximum 

   - Operating mechanism— the BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP circuit breakers have an over-center toggle mechanism that provides quick-make, quick-break operation. The operating mechanism is trip free. An internal cross-bar provides a common tripping of all multi-pole circuit breakers 

- AC: 1.3 cycles minimum, 18 cycles or 300 ms maximum 

- DC: 8 ms minimum, 300 ms maximum 

- Maximum duty cycle of 6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles per minute 

- Current draw: open 1A, close 3/4A 

- Blue wire: power input (see power requirements) 

## _**Operating/Application Data**_ 

   - Ambient temperature: 0 to 40°C 

- Black wire: remote opening 

- Red wire: remote closing 

   - Nominal pulse magnitude: 24 Vac/dc 

- Yellow wire: feedback status from power input, maximum 0.50A draw (BABRSP only) 

- Frequency: 50/60 Hz 

- Maximum breaker cycling: 6 operations per minute 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## **Control Circuit for the BABRP and BABRSP** 

**==> picture [204 x 133] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
BABRP BABRSP<br>Remote Remote<br>Contact Contact<br>Load Line Load Line<br>Breaker Breaker<br>Contact Contact<br>RM RM<br>RM RM BKR<br>b a b a a<br>On Off Remote On Off Remote<br>Coil Coil Status Coil Coil Status<br>Red Black Yellow Blue Red Black Yellow Blue<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


- Tolerance: +10% to –15% of nominal voltage 

- Humidity: 0 to 95% noncondensing 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-32** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **GHBS and GHQRSP** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Contents**||**1**|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|**1**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-5**||
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||**1**|
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**||
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|**V4-T1-11**|**1**|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,|**V4-T1-14**|**1**|
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . .<br>Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,|**V4-T1-16**|**1**|
|QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**||
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,||**1**|
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**||
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . .<br>**V4-T1-27**||**1**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching<br>Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|**1**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for<br>Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers||**1**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-34**||
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-35**|**1**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-35**||
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC<br>Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-36**<br>**V4-T1-39**|**1**|



## **Solenoid Operator—Remote-Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP circuit breakers are bolt-on branch circuit breakers designed for use in 277/480 Vac panelboards. In addition to providing conventional branch circuit protection, they include a unique solenoid-operated mechanism that provides for efficient breaker pulse-on and pulse-off operation when used with a suitable controller like Eaton’s Pow-R-Command lighting control system. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- Bolt-on line-side terminal ● Visual indication of the 

- ● Cable-connected load-side remotely operated terminal contact’s position (open, closed or trip) 

- Status switch—remote status and breaker status ● Remote override handle available from internal permits manual switching auxiliary switches when control power is lost 

   - 15 and 20A breakers SWD (switching duty) rated. 

- Bi-metal assembly for  thermal overload (switching duty) rated. protection ● 15 and 20A breakers HID 

- ● Fast-acting short-circuit rated for HID (High intensity discharge) lighting 

- Fast-acting short-circuit protection 

   - All models HACR rated 

- Arc-runner and arc-chute  assembly for fast-acting arc ● Series rated with various extinction Eaton main circuit breakers 

- Three-position breaker handle: OFF, TRIP (Center), ON 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-33** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **GHQ UL 489 Interrupting Ratings** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>~~ON)~~|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**1<br>~~ON)~~|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>**120**<br>~~ON)~~|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>**120/240**<br>~~ON)~~|**277**<br>~~ON)~~|**480Y/277**<br>~~ON)~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~ON)~~|
|1|15|65,000|65,000|14,000|14,000||
|1|20|65,000|65,000|14,000|14,000||
|1|30|65,000|65,000|14,000|14,000||
|2<br>2|15<br>20|65,000<br>65,000|65,000<br>65,000|14,000<br>14,000|14,000<br>14,000||
|2|30|65,000|65,000|14,000|14,000||



**GHBS—Single-Pole** 

## **GHBS UL 489 Interrupting Ratings** 

**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz) of Poles Rating**[1] **120 240 277/480 Catalog Number** 1 15 65,000 — 14,000 **GHBS1015D** 20 65,000 — 14,000 **GHBS1020D** 30 65,000 — 14,000 **GHBS1030D** of ~~Oe~~ 2 15 — 65,000 14,000 **GHBS2015D** 20 — 65,000 14,000 **GHBS2020D** 30 — 65,000 14,000 **GHBS2030D** 

## **GBHS CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings (Not UL Listed)** 

||**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>~~Ct~~|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**1<br>~~Ct~~|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>**347/600**<br>~~Ct~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~Ct~~|
|1|15|10,000|**GBHS1015D**|
||20|10,000|**GBHS1020D**|
|2|15|10,000|**GBHS2015D**|
||20|10,000|**GBHS2020D**|



## **GHQRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Ampere**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**<br>1<br>~~Oe~~|**Rating**1<br>15<br>~~Oe~~|**120**<br>**120/240**<br>65,000<br>65,000<br>~~Oe~~|**277**<br>14,000<br>~~Oe~~|**480Y/277**<br>14,000<br>~~Oe~~|**Catalog Number**2<br>**GHQRSP1015**<br>~~Oe~~|
||20|65,000<br>65,000|14,000|14,000|**GHQRSP1020**|
||30|65,000<br>65,000|14,000|14,000|**GHQRSP1030**|
|2|15|65,000<br>65,000|14,000|14,000|**GHQRSP2015**|
||20|65,000<br>65,000|14,000|14,000|**GHQRSP2020**|
||30|65,000<br>65,000|14,000|14,000|**GHQRSP2030**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Continuous current rating at 40°C. 

- 2   All UL listed circuit breakers are HID (high intensity discharge) rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-34** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Solenoid Operating Data**_ 

   - Red wire: remote closing 

   - Yellow wire: feedback status from power input, maximum 0.50A draw 

- Power requirements: 24 Vac/dc (20.4V minimum– 30V maximum) 

- Controlled signal: +AC/ DC 8 ms minimum with zero cross, 300 ms maximum 

## _**Operation**_ 

   - Mechanism manually operated by external handle allowing ON, OFF and RESET operation. Handle assumes a center TRIP position after performing protective response. 

- AC: 1.3 cycles minimum, 18 cycles or 300 ms maximum 

- DC: 8 ms minimum, 300 ms maximum 

- Maximum duty cycle of 6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles per minute 

## _**Operating/Application Data**_ 

   - Ambient temperature: 0–40°C 

- Current draw: open 1A, close 3/4A 

   - Frequency: 48–62 Hz 

   - Humidity: 0–95% noncondensing 

- Blue wire: power input (see power requirements) 

- Black wire: remote opening 

## **Terminal Type** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**|**Screw**|**Terminal**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**Head Type**|**Type**|**Range**|
|GHQRSP|15–20|Slotted|Clamp|#14–#4 AWG|



## **Wiring Diagrams** 

**Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for GHBS and GBHS Breakers** 

**==> picture [167 x 147] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit Breaker<br>Solenoid<br>a<br>Common Solenoid Auxiliary<br>AMP Inc. 1/2 Cycle<br>Conductor<br>Maximum<br>Plug 1 28 Vac<br>Pulse Source<br>28 Vac<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Open/Closed<br>Status<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for GHQRSP Breakers** 

**==> picture [132 x 161] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
GHQRSP<br>Remote Breaker<br>Contact Contact<br>Load Line<br>Status On Off Power<br>Coil Coil Input<br>Yellow Red Black Blue<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Dimensions per Pole** 

|**Dimensions per Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker Type**|**Width**|**Height**2|**Length**3|
|GHQRSP|1.00 (25.4)|4.63 (117.6)|2.81 (71.4)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Purchase separate AMP Inc. conductor plug #640426-3. 

- 2 Excluding line terminal. 

- 3 Excluding handle. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-35** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1 International Rated** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-2**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-5**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP  . . . . .|**V4-T1-8**|
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-11**|
|Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types||
|QBAF, QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-14**|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,||
|QHCX, QHCW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,||
|QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP . . . . .|**V4-T1-27**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching||
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-30**|
|Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for||
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-33**|
|International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-37**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-38**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-38**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC . . .|**V4-T1-39**|



## **International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**QUICKLAG International Circuit Breakers**_ 

- Bolt-on Type BA 

## _**QUICKLAG International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers**_ 

- Plug-on Type GFMB 

- Cable-in/cable-out Type GFXBC 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**QUICKLAG International Circuit Breakers**_ 

- Built and test certified to BS3871, Pt. 1 

- 50/60 Hz, 40°C 

## _**QUICKLAG International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers**_ 

- Built and test certified to BS3871, Pt. 1; BS3871, Section 31-C; BS4293 

- 50/60 Hz, 40°C; 30 mA sensitivity 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-36** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **BAB** 

## **Breaker Catalog Numbers** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**240/415 Vac**|**240/415 Vac**|**240/415 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|**3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**|**3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**|**3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**||
|10|**BAB1010E**|**BAB2010E**|**BAB3010E**|
|15|**BAB1015E**|**BAB2015E**|**BAB3015E**|
|16|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|20|**BAB1020E**|**BAB2020E**|**BAB3020E**|
|25|**BAB1025E**|**BAB2025E**|**BAB3025E**|
|30|**BAB1030E**|**BAB2030E**|**BAB3030E**|
|32|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|40|**BAB1040E**|**BAB2040E**|**BAB3040E**|
|50|**BAB1050E**|**BAB2050E**|**BAB3050E**|
|60|**BAB1060E**|**BAB2060E**|**BAB3060E**|
|70|**BAB1070E**|**BAB2070E**|**BAB3070E**|
|90|**—**|**BAB2090E**|**BAB3090E**|
|100|**—**|**BAB2100E**|**BAB3100E**|
|**6000A Interrupting Capacity (M6) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**|**6000A Interrupting Capacity (M6) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**|**6000A Interrupting Capacity (M6) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**||
|15|**BAB1015HE**|**BAB2015HE**|**BAB3015HE**|
|20|**BAB1020HE**|**BAB2020HE**|**BAB3020HE**|
|25|**BAB1025HE**|**BAB2025HE**|**BAB3025HE**|
|30|**BAB1030HE**|**BAB2030HE**|**BAB3030HE**|
|40|**BAB1040HE**|**BAB2040HE**|**BAB3040HE**|
|50|**BAB1050HE**|**BAB2050HE**|**BAB3050HE**|
|60|**BAB1060HE**|**BAB2060HE**|**BAB3060HE**|
|70|**BAB1070HE**|**BAB2070HE**|**BAB3070HE**|
|90|**—**|**BAB2090HE**|**BAB3090HE**|
|100|**—**|**BAB2100HE**|**BAB3100HE**|



## **Breaker Catalog Numbers—Ground Fault Single-Pole 30 mA Sensitivity** 

|**Continuous**||
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**240/415 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|
|**3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Plug-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**||
|10|**GFMB110B2**|
|15|**GFMB115B2**|
|16|**GFMB116B2**|
|20|**GFMB120B2**|
|25|**GFMB125B2**|
|30|**GFMB130B2**|
|32|**GFMB132B2**|
|40|**GFMB140B2**|



## _**Note**_ 

For other 240/415V applications, please contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-37** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Ratings**|**Suffix E**|**Suffix HE**|
|---|---|---|
|**International Circuit**|**Breakers**||
|NEMA®|10,000 AIC|10,000 AIC|
|120/240 Vac|||
|BS3871 220/380,|3000 AIC|6000 AIC|
|240/415 Vac|||
|**International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers**|||
|BS3871 220/380,|3000 AIC||
|240/415 Vac|||



## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Shipping Data**||
|---|---|
|**Miniature**<br>**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Standard Carton**<br>**Quantity**<br>**Approximate Carton**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Standard Carton**|
|QUICKLAG Type B|1<br>24<br>9.00 (4.1)<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
||2<br>12<br>9.00 (4.1)<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
||3<br>8<br>9.00 (4.1)<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|**QUICKLAG Ground**|**Fault**|
|Type P—All|1<br>20<br>11.00 (5.0)<br>12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)|
|Types B and C—All|1<br>20<br>11.00 (5.0)<br>12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7)|
|Types P and B—All|2<br>5<br>5.00 (2.3)<br>12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-38** 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

## Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [104 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
QUICKLAG Type P Switching Neutral<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Quick Reference  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW|**V4-T1-2**<br>**V4-T1-5**|
|QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,<br>Types QPGFT, QPHGFT, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP . . . . . .<br>**V4-T1-8**||
|Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . .<br>Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types|**V4-T1-11**|
|QBAF, QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-14**|
|Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QBGFT, QBHGFT, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP. . . . . .|**V4-T1-16**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW,<br>QHCX, QHCW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-19**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF,<br>QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-23**|
|Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors,||
|Types QCGFT, QCHGFT, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP. . . . . .|**V4-T1-27**|
|Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching||
|Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . .<br>Solenoid Operator—Remote Controlled Latching for|**V4-T1-30**|
|Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . .<br>International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC|**V4-T1-33**<br>**V4-T1-36**|
|Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-40**|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-42**|
|Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals  . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-45**<br>**V4-T1-46**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-46**|



## **Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC Product Description** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- All products UL and CSA listed 

## _**QUICKLAG HID (High Intensity Molded Case Switches—NonDischarge) Breakers automatic QUICKLAG Molded Case Switch**_ 

## _**Breakers**_ 

- Plug-on Type HQP: 10–30A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC 

- Plug-on Type HQP: 15–60A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC 

   - Plug-on Type HQP: 50, 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole 

- Bolt-on Type BA: 10–30A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC 

- Bolt-on Type BA: 15–60A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC 

   - Bolt-on Type BA: 50, 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole 

- Cable-in Type QC: 10–30A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC 

- Cable-in Type QC: 15–60A, single- and two-pole, ● Cable-in Type QC: 50, 10 kAIC 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole 

Switching neutral QUICKLAG breakers available in singleand two-pole configurations, plus neutral pole for applications in accordance with NEC[®] 514.5, 240.22 and 380.2. A single-pole device takes two pole spaces, and a two-pole device takes three pole spaces. 

Breakers designed specifically for use with high intensity discharge (HID) lighting applications. (UL listed as standard lighting breakers.) 

**1** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-39** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Breaker Catalog Numbers** 

**QUICKLAG Type P Switching Neutral** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120/240 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|**240 Vac**|**240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|||
|10|**HQP2010B**|**HQP3010B**|**—**|**—**|
|15|**HQP2015B**|**HQP3015B**|**—**|**—**|
|20<br>25|**HQP2020B**<br>**HQP2025B**|**HQP3020B**<br>**HQP3025B**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|30|**HQP2030B**|**HQP3030B**|**—**|**—**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: BA Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: BA Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**||||
|10|**BAB2010C**|**BAB3010C**|**—**|**—**|
|15|**BAB2015C**|**BAB3015C**|**—**|**—**|
|20|**BAB2020C**|**BAB3020C**|**—**|**—**|
|25|**BAB2025C**|**BAB3025C**|**—**|**—**|
|30|**BAB2030C**|**BAB3030C**|**—**|**—**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: QC Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: QC Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**||||
|10|**QC2010B**|**QC3010B**|**—**|**—**|
|15|**QC2015B**|**QC3015B**|**—**|**—**|
|20<br>25|**QC2020B**<br>**QC2025B**|**QC3020B**<br>**QC3025B**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|30|**QC2030B**|**QC3030B**|**—**|**—**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**||**QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|
|15|**HQP1015D**|**HQP2015D**|**—**|**—**|
|20|**HQP1020D**|**HQP2020D**|**—**|**—**|
|25|**HQP1025D**|**HQP2025D**|**—**|**—**|
|30<br>35|**HQP1030D**<br>**HQP1035D**|**HQP2030D**<br>**HQP2035D**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|40|**HQP1040D**|**HQP2040D**|**—**|**—**|
|50|**HQP1050D**|**HQP2050D**|**—**|**—**|
|60|**HQP1060D**|**HQP2060D**|**—**|**—**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: BA HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>15|**QUICKLAG Type: BA HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**<br>**BAB1015D**<br>**BAB2015D**<br>**—**<br>**—**||||
|20<br>25|**BAB1020D**<br>**BAB1025D**|**BAB2020D**<br>**BAB2025D**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|30|**BAB1030D**|**BAB2030D**|**—**|**—**|
|35|**BAB1035D**|**BAB2035D**|**—**|**—**|
|40|**BAB1040D**|**BAB2040D**|**—**|**—**|
|50<br>60|**BAB1050D**<br>**BAB1060D**|**BAB2050D**<br>**BAB2060D**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|**QUICKLAG Type: QC HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**|**QUICKLAG Type: QC HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers**||||
|15|**QC1015D**|**QC2015D**|**—**|**—**|
|20|**QC1020D**|**QC2020D**|**—**|**—**|
|25|**QC1025D**|**QC2025D**|**—**|**—**|
|30|**QC1030D**|**QC2030D**|**—**|**—**|
|35<br>40|**QC1035D**<br>**QC1040D**|**QC2035D**<br>**QC2040D**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|50|**QC1050D**|**QC2050D**|**—**|**—**|
|60|**QC1060D**|**QC2060D**|**—**|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-40** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Breaker Catalog Numbers, continued** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**120/240 Vac**|**120/240 Vac**|**240 Vac**|**240 Vac**|
|**at 40°C**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|**QUICKLAG Type:**|**HQP Non-Automatic Switches**||||
|50|**HQP1050N**|**—**|**HQP2050N**|**HQP3050N**|
|60|**HQP1060N**|**—**|**HQP2060N**|**HQP3060N**|
|100|**HQP1100N**|**—**|**HQP2100N**|**HQP3100N**|
|**QUICKLAG Type:**|**BA Non-Automatic Switches**||||
|50|**BAB1050N**|**—**|**BAB2050N**|**BAB3050N**|
|60|**BAB1060N**|**—**|**BAB2060N**|**BAB3060N**|
|100|**BAB1100N**|**—**|**BAB2100N**|**BAB3100N**|
|**QUICKLAG Type:**|**QC Non-Automatic Switches**||||
|50|**QC1050N**|**—**|**QC2050N**|**QC3050N**|
|60|**QC1060N**|**—**|**QC2060N**|**QC3060N**|
|100|**QC1100N**|**—**|**QC2100N**|**QC3100N**|
|**QUICKLAG Type:**|**QCD Non-Automatic Switches**||||
|60|**—**|**—**|**QCD2060NA**|**—**|
|100|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-41** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

## **1** ~~[|~~ 

## 1.1 

## **Accessories**[1] 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

||||**Handle Locks: Non-Padlockable**2|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Description**|**Order in Multiples of**|**Catalog Number**|
|**QL1NPL**|||QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—single-pole|10|**QL1NPL**|
|**QL23NPL**<br>?I|||QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—two- and three-pole|10|**QL23NPL**|
|||Qo||||
||La|||~~a~~|~~a~~|
||||**Handle Locks: Padlockable**2|||
||||**Description**|**Order in Multiples of**|**Catalog Number**|
|**QL1PL**|||QUICKLAG Type P, B, C—single-pole|10|**QL1PL**|
|**QL123PL**|||QUICKLAG Type P, B and ground fault—single-, two- and three-pole|10|**QL123PL**|
|**QC123PL**|||QUICKLAG Type C —single-, two- and three-pole|10|**QC123PL**|
|||“|||||
||et|a<br>|e||||
||||QUICKLAG Type P, B—single-, two- and three-pole (off only)|10|**QL123PLOFF**|
||||QUICKLAG Type C—single-, two- and three-pole (off only)|10|**QC123PLOFF**|
||||**_Notes_**<br>1See**Page** **V4-T1-26**for QCR and QCF accessories.|||
||||2Can lock in ON or OFF position.|||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-42** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

|||**Mounting Hardware**<br>**Description**|**Order in Multiples of**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**QCFCLIP**||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting clip|24|**QCFCLIP**|
|**QC1FP**||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—single-pole|10|**QC1FP**|
|e|<br>||||||
|**QC2FP**||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—two-pole|10|**QC2FP**|
|te}|||||
|**QC3FP**||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate—three-pole|10|**QC3FP**|
|Eat<br>teJ<br>br|||||
|||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)—two-pole1|10|**QC2FPLOFF**|
|||QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)—three-pole|10|**QC3FPLOFF**|
|**QCBCLIP**||QUICKLAG Type C base mounting clamp|10|**QCBCLIP**|
|**QC6BP**||QUICKLAG Type mounting plate—six poles total|10|**QC6BP**|
|||**_Note_**|||
|||1Suitable for ground fault breakers.|||



**1** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-43** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

## Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

**==> picture [20 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
QCDJ4<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**QCDINADAPT** 

## **Mounting Hardware, continued** 

|**Mounting Hardware, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Order in Multiples of**|**Catalog Number**|
|QUICKLAG Type C base mounting plate—six poles total—heavy-duty screw-secured|10|**QC6BPS**|
|QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit with cover|10|**QCDJ2**|
|QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit with cover<br>QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit with cover|10<br>10|**QCDJ4**<br>**QCDJ6**|
|QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit, no cover|10|**QCDJ2T**|
|QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit, no cover|10|**QCDJ4T**|
|QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit, no cover<br>QUICKLAG Type QCD Finger protection attachment|10<br>10|**QCDJ6T**<br>**QCDFP**|
|QUICKLAG Type QCD 4-prong Quick Connect<br>QUICKLAG Type C DIN rail adapter|10<br>6|**QCDQUICK**<br>**QCDINADAPT**|



**QCDRING** QUICKLAG Type QCD ring lug attachment 10 **QCDRING** 

Bo **Dummy Breakers Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number** QUICKLAG Type P 1 **HQP1000** QUICKLAG Type B 1 **BAB1000** QUICKLAG Type C 1 **QC1000** QUICKLAG Type C clear choice breaker 4 **QC30SAMPLE QCRSPACER Miscellaneous Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number** QUICKLAG Type C Spacer 1 **QCRSPACER** ~~_~~ **QL1HT Handle Tie Description Order in Multiples of Catalog Number** QUICKLAG handle tie—single-pole 100 **QL1HT** ~~——~~ 

**QCRSPACER** 

**QL1HT** 

**V4-T1-44 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals** 

## **Factory Modifications**[1] 

|**Factory Modifications**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Type of Modification**|**Breaker Type**|**Catalog Suffix**|
|Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side)<br>120, 208, 240 Vac|||
|Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc<br>Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side)|QUICKLAG Types P, B and C|**S**|
|24, 48 Vac/dc|||
|Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc|QUICKLAG Types P, B and C|**S1**|
|Special calibration (50°C) (no UL)|QUICKLAG Types P, B and C|**V**|
|Shock testing|QUICKLAG Types P, B and C|**L**|
|Freeze testing<br>Moisture-fungus treatment|QUICKLAG Types P, B and C<br>QUICKLAG Types P, B, C and ground fault|**Y**<br>**F**|
|Marine duty|QUICKLAG Types P, B, C|**H08**|
|Naval duty|QUICKLAG Types P, B, C|**H09**|
|400 Hz calibration|QUICKLAG Types P, B, C|**G**|
|Specific DC ratings (breaker marked with a max. Vdc rating)|QUICKLAG Types P, B, C|**Q thru Q9**2|



## **Spare Terminal Hardware Screws (Lugs not Included)** 

|**Terminal Type**<br>1|**Description**<br>QUICKLAG terminal screw|**Order in Multiples of**<br>10|**Catalog Number**<br>**QLLDTSA**|
|---|---|---|---|
|2|QUICKLAG terminal screw|10|**QLLDTSB**|
|3|QUICKLAG terminal screw|10|**QLLDTSC**|
|5|QUICKLAG binding head terminal screw and clamp|10|**QLBHTSE**|
|6 and 7|QUICKLAG terminal screw|10|**QLLNTSFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton for factory modifications available for QCR and QCF breakers. 

> 2 Q = 32 Vdc; Q1 = 32–40 Vdc; Q2 = 37.5 Vdc; Q3 = 45 Vdc; Q4 = 48 Vdc; Q5 = 50 Vdc; Q6 = 62.5 Vdc; Q7 = 75 Vdc (2P); Q8 = 80 Vdc (2P); Q9 = 125 Vdc (QCR 2P); Q10 = 62.5 Vdc (QCR 1P). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-45** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.1 

Industrial Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Factory-Installed Breaker Terminals** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Co**<br>**Am**<br>**Ra**|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Co**<br>**Am**<br>**Ra**|**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Co**<br>**Am**<br>**Ra**|**ntinuous**<br>**pere**<br>**ting**||**Standard Line Terminal**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**|**Standard Line Terminal**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**|**Standard Line Terminal**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**Standard Load Terminal**<br>**Op**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Range (AWG)**<br>**Li**|**tional Terminals**<br>**ne**<br>**Load**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|QUICKLAG Type P<br>HQP, QPHW,<br>QHPX, QHPW<br>10<br>35<br>55|||–30||Plug-on female clips that mate<br>with the bus stabs|||1<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/<br>2<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/<br>3<br>Cu/Al<br>8–1/0<br>N/|||||||A<br>3|
||||–50||||||||||||A<br>3|
||||–125||||||||||||A<br>—|
|QUICKLAG ground fault<br>QPGFT, QPGFEP,<br>QPHGFT, QPHGFEP<br>10<br>10<br>10|||–40||Plug-on female clips that mate<br>with the bus stabs|||1 (single-pole)<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/<br>1<br>Cu/Al<br>—<br>N/<br>1<br>Cu<br>14–8<br>N/|||||||A<br>3|
||||–40||||||||||||A<br>3|
||||–30||||||||||||A<br>—|
|QUICKLAG Type B<br>BAB, QBHW,<br>HBAX, HBAW<br>10<br>35<br>55|||–40||Extended tangs that bolt<br>directly to the bus|||1 (single- and two-pole)<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/<br>2 (three-pole)<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/<br>3<br>Cu/Al<br>8–1/0<br>N/|||||||A<br>3|
||||–50|||||||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/|||||A<br>3|
||||–125|||||||Cu/Al<br>8–1/0<br>N/|||||A<br>—|
|QUICKLAG ground fault<br>QBGFT, QBGFEP,<br>QBHGFEP, QBHGFT<br>10<br>10<br>10|||–40||Extended tangs that bolt<br>directly to the bus|||1 (single-pole)<br>1<br>1||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/|||||A<br>N/A|
||||–40|||||||Cu/Al<br>14–8<br>N/|||||A<br>N/A|
||||–30|||||||Cu<br>14–8<br>N/|||||A<br>N/A|
|QUICKLAG Type C<br>QC, QCHW,<br>QHCX, QHCW<br>10<br>25<br>70|||–20||5<br>Cu/Al|TBD||5||Cu/Al<br>14–10<br>6,|||||7<br>6, 7, 8|
||||–60||6<br>Cu/Al|TBD||2||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>5,|||||7<br>5, 6, 7, 8|
||||–100||7<br>Cu/Al|TBD||3||Cu/Al<br>8–1/0<br>5|||||5, 7, 8|
|QUICKLAG<br>QCR, QCF<br>10<br>60|||–55||1<br>Cu/Al|TBD||1||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>N/|||||A<br>N/A|
||||||1<br>Cu|TBD||1||Cu<br>14–4<br>N/|||||A<br>N/A|
|QUICKLAG ground fault<br>QCGFT, QCGFEP,<br>QCHGFT, QCHGFEP<br>10<br>25<br>10|||–20||6<br>Cu/Al|TBD||14–8||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>6,|||||7<br>5|
||||–50||6<br>Cu/Al|TBD||1||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>5,|||||7<br>5|
||||–30||6<br>—|—||—||—<br>—<br>—|||||—|
|QUICKLAG<br>QCD||10<br>70|–60||9<br>Cu/Al|14–4||9||Cu/Al<br>14–4<br>Se|||||e Accessories|
||||–100||10<br>Cu|4–1/0||10||Cu||4–1/0<br>Se|||e Accessories|
|**1**<br>**6**<br>**S**<br>**Alu**||**2**<br>**7**<br>**g**||||||||||||||
||**teel Box Lu**||**Steel Box Lug**|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||
||**minum Box**|**Lug**<br>**Al**|**uminum Bo**|||||||||||||



## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Shipping Data** 

|**Shipping Data**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Miniature**|**Number**|**Standard**<br>**Carton**|**Approximate**<br>**Carton Weight**|**Approximate Standard**|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**of Poles**|**Quantity**|**Lbs (kg)**|**Carton**|
|QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all|1|24|9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all<br>QUICKLAG Types B, P, C–all|2<br>3|12<br>8|9.00 (4.1)<br>9.00 (4.1)|12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)<br>12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)|
|QUICKLAG ground fault Type P–all|1|20|11.00 (5.0)|12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0)|
|Types B and C–all|1|20|11.00 (5.0)|12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7)|
|Types P and B–all|2|5|5.00 (2.3)|12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3)|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 Clamp on line side only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-46** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## **FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

**1** _**Description Page**_ FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers **1** Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-48** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-49 1** Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-62** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-66 1** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-72** 

_**Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application**_ 

## **FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of personnel, installations and plant. Eaton's FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L DIN rail mountable circuit breakers are designed for use in branch service applications. 

## _**Powerful Offering for Machine and System Builders**_ 

FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L are available with B, C and D characteristics in accordance with UL[®] 489, CSA[®] C22.2 No.5; UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC 60947-2. These devices are CE marked. 

## **Application Description** 

Feeder and branch circuit protection for: 

- Convenience receptacle circuits (internal/external) 

- Motor control circuits 

- Load circuits leaving the equipment (external) 

- HACR internal/external equipment (heating, air conditioning, refrigeration) 

- PLC I/O points 

- Computers 

- Power supplies 

- Control instrumentation 

- Relays 

- UPS 

## **Features** 

- Complete range of UL 489 ● SWD (switching duty)— listed DIN rail mounted suitable for switching miniature circuit breakers fluorescent lighting loads up to 63A current rating (In ≤ 20A) 

- Two distinct UL 489 FAZ-NA ● Fulfill UL 489, CSA C22.2 offerings available to No.5 and also IEC 60947-2 provide the best solution Standard for the application— ● For use in applications for FAZ-NA at 277/480 Vac which UL 1077 or CSA and FAZ-NA-L at 240 Vac C22.2 No.235 are also 

- ● Standard ratings of 10 kAIC allowed 

- Standard ratings of 10 kAIC available at both 240 Vac and 277/480 Vac 

   - Field-installable shunt trip and auxiliary switch subsequent mounting 

- Select amperages available at 14 kAIC for both the 240 Vac and 277/480 Vac offerings and 10 kAIC up to 125 Vdc per pole 

   - Separate version for ringtongue connection (Type FAZ-RT), terminal screws can be removed (on both sides) 

- Current limiting design provides fast short-circuit interruption that reduces the let-through energy, which can damage the circuit 

   - Module width of only 17.7 mm (per pole) 

   - Contact Position Indicator (red/green) 

   - Easy installation on DIN rail 

- Suitable for branch circuit device protection 

   - Possibility for sealing the toggle in ON or OFF position 

- Thermal-magnetic overcurrent protection 

   - Single-, two-, three- and four-pole configurations 

- Three levels of shortcircuit protection, categorized by B, C and D curves 

- Trip-free design—breaker can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position 

- Captive screws cannot be lost 

## _**Device Printing on Front and Side**_ **Installation options** 

These branch circuit breakers are available in two terminal configurations: standard box terminals that accept multiple conductors and ring-tongue terminals, ideally suited to demanding requirements of the semi-conductor industry. All breakers mount on standard 35 mm DIN rail. Bus connectors and feeder terminal facilitate mounting and wiring of multiple miniature circuit breaker arrays in control panel assemblies. These circuit breakers can also be reverse feed. 

- Power conditioners 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-47** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

**Standards and Certifications 1** ~~|~~ 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## _**FAZ-NA**_ 

- CSA C22.2 No.5 

FAZ-NA complies with the latest national and international standards. 

- Standard for molded 

- international standards. case circuit breakers (MCCB) for feeder and 

- UL 489 ● Standard for molded branch circuit protection (corresponds closely to 

- case circuit breakers UL 489 Standard) 

- (MCCB) for feeder and ● Products meet the 

- branch circuit protection 

- UL 489 

- Products meet the 

- branch circuit protection 

- ● Products meet the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code 

- requirements of the (CEC) National Electrical Code[®] (NEC[®] ) 

- RoHS compliant 

- VDE compliant 

- ABS compliant 

## _**FAZ-NA-L**_ 

FAZ-NA-L 0.5–63A at 240 Vac comply with the following standards. 

- UL 489 listed 

- CSA C22.2 No. 5-02 

- IEC rated 

- RoHS compliant 

- CCC compliant 

- OVE compliant 

- EAC compliant 

- ABS compliant 

- VDE compliant 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**==> picture [467 x 160] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FAZ - C 6 / 1 - NA - SP<br>Breaker Family Single Package  [3]<br>FAZ  = FAZ UL Trip  SP = Single package for C and D curve<br>circuit breaker Characteristics  [1] Ampere Rating  [2] Number of Poles  single-pole at 277 Vac only<br>B  = 3–5X In 0.5  = 0.5A 13  = 13A  1  = Single-pole Blank  = Standard packaging<br>C  = 5–10X In 1 = 1A 15  = 15A  2  = Two-pole<br>D  = 10–20X In 1.5  = 1.5A 16  = 16A  3  = Three-pole<br>2 = 2A 20  = 20A  4  = Four-pole<br>3 = 3A 25  = 25A<br>4 = 4A 30  = 30A<br>5 = 5A 32  = 32A  Terminal<br>6 = 6A 35  = 32A<br>NA  = UL 489 branch circuit at 277/480 Vac with screw terminals<br>7 = 7A 40  = 40A<br>8 = 8A 50  = 50A RT  = UL 489 branch circuit at 277/480 Vac with ring-tongue terminals<br>10 = 10A 63  = 63A DC  = UL 489 branch circuit at 125 Vdc per pole<br>NA-L  = UL 489 branch circuit at 240 Vac with screw terminals<br>RT-L  = UL 489 branch circuit at 240 Vac with ring-tongue terminals<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 In = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics. 

- 2 B curve starts at 1 ampere. 

> 3 Single package only available for 277 Vac offering—not an option for 240 Vac line. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-48** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**FAZ-NA B Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [204 x 257] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 2<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  2.55 IN:<br>1200 oove current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h 0 t = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600 | A Specified tripping current ® Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>300 mace IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h 6 Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 1<br>30<br>St<br>10 7 SEeel<br>5<br>PT<br>2<br>a 77ee<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>0.2<br>0.050.1 77 2 B | 3<br>77<br>0.02<br>7)<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001 a2<br>0.0005 a<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)** 

|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|=|**Single-Pole**1<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
||**Amps**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|biscl<br>a<br>©1|**B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)**<br>~~ES~~|||
|**Two-Pole**<br>F|1<br>**FAZ-B1/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B1/2-NA**<br>1.5<br>**FAZ-B1.5/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/2-NA**|**FAZ-B1/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/3-NA**|**FAZ-B1/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/4-NA**|
|ala<br>i hal|2<br>**FAZ-B2/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B2/2-NA**<br>3<br>**FAZ-B3/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B3/2-NA**|**FAZ-B2/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B3/3-NA**|**FAZ-B2/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B3/4-NA**|
|sis:|4<br>**FAZ-B4/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B4/2-NA**<br>5<br>**FAZ-B5/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B5/2-NA**<br>6<br>**FAZ-B6/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B6/2-NA**<br>~~On~~|**FAZ-B4/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B5/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B6/3-NA**|**FAZ-B4/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B5/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B6/4-NA**|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|cll|7<br>**FAZ-B7/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B7/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B7/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B7/4-NA**<br>8<br>**FAZ-B8/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B8/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B8/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B8/4-NA**<br> ~~ae~~|||
|siio<br>iss|10<br>**FAZ-B10/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B10/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B10/3-NA**<br>13<br>**FAZ-B13/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B13/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B13/3-NA**<br>15<br>**FAZ-B15/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B15/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B15/3-NA**<br>~~ee~~<br>~~OO~~||**FAZ-B10/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B13/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-B15/4-NA**|
|16<br>**FAZ-B16/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B16/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B16/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B16/4-NA**<br>20<br>**FAZ-B20/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B20/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B20/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B20/4-NA**<br>25<br>**FAZ-B25/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B25/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B25/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B25/4-NA**<br>30<br>**FAZ-B30/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B30/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B30/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B30/4-NA**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>~~a~~||||
|lisis!|**_Note_**<br>32<br>**FAZ-B32/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B32/2-NA**<br>~~i~~|**FAZ-B32/3-NA**|**FAZ-B32/4-NA**|



1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-49** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA B Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [200 x 258] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  2.55 IN:<br>1200 ae current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600 nce Specified tripping current 0 Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>300 mCeme IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h @ Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>120 PA<br>60 1<br>YO ol [Cr]<br>30<br>nS<br>10<br>|RSI<br>5<br>PT er<br>2 PTEE<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>a7<br>0.2<br>0.1 3<br>0.05 ee 2 7 B |<br>0.02<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001 22<br>0.0005 ee<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Single-Pole**||**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>Le<br>|<br>.<br>e||**Amps**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**B Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (3–5X In Current Rating)**<br>1<br>**FAZ-B1/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B1/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B1/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B1/4-RT**<br>~~LT~~<br>~~eee~~||||
|||1.5<br>**FAZ-B1.5/1-RT**<br>2<br>**FAZ-B2/1-RT**|**FAZ-B1.5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B2/2-RT**|**FAZ-B1.5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B2/3-RT**|**FAZ-B1.5/4-RT**<br>**FAZ-B2/4-RT**|
|||3<br>**FAZ-B3/1-RT**|**FAZ-B3/2-RT**|**FAZ-B3/3-RT**|**FAZ-B3/4-RT**|
|||4<br>**FAZ-B4/1-RT**|**FAZ-B4/2-RT**|**FAZ-B4/3-RT**|**FAZ-B4/4-RT**|
|||5<br>**FAZ-B5/1-RT**|**FAZ-B5/2-RT**|**FAZ-B5/3-RT**|**FAZ-B5/4-RT**|
|**Three-Pole**<br>i||6<br>**FAZ-B6/1-RT**<br>7<br>**FAZ-B7/1-RT**<br>8<br>**FAZ-B8/1-RT**<br>10<br>**FAZ-B10/1-RT**|**FAZ-B6/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B7/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B8/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B10/2-RT**|**FAZ-B6/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B7/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B8/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B10/3-RT**|**FAZ-B6/4-RT**<br>**FAZ-B7/4-RT**<br>**FAZ-B8/4-RT**<br>**FAZ-B10/4-RT**|
|||13<br>**FAZ-B13/1-RT**|**FAZ-B13/2-RT**|**FAZ-B13/3-RT**|**FAZ-B13/4-RT**|
|||15<br>**FAZ-B15/1-RT**|**FAZ-B15/2-RT**|**FAZ-B15/3-RT**|**FAZ-B15/4-RT**|
|**Four-Pole**<br>CC)i<br>se||16<br>**FAZ-B16/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B16/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B16/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B16/4-RT**<br>20<br>**FAZ-B20/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B20/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B20/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B20/4-RT**<br>25<br>**FAZ-B25/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B25/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B25/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B25/4-RT**<br>30<br>**FAZ-B30/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B30/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B30/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B30/4-RT**<br>32<br>**FAZ-B32/1-RT**<br>**FAZ-B32/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-B32/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-B32/4-RT**<br> ~~ee~~||||
|||**_Note_**||||
|||1Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box.||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-50** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA C Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [192 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 Zoe<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>1200 currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>600 Von Specified tripping current<br>300 0 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h<br>120 O<br>60<br>PAT TTT<br>30<br>ek ee<br>10<br>eZ Eee<br>5<br>2<br>1 Yi<br>0.5<br>0.2 4 i,<br>0.1 2<br>0.05 1 C<br>0.02<br>0.01 \, L eooeee<br>0.005<br>0.002 LV, i Wp Z<br>0.001 J<br>0.0005 ee<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole** 

## **FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)** 

|rl||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|Eaih<br>1<br>.<br>Fe|**Amps**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)**<br>0.5<br>**FAZ-C0.5/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/2-NA**<br>~~eee~~|||**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/4-NA**<br>~~ee~~<br>~~aan~~<br>~~Se~~||
|**Two-Pole**|1|**FAZ-C1/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C1/2-NA**|**FAZ-C1/3-NA**|**FAZ-C1/4-NA**|
|ala|1.5|**FAZ-C1.5/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C1.5/2-NA**|**FAZ-C1.5/3-NA**|**FAZ-C1.5/4-NA**|
|Ly|2<br>**FAZ-C2/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C2/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C2/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C2/4-NA**<br>~~ee~~|||||
||3|**FAZ-C3/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C3/2-NA**|**FAZ-C3/3-NA**|**FAZ-C3/4-NA**|
|as|4|**FAZ-C4/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C4/2-NA**<br>~~a~~|**FAZ-C4/3-NA**<br>~~a~~|**FAZ-C4/4-NA**<br>~~a~~|
||5|**FAZ-C5/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C5/2-NA**|**FAZ-C5/3-NA**|**FAZ-C5/4-NA**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|else.|6<br>7<br>~~—~~|**FAZ-C6/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C7/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C6/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C7/2-NA**|**FAZ-C6/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C7/3-NA**|**FAZ-C6/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-C7/4-NA**|
||8|**FAZ-C8/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C8/2-NA**|**FAZ-C8/3-NA**|**FAZ-C8/4-NA**|
||10|**FAZ-C10/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C10/2-NA**|**FAZ-C10/3-NA**|**FAZ-C10/4-NA**|
||13|**FAZ-C13/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C13/2-NA**|**FAZ-C13/3-NA**|**FAZ-C13/4-NA**|
|**Four-Pole**|15|**FAZ-C15/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C15/2-NA**|**FAZ-C15/3-NA**|**FAZ-C15/4-NA**|
|Bey|16<br>20|**FAZ-C16/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C20/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C16/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C20/2-NA**|**FAZ-C16/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C20/3-NA**|**FAZ-C16/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-C20/4-NA**|
||25|**FAZ-C25/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C25/2-NA**|**FAZ-C25/3-NA**|**FAZ-C25/4-NA**|
|sisisish|30<br>**FAZ-C30/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C30/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C30/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C30/4-NA**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C32/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C32/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C32/4-NA**<br> ~~a~~|||||



## _**Note**_ 

1   Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-51** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA C Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [192 x 247] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 ) Specified non-tripping currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Type C: 5 x IType C: 10 x INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>vom<br>600 om Specified tripping current<br>300 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h<br>name<br>120<br>PO<br>60<br>30 re 7,<br>ess<br>10<br>5<br>77<br>2<br>7<br>1<br>0.5<br>7)<br>0.2<br>77) ee<br>0.1 2<br>0.05 1 C<br>e777<br>0.02<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 eei 2<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Single-Pole**<br>=<br>“7<br>|||**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**<br>**Single-Pole**1<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Amps**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**C Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (5–10X In Current Rating)**<br>0.5<br>**FAZ-C0.5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/4-RT**<br>1<br>**FAZ-C1/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C1/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C1/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C1/4-RT**<br>1.5<br>**FAZ-C1.5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C1.5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C1.5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C1.5/4-RT**<br>2<br>**FAZ-C2/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C2/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C2/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C2/4-RT**<br>3<br>**FAZ-C3/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C3/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C3/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C3/4-RT**<br>4<br>**FAZ-C4/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C4/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C4/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C4/4-RT**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>Ty<br>Ls<br>|<br>~~Ct~~<br>F~~eee~~<br>Bt<br>|<br>si)|||
|**Three-Pole**||5<br>**FAZ-C5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C5/4-RT**|
|sivivg)|Qe|6<br>**FAZ-C6/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C6/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C6/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C6/4-RT**<br>7<br>**FAZ-C7/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C7/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C7/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C7/4-RT**|
|8<br>**FAZ-C8/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C8/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C8/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C8/4-RT**<br>10<br>**FAZ-C10/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C10/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C10/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C10/4-RT**<br>13<br>**FAZ-C13/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C13/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C13/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C13/4-RT**<br>15<br>**FAZ-C15/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C15/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C15/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C15/4-RT**<br>16<br>**FAZ-C16/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C16/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C16/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C16/4-RT**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>= ae 2<br>ssi~~ccc~~|||
|assis||20<br>**FAZ-C20/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C20/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C20/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C20/4-RT**<br>25<br>**FAZ-C25/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C25/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C25/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C25/4-RT**<br>30<br>**FAZ-C30/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C30/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C30/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C30/4-RT**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-C32/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-C32/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-C32/4-RT**<br> ~~OO~~|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-52** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA D Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [196 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 Specified non-tripping currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h 2.55 It = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN:  N N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600300 veeA Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h 53 Type D: 10 x IType D: 20 x  INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 PO oF 1 PLL PP ET<br>30<br>oe? Ss<br>10<br>Re eee<br>5<br>n/n<br>2<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>0.2<br>0.1 3<br>0.05 -—t ye 2 D<br>7/77<br>0.02 ee<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 a<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)** 

|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Amps**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|if)|**D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)**|||||
|Fe|0.5|**FAZ-D0.5/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D0.5/2-NA**|**FAZ-D0.5/3-NA**|**FAZ-D0.5/4-NA**|
|**Two-Pole**|1|**FAZ-D1/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D1/2-NA**|**FAZ-D1/3-NA**|**FAZ-D1/4-NA**|
|a|1.5<br>**FAZ-D1.5/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/4-NA**<br>2<br>**FAZ-D2/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D2/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D2/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D2/4-NA**<br> ~~ee~~|||||
||3|**FAZ-D3/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D3/2-NA**|**FAZ-D3/3-NA**|**FAZ-D3/4-NA**|
||4|**FAZ-D4/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D4/2-NA**|**FAZ-D4/3-NA**|**FAZ-D4/4-NA**|
||5|**FAZ-D5/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D5/2-NA**|**FAZ-D5/3-NA**|**FAZ-D5/4-NA**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
||6|**FAZ-D6/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D6/2-NA**|**FAZ-D6/3-NA**|**FAZ-D6/4-NA**|
|se|7|**FAZ-D7/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D7/2-NA**|**FAZ-D7/3-NA**|**FAZ-D7/4-NA**|
||8|**FAZ-D8/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D8/2-NA**|**FAZ-D8/3-NA**|**FAZ-D8/4-NA**|
|‘gs|10<br>**FAZ-D10/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D10/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D10/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D10/4-NA**<br>13<br>**FAZ-D13/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D13/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D13/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D13/4-NA**<br> ~~ee~~|||||
|**Four-Pole**|15|**FAZ-D15/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D15/2-NA**|**FAZ-D15/3-NA**|**FAZ-D15/4-NA**|
||16|**FAZ-D16/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D16/2-NA**|**FAZ-D16/3-NA**|**FAZ-D16/4-NA**|
||20|**FAZ-D20/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D20/2-NA**|**FAZ-D20/3-NA**|**FAZ-D20/4-NA**|
||25|**FAZ-D25/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D25/2-NA**|**FAZ-D25/3-NA**|**FAZ-D25/4-NA**|
|scien|30<br>**FAZ-D30/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D30/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D30/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D30/4-NA**<br>32<br>**FAZ-D32/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-D32/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-D32/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-D32/4-NA**<br>~~————————————————————————~~<br>~~SSS~~|||||



## _**Note**_ 

1   Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-53** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA D Curve 277/480 Vac Rated Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [196 x 247] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 g Specified non-tripping currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h 2.55 It = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN:  N N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600300 PA Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h ° Type D: 10 x IType D: 20 x  INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>nCeme<br>120<br>|<br>60 1<br>pol Titi fF Pt<br>30<br>a) Seen es<br>10<br>5<br>2<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>e777 eee<br>0.2<br>P| TE<br>0.050.1 aeLZ7 2 D | 3 ee<br>l/r<br>0.02 eZ<br>0.01 ent777 oe<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001 PaEe<br>0.0005 [ee<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Single-Pole**<br>rf<br>Le<br>|<br>+<br>|<br>e|**Single-Pole**<br>rf<br>Le<br>|<br>+<br>|<br>e|**FAZ-RT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 277/480 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**<br>**Single-Pole**1<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**Amps**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**D Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (10–20X In Current Rating)**<br>~~Ot~~<br>~~a~~|
|---|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||0.5<br>**FAZ-D0.5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D0.5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D0.5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D0.5/4-RT**|
|Ue|||1<br>**FAZ-D1/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D1/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D1/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D1/4-RT**<br>1.5<br>**FAZ-D1.5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/4-RT**<br> ~~ae~~|
|||2<br>**FAZ-D2/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D2/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D2/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D2/4-RT**|
|gs.||3<br>**FAZ-D3/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D3/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D3/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D3/4-RT**<br>4<br>**FAZ-D4/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D4/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D4/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D4/4-RT**<br> ~~a~~|
|**Three-Pole**<br>ee||5<br>**FAZ-D5/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D5/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D5/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D5/4-RT**<br>6<br>**FAZ-D6/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D6/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D6/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D6/4-RT**<br>7<br>**FAZ-D7/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D7/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D7/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D7/4-RT**|
|||8<br>**FAZ-D8/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D8/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D8/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D8/4-RT**|
|||10<br>**FAZ-D10/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D10/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D10/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D10/4-RT**|
|**Four-Pole**||13<br>**FAZ-D13/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D13/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D13/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D13/4-RT**|
|||15<br>**FAZ-D15/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D15/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D15/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D15/4-RT**|
|mi||16<br>**FAZ-D16/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D16/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D16/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D16/4-RT**<br>20<br>**FAZ-D20/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D20/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D20/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D20/4-RT**<br>25<br>**FAZ-D25/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D25/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D25/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D25/4-RT**<br>30<br>**FAZ-D30/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D30/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D30/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D30/4-RT**<br>32<br>**FAZ-D32/1-RT-SP**<br>**FAZ-D32/2-RT**<br>**FAZ-D32/3-RT**<br>**FAZ-D32/4-RT**<br> ~~OS~~|
|||**_Note_**|
|||1Option for single packaging on single-pole C and D curves only.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-54** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA-DC C Curve at 125 Vdc per Pole Offering**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as Branch Circuit Breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA at 125 Vdc UL/CSA, 10 kA at 250 Vdc 

- 125 Vdc for one-pole, 250 Vdc for two-pole in series 

- Current limiting device 

- Polarity (+/–) sensitive and not for use on photovoltaic string application 

- UL file number E235139 

## **FAZ-NA-DC UL 489 Circuit Breakers— Single-Pole 10 kAIC at 125 Vdc Per Pole** 

|||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Amps**|**Number**|**Number**|
||**C Curve (5–10X I**|**C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)**||
||2|**FAZ-C2/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C2/2-NA-DC**|
||3|**FAZ-C3/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C3/2-NA-DC**|
|**Two-Pole**|4|**FAZ-C4/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C4/2-NA-DC**|
||5|**FAZ-C5/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C5/2-NA-DC**|
||6|**FAZ-C6/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C6/2-NA-DC**|
||7|**FAZ-C7/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C7/2-NA-DC**|
||8|**FAZ-C8/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C8/2-NA-DC**|
||10|**FAZ-C10/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C10/2-NA-DC**|
||13|**FAZ-C13/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C13/2-NA-DC**|
||15|**FAZ-C15/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C15/2-NA-DC**|
||16|**FAZ-C16/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C16/2-NA-DC**|
||20|**FAZ-C20/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C20/2-NA-DC**|
||25|**FAZ-C25/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C25/2-NA-DC**|
||30|**FAZ-C30/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C30/2-NA-DC**|
||32|**FAZ-C32/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C32/2-NA-DC**|
||35|**FAZ-C35/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C35/2-NA-DC**|
||40|**FAZ-C40/1-NA-DC-SP**|**FAZ-C40/2-NA-DC**|



## _**Note**_ 

- 1   Option for single packaging on single-pole C curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-55** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC B Curve**_ 

**==> picture [200 x 257] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 omco Specified non-tripping current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h © 2.55 It = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN:  N N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600 Specified tripping current Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>300 ae2 | IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h 2 Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 1<br>30<br>ct<br>10 |PLT<br>5<br>TT SFr<br>2<br>1<br>1<br>0.5 eo<br>0.2 | TE EE<br>0.050.1 77) 2 B 3<br>O87<br>0.02 ee<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 I<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- 48 Vdc for single-pole 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

## **FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)** 

## **Single-Pole** 

|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|r |||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
||**Amps**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Ae<br>Be|**B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)**<br>1<br>**FAZ-B1/1-NA-L**||**FAZ-B1/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B1/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B1/4-NA-L**|
|**Two-Pole**|1.5|**FAZ-B1.5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B1.5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B1.5/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B1.5/4-NA-L**|
|ale<br>1s)|2<br>**FAZ-B2/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B2/2-NA-L**<br>3<br>**FAZ-B3/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B3/2-NA-L**<br>~~ee~~|||**FAZ-B2/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B3/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B2/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B3/4-NA-L**|
|3s|4<br>5|**FAZ-B4/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B4/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B4/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B5/3-NA-L**<br>~~oo~~|**FAZ-B4/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B5/4-NA-L**<br>~~oo~~|
|**Three-Pole**|6|**FAZ-B6/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B6/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B6/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B6/4-NA-L**|
||7|**FAZ-B7/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B7/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B7/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B7/4-NA-L**|
|cee|8<br>**FAZ-B8/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B8/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B8/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B8/4-NA-L**<br> ~~OO~~|||||
|**Four-Pole**<br>sists|10<br>**FAZ-B10/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B10/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B10/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B10/4-NA-L**<br>13<br>**FAZ-B13/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B13/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B13/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B13/4-NA-L**<br>15<br>**FAZ-B15/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B15/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B15/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B15/4-NA-L**<br>16<br>**FAZ-B16/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B16/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B16/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B16/4-NA-L**<br> ~~OO~~|||||
|ey|20<br>25|**FAZ-B20/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B20/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B20/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B20/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/4-NA-L**|
||30|**FAZ-B30/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-B30/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-B30/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-B30/4-NA-L**|
|sieigiz|32<br>**FAZ-B32/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/4-NA-L**<br>352<br>**FAZ-B35/1-NA**<br>**FAZ-B35/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-B35/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-B35/4-NA**<br> ~~a~~|||||
||402|**FAZ-B40/1-NA**|**FAZ-B40/2-NA**|**FAZ-B40/3-NA**|**FAZ-B40/4-NA**|
||50|**FAZ-B50/1-NA**|**FAZ-B50/2-NA**|**FAZ-B50/3-NA**|**FAZ-B50/4-NA**|
||63|**FAZ-B63/1-NA**|**FAZ-B63/2-NA**|**FAZ-B63/3-NA**|**FAZ-B63/4-NA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

> 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-56** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC B Curve**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- 48 Vdc for single-pole 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [200 x 258] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 2<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  2.55 IN:<br>1200 ——A current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h ® t = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600 LA Specified tripping current © Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>300 PQ IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h ° Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>120 mo<br>60 1<br>YA ol TTT ot Pt<br>30<br>a) See<br>10<br>|S<br>5<br>} | 7mFLL tT}EE<br>2 77<br>1<br>ae 1 7 |eee<br>0.5<br>77 eee<br>0.2<br>0.1 77 3<br>0.05 2 B<br>HY<br>0.02<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001 eae<br>0.0005 re eeeee<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC,**<br>**14 kAIC B Curve (15–25A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
||||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|||||**Amps**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
||**Two-Pole**<br>*<br>|<br>Fe|||**B Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (3–5X In Current Rating)**<br>1<br>**FAZ-B1/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1/4-RT-L**<br>~~ES~~<br>~~eee~~|||||
||‘s.||||1.5<br>**FAZ-B1.5/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B1.5/4-RT-L**<br>2<br>**FAZ-B2/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B2/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B2/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B2/4-RT-L**<br> ~~oe~~|||||
|||||3|**FAZ-B3/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B3/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B3/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B3/4-RT-L**|
||sig:|||4<br>**FAZ-B4/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B4/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B4/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B4/4-RT-L**<br> ~~a~~|||||
|||||5|**FAZ-B5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B5/4-RT-L**|
||**Three-Pole**|||6|**FAZ-B6/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B6/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B6/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B6/4-RT-L**|
|||||7|**FAZ-B7/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B7/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B7/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B7/4-RT-L**|
|||||8|**FAZ-B8/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B8/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B8/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B8/4-RT-L**|
|||||10|**FAZ-B10/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B10/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B10/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B10/4-RT-L**|
|||||13|**FAZ-B13/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B13/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B13/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B13/4-RT-L**|
|||||15|**FAZ-B15/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B15/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B15/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B15/4-RT-L**|
|**Four-Pole**|||||||||
|||||16|**FAZ-B16/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B16/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B16/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B16/4-RT-L**|
||sx.|||20<br>25|**FAZ-B20/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-B20/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-B20/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-B20/4-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B25/4-RT-L**|
||sisiciz|||30<br>**FAZ-B30/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B30/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B30/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B30/4-RT-L**<br>32<br>**FAZ-B32/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-B32/4-RT-L**<br> ~~OO~~|||||
|||||352|**FAZ-B35/1-RT**|**FAZ-B35/2-RT**|**FAZ-B35/3-RT**|**FAZ-B35/4-RT**|
|||||402|**FAZ-B40/1-RT**|**FAZ-B40/2-RT**|**FAZ-B40/3-RT**|**FAZ-B40/4-RT**|
|||||50|**FAZ-B50/1-RT**|**FAZ-B50/2-RT**|**FAZ-B50/3-RT**|**FAZ-B50/4-RT**|
|||||63|**FAZ-B63/1-RT**|**FAZ-B63/2-RT**|**FAZ-B63/3-RT**|**FAZ-B63/4-RT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

> 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-57** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

- _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC C Curve**_ 

- **1** ● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- ~~SS~~ **1** 

   - Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

   - 48 Vdc for single-pole 

   - Current limiting device 

   - UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [181 x 237] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>—_— current : Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>1200 INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h<br>600 vom Specified tripping current<br>300 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h<br>120 Oo<br>60<br>30<br>aeSp<br>10<br>5<br>2<br>1<br>0.5<br>0.2 7) ee<br>0.1 2<br>0.05 O} 1 4 C |<br>0.02<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002 eee<br>0.001 J ee<br>0.0005 Po<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole** 

## **FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)** 

|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
||**Amps**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|ba<br>|<br>©<br>‘|<br>i|**C Curve (5–10X I**<br>0.5<br>Caen|**C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/4-NA-L**<br>~~errr~~ rr~~errr~~||||
|**Two-Pole**|1|**FAZ-C1/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1/4-NA-L**|
|ale|1.5|**FAZ-C1.5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/4-NA-L**|
|oo|2|**FAZ-C2/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C2/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C2/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C2/4-NA-L**|
||3<br>4|**FAZ-C3/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C3/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C3/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C3/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/4-NA-L**|
|**Three-Pole**|5|**FAZ-C5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C5/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C5/4-NA-L**|
|cles:|6<br>**FAZ-C6/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/4-NA-L**<br>7<br>**FAZ-C7/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/4-NA-L**<br>~~TO~~|||||
||8|**FAZ-C8/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C8/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C8/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C8/4-NA-L**|
||10|**FAZ-C10/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C10/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C10/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C10/4-NA-L**|
|**Four-Pole**|13<br>15|**FAZ-C13/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C15/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C13/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C15/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C13/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C15/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C13/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C15/4-NA-L**|
|16<br>**FAZ-C16/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/4-NA-L**<br>20<br>**FAZ-C20/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/4-NA-L**<br>out| ~~ee~~||||||
||25|**FAZ-C25/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-C25/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-C25/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-C25/4-NA-L**|
|30<br>**FAZ-C30/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/4-NA-L**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/4-NA-L**<br>~~cc~~||||||
||352<br>402|**FAZ-C35/1-NA-SP**<br>**FAZ-C40/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-C35/2-NA**<br>**FAZ-C40/2-NA**|**FAZ-C35/3-NA**<br>**FAZ-C40/3-NA**|**FAZ-C35/4-NA**<br>**FAZ-C40/4-NA**|
||50|**FAZ-C50/1-NA**|**FAZ-C50/2-NA**|**FAZ-C50/3-NA**|**FAZ-C50/4-NA**|
||63|**FAZ-C63/1-NA**|**FAZ-C63/2-NA**|**FAZ-C63/3-NA**|**FAZ-C63/4-NA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

> 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-58** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC C Curve**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- 48 Vdc for single-pole 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [181 x 233] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s<br>1200 currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s<br>600 ry Specified tripping current<br>300 PY IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h<br>120<br>60<br>30<br>10<br>5<br>2<br>1<br>0.5<br>0.2<br>0.050.1 7)aa ee277 1 777 C | 2 eee<br>0.02 77 ee<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 PE<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC C Curve (15–25A)** 

||||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|||**Amps**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>.<br>|<br>F||**C Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (5–10X In Current Rating)**<br>0.5<br>**FAZ-C0.5/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/4-RT-L**<br>~~SSS~~<br>~~eee~~|||||
|||1|**FAZ-C1/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1/4-RT-L**|
|||1.5|**FAZ-C1.5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C1.5/4-RT-L**|
|||2|**FAZ-C2/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C2/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C2/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C2/4-RT-L**|
|ob||3<br>**FAZ-C3/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C3/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C3/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C3/4-RT-L**<br>4<br>**FAZ-C4/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C4/4-RT-L**<br> ~~TO~~|||||
|**Three-Pole**||5|**FAZ-C5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C5/4-RT-L**|
|<<)||6<br>**FAZ-C6/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C6/4-RT-L**<br>7<br>**FAZ-C7/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C7/4-RT-L**<br> ~~SS~~|||||
|||8|**FAZ-C8/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C8/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C8/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C8/4-RT-L**|
|||10|**FAZ-C10/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C10/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C10/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C10/4-RT-L**|
|||13|**FAZ-C13/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C13/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C13/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C13/4-RT-L**|
|**Four-Pole**||15|**FAZ-C15/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C15/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C15/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C15/4-RT-L**|
|CO||16<br>**FAZ-C16/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C16/4-RT-L**<br>20<br>**FAZ-C20/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C20/4-RT-L**<br> ~~__p~~|||||
|||25|**FAZ-C25/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-C25/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-C25/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-C25/4-RT-L**|
|slipisi||30<br>**FAZ-C30/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C30/4-RT-L**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-C32/4-RT-L**<br> ~~Oo~~|||||
|||352|**FAZ-C35/1-RT-SP**|**FAZ-C35/2-RT**|**FAZ-C35/3-RT**|**FAZ-C35/4-RT**|
|||402|**FAZ-C40/1-RT-SP**|**FAZ-C40/2-RT**|**FAZ-C40/3-RT**|**FAZ-C40/4-RT**|
|||50|**FAZ-C50/1-RT**|**FAZ-C50/2-RT**|**FAZ-C50/3-RT**|**FAZ-C50/4-RT**|
|||63|**FAZ-C63/1-RT**|**FAZ-C63/2-RT**|**FAZ-C63/3-RT**|**FAZ-C63/4-RT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

- 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-59** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

## UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC D Curve**_ 

- _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC D Curve**_ 

- **1** ● UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- ~~|~~ **1** 

   - Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

   - 48 Vdc for single-pole 

   - Current limiting device 

   - UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [184 x 236] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>3600 Py Specified non-tripping current o 2.55 It = 1–60 s (IN:  N < 32A)<br>1200 INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)<br>600300 vom Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h . Type D: 10 x IType D: 20 x  INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 1<br>30 4<br>10 OeTT LL<br>5 7Sn eee<br>2<br>1<br>1<br>0.5 ae ieee<br>0.2 l/r<br>0.1 3<br>0.05 pj} | | tito 2 D | | |<br>0.02<br>0.01 nig<br>0.005<br>- +t or<br>0.002<br>0.001 AZ<br>0.0005 a<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)** 

|**Single-Pole**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
||**Amps**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||**D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)**|||||
||0.5|**FAZ-D0.5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/4-NA-L**|
|**Two-Pole**|1|**FAZ-D1/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D1/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D1/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D1/4-NA-L**|
|ve|1.5<br>**FAZ-D1.5/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D1.5/4-NA-L**<br>2<br>**FAZ-D2/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D2/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D2/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D2/4-NA-L**<br> ~~Oo~~|||||
||3<br>4|**FAZ-D3/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D4/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D3/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D4/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D3/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D4/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D3/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D4/4-NA-L**|
|**Three-Pole**|5|**FAZ-D5/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D5/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D5/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D5/4-NA-L**|
||6|**FAZ-D6/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D6/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D6/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D6/4-NA-L**|
||7|**FAZ-D7/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D7/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D7/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D7/4-NA-L**|
||8<br>10|**FAZ-D8/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D8/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D8/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D8/4-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/4-NA-L**|
||13|**FAZ-D13/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D13/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D13/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D13/4-NA-L**|
|**Four-Pole**|15|**FAZ-D15/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D15/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D15/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D15/4-NA-L**|
|{||||16<br>**FAZ-D16/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D16/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D16/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D16/4-NA-L**<br>20<br>**FAZ-D20/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/4-NA-L**<br> ~~cc~~~~**c**~~<br>~~c c cc~~|||||
||25|**FAZ-D25/1-NA-L**|**FAZ-D25/2-NA-L**|**FAZ-D25/3-NA-L**|**FAZ-D25/4-NA-L**|
|‘sists!|30<br>**FAZ-D30/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D30/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D30/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D30/4-NA-L**<br>32<br>**FAZ-D32/1-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/2-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/3-NA-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/4-NA-L**<br> ~~a~~|||||
||352|**FAZ-D35/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D35/2-NA**|**FAZ-D35/3-NA**|**FAZ-D35/4-NA**|
||402|**FAZ-D40/1-NA-SP**|**FAZ-D40/2-NA**|**FAZ-D40/3-NA**|**FAZ-D40/4-NA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

- 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-60** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers at 240 Vac—10 kAIC D Curve**_ 

- UL approved (UL 489) and CSA Certified (CSA C22.2 No.5-02) as branch circuit breakers 

- Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947-2 

- 48 Vdc for single-pole 

- Current limiting device 

- UL file number E235139 

**==> picture [181 x 233] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 g Specified non-tripping currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h 2.55 It = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN:  N N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600300 PAnee Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h 2e Type D: 10 x IType D: 20 x  INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 1<br>30<br>st<br>10<br>5<br>2 < moe<br>1<br>1<br>0.5 hh.<br>0.2 eli<br>0.050.1 aee 277777/77 2 D 3<br>0.02 Rei<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>po Ey<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005<br>er<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole FAZ-RT-L UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals at 240 Vac—10 kAIC, 14 kAIC D Curve (13–20A)** 

||||||**Single-Pole**1|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|||||**Amps**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|-|||||**D Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (10–20X In Current Rating)**<br> ~~I~~|||||
|**Two-Pole**||**Two-Pole**||0.5|**FAZ-D0.5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D0.5/4-RT-L**|
|||||1|**FAZ-D1/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1/4-RT-L**|
|||||1.5|**FAZ-D1.5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1.5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1.5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D1.5/4-RT-L**|
|||||2|**FAZ-D2/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D2/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D2/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D2/4-RT-L**|
|||||3|**FAZ-D3/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D3/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D3/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D3/4-RT-L**|
|||||4|**FAZ-D4/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D4/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D4/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D4/4-RT-L**|
|**Three-Pole**||||5|**FAZ-D5/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D5/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D5/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D5/4-RT-L**|
|—e||§—_||6<br>7|**FAZ-D6/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D7/1-RT-L**<br>~~oo~~|**FAZ-D6/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D7/2-RT-L**<br>~~-ANTYS~~|**FAZ-D6/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D7/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D6/4-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D7/4-RT-L**|
|||||8|**FAZ-D8/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D8/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D8/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D8/4-RT-L**|
|“Sisis||||10<br>**FAZ-D10/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D10/4-RT-L**<br>13<br>**FAZ-D13/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D13/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D13/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D13/4-RT-L**<br> ~~ee~~|||||
|**Four-Pole**||||15|**FAZ-D15/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D15/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D15/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D15/4-RT-L**|
|<<.|||$<~~—_o~~|16<br>**FAZ-D16/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D16/2-RT-L**<br>20<br>**FAZ-D20/1-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/2-RT-L**<br>~~—_o iA~~|||**FAZ-D16/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D16/4-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D20/4-RT-L**|
|||||25|**FAZ-D25/1-RT-L**|**FAZ-D25/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D25/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D25/4-RT-L**|
|seep|||30<br>**FAZ-D30/1-RT-L**<br>32<br>**FAZ-D32/1-RT-L**<br>~~Oo~~|||**FAZ-D30/2-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/2-RT-L**|**FAZ-D30/3-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/3-RT-L**|**FAZ-D30/4-RT-L**<br>**FAZ-D32/4-RT-L**|
|||||352|**FAZ-D35/1-RT-SP**|**FAZ-D35/2-RT**|**FAZ-D35/3-RT**|**FAZ-D35/4-RT**|
|||||402|**FAZ-D40/1-RT-SP**|**FAZ-D40/2-RT**|**FAZ-D40/3-RT**|**FAZ-D40/4-RT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Two-piece order. Quantities of two per box. 

- 2 35A and 40A at 240 Vac were available prior to the creation of the FAZ-NA-L offering so the catalog numbers at these amperages exclude the “L” suffix. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-61** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories 1** ~~Co~~ 

||||**FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Breakers**|**FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Breakers**|||||||||||||||||||||||**FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L UL 489 Breakers,**<br>**continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|||||||||||||||||||||||**Description**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Contact**|||Two-pole contact or auxiliary|**Z-NHK**1|**Busbar**||||||||||||||||||||||Busbar—single-pole, 6 terminals2345<br>**Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/6**|
||||contact/trip indicating contact||||||||||||||||||||||||Busbar—single-pole, 12 terminals2345 **Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/12**|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||Busbar—single-pole, 18 terminals2345 **Z-SV/UL-16/1P-1TE/18**|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||Busbar—two-pole, 6 terminals2345<br>**Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/6**|
|**Auxiliary Contact**<br>r|||Auxiliary contact<br>**Z-IHK-NA**<br>~~a~~||||||||||||||||||||||||Busbar—two-pole, 12 terminals2345<br>**Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/12**<br>Busbar—two-pole, 18 terminals2345<br>**Z-SV/UL-16/2P-2TE/18**<br>Busbar—three-pole, 6 terminals2345<br>**Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/6**<br>Busbar—three-pole, 12 terminals2345 **Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/12**<br>Busbar—three-pole, 18 terminals2345 **Z-SV/UL-16/3P-3TE/18**<br>~~OO~~|
||||||**Busbar Shroud**||||||||||**Busbar Shroud**|**Busbar Shroud**|||||||||||Three-pole busbar shroud<br>**ZV-BS-UL**|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Shunt Trip**||**Shunt Trip**|Shunt trip 110–415 Vac|**FAZ-XAA-NA110-415VAC**|**Extension Terminal**||||||||||||||**Extension Terminal**||||||||Extension terminal—<br>35 mm2(10–1/0 AWG)<br>**Z-EK/35/UL**|
||||Shunt trip 12–110 Vac|**FAZ-XAA-NA12-110VAC**||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|Padlock hasp<br>**Z-IS/SPE-1TE**<br>**Padlock Hasp**<br>~~rn~~|||||||||||~~6~~|||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||tt||||**Bus Connector**||||||**Bus Connector**||||||||||||||||Bus connector—conductors up to<br>50 mm2(~1/0 AWG)<br>**Z-EB/50/UL**<br>~~oo~~|
|**Lockoff Device**|||UL lockoff device|**FAZPLOFF**|**_Notes_**|||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||1||||Voltage of FAZ-NA circuit breaker is limited to 300V with this auxiliary contact installed.|||||||||||||||||||
||||||2||||Do not cut commoning link.||||Do not cut commoning link.|||||Do not cut commoning link.||||||||||



- 3 A maximum of three commoning links may be used in conjunction. Each breaker connected to the commoning link must have the same number of poles for proper use. 

- 4 Not for use with ring-tongue circuit breakers. 

- 5 Bus may be center fed for high current capacity. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-62** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Tripping Signal Switch Z-NHK, Z-IHK-NA**_ 

- Design according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC/EN 62019 

- Field installable 

- The specified minimum voltages are per contact—take into account particularly in case of series connection 

- Self-cleaning contacts 

- Contact material and design particularly suitable for extra low voltage 

- Z-NHK: the function of one of the two change-over contacts can be switched from “auxiliary switch” to “tripping signal switch” 

- Tripping signal contact transmits message of electric tripping, not mechanical switch-off 

- Test key for contact function “electrical tripping” 

- Z-IHK-NA: will allow for > 480Y/277 Vac rating 

## **Connection Diagram** 

**==> picture [194 x 146] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Z-NHK Z-IHK-NA<br>4.14/4.12 21<br>4.12/4.14<br>13<br>4.11<br>|<br>|<br>/<br>14<br>22<br>1.11<br>1.14 Same Polarity<br>1.12<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Busbar Connection Example** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-63** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## **Contact and Auxiliary Contact** 

**1 Z-NHK** 

|**Contact and Auxiliary Contact**<br>**Z-NHK**|**Contact and Auxiliary Contact**<br>**Z-NHK**|**Contact and Auxiliary Contact**<br>**Z-NHK**|**Contact and Auxiliary Contact**<br>**Z-NHK**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Z-NHK**<br>**Z-IHK-NA**<br>**Electrical**<br>Contact function<br>2CO<br>1NO + 1NC<br>Rated voltage<br>230V<br>250V<br>we ~~nt~~<br>b.2~~Re~~||||
||Frequency<br>Rated current|50/60 Hz<br>2A|50/60 Hz<br>6A|
||Rated thermal current Ith|2A|6A|
|**Z-IHK-NA**|Utilization category AC13|||
||Rated operational current Ie|3A/250 Vac|3A/250 Vac|
||Utilization category AC15|||
||Rated operational current Ie<br>Utilization category DC12|2A/250 Vac|2A/250 Vac|
||Rated operational current Ie|0.5A/110 Vdc|0.5A/110 Vdc<br>0.25A/220 Vdc|
||Rated insulation voltage UI<br>Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin|250 Vac<br>5 Vdc|250 Vac<br>5 Vdc|
||Minimum operational current Imin|10 mA DC|10 mA AC/DC|
||Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp(1.2/50μ)|2.5 kV|4 kV|
||Conditional short-circuit current Ikwith backup fuse 6A|1 kA|1 kA|
||Max. backup fuse, overload and short circuit|6A gL|—|
||**Mechanical**|||
||Tripping indicator “electrical tripping”<br>Frame size|Blue/white<br>45 mm|—<br>45 mm|
||Device height|80 mm|80 mm|
||Device width|8.8 mm (0.5MU)|8.8 mm (0.5MU)|
||Mounting|Onto switching device|—|
||Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|IP40|
||Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch safe|Finger and hand touch safe|
|||According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|
||Terminals|Lift terminals|Lift terminals|
||Terminal capacity<br>Terminal screws|20–14 AWG<br>M3 (Posidrive Z0)|0.5–2.5 mm2<br>M3 (Posidrive Z0)|
||Fastening torque of terminal screws|7 lb-in|Max. 1.2 Nm|



**Z-IHK-NA** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-64** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Shunt trip release FAZ-XAA-NA**_ 

- Remote release for subsequent mounting onto FAZ-NA/RT 

- Additional installation of standard auxiliary switch is possible 

- Position indicator red–green 

## **Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA** 

|||||**Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA**|**Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Connection Diagram**||||**Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA**|**Shunt Trip Release FAZ-XAA-NA**||
|||1||**Description**|**FAZ-XAA-NA12-110VAC**|**FAZ-XAA-NA110-415VAC**|
|||||**Electrical**|||
|||||Can be<br>mounted onto|FAZ-NA / FAZ-NA-DC /<br>FAZ-RT|FAZ-NA / FAZ-NA-DC /<br>FAZ-RT|
|||2||Operational<br>voltage range|12–110 Vac<br>12–60 Vdc|110–415 Vac<br>110–230 Vdc|
|||||Frequency|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz|
|||||**Mechanical**|||
|||||Frame size|45 mm|45 mm|
|||||Device height|105 mm|105 mm|
|||||Device width|17.5 mm|17.5 mm|
|||||Mounting|Quick fastening with two lock-in positions on EN 50022||
|||||Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|IP40|
|||||Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6||
|||||Terminals|Open mouthed/lift|Open mouthed/lift|
|||||Terminal capacity|18–10 AWG|18–10 AWG|
|||||One and two wires|||



## _**Busbar block UL 489 (pin)**_ 

- Tested according to UL 489 

- Do not cut 

- Extension terminal 35 mm[2] Z-EK/35/UL for copper conductors 

- Incoming terminal 50 mm[2] Z-EB/50/UL 

- For covering of not used pins, use busbar tag shrouds ZV-BS-UL 

|**Busbar Block UL 489 (Pin)**<br>**Connection Diagrams**|**Busbar Block UL 489 (Pin)**<br>**Connection Diagrams**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole Busbar|**Description**|**UL 489**|**IEC/EN 60947-2**|
||**Electrical**|||
||Rated operational voltage|480/277 Vac|—|
|||96 Vdc||
||Rated frequency|50/60 Hz|—|
||Rated voltage|480 Vac|690 Vac|
|Two-Pole Busbar|Overvoltage category|—|III|
||Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|—|9.5 kV|
||Rated current|80A at 40°C|80A at 30°C|
||Rated conditional short-circuit current AC with 350A gG|—|15 kA|
||Short-circuit current|10 kA|—|
|Single-Pole Busbar|**Mechanical**|||
|r|Busbar cross section<br>Flame class according to UL 94<br>Pollution degree<br>Comparative tracking index|—<br>V0<br>—<br>—|16 mm2Cu<br>—<br>2<br>CTI 600|
||Minimum clearance (internal/external)|—|> 9.5/25.4 mm|
||Minimum creepage distance (internal/external)|—|> 12.7/50.8 mm|
||Resistance to climatic conditions|—|According to|
||||DIN/EN 60068|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-65** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

**1** 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Trip Curve Chart**_ 

Eaton FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L branch circuit breakers are available with “B,” “C” and “D” tripping characteristics. B-curve devices are suitable for applications where low levels of inrush current are expected. 

C-curve devices are suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current are expected. Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits and coils. C-curve devices provide a medium magnetic trip point. 

D-curve devices are suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are expected. The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high inductive applications such as motors, transformers and power supplies. 

Eaton FAZ-NA and FAZ-NA-L devices are current limiting, which means they interrupt fault currents within one half cycle of the fault. Current limiting devices offer superior protection by reducing peak let-through current and energy. 

## **Tripping Characteristics** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-66** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

|**Connection Diagrams**<br>Single-Pole|**UL 489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data**<br>**Description**<br>**FAZ-NA**<br>**FAZ-NA-DC**<br>**FAZ-NA-L**<br>**Electrical**<br>Design according to<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br> ~~—__H__————~~|**UL 489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data**<br>**Description**<br>**FAZ-NA**<br>**FAZ-NA-DC**<br>**FAZ-NA-L**<br>**Electrical**<br>Design according to<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br> ~~—__H__————~~|**UL 489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data**<br>**Description**<br>**FAZ-NA**<br>**FAZ-NA-DC**<br>**FAZ-NA-L**<br>**Electrical**<br>Design according to<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br> ~~—__H__————~~|**UL 489 Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data**<br>**Description**<br>**FAZ-NA**<br>**FAZ-NA-DC**<br>**FAZ-NA-L**<br>**Electrical**<br>Design according to<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br>UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2<br> ~~—__H__————~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||Rated voltage|Single-pole: 277 Vac|125 Vdc per pole|Single-pole: 240 Vac|
|||2-, 3- or 4-pole: 277/480 Vac|250 Vdc with 2-poles in connected series|2-, 3- or 4-pole: 240 Vac|
|||Single-pole: 48 Vdc per pole|—|Single-pole: 48 Vdc per pole|
|||2-pole in series: 96 Vdc||2-pole in series: 96 Vdc|
||Rated current|B: 1–32 A|C: 2–40 A|B: 1–63 A|
|||C & D: 0.5–32 A||C: 0.5–63 A|
||Characteristic|B, C, D|C|D: 0.5–40 A<br>B, C, D|
|Two-Pole|Current interrupting rating|B curve—10 kA: 1–13 A, 30–32 A<br>C curve—10 kA: 0.5–13 A, 30–32 A|10 kA|B curve—10 kA: 1–13 A, 30–32 A<br>C curve—10 kA: 0.5–13 A, 30–32 A|
|||B & C curve—14 kA: 15–25 A||B & C curve—14 kA: 15–25 A|
|||D curve—10 kA: 0.5–10 A, 25–32 A||D curve—10 kA: 0.5–10 A, 25–32 A|
|||D curve—14 kA: 13–20 A||D curve—14 kA: 13–20 A|
||Rated frequency|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz|
||Endurance|≥ 20,000 operations|≥ 20,000 operations|≥ 20,000 operations|
||Line voltage connection|Suitable for reverse feed|Suitable for reverse feed|Suitable for reverse feed|
||**Mechanical**<br>Frame size|45 mm|45 mm|45 mm|
|Three-Pole|Device height|105 mm|105 mm|105 mm|
||Device width|17.7 mm per pole|17.7 mm per pole|17.7 mm per pole|
||Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch safe according to|Finger and hand touch safe according to|Finger and hand touch safe according to|
|||BGV A3, OVE-EN 6|BGV A3, OVE-EN 6|BGV A3, OVE-EN 6|
||Mounting|Quick fastening with two lock-in positions<br>on IEC/EN 60715|Quick fastening with two lock-in positions<br>on IEC/EN 60715|Quick fastening with two lock-in positions<br>on IEC/EN 60715|
||Upper and lower terminals|Open mouth/lift terminals|Open mouth/lift terminals|Open mouth/lift terminals|
||Terminal capacity|One wire: AWG 18–6|One wire: AWG 18–6|One wire: AWG 18–6|
|||Two wires: AWG 18–10|Two wires: AWG 18–10|Two wires: AWG 18–10|
||Terminal fastening torque|AWG 18–21: 21 lb-in|AWG 18–21: 21 lb-in|AWG 18–21: 21 lb-in|
|||AWG 10–8: 25 lb-in<br>AWG 6: 36 lb-in|AWG 10–8: 25 lb-in<br>AWG 6: 36 lb-in|AWG 10–8: 25 lb-in<br>AWG 6: 36 lb-in|
||Mounting<br>Calibration temperature|Independent of position|Independent of position|Independent of position|
||UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5<br>IEC 60947-2|40°C<br>30°C|40°C<br>30°C|40°C<br>30°C|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-67** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

|**1**|**Power Loss at****_l_n**|**Power Loss at****_l_n**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Characteristic B**|||**Characteristic C**|||**Characteristic D**|||
|**1**||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
||**_I_n [A]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|**P [W]**|
|**1**|0.5|—|—|—|1.6|3.2|4.7|1.6|3.2|4.8|
|**1**|1.0<br>1.5|1.1<br>2.2|2.2<br>4.4|3.4<br>6.6|1.1<br>1.3|2.2<br>2.6|3.4<br>3.9|0.8<br>1.0|1.5<br>2.1|2.3<br>3.1|
|**1**|2.0|1.4|2.8|4.3|1.4|2.8|4.3|1.0|2.1|3.1|
||3.0|2.1|4.2|6.4|1.2|2.4|3.6|1.2|2.4|3.6|
|**1**|4.0|1.4|2.9|4.3|1.4|2.9|4.3|1.4|2.9|4.3|
|**1**|5.0<br>6.0|1.8<br>1.7|3.7<br>3.5|5.5<br>5.2|1.9<br>1.2|3.7<br>2.3|5.6<br>3.5|1.5<br>1.2|2.9<br>2.3|4.4<br>3.5|
|**1**|7.0|2.0|4.0|6.0|1.4|2.8|4.3|1.4|2.8|4.3|
||8.0|2.0|3.9|5.9|1.4|2.8|4.2|1.2|2.4|3.7|
|**1**|10.0|1.8|3.6|5.3|1.8|3.6|5.3|1.5|3.0|4.5|
|**1**|13.0|2.4|4.7|7.1|2.4|4.7|7.1|2.0|4.1|6.1|
||15.0|1.9|3.8|5.6|1.9|3.8|5.6|1.5|3.1|4.6|
|**1**|16.0|2.1|4.3|6.4|2.1|4.3|6.4|1.7|3.5|5.2|
||20.0|2.9|5.8|8.7|2.9|5.8|8.7|1.8|3.7|5.5|
|**1**|25.0|3.1|6.2|9.3|3.1|6.2|9.3|2.6|5.1|7.7|
|**1**|30.0|3.0|6.0|9.0|3.0|6.0|9.0|2.7|5.4|8.1|
||32.0|3.4|6.8|10.2|3.4|6.8|10.2|3.1|6.2|9.3|
|**1**|35.0|4.0|8.1|12.1|3.7|7.4|11.0|3.8|7.6|11.3|
||40.0|4.0|8.1|12.1|4.0|8.1|12.1|3.9|7.8|11.6|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-68** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Let-Through Energy**_ 

**Characteristic B (1–32A), 277V** 

**Characteristic C (0.5–32A), 277V** 

## **Characteristic B (35–63A), 240V** 

**Characteristic C (35–63A), 240V** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-69** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

**1** ~~||~~ **1** 

**==> picture [43 x 25] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**Characteristic D (0.5–32A), 277V Characteristic D (35–63A), 240V** SN WRT UU 0 ELT 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-70** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## **Influence of Ambient Temperature T on Load Carrying Capacity** 

|**Device Market**|**In (A) at Higher Ambient Temperature**|**In (A) at Higher Ambient Temperature**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating In**<br>**(A) at 40°C**|**15°C**|**20°C**|**25°C**|**30°C**|**40°C**|**50°C**|**55°C**|**60°C**|
|0.5<br>1.0|0.6<br>1.1|0.5<br>1.1|0.5<br>1.1|0.5<br>1.0|0.5<br>1.0|0.5<br>1.0|0.5<br>0.9|0.5<br>0.9|
|1.5|1.7|1.6|1.6|1.6|1.5|1.4|1.4|1.4|
|2.0|2.2|2.2|2.1|2.1|2.0|1.9|1.9|1.8|
|3.0|3.3|3.2|3.2|3.1|3.0|2.9|2.9|2.8|
|4.0|4.4|4.3|4.2|4.2|4.0|3.8|3.8|3.7|
|5.0|5.5|5.4|5.3|5.2|5.0|4.8|4.7|4.6|
|6.0|6.6|6.5|6.4|6.2|6.0|5.8|5.6|5.5|
|7.0|7.7|7.6|7.4|7.3|7.0|6.7|6.6|6.4|
|8.0|8.8|8.6|8.5|8.3|8.0|7.7|7.5|7.4|
|10.0|11.0|10.8|10.6|10.4|10.0|9.6|9.4|9.2|
|13.0|14.3|14.0|13.8|13.5|13.0|12.5|12.5|12.0|
|15.0|16.5|16.2|15.9|15.6|15.0|14.4|14.1|13.8|
|16.0|17.6|17.3|17.0|16.6|16.0|15.4|15.0|14.7|
|20.0|22.0|21.6|21.2|20.8|20.0|19.2|18.8|18.4|
|25.0|27.5|27.0|26.5|26.0|25.0|24.0|23.3|23.0|
|30.0|33.0|32.4|31.8|31.2|30.0|28.8|28.2|27.6|
|32.0<br>40.0|35.2<br>44.0|34.6<br>43.2|33.9<br>42.4|33.3<br>41.6|32.0<br>40.0|30.7<br>38.4|30.1<br>37.6|29.4<br>36.8|



**==> picture [234 x 161] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
a canenenuatanHOTER EREseed<br>  Ambient Temperature T [°C]<br>Maximum Load IL at ambient temperature T: IL (T) = IN KT(T)<br>]N<br>Load Factor KT [I/I<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [224 x 174] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load Carrying Capacity of Adjoining Miniature<br>Circuit Breakers<br>1.00<br>Kt bt tt<br>0.90<br>©  FM<br>0.80<br>CPR2 ee<br>0.70<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br>Number of Circuit Breakers<br>Rated Diversity Factor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-71** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

**1** ~~[|~~ 

## 1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**==> picture [480 x 168] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Miniature Circuit Breakers Lockout Attachment— UL Lockoff Device—<br>Z-IS/SPE-1TE FAZPLOFF<br>Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole<br>H H H H<br>MCB UL 489<br>W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1 W1<br>W2 W3 W4<br>H W1 W2 W3 W4<br>4.13 0.70 1.39 2.09 2.79<br>(105.0) (17.7) (35.3) (53.1) (70.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Accessories** 

**==> picture [441 x 142] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Z-SV/UL-16/6 Z-SV/UL-18...12 ZV-BS-UL<br>Hurry vyyyyyyy yyy Eee<br>Z-SV/UL-16.../18 Z-EK/35/UL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Z-EK/35/UL** 

|**Z-EK/35/UL**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**UL 489**|**IEC/EN 60947-2**|
|Ue|480 Vac/96 Vdc|240/415 Vac|
|f<br>Uimp|50/60 Hz<br>—|50/60 Hz<br>9.5 kV|
|Ie|80A at 40°C<br>10–1/0 AWG 60/75°C Cu|80A at 30°C<br>2.5–35 mm2Cu|
||||
||0.56 in|14 mm|



## **Z-EB/50/UL** 

|**Z-EB/50/UL**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**UL 489**|**IEC/EN 60947-2**|
|Ue|480 Vac/96 Vdc|240/415 Vac|
|f|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz|
|Uimp|—|9.5 kV|
|Ie|115A at 40°C<br>#1–14 AWG 60/75°C Cu|160A at 30°C<br>1.5–50 mm2Cu|
||||
||0.56 in|14 mm|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-72** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.2 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 

**1** 

## _**Application Guidelines**_ 

## **Example of UL 489 and UL 1077 Application** 

**==> picture [460 x 297] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
UL 489<br>Breaker<br>UL 489<br>UL 1077 Branch<br>Internal Receptacle External<br>Receptacle<br>Electronics<br>UL 1077 UL 489<br>Branch External<br>Motor<br>Other<br>Sensitive  M<br>Devices<br>UL 489<br>cy ;<br>Branch<br>External<br>UL 489<br>Motor<br>Branch<br>M<br>Motor<br>UL 1077<br>HACR Controller<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Example of UL 489 and UL 1077 Application** 

## **UL 489 circuit breakers** 

Used for branch circuit protection, internal/external receptacles, external motors and HACR equipment (heating, air conditioning and refrigeration). 

## **UL 1077 supplementary protectors** 

Used for overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment, where branch circuit protection is already provided or not required. 

**Note:** UL 489 devices can be used in place of UL 1077; UL 1077 devices cannot be used in place of UL 489. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-73** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FAZ Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

_**Description Page**_ FAZ Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-74** Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-75** Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-75** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-76** Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-82** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-85** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-92** 

**==> picture [155 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FAZ Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of personnel, installations and plant. Eaton’s FAZ DIN rail mountable circuit breaker is designed for use in control panel applications. 

## _**Powerful offering for machine and system builders**_ 

The FAZ is available with B, C, D, K, S, and Z characteristics in accordance with UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC 60947-2. These devices are CE marked. 

## **Application Description** 

- Supplementary protection 

- Control circuits 

- Lighting 

- Business equipment 

- Appliances 

## **Features** 

- Complete range of UL 1077 recognized DIN rail mounted miniature circuit breakers up to 63A current rating 

   - Trip-free design—breaker can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position 

   - Captive screws cannot be lost 

- Standard ratings of 10 kAIC up to 277/480 Vac 

   - Fulfill UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 and also IEC 60947-2 Standard 

- Current limiting design provides fast short-circuit interruption that reduces the let-through energy, which can damage the circuit 

   - Field-installable shunt trip and auxiliary switch subsequent mounting 

   - Module width of only 17.7 mm (per pole) 

- Suitable for supplementary protection 

   - Contact position indicator (red/green) 

- Thermal-magnetic overcurrent protection 

   - Easy installation on DIN rail 

- Six levels of short-circuit protection, categorized ● Possibility for sealing by B, C, D, K, S, and the toggle in ON or Z curves OFF position 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-74** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

## **Discover These Advanced Features** 

**==> picture [66 x 58] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breakers install on<br>standard DIN rail<br>Available in one-, two-,<br>three-, four-pole, 1+N<br>and 3+N models<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Color-coded indicator provides breaker status for easy troubleshooting 

Captive Posidrive terminal screws with finger and back-ofhand protection (IP20) 

Trip-free design; breaker cannot be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position 

Breaker information printed on the front of the device for quick identification 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- RoHS compliant 

FAZ complies with the latest national and international standards. 

   - VDE compliant 

   - Devices with B, C, and D curves are VDE compliant 

- UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235 

   - CCC 

- Apply to supplementary  protectors intended for ● Devices with B, C, use as overcurrent, or and D curves are overvoltage or CCC compliant undervoltage protection ● ABS compliant within an appliance or other electrical Y equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided, or is not required 

**1** 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**==> picture [478 x 139] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FAZ C 6 / 1 SP<br>Breaker Family Single Package<br>FAZ  = Supplementary  Trip  SP = Single packaging of single-<br>protector Characteristics  [1] Ampere Rating Number of Poles  pole curve B, C and D for<br>B  = 3–5X In 0.5  = 0.5A 13  = 13A  1  = Single-pole 4 = Four-pole select amperes only<br>C  = 5–10X In 1 = 1A 15  = 15A  2  = Two-pole 1N  = Single-pole +  Blank  = Standard packaging<br>D  = 10–20X In 2 = 2A 16  = 16A  3  = Three-pole  neutral<br>K  = 8–12X In 34 == 3A4A 2025  = 20A  = 25A  3N  = Three-pole + neutral<br>S  = 13–17X In 5 = 5A 30  = 30A<br>Z  = 2–3X In 6 = 6A 32  = 32A<br>7 = 7A 40  = 40A<br>8 = 8A 50  = 50A<br>10 = 10A 63  = 63A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 In = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-75** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**FAZ B curve (3–5X In current rating)**_ 

- Designed for resistive or slightly inductive loads 

- Response time of instantaneous trip: 3–5X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

- UL file number 177451 

Suitable for applications where protection against low-level short-circuit faults in control wiring is desired. Instantaneous trip is 3–5X continuous rating of device (In). Applications include PLC wiring, business equipment, lighting, appliances and some motors. Low magnetic trip point. 

**Single-Pole B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)— Designed for Resistive or Slightly Inductive Loads**[1] 

**==> picture [256 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 2<br>3600 Specified non-tripping  © 2.55 IN:<br>1200 aoe current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (It = 1–60 s (IN N < 32A) > 32A)<br>600300 |LAA Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h ® [®] Type B: 3 x IType B: 5 x INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>120<br>60 1<br>30 .<br>10<br>5<br>P|mT<br>2 VY<br>y<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>77 | ee<br>0.2<br>77<br>0.050.1 77 2 B 3 ee ee<br>0.02<br>0.01 yy +4<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 ee<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Four-Pole B Curve (3–5X In Current Rating)— Designed for Resistive or Slightly Inductive Loads, continued**[1] 

||||**Inductive Loads**|**Inductive Loads**[1]||||**Inductive Loads, continued**|**Inductive Loads, continued**|**Inductive Loads, continued**[1]||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Single-Pole**2|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||||**Single-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|||**Four-Pole**|**+ Neutral**|**+ Neutral**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>“a|||**Amperes**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>**Number**<br>1<br>**FAZ-B1/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B1/2**<br>**FAZ-B1/3**<br>2<br>**FAZ-B2/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B2/2**<br>**FAZ-B2/3**<br>3<br>**FAZ-B3/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B3/2**<br>**FAZ-B3/3**<br>4<br>**FAZ-B4/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B4/2**<br>**FAZ-B4/3**<br>**Single-Pole + Neutral**<br> ~~SF~~ F'C'—S'—L|||||**Amperes**<br>1<br>2<br>3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-B1/4**<br>**FAZ-B2/4**<br>**FAZ-B3/4**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-B1/1N**<br>**FAZ-B2/1N**<br>**FAZ-B3/1N**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-B1/3N**<br>**FAZ-B2/3N**<br>**FAZ-B3/3N**|
|oom|||5<br>**FAZ-B5/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B5/2**<br>**FAZ-B5/3**<br>6<br>**FAZ-B6/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B6/2**<br>**FAZ-B6/3**<br> ~~ee~~||||oom|4<br>**FAZ-B4/4**<br>**FAZ-B4/1N**<br>**FAZ-B4/3N**<br>5<br>**FAZ-B5/4**<br>**FAZ-B5/1N**<br>**FAZ-B5/3N**<br> ~~XS~~||||
|||||||||||||
||||7|**FAZ-B7/1-SP**|**FAZ-B7/2**|**FAZ-B7/3**||6|**FAZ-B6/4**|**FAZ-B6/1N**|**FAZ-B6/3N**|
|ti)<br>|<br>te!|||8<br>10|**FAZ-B8/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B10/1-SP**|**FAZ-B8/2**<br>**FAZ-B10/2**|**FAZ-B8/3**<br>**FAZ-B10/3**|=<br>ie<br>es|7<br>8<br>~~—~~|**FAZ-B7/4**<br>**FAZ-B8/4**|**FAZ-B7/1N**<br>**FAZ-B8/1N**|**FAZ-B7/3N**<br>**FAZ-B8/3N**|
|**Three-Pole**|||12<br>13|**FAZ-B12/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B13/1-SP**|**FAZ-B12/2**<br>**FAZ-B13/2**|**FAZ-B12/3**<br>**FAZ-B13/3**|**Three-Pole + Neutral**|10<br>12|**FAZ-B10/4**<br>**FAZ-B12/4**|**FAZ-B10/1N**<br>**FAZ-B12/1N**|**FAZ-B10/3N**<br>**FAZ-B12/3N**|
|aer |~~ee~~<br>indre<br>Se|||15<br>**FAZ-B15/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B15/2**<br>**FAZ-B15/3**<br>16<br>**FAZ-B16/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B16/2**<br>**FAZ-B16/3**<br>20<br>**FAZ-B20/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B20/2**<br>**FAZ-B20/3**<br>25<br>**FAZ-B25/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B25/2**<br>**FAZ-B25/3**<br>30<br>**FAZ-B30/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B30/2**<br>**FAZ-B30/3**<br>32<br>**FAZ-B32/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B32/2**<br>**FAZ-B32/3**<br>40<br>**FAZ-B40/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-B40/2**<br>**FAZ-B40/3**<br>~~ee~~<br>~~———————~~||||13<br>**FAZ-B13/4**<br>**FAZ-B13/1N**<br>**FAZ-B13/3N**<br>15<br>**FAZ-B15/4**<br>**FAZ-B15/1N**<br>**FAZ-B15/3N**<br>16<br>**FAZ-B16/4**<br>**FAZ-B16/1N**<br>**FAZ-B16/3N**<br>20<br>**FAZ-B20/4**<br>**FAZ-B20/1N**<br>**FAZ-B20/3N**<br>25<br>**FAZ-B25/4**<br>**FAZ-B25/1N**<br>**FAZ-B25/3N**<br>30<br>**FAZ-B30/4**<br>**FAZ-B30/1N**<br>**FAZ-B30/3N**<br>32<br>**FAZ-B32/4**<br>**FAZ-B32/1N**<br>**FAZ-B32/3N**<br>aoe.~~Me~~<br>=yiq<br>~~—~~<br>See8|||||
|||||||||||||
||||50|**FAZ-B50/1-SP**|**FAZ-B50/2**|**FAZ-B50/3**||40|**FAZ-B40/4**|**FAZ-B40/1N**|**FAZ-B40/3N**|
||||63|**FAZ-B63/1-SP**|**FAZ-B63/2**|**FAZ-B63/3**||50|**FAZ-B50/4**|**FAZ-B50/1N**|**FAZ-B50/3N**|
|||||||||||||
|||||||||63|**FAZ-B63/4**|**FAZ-B63/1N**|**FAZ-B63/3N**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-76** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**FAZ C curve (5–10X In current rating)**_ 

- Designed for inductive loads 

- Response time of instantaneous trip: 5–10X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

- UL file number 177451 

Suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 5–10X rating of device (In). Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 

**==> picture [192 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>12003600 yyg Specified non-tripping currentINT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h ® Type C: 5 x IType C: 10 x INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>om<br>600 LY Specified tripping current<br>300 IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h<br>=Ceme<br>120<br>Oo<br>60<br>| ey | ti<br>30<br>A ee<br>10<br>5<br>ro<br>2<br>1 a 777|e<br>0.5<br>0.2<br>77 ee<br>0.1 2<br>0.05 1 C<br>0.02 7) onl<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 a<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)— Designed Inductive Loads**[1] 

## **Four-Pole** 

**C Curve (5–10X In Current Rating)— Designed Inductive Loads, continued**[1] 

|**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**||**Designed Inductive Loads**|**Designed Inductive Loads**|**Designed Inductive Loads**[1]||||||**Designed Inductive Loads, continued**|**Designed Inductive Loads, continued**|**Designed Inductive Loads, continued**|**Designed Inductive Loads, continued**[1]|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Single-Pole**2|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|||||||**Single-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|rim Bf|r||**Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|ie||i.|.||**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**+ Neutral**<br>**Catalog**|**+ Neutral**<br>**Catalog**|
||||0.5|**FAZ-C0.5/1-SP**|**FAZ-C0.5/2**|**FAZ-C0.5/3**|||||**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|el|/||1<br>**FAZ-C1/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C1/2**<br>**FAZ-C1/3**<br>1.6<br>**FAZ-C1.6/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C1.6/2**<br>**FAZ-C1.6/3**<br> ~~a~~||||a|ae|a!|0.5<br>**FAZ-C0.5/4**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/1N**<br>**FAZ-C0.5/3N**<br>1<br>**FAZ-C1/4**<br>**FAZ-C1/1N**<br>**FAZ-C1/3N**<br> ~~fo~~|||||
|**Two-Pole**|||2<br>3|**FAZ-C2/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C3/1-SP**|**FAZ-C2/2**<br>**FAZ-C3/2**|**FAZ-C2/3**<br>**FAZ-C3/3**|**Single-Pole + Neutral**||**Single-Pole + Neutral**||1.6<br>2|**FAZ-C1.6/4**<br>**FAZ-C2/4**|**FAZ-C1.6/1N**<br>**FAZ-C2/1N**|**FAZ-C1.6/3N**<br>**FAZ-C2/3N**|
|nie|uo|r|4<br>5|**FAZ-C4/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C5/1-SP**|**FAZ-C4/2**<br>**FAZ-C5/2**|**FAZ-C4/3**<br>**FAZ-C5/3**|me|of|r||3<br>4|**FAZ-C3/4**<br>**FAZ-C4/4**|**FAZ-C3/1N**<br>**FAZ-C4/1N**|**FAZ-C3/3N**<br>**FAZ-C4/3N**<br>~~a~~|
|**Three-Pole**|||6<br>7<br>8<br>10<br>13|**FAZ-C6/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C7/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C8/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C10/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C13/1-SP**|**FAZ-C6/2**<br>**FAZ-C7/2**<br>**FAZ-C8/2**<br>**FAZ-C10/2**<br>**FAZ-C13/2**|**FAZ-C6/3**<br>**FAZ-C7/3**<br>**FAZ-C8/3**<br>**FAZ-C10/3**<br>**FAZ-C13/3**|**Three-Pole + Neutral**||||5<br>6<br>7<br>8<br>10|**FAZ-C5/4**<br>**FAZ-C6/4**<br>**FAZ-C7/4**<br>**FAZ-C8/4**<br>**FAZ-C10/4**|**FAZ-C5/1N**<br>**FAZ-C6/1N**<br>**FAZ-C7/1N**<br>**FAZ-C8/1N**<br>**FAZ-C10/1N**|**FAZ-C5/3N**<br>**FAZ-C6/3N**<br>**FAZ-C7/3N**<br>**FAZ-C8/3N**<br>**FAZ-C10/3N**|
|te<br>ey<br>eae.<br>fl|||15<br>**FAZ-C15/1-SP**<br>16<br>**FAZ-C16/1-SP**<br>20<br>**FAZ-C20/1-SP**<br>25<br>**FAZ-C25/1-SP**<br>30<br>**FAZ-C30/1-SP**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/1-SP**<br>40<br>**FAZ-C40/1-SP**<br>~~————————~~||**FAZ-C15/2**<br>**FAZ-C16/2**<br>**FAZ-C20/2**<br>**FAZ-C25/2**<br>**FAZ-C30/2**<br>**FAZ-C32/2**<br>**FAZ-C40/2**|**FAZ-C15/3**<br>**FAZ-C16/3**<br>**FAZ-C20/3**<br>**FAZ-C25/3**<br>**FAZ-C30/3**<br>**FAZ-C32/3**<br>**FAZ-C40/3**|tis<br>a<br>i||ca<br>i||13<br>**FAZ-C13/4**<br>**FAZ-C13/1N**<br>**FAZ-C13/3N**<br>15<br>**FAZ-C15/4**<br>**FAZ-C15/1N**<br>**FAZ-C15/3N**<br>16<br>**FAZ-C16/4**<br>**FAZ-C16/1N**<br>**FAZ-C16/3N**<br>20<br>**FAZ-C20/4**<br>**FAZ-C20/1N**<br>**FAZ-C20/3N**<br>25<br>**FAZ-C25/4**<br>**FAZ-C25/1N**<br>**FAZ-C25/3N**<br>32<br>**FAZ-C32/4**<br>**FAZ-C32/1N**<br>**FAZ-C32/3N**<br>40<br>**FAZ-C40/4**<br>**FAZ-C40/1N**<br>**FAZ-C40/3N**<br> ~~ee~~||||
||||50<br>63|**FAZ-C50/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-C63/1-SP**|**FAZ-C50/2**<br>**FAZ-C63/2**|**FAZ-C50/3**<br>**FAZ-C63/3**|||||50<br>63|**FAZ-C50/4**<br>**FAZ-C63/4**|**FAZ-C50/1N**<br>**FAZ-C63/1N**|**FAZ-C50/3N**<br>**FAZ-C63/3N**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-77** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

## **1** _**FAZ D curve (10–20X I**_ ● Designed for highly inductive loads _**n current rating)**_ ● ~~|~~ **1** Response time of instantaneous trip: 10–20X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

- UL file number 177451 

Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 10–20X rating of device (In). The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high inductive applications such as motors, transformers and power supplies. 

**==> picture [196 x 249] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200<br>3600 Hy Specified non-tripping current ® 2.55 It = 1–60 s (IN:  N < 32A)<br>1200 oe INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (IN > 32A)<br>600300 LA Specified tripping currentIT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h ® Type D: 10 x IType D: 20 x  INN: t > 0.1 s: t < 0.1 s<br>| VA °<br>120<br>60 1<br>30<br>D<br>10 HR<br>5<br>2 ‘ZO Yaoe<br>1<br>1<br>0.5<br>0.2 eli<br>0.050.1 a ee77 2 D | 3<br>0.02 t/a<br>0.01 -—f}a<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005 PH<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50<br>I / I N<br>1.13 1.45<br>t [sec]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads**[1] 

## **Four-Pole** 

**D Curve (10–20X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**[1] 

||om|om|||**Single-Pole**2<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|eeeon||**Four-Pole**|**Single-Pole**<br>**+ Neutral**|**Three-Pole**<br>**+ Neutral**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|||||0.5|**FAZ-D0.5/1-SP**|**FAZ-D0.5/2**|**FAZ-D0.5/3**||**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|“*||'||1<br>2|**FAZ-D1/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D2/1-SP**|**FAZ-D1/2**<br>**FAZ-D2/2**|**FAZ-D1/3**<br>**FAZ-D2/3**|a sea Pi ~~—~~|0.5<br>1<br>~~—~~|**FAZ-D0.5/4**<br>**FAZ-D1/4**<br>~~—~~|**FAZ-D0.5/1N**<br>**FAZ-D0.5/3N**<br>**FAZ-D1/1N**<br>**FAZ-D1/3N**<br>~~—~~||
|**Two-Pole**||||3<br>4<br>5<br>6|**FAZ-D3/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D4/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D5/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D6/1-SP**|**FAZ-D3/2**<br>**FAZ-D4/2**<br>**FAZ-D5/2**<br>**FAZ-D6/2**|**FAZ-D3/3**<br>**FAZ-D4/3**<br>**FAZ-D5/3**<br>**FAZ-D6/3**|**Single-Pole + Neutral**|2<br>3<br>4<br>5|**FAZ-D2/4**<br>**FAZ-D3/4**<br>**FAZ-D4/4**<br>**FAZ-D5/4**|**FAZ-D2/1N**<br>**FAZ-D3/1N**<br>**FAZ-D4/1N**<br>**FAZ-D5/1N**|**FAZ-D2/3N**<br>**FAZ-D3/3N**<br>**FAZ-D4/3N**<br>**FAZ-D5/3N**|
|||||7|**FAZ-D7/1-SP**|**FAZ-D7/2**|**FAZ-D7/3**||6|**FAZ-D6/4**|**FAZ-D6/1N**|**FAZ-D6/3N**|
|**Three-Pole**<br>és|||7|8<br>**FAZ-D8/1-SP**<br>10<br>**FAZ-D10/1-SP**<br>13<br>**FAZ-D13/1-SP**<br>15<br>**FAZ-D15/1-SP**<br>~~TTT~~||**FAZ-D8/2**<br>**FAZ-D8/3**<br>**FAZ-D10/2**<br>**FAZ-D10/3**<br>**FAZ-D13/2**<br>**FAZ-D13/3**<br>**FAZ-D15/2**<br>**FAZ-D15/3**<br>~~STS~~||**Three-Pole + Neutral**<br>ee|7<br>8<br>10<br>13|**FAZ-D7/4**<br>**FAZ-D8/4**<br>**FAZ-D10/4**<br>**FAZ-D13/4**|**FAZ-D7/1N**<br>**FAZ-D8/1N**<br>**FAZ-D10/1N**<br>**FAZ-D13/1N**|**FAZ-D7/3N**<br>**FAZ-D8/3N**<br>**FAZ-D10/3N**<br>**FAZ-D13/3N**|
|||||16<br>20|**FAZ-D16/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D20/1-SP**|**FAZ-D16/2**<br>**FAZ-D20/2**|**FAZ-D16/3**<br>**FAZ-D20/3**||15<br>16|**FAZ-D15/4**<br>**FAZ-D16/4**|**FAZ-D15/1N**<br>**FAZ-D16/1N**|**FAZ-D15/3N**<br>**FAZ-D16/3N**|
|=|+ |.|||25<br>30<br>32|**FAZ-D25/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D30/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D32/1-SP**|**FAZ-D25/2**<br>**FAZ-D30/2**<br>**FAZ-D32/2**|**FAZ-D25/3**<br>**FAZ-D30/3**<br>**FAZ-D32/3**|en|20<br>25<br>30|**FAZ-D20/4**<br>**FAZ-D25/4**<br>**FAZ-D30/4**|**FAZ-D20/1N**<br>**FAZ-D25/1N**<br>**FAZ-D30/1N**|**FAZ-D20/3N**<br>**FAZ-D25/3N**<br>**FAZ-D30/3N**|
|||||40<br>503|**FAZ-D40/1-SP**<br>**FAZ-D50/1-SP**|**FAZ-D40/2**<br>**FAZ-D50/2**|**FAZ-D40/3**<br>**FAZ-D50/3**||32<br>40|**FAZ-D32/4**<br>**FAZ-D40/4**|**FAZ-D32/1N**<br>**FAZ-D40/1N**|**FAZ-D32/3N**<br>**FAZ-D40/3N**|
|||||633|**FAZ-D63/1-SP**|**FAZ-D63/2**|**FAZ-D63/3**||50c<br>63c|**FAZ-D50/4**<br>**FAZ-D63/4**|**FAZ-D50/1N**<br>**FAZ-D63/1N**|**FAZ-D50/3N**<br>**FAZ-D63/3N**|
|||||**_Notes_**|||||||||



1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering. 

- 3   IEC 60947-2 only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-78** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**FAZ K curve (8–12X In current rating)**_ 

- Designed for motors, transformers and upstream electronics 

- Response time of instantaneous trip: 8–12X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

- UL file number 177451 

Suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 8–12X rating of device (In). Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 

**==> picture [208 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 [J Specified<br>3600 non-tripping current<br>I nt = 1.05 u   I n<br>1200 for t > 1 h<br>600300 \IV\I\\ ttoanft TTmR [Et] Specified tripping current<br>120 P\\ tT tte tl I t = 1.30 u   I n<br>for t < 1 h<br>60 | \ NT TEE<br>30<br>L_\ \f<br>105 PANETTaNNeeeEE ET<br>eNO eee<br>2 PoP<br>1 dE NN NE<br>0.5 a K eee<br>0.2 ee ee eee<br>0.1 ee ee eee<br>0.05 a eee<br>0.02 eee eee<br>0.01 eee<br>0.005 a ee —S<br>0.002 PT<br>0.001 } TT| ETCETKN|<br>0.0005 a<br>1  2  3  4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20  30 40 50<br>U-rated Current<br>1.13 1.45<br> (sec) t<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole** 

**K Curve (8–12X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads**[12] 

## **Four-Pole** 

**K Curve (8–12X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**[12] 

|-||**Single-Pole**3<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>0.5<br>**FAZ-K0.5/1**<br>**FAZ-K0.5/2**<br>**FAZ-K0.5/3**<br>1<br>**FAZ-K1/1**<br>**FAZ-K1/2**<br>**FAZ-K1/3**|eeee|<br>5|eeee|<br>5|**Amperes**<br>0.5<br>1|**Four-Pole**3<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-K0.5/4**<br>**FAZ-K1/4**|**Single-Pole**<br>**+ Neutral**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-K0.5/1N**<br>**FAZ-K1/1N**|**Three-Pole**<br>**+ Neutral**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FAZ-K0.5/3N**<br>**FAZ-K1/3N**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||1.6<br>**FAZ-K1.6/1**<br>**FAZ-K1.6/2**<br>**FAZ-K1.6/3**<br>2<br>**FAZ-K2/1**<br>**FAZ-K2/2**<br>**FAZ-K2/3**|**Single-Pole + Neutral**||1.6<br>2|**FAZ-K1.6/4**<br>**FAZ-K2/4**|**FAZ-K1.6/1N**<br>**FAZ-K2/1N**|**FAZ-K1.6/3N**<br>**FAZ-K2/3N**|
|*.s Ht||3<br>**FAZ-K3/1**<br>**FAZ-K3/2**<br>**FAZ-K3/3**<br>4<br>**FAZ-K4/1**<br>**FAZ-K4/2**<br>**FAZ-K4/3**<br>6<br>**FAZ-K6/1**<br>**FAZ-K6/2**<br>**FAZ-K6/3**<br>8<br>**FAZ-K8/1**<br>**FAZ-K8/2**<br>**FAZ-K8/3**<br>10<br>**FAZ-K10/1**<br>**FAZ-K10/2**<br>**FAZ-K10/3**<br>13<br>**FAZ-K13/1**<br>**FAZ-K13/2**<br>**FAZ-K13/3**|«a||3<br>**FAZ-K3/4**<br>**FAZ-K3/1N**<br>**FAZ-K3/3N**<br>4<br>**FAZ-K4/4**<br>**FAZ-K4/1N**<br>**FAZ-K4/3N**<br>6<br>**FAZ-K6/4**<br>**FAZ-K6/1N**<br>**FAZ-K6/3N**<br>8<br>**FAZ-K8/4**<br>**FAZ-K8/1N**<br>**FAZ-K8/3N**<br>10<br>**FAZ-K10/4**<br>**FAZ-K10/1N**<br>**FAZ-K10/3N**<br>13<br>**FAZ-K13/4**<br>**FAZ-K13/1N**<br>**FAZ-K13/3N**<br> ~~see~~||||
|**Three-Pole**<br>oe ej <br>ee|a|16<br>**FAZ-K16/1**<br>**FAZ-K16/2**<br>**FAZ-K16/3**<br>20<br>**FAZ-K20/1**<br>**FAZ-K20/2**<br>**FAZ-K20/3**<br>25<br>**FAZ-K25/1**<br>**FAZ-K25/2**<br>**FAZ-K25/3**<br>32<br>**FAZ-K32/1**<br>**FAZ-K32/2**<br>**FAZ-K32/3**<br>40<br>**FAZ-K40/1**<br>**FAZ-K40/2**<br>**FAZ-K40/3**<br>50<br>**FAZ-K50/1**<br>**FAZ-K50/2**<br>**FAZ-K50/3**<br>63<br>**FAZ-K63/1**<br>**FAZ-K63/2**<br>**FAZ-K63/3**<br> ~~Se~~<br>~~ee~~|**Three-Pole + Neutral**<br>as e.<br>f<br>ue||16<br>20<br>25<br>32<br>40<br>50<br>63|**FAZ-K16/4**<br>**FAZ-K20/4**<br>**FAZ-K25/4**<br>**FAZ-K32/4**<br>**FAZ-K40/4**<br>**FAZ-K50/4**<br>**FAZ-K63/4**|**FAZ-K16/1N**<br>**FAZ-K20/1N**<br>**FAZ-K25/1N**<br>**FAZ-K32/1N**<br>**FAZ-K40/1N**<br>**FAZ-K50/1N**<br>**FAZ-K63/1N**|**FAZ-K16/3N**<br>**FAZ-K20/3N**<br>**FAZ-K25/3N**<br>**FAZ-K32/3N**<br>**FAZ-K40/3N**<br>**FAZ-K50/3N**<br>**FAZ-K63/3N**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   These breakers are available by special order and may result in additional delivery time. 

- 3   Two-piece box order, quantities of 2. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-79** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

## UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**FAZ S curve (13–17X In current rating)**_ 

- Designed for control circuits with high inrush 

- Response time of instantaneous trip: 13–17X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

- UL file number 177451 

Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 13–17X rating of device (In). The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high inductive applications such as motors, transformers and power supplies. 

**==> picture [208 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 Specified<br>3600 10 rr non-tripping current<br>1200 VV for t > 1 h I nt = 1.05 u   I n<br>600 Specified<br>300 \ eell tripping current<br>120 I t = 1.30 u   I n<br>60 HAN for t < 1 h<br>30 | \ ee<br>\ Xi<br>10 Poo\ XU EEE<br>5 NN ee<br>0.521 PoNNeeENeeeNY S ee<br>0.2 a ee ee [eee]<br>0.1 a eeee eee<br>0.05 rr ee eee<br>0.02 LT| TE} EE<br>0.01 eeee eee ee eee<br>0.005 PT ———<br>0.002 fT<br>0.001 a ET PN<br>0.0005 rr eee<br>1  2  3  4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20  30 40 50<br>U-rated Current<br>1.05 1.30<br> (sec) t<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Single-Pole S Curve (13–17X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads**[12] 

## **Two-Pole** 

|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**[12]|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Single-Pole**3|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Number**||**Number**|
|1|**FAZ-S1/1**||**FAZ-S1/2**|
|2|**FAZ-S2/1**||**FAZ-S2/2**|
|3|**FAZ-S3/1**||**FAZ-S3/2**|
|4|**FAZ-S4/1**||**FAZ-S4/2**|
|6|**FAZ-S6/1**||**FAZ-S6/2**|
|10|**FAZ-S10/1**||**FAZ-S10/2**|
|16<br>20|**FAZ-S16/1**<br>**FAZ-S20/1**||**FAZ-S16/2**<br>**FAZ-S20/2**|
|25|**FAZ-S25/1**||**FAZ-S25/2**|
|32|**FAZ-S32/1**||**FAZ-S32/2**|
|40|**FAZ-S40/1**||**FAZ-S40/2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   These breakers are available by special order and may result in additional delivery time. 

- 3   Two-piece box order, quantities of 2. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-80** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**FAZ Z curve (2–3X In current rating)**_ 

- Designed for protection of electronic devices 

- Response time of instantaneous trip: 2–3X In current rating 

- UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 

- For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) 

Suitable for applications where low levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 2–3X rating of device (In). Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits and coils. Medium magnetic trip point. 

**==> picture [207 x 248] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 Specified<br>3600 [| [n] [nn] non-tripping current<br>1200 ce for t > 1 h I nt = 1.05 u   I n<br>600300 HVP\\ ft\ ft tT Specified tripping current<br>120 P\\L tt tt I t = 1.30 u   I n<br>for t < 1 h<br>60 Pp  LE<br>30 | \ Nt<br>10<br>5 PFee\ \ [NNT] tT EPE FPTy TT<br>ee ee eeee e ee<br>2<br>1 es ee eee<br>0.5 ee ee ee eee<br>0.2 ee Z eee<br>0.1<br>ee ee ee eee<br>0.05 es ee ee eee<br>0.02 ee ee<br>0.01<br>| St<br>0.005 PN —4<br>0.002<br>| |<br>0.001 pT |<br>0.0005 a<br>1  2  3  4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20  30 40 50<br>U-rated Current<br>1.05 1.30<br> (sec) t<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Single-Pole Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads**[12] 

**Three-Pole Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)— Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**[12] 

|**Single-Pole**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**|**Designed for Inductive Loads**[12]|**Three-Pole**|**Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)—**<br>**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|**Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)—n Current Rating)— Current Rating)—**<br>**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|**Z Curve (2–3X In Current Rating)—n Current Rating)— Current Rating)—**<br>**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Single-Pole**|**Single-Pole**3|**Two-Pole**||**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|**Designed for Inductive Loads, continued**|
||**Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|||**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Two-Pole**|0.5<br>1<br>1.6<br>2<br>3|**FAZ-Z0.5/1**<br>**FAZ-Z1/1**<br>**FAZ-Z1.6/1**<br>**FAZ-Z2/1**<br>**FAZ-Z3/1**||**FAZ-Z0.5/2**<br>**FAZ-Z1/2**<br>**FAZ-Z1.6/2**<br>**FAZ-Z2/2**<br>**FAZ-Z3/2**|**Four-Pole**|**Amperes**<br>0.5<br>1<br>1.6<br>2|**Number**<br>**FAZ-Z0.5/3**<br>**FAZ-Z1/3**<br>**FAZ-Z1.6/3**<br>**FAZ-Z2/3**|**Number**<br>**FAZ-Z0.5/4**<br>**FAZ-Z1/4**<br>**FAZ-Z1.6/4**<br>**FAZ-Z2/4**|
||4<br>6<br>8<br>10<br>13<br>16|**FAZ-Z4/1**<br>**FAZ-Z6/1**<br>**FAZ-Z8/1**<br>**FAZ-Z10/1**<br>**FAZ-Z13/1**<br>**FAZ-Z16/1**||**FAZ-Z4/2**<br>**FAZ-Z6/2**<br>**FAZ-Z8/2**<br>**FAZ-Z10/2**<br>**FAZ-Z13/2**<br>**FAZ-Z16/2**||3<br>4<br>6<br>8<br>10<br>13|**FAZ-Z3/3**<br>**FAZ-Z4/3**<br>**FAZ-Z6/3**<br>**FAZ-Z8/3**<br>**FAZ-Z10/3**<br>**FAZ-Z13/3**|**FAZ-Z3/4**<br>**FAZ-Z4/4**<br>**FAZ-Z6/4**<br>**FAZ-Z8/4**<br>**FAZ-Z10/4**<br>**FAZ-Z13/4**|
||20<br>25<br>32<br>40<br>50|**FAZ-Z20/1**<br>**FAZ-Z25/1**<br>**FAZ-Z32/1**<br>**FAZ-Z40/1**<br>**FAZ-Z50/1**||**FAZ-Z20/2**<br>**FAZ-Z25/2**<br>**FAZ-Z32/2**<br>**FAZ-Z40/2**<br>**FAZ-Z50/2**||16<br>20<br>25<br>32<br>40|**FAZ-Z16/3**<br>**FAZ-Z20/3**<br>**FAZ-Z25/3**<br>**FAZ-Z32/3**<br>**FAZ-Z40/3**|**FAZ-Z16/4**<br>**FAZ-Z20/4**<br>**FAZ-Z25/4**<br>**FAZ-Z32/4**<br>**FAZ-Z40/4**|
||63|**FAZ-Z63/1**||**FAZ-Z63/2**||50<br>63|**FAZ-Z50/3**<br>**FAZ-Z63/3**|**FAZ-Z50/4**<br>**FAZ-Z63/4**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 

- 2   These breakers are available by special order and may result in additional delivery time. 

- 3   Two-piece box order, quantities of 2. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-81** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** ~~a~~ 

## **Accessories** 

## **FAZ Auxiliary Contacts and Voltage Trips** 

|||||||||||||||||||||||**Rated Operational**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||**Circuit Diagram**|||||||||||||**Description**|||**Voltage**|**Number**|
|**Standard Auxiliary Contacts**||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||■1NO/1NC<br>■Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip|Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip||230 Vac|**FAZ-XHIN11**|
||||||||||||||||||||■Max. one per FAZ (1077) device|||||
||||||||||||||||||||■Switches when FAZ is tripped|||||
||||||||||||||||||||electrically or manually|||||
|ha||||||■1 changeover contact<br>■Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip<br>■Max. one per FAZ (1077) device<br>■Switches when FAZ is tripped<br>electrically or manually<br>12<br>14<br>11<br>~~OE~~<br>~~V~~||||||||||||||Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip||230 Vac|**FAZ-XHINW1**|
|**Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contact**|||**Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contact**||||||||||||||||■Small selector screw changes mode|||230 Vac|**FAZ-XAM002**|
|rif<br>—_||||||Two-pole auxiliary mode<br>“<br>11|||||||||95||||■Two Form C (changeover) contacts<br>■Installs on left side of FAZ or shunt trip<br>■Auxiliary contacts switch when FAZ is<br>tripped electrically or manually<br>■Trip indicating contact switches only<br>when FAZ is tripped electrically|||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||Trip indicating mode||||||||||||||||||
|**Undervoltage Trip**||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||■Prevents FAZ from operating unless|||115 Vac|**FAZ-XUA(115VAC)**|
|||||||D2<br>U<br>D1|||||||||||||voltage is present<br>■Installs on left side of FAZ<br>■Includes test button|||230 Vac<br>400 Vac|**FAZ-XUA(230VAC)**<br>**FAZ-XUA(400VAC)**|
|a||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Shunt Trip**|||||||||||||||||||■Allows remote trip of FAZ|||12–110 Vac|**FAZ-XAA-C-12-110VAC**|
|||||||C1|||||||||||||■Installs on left side of FAZ|||12–60 Vdc||
|||||||C2||||||||||||||||110–415 Vac<br>110–230 Vdc|**FAZ-XAA-C-110-**<br>**415VAC**|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Allowable Combinations of Accessories**||||||||||||||||||||||||
|AUX<br>TRIP<br>AUX<br>FAZ<br>Circuit<br>Breaker<br>or<br>al<br>fa<br>~~&~~<br>~~ha~~<br>|__|<br>~~Se~~<br>lel||||||AUX<br>AUX<br>TRIP<br>FAZ<br>Circuit<br>Breaker<br>Shunt<br>Trip<br>or<br>a<br>ff<br>~~[2]~~<br>~~ee~~<br>I<br>|<br>Ld<br>~~Ae~~<br>le|||||||||||||FAZ<br>Circuit<br>Breaker<br>UnderV<br>Trip<br>~~[=]~~<br>~~[3]~~<br>~~a~~<br>|__|<br>2}<br>[a|||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-82** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

## **Busbar System** 

||||||**Number of Poles**|**Number of**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Without Auxiliary Contacts**|**Without Auxiliary Contacts**|||**Rated Operational Current**|**per Device**|**Terminals**|**Number**1|
|For connecting FAZ supplementary protectors without auxiliary<br>contacts. May be fed from line or load side.||||80A|1|57|**BB-UL-18/1P-1M/57**|
||||||2|56|**BB-UL-18/2P-2M/56**|
|||||||||
||||||3|57|**BB-UL-18/3P-3M/57**|
|FAZ<br>FAZ<br>FAZ||||||||
|||||||||
|~~alals~~||||100A|1<br>2|57<br>56|**BB-UL-25/1P-1M/57**<br>**BB-UL-25/2P-2M/56**|
|||||||||
||||||3|57|**BB-UL-25/3P-3M/57**|
|||||||||
|**Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contacts**||||||||
|For connecting FAZ supplementary protectors with auxiliary<br>contacts. May be fed from line or load side.||||80A|1|37|**BB-UL-18/1P-1,5M/37**|
||||||2|46|**BB-UL-18/2P+AS-2,5M/46**|
|||||||||
|FAZ<br>FAZ<br>~~alin~~<br>~~| if~~<br>~~PaPa|~~<br>~~Loy~~||||100A|3<br>48<br>**BB-UL-18/3P+AS-3,5M/48**<br>1<br>37<br>**BB-UL-25/1P-1,5M/37**<br>2<br>46<br>**BB-UL-25/2P+AS-2,5M/46**<br>~~re~~|||
||||||3|48|**BB-UL-25/3P+AS-3,5M/48**|



**1** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Bus may be center fed for high current capacity. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-83** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**==> picture [550 x 460] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1 Incoming Terminal Pin Type Incoming Supply Terminals  Incoming Terminal Bus Incoming Supply Terminals<br>| Catalog Catalog<br>Description Number Description Number<br>1<br>■ Accommodates conductors  BB-UL-TEP/35 ■ 50 mm [2] BB-UL-TE/50<br>from 6–35 mm [2] /#10–2 AWG ■ #14–1 AWG<br>1 ■ 4–5.5 Nm/35–50 lb-in ■ 75 Deg wire<br>■ Two- and three-pole ■ 115 A/Y, 480V UL<br>1 ■ 160 A/Y 690V IEC<br>1<br>Fork Connector Busbar End Cap<br>1 Incoming Terminal Pin Type Incoming Supply Terminals— Catalog<br>Single-Phase Only  Description Poles Number<br>1 Catalog ■ Install after cutting busbar 2 and 3 BB-EV-EC/3<br>oo Description Number Aw  — ■ Protects end of busbar<br>1 BB-UL-EC/1<br>1 ■ Accommodates conductors  BB-UL-TEPA/35<br>from 6–35 mm [2] /#10–2 AWG<br>1 ■ 4–5.5 Nm/35–50 lb-in<br>1<br>Protective Accessories<br>1 Catalog<br>Description Number<br>1 Busbar Terminal Cover For covering  BB-IP/5<br>unused terminals<br>1<br>1<br>BIA,<br>1 Se<br>1 Lockoff Device UL lockoff device FAZPLOFF<br>1<br>iy<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1 Padlock Hasp ■ Prevents reactivation of the device  Z-IS/SPE-1TE<br>during maintenance<br>■ Holds one padlock<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-84** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Trip Curves Chart**_ 

Eaton FAZ supplementary protectors are available with six different tripping characteristics, including Type B, C, D, K, S and Z. Definitions for each trip curve are contained on the ordering pages and can be used to determine the optimal characteristic for your application. For example, low-level short-circuit faults in control wiring, such as PLCs, are best protected by devices with Type B trip characteristics (3–5X continuous rating of the device (In). 

Even though not required by NEC or CEC for supplementary protectors, Eaton’s FAZ devices are current limiting, which means that they interrupt fault currents within one half cycle. Current limiting devices offer superior protection by reducing peak let-through current and energy. 

## **Tripping Characteristics** 

**==> picture [240 x 298] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
7200 Time-current characteristic acc. to UL 1077<br>3600 �  Conventional   �  2.55 I N :<br>non-tripping current  t = 1–60 s (IN < 32A)<br>1200 I nt  = 1.13 I N : t > 1 h t = 1–120 s (I N  < 32A)<br>600 �  Conventional tripping  �  Type B: 3 I N : t > 0.1 s<br>300120 current It = 1.45 IN: t < 1 h �  � Type B: 5 I Type C: 5 IN N: t < 0.1 s : t > 0.1 s<br>60 �  Type C: 10 I N : t < 0.1 s<br>30 �  Type D: 10 I N : t > 0.1 s<br>�  Type D: 20 IN: t < 0.1 s<br>10<br>5<br>2<br>1 D<br>0.5<br>0.2<br>0.1 Z B C K S<br>0.05<br>0.02<br>0.01<br>0.005<br>0.002<br>0.001<br>0.0005<br>1  2  3  4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20  30 40 50<br>I/ I n<br>1.05 1.30<br>1.13 1.45<br> (sec) t<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**1** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-85** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

## **FAZ Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data** 

|**1**|**FAZ Miniature Circuit Breakers**<br>**Description**|**Technical Data**<br>**B Curve**|**C Curve**|**D Curve**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**1**|**Electrical**||||
||Approvals|UR (UL 1077), CSA (CSA 22.2 No. 235), CE|||
|**1**|Standards|IEC/EN 60947-2|||
|**1**|Short-circuit trip response<br>**Supplementary Protectors—UL/CSA**|3–5_I_n|5–10_I_n|10–20_I_n|
|**1**|Current range|1–63A|0.5–63A|0.5–40A|
||Maximum voltage ratings—UL/CSA||||
|**1**|Single-pole, single-pole + neutral|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|
||Two-, three-pole, four-pole and||||
|**1**|three-pole + neutral<br>Two poles in series|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|
|**1**|Thermal tripping characteristics<br>Single-pole|1.35 x In@ 40°C|1.35 x In@ 40°C|1.35 x In@ 40°C|
|**1**|Multi-pole<br>Short-circuit ratings (at max. voltage)|1.45 x In@ 40°C|1.45 x In@ 40°C|1.45 x In@ 40°C|
||Single-pole|10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)|10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)|5 kA|
|**1**|Two-, three-pole<br>Single-pole|10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)<br>10 kA @ 48 Vdc|10 kA (5 kA for 40–63A device)<br>10 kA @ 48 Vdc|5 kA<br>10 kA @ 48 Vdc|
|**1**|Two poles in series<br>**Miniature Circuit Breaker—IEC**|10 kA @ 96 Vdc|10 kA @ 96 Vdc|10 kA @ 96 Vdc|
|**1**|Current range|1–63A|0.5–63A|0.5–63A|
||Maximum voltage ratings—IEC 68898-1||||
|**1**|Single-pole<br>Two-, three-pole|230 Vac<br>230/400 Vac|230 Vac<br>230/400 Vac|230 Vac<br>230/400 Vac|
|**1**|Maximum voltage ratings—IEC 60947-2<br>Single-pole|240 Vac|240 Vac|240 Vac|
|||48 Vdc|48 Vdc|48 Vdc|
|**1**|Two-, three-pole<br>Two poles in series|240/415 Vac<br>96 Vdc|240/415 Vac<br>96 Vdc|240/415 Vac<br>96 Vdc|
|**1**|Thermal tripping characteristics<br>Single-pole|> 1 hour @ 1.05 x In|> 1 hour @ 1.05 x In|> 1 hour @ 1.05 x In|
||Multi-pole|< 1 hour @ 1.3 x In|< 1 hour @ 1.3 x In|< 1 hour @ 1.3 x In|
|**1**|Interrupt ratings (at max. voltage)||||
||IEC 60947-2|15 kA|15 kA|15 kA (10 kA for 50 and 63A)|
|**1**|IEC 60898<br>Operational switching capacity|10 kA<br>7.5 kA|10 kA<br>7.5 kA|10 kA (50 and 63A not available)<br>7.5 kA|
||Max. backup fuse [gL/gG]|125A|125A|125A|
|**1**|Rated impulse withstand—_U_imp<br>Rated insulation voltage—_U_i|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|
|**1**|**Environmental/General**||||
||Selectivity class|3|3|3|
|**1**|Lifespan (operations)<br>Shock (IEC 68-2-22)|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|
||Operating temperature range|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|
|**1**|Shipment and short-term storage<br>Housing material|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|
|**1**|**Mechanical**||||
||Standard front dimension||||
|**1**|Device height<br>Terminal protection|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|
||Mounting width per pole|17.5 mm|17.5 mm|17.5 mm|
|**1**|Mounting|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|
||Degree of protection|IP20|IP20|IP20|
|**1**|Terminals top and bottom<br>Supply connection|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|
|**1**|Terminal capacity [mm2]<br>Torque|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18)/2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|
||Imperial torque|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|
|**1**|Thickness of busbar material|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|
|**1**|Mounting position|As required|As required|As required|



**V4-T1-86 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## **FAZ Miniature Circuit Breakers Technical Data, continued** 

|**Description**|**K Curve**|**S Curve**|**Z Curve**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Electrical**||||
|Approvals|UR (UL 1077), CSA (CSA 22.2 No. 235), CE|||
|Standards|IEC/EN 60947-2, E177451, 204453|||
|Short-circuit trip response<br>**Supplementary Protectors—UL/CSA**|8–12_I_n|13–17_I_n|2–3_I_n|
|Current range|0.5–63A|0.5–40A|1–63A|
|Maximum voltage ratings—UL/CSA||||
|Single-pole, single-pole + neutral|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|277 Vac<br>48 Vdc|
|Two-, three-, four-pole and||||
|three-pole + neutral<br>Two poles in series|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|480Y/277 Vac<br>96 Vdc|
|Thermal tripping characteristics<br>Single-pole|1.35 x In@ 40°C|1.35 x In@ 40°C|1.35 x In@ 40°C|
|Multi-pole|1.45 x In@ 40°C|1.45 x In@ 40°C|1.45 x In@ 40°C|
|Short-circuit ratings (at max. voltage)||||
|Single-pole|5 kA @ 277 Vac|5 kA @ 277 Vac|5 kA @ 277 Vac|
|Single-pole + neutral<br>Two-, three-, four-pole|5 kA @ 277 Vac<br>5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac|5 kA @ 277 Vac<br>5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac|5 kA @ 277 Vac<br>5 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac|
|Two poles in series<br>**Miniature Circuit Breaker—IEC**|—|—|—|
|Current range|0.5–63A|0.5–40A|1–63A|
|Maximum voltage ratings—IEC 60947-2||||
|Single-pole, single-pole + neutral<br>Two-, three-, four-pole,|240 Vac|240 Vac|240 Vac|
|three-pole + neutral|240/415 Vac|240/415 Vac|240/415 Vac|
|Thermal tripping characteristics||||
|Single-pole|> 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In|> 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In|> 1 Hour @ 1.05 x In|
|Multi-pole|< 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In|< 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In|< 1 Hour @ 1.3 x In|
|Interrupt ratings (at max. voltage)||||
|IEC 60947-2<br>Operational switching capacity|15 kA<br>7.5 kA|10 kA<br>7.5 kA|10 kA<br>7.5 kA|
|Max. backup fuse [gL/gG]|125A|125A|125A|
|Rated impulse withstand—_U_imp<br>Rated insulation voltage—_U_i|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|4000 Vac<br>440 Vac|
|**Environmental/General**||||
|Selectivity class|3|3|3|
|Lifespan (operations)<br>Shock (IEC 68-2-22)|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|> 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF)<br>10g–120 ms|
|Operating temperature range|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|–40 to +167°F (–40 to +75°C)|
|Shipment and short-term storage<br>Housing material|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|–40 to +185°F (–40 to +85°C)<br>Nylon|
|**Mechanical**||||
|Standard front dimension||||
|Device height<br>Terminal protection|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|80 mm<br>Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536|
|Mounting width per pole|17.7 mm|17.7 mm|17.7 mm|
|Mounting|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|
|Degree of protection|IP20|IP20|IP20|
|Terminals top and bottom<br>Supply connection|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|Twin-purpose terminals<br>Line or load side|
|Terminal capacity [mm2]<br>Torque|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|1 x 25 (AWG 4–18) / 2 x 10 (AWG 8–18)<br>2.4 Nm|
|Imperial torque|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|21 lb-in (AWG 18–12), 25 lb-in|
|Thickness of busbar material|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|(AWG 10–8), 36 lb-in (AWG 6–4)<br>0.8–2 mm|
|Mounting position|As required|As required|As required|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-87** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**Let-Through Energy I[2] t**_ 

## **Characteristic B and C** 

## _**Let-Through Energy ID**_ 

## **Characteristic B and C** 

**==> picture [483 x 290] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
[A∫i [2][2] dts] 108 [5] 63 A 50 A  [A] l D 1098 [4] 63 A<br>6 40 A  7 40 A  [50 A ]<br>32 A  32 A<br>25 A  6 25 A<br>4 20 A 16 A  16 A 20 A<br>13 A  5 13 A<br>10 A  10 A<br>4<br>6 A<br>2 4 A<br>3 A<br>1.5 6 A 4 A  3<br>10 [4] 3 A<br>8 2<br>2 A<br>6<br>2 A  1.5<br>4<br>10 [3]<br>2 1 A<br>1.5 0.5 A<br>1  A<br>10 [3] 0.5 A  5<br>8<br>6<br>4<br>3<br>2<br>0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15<br>I cc rms [kA] I cc rms [kA]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Characteristic D** 

**==> picture [221 x 290] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
∫i [2] dt 10 [5] 40 A<br>[A [2] s] 8 32 A<br>25 A<br>6 20 A<br>16 A<br>13 A<br>4<br>10 A<br>6 A<br>2<br>1.5<br>10 [4]<br>8<br>6<br>4<br>2<br>1.5<br>10 [3]<br>8<br>6<br>4<br>0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15<br>I cc rms [kA]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Characteristic D** 

**==> picture [226 x 289] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
l D 109 [4]<br>[A] 8 40 A<br>32 A<br>7 25 A<br>20 A<br>6 16 A<br>13 A<br>5 10 A<br>6 A<br>4<br>3<br>2<br>1.5<br>10 [3]<br>5<br>2<br>0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15<br>I cc rms [kA]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-88** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## _**Let-Through Energy I[2] t**_ 

## **Characteristic K** 

## **Characteristic S** 

**==> picture [459 x 299] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
l D 10 [4] l D 10 [4]<br>[A] [A]<br>8<br>8<br>6 63 A 50 A<br>40 A<br>32 A  6 40 A 32 A<br>4 20 A 13 A  [25 A ] 16 A  25 A 20 A<br>16 A<br>10 A  10 A<br>3 6 A 4 A  4<br>6 A<br>4 A<br>2 2 A  3 2 A<br>1.6 A<br>1.5<br>1 A<br>2<br>10 [3] 1 A<br>1.5<br>5 10 [3]<br>0.5 A<br>5<br>0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br>I cc rms [kA] 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br>I cc rms [kA]<br>3 A<br>3 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Characteristic Z** 

**==> picture [216 x 289] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
l D 10 [4]<br>[A]<br>8<br>6 63 A<br>40 A  [50 A ]<br>32 A<br>20 A  [25 A ]<br>16 A<br>4<br>10 A<br>8 A<br>3 6 A<br>2<br>4 A<br>1.5<br>2 A<br>10 [3]<br>5<br>1.6 A<br>1 A<br>0.5 A<br>0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br>I cc rms [kA]<br>3 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-89** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**Influence of the Ambient Temperature on the Thermal Tripping Behavior 1** Corrected values of the rated current dependent on the ambient temperature 

||**Ambient**|**Temperature T**|**Temperature T**|||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**_I_n (A)**|**–40°C**|**–30°C**|**–20°C**|**–10°C**|**0°C**|**10°C**|**20°C**|**30°C**|**35°C**|**40°C**|**45°C**|**50°C**|**55°C**|**60°C**|**65°C**|**70°C**|**75°C**|
|0.16|0.20|0.20|0.19|0.19|0.18|0.17|0.17|0.16|0.16|0.15|0.15|0.15|0.14|0.14|0.14|0.14|0.13|
|0.25|0.32|0.31|0.30|0.29|0.28|0.27|0.26|0.25|0.25|0.24|0.24|0.23|0.23|0.22|0.22|0.21|0.21|
|0.50|0.64|0.62|0.60|0.58|0.56|0.54|0.52|0.50|0.49|0.48|0.47|0.46|0.45|0.44|0.43|0.42|0.41|
|0.75<br>1.00|0.96<br>1.30|0.93<br>1.20|0.90<br>1.20|0.87<br>1.20|0.84<br>1.10|0.81<br>1.10|0.78<br>1.00|0.75<br>1.00|0.74<br>0.99|0.73<br>0.97|0.71<br>0.95|0.69<br>0.93|0.68<br>0.90|0.66<br>0.89|0.65<br>0.87|0.64<br>0.85|0.62<br>0.83|
|1.50<br>1.60|1.90<br>2.00|1.90<br>2.00|1.80<br>1.90|1.70<br>1.90|1.70<br>1.80|1.60<br>1.70|1.60<br>1.70|1.50<br>1.60|1.50<br>1.60|1.50<br>1.50|1.40<br>1.50|1.40<br>1.50|1.40<br>1.40|1.30<br>1.40|1.30<br>1.40|1.30<br>1.40|1.20<br>1.30|
|2.00<br>2.50|2.60<br>3.20|2.50<br>3.10|2.40<br>3.00|2.30<br>2.90|2.20<br>2.80|2.20<br>2.70|2.10<br>2.60|2.00<br>2.50|2.00<br>2.50|1.90<br>2.40|1.90<br>2.40|1.90<br>2.30|1.80<br>2.30|1.80<br>2.20|1.70<br>2.20|1.70<br>2.10|1.70<br>2.10|
|3.00<br>3.50|3.80<br>4.50|3.70<br>4.40|3.60<br>4.20|3.50<br>4.10|3.40<br>3.90|3.30<br>3.80|3.10<br>3.70|3.00<br>3.50|3.00<br>3.40|2.90<br>3.40|2.80<br>3.30|2.80<br>3.20|2.70<br>3.20|2.70<br>3.10|2.60<br>3.00|2.50<br>3.00|2.50<br>2.90|
|4.00|5.10|5.00|4.80|4.70|4.50|4.30|4.20|4.00|3.90|3.90|3.80|3.70|3.60|3.50|3.50|3.40|3.30|
|5.00|6.40|6.20|6.00|5.80|5.60|5.40|5.20|5.00|4.90|4.80|4.70|4.60|4.50|4.40|4.30|4.20|4.10|
|6.00|7.70|7.50|7.20|7.00|6.70|6.50|6.30|6.00|5.90|5.80|5.70|5.60|5.40|5.30|5.20|5.10|5.00|
|7.00|9.00|8.70|8.40|8.20|7.80|7.60|7.40|7.00|6.90|6.80|6.70|6.50|6.30|6.20|6.10|6.00|5.80|
|8.00|10.20|9.90|9.60|9.30|9.00|8.70|8.40|8.00|7.90|7.70|7.60|7.40|7.20|7.10|6.90|6.80|6.60|
|10.00|13.00|12.00|12.00|12.00|11.00|11.00|10.00|10.00|9.90|9.70|9.50|9.30|9.00|8.90|8.70|8.50|8.30|
|12.00|15.00|15.00|14.00|14.00|13.00|13.00|13.00|12.00|12.00|12.00|11.00|11.00|11.00|11.00|10.00|10.00|10.00|
|13.00|17.00|16.00|16.00|15.00|15.00|14.00|14.00|13.00|13.00|13.00|12.00|12.00|12.00|12.00|11.00|11.00|11.00|
|15.00|19.00|19.00|18.00|17.00|17.00|16.00|16.00|15.00|15.00|15.00|14.00|14.00|14.00|13.00|13.00|13.00|12.00|
|16.00|20.00|20.00|19.00|19.00|18.00|17.00|17.00|16.00|16.00|15.00|15.00|15.00|14.00|14.00|14.00|14.00|13.00|
|20.00|26.00|25.00|24.00|23.00|22.00|22.00|21.00|20.00|20.00|19.00|19.00|19.00|18.00|18.00|17.00|17.00|17.00|
|25.00|32.00|31.00|30.00|29.00|28.00|27.00|26.00|25.00|25.00|24.00|24.00|23.00|23.00|22.00|22.00|21.00|21.00|
|32.00|41.00|40.00|38.00|37.00|36.00|35.00|33.00|32.00|32.00|31.00|30.00|30.00|29.00|28.00|28.00|27.00|26.00|
|35.00|45.00|43.00|41.00|41.00|38.00|38.00|36.00|35.00|35.00|34.00|33.00|32.00|32.00|32.00|30.00|29.00|29.00|
|40.00|51.00|50.00|48.00|47.00|45.00|43.00|42.00|40.00|39.00|39.00|38.00|37.00|36.00|35.00|35.00|34.00|33.00|
|50.00<br>63.00|64.00<br>81.00|62.00<br>78.00|60.00<br>76.00|58.00<br>73.00|56.00<br>71.00|54.00<br>68.00|52.00<br>66.00|50.00<br>63.00|49.00<br>62.00|48.00<br>61.00|47.00<br>60.00|46.00<br>58.00|45.00<br>57.00|44.00<br>56.00|43.00<br>55.00|42.00<br>53.00|41.00<br>52.00|



## **Influence of the Mains Frequency** 

Influence of the mains frequency on the tripping behavior IMA of the instantaneous release 

|||**Mains**|**Frequency f [Hz]**|**Frequency f [Hz]**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**16 2/3**|**50**|**60**|**100**|**200**|**300**|**400**|
|_I_MA(f)_I_MA(50|Hz) [%]|91|100|101|106|115|134|141|



## **Load Carrying Capacity of Adjoining Miniature Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [245 x 150] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.00<br>0.90<br>0.80<br>0.70<br>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br>Number of Circuit Breakers<br>Rated Diversity Factor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-90** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## **Accessories Technical Data** 

|**Accessories Technical Data**||||
|---|---|---|---|
||**FAZ-XHIN**|||
|**Description**<br>**Electrical**|**FAZ-XAM002**|**FAZ-XAA-C**|**FAZ-XUA**|
|Contact function|1A + 1B<br>2 C/O|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Rated operational voltage_U_n|250 Vac|—|115 Vac<br>230 Vac|
||||400 Vac|
|Voltage range|—|12–110 Vac|—|
|||12–60 Vdc||
|Voltage range|—|110–415 Vac|—|
|||110–230 Vdc||
|Closing threshold [x_U_n]|—|—|0.8|
|Tripping threshold [x_U_n]<br>Rated frequency ƒ|—<br>50/60 Hz|—<br>50/60 Hz|0.5<br>50/60 Hz|
|General use (UL/CSA)<br>AC—230/240 Vac|2/2A|—|—|
|DC—110/120 Vdc|0.5/0.5A|—|—|
|Pilot duty|A600/Q600|—|—|
|Conventional free air thermal current_I_th<br>Rated operational current|4A|—|—|
|AC-13_I_e<br>AC-15_I_e|3A (250 Vac)<br>2A (250 Vac)|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|DC-13_I_e|0.5A (110 Vdc)|—|—|
|Rated insulation voltage_U_i|250 Vac|—|—|
|Minimum operating voltage per contract_U_min|5 Vdc|—|—|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50μ)_U_imp|2.5 kV|—|—|
|Rated conditional short-circuit current with 6A backup fuse_I_SC<br>Max. admissible backup fuse|1 kA<br>4A gL|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Mechanical**||||
|Standard front dimension|45 mm|45 mm|45 mm|
|Device height|80 mm|80 mm|80 mm|
|Mounting width|8.8 mm|17.6 mm|17.8 mm|
|Mounting|On MCB|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail|
|Degree of protection enclosed|IP40|IP40|IP40|
|Terminal protection|Protection against<br>electric shock to IEC 536|Protection against<br>electric shock to IEC 536|Protection against<br>electric shock to IEC 536|
|Terminals<br>Terminal capacity|Lift terminals|Twin-purpose terminals|Twin-purpose terminals|
|Solid|0.5–2.5 mm2|1–2.5 mm2|2 x (1–2.5) mm2|
|Flexible|0.5–2.5 mm2|1–2.5 mm2|2 x (1–2.5) mm2|
|Tightening torque of terminal screws|0.8–1.0 Nm (7–9 lb-in)|2.4 Nm (21 lb-in)|0.8 Nm (7 lb-in)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-91** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Miniature Circuit Breakers**_ 

## **FAZ** 

**==> picture [413 x 139] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.74<br>(9.4)<br>3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>1.73<br>1.40 2.09 2.79 (5.5)0.22 (44.0)<br>(35.4) (53.1) (70.8) 2.36<br>0.70<br>(60.0)<br>(17.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Auxiliary Contacts**_ 

## **FAZ-XHI11 and FAZ-XH1NW1** 

**==> picture [183 x 325] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.35 0.22 1.73<br>(8.8) (5.5) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>(60.0)<br>Shunt Releases<br>FAZ-XAA<br>3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.70<br>(17.8) 0.22 1.20 0.39<br>(30.5)<br>(5.5) (10.0)<br>1.03 1.73<br>(26.2) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>(60.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Shunt Releases**_ 

## **FAZ-XAA** 

## **FAZ-XAM002** 

**==> picture [179 x 137] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.35 0.22 1.73<br>(8.8) (5.5) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>(60.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Undervoltage Releases**_ 

## **FAZ-XUA** 

**==> picture [180 x 135] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.70<br>(17.8) 0.22 1.73<br>(5.5) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>(60.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-92** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.3 

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors 

**1** 

## Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Busbar and Accessory Weights and Dimensions** 

|||||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Unit Weight (kg)**|**Length**|**Width**|**Height**|**Number**|
|0.29|39.72 (1009.0)|0.59 (15.0)|0.59 (15.0)|**BB-UL-18/1P-1M/57**|
|0.64|39.02 (991.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-18/2P-2M/56**|
|0.83|39.72 (1009.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-18/3P-3M/57**|
|0.26|38.78 (985.0)|0.59 (15.0)|0.59 (15.0)|**BB-UL-18/1P-1.5M/37**|
|0.63|39.72 (1009.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-18/2P+AS-2.5M/46**|
|0.79|38.66 (982.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-18/3P+AS-3.5M/48**|
|0.36|39.72 (1009.0)|0.59 (15.0)|0.59 (15.0)|**BB-UL-25/1P-1M/57**|
|0.79|39.02 (991.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-25/2P-2M/56**|
|1.04|39.72 (1009.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-25/3P-3M/57**|
|0.31|38.78 (985.0)|0.59 (15.0)|0.59 (15.0)|**BB-UL-25/1P-1.5M/37**|
|0.73|39.72 (1009.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-25/2P+AS-2.5M/46**|
|0.97|38.66 (982.0)|0.87 (22.0)|1.46 (37.0)|**BB-UL-25/3P+AS-3.5M/48**|
|0.03|2.36 (60.0)|0.67 (17.0)|1.14 (29.0)|**BB-UL-TEP/35**|
|0.03|1.42 (36.0)|0.67 (17.0)|1.14 (29.0)|**BB-UL-TEPA/35**|
|0.03|1.57 (40.0)|0.71 (18.0)|1.18 (30.0)|**BB-UL-TE/50**|
|0.003|3.35 (85.0)|0.47 (12.0)|0.94 (24.0)|**BB-IP/5**|
|0.001|0.55 (14.0)|0.20 (5.0)|0.39 (10.0)|**BB-EV-EC/3**|
|0.001|0.94 (24.0)|0.87 (22.0)|0.39 (10.0)|**BB-UL-EC/1**|



**==> picture [481 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L W<br>L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 H<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-93** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-95**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-96**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-97**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-98**|
|UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T1-100**|



## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac** 

## **Product Overview** 

Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of installations and plant. Eaton’s UL 1053 Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) is designed for use in residual current applications. 

## **Application Description** 

- Motor control circuits 

- HVAC internal/external equipment 

- PLCs 

- HMIs 

- Equipment protection 

- European housing 

## **Features** 

- Wide range of compact RCCB types serving as fault-current and additional protection according to UL 1053 and IEC/EN 61008 standards, suitable for worldwide use 

- Type A or Type G/A (with delay) protection available 

- Comprehensive range of accessories 

- Real contact position indicator 

- Fault current tripping indicator 

- Transparent designation plate 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - UL 1053 

   - IEC/EN 61008 

   - CSA 

   - ÖVE 

   - CE Marked 

- Trip-free design—RCCB can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position 

- Captive screws cannot be lost 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-94** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**UL 1053 RCCB 480Y/277V Type A**_ 

**Two-Pole Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A** 

|**Two-Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**GF Sensitivity**<br>**(mA)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Designation**|
|25|30<br>**167113**<br>FRCmM-25/2/003-A-NA<br>300<br>**167116**<br>FRCmM-25/2/03-A-NA<br>~~ee~~|||
|40|30|**167114**|FRCmM-40/2/003-A-NA|
||300|**167117**|FRCmM-40/2/03-A-NA|
|63|30|**167115**|FRCmM-63/2/003-A-NA|
||300|**167118**|FRCmM-63/2/03-A-NA|



## **Four-Pole** 

## **Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A** 

## **Four-Pole** 

|**Four-Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**GF Sensitivity**<br>**(mA)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Designation**|
|25|30<br>300|**167125**<br>**167104**|FRCmM-25/4/003-A-NA<br>FRCmM-25/4/03-A-NA|
|40|30|**167102**|FRCmM-40/4/003-A-NA|
||300|**167105**|FRCmM-40/4/03-A-NA|
|63|30|**167103**|FRCmM-63/4/003-A-NA|
||300|**167106**|FRCmM-63/4/03-A-NA|



## _**UL 1053 RCCB 480Y/277V Type G/A**_ 

Type G/A has a 10 ms delay. 

**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)** 

|**Two-Pole**|**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)**|**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)**|**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|oe|**Amperes**|**GF Sensitivity**<br>**(mA)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Designation**|
|||25|30<br>300<br>~~ee~~|**167119**<br>**167122**|FRCmM-25/2/003-G/A-NA<br>FRCmM-25/2/03-G/A-NA|
||40|30|**167120**|FRCmM-40/2/003-G/A-NA|
|||300|**167123**|FRCmM-40/2/03-G/A-NA|
||63|30|**167121**|FRCmM-63/2/003-G/A-NA|
|||300|**167124**|FRCmM-63/2/03-G/A-NA|



## **Four-Pole** 

## **Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)** 

## **Four-Pole** 

|**Four-Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**GF Sensitivity**<br>**(mA)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Designation**|
|25|30<br>300|**167107**<br>**167110**|FRCmM-25/4/003-G/A-NA<br>FRCmM-25/4/03-G/A-NA|
|40|30|**167108**|FRCmM-40/4/003-G/A-NA|
||300|**167111**|FRCmM-40/4/03-G/A-NA|
|63|30|**167109**|FRCmM-63/4/003-G/A-NA|
||300|**167112**|FRCmM-63/4/03-G/A-NA|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Has no thermal element; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-95** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Accessories** 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac** 

||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Contact**|Two-pole contact or auxiliary|**Z-NHK**1|**Padlock Hasp**|||||**Padlock Hasp**|Padlock hasp|**Z-IS/SPE-1TE**|
||contact / trip indicating contact<br>~~en ~~||**Lockoff Device**<br> ie<br>[ of2<br>||||||UL lockoff device<br>**FAZPLOFF**<br> ~~Be~~||
|||||{(|||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||
||||**_Note_**<br>1 Voltage of FAZ-NA circuit breaker is limited to 300V with this auxiliary contact installed.||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-96** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

- Residual current devices 

- Has no thermal protection; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application 

- Captive screw terminals 

- Universal tripping signal switch, also suitable for Z-A; can be mounted subsequently 

- Auxiliary switch Z-HK can be mounted subsequently 

- Red-green contact position indicator 

- White-blue tripping indicator 

- Delayed types recommended for use with standard fluorescent tubes with or without electronical ballast (30mA-RCD: 30 units per phase conductor, 100mA-RCD: 90 units per phase conductor) 

- The device functions irrespective of the position of installation 

- Tripping is line voltage-independent. Consequently, the RCD is suitable for “fault current/residual current protection” and “additional protection” within the meaning of the applicable installation rules 

- Reverse-feed permitted 

- The four-pole device can also be used for two-pole connection. For this purpose, use terminals 5-6 and N-N 

- The test key “T” must be pressed every month. The system operator must be informed of this obligation and responsibility in a way that can be proven (self-adhesive RCD-label enclosed) 

- Pressing the test key “T” serves the only purpose of function testing the residual current device (RCD). This test does not make earthing resistance measurement (RE) or proper checking of the earth conductor condition redundant, which must be performed separately 

- **Type -A:** Protects against special forms of residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed 

- **Type -G/A:** Additionally protects against special forms of residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data** 

|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data**<br><br>|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data**<br><br>|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Specification**||
|**Electrical According to IEC/EN 61008**||
|Design according to<br>IEC/EN 61008<br>ÖVE E 8601||
|Current test marks as printed onto the device||
|Tripping Type G|10 ms delay|
|Rated voltage Un|230/400V, 50 Hz|
|Rated tripping current I�n|30, 300 mA|
|Sensitivity|AC and pulsating DC|
|Rated insulation voltage Ui|440V|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|4 kV|
|Rated short-circuit capacity Inc|10 kA|
|Maximum backup fuse<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|Overload protection<br>Short-circuit protection<br>25A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL<br>40A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL|
|Rated breaking capacity Imbzw.<br>Rated fault breaking capacity I�m<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|500A<br>630A|
|Voltage range of test button|Two-pole<br>184–250V~|
||Four-pole<br>184–440V~|
|Endurance|Electrical<br>>4000 operating cycles|
||Mechanical<br>>20,000 operating cycles|
|Overvoltage category|III|



## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued** 

|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued**|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued**|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Specification**||
|**Electrical According to UL 1053**||
|Design according to<br>UL 1053||
|Current test marks as printed onto the device||
|Tripping Type G|8 ms delay|
|Rated voltage Un|480Y/277V, 60 Hz|
|Pickup current|22, 200 mA|
|Sensitivity|AC and pulsating DC|
|Overvoltage tested|530V|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|4 kV|
|Rated short-circuit capacity Inc|5 kA according to CSA|
|Maximum backup fuse<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|Overload protection<br>Short-circuit protection<br>25A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL<br>40A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL|
|Rated breaking capacity Imor<br>Rated fault breaking capacity I�m<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|500A<br>630A|
|Voltage range of test button|Two-pole<br>184–305V~|
||Four-pole<br>184–528V~|
|Endurance|Electrical<br>>4000 operating cycles|
||Mechanical<br>>20,000 operating cycles|
|**Mechanical**||
|Frame size|45.0 mm|
|Device height|80.0 mm|
|Device width|35 mm (2TE), 70 mm (4TE)|
|Device width|Quick fastening with two<br>lock-in positions on DIN<br>rail IEC/EN 60715|
|Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|
|Degree of protection in moisture-proof<br>enclosure|IP54|
|Upper and lower terminals|Lift terminals|
|Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch<br>safe BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|
|Terminal capacity|1.5–35 mm2single-wire|
||2 x 16 mm2multi-wire|
|Busbar material thickness|0.8–2 mm|
|Tripping temperature|–25°C to +60°C|
|Resistance to climatic conditions|According to IEC 61008|
|Humidity|5–95%|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-97** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

## 1.4 

**==> picture [261 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Connection Diagram<br>1<br>1 N 1 3 5 N<br>1<br>1 T T<br>1<br>2 N 2 4 6 N<br>1 Two-Pole Four-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Impact of Ambient Temperature on the Maximum Permanent Current Allowed (A)** 

|**Tripping**|**16A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**25A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**40A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**63A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Temperature**<br>40°C|**Pole**<br>16|**Pole**<br>16|**Pole**<br>25|**Pole**<br>25|**Pole**<br>40|**Pole**<br>40|**Pole**<br>63|**Pole**<br>63|
|45°C|14|14|21|22|37|37|59|59|
|50°C|11|11|18|19|33|34|55|55|
|55°C|9|9|14|16|30|31|50|50|
|60°C|1|—|—|—|26|27|45|45|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Do not use. 

Please make sure that these values are not exceeded and that any upstream overload protection switches off in time. 

## **Correct Connection** 

**==> picture [241 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3+N Three-phase load without N<br>(230/400V) IEC (184–254 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC<br>(277/480V) UL (184–277 Vac Phase-Phase) UL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [239 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Three-phase load without N 1+N<br>(400 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC (230V) IEC<br>(480 Vac Phase-Phase) UL (277V) UL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB** 

**==> picture [239 x 173] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.22 0.18<br>(5.5) (4.5)<br>1.20<br>(30.5)<br>3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.41<br>2.76 1.73 (10.5)<br>(70.0) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>Four-Pole (60.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-98** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Accessories Technical Data** 

|**Accessories Technical Data**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Z-NHK**|
|**Electrical**||
|Contact function|2CO|
|Rated voltage|230V|
|Frequency|50/60 Hz|
|Rated current|2A|
|Rated thermal current Ith|2A|
|Utilization category AC13||
|Rated operational current Ie|3A/250 Vac|
|Utilization category AC15||
|Rated operational current Ie|2A/250 Vac|
|Utilization category DC12||
|Rated operational current Ie|0.5A/110 Vdc|
|Rated insulation voltage UI|250 Vac|
|Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin|5 Vdc|
|Minimum operational current Imin|10 mA DC|
|Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp(1.2/50μ)|2.5 kV|
|Conditional short-circuit current Ikwith backup fuse 6A|1 kA|
|Maximum backup fuse, overload and short circuit|6A gL|
|**Mechanical**||
|Tripping indicator “electrical tripping”|Blue/white|
|Frame size|45 mm|
|Device height|80 mm|
|Device width|8.8 mm (0.5MU)|
|Mounting|Onto switching device|
|Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|
|Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch safe|
||According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|
|Terminals|Lift terminals|
|Terminal capacity|20–14 AWG|
|Terminal screws|M3 (Posidrive Z0)|
|Fastening torque of terminal screws|7 lb-in maximum|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-99** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac. . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-94** UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-101** Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-102** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-103** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T1-104** 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac** 

## **Product Overview** 

Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of installations and plant. Eaton’s UL 1053 Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) is designed for use in residual current applications. 

## **Application Description** 

- Motor control circuits 

- HVAC internal/external equipment 

- PLCs 

- HMIs 

- Equipment protection 

## **Features** 

- Wide range of compact RCD type serving as faultcurrent and additional protection according to UL 1053 and IEC/EN 61008 standards, suitable for worldwide use in the 110V range of applications 

- Type A or Type G/A (with delay) protection available 

- Comprehensive range of accessories 

- Real contact position indicator 

- Fault current tripping indicator 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - UL 1053 

   - IEC/EN 61008 

- Transparent designation plate 

- Trip-free design—RCCB can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position 

- Captive screws cannot be lost 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-100** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**UL 1053 RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Type A**_ 

## **Four-Pole** 

**Conditionally Surge Current–Proof 250A, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type A** 

**Four-Pole** 

**==> picture [480 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|e0|GF Sensitivity|Catalog|
|he|>j|Amperes|(mA)|Number|[1]|Designation|
|25|30|167699|FRCmM-25/4/003-A-NA-110|
|oe|eT|
|hi|300|167702|FRCmM-25/4/03-A-NA-110|
|a.8.|40|30|167700|FRCmM-40/4/003-A-NA-110|
|300|167703|FRCmM-40/4/03-A-NA-110|
|63|30|167701|FRCmM-63/4/003-A-NA-110|
|300|167704|FRCmM-63/4/03-A-NA-110|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**UL 1053 RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Type G/A**_ 

Type G/A has a 10 ms delay. 

## **Two-Pole** 

**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)** 

## **Two-Pole** 

**==> picture [333 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|GF Sensitivity|Catalog|
|Amperes|(mA)|Number|[1]|Designation|
|25|30|167693|FRCmM-25/2/003-G/A-NA-110|
|300|167696|_|FRCmM-25/2/03-G/A-NA-110|
|2s|TT.|
|40|30|167694|FRCmM-40/2/003-G/A-NA-110|
|300|167697|FRCmM-40/2/03-G/A-NA-110|
|63|30|167695|FRCmM-63/2/003-G/A-NA-110|
|300|167698|FRCmM-63/2/03-G/A-NA-110|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Four-Pole** 

**Surge Current–Proof 3 kA, Sensitive to Residual Pulsating DC, Type G/A (ÖVE E 8601)** 

## **Four-Pole** 

**==> picture [433 x 91] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|GF Sensitivity|Catalog|
|Amperes|(mA)|Number|[1]|Designation|
|25|30|167705|FRCmM-25/4/003-G/A-NA-110|
|"ss|
|a|300|167708|FRCmM-25/4/03-G/A-NA-110|
|40|30|167706|FRCmM-40/4/003-G/A-NA-110|
|300|167709|FRCmM-40/4/03-G/A-NA-110|
|63|30|167707|FRCmM-63/4/003-G/A-NA-110|
|300|167710|FRCmM-63/4/03-G/A-NA-110|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

1   Has no thermal element; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-101** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

|**1**|**Accessories**|**Accessories**|**Accessories**|||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**1**|||**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac**|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac**||||||||||
||||**Description**|**Catalog Number**||||||||**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|**1**|**Contact**||Two-pole contact or auxiliary|**Z-NHK**1|**Padlock Hasp**|||||**Padlock Hasp**||Padlock hasp|**Z-IS/SPE-1TE**|
|**1**|||contact / trip indicating contact|||||||||||
|**1**||||||||||||||
|**1**||||||||||||||
|**1**|||||**Lockoff Device**|||||||UL lockoff device|**FAZPLOFF**|
|**1**||||||||||||||
|**1**|||||~~ay~~|||||||||
|**1**||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|**1**||||||||||||||
|**1**|||||**_Note_**<br>1 Voltage of FAZ-NA circuit breaker is limited to 300V with this auxiliary contact installed.|||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-102** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

- Residual current devices 

- Has no thermal protection; must be paired with FAZ-NA or FAZ per application 

- Captive screw terminals 

- Universal tripping signal switch, also suitable for Z-A; can be mounted subsequently 

- Auxiliary switch Z-HK can be mounted subsequently 

- Red-green contact position indicator 

- White-blue tripping indicator 

- Delayed types recommended for use with standard fluorescent tubes with or without electronical ballast (30mA-RCD: 30 units per phase conductor, 100mA-RCD: 90 units per phase conductor) 

- The device functions irrespective of the position of installation 

- Tripping is line voltage-independent. Consequently, the RCD is suitable for “fault current/residual current protection” and “additional protection” within the meaning of the applicable installation rules 

- Reverse-feed permitted 

- The four-pole device can also be used for two-pole connection. For this purpose, use terminals 5-6 and N-N 

- The test key “T” must be pressed every month. The system operator must be informed of this obligation and responsibility in a way that can be proven (self-adhesive RCD-label enclosed) 

- Pressing the test key “T” serves the only purpose of function testing the residual current device (RCD). This test does not make earthing resistance measurement (RE) or proper checking of the earth conductor condition redundant, which must be performed separately 

- **Type -A:** Protects against special forms of residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed 

- **Type -G/A:** Additionally protects against special forms of residual pulsating DC that have not been smoothed 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Specification**||
|**Electrical According to IEC/EN 61008**||
|Design according to<br>IEC/EN 61008<br>ÖVE E 8601||
|Current test marks as printed onto the device||
|Tripping Type G|10 ms delay|
|Rated voltage Un|230/400V, 50 Hz|
|Rated tripping current I�n|30, 300 mA|
|Sensitivity|AC and pulsating DC|
|Rated insulation voltage Ui|440V|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|4 kV|
|Rated short-circuit capacity Inc|10 kA|
|Maximum backup fuse<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|Overload protection<br>Short-circuit protection<br>25A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL<br>40A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL|
|Rated breaking capacity Imbzw.<br>Rated fault breaking capacity I�m<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|500A<br>630A|
|Voltage range of test button|Two-pole<br>100–132V~|
||Four-pole<br>100–230V~|
|Endurance|Electrical<br>>4000 operating cycles|
||Mechanical<br>>20,000 operating cycles|
|Overvoltage category|III|



## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued** 

|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued**|**UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB Technical Data, continued**|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Specification**||
|**Electrical According to UL1053**||
|Design according to<br>UL 1053||
|Current test marks as printed onto the device||
|Tripping Type G|8 ms delay|
|Rated voltage Un|208Y/120V, 60 Hz|
|Pickup current|22, 200 mA|
|Sensitivity|AC and pulsating DC|
|Overvoltage tested|530V|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|4 kV|
|Rated short-circuit capacity Inc|5 kA according to CSA|
|Maximum backup fuse<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|Overload protection<br>Short-circuit protection<br>25A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL<br>40A gG/gL<br>63A gG/gL|
|Rated breaking capacity Imor<br>Rated fault breaking capacity I�m<br>In= 25–40A<br>In= 63A|500A<br>630A|
|Voltage range of test button|Two-pole<br>100–121V~|
||Four-pole<br>100–210V~|
|Endurance|Electrical<br>>4000 operating cycles|
||Mechanical<br>>20,000 operating cycles|
|**Mechanical**||
|Frame size|45.0 mm|
|Device height|80.0 mm|
|Device width|35 mm (2TE), 70 mm (4TE)|
|Device width|Quick fastening with two<br>lock-in positions on DIN<br>rail IEC/EN 60715|
|Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|
|Degree of protection in moisture-proof<br>enclosure|IP54|
|Upper and lower terminals|Lift terminals|
|Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch<br>safe BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|
|Terminal capacity|1.5–35 mm2single-wire|
||2 x 16 mm2multi-wire|
|Busbar material thickness|0.8–2 mm|
|Tripping temperature|–25°C to +60°C|
|Resistance to climatic conditions|According to IEC 61008|
|Humidity|5–95%|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-103** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

## 1.4 

**==> picture [261 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Connection Diagram<br>1<br>1 N 1 3 5 N<br>1<br>1 T T<br>1<br>2 N 2 4 6 N<br>1 Two-Pole Four-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Impact of Ambient Temperature on the Maximum Permanent Current Allowed (A)** 

|**Tripping**|**16A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**25A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**40A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|**63A**<br>**Two-**|**Four-**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Temperature**<br>40°C|**Pole**<br>16|**Pole**<br>16|**Pole**<br>25|**Pole**<br>25|**Pole**<br>40|**Pole**<br>40|**Pole**<br>63|**Pole**<br>63|
|45°C|14|14|21|22|37|37|59|59|
|50°C|11|11|18|19|33|34|55|55|
|55°C|9|9|14|16|30|31|50|50|
|60°C|1|—|—|—|26|27|45|45|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Do not use. 

Please make sure that these values are not exceeded and that any upstream overload protection switches off in time. 

## **Correct Connection** 

**==> picture [241 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3+N Three-phase load without N<br>(230/400V) IEC (184–254 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC<br>(277/480V) UL (184–277 Vac Phase-Phase) UL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [239 x 129] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Three-phase load without N 1+N<br>(400 Vac Phase-Phase) IEC (230V) IEC<br>(480 Vac Phase-Phase) UL (277V) UL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB** 

**==> picture [239 x 173] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.22 0.18<br>(5.5) (4.5)<br>1.20<br>(30.5)<br>3.15 1.77<br>(80.0) (45.0)<br>0.41<br>2.76 1.73 (10.5)<br>(70.0) (44.0)<br>2.36<br>Four-Pole (60.0)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-104** 

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors 

1.4 

UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 

**1** 

## **Accessories Technical Data** 

|**Accessories Technical Data**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Z-NHK**|**Z-IHK-NA**|
|**Electrical**|||
|Contact function|2CO|1NO + 1NC|
|Rated voltage|230V|250V|
|Frequency|50/60 Hz|50/60 Hz|
|Rated current|2A|6A|
|Rated thermal current Ith|2A|6A|
|Utilization category AC13|||
|Rated operational current Ie|3A/250 Vac|3A/250 Vac|
|Utilization category AC15<br>Rated operational current Ie|2A/250 Vac|2A/250 Vac|
|Utilization category DC12<br>Rated operational current Ie|0.5A/110 Vdc|0.5A/110 Vdc|
|||0.25A/220 Vdc|
|Rated insulation voltage UI|250 Vac|250 Vac|
|Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin<br>Minimum operational current Imin|5 Vdc<br>10 mA DC|5 Vdc<br>10 mA AC/DC|
|Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp(1.2/50μ)<br>Conditional short-circuit current Ikwith backup fuse 6A|2.5 kV<br>1 kA|4 kV<br>1 kA|
|Maximum backup fuse, overload and short circuit<br>**Mechanical**|6A gL|—|
|Tripping indicator “electrical tripping”<br>Frame size|Blue/white<br>45 mm|—<br>45 mm|
|Device height<br>Device width|80 mm<br>8.8 mm (0.5MU)|80 mm<br>8.8 mm (0.5MU)|
|Mounting|Onto switching device|—|
|Degree of protection, built-in|IP40|IP40|
|Terminal protection|Finger and hand touch safe<br>According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|Finger and hand touch safe<br>According to BGV A3, ÖVE-EN 6|
|Terminals<br>Terminal capacity|Lift terminals<br>20–14 AWG|Lift terminals<br>0.5–2.5 mm2|
|Terminal screws|M3 (Posidrive Z0)|M3 (Posidrive Z0)|
|Fastening torque of terminal screws|7 lb-in maximum|1.2 Nm|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T1-105** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers** 

## **Series G Circuit Breakers** 

|**2.1**|**Introduction**|**Introduction**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|||Product Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-2**||
|**2.2**|**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers**<br>Power Defense Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-4**|**2**|
|||Power Defense Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-12**|**2**|
|||Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**||
|||Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|||Frame Size 3 (45–600 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**||
|||Frame Size 4 (300–800 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|**2**|
|||Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**||
|||Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**|**2**|
|||Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-87**||
|||Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**|**2**|
|||Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**||
|||Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|**2**|
|**2.3**|**Series G® Molded Case Circuit Breakers**<br>Product Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-108**|**2**|
|||EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|**2**|
|||JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**||
|||LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|**2**|
|||NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**||
|||RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|**2**|
|||Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**||
|||Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|**2**|
|||30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**<br>**V4-T2-200**|**2**|
|||High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**<br>**V4-T2-208**|**2**|
|||Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**<br>**V4-T2-218**|**2**|
|**2.4**|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**Series C® Molded Case Circuit Breakers**||**V4-T2-219**|**2**|
|||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|**2**|
|||G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**||
|||F-Frame (10–225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|**2**|
|||J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**||
|||K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|**2**|
|||L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**<br>**V4-T2-315**|**2**|
|||N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-341**|**2**|
|||Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|**2**|
|||Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|**2**|
|||Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**<br>**V4-T2-410**|**2**|
|**2.5**|**Specialty Breakers**|||**2**|
|||Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**||
|||Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**|**2**|
|||PVGard™ Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-457**||
|||E2Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-470**|**2**|
|**2.6**|**Handle Mechanisms**<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-496**|**2**|
|||Handle Mechanisms—Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-508**|**2**|
|a|Learn<br>Online<br>Drawings<br>Online<br>®|||**2**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-1** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.1 

Introduction 

**2** ~~my~~ 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

Eaton’s Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s. 

The Power Defense family is Eaton’s premier MCCB globally rated line, incorporating Power Xpert Release electronic trip units with best-in-class safety and protection features. It includes ratings from 15 to 12,500 amperes, thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers, and modular field-installable accessories. Power Defense breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, CE and CCC. 

The Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base. 

The Series C family ranges from 15 to 2500 amperes and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications. 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Introduction||
|Power Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-4**|
|Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-108**|
|Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Learn<br>Online<br>Drawings<br>Online<br>|S<br>Ee’|**V4-T2-437**|



## **Application Description** 

Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry: 

- Electrical OEMs 

- Machinery OEMs 

- Navy breakers: 

- UL 489 Supplement SB 

- MIL-C-17588 

- MIL-C-17361 

- ABS/NVR 

- Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac 

- Earth leakage 

- DC breakers 125–750 Vdc 

- Engine generator breakers 15–1200 amperes 

- Current limiting breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-2** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.1 

Introduction 

## **Typical Applications** 

## _**Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers**_ 

Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories. 

## _**Panelboards**_ 

As both main and branch circuit protection devices. 

## _**Feeder Pillars**_ 

In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection. 

## _**Switchgear**_ 

In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame). 

## _**Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs**_ 

In busbar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection. 

## _**Individual Enclosures**_ 

Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements. 

## _**Additional Applications**_ 

Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information. 

## **Typical Eaton Applications** 

**==> picture [176 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Panelboard<br>Individual Circuit<br>Breaker Enclosure<br>Busbar Trunking<br>Tap-Off<br>Machine Tool<br>Control Panel<br>Switchboard<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-3** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Contents** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers||
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|



## **Features and Benefits Trip Unit Configurations** 

## **Product Description** 

## **Application Description Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units** 

Eaton’s globally accepted Power Defense™ molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) can: 

## _**Thermal-Magnetic**_ 

## _**PXR 20**_ 

## _**Simpler communications. Better protection. Easier energy metering**_ 

      - A fully adjustable trip unit with LSI and LSIG protection capabilities. This trip unit offers more advanced features than ever before at this level, including current metering, programmable relays, and optional embedded communications to enable seamless integration into control and communication systems 

   - Available with adjustable magnetic settings, and for IEC markets, adjustable thermal settings. For NEMA markets, fixed magnetic and fixed thermal settings are options. Four-pole options with 0%, 60% and 100% protection are available 

- Connect to your network or the cloud with built-in communication capability 

Embedded in the Power Defense portfolio, Power Xpert[®] Release (PXR) electronic trip units for global low-voltage commercial and industrial applications are Eaton’s latest innovation in circuit protection technology. They are designed to help you simplify your simplify your communications, enhance enhance your protection and support support your energy metering. 

- Generate the data to help optimize your facility’s performance 

- Mitigate arc flash to keep your employees, customers and end users safe 

## _**PXR 10**_ 

- They are designed to help ● All of the advantages of you simplify your simplify your an electronic trip unit in communications, enhance enhance a simpler interface, which your protection and support support leads to easy setup. This your energy metering. trip unit is available with ● Unique Eaton trip unit LSI protection and includes programmable settings so 

- platform enables you to that it can be tailored for easily change set points, the specific application 

- test and configure circuit breakers, and meter energy and power information 

The Power Defense MCCB portfolio is globally adaptive to your footprint no matter the application or project requirement. All frames have the availability of global certifications including IEC, CCC, UL[®] and CSA[®] . Eaton’s best-in-class support enables you to order readily available product for on-time delivery, across the globe. 

   - The PXR 20 also offers cutting-edge safety features like the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ and zone selective interlocking with new testing and status indication features, and cause of trip indication 

- Enhanced, easy-to-use interface allows you to view and adjust the trip unit settings 

- Intuitive interface provides simple scroll-through visibility for critical performance metrics such as metering, battery life, zone selective interlock settings and circuit breaker health 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-4** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**PXR 20D**_ 

- Offers the same level of functionality as the PXR 20, but with a programmable interface that allows for additional flexibility in protection parameters and integration into interconnected power distribution systems. The protection and safety functions can be programmed not only from the onboard LCD screen, but also through communications, making your system setup and commissioning easier and future-proofed 

## _**PXR 25**_ 

- Offers more functionality than ever before in a molded case circuit breaker trip unit. 1% accuracy for energy readings, coupled with the option for multiple communication protocols and embedded programmable relays, making this the ultimate example of an intelligent node in a power distribution system 

- Leverage the capabilities of this product to eliminate meters and other components from the system, making the power distribution system costeffective and smaller, with increased intelligence and connectivity 

Each breaker frame section indicates the full range of trip units available for the frame. The wide range of trip unit options, coupled with fieldreplaceable trip units, enables compatibility with global requirements and allows upgrade from the most basic protective device to a highend, intelligent node in a power system. 

## **Trip Unit Features** 

## _**Breaker Health Feature and Programmable Alarms**_ 

_Less Costly Downtime_ 

By enabling you to perform predictive and preventive maintenance on your power distribution system prior to component failure, the breaker health feature and programmable alarms will help you avoid costly downtime. 

- Communicates circuit breaker status at customer determined levels to prompt for breaker maintenance or inspection 

- Provides real-time evaluation of breaker condition by tracking and analyzing diagnostic details including breaker operations, short-circuit fault levels, operational time, internal temperature and overloads 

## _**Zone Selective Interlocking**_ 

_Reduction in Arc Flash Energy_ The zone selective interlocking (ZSI) feature communicates when a phase or ground fault is present. 

- The breaker closest to the fault will override any customer-defined delay setting and open instantaneously to clear the fault, allowing line-side breakers to remain closed and online 

- The PXR trip unit displays when the ZSI system is engaged, communicating, and helping to keep you and your employees safe— so you no longer have to just trust that the ZSI is operational, unlike with other MCCB offerings 

- ZSI is also a proven solution for reducing arc flash incident energy when a fault is present 

## _**Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**_ 

## _**Power Xpert Protection Manager**_ 

_Simpler Operation, Reduced Maintenance_ Once installed, your Power Xpert Release trip unit continues to provide cost savings and advanced functionality through the Power Xpert Protection Manager (PXPM) interface. This intuitive user interface allows for simple trip unit set up and programming, realtime reporting of power and energy metering, as well as the ability to check critical performance metrics, to meet your application needs while decreasing maintenance and in-field testing time. The testing features and functionality, which can be run through a personal computer, offers savings through labor hour reduction and avoiding the need for expensive proprietary testing kits. 

_Better Safety and Productivity_ For added protection, the Power Defense portfolio offers Eaton’s patented Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System to reduce arc flash incident energy. This innovative safety feature can help you: 

- Decrease personal protection equipment (PPE) requirements to enhance productivity 

- Enhance the safety of your personnel 

## _**Enhanced Ground Fault Protection and Coordination**_ 

_Easier Phase or Ground Fault Detection and Warning_ 

Expanded protection of ground fault increases coordination capabilities and provides ability to turn protection off. 

- ON/OFF feature simplifies system testing 

   - Ultimate control and data are at your fingertips: 

- Ground fault trip units combine trip, alarm, and OFF in every unit, with programmable relays for alarm or pre-alarm functionality 

   - Set point Configuration: Allows direct-to-trip unit or offline set up, including duplication of settings between units 

- Expanded time profile ● Control Mode: Capture selections include I[2] t and waveforms, reset TU or 

- flat response profiles for set the date/time more coordination options 

   - Test Mode: Run secondary injection and create test reports 

## _**Industry Standard Communication**_ 

- Real-Time Data: Provides information regarding all status and metered data direction from the trip unit 

Energy monitoring and Provides information system status with onboard regarding all status and serial and industrial network metered data direction communications available from the trip unit through CAM modules in the ● Event Summaries: PXR 20, 20D and 25 will offer Stores up to 200 events, a greater view and control detailed information on into the machine or power the most recent (10) trip distribution system. and (10) alarm events, Available features can offer: and time adjustments to the real-time clock 

- Easy connection to PLC ● Reports: Allows for the building management formatting and printing 

- systems, SCADA and of real time data and of 

- cloud-based systems 

- ● Remote monitoring and performed secondary injection tests 

- Remote monitoring and option control of breaker 

- Metering and health data 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-5** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Breaker Frame Overview** 

Power Defense molded case **2** circuit breakers include six frames, PD-1 through PD-6, providing flexibility to meet **2** protection needs up to 2500 A. 

**PD-1** —Compact frame covering range of 15 A through 125 A with fixed thermal-magnetic trip unit, and with current limiting options. Additionally, motor circuit protectors covering a range from 3 A through 100 A with adjustable magnetic settings of 3x to 11x. 

**PD-2** —Standard frame covering a range of 15 A through 225 A with trip unit options, from a fixed thermalmagnetic to the most advanced Power Xpert™ Release (PXR) electronic units. PD-2 also has current limiting options available. Additionally, motor protection circuit breakers ranging from 15 A through 200 A with PXR electronic trip units, as well as motor circuit protectors ranging from 3 A through 150 A with adjustable magnetic settings from 3x to 10x. 

**PD-3** —Covers a range of 45 A 

through 600 A with fieldinstallable trip units, including fixed thermal/adjustable magnetic and all PXR electronic trip unit options in two frame options: 400 A and 600 A. PD-3 also has 100% UL ratings and current limiting options. Additionally, motor protection circuit breakers ranging from 45 A through 600 A with PXR electronic trip units, as well as motor circuit protectors ranging from 70 A through 600 A with adjustable magnetic settings from 5x to 10x. 

**PD-4** —Covers a range of 300 A through 800 A with field-installable trip units, including fixed thermal/ adjustable magnetic, and all PXR electronic trip unit options (PXR 10, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25), and 100% UL rating options. 

**PD-5** —Covers a range of 320 A through 1200 A with field-installable PXR electronic trip units, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25, as well as 100% UL rating options. 

**PD-6** —Covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A with field-installable PXR electronic trip units, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25, as well as 100% UL rating options. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

The Power Defense molded case circuit breaker line is a global product, with interrupting ratings across a broad range of voltages. These interrupting ratings are optimized for power distribution and meet the broadest range of application needs. See each frame for the specific interrupting levels. 

## **Modular Accessories** 

The Power Defense molded case circuit breakers feature new, modular accessories that are designed to make customization of the breaker for the unique requirements of the application easier than ever before. A common line of auxiliary switch and bell alarms allow for interchangeability between the different Power Defense breaker frames, enabling the final configuration of the breaker at the point of use and minimizing the amount of inventory required. Compact, modular shunt trips and under voltage releases have been designed to be easily installed and removed as the project or application dictates. 

Some of the most common accessories and their function are described below. 

## _**Internal Accessories**_ 

**Auxiliary Switches** —Provide circuit breaker primary contact status information. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification. These switches mount internal to the breaker in the right side accessory cavity. 

**Alarm Switches** —Used for remote indication of automatic trip operation. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. These switches mount internal to the breaker in the right side accessory cavity. 

**Shunt Trip** —Provides capability to trip the breaker by remote control. Shunt trips are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages. These devices are installed internal to the breaker in the left side accessory cavity. 

## **Undervoltage Release** 

**(UVR)** —Monitors a voltage, typically of a line voltage, and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage falls below 70% of the nominal voltage designated for the UVR. These devices are installed internal to the breaker in the left side accessory cavity. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-6** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**External Accessories**_ 

**Terminals** —Multiple cable terminal options are available for each frame, providing alternatives to connect primary power and loads to the circuit breaker. Additionally, control wire terminals provide a means to tap off control power. Multiwire terminals on the load side of the breaker can also be used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

**Terminal Shields** —Provide protection against accidental contact with live terminations, as well as clearance between circuit breaker poles or adjacent circuit breakers, and are required for some terminal applications. 

**Interphase Barriers** —Offer additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. 

— **Operating Mechanisms** Manually operated mechanisms designed to open, close and reset circuit breakers. These are available in three basic configurations— flange mounted, through-thedoor and direct (close— coupled) to provide a variety of options for different applications. 

## **Remote/Electrical** 

**Operators** —A motor driven, stored energy operator that enables a user to locally or remotely switch the breaker between the OFF, ON and TRIP positions, including reset switching. These operators mount on the front cover of the circuit breaker, within the trim line of the circuit breaker, and are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages. 

**Locking Devices** —Offer the capability to lock the breaker handle in the OFF or ON position (trip-free operation allows the breaker to trip when locked in the ON position). Power Defense offers three primary types, including handle blocks, padlockable hasps, and provisions for Kirk trapped key locks (Kirk lock must be purchased separately). 

— **Walking Beam Interlock** Provides a mechanical interlock between two adjacent circuit breakers of the same frame size and pole configuration, preventing both breakers from being switched ON at the same time. To install a walking beam interlock, the circuit breakers must be ordered with the factory modification to accept the interlock. 

**Plug-In Adapters** —Provide a rear connection and mounting base to simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-in adapters are available for frames PD-1, PD-2 and PD-3. 

## — **Drawout Configurations** 

Provide a robust system to remove or exchange breakers and is typically used in critical power operations. It provides a rear connection and cell, and provides indication of the circuit breaker position. Drawout configurations are available for frames PD-3, PD-4 and PD-5. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense circuit breakers meet applicable: 

- UL 489 

- CSA, C22.2 No. 5-02 

- IEC 60947-2 

- GB 14048.2-2008 

**==> picture [66 x 61] intentionally omitted <==**

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-7** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Numbering System Overview** 

## **Breakers** 

**2** Power Defense breakers are configured using a 20-digit **2** catalog number that can be divided into two sections: 

- Base breaker catalog number = digits 1–14 

- Factory modifications = digits 15–20 

Product may be ordered using the base breaker catalog number ( _14 digits_ ) only. However, if factory modifications are required, including installation of accessories, the full breaker catalog number plus factory modifications ( _20 digits_ ) for a configured breaker must be used. 

Note that most of the accessories for Power Defense molded case circuit breakers are field installable. When field installing accessories, the best practice to follow is to order a base breaker with the 14-digit catalog number, and order the accessories separate for field installation. 

A configured breaker ( _20 digits_ ) catalog number should only be used when it is necessary to have a factory modification of the circuit breaker. 

## **Base Breaker Catalog Number (14 digits)** 

The catalog number has fixed positions for each breaker characteristic. The fixed format allows a customer to determine the performance characteristics of the product by parsing the catalog number. The format of the Power Defense breaker catalog number is as follows: 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**Digits**|**PD**<br>**(1, 2)**|**G**<br>**(3)**|**3**<br>**(4)**|**3**<br>**(5)**|**F**<br>**(6)**|**0400**<br>**(7–10)**|**TFA**<br>**(11–13)**|**J**<br>**(14)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Meaning**|Power<br>Defense|Certifications<br>and standards|Frame size|Poles|Interrupting<br>rating|Continuous<br>current rating|Trip unit type|Terminals|



## **Certifications and Standards (Digit 3)** 

The certifications and standards selection ( _digit 3_ ) denotes the global standards and certifications met by the product, and, as such, indicates the respective markings found on the product. Defined values and their meaning are as follows: 

|**Value**|**Meaning**|**Marks on Product**|
|---|---|---|
|**G**|Global ratings|UL, CSA, CE, CCC|
|**F**|Global ratings with 100% UL rating|UL, CSA, CE, CCC|
|**D**|Rated to 240 V|UL, CSA|
|**J**|UL and CSA|UL, CSA|
|**C**|IEC and GB|CE, CCC|
|**E**|IEC only|CE|



## **Poles (Digit 5)** 

The poles selection ( _digit 5_ ) is mostly self-explanatory, with the exception of 4-pole breakers, which may use the values 4 (100% protected neutral pole), 0 (no protection on neutral pole), or 6 (60% protected neutral pole). 

Other selections are selfexplanatory, and further defined in each framespecific section relative to the specific frame or product type. 

**Configured Breaker Catalog Number (20 digits)** 

**Configured Breaker Catalog** Factory modifications on **Number (20 digits)** Power Defense catalog For breakers with factory numbers are also based on modifications, product must fixed positions within digits be ordered using the 15–20 of the catalog number. complete 20-digit configured Digits 15–16 are always used breaker catalog number. for indicating accessories, This 20-digit number includes 17–18 for tripping accessories the base breaker catalog and 19–20 for other number plus an additional accessories or modifications. 6 digits to denote the factory When not used, the modifications. modification code digits default to the letter **N** . 

## **Example** 

An example of a full catalog number with modification codes would be as follows: 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG33F0400TFAJ**|**CC**|**SP**|**WB**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Digits**|**(1–14)**|**(15, 16)**|**(17, 18)**|**(19, 20)**|
|**Meaning**|Base breaker catalog|Indicating accessories (auxiliary|Tripping accessories (shunt trip|Other accessories or|
||number|and/or alarm switches)|or UVR)|modifications|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-8** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Indicating Accessories (Digits 15, 16)** 

The two digits used for indicating accessories ( _digits 15, 16_ ) denote the type of accessory(-ies) installed, the type of termination of those accessories, and the configuration. 

Digit 16 determines the configuration of the switches, such as Form A (normally open or NO), Form B (normally closed or NC), or Form C (change-over or CO, or NO/NC). 

Digit 15 specifically designates the accessory type and termination, as shown below (note that not all frames offer all the options shown). 

|**Type**|**Accessory Terminations**<br>**Digit 15 Selection**|
|---|---|
|Auxiliary switch only|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**A**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**D**|
||Screw terminal<br>**X**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**U**|
|Alarm switch only|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**B**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**E**|
||Screw terminal<br>**Y**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**V**|
|Auxiliary and alarm|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**C**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**F**|
||Screw terminal<br>**Z**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**W**|



## **Other Accessories (Digits 19, 20)** 

Other factory-installed accessories and factory modifications available ( _digits 19, 20_ ) are detailed on a frame-by-frame basis in the respective section of the catalog. 

## **Trip Units and Accessories for Field Installation or Replacement** 

Power Defense circuit breakers are designed to have field-installable accessories, and for frame sizes 3, 4, 5 and 6, field installable and replaceable trip units. As such, breaker frames, trip units and accessories may be purchased separately for field configuration. Trip units and accessories also have designated catalog numbers for identification and ordering purposes. 

Breaker frames are configured using the base breaker catalog number ( _14 digits_ ), as detailed in each section. 

In general, when ordering accessory or trip unit field installation kits, the format of the catalog number begins with a description of the frame or frames for which it is applicable (e.g., PDG3), followed by a separator digit (X), and ending with a descriptive section, as follows: 

## **Trip Units and Accessories** 

|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Example**|**PDG3**||**X**|**Descriptive Section**|
|**Meaning**|Power|Defense|Separator|May include voltage, functionality or other|
||Global|Standards|digit|description of accessory or trip unit.|
||Frame|3|||



## **Tripping Accessories (Digits 17, 18)** 

## **Trip Units** 

The two digits used for tripping accessories ( _digits 17, 18_ ) denote the type of accessory installed, the type of termination, and the nominal voltage rating of the accessory. Digit 17 specifically designates the type of accessory and type of termination, as shown below. 

Digit 18 designates the nominal voltage rating of the Trip units may be ordered shunt trip or UVR, for which installed as part of a base or options available vary by configured breaker, with frame and are detailed in ( _digits 11–13_ ) denoting the each frame section of the functionality and features catalog. included. Additionally, trip units may be ordered separately, using the trip unit designated catalog numbers. Below, it is explained how **Digit 17 Selection** separate trip unit catalog **S** numbers are set up, as well as their relationship with their **R** designation in digits 11–13 of **T** the breaker catalog number for the same trip unit. 

|**Type**|**Accessory Terminations**<br>**Digit 17 Selection**|
|---|---|
|Shunt trip|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**S**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**R**|
||Screw terminal<br>**T**|
|Under voltage release|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**U**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**W**|
||Screw terminal<br>**V**|



## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)** 

Power Defense TMTUs are available in frame sizes 1 through 4, covering a continuous current range of 15 A through 800 A. 

## **Thermal (overload)** 

**settings** —Functionality and configurations are available based on the standard to which the breaker is certified, with all trip units carrying UL and CSA certifications (PDG, PDF, etc) having a fixed thermal setting. 

## **Magnetic (short circuit)** 

**settings** —For frame sizes 1 and 2 that include UL and CSA certifications, magnetic settings are fixed. For frame sizes 3 and 4, the trip unit includes an adjustment for the short circuit protection setting of the trip unit, with the range dependent on the frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-9** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

When ordered individually, **2** thermal-magnetic trip unit catalog numbers include a **2** Descriptive Section to denote the tripping characteristics of **2** the unit, the pole configuration and continuous current rating. 

The information in the description, TFA30400, is also used in the base breaker catalog number. 

## **Example** 

An individual TMTU catalog number takes the form of: 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG3**|**X**|**TFA**|**3**|**0400**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|Power Defense<br>Frame Size|Separator<br>digit|Trip unit tripping<br>characteristics|Poles|Continuous<br>current rating|



Specific to TMTUs, the trip Thermal-magnetic trip units unit characteristics used in (or breakers) may also be the base breaker catalog ordered calibrated to 50 °C number denote the thermal ambient temperature by and magnetic tripping using a V in the trip unit characteristics of the unit. type designator. Breakers with 50 °C calibrated trip units do not carry a UL Listing. 

TM trip unit tripping characteristics options: 

|**Configured**<br>**Breaker Digit**<br>**Separate TM**<br>**Trip Unit Digit**<br>**Designator**|**Option**<br>**Meaning**|
|---|---|
|11<br>6<br>Trip unit type|**T**<br>Thermal-magnetic trip unit|
||**V**<br>50 °C thermal-magnetic trip unit|
|12<br>7<br>Thermal type|**F**<br>Fixed|
||**A**<br>Adjustable|
|13<br>8<br>Magnetic type|**F**<br>Fixed|
||**A**<br>Adjustable|



**Note:** IEC rated circuit thermal-magnetic trip units that are included with PDC or PDE breakers are typically fully adjustable (thermal and magnetic). Please consult with the product line for additional details. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETUs)** 

PXR ETUs are available in When ordered individually, Sections of the PXR ETU frame sizes 2 through 6, PXR trip unit catalog numbers catalog number are also used covering a continuous also include a Descriptive in the Base Breaker that is current range of 15 A through Section denoting the outfitted with the same trip 2500 A. functionality and unit. configuration of the trip unit. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETUs)** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG3**|**X**|**PXR**|**3**|**0400**|**P2M**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|Power Defense<br>Frame Size|Separator digit|PXR ETU|Poles|Maximum continuous current rating|Trip unit functionality|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-10** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

The three digit code at the end of the trip unit catalog number, or digits 11–13 for a base catalog number, denote the trip unit type, protection features and options included with the trip unit. 

## **Example** 

|**Example**||
|---|---|
|Trip unit features and options:<br>**Configured**<br>**Breaker Digit**<br>**Separate PXR**<br>**Trip Unit Digit**<br>**Designator**|**Option**<br>**Meaning**|
|11<br>14<br>Trip unit type|**B**<br>PXR 10 Basic ETU|
||**E**<br>PXR 20|
||**D**<br>PXR 20D|
||**P**<br>PXR 25|
|12<br>15<br>Protection type|**2**<br>LSI|
||**3**<br>LSIG|
||**4**<br>LSI with ARMS (ALSI)|
||**5**<br>LSIG with ARMS (ALSIG)|
||**8**<br>LSI Motor (MLSI)|
||**9**<br>LSIG Motor (MLSIG)|
|13<br>16<br>Options included|**N**<br>None|
||**R**<br>Programmable relays|
||**M**<br>Modbus and relays|
||**Z**<br>ZSI and relays|
||**C**<br>CAM Link and relays|
||**W**<br>Modbus, ZSI, and relays|
||**X**<br>CAM Link, ZSI, and relays|
||**D**<br>Modbus, CAM Link, and relays|
||**Y**<br>Modbus, CAM Link, ZSI and relays|



**2** 

Each frame section provides details on which options are available for the frame and includes a table similar to the one below, denoting the options that may be combined by following horizontal lines and selecting one item per section, such as E2Z or P3W below. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**(Character 11)**<br>**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**Protection Type**<br>**(Character 12)**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**Available Configured Options**<br>**(Character 13)**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## **Accessories** 

Power Defense accessory catalog numbers also follow a format with a frame description, separator digit (X) and descriptive section, similar to trip units. 

Accessory catalog numbering format: 

|**Catalog Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Example**|**PDG3**|**X**|**ST130ACDCS**|
|**Meaning**|Power Defense Global|Separator digit|Descriptive section. May include voltage, functionality,|
||Standards Frame 3||or other description of accessory.|



In cases where an accessory is used on multiple frames, multiple frames may be listed in the Frame Description, such as “PDG34” for some rotary handles. Accessory catalog numbers are listed with descriptions in each frame section. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-11** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data** 

**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|||||**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**||**Unit**|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|||||||**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**||||||
|Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|kA|**C**|**F**|**G**|**K**|**M**|**N**1|**P**1|**F**|**G**|**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|
|breaking capacity||||||||||||||||
|NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac||25|35|65|85|100|150|200|35|65|85|100|150|200|
||480 Vac (277 Vac||18|25|35|50|65|85|100|25|35|50|65|85|100|
||for 1 pole)|||||||||||||||
||600 Vac (347 Vac||10|14|18|22|25|30|35|14|18|22|25|30/25|35/25|
||for 1 pole)23<br>125 Vdc4||10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|10|10|10|
||250 Vdc4||10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|22|22|22|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|25|35|55|85|100|150|200|35|55|85|100|150|200|
|||Ics|25|35|55|85|100|100|150|35|55|85|100|100|150|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|20|25|36|50|70|70|100|25|36|50|70|70|100|
|||Ics|20|25|36|50|50|70|100|25|36|50|53|70|70|
||440 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|25<br>20|30<br>22.5|35<br>35|50<br>40|70<br>50|100<br>65|
||480 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|20<br>20|25<br>20|35<br>22.5|50<br>30|65<br>40|65<br>40|
||525 Vac2|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|18|20|30/25|30/25|30/25|35/25|
|||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|15/13|15/13|15/13|15/13|15/13|18/13|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|8|10|10|10|10|
|||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|4|5|5|5|5|
||125 Vdc4|Icu|10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|10|10|10|
||250 Vdc4|Ics<br>Icu|10<br>10|22<br>22|22<br>22|35<br>35|42<br>42|42<br>42|42<br>42|10<br>10|10<br>10|10<br>10|10<br>22|10<br>22|10<br>22|
|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac|Ics|10<br>52.5|22<br>73.5|22<br>121|35<br>187|42<br>220|42<br>330|42<br>440|10<br>73.5|10<br>121|10<br>187|22<br>220|22<br>330|22<br>440|
|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac||42|53|76|105|154|154|220|52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|
||440 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|
||480 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|42|52.5|73.5|105|143|143|
||525 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|37.8|42|63/52.5|63/52.5|73.5|73.5|
||660–690 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|16.8|21|21|21|21|
|Withstand/threshold<br>of the frame|Icw|kA|—|||||||1.8||||||
|Trip unit||||||||||||||||
|Interchangeable|||No|||||||No||||||
|Thermal-magnetic (**T**)<br>Motor circuit protector (**M**)|||Fixed-Fixed<br>Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||||||Fixed-Fixed<br>Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)||||
|Electronics<br>Basic—PXR 10 (**B**)||||||||||LSI, MLSI||||||
|Standard—PXR 20 (**E**)|)|||||||||LSI, LSIG||||||
|Ammeter—PXR 20D (**D**)||||||||||LSI, LSIG||||||
|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (**P**)||||||||||LSI, LSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 N and P ratings not available for 1 pole breakers. 

> 2 First listed interrupting rating applies to thermal-magnetic breakers; the second rating applies to electronic breakers. 

> 3 PDG1 breakers are rated for use in 347Y/600 Vac systems. 

- 4 125 Vdc ratings are for single-pole breakers. 250 Vdc require two poles in series. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-12** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>UL File Number||**Unit**|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|
|UL 100% rated breaker|||—|—|
|Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|15–125|15–225 (1 pole: 15–150;|
|||||15–30 for 1-pole N and P ratings|
||Electronics||—|15–225|
|Selectivity category|||A|A|
|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|Rated insulation voltage|Main conducting|V|500|800 (TMTU) 690 (ETU)|
|U, according to IEC|paths||||
|60947–2|Auxiliary circuits|V|500|690|
|Rated impulse<br>withstand voltage Uimp|Main conducting<br>paths|kV|6|8 (TMTU) 6 (ETU)|
||Auxiliary circuits||4|4|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vac|415|690|
|voltage Ue(AC)<br>Rated operational|UL/CSA<br>IEC/CCC|Vac<br>Vdc|600/347<br>250|600<br>250|
|voltage Ue(DC)|UL/CSA|Vdc|250|250|
|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
|(for storage and operation)|||||
|Product complies with|Shock||Yes|Yes|
|IEC 60–068|||||
|Permissible load for various ambient|||||
|temperatures close to the circuit breaker,<br>related to the rated current of the circuit|||||
|breaker|||||
|Thermal Magnetic||40 °C|100%|100%|
|Breakers||45 °C|98%|100%|
|||50 °C|96%|100%|
|||55 °C|93%|98%|
|||60 °C|91%|95%|
|||70 °C|86%|90%|
|PXR Electronic Breakers||40 °C|—|100%|
|(including motor<br>protection circuit||45 °C|—|100%|
|breakers)||50 °C<br>55 °C|—<br>—|100%<br>98%|
|||60 °C|—|92%|
|||70 °C|—|80%|
|Altitude derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|400 Hz derating factor|||—|See Special Applications Section|
|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load|||10,000|20,000|
|(mechanical endurance)|||||
|Endurance (operating cycles) with load|||125 A: 4000;100 A: 6000|8,000|
|(electrical endurance) at 415 V|||||
|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|||125 A: 5; 100 A: 6|2|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-13** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued** 

|**2**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued**|||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||||||||||||||||||||
|**2**||||||||||||||||||||
|**2**||||**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|||||||||||**Frame Size 2—225 A,**||||
|**2**|**Description**<br>Dimensions (H x W x D)|1-pole|**Unit**<br>inch|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>5.5 x 1.0 x 3.0||||||||||||**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>6.0 x 1.4 x 3.5||||
|**2**||2-pole|(mm)|(139.7 x 25.4 x 76.2)<br>5.5 x 2.0 x 3.0||||||||||||(152.4 x 35.1 x 88.9)<br>6.0 x 2.8 x 3.5|(152.4 x 35.1 x 88.9)|||
|||||(139.7 x 50.8 x 76.2)|(139.7 x 50.8 x 76.2)|||||||||||(152.4 x 71.1 x 88.9)|(152.4 x 71.1 x 88.9)|||
|**2**||3-pole||5.5 x 3.0 x 3.0||||||||||||6.0 x 4.1 x 3.5||||
|||||(139.7 x 76.2 x 76.2)|(139.7 x 76.2 x 76.2)|||||||||||(152.4 x 104.6 x 88.9)||(152.4 x 104.6 x 88.9)||
|**2**||4-pole||5.5 x 4.0 x 3.0||||||||||||6.0 x 5.5 x 3.5||||
|||||(139.7 x 101.6 x 76.2)||||||||||||(152.4 x 139.5 x 88.9)||(152.4 x 139.5 x 88.9)||
|**2**|Pole to pole distance||inch|1.000||||||||||||1.375||||
||||(mm)|(24.40)||||||||||||(34.93)||||
|**2**|Approximate weight||lb (kg)|||||||||||||||||
||Breaker|3-pole / 4-pole||2.29 (1.04) / 2.84 (1.29)||||||||||||4.21 (1.82) / 5.69 (2.46)||||
|**2**|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole / 4-pole||—||||||||||||6.00 (2.72) / 8.09 (3.67)||||
|**2**|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum<br>rated current ln fixed breaker (3P)—for plant||W|31||||||||||||48 (TMTU); 38 (ETU)||||
||protection|||||||||||||||||||
|**2**|Suitable for reverse-|||Yes (except MCP)||||||||||||Yes (except MCP)||||
||feed applications|||||||||||||||||||
|**2**|Blow out dimension||Inch|3.75||||||||||||1.00||||
||||(mm)|(95.3)||||||||||||(25.4)||||
|**2**|Required spacing<br>between circuit||Inch<br>(mm)|0||||||||||||0||||
|**2**|breakers<br>Installation methods|Fixed||Yes||||||||||||Yes||||
|**2**||Plug-in||Yes||||||||||||Yes||||
|||Drawout||—||||||||||||—||||
|**2**||DIN rail||Yes||||||||||||Yes1||||
|**2**|IP Protection<br>Pollution degree|With accessories||IP30<br>III||||||||||||IP2X with finger protection<br>III||IP2X with finger protection||
|**2**|Overvoltage category<br>Annex H IT capability|at 415 V||III<br>Yes||||||||||||III<br>Yes||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**_Note_**<br>Permissible mounting<br>positions|||||90<br>90<br>~~city~~|||||||||90<br>90<br>~~Ci~~|||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Consult with product line for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-14** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|**Frame Size 3—400 A,**||||**Frame Size 3—600 A,**|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**||||**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|**Unit**<br>kA|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**F**<br>**G**||**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**F**<br>**G**||**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**G**<br>**K**||**M**|
|breaking capacity<br>NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac||35|65|85|100|150|200|35|65|85|100|150|200|65|85|100|
||480 Vac||25|35|50|65|85|100|25|35|50|65|85|100|35|50|65|
||600 Vac||14|18|25|35|50|65|14|18|25|35|50|65|18|25|35|
||125 Vdc||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||250 Vdc1||22|22|22|42|42|42|22|22|22|42|42|42|22|22|25|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|35|55|85|100|150|200|35|55|85|100|150|200|55|85|100|
||380–415 Vac|Ics<br>Icu|35<br>25|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|100<br>70|150<br>100|35<br>25|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|100<br>70|150<br>100|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|
|||Ics|25|36|50|53|70|70|25|36|50|53|70|70|36|50|53|
||440 Vac|Icu|25|30|35|50|70|100|25|30|35|50|70|100|30|35|50|
|||Ics|20|22.5|35|40|50|50|20|22.5|35|40|50|50|22.5|35|40|
||480 Vac|Icu|20|25|35|50|65|85|20|25|35|50|65|85|25|35|50|
|||Ics|20|20|22.5|30|40|40|20|20|22.5|30|40|40|20|22.5|30|
||525 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|18<br>5|20<br>7.5|25<br>10|30<br>15|35<br>25|40<br>25|18<br>5|20<br>7.5|25<br>10|30<br>15|35<br>25|40<br>25|20<br>16.5|25<br>20|30<br>25|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|8|10|15|20|20|—|8|10|15|20|20|8|10|15|
|||Ics|—|4|5|7.5|10|10|—|4|5|7.5|10|10|4|5|7.5|
||125 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||250 Vdc1|Ics<br>Icu|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>25|
|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac|Ics|10<br>73.5|10<br>121|10<br>187|22<br>220|22<br>330|22<br>440|22<br>73.5|22<br>121|22<br>187|42<br>220|42<br>330|42<br>440|22<br>121|22<br>187|25<br>220|
|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac||52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|75.6|105|154|
||440 Vac||52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|63|73.5|105|
||480 Vac||42|52.5|73.5|105|143|187|42|52.5|73.5|105|143|187|52.5|73.5|105|
||525 Vac<br>660–690 Vac||37.8<br>—|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|73.5<br>42|84<br>42|37.8<br>—|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|73.5<br>42|84<br>42|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|
|Withstand/threshold<br>of the frame|Icw|kA|4||||||4||||||6|||
|Trip unit<br>Interchangeable|||Yes||||||Yes||||||Yes|||
|Thermal-magnetic (**T**)|||Fixed-Adjustable||||||Fixed-Adjustable||||||Fixed-Adjustable|||
|Motor circuit protector (**M**)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||—|||
|Adjustable Magnetic|||LSI, MLSI||||||LSI, MLSI||||||LSI|||
|only (3-pole)—PXR 10 (**B**)||||||||||||||||||
|Standard—PXR 20 (**E**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
|Ammeter—PXR 20D (**D**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (**P**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 2P in series. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-15** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>UL File Number||**Unit**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|
|UL 100% rated breaker|||Yes (ETU)|Yes (TMTU and ETU)|Yes (ETU)|
|Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|100–400|250–600|300–800|
||Electronics||45–400|90–600|320–800|
|Selectivity category|||A|A|A|
|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|Rated insulation voltage U,<br>according to IEC 60947–2|Main conducting<br>paths|V|800|800 (TMTU); 690 (ETU)|800 (TMTU);690 (ETU)|
|Rated impulse withstand|Auxiliary circuits<br>Main conducting|V<br>kV|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|
|voltage Uimp|paths<br>Auxiliary circuits||4|4|4|
|Rated operational voltage Ue<br>(AC)|IEC/CCC<br>UL/CSA|Vac<br>Vac|690<br>600|690<br>600|690<br>600|
|Rated operational voltage Ue<br>(DC)|IEC/CCC<br>UL/CSA|Vdc<br>Vdc|250<br>250|250<br>250|250<br>250|
|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
|(for storage and operation)||||||
|Product complies with IEC 60–|Shock||Yes|Yes|Yes|
|068||||||
|Permissible load for various ambient temperatures||||||
|close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated||||||
|current of the circuit breaker<br>Thermal Magnetic Breakers||40 °C|100%|100%|100%|
|||45 °C|95.5%|95.5%|97%|
|||50 °C|91%|91%|94%|
|||55 °C|86%|86%|91%|
|||60 °C|82%|82%|88%|
|||70 °C|70%|70%|80%|
|PXR Electronic Breakers<br>(including motor protection<br>circuit breakers)||40 °C<br>45 °C|100%<br>100%|100%<br>100%|100%<br>100%|
|||50 °C|100%|100%|100%|
|||55 °C|86%|86%|91%|
|||60 °C|82%|82%|88%|
|Altitude derating factor||70 °C|70%<br>See Special Applications Section|70%<br>See Special Applications Section|80%<br>See Special|
|400 Hz derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|Applications Section<br>See Special|
||||||Applications Section|
|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load (mechanical|||15,000|15,000|10,000|
|endurance)||||||
|Endurance (operating cycles) with load (electrical|||5000|5000|3000|
|endurance) at 415 V||||||
|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)||1|1|1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-16** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued** 

**2** 

||||-|||||a|a|a||||ss|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|||||**Frame Size 3—600 A,**||||||**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|
|**Description**<br>Dimensions (H x W x|1-pole|**Unit**<br>inch|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>—|||||**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>—||||||**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>—|
|D)|2-pole|(mm)|10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|||||10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3||||||16.0 x 8.3 x 4.4|
||||(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|||||(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|||||(406.4 x 209.6 x 111.2)|
||3-pole||10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|||||10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3||||||16.0 x 8.3 x 4.4|
||||(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|||||(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|||||(406.4 x 209.6 x 111.2)|
||4-pole||10.1 x 7.2 x 4.3|||||10.1 x 7.2 x 4.3||||||16.0 x 11.0 x 4.4|
||||(257.1 x 182.9 x 109.1)|||||(257.1 x 182.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 182.9 x 109.1)|||||(406.4 x 279.4 x 111.2)|
|Pole to pole distance||inch|1.719|||||1.719||||||2.750|
|||(mm)|(43.66)|||||(43.66)||||||(69.85)|
|Approximate weight||lb (kg)|||||||||||||
|Breaker|3-pole /||11.02 (5.00)|||||12.79 (5.80)||||||30.00 (13.60)|
||4-pole||13.77 (6.25)|||||17.42 (7.90)||||||39.90 (18.08)|
|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole /||18.07 (8.20)|||||19.84 (9.01)||||||—|
||4-pole||20.82 (9.44)|||||26.87 (12.19)|||||||
|Power loss per circuit breaker at||W|70 (TMTU); 64 (ETU)|||||130 (TMTU); 110 (ETU)||||||291 (TMTU); 270 (ETU)|
|maximum rated current ln fixed<br>breaker (3P)—for plant protection|||||||||||||||
|Suitable for reverse-<br>feed applications|||Yes|||||Yes||||||Yes|
|Blow out dimension||Inch<br>(mm)|1.00<br>(25.4)|||||1.00<br>(25.4)||||||2.36<br>(60.0)|
|Required spacing between<br>circuit breakers||Inch<br>(mm)|0|||||0||||||0|
|Installation methods|Fixed||Yes|||||Yes||||||Yes|
||Plug-in||Yes|||||Yes||||||—|
||Drawout||Yes1|||||Yes1||||||Yes1|
||DIN rail||—|||||—||||||—|
|IP Protection|With<br>accessories||IP2X with Finger Protection|||||IP2X with Finger Protection||||||IP2X Protection|
|Pollution degree|||III|||||III||||||III|
|Overvoltage category|||III|||||III||||||III|
|Annex H IT capability|at 415 V||Yes|||||Yes||||||Yes|
|Permissible mounting<br>positions<br>~~Bn~~|||90<br>90<br>Ty <br>‘thy|||||||90<br>90<br> (GP <br>ih||||~~On~~|



_**Note**_ 

- 1 Consult with product line for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-17** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6** 

**==> picture [431 x 571] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|2|
|2|
|2|
|Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)|Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500|
|Description|Unit|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|
|2|
|Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|kA|K|M|N|P|T|[1]|M|N|P|
|breaking capacity|
|2|NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac|85|100|150|200|200|125|150|200|
|2|480 Vac (277 Vac for 1 pole)|50|65|85|100|150|65|85|100|
|600 Vac (347 Vac|25|35|50|65|65|35|50|65|
|2|for 1 pole)|
|125 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|2|250 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|2|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|85|100|150|200|—|135|150|200|
|Ics|85|100|100|150|—|100|100|100|
|2|380–415 Vac|Icu|50|70|70|100|—|70|70|100|
|Ics|50|53|50|50|—|50|50|50|
|2|440 Vac|Icu|35|50|70|100|—|50|70|100|
|2|480 Vac|IIcscu|3535|4050|5065|5085|——|4050|5065|5085|
|Ics|22.5|30|40|40|—|30|40|40|
|2|
|525 Vac|Icu|25|30|35|40|—|30|35|40|
|2|Ics|20|25|25|25|—|25|25|25|
|2|660–690 Vac|IIcucs|105|157.5|1020|1835|——|7.515|2013|1835|
|2|125 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|2|250 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|2|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac|187|220|330|440|—|297|330|440|
|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac|105|154|154|220|—|154|154|220|
|2|440 Vac|73.5|105|154|220|—|105|154|220|
|2|480 Vac|73.5|105|143|187|—|105|143|187|
|525 Vac|52.5|63|73.5|84|—|63|73.5|84|
|2|660–690 Vac|21|31.5|42|73.5|—|31.5|42|73.5|
|Withstand/threshold|Icw|kA|14|20|
|2|of the frame|
|Trip unit|
|2|Interchangeable|Yes|Yes|
|Thermal-magnetic (|T|)|—|—|
|2|Motor circuit protector (|M|)|—|—|
|2|ElectronicsBasic—PXR 10 (|B|)|—|—|
|2|Standard—PXR 20 (|E|)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Ammeter—PXR 20D (|D|)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|2|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (|P|)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 PDJ (UL/CSA only), 3-pole only; 800 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-18** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6, continued** 

||||**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**||**Unit**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|
|UL File Number|||E7819|E7819|
|UL 100% rated breaker|||Yes|Yes (up to 2000 A)|
|Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|—|—|
||Electronics||320–1200 (1600 IEC)|700–2500|
|Selectivity category|||A|A|
|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|Rated insulation voltage|Main conducting|V|690 (ETU)|690 (ETU)|
|U, according to IEC|paths||||
|60947–2|Auxiliary circuits|V|690|690|
|Rated impulse withstand|Main conducting|kV|6 (ETU)|6 (ETU)|
|voltage Uimp|paths||||
||Auxiliary circuits||4|4|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vac|690|690|
|voltage Ue(AC)|UL/CSA|Vac|600|600|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vdc|—|—|
|voltage Ue(DC)|UL/CSA|Vdc|—|—|
|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
|(for storage and operation)|||||
|Product complies with|Shock||Yes|Yes|
|IEC 60–068|||||
|Permissible load for various ambient|||||
|temperatures close to the circuit breaker,|||||
|related to the rated current of the circuit|||||
|breaker|||||
|Thermal Magnetic||40 °C|—|—|
|Breakers||45 °C|—|—|
|||50 °C|—|—|
|||55 °C|—|—|
|||60 °C|—|—|
|||70 °C|—|—|
|PXR Electronic Breakers||40 °C|100%|100%|
|(including motor<br>protection circuit||45 °C|95.5%|95.5%|
|breakers)||50 °C|91%|91%|
|||55 °C|85%|85%|
|||60 °C|81%|81%|
|||70 °C|70%|70%|
|Altitude derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|400 Hz derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load|||3000|3000|
|(mechanical endurance)|||||
|Endurance (operating cycles) with load|||500|500|
|(electrical endurance) at 415 V|||||
|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|||1|1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-19** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|||||**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**<br>2:|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|||**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**|**Description**<br>Dimensions (H x W x D)|1-pole|**Unit**<br>inch||**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>—|||||||||||**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>—|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|||
|**2**||2-pole|(mm)||16.0 x 8.3 x 5.5|||||||||||16.0 x 15.5 x 9.8||||
||||||(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)||(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)|||||||||(406.4 x 393.7 x 247.65)||||
|**2**||3-pole|||16.0 x 8.3 x 5.5|||||||||||16.0 x 15.5 x 9.8||||
||||||(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)||(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)|||||||||(406.4 x 393.7 x 247.65)||||
|**2**||4-pole|||16.0 x 11.1 x 5.5|16.0 x 11.1 x 5.5||||||||||16.0 x 20.0 x 9.8||||
||||||(406.4 x 282.7 x 139.7)||(406.4 x 282.7 x 139.7)|||||||||(406.4 x 508 x 247.65)||(406.4 x 508 x 247.65)||
|**2**|Pole to pole distance||inch||2.750|||||||||||4.500||||
||||(mm)||(69.85)|||||||||||(114.30)||||
|**2**|Approximate weight||lb (kg)|||||||||||||||||
||Breaker|3-pole / 4-pole|||46.80 (21.30) / 58.00 (26.31)|||||||||||135.00 (61.23) / 182.00 (82.55)|||135.00 (61.23) / 182.00 (82.55)|
|**2**|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole / 4-pole|||—|||||||||||—||||
|**2**|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum<br>rated current ln fixed breaker (3P)—for plant||W||87 (800 A)<br>195 (1200 A and 1600 A)|||||||||||220 (1600 A); 270 (2000 A);<br>400 (2500 A)||||
||protection|||||||||||||||||||
|**2**|Suitable for reverse-feed|Suitable for reverse-feed|||Yes|||||||||||Yes||||
||applications|||||||||||||||||||
|**2**|Blow out dimension||Inch||13.125|||||||||||2.625||||
||||(mm)||(333.38)|||||||||||(66.68)||||
|**2**|Required spacing<br>between circuit breakers||Inch<br>(mm)||0|||||||||||0||||
|**2**|Installation methods|Fixed|||Yes|||||||||||Yes||||
|||Plug-in|||—|||||||||||—||||
|**2**||Drawout|||Yes1|||||||||||—||||
|||DIN rail||—||||||||||||—||||
|**2**|IP Protection|With accessories||IP2X Protection||||||||||||IP2X Protection||||
|**2**|Pollution degree||||III|||||||||||III||||
||Overvoltage category||||III|||||||||||III||||
|**2**|Annex H IT capability|at 415 V|||Yes|||||||||||Yes||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|Permissible mounting<br>positions<br>90<br>90<br>~~sivas~~||||||||||||||90||90<br>ix|||
||**_Note_**|||||||||||||||||||
|**2**|1 Consult with product line for availability.|Consult with product line for availability.||||||||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-20** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense Accessories** 

|**Power Defense Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**PDG1**|**PDG2**|**PDG3**|**PDG4**|**PDG5**|**PDG6**|
|**Auxiliary switches**|||||||
|Rated thermal current Ith|5 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|6 A|6 A|
|Rated operational voltage (AC)|125 V / 250 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|600 V|600 V|
|Rated operational current (AC)<br>Rated operational voltage (DC)|5 A / 5 A / 2 A<br>125 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|6 A<br>125 V / 250 V|6 A<br>125 V / 250 V|
|Rated operational current (DC)|1 A|0.3 A|0.3 A|0.3 A|0.5 A / 0.25 A|0.5 A / 0.25 A|
|Backup fuse1|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|
|**Undervoltage releases**|||||||
|Response voltage|||||||
|Drop (breaker tripped) Us|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|
|Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us<br>Power consumption in continuous operation:|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 110–130 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 480–525 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 600 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|12 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|24 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|48 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|60 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W<br>≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W<br>≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W<br>≤ 7.5 W|
|Maximum opening time (ms)|≤ 50|≤ 20|≤ 20|≤ 20|≤ 46|≤ 77|
|**Shunt trips**|||||||
|Shunt trips (“f” releases) response voltage|||||||
|Pickup (breaker tripped) Us|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|
|Power consumption in (short time) at:|||||||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac/24 Vdc<br>50/60 Hz 110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|41 / 120<br>572 / 121|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|475/610<br>100/150|612/396<br>1896/475|
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac/250 Vdc|2280 / N/A|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|432/55|1896/475|
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac|572|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|110|2156|
|50/60 Hz 480–525 Vac|840|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|32|289|
|50/60 Hz 600 Vac|1080|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|42|384|
|12 Vdc|201|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|145|—|
|48 Vdc<br>60 Vdc|475<br>720|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|67<br>102|403<br>666|
|Maximum load duration|||||||
|Maximum opening time (ms)|≤ 50|<20|<20|<20|<30|<62|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Proper system design should size the backup fuse to the rated current going through the auxiliary switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-21** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 1** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .<br>Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-23**<br>**V4-T2-26**<br>**V4-T2-28**<br>**V4-T2-29**<br>**V4-T2-42**<br>**V4-T2-57**<br>**V4-T2-70**<br>**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**<br>**V4-T2-98**<br> **V4-T2-104**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 1** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 1 covers a range of 15 A through 125 A with fixed-fixed thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-1 is available in 1-, 2-, 3- and 4-pole configurations, with the 4-pole configuration available with no protection on the neutral pole, or fully protected. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 1 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including current limiting applications. PD-1 is a cable-in / cable-out MCCB. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 1 breakers are available in multiple ratings from 15 A through 125 A. They are of a modular design with field installable accessories and terminals, which may also be factory installed. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-22** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)**_ 

Frame Size 1 covers a range of 15 A through 125 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of single-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole. 

## **Interrupting Ratings (2-, 3- and 4-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**C**||**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**1||**N**12||**P**12||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>25||**kA rms**<br>35||**kA rms**<br>65||**kA rms**<br>85||**kA rms**<br>100||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|18||25||35||50||65||85||100||
|347/600 Vac|10||14||18||22||25||30||35||
|250 Vdc3|10||22||22||35||35||42||42||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|150|150|200|200|
|380–415 Vac<br>250 Vdc3|20<br>10|20<br>10|25<br>22|25<br>22|36<br>22|36<br>22|50<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>42|70<br>42|100<br>42|100<br>42|



## **Interrupting Ratings (Single-Pole)** 

||**C**||**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|120 Vac|35||—||100||—||200||
|240 Vac|25||35||65||85||100||
|277 Vac|18||25||35||50||65||
|347 Vac<br>125 Vdc|10<br>10||14<br>22||18<br>22||22<br>35||25<br>35||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|
|125 Vdc|10|10|22|22|22|22|35|35|35|35|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL current limiting. 

> 2 Available in 3- and 4-pole configurations only. 

- 3 Must use 2 poles in series for 250 Vdc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-23** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Single- and Two-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [143 x 13] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 1 3 M 0125 TFF J<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [504 x 192] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings  [1] Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 1 = 1 1 = 1-pole C = 18 kA at 480 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed Thermal /  N  = No terminals<br>2 = 2-pole  F = 25 kA at 480 V 0020 = 20 A Fixed Magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed  K = Line only terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0030 = 30 A Thermal / Fixed  L = Load only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0035 = 35 A Magnetic<br>0040 = 40 A (non UL)<br>0045 = 45 A<br>0050 = 50 A<br>0060 = 60 A<br>0070 = 70 A<br>0080 = 80 A<br>0090 = 90 A<br>0100 = 100 A<br>0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Three- and Four-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**1**|=|1||**3** <br>**4** <br>**0**|=<br> =<br> =|3-pole<br>4-pole<br>4-pole|(100% N)<br>(0% N)||**C** = 18 kA at 480 V<br>**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V||**0015** = 15 A<br>**0020** = 20 A<br>**0025** = 25 A||**TFF** = Fixed Thermal /<br>Fixed Magnetic<br>**VFF** = 50 °C Fixed||**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V||**0030** = 30 A<br>**0035** = 35 A<br>**0040** = 40 A||Thermal / Fixed<br>Magnetic<br>(non UL)||**L** = Load only terminals|
|||||||||||||**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||**0045** = 45 A<br>**0050** = 50 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0060** = 60 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0070** = 70 A<br>**0080** = 80 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0090** = 90 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0100** = 100 A<br>**0110** = 110 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0125** = 125 A|||||



**Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[2] 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**1** = 1||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0125** = 125 A|**KNS**= Molded Case<br>Switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||||
||||||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Ratings at 277 Vac for single-pole. 

- 2 Molded case switch may open above 1250 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-24** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 1**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. Example: PDG **1X3** T125 becomes PDG **1X2** T125 for two-pole. 

**2** 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [464 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PDG1X3T125 PDG1X3TA125 PDG1X3TA1256W PDG1X3TA1253W PDG1X3TS125 GCWTK<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Terminal**|**Wire**|**Wire**|**Number of**<br>**Conductors**|**AWG**<br>**Range per**|**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**|**3-Pole**|**Included**|**Digit 14 Designation**<br>**Line and**<br>**Line**||**Load**|**Standard**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Body Type**|**Type**|**Class**|**per Phase**|**Conductor**|**Conductor**|**Catalog Number**|**Accessories**|**Load**|**Only**|**Only**|**on Amperes**|
|**Standard Terminals**||||||||||||
|125<br>Steel|Al or Cu|B, C|1|14-3/0|2.08–85|**PDG1X3T125**|—|J|K|L|15–125|
|**Alternate Terminals**||||||||||||
|125<br>Aluminum<br>**Multi-wire Terminals**|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14-1/0|2.08–53.5|**PDG1X3TA125**|—|T|U|V|15–125|
|125<br>Aluminum|Cu|B, C|6|14-2|2.08–33.6|**PDG1X3TA1256W**|Terminal shield|—|—|G|15–125|
|125<br>Aluminum|Cu|B, C|3|14-6|2.08–13.3|**PDG1X3TA1253W**|Terminal shield|—|—|H|15–125|
|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**||||||||||||
|—<br>—|—|—|—|—|—|**PDG1X3TS125**|—|S|D|E|15–125|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## **Control Wire Tabs** 

|||**Package**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Use**||**Quantity**|**Number**|
|15–125 A|15–125 A|12|**GCWTK**|



**Note:** Control wire tabs can be installed with terminals listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-25** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

_**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 1**_[1] 

## **3- and 4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [89 x 59] intentionally omitted <==**

**Tripping Indicating Accessory Options Accessory Options** None None 1 Make/1 Break Alarm Switch 2 Make/2 Break Alarm Switch 1A/1B Auxiliary Switch Qty: 1 2A/2B Auxiliary Switch 1A/1B Alarm,1A/1B Auxiliary Combination 

Qty: 1 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Switches**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories designed to be field installable. However, Eaton also offers the service of field installation in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

- Digit 16 denotes number of switches installed 

- If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch—Field Installation Kits**[2] 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>—<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>**AUX2A2BPK**|
||**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**<br>**AUXALRMEPK**<br>—|
||**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**<br>—<br>—|
|**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Factory Installation (Digits 15–16)**2<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number (Digit 15–16 Suffix)**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>**NN**<br>**AC**<br>**A1**|
||**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**BC**<br>**CC**<br>**—**|
||**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**<br>**B1**<br>—<br>—|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 2-pole PD-1 breakers have an accessory pocket compatible with indicating accessory options only. 

- 2 All options come with pigtail terminations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-26** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

## **Undervoltage Releases** 

|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number**<br>**Digit 17-18 Suffix**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc<br>SH<br>**SNT012CPK**<br>24 Vac/Vdc<br>SN<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>48–60 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>110–125 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT125DPK**<br>250 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT250DPK**<br>48–60 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>110–240 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>380–600 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT480CPK**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number**<br>**Digit 17-18 Suffix**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Voltage**|
|---|---|
||24 Vdc<br>UG<br>**UVR024DPK**|
||48 Vdc<br>UJ<br>**UVR048DPK**|
||60 Vdc<br>UK<br>**UVR048DPK**|
||125 Vdc<br>—<br>**UVR125DPK**|
||250 Vdc<br>UM<br>**UVR250DPK**|
||24 Vac<br>UF<br>**UVR024APK**|
||48 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR048APK**|
||60 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR048APK**|
||125 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR120APK**|
||240 Vac<br>UB<br>**UVR240APK**|
||480 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR480APK**|
||525 Vac<br>UD<br>**UVR600APK**|
||600 Vac<br>UE<br>**UVR600APK**|



## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **Universal Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/12**|**NEMA 1/12**|
|---|---|---|
||**Black Handle**|**Red Handle**|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|With interlock<br>Without interlock|**EHMCCBI**<br>**EHMCCB**|**EHMCCRI**<br>**EHMCCR**|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Standard lockable handle with mechanism<br>(black and gray) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X|**PDG1XHMDS**|
|Emergency lockable handle with mechanism<br>(red and yellow) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X|**PDG1XHMDE**|
|Mechanism only|**EHMVDB**|
|12-in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG12XHMS307**|
|20-in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft<br>Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle (black and gray)|**PDG12XHMS507**<br>**PDG12XHM79S**|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle (red and yellow)|**PDG12XHM79E**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|2<br>3|**PDG1XFS02**<br>**PDG1XFS03**|**PDG1XFS02HP**<br>**PDG1XFS03HP**|**PDG1XFS02X**<br>**PDG1XFS03X**|**PDG1XFS02HPX**<br>**PDG1XFS03HPX**|
|4|**PDG1XFS04**|**PDG1XFS04HP**|**PDG1XFS04X**|**PDG1XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG1XFS05**|**PDG1XFS05HP**|**PDG1XFS05X**|**PDG1XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG1XFS06**|**PDG1XFS06HP**|**PDG1XFS06X**|**PDG1XFS06HPX**|
|7|**PDG1XFS07**|**PDG1XFS07HP**|**PDG1XFS07X**|**PDG1XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG1XFS08**|**PDG1XFS08HP**|**PDG1XFS08X**|**PDG1XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG1XFS09**|**PDG1XFS09HP**|**PDG1XFS09X**|**PDG1XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG1XFS10**|**PDG1XFS10HP**|**PDG1XFS10X**|**PDG1XFS10HPX**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|1A/1B, Early Break|**AUX1EBFSEG**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-27** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**External Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|Padlockable handle lock, Snap-on|Center<br>**PDG1XPLKSNAP**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Top<br>**PDG1XPLKT**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp, OFF only|Top<br>**PDG1XPLKTOFF**|
||Right<br>**PDG1XPLKROFF**|
|Padlockable handle block|On handle<br>**PDG1XPHB**|
|Padlockable handle block, OFF only|On handle<br>**PDG1XPHBOFF**|
|Walking beam interlock|Three-pole<br>**PDG1XWBI3P**|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG1XWBI4P**|
|Slide bar interlock|Field<br>**EFSBI**|
|Electrical operator|110–240 Vac/Vdc<br>**MOPEG240C**|
||24/48 Vdc<br>**MOPEG48D**|
|Plug-in adapter, breaker and base|Three-pole<br>**PAD3E**|
||Four-pole<br>**PAD4E**|
|Plug-in block interlock replacement kit|Field<br>**PIILEG**|
|Wohner bus bar adapter|Field top<br>**EG-BUS-T**|
||Field bottom<br>**EG-BUS-B**|
|Terminal covers|Three-pole<br>**PDG1XTC3P**|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG1XTC4P**|
|Interphase barriers|12 units<br>**PDG1XIB12**|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 1** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**||
|1|1.0 (25.4)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|2|2.0 (50.8)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|3|3.0 (76.2)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|4|4.0 (101.6)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|**Approximate Shipping**||**Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**1-Pole**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG1 125 A|0.85 (0.39)|1.57 (0.71)|2.3 (1.04)|2.84 (1.29)|



## **DIN Rail Mounting** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|DIN rail adapter; single-pole<br>Din rail adapter; two-, three- or four-pole|**PDG1XDIN1P**<br>**PDG1XDIN234P**|
|DIN rail adapter; three- or four-pole<br>Metal DIN rail adapter, three-pole|**PDG1XDIN34P**<br>**PDG1XDINM3P**|
|**Base Mounting Hardware**||
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Single-pole metric|**8703C80G11**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**8703C80G08**|
|Single-pole English<br>Two-, three-, four-pole English|**8703C80G12**<br>**BMHE**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-28** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 2** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**<br>**V4-T2-30**<br>**V4-T2-35**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|---|---|---|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-41**<br>**V4-T2-42**|**2**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**<br>**V4-T2-70**|**2**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|**2**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .|**V4-T2-98**|**2**|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**||
|Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 2** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 225 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixed-fixed thermalmagnetic trip units. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 2 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and current limiting options. PXR trip units in PD-2 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication, and zone selective interlocking with visual indication. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 2 breakers are available in multiple ratings from 15 A through 225 A. They are configured with a trip unit from the factory. Accessories are modular in design to allow for field installation or factory configuration. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-29** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 225 A using electronic trip units or thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of single-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole. 

## **Interrupting Ratings (2-, 3- and 4-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**1||**K**1||**M**1||**N**1||**P**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>35||**kA rms**<br>65||**kA rms**<br>85||**kA rms**<br>100||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||22||25||30 / 253||35 / 253||
|250 Vdc2|10||10||10||22||22||22||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac<br>440 Vac|25<br>25|25<br>20|36<br>30|36<br>22.5|50<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>50|53<br>40|70<br>70|70<br>50|100<br>100|70<br>65|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|65|40|
|525 Vac|18|15 / 133|20|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|35 / 253|18 / 133|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|10|5|10|5|10|5|
|250 Vdc2|10|10|10|10|10|10|22|22|22|22|22|22|



## **Interrupting Ratings (Single-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**1||**K**1||**M**1||**N**1||**P**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|277 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|347 Vac|14||18||22||25||30||35||
|125 Vdc|10||10||10||10||10||10||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|70|85|70|100|70|
|125 Vdc|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|10|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL current limiting. 

> 2 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using 2-poles in series. 

- 3 First rating listed is for thermal-magnetic breakers, second rating is for breakers with PXR electronic trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-30** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Single-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 207] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 2 1 M 0150 TFF J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 2 = 2 1 = 1-pole  F = 25 kA at 277 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 277 V 0020 = 20 A Fixed magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 277 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 277 V 0030 = 30 A Fixed magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at  0035 = 35 A (non UL)<br>277 V  [1] 0040 = 40 A<br>P = 100 kA at  0045 = 45 A<br>277 V  [1] 0050 = 50 A<br>0060 = 60 A<br>0070 = 70 A<br>0080 = 80 A<br>0090 = 90 A<br>0100 = 100 A<br>0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>0150 = 150 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Two-, Three- and Four-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

**PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **2** = 2 **2** = 2-pole **F** = 25 kA at 480 V **0015** = 15 A **TFF** = Fixed thermal / **N** = No terminals **3** = 3-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0020** = 20 A Fixed magnetic **J** = Line and load terminals **4** = 4-pole (100% N) **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0025** = 25 A **VFF** = 50 °C Fixed thermal / **K** = Line only terminals **0** = 4-pole (0% N) **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0030** = 30 A Fixed magnetic **L** = Load only terminals **6** = 4-pole (60% N) **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **0035** = 35 A (non UL) **P** = 100 kA at 480 V **0040** = 40 A **0045** = 45 A **0050** = 50 A **0060** = 60 A **0070** = 70 A **0080** = 80 A **0090** = 90 A **0100** = 100 A **0110** = 110 A **0125** = 125 A **0150** = 150 A **0175** = 175 A **0200** = 200 A **0225** = 225 A 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 N and P ratings available for 15–30 A on single-pole breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-31** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—UL/CSA Rated to 240 Vac** 

**==> picture [503 x 230] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD D 2 3 M 0225 TFF J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>D  = UL/CSA 2 = 2 2 = 2-pole F = 35 kA at 240 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 65 kA at 240 V 0020 = 20 A  Fixed magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 85 kA at 240 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>M = 100 kA at 240 V 0030 = 30 A Fixed magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 150 kA at 240 V 0035 = 35 A (non UL)<br>P = 200 kA at 240 V 0040 = 40 A<br>0045 = 45 A<br>0050 = 50 A<br>0060 = 60 A<br>0070 = 70 A<br>0080 = 80 A<br>0090 = 90 A<br>0100 = 100 A<br>0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>0150 = 150 A<br>0175 = 175 A<br>0200 = 200 A<br>0225 = 225 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[1] 

**PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **2** = 2 **2** = 2-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0100** = 100 A **KNS** = Molded Case Switch **N** = No terminals **3** = 3-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0150** = 150 A **J** = Line and load terminals **4** = 4-pole **0225** = 225 A **K** = Line only terminals **L** = Load only terminals 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units (ETU)—Globally Rated** 

**PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **2** = 2 **3** = 3-pole **F** = 25 kA at 480 V **0060** = 60 A **B2N** = PXR 10 LSI **N** = No terminals **4** = 4-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0100** = 100 A **E##**[2] =PXR 20 **J** = Line and load terminals (programmable N) **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0150** = 150 A **D##**[2] =PXR 20D **K** = Line only terminals **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0225** = 225 A **P##**[2] =PXR 25 **L** = Load only terminals **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **P** = 100 kA at 480 V 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units (ETU)—100% UL Rated** 

|**PD**|**F**|= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**2** = 2||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V||**0060** = 60 A<br>**0100** = 100 A||**B2N**= PXR 10 LSI<br>**E##**2=PXR 20||**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**W**= Optional line and load|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V||**0150** = 150 A||**D##**2=PXR 20D||terminals|
|||||||||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V||**0225** = 225 A||**P##**2=PXR 25|||
|||||||||**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Molded case switch may open above 1800 A. 

- 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-33** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-32** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**2**<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**2**<br>**3**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## **Description of PXR Configured Options** 

**Relays**[1] —Form A contacts **Modbus**[1] —Modbus RTU (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) directly from breaker 

- 2 available if Modbus RTU ● Interface: 3 wires is not used; 1 available (MODBA, MODBB, when used in conjunction MODBG) with Modbus RTU ● 

- No additional modules 

- ● Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, required ALM2, ALM Common) ● 

- Available as field-installable 

- ● Programmable to indicate option if not pre-configured breaker conditions (catalog number 

- ● **PDG2XMODRTUREL** )[2] 

- Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG2XRELAYS** )[2] 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

**CAM—** CAM Link Connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

- Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D and 25 trip units 

   - Required for communications, relays and metering accuracy 

   - 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - Interface: 2 wires (Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- Includes ability to turn ON and OFF 

- Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- No additional modules required 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**0060**<br>**60 A**<br>**0100**<br>**100 A**<br>**0150**<br>**150 A**<br>**0225**<br>**225 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>15 A<br>32 A<br>50 A<br>80 A|
||2<br>16 A<br>35 A<br>60 A<br>90 A|
||3<br>20 A<br>40 A<br>63 A<br>100 A|
||4<br>25 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>110 A|
||5<br>30 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>125 A|
||6<br>35 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>150 A|
||7<br>40 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>160 A|
||8<br>45 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>175 A|
||9<br>50 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>200 A|
||10 = ln<br>60 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>225 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Relays and/or Modbus RTU in PD-2 uses accessory pocket, therefore UVR and shunt trip use is not possible. 

- 2 PD-2 can only be equipped with one field-installable communication option (PDG2XMODRTUREL or PDG2XRELAYS). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-33** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 2**_ 

**2** 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. Example: PDG **2X3** T100 becomes PDG **2X2** T100 for 2-pole 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [499 x 67] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar Collar Collar<br>Nut Screw<br>Conductor<br>Clip Collar<br>Conductor e& e ScrewWasher Conductor A Extrusion Conductor ScrewWasher WasherScrew N S So or Conductor laaa Wire Clamp<br>A p ae . rt 06 © rel Aah<br>PDG2X3T100 PDG2X3TA225 PDG2X3TA50 PDG2X3TA100 PDG2X3TA226 PDG2X3TA2256W PDG2X3TA150RF PDG2X3T20 PDG2X3TS225<br>PDG2X3T150 PDG2X3TA150 PDG2X3TA2253W PDG2X3TA225RF<br>PDG2X3T225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||||**Number of**|**AWG/kcmil**|**Metric (mm2) **|**)**||**Digit 14 Designation**|||||
|**Breaker**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**|**Wire**|**Wire**|**Conductors**|**Range per**|**Range per**|**3-Pole**|**Included**|**Line and**|**Line**||**Load**|**Standard**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Frame**1|**Body Type**|**Type**|**Class**|**per Phase**|**Conductor**|**Conductor**|**Catalog Number**|**Accessories**|**Load**|**Only**||**Only**|**on Amperes**|
|**Standard Terminals**||||||||||||||
|100<br>15–100|Steel|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–1/0|2.08–53.5|**PDG2X3T100**2||J|K||L|15–100|
|225<br>60–225<br>**Alternate Terminals**|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|4–4/0|21.2 —107|**PDG2X3TA225**||J|K||L|110–225|
|50<br>15–50|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–4|2.08–21.2|**PDG2X3TA50**||T|U||V|15–50|
|100<br>60–100|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–1/0|2.08–53.5|**PDG2X3TA100**||T|U||V|60–100|
|150<br>60–150|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–4/0|2.08–107|**PDG2X3TA150**||T|U||V|110–150|
|225<br>175–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|6–300|13.3–152|**PDG2X3TA225K**|Terminal shield|T|U||V|175–225|
|**Non-standard Terminals**||||||||||||||
|100<br>15–100<br>150<br>60–150|Steel<br>Stainless|Cu/Al<br>Cu|B, C<br>B, C|1<br>1|14–1/0<br>4–4/0|2.08–53.5<br>21.2 —107|**PDG2X3T100**2<br>**PDG2X3T150**||W<br>W|Y<br>Y||Z<br>Z|15–100<br>110–150|
|225<br>60–225|Steel<br>Copper|Cu|B, C|1|4–4/0|21.2 —107|**PDG2X3T225**||W|Y||Z|175–225|
|**Multi-wire Terminals**||||||||||||||
|225<br>150–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|6|14–6|2.08–13.3|**PDG2X3TA2256W**|Terminal shield|—|—||G|15–225|
|225<br>150–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|14–2|2.08–33.6|**PDG2X3TA2253W**|Terminal shield|—|—||H|15–225|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**3||||||||||||||
|150<br>60–150|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–4/0|2.08–107|**PDG2X3TA150RF**|Terminal shield|—|—||—|15–150|
|225<br>60–225<br>**Box Terminal**|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|6–300|13.3–152|**PDG2X3TA225RF**|Terminal shield|—|—||—|175–225|
|20<br>15–20|Steel|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–10|2.08–5.26|**PDG2X3T20**||—|—||—|15–20|
|**Rear Connectors**3||||||||||||||
|225<br>—|—|—|—|—|—|—|**PDG2X3TA225RC**||R|—||—|15–25|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**<br>225<br>—<br>—||—|—|—|—|—|**PDG2X3TS225**||S|D||E|15–25|
|**Note:**Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table<br>are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes.|||||||||**Control Wire Tabs**<br>**Package**<br>**Catalog**|||||
|**_Notes_**|||||||||**Use**||**Qty.**||**Number**|
|1 The “Breaker Frame” column provides information on the ampere ratings for which the terminal may be used (field installation);<br>in some cases the range is limited by proper fit of the terminal onto the breaker conductor.<br>The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration|||||||The “Breaker Frame” column provides information on the ampere ratings for which the terminal may be used (field installation);<br>The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration||15–150 A<br>175–225 A||12<br>12||**FCWTK**<br>**FCWTK225**|



- 1 The “Breaker Frame” column provides information on the ampere ratings for which the terminal may be used (field installation); in some cases the range is limited by proper fit of the terminal onto the breaker conductor. The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration per Digit 14 of the breaker catalog number. The two may not match. 

- 2 Factory standard terminals and non-aluminum terminals for 100 A and below are the same terminals. 

- 3 Breaker loses UL when fitted with rear-fed terminals or rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-34** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**[12] 

**2** 

|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**||**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|**Aux (4 Spaces)**<br>**Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||
|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip|||**Alarm (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)||**Aux (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**||||**Alarm (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)||
|||||||None|||||None|
|||||||Shunt Trip|||||1NO (1 space)|
||||1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)||1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)||||||1NC (1 space)|
||||||||||||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||||2NO (2 spaces)|
|UVR|||<br>2NC (2 spaces)||<br>2NC (2 spaces)|||||||
|||||||UVR|||||2NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||||2CO (4 spaces)|
||||||||||||4NO (4 spaces)|
||||||||||||4NC (4 spaces)|



## **Electronic Circuit Breakers** 

|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**||||**Alarm**<br>**Options**<br>None|<br>**Aux**<br>**Options**<br><br><br><br>1NO/1NC3<br><br> <br>|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR||**Aux (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||**Alarm**<br>**Options**<br>None||
|None|||||||||None||||1NO/1NC3|
|Shunt Trip|||||||||Shunt Trip||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO (1 space)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NC (1 space)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 2NO (2 spaces)|
|UVR|||||||||UVR||||1NO/1NC 3 + 2NC (2 spaces)|
|||||||||||||||
|Bell alarm<br>(1NO/1NC–Form C)||||||||<br> <br> <br> <br>|Bell alarm<br>(1NO/1NC–Form C)<br>Qty: 1 Programmable relay<br>with Modbus RTU<br>Qty: 2 Programmable relays|||||
|Qty: 1 Programmable relay<br>with Modbus RTU||||||||||||||
|Qty: 2 Programmable relays||||||||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 2-pole PD-2 breakers have an accessory pocket compatible with indicating accessory options only. 

- 2 Single-pole PD-2 breakers may be equipped with a Form C bell alarm as a factory installation only. Use “BC” as a suffix code in digits 15–16. 

- 3 Qty: 1 1NO/1NC (Form C) auxiliary contact is automatically factory installed for all Frame 2 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-35** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 2**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for **2** alarm and auxiliary switches in the right-pole accessory **2** cavity. For Frame 2, the two left-most positions are used **2** for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC) and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units are automatically configured with a factory-installed Form C auxiliary contact block because the right-pole accessory cavity is not available for field modification. Trip position can also be communicated via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

## **Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXAA**|**PDGXAB**|**PDGXAC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|
|**Screw Terminal**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXXA**|**PDGXXB**|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|For NO-NC, use two separate<br>contact blocks|



|**Push-In Clamp**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**|**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



|**Pigtail (118 in**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXDA**|**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units**[1] 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**Type**|**PDG2XALMBC**<br>Form C / NO-NC|**PDG2XALMEC**<br>Form C / NO-NC|
|---|---|---|
|**Termination**|0.75 m pigtail|3.0 m pigtail|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units do not allow access to the right accessory pocket but are automatically configured with a factory installed Form C / NO-NC auxiliary switch. These alarm switches can be field or factory installed in the left accessory pocket in place of a shunt trip or UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-36** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 2**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories designed to be field installable. However, Eaton also offers installation service in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- Switches may be requested for alarm only, auxiliary only or a combination of the two 

- Digit 16 denotes the number and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

- For Eaton factory installation, the same type of terminals (i.e. all pigtail 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) and same style of contact block (i.e., all 1NO/1NC, all 2NC, etc.) must be used in a factory configuration 

- If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

**Note:** Though factory 

- selected, use NNNN for configuration options are limited, the final 4 digits of the combinations of auxiliary catalog number switches and alarms using differing terminals and contact 

- ● Frame 2 breakers with block styles are still available electronic trip units do not through field installation. Please allow access to the right see full auxiliary switch and alarm accessory pocket but are catalog numbers to order. automatically configured with a factory installed 1NO/1NC auxiliary switch. A bell alarm accessory is available for separate installation in the left accessory pocket. 

**2** 

- Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**1<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3|



## **Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Single-pole breakers can be equipped with a 1NO/1NC alarm switch that must be factory installed; use suffix **BC** in digits 15–16. No other internal accessories are available for single-pole breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-37** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>|**gs**|**.  , ,**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|---|
||**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3|
|||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—|
|||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—|
|||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3|



## _**Factory Installation of Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units**_ 

**Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m** 

**Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>None<br>NN1<br>AC1<br>1NO/1NC<br>—<br>CC||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Auxiliary switch||Alarm switch|None<br>NN1<br>DC|
||||1NO/1NC<br>—<br>FC|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breaker have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc|**Screw Terminals**<br>**PDG2XST12DCT**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**PDG2XST12DCS**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**<br>**PDG2XST12DCR**|
|---|---|---|---|
|48 Vdc|**PDG2XST48DCT**|**PDG2XST48DCS**|**PDG2XST48DCR**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG2XST60DCT**|**PDG2XST60DCS**|**PDG2XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG2XST24ACDCT**|**PDG2XST24ACDCS**|**PDG2XST24ACDCR**|
|110-130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG2XST130ACDCT**|**PDG2XST130ACDCS**|**PDG2XST130ACDCR**|
|200-240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG2XST250ACDCT**|**PDG2XST250ACDCS**|**PDG2XST250ACDCR**|
|380-440 Vac<br>480-525 Vac|**PDG2XST440ACT**<br>**PDG2XST525ACT**|**PDG2XST440ACS**<br>**PDG2XST525ACS**|**PDG2XST440ACR**<br>**PDG2XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG2XST600ACT**|**PDG2XST600ACS**|**PDG2XST600ACR**|
|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG2XUV12DCV**|**PDG2XUV12DCU**|**PDG2XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc<br>48 Vdc|**PDG2XUV24DCV**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCV**|**PDG2XUV24DCU**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCU**|**PDG2XUV24DCW**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG2XUV60DCV**|**PDG2XUV60DCU**|**PDG2XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG2XUV125DCV**|**PDG2XUV125DCU**|**PDG2XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG2XUV250DCV**|**PDG2XUV250DCU**|**PDG2XUV250DCW**|
|24 Vac|**PDG2XUV24ACV**|**PDG2XUV24ACU**|**PDG2XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG2XUV130ACV**|**PDG2XUV130ACU**|**PDG2XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG2XUV240ACV**|**PDG2XUV240ACU**|**PDG2XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac|**PDG2XUV440ACV**|**PDG2XUV440ACU**|**PDG2XUV440ACW**|
|525 Vac|**PDG2XUV525ACV**|**PDG2XUV525ACU**|**PDG2XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG2XUV600ACV**|**PDG2XUV600ACU**|**PDG2XUV600ACW**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 1NO/1NC (AC) is always included in breakers with PXR trip units; no selection or selection of **NN** in Digits 15–16 will result in AC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-38** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## 2.2 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

Shunt trips and under voltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding Eaton also offers the service the tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

- Digit 17 denotes the type ● Each breaker has space for of accessory installed and one shunt trip or UVR the terminal type tripping accessory only **2** 

- Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory 

- If no accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc|TN|SN|RN|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TP|SP|RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|VH|UH|WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-39** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**<br>Standard lockable handle|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XHMCS**|**Digits 19–20**<br>HA|
|Standard handle with door interlock|**PDG2XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCSNP**|HE|
|Emergency lockable handle|**PDG2XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency handle with door interlock|**PDG2XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock<br>Emergency handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCEP**<br>**PDG2XHMCENP**|H3<br>H5|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle|**PDG2XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock<br>Emergency lockable handle|**PDG2XHMDSP**<br>**PDG2XHMDE**|DC<br>D1|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMDEP**|D3|
|12 in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG12XHMS307**|—|
|20 in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG12XHMS507**|—|
|Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG12XHM79S**|—|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG12XHM79E**|—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**<br>2|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XFS02**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XFS02HP**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XFS02X**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XFS02HPX**|
|3|**PDG2XFS03**|**PDG2XFS03HP**|**PDG2XFS03X**|**PDG2XFS03HPX**|
|4|**PDG2XFS04**|**PDG2XFS04HP**|**PDG2XFS04X**|**PDG2XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG2XFS05**|**PDG2XFS05HP**|**PDG2XFS05X**|**PDG2XFS05HPX**|
|6<br>7|**PDG2XFS06**<br>**PDG2XFS07**|**PDG2XFS06HP**<br>**PDG2XFS07HP**|**PDG2XFS06X**<br>**PDG2XFS07X**|**PDG2XFS06HPX**<br>**PDG2XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG2XFS08**|**PDG2XFS08HP**|**PDG2XFS08X**|**PDG2XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG2XFS09**|**PDG2XFS09HP**|**PDG2XFS09X**|**PDG2XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG2XFS10**|**PDG2XFS10HP**|**PDG2XFS10X**|**PDG2XFS10HPX**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-40** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|---|---|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG2XPLKT**<br>L4|
||Left side<br>**PDG2XPLKL**<br>L5|
||Right side<br>**PDG2XPLKR**<br>L6|
||Snap on<br>**PDG2XPLKSNAP**<br>L0|
|Padlockable hasp OFF only|Top<br>**PDG2XPLKTOFF**<br>L1|
||Left side<br>**PDG2XPLKLOFF**<br>L2|
||Right side<br>**PDG2XPLKROFF**<br>L3|
|Padlockable handle block|On handle<br>**PDG2XPHB**<br>—|
|Kirk lock provision1|Top<br>**PDG2XKLKPTFF**<br>L7|
|Walking beam interlock<br>23|Two-, three-, and<br>four-pole<br>**PDG2XWBI234P**<br>—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP24DC**<br>RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP60DC**<br>RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP125DC**<br>RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP250DC**<br>RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP130AC**<br>RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP240AC**<br>RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP440AC**<br>RC|
|Plug-in breaker base only|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBB3P225A**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBB4P225A**<br>—|
|Plug-in breaker parts kit|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBK3P225A**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBK4P225A**<br>—|
|Terminal covers|Two-pole<br>**PDG2XTC2P**<br>—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG2XTC3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XTC4P**<br>—|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG2XIB**<br>—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG2XIB3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XIB4P**<br>—|
|Finger protection|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XFP3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XFP4P**<br>—|
|60A–100 A residual current<br>neutral sensor|Cable type<br>**PDG2XNCTD0100**<br>—|
|150A–225 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Cable type<br>**PDG2XNCTD0225**<br>—|
|60A–100 A residual current<br>neutral sensor|Bus bar type<br>**PDG2XNCTB0100**<br>—|
|150A–225 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Bus bar type<br>**PDG2XNCTB0225**<br>—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD2**<br>—|



## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Single-pole metric|**4218B80G09**|
|Two-pole metric|**4218B80G11**|
|Three-, four-pole metric|**BMH1M**|
|Single-pole English<br>Two-pole English|**624B375G01**<br>**4218B80G01**|
|Three-, four-pole English|**BMH1**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 2** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|1<br>2|1.38 (35.1)<br>2.75 (69.9)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)<br>3.50 (88.9)||
|3|4.12 (104.6)|6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)||
|4|5.49 (139.5)|6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)||
|**Approximate Shipping**||**Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**1-Pole**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG2 225 A|2.00 (0.91)|3.00 (1.36)|4.21 (1.82)|5.69 (2.46)|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Provision only. For use with Type FF Kirk keylock (sold separately). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** ). 

> 3 Requires two breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-41** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 3** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**<br>**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .|**V4-T2-43**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-50**<br>**V4-T2-56**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**<br>**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <br>Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**<br> **V4-T2-106**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 3** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-3 is available in two versions, with 400 A and 600 A constructions to optimize performance in multiple applications. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 3 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection, current limiting, 100% UL ratings, and high instantaneous settings for selective coordination. PXR trip units in PD-3 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication, and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 3 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory, or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-42** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)**_ 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using electronic trip units, and 100 A through 600 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. Frame 3 has two unique constructions: one for 400 A and a second one for 600 A. The 600 A construction provides a unique capability to be used at 400 A and below in critical coordination applications where a high level fixed instantaneous is required. This is accomplished by using a letter **H** in the _7th digit_ of the catalog number, as shown below. 

**2** 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**1||**N**1||**P**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|35||65||85||100||150||200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||25||35||50||65||
|125/250 Vdc2|22||22||22||42||42||42||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|85|40|
|525 Vac<br>660–690 Vac|18<br>—|5<br>—|20<br>8|7.5<br>4|25<br>10|10<br>5|30<br>15|15<br>7.5|35<br>20|25<br>10|40<br>20|25<br>10|
|125/250 Vdc2|22|10 / 223|22|10 / 223|22|10 / 223|42|22 / 423|42|22 / 423|42|22 / 423|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL current limiting. 

> 2 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using two poles in series. 

> 3 First rating listed is for 400 A frame, second rating is for 600 A frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-43** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breaker**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0400 TFA J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 2 = 2-pole  [1] F = 25 kA at 480 V  0100 = 100 A  [2] TFA = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole (100% N) K = 50 kA at 480 V 0150 = 150 A VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>0 = 4-pole (0% N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0175 = 175 A Adjustable magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>6 = 4-pole (60% N) N  = 85 kA at 480 V 0200 = 200 A (non UL)<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V 0225 = 225 A<br>0250 = 250 A<br>H250 = 250 A  [3]<br>0300 = 300 A<br>H300 = 300 A  [3]<br>0350 = 350 A<br>H350 = 350 A  [3]<br>0400 = 400 A<br>H400 = 400 A  [3]<br>0500 = 500 A<br>0600 = 600 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**3** = 3<br>**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole (100% N)<br>**0** = 4-pole (0% N)<br>**6** = 4-pole (60% N)<br>**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**H250** = 250 A3<br>**H300** = 300 A3<br>**H350** = 350 A3<br>**H400** = 400 A3<br>**0500** = 500 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br>**PD**<br>**3** = 3<br>**2** = 2-pole1<br>**3** = 3-pole<br>**F** = 35 kA at 240 V<br>**G**= 65 kA at 240 V<br>**K** = 85 kA at 240 V<br>**M**= 100 kA at 240 V<br>**N**= 150 kA at 240 V<br>**P** = 200 kA at 240 V<br>**0100** = 100 A<br>**0125** = 125 A<br>**0150** = 150 A<br>**0175** = 175 A<br>**0200** = 200 A<br>**0225** = 225 A<br>**0250** = 250 A<br>**0300** = 300 A<br>**0350** = 350 A<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0500** = 500 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br>**PD**<br>**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—UL/CSA Rated to 240 Vac**<br>**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)<br>**D**= UL/CSA|**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole (100% N)<br>||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**H250** = 250 A3<br>**H300** = 300 A3<br>||**TFA** = Fixed thermal /<br>Adjustable magnetic|**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals<br>**L** = Load only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**0** = 4-pole (0% N)<br>**6** = 4-pole (60% N)||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**H350** = 350 A3<br>**H400** = 400 A3<br>||||
||||||**0500** = 500 A<br>**0600** = 600 A||**TFA** = Fixed thermal /<br>Adjustable magnetic<br>**VFA** = 50 °C Fixed thermal /<br>Adjustable magnetic<br>(non UL)||
|||||||||**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals<br>**L** = Load only terminals|
||||||||||



## **Molded Case Switches**[4] **—Globally Rated** 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**3** = 3||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0400** = 400 A<br>||**KNS**= Molded case switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole (100% N)||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0600** = 600 A|||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections. 

> 2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

> 3 High override (600 A frame). 

> 4 Molded case switches may open above 4000 A for the 400 A frame, and above 6300 A for the 600 A frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-44** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

_**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [150 x 13] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0400 P2M J<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [504 x 140] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 2 = 2-pole  [1] F = 25 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  B2N  = PXR 10 LSI  N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0250 = 250 A E##  [2] =PXR 20 J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole  K = 50 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A D##  [2] =PXR 20D  K = Line only terminals<br>(programmable N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A P##  [2] =PXR 25 L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V H250 = 250 A High Override<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V (600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**==> picture [504 x 63] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC  3 = 3 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  B2N  = PXR 10 LSI  N  = No terminals<br>(100% UL Rated) 4 = 4-pole  G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0250 = 250 A E##  [2] =PXR 20 J = Line and load terminals<br>(programmable N) K = 50 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A D##  [2] =PXR 20D  K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A P##  [2] =PXR 25 L = Load only terminals<br>H250 = 250 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 197] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0400 FNN N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 2 = 2-pole  [1] F = 25 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A FNN  = Frame only N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A<br>4 = 4-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V<br>Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)<br>PD F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC  3 = 3 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A FNN  = Frame only N  = No terminals<br>(100% UL Rated) 4 = 4-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections. 

> 2 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on **Page V4-T2-47** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-45** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

**2** 

PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. The 400 A frame must use trip units of ratings 0100–0400, while the 600 A frame must use trip units of ratings 0500, 0600 or designated by **H** , such as _H250_ . Additionally, for 2-pole breakers using electronic trip units, 3-pole trip units are used. PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [431 x 238] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 X TFA 3 0600<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous<br>Standards Size Digit Type Options Options Current Ratings<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 X = Accessory TFA = Fixed Thermal /  2 = 2-pole 0100 = 100 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic 3 = 3-pole 0125 = 125 A  [1]<br>VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /  4 = 4-pole (100% N) 0150 = 150 A<br>Adjustable Magnetic  0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0175 = 175 A<br>(non UL) 6 = 4-pole (60% N) 0200 = 200 A<br>0225 = 225 A<br>0250 = 250 A<br>0300 = 300 A<br>0350 = 350 A<br>0400 = 400 A<br>0500 = 500 A<br>0600 = 600 A<br>H250 = 250 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H300 = 300 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H350 = 350 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 147] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 X PXR 3 0600 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0125 = 125 A  B2N  = PXR 10 LSI<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  0250 = 250 A E##  [2] =PXR 20<br>(programmable N) 0400 = 400 A D##  [2] =PXR 20D<br>0600 = 600 A P##  [2] =PXR 25<br>H250 = 250 A High Override<br>(for use in 600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(for use in 600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

> 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-47** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-46** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

**Relays** —2 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ● Interface: 3 wires ALM2, ALM Common) (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

- Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU 

- **CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

directly from breaker 

- Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- No additional modules required 

- Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit (selfpowered) and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

- Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

- Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

- 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

- Interface: 2 wires Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**0125**<br>**125 A**<br>**0250/H250**<br>**250 A**<br>**0400/H400**<br>**400 A**<br>**0600**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>45 A<br>90 A<br>160 A<br>250 A|
||2<br>50 A<br>100 A<br>175 A<br>275 A|
||3<br>60 A<br>110 A<br>200 A<br>300 A|
||4<br>63 A<br>125 A<br>225 A<br>320 A|
||5<br>70 A<br>150 A<br>250 A<br>350 A|
||6<br>80 A<br>160 A<br>275 A<br>400 A|
||7<br>90 A<br>175 A<br>300 A<br>450 A|
||8<br>100 A<br>200 A<br>320 A<br>500 A|
||9<br>110 A<br>225 A<br>350 A<br>550 A|
||10 = ln<br>125 A<br>250 A<br>400 A<br>600 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-47** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3**_ 

**2** 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. _Example_ : PDG3 **X3** TA300 becomes PDG3 **X2** TA300 for two-pole. 

## **Terminal Types** 

**PDG3X3TA300 PDG3X3TA400 PDG3X3TA402 PDG3X3TA400H PDG3X3TA630 PDG3X3TA4003W PDG3X3TA400RF PDG3X3TA350 PDG3X3TA400SW PDG3X3T402 PDG3X3T400H PDG3X3T630 PDG3X3TA4006W PDG3X3TA400HRF PDG3X3T300 PDG3X3T400 PDG3X3TA401H PDG3X3TA630SW PDG3X3TA6006W PDG3X3TA630RF PDG3X3T350 PDG3X3TA400CW PDG3X3T401H PDG3X3TA630CW PDG3X3TA6006WSW PDG3X3TA350SW PDG3X3T400CW PDG3X3TA401HCW PDG3X3T630CW PDG3X3TA401CW PDG3X3T401HCW PDG3X3TA401** 

**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|||||||||||**Digit 14 Designation**|**Digit 14 Designation**|**Digit 14 Designation**|**Factory**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**|**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Included**<br>**Accessories**|**Line and**<br>**Load**|**Line**<br>**Only**|**Load**<br>**Only**|**Config.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Range**|
|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|||||||||||||
|300|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|3–350|26.7–177|**PDG3X3TA300**|—|J|K|L|100–225|
|350|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|250–500|127–253|**PDG3X3TA350**|—|J|K|L|250–350|
|400<br>400|400<br>600|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|2<br>1|3/0–250<br>500–750|85–127<br>253–380|**PDG3X3TA400**<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**|Terminal shield<br>Terminal shield|J<br>J|K<br>K|L<br>L|400<br>H250–H400|
|630|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|2–500|33.6–253|**PDG3X3TA630**|Terminal shield|J|K|L|450–600|
|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**||||||||||||
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|500–750|253–380|**PDG3X3TA402**|Terminal shield|T|U|V|100–400|
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|2/0–250 (2) and|67.4–127 (2) and|**PDG3X3TA401**|Terminal shield|—|—|—|—|
|||||||2/0–500 (1)|67.4–253 (1)|||||||
|400|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|3–500|26.7–253|**PDG3X3TA400H**|—|T|U|V|H250–H400|
|**Optional Copper Terminals**|**Optional Copper Terminals**|||||||||||||
|300<br>350|400<br>400|Copper<br>Copper|Cu<br>Cu|B, C<br>B, C|1<br>1|3–350<br>250–500|26.7–177<br>127–253|**PDG3X3T300**<br>**PDG3X3T350**|—<br>—|W<br>W|Y<br>Y|Z<br>Z|100–225<br>250–350|
|400|400|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|3/0–250|85–127|**PDG3X3T400**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|400|
|400|400|Copper|Cu/Al|B, C|1|Al:500–750|—|**PDG3X3T402**|Terminal shield|—|—|—|—|
|||||||Cu: 500 Only||||||||
|400|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|1|3–500|26.7–253|**PDG3X3T400H**|—|—|—|—|—|
|400|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|1|500–750|253–380|**PDG3X3T401H**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|H250–H400|
|630|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|2–500|33.6 –253|**PDG3X3T630**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|450–600|
|**StrandAble Terminals**||||||||||||||
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H,|2|3/0–250<br>3/0–4/0|85–127<br>85–107|**PDG3X3TA400SW**|—|A|B|C|100–400|
|350|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|I, K, M<br>B, C|6|250–500|127–253|**PDG3X3TA350SW**|—|—|—|—|—|
|||||D, G, H,<br>I, K, M||250–350|127–177|||||||
|630|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H,|2|2–500<br>2–350|33.6–253<br>33.6–177|**PDG3X3TA630SW**|—|A|B|C|H250–600|
|||||I, K, M||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-48** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Terminals, continued** 

|**Terminals, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Included**<br>**Accessories**<br>**Digit 14 Designation**<br>**Factory**<br>**Config.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Range**<br>**Line and**<br>**Load**<br>**Line**<br>**Only**<br>**Load**<br>**Only**|
|**Control Wire Aluminum Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|3/0–250<br>85–127<br>**PDG3X3TA400CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>100–400|
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2/0–250 (2) or<br>2/0–500 (1)<br>67.4–127 (2) or<br>67.4–253 (1)<br>**PDG3X3TA401CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>4<br>5<br>6<br>100–400|
|400<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG3X3TA401HCW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>H250–H400|
|630<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA630CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>450–600|
|**Control Wire Copper Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|3/0–250<br>85–127<br>**PDG3X3T400CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>100–400|
|400<br>600<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>1|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG3X3T401HCW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>H250–H400|
|630<br>600<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3T630CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>450–600|
|**Multi-wire Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>4|12–2/0<br>3.31–67.4<br>**PDG3X3TA4003W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>H<br>100–400|
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6|14–3<br>2.08–26.7<br>**PDG3X3TA4006W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>G<br>100–400|
|600<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6|14–1/0<br>2.08–53.5<br>**PDG3X3TA6006W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>G<br>H250–600|
|**StrandAble Multi-wire Terminals**|||
|600<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6<br>D, G, H,<br>I, K, M|12–2/0<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TA6006WSW**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>8–1/0|
|**Rear-fed Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|250–500<br>127–253<br>**PDG3X3TA400RF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|400<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA400HRF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|630<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA630RF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Rear Connectors**|||
|400<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TA400RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>100–400|
|630<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TA630RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>250–600|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|||
|400<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TS400**<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>100–400|
|600<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TS600**<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>250–600|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## **Control Wire Tabs** 

**Package Catalog Use Qty. Number** 100–400 A 12 **KCWTK** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Terminals not UL Listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-49** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 3**_ 

||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory Options**<br>**Alarm Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**1<br>Shunt Trip<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>UVR<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)||||||**Aux Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**|
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
||||**Alarm Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**1||||
|Shunt Trip|||None|||None|
||||1NO (1 space)|||1NO (1 space)|
||||||||
||||1NC (1 space)|||1NC (1 space)|
||||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||
|UVR|||2NO (2 spaces)|||2NO (2 spaces)|
||||2NC (2 spaces)|||2NC (2 spaces)|



## **4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [147 x 66] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory Options**<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Alarm Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**1<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(4 Spaces)**2|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO/2NC (4 spaces)|
|||4NO (4 spaces)|
|||4NC (4 spaces)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Frame 3 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units AND communication only have access to one alarm space. Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units without communication have access to two alarm spaces. 

- 2 Neutral pole includes two additional auxiliary spaces. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-50** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 3**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for alarm and auxiliary switches in the right pole accessory cavity. For Frame 3, the two left-most positions are used for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC), and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Electronic breakers with communications options (Modbus RTU or CAM Link) lose one alarm switch position, but are also able to provide trip position via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

**2** 

## _**Contact Blocks**_ 

**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXAA**|**PDGXAB**|**PDGXAC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|
|**Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary**|||**Switch Functionality**|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXXA**|**PDGXXB**|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|For NO-NC, use two separate|
||||contact blocks|
|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**||||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**|**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|
|**Pigtail (118 in /**|**3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXDA**|**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-51** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 3**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories **2** designed to be field installable. However, Eaton **2** also offers installation service in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and 

auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

- Switches may be requested for alarm only, auxiliary only or a combination of the two 

- For Eaton factory 

- installation, the same type of terminals (i.e., all pigtail 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) must be used. If a combination of alarm and auxiliary switches is selected, they must be the same type (i.e., all 1NC, all 1NO/1NC, etc.) 

- Digit 16 denotes number and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

- If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

- Electronic breakers with communications lose one alarm switch position in order to provide trip status via communications. They do not lose an auxiliary position for this purpose. 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3|



## **Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-52** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3|
||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3|



**For PXR Trip Units with Communication**[1] 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>CF<br>CG<br>—<br>CP<br>CQ<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>CH<br>—<br>CI<br>CR<br>—<br>CS|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG3XST12DCT**|**PDG3XST12DCS**|**PDG3XST12DCR**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG3XST48DCT**|**PDG3XST48DCS**|**PDG3XST48DCR**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG3XST60DCT**|**PDG3XST60DCS**|**PDG3XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc<br>110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG3XST24ACDCT**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCT**|**PDG3XST24ACDCS**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCS**|**PDG3XST24ACDCR**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCR**|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG3XST250ACDCT**|**PDG3XST250ACDCS**|**PDG3XST250ACDCR**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG3XST440ACT**|**PDG3XST440ACS**|**PDG3XST440ACR**|
|480–525 Vac|**PDG3XST525ACT**|**PDG3XST525ACS**|**PDG3XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG3XST600ACT**|**PDG3XST600ACS**|**PDG3XST600ACR**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG3XUV12DCV**|**PDG3XUV12DCU**|**PDG3XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG3XUV24DCV**|**PDG3XUV24DCU**|**PDG3XUV24DCW**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG3XUV48DCV**|**PDG3XUV48DCU**|**PDG3XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG3XUV60DCV**|**PDG3XUV60DCU**|**PDG3XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG3XUV125DCV**|**PDG3XUV125DCU**|**PDG3XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc<br>24 Vac|**PDG3XUV250DCV**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACV**|**PDG3XUV250DCU**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACU**|**PDG3XUV250DCW**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG3XUV130ACV**|**PDG3XUV130ACU**|**PDG3XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG3XUV240ACV**|**PDG3XUV240ACU**|**PDG3XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac|**PDG3XUV440ACV**|**PDG3XUV440ACU**|**PDG3XUV440ACW**|
|525 Vac|**PDG3XUV525ACV**|**PDG3XUV525ACU**|**PDG3XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG3XUV600ACV**|**PDG3XUV600ACU**|**PDG3XUV600ACW**|



**Note:** Use PDG3XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR. 

> 1 All options shown have 29 in/0.75 m pigtail termination. For alternate termination options, contact the product line. 

_**Note**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-53** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

Shunt trips and undervoltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs **2** play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding the **2** Eaton also offers the service tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and **2** 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

- Digit 17 denotes the type of accessory installed and the terminal type 

- Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory 

- If no additional accessories are selected, use NN for digits 15-16 and 19-20 of the catalog number 

- Each breaker has space for one shunt trip or UVR tripping accessory only 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc<br>110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TN<br>TP|SN<br>SP|RN<br>RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc|**Screw Terminals**<br>VH|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>UH|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**<br>WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-54** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle|**PDG3XHMCS**|HA|
|Standard handle with door interlock|**PDG3XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCSNP**|HE|
|Emergency lockable handle|**PDG3XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency handle with door interlock|**PDG3XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCEP**|H3|
|Emergency handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCENP**|H5|



**2** 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle|**PDG3XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMDSP**|DC|
|Emergency lockable handle|**PDG3XHMDE**|D1|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMDEP**|D3|
|9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS245**|—|
|17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS445**|—|
|Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79S**|—|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79E**|—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|2|**PDG3XFS02**|**PDG3XFS02HP**|**PDG3XFS02X**|**PDG3XFS02HPX**|
|3|**PDG3XFS03**|**PDG3XFS03HP**|**PDG3XFS03X**|**PDG3XFS03HPX**|
|4|**PDG3XFS04**|**PDG3XFS04HP**|**PDG3XFS04X**|**PDG3XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG3XFS05**|**PDG3XFS05HP**|**PDG3XFS05X**|**PDG3XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG3XFS06**|**PDG3XFS06HP**|**PDG3XFS06X**|**PDG3XFS06HPX**|
|7|**PDG3XFS07**|**PDG3XFS07HP**|**PDG3XFS07X**|**PDG3XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG3XFS08**|**PDG3XFS08HP**|**PDG3XFS08X**|**PDG3XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG3XFS09**|**PDG3XFS09HP**|**PDG3XFS09X**|**PDG3XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG3XFS10**|**PDG3XFS10HP**|**PDG3XFS10X**|**PDG3XFS10HPX**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-55** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG3XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG3XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Padlockable handle<br>block|On handle<br>**PDG3XPHB**|—|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left side, Type F1|Left side<br>**PDG3XKLKPSF**<br>Right side|L8|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>right side, Type F1||L9|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left/right side, Type FF1|Left/right side<br>**PDG3XKLKPSFF**|—|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|400 A frame, two-,<br>three- and four-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI234P**|—|
||600 A frame, two- and<br>three-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI23P**|—|
||600 A frame, four-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI4P**|—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP24DC**|RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP60DC**|RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP125DC**|RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP250DC**|RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP130AC**|RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP240AC**|RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP440AC**|RC|
|Plug-in breaker<br>base only|Three-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBB3P400A**|—|
||Three-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBB3P600A**|—|
||Four-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBB4P400A**||
||Four-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBB4P600A**||
|Plug-in breaker<br>parts kit|Three-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK3P400A**|—|
||Three-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK3P600A**|—|
||Four-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK4P400A**||
||Four-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK4P600A**||
|Terminal covers4|Three-pole (400 A frame)<br>**PDG3XTC3P0400**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG3XTC3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XTC4P**|—|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG3XIB**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG3XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XIB4P**|—|
|Finger protection|Three-pole<br>**PDG3XFP3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XFP4P**|—|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG3XNCTB0600**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD3**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 3** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|2|5.47 (138.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|3|5.47 (138.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|4|7.22 (182.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG3 400 A|8.05 (3.65)|11.02 (5.0)|13.77 (6.25)|
|PDG3 600 A|10.43 (4.73)|12.36 (5.61)|16.27 (7.39)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. Kirk keylock sold separately. 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** in digits 19-20). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 PDG3 with 0400 or below rating ship from the factory with the 400 A frame terminal cover, but can be fitted with either in the field. 600 A frames, including H250, H400, etc ship with the standard terminal cover. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Base Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Two-, three-, four-pole metric (400 A)|**Catalog Number**<br>**BMH3M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English (400 A)|**BMH3**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric (600 A)|**66A4560G03**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-56** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 4** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers||**2**|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**||
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)|**V4-T2-42**|**2**|
|Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-58**<br>**V4-T2-63**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-69**<br>**V4-T2-70**|**2**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|**2**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .|**V4-T2-98**|**2**|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**||
|Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 4** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 4 covers a range of 300 A through 800 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-4 is available in a single 800 A frame. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 4 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and 100% UL ratings. PXR trip units in PD-4 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 4 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-57** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)**_ 

Frame Size 4 covers a range of 320 A through 800 A using electronic trip units, and 300 A through 800 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**G**||**K**||**M**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|65<br>35||85<br>50||100<br>65||
|600 Vac|18||25||35||
|125/250 Vdc1|22||22||25||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|55|55|85|85|100|100|
|380–415 Vac|36|36|50|50|70|53|
|440 Vac<br>480 Vac|30<br>25|22.5<br>20|35<br>35|35<br>22.5|50<br>50|40<br>30|
|525 Vac|20|16.5|25|20|30|25|
|660–690 Vac|8|4|10|5|15|7.5|
|125/250 Vdc1|22|22|22|22|25|25|



## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 3 M 0800 TFA J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 2 = 2-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0300 = 300 A  [2] TFA = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0350 = 350 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole (100% N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A  [2] VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0450 = 450 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>6 = 4-pole (60% N) 0500  = 500 A (non UL)<br>0600  = 600 A<br>0700  = 700 A<br>0800 = 800 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[3] 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**4** = 4||**2** = 2-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0800** = 800 A||**KNS**= Molded Case Switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V|||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using 2 poles in series. 

- 2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 3 Molded case switch may open above 6000 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-58** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

## **PD G 4 3 M 0800 P2M J** 

**==> picture [504 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 2 = 2-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A B2N  = PXR 10 LSI  N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V E##  [1] =PXR 20 J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V D##  [1] =PXR 20D  K = Line only terminals<br>(programmable N) P##  [1] =PXR 25 L = Load only terminals<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**PD F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **4** = 4 **3** = 3-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0800** = 800 A **B2N** = PXR 10 LSI **N** = No terminals (100% UL Rated) **4** = 4-pole **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **E##**[1] =PXR 20 **J** = Line and load terminals (programmable N) **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **D##**[1] =PXR 20D **K** = Line only terminals **P##**[1] =PXR 25 **L** = Load only terminals 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**PD G 4 3 M 0800 FNN J** 

**==> picture [504 x 161] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 2 = 2-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V<br>4 = 4-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V<br>Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)<br>PD F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC  4 = 4 3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals<br>(100% UL Rated) 4 = 4-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-61** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-59** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

**2** 

PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. For two-pole breakers using electronic trip units, three-pole trip units are used. 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [431 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 X TFA 3 0800<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous<br>Standards Size Digit Type Options Options Current Ratings<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 X = Accessory TFA = Fixed Thermal /  2 = 2-pole 0300 = 300 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic 3 = 3-pole 0350 = 350 A  [1]<br>VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /  4 = 4-pole (100% N) 0400 = 400 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic  0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0450 = 450 A  [1]<br>(non UL) 6 = 4-pole (60% N) 0500 = 500 A  [1]<br>0600 = 600 A  [1]<br>0700 = 700 A  [1]<br>0800 = 800 A  [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 X PXR 3 0800 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0800 = 800 A B2N  = PXR 10 LSI<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  E##  [2] =PXR 20<br>(programmable N) D##  [2] =PXR 20D<br>P##  [2] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-61** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-60** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**Relays** —2 Form A contacts **ZSI** —Zone Selective (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) Interlocking 

- Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

   - Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

- Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU directly from breaker 

   - **CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

- Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- No additional modules required 

- Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

- Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

- Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

- 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

- Interface: 2 wires (Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**800 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>320 A|
||2<br>350 A|
||3<br>400 A|
||4<br>450 A|
||5<br>500 A|
||6<br>550 A|
||7<br>600 A|
||8<br>630 A|
||9<br>700 A|
||10 = ln<br>800 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-61** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 4**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. 

**2** 

For Frame Size 4, terminals are also available in single-pole kits; these are not available in 2-pole or 4-pole configurations, unless otherwise noted. For single terminals, replace **X3** with **X1** on the catalog number. 

_Example_ : PDG4 **X3** TA800 becomes PDG4 **X1** TA800 for a single unit. 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [48 x 49] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [47 x 52] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [45 x 51] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [102 x 104] intentionally omitted <==**

**PDG4X3TA700 PDG4X3TA800 PDG4X3TA801 PDG4X3TA800RF PDG4X3T600 PDG4X3TA800SW PDG4X3T800 PDG4X3TA700CW PDG4X3TA800CW PDG4X3TA801CW** 

**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Included**<br>**Accessories**<br>**Digit 14 Designation**<br>**Factory**<br>**Config.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Range**<br>**Line and**<br>**Load**<br>**Line**<br>**Only**<br>**Load**<br>**Only**|
|**Standard Terminals**|||
|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|1–500<br>42.4–253<br>**PDG4X3TA700**<br>—<br>J<br>K<br>L<br>300–700|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800**<br>—<br>J<br>K<br>L<br>800|
|**Alternate Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG4X3TA801**<br>—<br>T<br>U<br>V<br>300–800|
|**Non-Aluminum Terminals**|||
|600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|2/0–500<br>67.4–238<br>**PDG4X3T600**<br>—<br>W<br>Y<br>Z<br>300–600|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu|B, C<br>3|3/0–300<br>85–152<br>**PDG4X3T800**<br>—<br>W<br>Y<br>Z<br>700–800|
|**StrandAble Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3<br>D, G, H, I,<br>K, M|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800SW**<br>—<br>A<br>B<br>C<br>300–800<br>3/0–300<br>85–152|
|**Control Wire Terminals**|||
|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|1–500<br>42.4–253<br>**PDG4X3TA700CW**<br>—<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>300–700|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800CW**<br>—<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>800|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG4X3TA801CW**<br>—<br>4<br>5<br>6<br>300–800|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–300<br>85–152<br>**PDG4X3TA800RF**<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>300–800|
|**Rear Connectors**|||
|800<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG4X3TA800RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>300–800|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|||
|800<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG4X3TS800**1<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>300–800|



## _**Notes**_ 

Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

> 1 End cap kits are available in 3-pole and 4-pole configurations only. For 4-pole, use catalog number **PDG4X4TS800** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-62** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **3-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [71 x 48] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Alarm Options**<br>**(1–2 spaces)**1<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(4 spaces)**|
|---|---|---|---|
||||None|
||||1NO (1 space)|
||||1NC (1 space)|
||||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||2NO (2 spaces)|
||||2NC (2 spaces)|
||||2CO (4 spaces)|
||||4NO (4 spaces)|
||||4NC (4 spaces)|



## **4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [122 x 48] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>**A**<br>**(**<br>None<br>N<br>Shunt Trip<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>2<br>UVR<br>2|**larm Options**<br>**1–2 spaces)**1<br>one<br>NO (1 space)<br>NC (1 space)<br>NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>NO (2 spaces)<br>NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(6 spaces)**|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|
|||2CO (4 spaces)|
|||4NO (4 spaces)|
|||4NC (4 spaces)|
|||3CO (6 spaces)|
|||6NO (6 spaces)|
|||6NC (6 spaces)|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Frame 4 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units and communication only have access to one alarm space. Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units without communication, have access to two alarm spaces. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-63** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 4**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for **2** alarm and auxiliary switches in the right pole accessory **2** cavity. For Frame 4, the two left-most positions are used **2** for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC), and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Electronic breakers with communications options (Modbus RTU or CAM Link) lose one alarm switch position, but are also able to provide trip position via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

## _**Contact Blocks**_ 

|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**PDGXAA**<br>**PDGXAB**<br>**PDGXAC**|
|---|
|**Type**<br>Form A / NO<br>Form B / NC<br>Form C / NO-NC|



|**Screw Terminal**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXXA**|**PDGXXB**|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|For NO-NC, use two separate|
||||contact blocks|



|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**|**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|
|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**||||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXDA**|**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-64** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 4**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches auxiliary switch functionality are plug-and-play accessories in digits 15–16 and adhering designed to be field to the following conditions installable. However, Eaton and tables: also offers installation service in our factories. ● Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed Breaker catalog numbers and the terminal types with alarm and auxiliary ● Switches may be switch combinations require requested for alarm only, a complete 20-digit catalog auxiliary only or a number, adding the alarm and combination of the two 

- For Eaton factory ● If no other accessories are installation, the same type selected, use NNNN for of terminals (i.e., all pigtail the final 4 digits of the 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) catalog number must be used. If a ● 

- Electronic breakers with 

- combination of alarm and communications lose one auxiliary switches is alarm switch position in selected, they must be the order to provide trip status same type (i.e., all 1NC, all via communications. They 1NO/1NC, etc.) do not lose an auxiliary 

- ● Digit 16 denotes number position for this purpose. and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

**2** 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

|**Pigtails—29**|**in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)**|
|---|---|
||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—<br>C4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—<br>—<br>C5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3<br>—<br>—<br>C6|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3<br>X4<br>X5<br>X6|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—<br>Z4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—<br>—<br>Z5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3<br>—<br>—<br>Z6|
|**Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3<br>D4<br>D5<br>D6|
||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—<br>F4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—<br>—<br>F5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3<br>—<br>—<br>F6|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-65** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

**2** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3<br>U4<br>U5<br>U6|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—<br>W4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—<br>—<br>W5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3<br>—<br>—<br>W6|
|**Pigtails—29**|**in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>CF<br>CG<br>—<br>CP<br>CQ<br>—<br>CT<br>CU<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>CH<br>—<br>CJ<br>CR<br>—<br>CS<br>CV<br>—<br>CW|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG4XST12DCT**|**PDG4XST12DCS**|**PDG4XST12DCR**|
|48 Vdc<br>60 Vdc|**PDG4XST48DCT**<br>**PDG4XST60DCT**|**PDG4XST48DCS**<br>**PDG4XST60DCS**|**PDG4XST48DCR**<br>**PDG4XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG4XST24ACDCT**|**PDG4XST24ACDCS**|**PDG4XST24ACDCR**|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG4XST130ACDCT**|**PDG4XST130ACDCS**|**PDG4XST130ACDCR**|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG4XST250ACDCT**|**PDG4XST250ACDCS**|**PDG4XST250ACDCR**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG4XST440ACT**|**PDG4XST440ACS**|**PDG4XST440ACR**|
|480–525 Vac|**PDG4XST525ACT**|**PDG4XST525ACS**|**PDG4XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG4XST600ACT**|**PDG4XST600ACS**|**PDG4XST600ACR**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG4XUV12DCV**|**PDG4XUV12DCU**|**PDG4XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG4XUV24DCV**|**PDG4XUV24DCU**|**PDG4XUV24DCW**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG4XUV48DCV**|**PDG4XUV48DCU**|**PDG4XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG4XUV60DCV**|**PDG4XUV60DCU**|**PDG4XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG4XUV125DCV**|**PDG4XUV125DCU**|**PDG4XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG4XUV250DCV**|**PDG4XUV250DCU**|**PDG4XUV250DCW**|
|24 Vac|**PDG4XUV24ACV**|**PDG4XUV24ACU**|**PDG4XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG4XUV130ACV**|**PDG4XUV130ACU**|**PDG4XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG4XUV240ACV**|**PDG4XUV240ACU**|**PDG4XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac<br>525 Vac|**PDG4XUV440ACV**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACV**|**PDG4XUV440ACU**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACU**|**PDG4XUV440ACW**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG4XUV600ACV**|**PDG4XUV600ACU**|**PDG4XUV600ACW**|



**Note:** Use PDG4XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-66** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## 2.2 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

Shunt trips and undervoltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding the Eaton also offers the service tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

   - If no additional accessories are selected, use NN for digits 15-16 and 19-20 of **2** the catalog number 

- Digit 17 denotes the type of accessory installed and the terminal type 

- Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory ● Each breaker has space for one shunt trip or UVR tripping accessory only 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc|TN|SN|RN|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TP|SP|RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|VH|UH|WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-67** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**<br>Standard lockable handle|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XHMCS**|**Digits 19–20**<br>HA|
|Standard handle with door interlock|**PDG4XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCSNP**|HE|
|Emergency lockable handle|**PDG4XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency handle with door interlock|**PDG4XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock<br>Emergency handle with door interlock and mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCEP**<br>**PDG4XHMCENP**|H3<br>H5|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle|**PDG4XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard handle with mechanical padlock<br>Emergency lockable handle|**PDG4XHMDSP**<br>**PDG4XHMDE**|DC<br>D1|
|Emergency handle with mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMDEP**|D3|
|9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS245**|—|
|17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS445**|—|
|Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle<br>Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79S**<br>**PDG34XHM79E**|—<br>—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**<br>4|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XFS04**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XFS04HP**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XFS04X**|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG4XFS05**|**PDG4XFS05HP**|**PDG4XFS05X**|**PDG4XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG4XFS06**|**PDG4XFS06HP**|**PDG4XFS06X**|**PDG4XFS06HPX**|
|10|**PDG4XFS10**|**PDG4XFS10HP**|**PDG4XFS10X**|**PDG4XFS10HPX**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-68** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|---|---|---|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG4XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG4XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Padlockable handle<br>block|On handle<br>**PDG4XPHB**|—|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left side1|Left side<br>**PDG4XKLKPSF**<br>Right side|L8|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>right side1||L9|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|Two-, three-, and four-pole<br>**PDG4XWBI234P**|—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP24DC**|RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP60DC**|RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP125DC**|RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP250DC**|RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP130AC**|RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP240AC**|RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP440AC**|RC|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG4XIB**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG4XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG4XIB4P**|—|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar Type<br>**PDG4XNCTB0800**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD4**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 4** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|2<br>3|8.25 (209.6)<br>8.25 (209.6)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|4.38 (111.2)<br>4.38 (111.2)|
|4|11.0 (279.4)|16 (406.4)|4.38 (111.2)|
|**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG4 800 A|30 (13.6)|30 (13.6)|39.9 (18.08)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** ). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

**2** 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Base Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**BMH4M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English|**BMH4**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-69** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 5** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**<br>**V4-T2-42**<br>**V4-T2-57**<br>**V4-T2-71**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-76**<br>**V4-T2-78**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .<br>Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**<br> **V4-T2-104**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 5** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 5 covers a global range of 320 A through 1200 A with a complete offering of advanced PXR electronic trip units. It includes two frame sizes of 800 A and 1200 A. Additionally, PD-5 has a 1600 A IEC (CE) and GB (CCC) frame that covers 800 A through 1600 A. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 5 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection, 100% UL ratings, high interrupting capacity and high instantaneous settings for selective coordination. PXR trip units in PD-5 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 5 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-70** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) for UL/CSA and 320–1600 A for IEC/CCC)**_ 

Frame Size 5 covers a range of 320 A through 1200 A using electronic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. Additionally, an IEC / CCC option is available for 1600 A, with selectable ratings from 800 A through 1600 A. 

**2** 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||**T**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|85||100||150||200||200||
|480 Vac<br>600 Vac|50<br>25||65<br>35||85<br>50||100<br>65||150<br>65||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|85|85|100|100|150|100|200|150|—|—|
|380–415 Vac|50|50|70|53|70|50|100|50|—|—|
|440 Vac|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|—|—|
|480 Vac|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|85|40|—|—|
|525 Vac<br>660–690 Vac|25<br>10|20<br>5|30<br>15|25<br>7.5|35<br>20|25<br>10|40<br>35|25<br>18|—<br>—|—<br>—|



## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

## **PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N** 

|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Product Series**|||C|||||||||||||||||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**<br>**E##**1=PXR 20<br>||||
|**PD**= Power Defense||||||**Frame**<br>**Size**<br> = 5||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||**Pole**<br>**Options**<br> = 2-pole<br>||||||||||||||||||
||**Certifications/**<br>**Standards**|||||**Frame**<br>**Size**||**Pole**<br>**Options**|||||||||**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**|||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**||**Standard Terminal**<br>**Options**||
||**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CC||C||**5**|= 5|**2**<br>|= 2-pole<br>||||||||**0800**<br>|= 800 A<br>|||||**E##**1=PXR 20<br>||**N**= No terminals (imperial<br>tapped conductors)<br>**M**= No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)||
||||||||**3**<br>**4**|= 3-pole<br> = 4-pole<br>(programmable N)||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||||||**1200**|= 1200 A|||||**D##**1=PXR 20D<br>**P##**1=PXR 25||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||||**5** = 5||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole<br>|||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>||||||**0800** = 800 A<br>**1200** = 1200 A||||||**E##**1=PXR 20<br>**D##**1=PXR 20D<br>**P##**1=PXR 25||**N**= No terminals (imperial<br>tapped conductors)<br>**M**= No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)||
||||||||(programmable N)|||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||||||||||||||||



## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU (150 kA at 480 V)—UL/CSA Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 33] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD J = UL/CSA 5 = 5 3 = 3-pole T = 150 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A E##  [1] =PXR 20 N  = No terminals (imperial<br>D##  [1] =PXR 20D  tapped conductors)<br>P##  [1] =PXR 25 M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-71** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

**Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[1] 

**==> picture [504 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A KNS  = Molded Case Switch N  = No terminals (imperial<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V 1200 = 1200 A tapped conductors)<br>M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers—IEC/CCC Rated (only available as a complete breaker)** 

**==> picture [504 x 34] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD C = IEC/CCC 5 = 5 3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A E##  [2] =PXR 20 N  = No terminals (imperial<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V D##  [2] =PXR 20D  tapped conductors)<br>P##  [2] =PXR 25 M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 3 M 1200 FNN N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 2 = 2-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1200 = 1200 A tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V M = No terminals (metric<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Product Series**|||||||||||||||**0800**<br>||||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**<br>**FNN**= Frame Only||||
|**PD**= Power Defense|||||**Frame**<br>**Size**<br> = 5||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||**Pole**<br>**Options**<br> = 2-pole<br>|||||||||||||||||
||**Certifications/**<br>**Standards**||||**Frame**<br>**Size**|||**Pole**<br>**Options**||||||||**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**|||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**||**Standard Terminal**<br>**Options**||
||**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|||**5**|= 5||**2** <br>|= 2-pole<br>||||||||= 800 A<br>|||||**FNN**= Frame Only||**N**= No terminals (imperial<br>tapped conductors)<br>**M**= No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)||
||||||||**3** <br>**4**|= 3-pole<br> = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||**1200**|= 1200 A|||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**5** = 5<br>**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole<br>**PD**<br>**Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)**<br>**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)|||||||||||||||||||||||||
||**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)|||**5** = 5|||**3** = 3-pole<br>|||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>|||||**0800**<br>|= 800 A<br>|||||**FNN**= Frame Only||**N**= No terminals (imperial<br>tapped conductors)<br>**M**= No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)||
||||||||**4** = 4-pole|||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>|||||**1200**|= 1200 A|||||||||
|||||||||||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||||||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Molded case switch may open above 14,000 A. 

> 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-72** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each frame rating (800 A, 1200 A, and 1600 A—IEC only) must use trip units of the same rating. Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used. 

**2** 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 X PXR 3 1200 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0800 = 800 A E##  [1] =PXR 20<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  1200 = 1200 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D<br>(programmable N) P##  [1] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-73** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

**2** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**Relays** —3 Form A contacts **ZSI** —Zone Selective (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) Interlocking 

- Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

   - Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XRELAYS** ) 

**CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU ● Interface: 5 wires (refer to directly from breaker CAM IL for details) 

- Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

- No additional modules required 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

   - Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - Interface: 2 wires (Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XMODRTU** ) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**0800**<br>**800 A**<br>**1200**<br>**1200 A**<br>**1600**<br>**1600 A**<br>**(IEC only)**|
|---|---|
|PXR 20|1<br>320 A<br>500 A<br>800 A|
||2<br>350 A<br>550 A<br>900 A|
||3<br>400 A<br>600 A<br>1000 A|
||4<br>450 A<br>630 A<br>1100 A|
||5<br>500 A<br>700 A<br>1200 A|
||6<br>550 A<br>800 A<br>1250 A|
||7<br>600 A<br>900 A<br>1300 A|
||8<br>630 A<br>1000 A<br>1400 A|
||9<br>700 A<br>1100 A<br>1500 A|
||10 = ln<br>800 A<br>1200 A<br>1600 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-74** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 5**_ 

Terminals for Frame 5 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified. To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals. 

**Terminal Types** 

|**PDG5X1T700**|**PDG5X1TA700**|**PDG5X1TA700**|**PDG5X1TA1000**|**PDG5X1T1000**|**PDG5X1T1000**|**PDG5X1TA1200**|**PDG5X1TA1201**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**PDG5X1TA700CW**||**PDG5X1TA1000CW**|||**PDG5X1TA1200CW**|**PDG5X1TA1201CW**||
|||||||**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**PDG5X1T1200**|||
|**Note:**Pictures are for reference only.|||||||||
|**Terminals**|||||||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**|**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**1|**Hardware Included**|
|**Aluminum Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|1–500|42.4–253|**PDG5X1TA700**|Imperial|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1TA1000**|Imperial|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|4<br>3|4/0–500<br>500–750|107–253<br>253–380|**PDG5X1TA1200**<br>**PDG5X1TA1201**|Imperial<br>Imperial|
|**Copper Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|2/0–500|67.4–253|**PDG5X1T700**|Imperial|
|1000|Copper|Cu|B, C|3|3/0–500|85–253|**PDG5X1T1000**|Imperial|
|1200<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>**StrandAble Terminal Options**|||B, C|4|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1T1200**|Imperial|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H, I, K, M|4|4/0–500<br>4/0–350|107–253<br>107–177|**PDG5X1TA1200SW**|Imperial|
|**Control Wire Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|1–500|42.4–253|**PDG5X1TA700CW**|Imperial|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1TA1000CW**|Imperial|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|4<br>3|4/0–500<br>500–750|107–253<br>253–380|**PDG5X1TA1200CW**<br>**PDG5X1TA1201CW**|Imperial<br>Imperial|
|**Conductor Extensions**23|||||||||
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G01**|Imperial 2-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G02**|Imperial 3-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G05**|Imperial 4-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G03**|Metric 2-pole|
|1200<br>1200|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**5104A24G04**<br>**5104A24G06**|Metric 3-pole<br>Metric 4-pole|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Add M at end for metric hardware. 

> 2 Included with 100% rated breaker. 

> 3 Kits include conductors for both sides of the breaker (e.g., 6 conductors for a 3-pole breaker). Order quantity 1 per breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-75** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **3- and 4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

|**Tripping Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Left Pole**<br>None<br>Bell Alarm Options1<br>Auxiliary Switch Options1<br>Alarm and Auxiliary<br>Combination Options1|**Right Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|||Bell Alarm Options1|
|||Auxiliary Switch Options1|
|||Bell and Auxiliary<br>Combination Options1|



**==> picture [33 x 34] intentionally omitted <==**

## _**Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Alarms and Auxiliary Switches** 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**3 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>**—**<br>**PDG5X1AC**<br>**PDG5X2AC**<br>**PDG5XL3AC**|
|||Right<br>**—**<br>**PDG5X1AC**<br>**PDG5X2AC**<br>**PDG5XR3AC**|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>**PDG5XL1BC**<br>**PDG5XL1AC1BC**<br>**PDG5XL2AC1BC**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XR1BC**<br>**PDG5XR1AC1BC**<br>**PDG5XR2AC1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>**PDG5XL2BC**<br>**PDG5XL1AC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XR2BC**<br>**PDG5XR1AC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units**[2] 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRCBSM**<br>**PDG5XRC1AC**<br>**PDG5XRC2AC**|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRC1BC**<br>**PDG5XRC1AC1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 See Indicating Accessories tables for options. 

- 2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a communication indicator in the right pole. Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-76** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installed Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 5**_[1] 

## **Alarms and Auxiliary Switches** 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**3 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>A4|
|||Right<br>NN<br>AC<br>A1<br>—|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>BC<br>CC<br>C1<br>—|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>B1<br>CX<br>—<br>—|



**2** 

**Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units**[2] 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>NN<br>AC<br>A1|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>BC<br>CC<br>—|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>B1<br>—<br>—|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**|||
|---|---|---|
|||**Factory Installed**|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG5XST60DCS**|**SK**|
|110–125 Vdc|**PDG5XST125DCS**|**SL**|
|220–250 Vdc|**PDG5XST250DCS**|**SM**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG5XST24ACDCS**|**SN**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG5XST60ACS**|**ST**|
|110–240 Vac|**PDG5XST240ACS**|**SA**or**SB**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG5XST440ACS**|**SC**|
|480–600 Vac|**PDG5XST600ACS**|**SD**or**SE**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|||**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG5XUV12DCU**|**UH**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG5XUV24DCU**|**UG**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG5XUV60DCU**|**UJ**or**UK**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG5XUV125DCU**|**UL**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG5XUV250DCU**|**UM**|
|12 Vac|**PDG5XUV12ACU**|**UU**|
|24 Vac|**PDG5XUV24ACU**|**UF**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG5XUV60ACU**|**UT**|
|110–127 Vac|**PDG5XUV120ACU**|**UA**|
|208–240 Vac|**PDG5XUV240ACU**|**UB**|
|380–500 Vac|**PDG5XUV480ACU**|**UC**or**UV**|



**Note:** Use PDG5XUV18DCU (Suffix US) when using Time Delay UVR. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Factory installation of indicating accessories available for the right pole only. Left pole accessories may be field installed. 

> 2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a Communication Indicator in the right pole. Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-77** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Size 5**_ 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle (black and gray)|**PDG5XHMDS**|DA|
|Emergency lockable handle (red and yellow)<br>12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG5XHMDE**<br>**PDG56XHMS305**|D1<br>—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4 ft|**PDG5XFS04**|**PDG5XFS04HP**|**PDG5XFS04X**|**PDG5XFS04HPX**|
|5 ft|**PDG5XFS05**|**PDG5XFS05HP**|**PDG5XFS05X**|**PDG5XFS05HPX**|
|6 ft|**PDG5XFS06**|**PDG5XFS06HP**|**PDG5XFS06X**|**PDG5XFS06HPX**|
|10 ft|**PDG5XFS10**|**PDG5XFS10HP**|**PDG5XFS10X**|**PDG5XFS10HPX**|



## _**External Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Padlockable hasp|Left-side<br>**PDG5XPLKS**<br>Right-side|L5|
|||L6|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG5XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG5XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Non-padlockable<br>handle block|Field<br>**PDG5XHB**|—|
|Kirk key interlock kit1|Left-side<br>**PDG5XKLKPSF**<br>Right-side|L8|
|||L9|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|Three- or four-pole<br>**PDG5XWBI34P**|WB4|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**EOP5T21**|MG|
||48 Vdc<br>**EOP5T22**|MJ|
||125 Vdc<br>**EOP5T26**|ML|
||120 Vac<br>**EOP5T07**|MA|
||208 Vac<br>**EOP5T09**|MY|
||240 Vac<br>**EOP5T11**|MB|
||480 Vac<br>**EOP5T15**|MD|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG5XNCTB1200**|—|
|Interphase barriers|Three-pole<br>**PDG5XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG5XIB4P**|—|
|Terminal covers|Three-pole<br>**PDG5XTC3P**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD5**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 5** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

||**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||2<br>3|8.25 (209.5)<br>8.25 (209.5)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)<br>5.50 (139.7)|
||4|11.13 (282.7)|16 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
||**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight**|**in lb (kg)**||
||**Breaker Type**<br>PDG5 800, 1200<br>and 1600 A|**2-Pole**<br>46.8 (21.30)|**3-Pole**<br>46.8 (21.30)|**4-Pole**<br>58 (26.31)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix “WB”). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 Modification code for walking beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory must be ordered separate. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**BMH5M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English|**BMH5**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**V4-T2-78 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 6** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers|**_Page_**|**2**|
|---|---|---|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**||
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**<br>**V4-T2-57**|**2**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)|**V4-T2-70**|**2**|
|Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-80**<br>**V4-T2-84**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-86**<br>**V4-T2-87**|**2**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .|**V4-T2-98**|**2**|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**||
|Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 6** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 6 covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A with a complete offering of advanced PXR electronic trip units. It includes three frame sizes of 1600 A, 2000 A and 2500 A. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 6 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and 100% UL ratings. PXR trip units in PD-6 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 6 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-79** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)**_ 

Frame Size 6 covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A using electronic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|125<br>65||150<br>85||200<br>100||
|600 Vac|35||50||65||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|135|100|150|100|200|100|
|380–415 Vac|70|53|70|53|100|53|
|440 Vac|50|40|70|50|100|50|
|480 Vac<br>525 Vac|50<br>30|30<br>25|65<br>35|40<br>25|85<br>40|40<br>25|
|660–690 Vac|15|7.5|20|13|35|18|



## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 3 M 2500 P2M N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 2 = 2-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A E##  [1] =PXR 20 N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V 2000 = 2000 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D  tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole  P = 100 kA at 480 V 2500 = 2500 A P##  [1] =PXR 25 M = No terminals (metric<br>(programmable N) tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**PD F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **6** = 6 **3** = 3-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **1600** = 1600 A **E##**[1] =PXR 20 **N** = No terminals (imperial (100% UL Rated) **4** = 4-pole **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **2000** = 2000 A **D##**[1] =PXR 20D tapped conductors) (programmable N) **P** = 100 kA at 480 V **P##**[1] =PXR 25 **M** = No terminals (metric tapped conductors) **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[2] **PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **6** = 6 **3** = 3-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **1600** = 1600 A **KNS** = Molded Case Switch **N** = No terminals (imperial **4** = 4-pole **2000** = 2000 A tapped conductors) **M** = No terminals (metric tapped conductors) 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-82** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

- 2 Molded case switch may open above 17,500 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-80** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 3 M 2500 FNN N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 2 = 2-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V 2000 = 2000 A tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole P = 100 kA at 480 V 2500 = 2500 A M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**==> picture [504 x 34] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC  6 = 6 3 = 3-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals (imperial<br>(100% UL Rated) 4 = 4-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V 2000 = 2000 A tapped conductors)<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Trip Units**_ 

PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each frame rating (1600 A, 2000 A, and 2500 A) must use trip units of the same rating. Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used. 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 X PXR 3 2500 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 1600 = 1600 A E##  [1] =PXR 20<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  2000 = 2000 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D<br>(programmable N) 2500 = 2500 A P##  [1] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

- 1 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on **Page V4-T2-82** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-81** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

**2** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**Relays** —3 Form A contacts **ZSI** —Zone Selective (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) Interlocking 

- Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

   - Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XRELAYS** ) 

**CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU ● Interface: 5 wires (refer to directly from breaker CAM IL for details) 

- Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

- No additional modules required 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

   - Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - Interface: 2 wires (Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XMODRTU** ) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**1600**<br>**1600 A**<br>**2000**<br>**2000 A**<br>**2500**<br>**2500 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 20|1<br>700 A<br>1000 A<br>1600 A|
||2<br>800 A<br>1100 A<br>1700 A|
||3<br>900 A<br>1200 A<br>1800 A|
||4<br>1000 A<br>1250 A<br>1900 A|
||5<br>1100 A<br>1400 A<br>2000 A|
||6<br>1200 A<br>1600 A<br>2100 A|
||7<br>1250 A<br>1700 A<br>2200 A|
||8<br>1400 A<br>1800 A<br>2300 A|
||9<br>1500 A<br>1900 A<br>2400 A|
||10 = ln<br>1600 A<br>2000 A<br>2500 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-82** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 6**_ 

Terminals for Frame 6 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified. To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals. 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [355 x 22] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PDG6X1TA1600 PDG6X3TA2000 PDG6X1T1600 PDG6X1T2000RC<br>PDG6X1T2500RC<br>PDF6X1T2000RC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Maximum**||||**Number of**|**AWG / kcmil**|**Metric (mm2) **|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Terminal**|**Wire**|**Wire**|**Conductors**|**Range per**|**Range per**|**3-Pole**||
|**Amperes**|**Body Type**|**Type**|**Class**|**per Phase**|**Conductor**|**Conductor**|**Catalog Number**1|**Hardware Included**|
|**Aluminum Terminal Options**|**Aluminum Terminal Options**||||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|4|500–1000|253–507|**PDG6X1TA1600**|Imperial|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|6|2–600|33.6 –304|**PDG6X3TA2000**2|Imperial bus connection|
|**Copper Terminal Options**|||||||||
|1600|Copper|Cu|B, C|4|1–600|42.4–304|**PDG6X1T1600**|Imperial|
|**Rear Connectors**3|||||||||
|2000|Copper||||||**PDG6X1T2000RC**|Imperial|
|2000|Copper||||||**PDF6X1T2000RC**4|Imperial|
|2500|Copper||||||**PDG6X1T2500RC**|Imperial|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Add **M** at end for metric hardware. 

> 2 Only available for 3-pole breaker; order quantity 1 per breaker side, or quantity 2 per breaker. 

> 3 Kit includes one conductor and hardware; order quantity 6 for both sides of a 3-pole breaker. 

> 4 Included with 100% rated breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-83** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 6**_ 

All Frame 6 accessories are installed in an internal pocket to the right of the breaker handle. 

## **Internal Accessory** 

|**Internal Accessory**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Accessory**<br>**Slot 1 Options**<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 1 Options**<br>None<br>Shunt trip<br>Alarm switch<br>—|**Accessory**<br>**Slot 2 Options**<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 2 Options**<br>None<br>Shunt trip<br>UVR<br>Alarm switch|**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 3 Options**|
|||None|
|||UVR|
|||Alarm switch|
|||—|



## _**Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

**Indicating Accessories**[12] 

||**Alarm Switch**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**|
|---|---|
||**1 Form C**<br>**PDG6X1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**<br>**PDG6X2BC**<br>**PDG6X2AC**|
||**4 Form C**<br>**—**<br>**PDG6X4AC**|



## **Factory Installed Indicating Accessories** 

## **Auxiliary** 

||**Auxiliary**|
|---|---|
||**None**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**4 Form C**|
|**Alarm switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>A1<br>A7|
||**1 Form C**<br>BC<br>C1<br>C9|
||**2 Form C**<br>B1<br>CY<br>CZ|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All PDG6 indicating accessories come with 29 in/0.75 m pigtails. 

- 2 All PDG6 indicating accessories are installed in the accessory pocket to the right of the breaker handle. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-84** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**|||
|---|---|---|
|||**Factory Installed**|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG6XST60DCS**|**SK**|
|110–125 Vdc|**PDG6XST125DCS**|**SL**|
|220–250 Vdc|**PDG6XST250DCS**|**SM**|
|24 Vac/ Vdc|**PDG6XST24ACDCS**|**SN**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG6XST60ACS**|**ST**|
|110–240 Vac|**PDG6XST240ACS**|**SA**or**SB**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG6XST440ACS**|**SC**|
|480–600 Vac|**PDG6XST600ACS**|**SD**or**SE**|



**2** 

## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|||**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG6XUV12DCU**|**UH**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG6XUV24DCU**|**UG**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG6XUV60DCU**|**UJ**or**UK**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG6XUV125DCU**|**UL**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG6XUV250DCU**|**UM**|
|12 Vac|**PDG6XUV12ACU**|**UU**|
|24 Vac|**PDG6XUV24ACU**|**UF**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG6XUV60ACU**|**UT**|
|110–127 Vac|**PDG6XUV120ACU**|**UA**|
|208–240 Vac|**PDG6XUV240ACU**|**UB**|
|380–500 Vac|**PDG6XUV480ACU**|**UC**or**UV**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-85** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Size 6**_ 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle (black and gray)|**PDG6XHMDS**|**DA**|
|Emergency lockable handle (red and yellow)<br>12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG6XHMDE**<br>**PDG56XHMS305**|**D1**<br>**—**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4 ft|**PDG6XFS04**|**PDG6XFS04HP**|**PDG6XFS04X**|**PDG6XFS04HPX**|
|5 ft|**PDG6XFS05**|**PDG6XFS05HP**|**PDG6XFS05X**|**PDG6XFS05HPX**|
|6 ft|**PDG6XFS06**|**PDG6XFS06HP**|**PDG6XFS06X**|**PDG6XFS06HPX**|



## _**External Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Padlockable hasp|Right<br>**PDG6XPLKR**<br>**L6**|
|Padlockable hasp, OFF only|Right<br>**PDG6XPLKROFF**<br>**L3**|
|Kirk key interlock kit1|Right<br>**PDG6XKLKPRF**<br>**L9**|
|Walking beam interlock23|Three-pole<br>**PDG6XWBI3P**<br>**WB**4|
|Electrical operator|48 Vdc<br>**EOP6T21K**<br>**MJ**|
||120 Vac<br>**EOP6T08K**<br>**MA**|
||240 Vac<br>**EOP6T11K**<br>**MB**|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG6XNCTB2500**<br>—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 6** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

||**Number of Poles**<br>2|**Width**<br>15.5 (393.7)|**Height**<br>16 (406.4)|**Depth**<br>9.75 (247.7)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||3<br>4|15.5 (393.7)<br>20 (508.0)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



||**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
||PDG6 1600 and 2000 A|102 (46.3)|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
||PDG6 2500 A|135 (61.2)|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix “WB”). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 Modification code for Walking Beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory must be ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-86** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Motor Circuit Protectors** 

**2** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Motor circuit protectors (MCPs) are instantaneous-only devices available in ratings from 3 A to 600 A. Power Defense MCPs are available in Frame Sizes 1, 2 and 3, and are designated by the trip unit digits in the catalog number (Digits 11–13), always use M as Digit 11. Digit 12 designates the calibration (S = Standard, H = High, L = Low), and always use A as Digit 13 to indicate an adjustable instantaneous setting. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

MCPs are designed to be used in combination with motor starters. Power Defense MCPs are typically used in combination with motor starters, usually NEMA sizes 0 through 6. Each MCP device is calibrated at a minimum for six trip settings to provide flexibility in its application. Typical motor full load currents and NEMA starter sizes are provided for each device and setting, only as a guide for selecting MCPs; actual motor characteristics and design parameters must be used to determine the adequate device and setting to be used in the application. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

Power Defense MCPs are of a modular design, with fieldinstallable accessories and terminals. Accessories and terminals for MCPs are common with the accessories used for the equivalent frame size molded case circuit breaker. Accessories may be field or factory installed. For factory installation, follow the same catalog numbering guidelines provided for the respective equivalent circuit breaker frame. 

## _**Standards and Certifications**_ 

MCPs are UL Recognized Components (UL File E7819) and comply with the applicable requirements of the UL 489 standard. Eaton MCPs are also UL Listed in combination with Eaton motor starters under various UL file number; reference UL’s website for additional information. 

MCPs are also designed to comply with CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5, IEC 60947-2 (Annex O), and GB 14048.2. As such, they carry the following markings: 

- UL 

- CSA 

- IEC (CE) 

- ● CB (CCC) 

**==> picture [66 x 61] intentionally omitted <==**

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-87** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Frame Size 1 Product Selection**_ 

PDG1 MCPs cover a continuous current range **2** of 3 A through 100 A, with trip calibration settings from **2** 9 A through 1100 A. All devices are a 3-pole **2** configuration and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) **2** instantaneous trip circuit breaker. 

PDG1 MCPs include six trip settings, corresponding to 3x through 11x of the continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate CAM settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 100 A device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating, and includes settings corresponding to 5x to 15x of the continuous ampere rating of the device. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load steel terminals (Digit 14 = J). For aluminum terminals, use T in Digit 14 of the catalog number. 

Terminal catalog numbers listed in the table are for one side of the MCP; order 2 sets for line and load if ordering separate. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

- 600Y/347 Vac 

- 480 Vac 

- 250 Vdc 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

||240<br>415<br>690|Vac<br>Vac<br>Vac|**Icu**<br>5<br>5<br>3|**Ics**<br>5<br>5<br>1.5|
|---|---|---|---|---|



## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0003MSAJ**<br>3|A<br>3x<br>9<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>15<br>C<br>7x<br>21<br>D<br>9x<br>27<br>E<br>10x<br>30<br>F<br>11x<br>33|0.69–0.91<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>1.1–1.3<br>1.6–1.7<br>2.0–2.2<br>2.3–2.5<br>2.6–2.8|
|**PDG13M0007MSAJ**<br>7|A<br>3x<br>21<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>35<br>C<br>7x<br>49<br>D<br>9x<br>63<br>E<br>10x<br>70<br>F<br>11x<br>77|1.5–2.0<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>2.6–3.1<br>3.7–3.9<br>4.8–5.2<br>5.3–5.7<br>5.8–6.1|
|**PDG13M0015MSAJ**<br>15|A<br>3x<br>45<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>75<br>C<br>7x<br>105<br>D<br>9x<br>135<br>E<br>10x<br>150<br>F<br>11x<br>165|3.4–4.5<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>5.7–6.8<br>8.0–9.1<br>10.4–11.4<br>11.5–12.6<br>12.7–13.0|
|**PDG13M0030MSAJ**<br>30|A<br>3x<br>90<br>1<br>B<br>5x<br>150<br>C<br>7x<br>210<br>D<br>9x<br>270<br>E<br>10x<br>300<br>F<br>11x<br>330|3.9–9.1<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>11.5–13.7<br>16.1–18.3<br>20.7–22.9<br>23.0–25.2<br>25.3–26.1|
|**PDG13M0050MSAJ**<br>50|A<br>3x<br>150<br>2<br>B<br>5x<br>250<br>C<br>7x<br>350<br>D<br>9x<br>450<br>E<br>10x<br>500<br>F<br>11x<br>550|11.5–15.2<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>19.2–22.9<br>26.9–30.6<br>34.6–38.3<br>38.4–42.1<br>42.2–43.5|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-88** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0070MSAJ**<br>70|A<br>3x<br>210<br>2<br>B<br>5x<br>350<br>C<br>7x<br>490<br>D<br>9x<br>630<br>E<br>10x<br>700<br>F<br>11x<br>770|16.1–30.6<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>26.9–32.2<br>37.6–42.9<br>48.4–53.7<br>53.8–59.1<br>59.2–60.9|
|**PDG13M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>3x<br>300<br>3<br>B<br>5x<br>500<br>C<br>7x<br>700<br>D<br>9x<br>900<br>E<br>10x<br>1000<br>F<br>11x<br>1100|23–30.6<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>38.4–46.0<br>53.8–61.4<br>69.2–76.8<br>76.9–84.5<br>84.6–87.0|



**2** 

## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0100MHAJ**<br>100|A<br>5x<br>500<br>3<br>B<br>7.5x<br>750<br>C<br>10x<br>1000<br>D<br>12.5x<br>1250<br>E<br>13.75x<br>1375<br>F<br>15x<br>1500|38.4–46.0<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>57.6–65.2<br>76.9–84.5<br>1<br>1<br>1|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Settings above 85 A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-89** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Frame Size 2 Product Selection**_ 

PDG2 MCPs cover a 

continuous current range of **2** 3 A through 150 A, with trip calibration settings from 9 A **2** through 2500 A. All devices are a 3-pole configuration and **2** have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) instantaneous **2** circuit breaker. 

PDG2 MCPs include eight trip settings, corresponding to 3x through 10x of the continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 150 A device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

Additionally, four Low Calibration devices are available for low magnetic protection special applications. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T, W or other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 2 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

Terminal catalog numbers listed in the table are for one side of the MCP; order 2 sets for line and load if ordering separate. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

- 600 Vac 

- 250 Vdc 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

||240<br>415<br>690|Vac<br>Vac<br>Vac|**Icu**<br>5<br>5<br>3|**Ics**<br>5<br>5<br>1.5|
|---|---|---|---|---|



## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG23M0003MSAJ**<br>3|A<br>3.0<br>9<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>12<br>C<br>5.0<br>15<br>D<br>6.0<br>18<br>E<br>7.0<br>21<br>F<br>8.0<br>24<br>G<br>9.0<br>27<br>H<br>10.0<br>30|0.69–0.91<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>0.92–1.0<br>1.1–1.2<br>1.3–1.5<br>1.6–1.7<br>1.8–1.9<br>2.0–2.2<br>2.3–2.5|
|**PDG23M0007MSAJ**<br>7|A<br>3.0<br>21<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>28<br>C<br>5.0<br>35<br>D<br>6.0<br>42<br>E<br>7.0<br>49<br>F<br>8.0<br>56<br>G<br>9.0<br>63<br>H<br>10.0<br>70|1.50–2<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>2.10–2.5<br>2.6–3.1<br>3.2–3.6<br>3.7–3.9<br>4.3–4.7<br>4.8–5.2<br>5.3–5.7|
|**PDG23M0015MSAJ**<br>15|A<br>3.0<br>45<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>60<br>C<br>5.0<br>75<br>D<br>6.0<br>90<br>E<br>7.0<br>105<br>F<br>8.0<br>120<br>G<br>9.0<br>135<br>H<br>10.0<br>150|3.40–4.5<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>4.60–5.6<br>5.7–6.8<br>6.9–7.9<br>8.0–9.1<br>9.2–10.3<br>10.4–11.4<br>11.5–12.6|
|**PDG23M0030MSAJ**<br>30|A<br>3.0<br>90<br>1<br>B<br>4.0<br>120<br>C<br>5.0<br>150<br>D<br>6.0<br>180<br>E<br>7.0<br>210<br>F<br>8.0<br>240<br>G<br>9.0<br>270<br>H<br>10.0<br>300|6.90–9.1<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>9.20–11.4<br>11.5–13.7<br>13.8–16.0<br>16.1–18.3<br>18.4–20.6<br>20.7–22.9<br>23.0–25.2|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-90** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG23M0050MSAJ**<br>50|A<br>3.0<br>150<br>2<br>B<br>4.0<br>200<br>C<br>5.0<br>250<br>D<br>6.0<br>300<br>E<br>7.0<br>350<br>F<br>8.0<br>400<br>G<br>9.0<br>450<br>H<br>10.0<br>500|11.50–15.2<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>15.30–19.1<br>19.2–22.9<br>23.0–26.8<br>26.9–30.6<br>30.7–34.5<br>34.6–38.3<br>38.4–42.1|
|**PDG23M0070MSAJ**<br>70|A<br>3.0<br>210<br>2<br>B<br>4.0<br>280<br>C<br>5.0<br>350<br>D<br>6.0<br>420<br>E<br>7.0<br>490<br>F<br>8.0<br>560<br>G<br>9.0<br>630<br>H<br>10.0<br>700|16.10–21.4<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>21.50–26.8<br>26.9–32.2<br>32.3–37.5<br>37.6–42.9<br>43.0–48.3<br>48.4–53.7<br>53.8–59.1|
|**PDG23M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>3.0<br>300<br>3<br>B<br>4.0<br>400<br>C<br>5.0<br>500<br>D<br>6.0<br>600<br>E<br>7.0<br>700<br>F<br>8.0<br>800<br>G<br>9.0<br>900<br>H<br>10.0<br>1000|23.00–30.6<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>30.70–38.3<br>38.4–46.0<br>46.1–53.7<br>53.8–61.4<br>61.5–69.1<br>69.2–76.8<br>76.9–84.5|
|**PDG23M0150MSAJ**<br>150|A<br>3.0<br>450<br>4<br>B<br>4.0<br>600<br>C<br>5.0<br>750<br>D<br>6.0<br>900<br>E<br>7.0<br>1050<br>F<br>8.0<br>1200<br>G<br>9.0<br>1350<br>H<br>10.0<br>1500|34.60–46<br>**PDG2X3TA225**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3TA150**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T150**<br>(St. Steel)<br>46.10–57.5<br>57.6–69.1<br>69.2–80.6<br>80.7–92.2<br>92.3–103.7<br>103.8–115.2<br>115.3–126.7|
|**PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**||**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|**PDG23M0150MHAJ**<br>150|A<br>5.0<br>750<br>4<br>B<br>6.7<br>1000<br>C<br>8.3<br>1250<br>D<br>10.0<br>1500<br>E<br>11.7<br>1750<br>F<br>13.3<br>2000<br>G<br>15.0<br>2250<br>H<br>16.7<br>2500|57.0–75.0<br>**PDG2X3TA225**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3TA150**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T150**<br>(St. Steel)<br>76.0–95.0<br>96.0–114.0<br>115.0–130.7<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Settings above 130 A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-91** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Special Low Calibration** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**oo cu oec**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**spec ow o**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
||**PDG23M0025MLAJ**<br>25|A<br>1.6<br>40<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>43<br>C<br>1.8<br>46<br>D<br>2.0<br>49<br>E<br>2.1<br>52<br>F<br>2.2<br>55<br>G<br>2.3<br>58<br>H<br>2.4<br>60|
||**PDG23M0050MLAJ**<br>50|A<br>1.6<br>80<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>87<br>C<br>1.9<br>93<br>D<br>2.0<br>98<br>E<br>2.1<br>103<br>F<br>2.2<br>109<br>G<br>2.3<br>115<br>H<br>2.4<br>120|
||**PDG23M0070MLAJ**<br>70|A<br>1.6<br>115<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>122<br>C<br>1.9<br>130<br>D<br>2.0<br>139<br>E<br>2.1<br>145<br>F<br>2.2<br>153<br>G<br>2.3<br>160<br>H<br>2.4<br>170|
||**PDG23M0100MLAJ**<br>100|A<br>1.6<br>160<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>174<br>C<br>1.9<br>185<br>D<br>2.0<br>196<br>E<br>2.1<br>207<br>F<br>2.2<br>218<br>G<br>2.3<br>229<br>H<br>2.4<br>240|
||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-92** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**400 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection**_ 

PDG3 400 A Frame MCPs cover a continuous current range of 70 A through 400 A, with trip calibration settings from 350 A through 4500 A. All devices are a 3-pole configuration in a 400 A frame and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) instantaneous circuit breaker. 

PDG3 MCPs include nine trip settings, corresponding to 5x through 10x of the continuous amperage rating of the device and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 400 A frame device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard aluminum line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T (aluminum), W (copper) or other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 3 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

> Maximum Application Voltage **2** (UL and CSA) 

- 600 Vac 

- 250 Vdc 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

|Terminal catalog numbers<br>listed in the table are for one<br>side of the MCP; order 2 sets<br>for line and load if ordering<br>separate.|**IEC Instantaneous Circuit**<br>**Breaker (ICB) Interrupting**<br>**Capacity (kA)**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
||240 Vac<br>100<br>100|
||415 Vac<br>70<br>53|
||690 Vac<br>15<br>7.5|
||250 Vdc<br>22<br>22|



## **PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0070MSAJ**<br>70|A<br>5.0<br>350<br>4<br>B<br>5.7<br>400<br>C<br>6.3<br>440|27.0–30.7<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>30.8–33.8<br>33.9–36.9<br>37.0–40.3<br>40.4–43.8<br>43.9–46.9<br>47.0–50.7<br>50.8–53.8<br>53.9–57.2|
||D<br>6.9<br>480<br>5<br>E<br>7.5<br>525<br>F<br>8.1<br>570<br>G<br>8.7<br>610<br>H<br>9.4<br>660<br>I<br>10.0<br>700||
|**PDG33M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>5.0<br>500<br>5<br>B<br>5.7<br>565<br>C<br>6.3<br>626<br>D<br>6.9<br>690<br>E<br>7.5<br>750<br>F<br>8.1<br>810<br>G<br>8.8<br>875<br>H<br>9.4<br>935<br>I<br>10.0<br>1000|38.5–43.4<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>43.5–48.0<br>48.1–53.0<br>53.1–57.6<br>57.7–62.3<br>62.4–67.3<br>67.4–71.9<br>72.0–76.9<br>77.0–81.6|
|**PDG33M0125MSAJ**<br>125|A<br>5.0<br>625<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>700<br>C<br>6.2<br>780<br>D<br>6.9<br>860<br>E<br>7.5<br>940<br>F<br>8.2<br>1020<br>G<br>8.7<br>1090<br>H<br>9.4<br>1170<br>I<br>10.0<br>1250|48.1–53.8<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>53.9–59.9<br>60.0–66.1<br>66.2–72.3<br>72.4–78.4<br>78.5–83.8<br>83.9–89.9<br>90.0–96.1<br>96.2–102.0|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-93** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e oo**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**cu oecos o, co**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**ue**<br>**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**PDG33M0150MSAJ**<br>150|A<br>5.0<br>750<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>840<br>C<br>6.2<br>935<br>D<br>6.9<br>1030<br>E<br>7.5<br>1125<br>F<br>8.1<br>1220<br>G<br>8.8<br>1315<br>H<br>9.4<br>1410<br>I<br>10.0<br>1500|57.7–64.6<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>64.7–71.9<br>72.0–79.2<br>79.3–86.5<br>86.6–93.8<br>93.9–101.1<br>101.2–108.4<br>108.5–115.3<br>115.4–122.4|
||**PDG33M0175MSAJ**<br>175|A<br>5.0<br>875<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>980<br>C<br>6.2<br>1090<br>D<br>6.9<br>1200<br>E<br>7.5<br>1310<br>F<br>8.1<br>1420<br>G<br>8.7<br>1530<br>H<br>9.4<br>1640<br>I<br>10.0<br>1750|67.4–75.3<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>75.4–83.8<br>83.9–92.3<br>92.4–100.7<br>100.8–109.2<br>109.3–117.6<br>117.7–126.1<br>126.2–134.6<br>134.7–142.8|
||**PDG33M0200MSAJ**<br>200|A<br>5.0<br>1000<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1125<br>C<br>6.3<br>1250<br>D<br>6.9<br>1375<br>E<br>7.5<br>1500<br>F<br>8.1<br>1625<br>G<br>8.8<br>1750<br>H<br>9.4<br>1875<br>I<br>10.0<br>2000|77.0–86.5<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>86.6–96.1<br>96.2–105.7<br>105.8–115.3<br>115.4–124.9<br>125.0–134.6<br>134.7–144.2<br>144.3–153.8<br>153.9–163.3|
||**PDG33M0225MSAJ**<br>225|A<br>5.0<br>1125<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1265<br>C<br>6.3<br>1410<br>D<br>6.9<br>1545<br>E<br>7.5<br>1690<br>F<br>8.1<br>1830<br>G<br>8.8<br>1970<br>H<br>9.4<br>2110<br>I<br>10.0<br>2250|86.6–97.3<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>97.4–108.4<br>108.5–118.8<br>118.9–129.9<br>130.0–140.7<br>140.8–151.5<br>151.6–162.3<br>162.4–173.0<br>173.1–183.6|
||**PDG33M0250MSAJ**<br>250|A<br>5.0<br>1250<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1405<br>C<br>6.2<br>1560<br>D<br>6.9<br>1720<br>E<br>7.5<br>1875<br>F<br>8.1<br>2030<br>G<br>8.7<br>2185<br>H<br>9.4<br>2340<br>I<br>10.0<br>2500|96.2–108.0<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>108.1–119.9<br>120.0–132.3<br>132.4–144.2<br>144.3–156.1<br>156.2–168.0<br>168.1–179.9<br>180.0–192.3<br>192.4–204.0|



**V4-T2-94 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0300MSAJ**<br>300|A<br>5.0<br>1500<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1690<br>C<br>6.3<br>1875<br>D<br>6.9<br>2060<br>E<br>7.5<br>2250<br>F<br>8.1<br>2440<br>G<br>8.8<br>2625<br>H<br>9.4<br>2810<br>I<br>10.0<br>3000|115.4–129.9<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>130.0–144.2<br>144.3–158.4<br>158.5–173.0<br>173.1–187.6<br>187.7–201.9<br>202.0–216.1<br>216.2–230.7<br>230.8–244.9|
|**PDG33M0350MSAJ**<br>350|A<br>5.0<br>1750<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1970<br>C<br>6.3<br>2190<br>D<br>6.9<br>2410<br>E<br>7.5<br>2625<br>F<br>8.1<br>2845<br>G<br>8.8<br>3065<br>H<br>9.4<br>3285<br>I<br>10.0<br>3500|134.7–151.5<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>151.6–168.4<br>168.5–185.3<br>185.4–201.9<br>202.0–218.8<br>218.9–235.7<br>235.8–252.6<br>252.7–269.2<br>269.3–285.7|
|**PDG33M0400MSAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.0<br>2000<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>2250<br>C<br>6.3<br>2500<br>D<br>6.9<br>2750<br>E<br>7.5<br>3000<br>F<br>8.1<br>3250<br>G<br>8.8<br>3500<br>H<br>9.4<br>3750<br>I<br>10.0<br>4000|153.9–173.0<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Copper)<br>173.1–192.3<br>192.4–211.5<br>211.6–230.7<br>230.8–249.9<br>250.0–269.2<br>269.3–288.4<br>288.5–307.6<br>307.7–326.9|



**2** 

**PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0400MHAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.6<br>2250<br>5<br>B<br>6.3<br>2530<br>C<br>7.0<br>2810<br>D<br>7.7<br>3090<br>E<br>8.4<br>3375<br>F<br>9.1<br>3655<br>G<br>9.8<br>3935<br>H<br>10.5<br>4215<br>I<br>11.3<br>4500|173.1–194.5<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Copper)<br>194.6–216.1<br>216.2–237.6<br>237.7–259.5<br>259.6–281.1<br>281.2–302.6<br>302.7–324.1<br>324.2–346.1<br>346.2–368.1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-95** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**600 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection**_ 

PDG3 600 A MCPs cover a continuous current range of **2** 250 A through 600 A, with trip calibration settings from **2** 1250 A through 6000 A. All devices are a 3-pole **2** configuration in a 600 A frame and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 **2** (Annex O) instantaneous circuit breaker. 

PDG3 MCPs include nine trip settings, corresponding to 5x through 10x of the 

continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T (aluminum) W (copper) or 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 3 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

|Terminal catalog numbers<br>listed in the table are for one<br>side of the MCP; order 2 sets<br>for line and load if ordering<br>separate.<br>**_Ratings_**<br>|**Breaker (ICB) Interrupting**<br>**Capacity (kA)**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
||240 Vac<br>100<br>100|
||415 Vac<br>70<br>53|
||690 Vac<br>25<br>13|
||250 Vdc<br>42<br>42|



Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

- 600 Vac 

- 250 Vdc 

## **PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33MH250MSAJ**<br>250|A<br>5.0<br>1250<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1405<br>C<br>6.2<br>1560<br>D<br>6.9<br>1720<br>E<br>7.5<br>1875<br>F<br>8.1<br>2030<br>G<br>8.7<br>2185<br>H<br>9.4<br>2340<br>I<br>10.0<br>2500|96.2–108.0<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>108.1–119.9<br>120.0–132.2<br>132.3–144.1<br>144.2–156.1<br>156.2–168.0<br>168.1–179.9<br>180.0–192.2<br>192.3–204.0|
|**PDG33MH300MSAJ**<br>300|A<br>5.0<br>1500<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1690<br>C<br>6.3<br>1875<br>D<br>6.9<br>2060<br>E<br>7.5<br>2250<br>F<br>8.1<br>2440<br>G<br>8.8<br>2625<br>H<br>9.4<br>2810<br>I<br>10.0<br>3000|115.4–129.9<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>130.0–144.1<br>144.2–158.4<br>158.5–173.0<br>173.1–187.6<br>187.7–201.8<br>201.9–216.1<br>216.2–230.7<br>230.8–244.9|
|**PDG33MH350MSAJ**<br>350|A<br>5.0<br>1750<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1970<br>C<br>6.3<br>2190<br>D<br>6.9<br>2410<br>E<br>7.5<br>2625<br>F<br>8.1<br>2845<br>G<br>8.8<br>3065<br>H<br>9.4<br>3285<br>I<br>10.0<br>3500|134.6–151.4<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>151.5–168.4<br>168.5–185.3<br>185.4–201.8<br>201.9–218.7<br>218.8–235.7<br>235.8–252.6<br>252.7–269.1<br>269.2–285.7|
|**PDG33MH400MSAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.0<br>2000<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2250<br>C<br>6.3<br>2500<br>D<br>6.9<br>2750<br>E<br>7.5<br>3000<br>F<br>8.1<br>3250<br>G<br>8.8<br>3500<br>H<br>9.4<br>3750<br>I<br>10.0<br>4000|153.8–173.0<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>173.1–192.2<br>192.3–211.4<br>211.5–230.7<br>230.8–249.9<br>250.0–269.1<br>269.2–288.4<br>288.5–307.6<br>307.7–326.9|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-96** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**,**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|<br>**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**<br>173.1–194.5<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>194.6–216.1<br>216.2–237.6<br>237.7–259.5<br>259.6–281.4<br>281.5–303.0<br>303.1–324.5<br>324.6–346.1<br>346.2–368.1<br>192.3–216.1<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>216.2–240.3<br>240.4–264.5<br>264.6–288.4<br>288.5–313.7<br>313.8–336.4<br>336.5–359.1<br>359.2–384.5<br>384.6–408.2<br>230.8–259.5<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>259.6–289.1<br>289.2–316.8<br>316.9–346.1<br>346.2–375.3<br>375.4–403.7<br>403.8–433.0<br>433.1–461.4<br>461.5–507.7|**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
||||**2**|
|**PDG33M0450MSAJ**<br>450|A<br>5.0<br>2250<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2530<br>C<br>6.2<br>2810<br>D<br>6.9<br>3090<br>E<br>7.5<br>3375<br>F<br>8.1<br>3660<br>G<br>8.8<br>3940<br>H<br>9.4<br>4220<br>I<br>10.0<br>4500||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**PDG33M0500MSAJ**<br>500|A<br>5.0<br>2500<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2810<br>C<br>6.3<br>3125<br>D<br>6.9<br>3440<br>E<br>7.5<br>3750<br>F<br>8.2<br>4080<br>G<br>8.8<br>4375<br>H<br>9.3<br>4670<br>I<br>10.0<br>5000|||
|**PDG33M0600MSAJ**<br>600|A<br>5.0<br>3000<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>3375<br>C<br>6.3<br>3760<br>D<br>6.9<br>4120<br>E<br>7.5<br>4500<br>F<br>8.1<br>4880<br>G<br>8.8<br>5250<br>H<br>9.4<br>5630<br>I<br>10.0<br>6000|||



**Note:** 800 and 1200 A, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. 

## _**Additional Information**_ 

## **Terminals** 

Available terminal configuration for MCPs follow the same guidelines as presented for each circuit breaker frame. Additional terminals, including control wire, StrandAble and other options are presented in each Power Defense circuit breaker frame size section. 

## **Accessories** 

MCPs and MCCBs for each frame use a common set of accessories. Available accessories are presented in each corresponding Power Defense circuit breaker frame section (i.e., PDG1 accessories are found in the Frame Size 1 section, PDG2 accessories in the Frame Size 2 section and PDG3 in the Frame Size 3 section). 

## **Weights and Dimensions** 

MCPs have the same dimensions and weight as the 3-pole version of the respective circuit breaker, shown in each frame section. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-97** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Motor Protection Circuit Breakers** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Power Defense motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) use Power Xpert Release (PXR) electronic trip units to provide branch protection and motor protection in a combined device, eliminating the need for a separate overload relay. Motor protection PXR units build upon the features available in standard PXR trip units and add motor protection application specific functionality and features. MPCBs are available in Power Defense Frame Sizes 2 and 3, and share accessories and catalog numbering convention with the respective molded case circuit breaker frames. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

MPCBs meet requirements for motor branch protection, including disconnecting means, branch circuit shortcircuit protection and overload protection. MPCBs can be used with a contactor to eliminate the need for overload relay and still create manual motor control. Typical branch motor starter applications are protected by three components consisting of: breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB applicationspecific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay and reduces the traditional three-component starter assembly down to two elements—the MPCB and the contactor. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

PXR motor protection electronic trip units provide motor protection basic and advanced functionality in PXR 10 and PXR 25, respectively. Features include phase unbalance protection, phase loss protection, over/under voltage protection, cold/hot start (thermal memory) protection, programmable high load alarms, programmable relays for multiple functions to include pre-detection trip relay, Class 5/10/15/20/30 protection, energy metering, communications, cause-oftrip indication, events logging, breaker health monitoring, harmonics, ground fault alarm and protection, and more. 

ZSI allows the MPCB to interface with upstream feeder or branch circuit breakers for coordination and reduction of arc flash for some applications. 

## _**Standards and Certifications**_ 

MPCBs provide: 

- UL 489 branch circuit protection 

- UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements 

Power Defense MPCBs meet: 

- UL 489 

- CSA 

- C22.2 No. 5-02 

- IEC 60947-2 

- GB 14048.2-2008 

**==> picture [66 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-98** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Catalog Number / Product Selection**_ 

## **Power Defense MPCB—Frame Size 2 (15–200 A)** 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 200 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25 electronic trip units. In is available in 3-pole configurations. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|35||65||85||100||150||200||
|480 Vac<br>600 Vac|25<br>14||35<br>18||50<br>22||65<br>25||85<br>25||100<br>25||
|250 Vdc|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|150|100|200|150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|65|
|480 Vac<br>525 Vac|20<br>18|20<br>13|25<br>20|20<br>13|35<br>25|22.5<br>13|50<br>25|30<br>13|65<br>25|40<br>13|65<br>25|40<br>13|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|10|5|10|5|10|5|
|250 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|



## **Power Defense MPCB—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)** 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25 electronic trip units. In is available in 3-pole configurations. Frame 3 has two specific constructions, one each for 400 A and 600 A. The 600 A construction provides a unique capability to be used at 400A and below in applications requiring higher fixed instantaneous levels. This is accomplished by using a letter H in the 7th digit of the catalog number. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|35||65||85||100||150||200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||25||35||50||65||
|125/250 Vdc|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|85|40|
|525 Vac|18|5|20|7.5|25|10|30|15|35|25|40|25|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|15|7.5|20|10|20|10|
|125/250 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-99** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**MPCB with Power Xpert (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 133] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 2 3 M 0200 P8M J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 2 = 2 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0060 = 60 A B8N  = PXR 10 MLSI N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0100 = 100 A P8# = PXR 25 MLSI  [1] J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0150 = 150 A P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG  [1] K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0200 = 200 A L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**==> picture [491 x 49] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC  2 = 2 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0060 = 60 A B8N  = PXR 10 MLSI J = Line and load terminals<br>(100% UL Rated) 4 = 4-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0100 = 100 A P8# = PXR 25 MLSI  [1] W = Optional line and load<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0150 = 150 A P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG  [1] terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0200 = 200 A<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 151] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0200 P8M J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  B8N  = PXR 10 MLSI N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0250 = 250 A P8# = PXR 25 MLSI  [1] J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG  [1] K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V H250 = 250 A High Override<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V (600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **3** = 3 **3** = 3-pole **F** = 25 kA at 480 V **0125** = 125 A **B8N** = PXR 10 MLSI **N** = No terminals (100% UL Rated) **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0250** = 250 A **P8#** = PXR 25 MLSI[1] **J** = Line and load terminals **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0400** = 400 A **P9#** = PXR 25 MLSIG[1] **K** = Line only terminals **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0600** = 600 A **L** = Load only terminals **H250** = 250 A High Override (600 A Frame) **H400** = 400 A High Override (600 A Frame) 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See “Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options” table on the next page for # (Available Configured Options). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-100** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**8**<br>—<br>**8**<br>**9**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**M**<br>**W**<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking output 

**Relays** —2 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ● Interface: 2 wires ALM2, ALM Common) (Zout, Zcomm) 

- Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- Field installable for PD-2 

**Note:** PD-2 includes 1 relay **CAM** —CAM Link connection when used in conjunction with (requires a CAM module per Modbus RTU. breaker) 

- Interface: 5 wires (refer to 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU CAM IL for details) 

- directly from the breaker 

- Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, ● Communications Adapter Modules available for MODBB, MODBG) Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - Connection included with all PXR 25 trip units 

   - Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - Interface: 2 wires Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- No additional modules required 

- Field installable for PD-2 

## **Available Settings and Features on PXR Motor Protection Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings**<br>**PD-2**<br>**Setting**<br>**0060**<br>**60 A**<br>**0100**<br>**100 A**<br>**0150**<br>**150 A**<br>**0200**<br>**200 A**<br>1<br>15 A<br>32 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>2<br>16 A<br>35 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>3<br>20 A<br>40 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>4<br>25 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>5<br>30 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>6<br>35 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>7<br>40 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>8<br>45 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>160 A<br>9<br>50 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>175 A<br>10<br>60 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>200 A|**Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings**<br>**PD-3**<br>**0125**<br>**125 A**<br>**0250/H250**<br>**250 A**<br>**0400/H400**<br>**400 A**<br>**0600**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|---|
|PXR 10||45 A<br>90 A<br>160 A<br>250 A|
|||50 A<br>100 A<br>175 A<br>275 A|
|||60 A<br>110 A<br>200 A<br>300 A|
|||63 A<br>125 A<br>225 A<br>320 A|
|||70 A<br>150 A<br>250 A<br>350 A|
|||80 A<br>160 A<br>275 A<br>400 A|
|||90 A<br>175 A<br>300 A<br>450 A|
|||100 A<br>200 A<br>320 A<br>500 A|
|||110 A<br>225 A<br>350 A<br>550 A|
|||125 A<br>250 A<br>400 A<br>600 A|
|PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-101** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Trip Profile (Trip Class and Phase Unbalance)** 

## _**PXR 10—Dial 2**_ 

|**Setting**|**Dial**<br>**Label**|**Trip**<br>**Class**|**Phase**<br>**Unbalance**|
|---|---|---|---|
|1|A|5|OFF|
|2|B|10|OFF|
|3|C|15|OFF|
|4|D|20|OFF|
|5|E|30|OFF|
|6|F|5|ON|
|7|G|10|ON|
|8<br>9|H<br>J|15<br>20|ON<br>ON|
|10|K|30|ON|



## _**PXR 10—Phase Unbalance Settings Programmable by PXPM**_ 

- Pickup Level: 

- 5 to 35% of load 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

- Action taken: MPCB will trip at selected protection settings 

## _**PXR 25—Programmable**_ 

Trip Class 

- Trip Class: 

- 5–30 in increments of 0.1 

Phase Unbalance 

- Pickup Level: 5 to 35% of load 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

- Action taken: MPCB will trip at selected protection settings 

Phase Loss 

- Pickup Level: Fixed at 75% of load 

- Trip Time: 1 to 240 seconds 

- Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

## **Ground Fault Protection Settings** 

## **Short Delay / Instantaneous Settings** 

MPCBs with PXR 25 include an option to add ground fault protection. Ground fault protection includes the ability to trip and/or alarm on a determined ground fault condition. 

MPCBs with PXR 10 include a combined Short Delay and Instantaneous trip dial. The short delay time may be programmed to trip instantaneously or with a delay for coordination or to avoid nuisance tripping. Breakers with PXR 25 trip units include independent adjustments for short delay and instantaneous settings. 

Phase Unbalance 

- Pickup Level: 5 to 35% of load 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

## _**PXR 10—Dial 3 Programmable**_ 

- Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

**Isd Setting (x Ie) tsd (sec)** 1 3 Default to INST; programmable via 2 4 USB and PXPM to 3 5 INST, 0.150 or 0.300. INST / 0.150 / 0.300 4 6 5 7 6 8 7 10 8 11[1] 9 12[1] 10 13[1] 

Phase Loss 

- Pickup Level: Fixed at 75% of load 

- Trip Time: 1 to 240 seconds 

- Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

## **Metering and Communications Capabilities** 

PXR 25 motor protection trip units include the same advanced metering functions as the MCCB PXR 25, including: 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 If setting value exceeds the fixed magnetic override of the device, the setting defaults to the magnetic override ● Energy metering to 1% value (please verify these values in the accuracy time current curves or PXR user manual. 

   - Current metering to 0.5% accuracy 

## _**PXR 25—Programmable**_ 

- Multiple communications options, including standard Modbus RTU 

Short delay pickup—Isd (x Ie) 

- 3x–13x: Programmable in increments of 0.1x 

- Load alarm at two programmable levels between 50% to 120% 

Short delay time—tsd (sec) 

- 0.05–0.50: Programmable in increments of 0.01 sec 

   - Programmable relays for remote indication 

- Fixed (flat) response 

Instantaneous pickup—Ii (x In) 

- 3x–Maximum: Programmable in increments of 0.1x 

## **Advanced Motor Protection Settings** 

MPCBs with PXR 25 trip units also include additional application specific motor protection features. These features may be set to trip the breaker, alarm (indication via programmable relays), or disabled. 

Over Voltage 

- Pickup Level: 180 to 720 V 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Under Voltage 

- Pickup Level: 60 to 670 V 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Voltage Unbalance (between phase-to-phase readings) 

- Pickup Level: 5% to 25% difference 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

## Phase Rotation 

- Configuration: ABC or CBA sequence 

- Time: Fixed at 200 ms 

Reverse Power 

- Pickup Level: 1–65,500 kW 

- Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Total Harmonic Distortion 

   - Line-to-line and line-toneutral voltage 

   - Each phase and neutral current 

   - 1st through 29th at 60 Hz/ 1st through 35th at 50 Hz 

- Maximum is determined by frame fixed magnetic override level 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-102** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Additional Information**_ **Terminals** 

Available terminal configuration for MPCBs follow the same guidelines as presented for each circuit breaker frame. Additional terminals, including control wire, StrandAble and other options are presented in each Power Defense circuit breaker frame size section. 

## **Accessories** 

MPCBs and MCCBs for each frame use a common set of accessories. Available accessories are presented in each corresponding Power Defense circuit breaker frame section (i.e., PDG2 accessories are found in the Frame Size 2 section and PDG3 in the Frame Size 3 section). All Frame Size 2 MPCBs are automatically configured with 1 Form C auxiliary switch. 

## **Weights and Dimensions** 

MPCBs have the same dimensions and weight as the 3-pole version of the respective circuit breaker, shown in each frame section. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-103** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Communications and Software** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers||
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Communication Adapter Modules||
|Modbus RTU RS-485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-105**|
|Power Xpert Protection Manager. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-105**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|



## **Communications and Software** 

## **Communication Adapter Modules** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Designed for Power Defense circuit breakers, the Power Xpert Release (PXR) communications adapter module (CAM) expands the communication capabilities of the PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25 electronic trip units. When used in conjunction with an IoT-based system, the PXR-CAMs allow for greater visibility into the facility, process or machine, thus adhering to the design principles of Industry 4.0. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

- Improve safety with remote breaker control via programmable discrete I/O 

- Perform at-a-glance troubleshooting with front-facing LEDs that communicate status and alarms 

- Simplify configuration and monitoring with intuitive HTML5 web interface (ECAM only) 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

- Compact, DIN rail mounted 

- design with removable terminal blocks offers space savings, fast installation and accessibility for maintenance 

- Dimensions: 

- 4.30 in (110 mm) H 

- 1.20 in (30 mm) W 

- 4.30 in (110 mm) D 

## _**Supported Protocols**_ 

- Modbus TCP/IP CAM for PXR 20, 20D, 25 Catalog number: **PXR-ECAM-MTCP** 

- PROFIBUS DP CAM for PXR 20, 20D, 25 Catalog number: **PXR-PCAM** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-104** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Modbus RTU RS-485** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Power Xpert Release (PXR) trip units have optional integral Modbus RTU communication on the PXR 20. Modbus RTU comes standard on the PXR 20D and 25. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

With this industry standard protocol, the PXR trip units can supply real-time data such as voltage, current, power, health and status to any Modbus RTU client without any additional external device. 

## _**Field Installation**_ 

Field-installable options are available on the PXR 20 for Power Defense frames 2, 5 and 6. See catalog numbers below: 

- Field installable Modbus RTU with Relay for PD-2: **PDG2XMODRTUREL** 

**2** 

- Field installable Modbus RTU for PD-5 and 6: **PDG56XMODRTU** 

## **Power Xpert Protection Manager** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Eaton’s Power Xpert Protection Manager (PXPM) software provides a clean, intuitive user interface enabling unmatched control, testing and troubleshooting. 

The software is free to download and can run all standard features on any PC. Licenses can be purchased to unlock premium features: secondary injection testing and trip/alarm waveform. 

Communication between PXPM and PXR trip units is made via USB or through connected networks. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

- _Set point configuration_ : allows direct-to-trip unit or offline setup, including duplication of settings between units 

## **Secondary Injection Testing** 

The secondary injection test offline setup, including function utilizes a separate duplication of settings circuit that injects a signal in between units parallel with and representative ● _Control mode_ : capture of the output of the current waveforms, reset trip unit sensor. All the built-in or set the date/time protection circuitry and ● Real-time data: provides routines respond per the information regarding all settings in the breaker. The status and metered data PXPM software can initiate direction from the trip unit testing of long delay trip, ● _Event summaries_ : stores short delay trip, instantaneous trip, maintenance mode and up to 200 events, detailed information on the most ground (earth) fault trip via the USB communication. recent (10 trip and 10 alarm) events, and time The current sensor test adjustments to the realutilizes a separate circuit to time clock 

The current sensor test adjustments to the realutilizes a separate circuit to time clock create a signal that is directed ● _Reports_ : allows for the though the Rogowski coil. formatting and printing of This signal will verify real-time data of performed continuity and functionality secondary injection tests of the Rogowski coil. 

## **Trip/Alarm Waveform** 

PXPM’s trip/alarm waveform feature allows PXR trip units to capture and display the breaker state leading up to the last trip or alarm event, provided that auxiliary power is connected. 

Available waveform data includes minimum and maximum phase current, voltage and frequency. Using this information increases uptime by identifying issues causing an event and minimized breaker wear by identifying potential tripping issues faster, without the need for expensive standalone testing equipment. 

Feature license catalog number: **PXPM-SW-WAVE** 

Feature license catalog number: **PXPM-SW-TEST** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-105** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Special Applications** 

## **Extreme Temperature 2 Applications** 

The Technical Data section of this catalog ( **Pages V4-T2-12** – **V4-T2-20** ) presents permissible loads for each breaker type at ambient temperatures ranging from 40 °C through 70 °C. The tables are presented as an aid in selecting breakers appropriate for the application. 

Per industry standards, breakers are calibrated to perform at an ambient temperature of 40 °C. Thermal-magnetic breakers are temperature sensitive, and at temperatures above 40 °C will carry less current than their continuous current rating.This high temperature condition promotes nuisance tripping and can create unacceptable temperature conditions inside the breaker and at the terminals. To prevent these issues, the ambient temperature load derating values presented in the technical data section must be followed. Additionally, special 50 °C calibrated breakers are available— note that these do not carry a UL Listing. 

Electronic breakers are insensitive to ambient temperature within a certain range and are not likely to nuisance trip. However, if the ambient temperature significantly exceeds 40 °C the electronic circuitry or other internal components could become damaged. Power Defense electronic breakers are designed with circuitry to initiate a tripping operation to provide selfprotection to the electronic components in the event the internal temperature reaches to an unsafe level. 

In addition to ambient temperature, other factors must be taken into account in the application of circuit breakers in system designs. These include altitude, power factor, cable size and type, load types, and others. Additional details on these can be found in Eaton’s _Consulting Application Guide_ . 

## **100% Rated Breakers** 

Molded case circuit breakers are designed to carry rated current in open air at the calibrated temperature for an indefinite period of time without tripping. Molded case circuit breakers are typically applied in an enclosure, therefore the National Electrical Code (Article 220.10b) requires that all overcurrent protection devices be loaded to a maximum of 80% of their continuous current rating, unless specifically listed for 100% applications. Breakers listed for 100% applications specifically outline, on the nameplates, a minimum size enclosure, the minimum ventilation (if needed), and the minimum conductor size for application at 100% rating. 

Power Defense circuit breakers are available in 100% rated configurations, as presented in each section of the catalog. Power Defense breakers rated for 100% use the designator PDF in Digits 1–3 of the catalog number. 

It is important to understand that using 100% rated breakers is not always the best choice for every system design. Consideration should be given to any present or future factors that could affect the overall system design, and an understanding of NEC Article 210.20a in application of these products. 

## **50 °C Calibrated Breakers** 

Special non-UL listed calibrations are available for 50 °C ambient temperatures for breakers equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units, and for separate thermalmagnetic trip units. Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50 °C, and do not require specific calibration. 

For this application on thermal-magnetic breakers, the trip unit digits (11–13) of the Power Defense circuit breaker catalog number are changed, from TFF and TFA to VFF and VFA, respectively. Details for these are provided within each frame section. 

## **Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers** 

Power Defense circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing for applications in extreme cold conditions. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

For this application, add suffix **J2** to digits 19–20 on a Power Defense catalog number to order. 

## **Fungus/Moisture Treated Breakers** 

Molded case circuit breakers are suited for operation in 0% to 95% noncondensing humidity environments. As is the case with all electrical equipment, application in a condition or environment above this humidity level should be avoided. Breakers applied in these environments should be protected by the proper NEMA rated enclosure (or of appropriate IP rating), and maintained dry. If such operating conditions cannot be met, special treatment of the circuit breaker should be considered to minimize the possibility of operational problems. 

All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from a glasspolyester material, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment for application in these types of conditions. 

For this application, add suffix **J1** to digits 19–20 on a Power Defense catalog number to order. 

## **High Altitude Applications** 

Low-voltage circuit breakers must be progressively derated for voltage and current carrying capacity at altitudes above approximately 6000 ft. The thinner air at higher altitudes reduces cooling and dielectric characteristics compared to denser air found at lower altitudes. 

Please consult the product line, Technical Resources Center, or Eaton’s _Consulting Application Guide_ for specific de-rating details. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-106** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **400 Hz Applications** 

Some specialty equipment requires 400–415 Hz power systems. Due to the increased resistance in these systems, circuit breakers typically require de-rating. Additionally, cable and bus sizes used at 400–415 Hz are not based on standard National Electrical Code tables for 60 Hz applications, and larger cross sections are necessary. 

Eaton’s Power Defense molded case circuit breakers may be used for overcurrent protection on these systems. Please consult with the product line or Technical Resources Center for specific information to order breakers and terminals for use on 400–415 Hz systems. 

Breakers labeled for use in 400 Hz systems are not recognized by UL, therefore do not carry a UL Listing. 

## **Reverse Fed Applications** 

All Power Defense molded case circuit breakers shipped complete from Eaton’s factory are capable of being reverse fed, with the power source feeding the lower side (typically considered the load side) of the circuit breaker. UL specifies parameters for circuit breakers to be applied in reverse-feed applications, which are met by Power Defense circuit breakers. This typically includes a factory seal and no “Line” or “Load” markings. All Frame Sizes 1 and 2 (PDG1 and PDG2) circuit breakers are always shipped in this configuration. 

Breakers that ship as frames only (available in Frame Sizes 3–6), for field installation of trip units, are marked for standard application, with the line side marked at the top and the load side at the bottom, and meet UL requirement for standard applications. 

An Eaton facility authorized to modify MCCBs under UL File E7819 may convert a standard circuit breaker of this type to a reverse-feed capable device per UL parameters following specific procedures. 

Frame Sizes 1 and 2 always ship complete from the factory and are always reverse-feed capable. Frame Sizes 3, 4, 5 and 6 may ship as complete circuit breakers, or as separate frames and trip units if ordered separately. 

Motor Circuit Protector devices are not capable of being reverse fed. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-107** 

2.3 

Series G 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|||
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**||**_Page_**|
|Series G|||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-109**|
|Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-110**|
|Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-111**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-113**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-118**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .||**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-219**|
|Learn|Drawings||
|Online|Online||



## **Product Overview** 

_**Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications**_ 

Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices. 

The “G” signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include: 

- Field-fit accessories 

- Common accessories through 630 amperes 

- Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes 

- UL-listed and IEC-rated, 30 mA ground fault/earth leakage modules 

- Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes 

The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around space-saving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton Series C ND and RD designs. 

The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC). 

Series G molded case circuit breakers are also available in direct current options. Please see Specialty Breakers **Section 2.6** for more details. 

Standard calibration is 40 °C. For applications in high ambient temperature conditions, 50 °C factory calibration is available on thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL). 

## **The Most Logically Designed Contact Assembly** 

The flexibility and outstanding performance characteristics of Eaton circuit breakers are made possible by the best contact designs in circuit breaker history. Our technology creates a highspeed “blow-open” action using the electromechanical forces produced by high-level fault currents. 

Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety. 

## **Thorough In-Plant Testing** 

The quality, dependability and reliability of every Eaton Circuit Breaker is ensured by a thorough program of inplant testing. Two calibration tests are conducted on every pole of every circuit breaker to verify the trip mechanism, operating mechanism, continuity and accuracy. 

## **Current Limiting Characteristics** 

Circuit breakers are current limiting because of their high repulsion contact arrangement and use of state-of-the-art arc extinguishing technology. 

Eaton offers one of the most complete lines of current limiting breakers in the industry. The industrial breakers are available in current limiting versions with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 V without fuses in the same physical size as standard and high interrupting capacity breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-108** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Operating Mechanisms** 

Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED. 

The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed. 

As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively. 

## **Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive** 

**==> picture [158 x 58] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Drive<br>2<br>2<br>OFF ON Tripped<br>Reset 2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Standards and Certifications** 

Eaton Series G circuit breakers meet applicable UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 standards. 

Molded case circuit breakers from Eaton are designed to conform with the following international standards: 

   - National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards Publication No. AB1-1993 molded case circuit breakers 

- Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers 

- British Standards Institution Standard EN60947.2 

   - South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers 

- International Electromechanical for molded case circuit Commission breakers Recommendations IEC ● Swiss Electro-Technical 60947.2 circuit breakers Association Standard SEV 947.2, Safety Regulations for circuit breakers 

- Japanese T-Mark standard molded case circuit breakers 

- Union Technique de l’Electricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements 

- Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnike (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers 

## **Global Third-Party Certification** 

Certification marks ensure product compliance with the total standard via the third party witnessing of tests by globally recognized independent certification organizations. 

KEMA is a highly recognized, independent international organization that offers certification and inspection facilities for equipment in many industries. The KEMAKEUR mark is the highest certification an electrical product can receive from KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2 molded case circuit breakers are KEMA tested and certified. These breakers are also listed in accordance with UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2 No. 5-02. 

KEMA, UL and CSA provide ongoing follow-up testing and inspections to ensure that Eaton molded case circuit breakers continue to meet their exacting standards. 

## **ISO Certification** 

Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO[®] certified facilities. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-109** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Overview** 

**2** 

## **Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)—Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications** 

## _**True rms Sensing**_ 

Digitrip RMS trip units use Eaton’s microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing, permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present. 

## _**Digitrip RMS 310+**_ 

Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic trip units are available with Eaton Series G circuit breakers JG, LG, NG and RG, as well as Series C FD, KD, LD and MDL circuit breakers. 

Digitrip 310+ trip units are equipped with an integrated Ir switch that allows users to modify the continuous current rating of the breaker without having to replace a rating plug. This provides further flexibility for coordination in systems. The trip units may be used in 50 Hz or 60 Hz applications. The Digitrip 310+ offers true rms sensing, is front adjustable and has an optional local display of current and cause of trip. 

## **Curve Shaping** 

When selectively coordinated systems are called for, Digitrip RMS 310+ will provide a cost-effective solution for a variety of applications. 

The standard Digitrip RMS 310+ includes an adjustable short time[pickup setting ] encompassing an I[2] t ramp function that provides the basic LS curve shaping function. 

Digitrip 310+ trip units also include selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. 

The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ LSI and LSIG provide additional flat response short time delay adjustments and an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability. 

Digitrip RMS 310+ LSG and LSIG units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay. Ground fault alarm options are available with trip and no trip functionality as a means to notify users of a ground fault condition with the option to maintain the breaker online. 

Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermalmagnetic breakers, making Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems. 

## **Thermal Memory** 

All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession. 

## **Field Testing** 

A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. 

## **Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS)** 

ARMS is an available feature on KD, LG, LD, MDL, NG and RG frames with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash. Additionally, LG, NG and RG frames with the ARMS feature include a fully adjustable instantaneous setting. 

## _**Digitrip RMS 610 and 910**_ 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers 800 through 2500 amperes. Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units provide unparalleled system protection with the added convenience of a local display. 

## **Curve Shaping** 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with up to nine curve shaping choices achieved by adjusting up to seven switches on the front of the unit for optimum system coordination. Maximum curve shaping flexibility is provided by dependent long and short delay adjustments that are long delay pickup (Ir) based, depicted on the front of the unit by the blue portion of the time-current curve. 

Additional coordination 

capability can be provided by utilizing the short delay and ground fault zone selective interlocking features available on these trip units. 

## **System Diagnostics** 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 models of trip units provide long delay, short delay, instantaneous, and ground fault cause of trip LEDs on the front of the unit. Their display shows a magnitude of trip information, as well as remote signal contacts, for improved system alarming. 

## **System Monitoring** 

Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units have the capability to monitor phase currents, as well as neutral or ground currents. This information is displayed on a large digital display mounted on the unit. 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit. 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed. 

## **Harmonics Monitoring** 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed. 

## **Communications** 

Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet™ system. 

## **Field Testing** 

Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-110** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide** 

## **Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

**Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910** 

**==> picture [278 x 83] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RMS 310+  RMS 610  RMS 910<br>JG<br>RG LG/NG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Breaker Type**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Series G frame(s)||JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames||RG-Frame|RG-Frame|
|Ampere rating||20–2500 A||800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 415 V||35, 70, 100 kA||70, 100 kA|70, 100 kA|
|**Trip Unit Sensing**<br>rms sensing||Yes||Yes|Yes|
|**Protection and Coordination**|**Protection and Coordination**1|||||
|Protection|Ordering options|LS, LSG|LSI, LSIG|LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|
||Fixed rating plug (In)2|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Long delay|Overtemperature trip<br>Adjustable lrswitch|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>No|Yes<br>No|
||Long delay setting<br>Long delay time I2t at 6x|VAR/frame<br>10 seconds3|VAR/frame<br>10 seconds3|0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|
||Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
||High load alarm|1.05 lr|1.05 lr|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|
|Short delay|Short delay setting|VAR/frame4|VAR/frame4|200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|
||Short delay time I2t<br>Short delay time flat|100 ms<br>No|No<br>I–300 ms|100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|
||Short delay time ZSI|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous|Independent adjustable Inst. setting|No|Yes5|Yes|Yes|
||Instantaneous setting|No|VAR/frame|200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|
||Discriminator|No|No|Yes6|Yes6|
||Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault|Ground fault setting<br>Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x|VAR/frame7<br>No|VAR/frame7<br>No|25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|
||Ground fault delay flat|I–300 ms|I–300 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Ground fault ZSI|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
||Ground fault thermal memory|No|No|Yes|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

In = Rating plug rating. 

- Ir = Long delay setting. 

- 1 310+ details are included by frame in **Pages V4-T2-148** (JG), **V4-T2-166** (LG), **V4-T2-176** (NG), and **V4-T2-187** (RG). 

- 2 310+ trip units have selectable settings instead of a rating plug. 

- 3 310+ trip units have adjustable long delay times of 2–24 seconds, except NG 310+ for 800 A frame, for which it is 2–14 seconds. 

- 4 JG/LG: 2X–14X (In); NG: 2X–8X (In); RG: 2X–9X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 2X–6X% x (In). 

- 5 LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG 310+ trip units include an independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting. 

- 6 LS, LSG only. 

- 7 Not to exceed 1200 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-111** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued** 

**2** 

**==> picture [456 x 291] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|RMS 310+|RMS 610|RMS 910|
|JG|
|RG|LG/NG|
|LS, LSG|LSI, LSIG|LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A)|LSI (A), LSIG|
|System Diagnostics|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|[1 2]|Yes|[1 2]|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|No|No|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts|No|No|Yes|Yes|
|System Monitoring|
|Digital display|Yes|[3]|Yes|[3]|Yes|Yes|
|Current|Yes|[3]|Yes|[3]|Yes|Yes|
|Voltage|No|No|No|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|No|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|No|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|No|Yes|
|System Communications|
|PowerNet|No|No|No|Yes|
|Field Testing|
|Testing method|Test set|[4]|Test set|[4]|Integral|Integral|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number **TRIP-LED** ). 

- 2 RG 310+ trip units include integrated cause of trip LEDs. 

> 3 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number **DIGIVIEW** and **DIGIVIEWR06** ). 

> 4 Test kit available for field testing 310+ trip units (catalog number **MTST230V** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-112** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Ratings** 

## **Frames EG, JG and LG** 

||||**EG**||||||||||**JG**|||||||**LG**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||!ose<br>*|||T<br>*|||||||=<br>a||i=<br>!|||||a|1|ae|es||||
||||ie<br>ra<br>va<br>it. ei<br>ile||||||||||: /<br>*<br>gene<br>fez iff<br>o'o's|||||||i<br>Es<br>=<br>hia =<br>ete|||||||
|Maximum rated current (amperes)|||125, 1601||||||||||250|||||||400, 630||400, 6302|||||
|Breaker type3<br>Number of poles|||B<br>1||B<br>2, 3, 4||E<br> 2, 3, 4|S<br> 1|S<br>2, 3, 4|H<br> 1|H<br>2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|E<br>2, 3, 4|S<br> 2, 3, 4||H<br> 2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|E<br>3, 4||S<br>3, 4|H<br>3, 4|C<br>3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 50–60 Hz**<br>NEMA®,<br>240 Vac<br>25<br>25|||||||35|85|85|100|100|200|65|85||100|200|200|200|65||85|100|200|200|200|
|UL, CSA|480 Vac||—||18||25|—|35|—|65|100|25|35||65|100|150|200|35||50|65|100|150|200|
||600 Vac4||—||—||18|—|22|—|25|35|18|18||25|35|50|50|18||25|35|50|65|65|
||125/250 Vdc5||106||10||10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22||22|42|50|50|22||22|42|42|50|50|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|25<br>25||25<br>25||35<br>35|85<br>43|85<br>43|100<br>50|100<br>50|200<br>200|65<br>65|85<br>85||100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|65<br>65||85<br>85|100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|—||18||25|—|40|—|70|100|25|40||70|100|150|200|35||50|70|100|150|200|
|||Ics|—||18||25|—|30|—|35|100|25|40||70|100|150|200|35||50|53|100|150|200|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|12|12||14|16|18|18|12||20|25|30|35|35|
|||Ics|—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|6|6||7|12|14|14|6||10|13|15|18|18|
||125/250 Vdc5|Icu|106||10||10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22||22|42|50|50|22||22|42|42|50|50|
|Ampere range||Ics|106<br>15–160 A||10<br>15–160 A1||10|356|35|426|42|42|10<br>20–250 A|22<br>20–250 A||22|42|50|50|22<br>22<br>100–630 A2|||42|42|50|50|
|Trip Units<br>F = Fixed|||FT-FM<br>AT-FM||||||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM|||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM|||||||
|A = Adjustable<br>T = Thermal|||||||||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)|||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)|||
|M = Magnetic|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||Interchangeable||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
||Built-in||■||■||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
|Thermal|Fixed thermal||■||■||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
|magnetic|Adjustable<br>thermal||■||■||■|■|■|■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
|Electronic|Magnetic<br>LS||Fixed<br>—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|Adjustable<br>■<br>■|||■|■|■|■|Adjustable<br>■<br>■|||■|■|■|■|
|RMS7|LSI||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
||LSG||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
||LSIG||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|■|■||■|■|■|■|■||■|■|■|■|■|
||ALSI||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—||—|—|—|—|■||■|■|■|■|■|
||ALSIG||—||—||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—||—|—|—|—|■||■|■|■|■|■|
|Utilization category|||A||A||A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A||A|A|A|A|A||A|A|A|A|A|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 

- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489. 

- 4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac. 

- 5 Two poles in series. 

- 6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers. 

- 7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-113** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Frames NG and RG** 

**2** 

||||**NG**|||||||**RG**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||;||||
||||a,<br>o||||||||=<br>aa<br>-|||||
||||eee|||||||||||ee|||
||||*<br>Foe|eel|*<br> Ler |||||||*|=|.<br> =.|“=||
|Maximum rated current (amperes)<br>Breaker type|||800, 1200<br>S|||800, 1200<br>H|800, 1200<br>C2|16001<br>S|800<br>U|1600, 2000, 2500<br>H|1600, 2000, 2500|||1600, 2000, 2500<br>C2||
|Number of poles|||2, 3, 4|||2, 3, 4|2, 3, 4|3|3|3, 4||||3, 4|3, 4|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||||||||||||||
|NEMA,<br>UL, CSA|240 Vac<br>480 Vac||85<br>50|||100<br>65|200<br>100|—<br>—|200<br>150|125<br>65||||200<br>100||
||600 Vac||25|||35|65|—|65|50||||65||
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|85<br>85|||100<br>100|200<br>100|85<br>85|—<br>—|135<br>100||||200<br>100||
||380–415 Vac|Icu|50|||70|100|50|—|70||||100||
|||Ics|50|||50|50|50|—|50||||50||
||660–690 Vac|Icu|203|||253|35|203|—|253||||353||
|||Ics|10|||13|18|10|—|13||||18||
||250 Vdc|Icu|—|||—|—|—|—|—||||—||
|Ampere range||Ics|—<br>400–1200 A||400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>1600 A|—<br>800 A|—<br>800–2500 A||800–2500 A||—<br>800–2500 A||
|Trip units|||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+)|||||||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)||||(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)||
||Interchangeable||—|||—|—|—|—|■5||||■5||
||Built-in||■|||■|■|■|■|■||||■||
|Electronic4|LI||—|||—|—|—|—|■ 6||||■ 6||
||LS||■|||■|■|■|■|■||||■||
||LSI||■|||■|■|■|■|■||||■||
||LIG<br>LSG||—<br>■|||—<br>■|—<br>■|—<br>■|—<br>■|■ 6<br>■||||■ 6<br>■||
||LSIG||■|||■|■|■|■|■||||■||
||ALSI||■|||■|■|■|—|■||||■||
||ALSIG||■|||■|■|■|—|■||||■||
|Utilization category|||A|||A|A|A|A|A||||A||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed. 

- 2 Not KEMA-KEUR listed. 

- 3 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested. 

- 4 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 

- 5 RG 310+ are interchangeable with the exception of: FROM not ground fault equipped TO ground fault equipped 

- 6 Available only on Digitrip 910 trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-114** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **General Specifications** 

## **All Series G Frames** 

|**All Series G Frames**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**|**RG**|
|Maximum rated current Independing on the version|160 A1||250 A||400, 630 A2||800, 1200, 1600 A3|1600, 2000, 2500 A|
|Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2|||||||||
|Main conducting paths|500 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac|750 Vac|
|Auxiliary circuits|500 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|||||||||
|Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|6 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV|8 kV<br>4 kV|
|Rated operational voltage Ue|||||||||
|IEC|415 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|NEMA|600Y/347 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac|600 Vac|
|UL and CSA listed|Yes1||Yes||Yes2||Yes3|Yes|
|Permissible ambient temperature|–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C|–20 ° to 70 °C|
|Permissible load for various ambient temperatures<br>close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current|4|5|4|5|4|5|—|—|
|of the circuit breaker|||||||||
|Circuit breakers for plant protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C<br>At 50 °C|100%<br>96%|100%<br>92%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>94%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|
|At 55 °C|93%|87%|94%|90%|93%|86%|85%|85%|
|At 60 °C|91%|83%|92%|87%|90%|82%|81%|81%|
|At 70 °C|86%|73%|88%|80%|84%|70%|70%|70%|
|Circuit breakers for motor protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 50 °C<br>At 55 °C|—<br>—||100%<br>100%||100%<br>100%||—<br>—|—<br>—|
|At 60 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 70 °C|—||90%||90%||—|—|
|Circuit breakers for starter combinations and|||||||||
|isolating circuit breakers|||||||||
|At 40 °C|100%||100%||100%||100%|100%|
|At 50 °C|100%||100%||100%||91%|91%|
|At 55 °C|96%||96%||95%||85%|85%|
|At 60 °C<br>At 70 °C|91%<br>86%||82%<br>88%||90%<br>84%||81%<br>—|81%<br>—|
|Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit<br>breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms)|||||||||
|Two conducting paths in series<br>For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|
|NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms)<br>Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 

- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG. 

- 4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value. 

- 5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value. 

- 6 Not suitable for DC switching. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-115** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

**2** 

## Series G 

## **All Series G Frames, continued** 

|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**EG**<br>**JG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|||||||
|Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2<br>in combination with lockable rotary drives<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes|||||||
|Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to<br>IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz)<br>For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see**Page V4-T2-113**.|||||||
|Endurance (operating cycles)<br>10,000|10,000<br>8,000<br>3,000<br>3,000||||||
|Maximum switching frequency<br>300 1/h|240 1/h<br>240 1/h<br>60 1/h<br>60 1/h||||||
|Conductor cross sections and terminal types for<br>main conductors<br>Box terminals<br>Solid or stranded<br>2.5 to 95 mm2|Box terminals<br>Box terminals<br>Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals<br>Flat bar terminals<br>50 to 150 mm2<br>95 to 240 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>2.5 to 50/70 mm2|35 to 120 mm2<br>70 to 150 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Busbar<br>—|—<br>—<br>600 A<br>Optional<br>Optional||||||
|Tightening torque for box terminals<br>5.6 Nm|20 Nm<br>42 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>—||||||
|Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces<br>5.6 Nm|15 Nm<br>30 Nm<br>6 Nm<br>50 Nm<br>20 Nm||||||
|Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with<br>terminal connection or terminal strip<br>Solid<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2||||||
|With brought-out cable ends<br>—|0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2||||||
|Tightening torque for fitting screws<br>—|0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm||||||
|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated<br>current ln(the power losses of the undervoltage<br>releases (“r” releases) must be observed if necessary)<br>at three-phase symmetrical load)<br>For plant protection<br>40 W|400 A:<br>600 A:<br>45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|As isolating circuit breaker<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|For starter combinations<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|For motor protection<br>—|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|Permissible mounting position||||||90|
||90||90|90||90|
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
|Arc spacing— suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes (except HMCPE)|Yes<br>Yes|||Yes||Yes|
|**Auxiliary Switches**|||||||
|Rated thermal current lth<br>6A|6A<br>6A|||6A||6A|
|Rated making capacity<br>20 A|20 A<br>20 A|||20 A||20 A|
|**AC-14**|**AC-14**<br>**AC-14**|||**AC-15**||**AC-15**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>230/400/600 V|230/400/600 V<br>230/400/600 V|||600 V||600 V|
|Rated operational current<br>6/3/0.25 A|6/3/0.25 A<br>6/3/0.25 A|||6A||6A|
|||||**DC-13**||**DC-13**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>125/250V|125/250V<br>125/250V|||125/250V||125/250V|
|Rated operational current<br>0.5/0.15 A|0.5/0.15 A<br>0.5/0.15 A|||0.5/0.25 A||0.5/0.25 A|
|Backup fuse<br>6/4/4 A|(4) 6/4/4 A<br>(4) 6/4/4 A|||(4) 6/4/4 A||(4) 6/4/4 A|
|Miniature circuit breaker<br>6/4 A|6/4 A<br>6/4 A|||6/4 A||6/4 A|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-116** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **All Series G Frames, continued** 

|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|
|---|---|
|**EG**<br>**JG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**||
|**Releases**||
|Undervoltage releases (“r” releases)<br>Response voltage:<br>Drop (breaker tripped) Us<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%<br>35–70%||
|Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%<br>85–110%||
|Power consumption in continuous operation at:<br>50/60 Hz 12 Vac<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>1.9 VA<br>2.9 VA||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac<br>0.72 VA<br>3.9 VA<br>3.9 VA<br>2.4 VA<br>3.1 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac<br>1.15–1.78 VA<br>2.5–3.8 VA<br>2.5–3.8 VA<br>2.3–4.1 VA<br>3.4–6.0 VA||
|50/60 Hz 110–127 Vac<br>0.96–1.25 VA<br>1.8–2.4 VA<br>1.8–2.4 VA<br>3.4–4.2 VA<br>3.3–3.8 VA||
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac<br>1.28–1.68 VA<br>2.7–3.8 VA<br>2.7–3.8 VA<br>4.8–6.5 VA<br>4.2–7.2 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–500 Vac<br>2.2–3.9 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA<br>6.8–12.0 VA<br>3.8–10.0 VA||
|50/60 Hz 525–600 Vac<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>3.4–4.3 VA<br>—<br>—||
|12 Vdc<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>2.6W<br>3.4W||
|24 Vdc<br>0.70 W<br>3.1W<br>3.1W<br>3.6W<br>4.3W||
|48–60 Vdc<br>1.12–1.76W<br>2.0–3.1W<br>2.0–3.1W<br>3.5–5.5W<br>4.8–7.2W||
|110–125 Vdc<br>0.94–1.21W<br>1.6–2.2W<br>1.6–2.2W<br>2.9–3.6W<br>3.3–3.8W||
|220–250 Vdc<br>1.45–1.86W<br>3.1–4W<br>3.1–4W<br>4.8–6.3W<br>6.6–7.5W||
|Maximum opening time<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>62 ms<br>62 ms||
|**Shunt Trips**||
|Shunt trips (“f” releases)<br>Response voltage:||
|Pickup (breaker tripped) Us<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%<br>70–110%||
|Power consumption in (short time) at:||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac<br>10–41 VA<br>87–405 VA<br>87–405 VA<br>98–475 VA<br>612 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac<br>139–210 VA<br>710–1105 VA<br>710–1105 VA<br>24–50 VA<br>403–666 VA||
|50/60 Hz 48–127 Vac<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—||
|50/60 Hz 110–240 Vac<br>83–360 VA<br>66–432 VA<br>66–432 VA<br>67–432 VA<br>396–1896 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac<br>—<br>127–188 VA<br>127–188 VA<br>76–110 VA<br>1596–2156 VA||
|50/60 Hz 380–600 Vac<br>418–1080 VA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—||
|50/60 Hz 480–600 Vac<br>—<br>34–60 VA<br>34–60 VA<br>19–42 VA<br>230–384 VA||
|12–24 Vdc<br>29–120 W<br>164–631 W<br>164–631 W<br>145–610 W<br>396 W||
|48–60 Vdc<br>475–720 W<br>830–1580 W<br>830–1580 W<br>67–102 W<br>341–528 W||
|110–125 Vdc<br>99–121 W<br>112–150 W<br>112–150 W<br>121–150 W<br>264–350 W||
|220–250 Vdc<br>—<br>40–58W<br>40–58 W<br>46–55 W<br>374–475 W||
|Maximum load duration<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically<br>Interrupts automatically||
|Maximum opening time<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>50 ms<br>62 ms<br>62 ms||
|**Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip)**||
|Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)<br>65 (70)||
|Self-protected, will trip above<br>1250 for EG125;<br>1600 for EG160<br>2500<br>4000/6300<br>12,500<br>20,000||
|||
|||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-117** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG** 

||**EG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**JG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**LG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|1.00|(25.4)|2.99|(76.0)|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|2.00|(50.8)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|3.00|(76.2)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|5.48|(140.0)|4.09|(104.0)|
|**Four-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|4.00|(101.6)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|5.34|(135.6)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|7.22|(183.0)|4.09|(104.0)|



## **Series G—Frame NG and RG** 

||**NG**||||**RG**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**H**||**W**|**D**|**H**|**W**|**D**|
|**Single-pole**<br>**Two-pole**|—<br>—||—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Three-pole**<br>**Four-pole**|16.00<br>16.00|(406.0)<br>(406.0)|8.25 (210.0)<br>11.13 (280.0)|5.50 (140.0)<br>5.50 (140.0)|16.00 (406.0)<br>16.00 (406.0)|15.50 (394.0)<br>20.00 (508.0)|9.75 (229.0)<br>9.75 (229.0)|



## Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG** 

||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**||**RG**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|0.85|(0.39)|—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|1.57|(0.71)|11.3|(5.13)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|2.28|(1.04)|5.06|(2.30) T/M|12.36|(5.61) T/M|46.8|(21.3)|103.0|(47.0)|
||||5.31|(2.41) ETU|13.04|(5.92) ETU|||||
|**Four-pole**|2.85|(1.29)|6.76<br>7.12|(3.07) T/M<br>(3.23) ETU|16.27<br>16.92|(7.39) T/M<br>(7.68) ETU|62.0|(28.3)|118.4|(54.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-118** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

**==> picture [243 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-120|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-121|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-130|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-131|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-131|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-133|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-151|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-169|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-178|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-189|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|V4-T2-193|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|V4-T2-196|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-200|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-205|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-208|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-216|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-218|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-219|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

EG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-119** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

|**Frame**<br>**E**<br>**Standard/Application**<br>**G**= IEC/CE/UL/CSA|||||||**Number of Poles**<br>**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected<br>**E**<br> **G**<br> **H**<br> **3**<br> **015**<br>|**Number of Poles**<br>**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected<br>**E**<br> **G**<br> **H**<br> **3**<br> **015**<br>|**Amperes**<br>**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1<br>**FF**<br> **G**|**Amperes**<br>**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1<br>**FF**<br> **G**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||**E**<br>**G**<br>**B**||
||**Frame**||||||||||||
||**E**||||||||||||
||||||||||**Amperes**||||
||**Standard/Application**||||||**Number of Poles**||**016** 1<br>**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**032** 1<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**063** 1<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**110**<br>**125**<br>**160** 1||||
||||||||**1**= One<br>**2**= Two<br>**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four—neutral 0% protected<br>**7**= Four—neutral 100% protected||||||
|**Performance**|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||**Trip Unit**|
||**600Y/347**|**480**|**415**||**240**||||||||
||||||||||||**FF**= Fi<br>**AF**= A<br>**KS**= M|xed fixed<br>djustable thermal fixed magnetic<br>olded case switch|
|**B**|—|18|18||25||||||||
|**E**|18|25|25||35||||||||
|**S**|22|35|40||85||||||||
|**H**|25|65|70||100||||||||
|**C**|35|100|100||200||||||||
|**K**|Molded case switch2||||||||||||
||||||||||||||



**==> picture [205 x 194] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Terminations/Hardware<br>Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>Amperes M  = Metric end caps Metric<br>016 [1] E  = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>015 G  = Line/load standard Metric<br>020 B  = Bolt-on —<br>025<br>030 Trip Unit<br>032 [1]<br>FF  = Fixed fixed<br>035<br>040 AF  = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic<br>KS  = Molded case switch<br>045<br>050<br>060<br>063 [1]<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>160 [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Cannot be UL rated. 

> 2 Available only as 125 and 160 A sizes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-120** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Product Selection** 

_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

|**EG-Frame**|**EG-Frame**||**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|i|eeee0o<br>@rle|¢&£|**Maximum**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1<br>*=<br>a||||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||15|**EGB1015FFG**|**EGB2015FFG**|**EGB3015FFG**|**—**|**EGB4015FFG**|**—**|
||||16|**EGB1016FFG**|**EGB2016FFG**|**EGB3016FFG**|**—**|**EGB4016FFG**|**—**|
|is@e®a!|||20<br>25|**EGB1020FFG**<br>**EGB1025FFG**|**EGB2020FFG**<br>**EGB2025FFG**|**EGB3020FFG**<br>**EGB3025FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3025AFG**|**EGB4020FFG**<br>**EGB4025FFG**|**EGB4020AFG**<br>**EGB4025AFG**|
||||30|**EGB1030FFG**|**EGB2030FFG**|**EGB3030FFG**|**—**|**EGB4030FFG**|**—**|
||||32<br>35|**EGB1032FFG**<br>**EGB1035FFG**|**EGB2032FFG**<br>**EGB2035FFG**|**EGB3032FFG**<br>**EGB3035FFG**|**EGB3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4032FFG**<br>**EGB4035FFG**|**EGB4032AFG**<br>**—**|
||||40<br>45|**EGB1040FFG**<br>**EGB1045FFG**|**EGB2040FFG**<br>**EGB2045FFG**|**EGB3040FFG**<br>**EGB3045FFG**|**EGB3040AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4040FFG**<br>**EGB4045FFG**|**EGB4040AFG**<br>**—**|
||||50|**EGB1050FFG**|**EGB2050FFG**|**EGB3050FFG**|**EGB3050AFG**|**EGB4050FFG**|**EGB4050AFG**|
||||60|**EGB1060FFG**|**EGB2060FFG**|**EGB3060FFG**|**—**|**EGB4060FFG**|**—**|
||||63|**EGB1063FFG**|**EGB2063FFG**|**EGB3063FFG**|**EGB3063AFG**|**EGB4063FFG**|**EGB4063AFG**|
||||70|**EGB1070FFG**|**EGB2070FFG**|**EGB3070FFG**|**—**|**EGB4070FFG**|**—**|
||||80|**EGB1080FFG**|**EGB2080FFG**|**EGB3080FFG**|**EGB3080AFG**|**EGB4080FFG**|**EGB4080AFG**|
||||90<br>100|**EGB1090FFG**<br>**EGB1100FFG**|**EGB2090FFG**<br>**EGB2100FFG**|**EGB3090FFG**<br>**EGB3100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3100AFG**|**EGB4090FFG**<br>**EGB4100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4100AFG**|
||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFG**<br>**EGB1125FFG**|**EGB2110FFG**<br>**EGB2125FFG**|**EGB3110FFG**<br>**EGB3125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3125AFG**|**EGB4110FFG**<br>**EGB4125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4125AFG**|
||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGB3160FFG**|**EGB3160AFG**|**EGB4160FFG**|**EGB4160AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-121** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

**2** 

## Series G 

EG-Frame—25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—25/25** 

|**Maximum Continuous**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**EGE2015FFG**|**EGE3015FFG**|**—**|**EGE4015FFG**|**—**|
|16|**EGE2016FFG**|**EGE3016FFG**|**—**|**EGE4016FFG**|**—**|
|20|**EGE2020FFG**|**EGE3020FFG**|**—**|**EGE4020FFG**|**EGE4020AFG**|
|25<br>30|**EGE2025FFG**<br>**EGE2030FFG**|**EGE3025FFG**<br>**EGE3030FFG**|**EGE3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4025FFG**<br>**EGE4030FFG**|**EGE4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|32|**EGE2032FFG**|**EGE3032FFG**|**EGE3032AFG**|**EGE4032FFG**|**EGE4032AFG**|
|35|**EGE2035FFG**|**EGE3035FFG**|**—**|**EGE4035FFG**|**—**|
|40|**EGE2040FFG**|**EGE3040FFG**|**EGE3040AFG**|**EGE4040FFG**|**EGE4040AFG**|
|45<br>50|**EGE2045FFG**<br>**EGE2050FFG**|**EGE3045FFG**<br>**EGE3050FFG**|**EGE3050AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4045FFG**<br>**EGE4050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGE4050AFG**|
|60|**EGE2060FFG**|**EGE3060FFG**|**—**|**EGE4060FFG**|**—**|
|63|**EGE2063FFG**|**EGE3063FFG**|**EGE3063AFG**|**EGE4063FFG**|**EGE4063AFG**|
|70|**EGE2070FFG**|**EGE3070FFG**|**—**|**EGE4070FFG**|**—**|
|80|**EGE2080FFG**|**EGE3080FFG**|**EGE3080AFG**|**EGE4080FFG**|**EGE4080AFG**|
|90|**EGE2090FFG**|**EGE3090FFG**|**—**|**EGE4090FFG**|**—**|
|100<br>125|**EGE2100FFG**<br>**EGE2125FFG**|**EGE3100FFG**<br>**EGE3125FFG**|**EGE3100AFG**<br>**EGE3125AFG**|**EGE4100FFG**<br>**EGE4125FFG**|**EGE4100AFG**<br>**EGE4125AFG**|
|160|**—**|**EGE3160FFG**|**EGE3160AFG**|**EGE4160FFG**|**EGE4160AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-122** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

|**EG-Frame**<br>———|**EG-Frame**<br>———|**EG-Frame**<br>———|**EG-Frame**<br>———|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||**2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||ascre<br>.<br>s7-)@<br>Tt<br>*<br>bets<br>rT|||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**2**<br>**2**|
|||||**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**||
|||||15|**EGS1015FFG**|**EGS2015FFG**|**EGS3015FFG**|**—**|**EGS4015FFG**|**—**|**2**|
||latete!|||16|**EGS1016FFG**|**EGS2016FFG**|**EGS3016FFG**|**—**|**EGS4016FFG**|**—**||
|||||20|**EGS1020FFG**|**EGS2020FFG**|**EGS3020FFG**|**—**|**EGS4020FFG**|**EGS4020AFG**|**2**|
|||||25<br>30|**EGS1025FFG**<br>**EGS1030FFG**|**EGS2025FFG**<br>**EGS2030FFG**|**EGS3025FFG**<br>**EGS3030FFG**|**EGS3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGS4025FFG**<br>**EGS4030FFG**|**EGS4025AFG**<br>**—**|**2**|
|||||32|**EGS1032FFG**|**EGS2032FFG**|**EGS3032FFG**|**EGS3032AFG**|**EGS4032FFG**|**EGS4032AFG**|**2**|
|||||35|**EGS1035FFG**|**EGS2035FFG**|**EGS3035FFG**|**—**|**EGS4035FFG**|**—**||
|||||40|**EGS1040FFG**|**EGS2040FFG**|**EGS3040FFG**|**EGS3040AFG**|**EGS4040FFG**|**EGS4040AFG**|**2**|
|||||45|**EGS1045FFG**|**EGS2045FFG**|**EGS3045FFG**|**—**|**EGS4045FFG**|**—**||
|||||50|**EGS1050FFG**|**EGS2050FFG**|**EGS3050FFG**|**EGS3050AFG**|**EGS4050FFG**|**EGS4050AFG**|**2**|
|||||60|**EGS1060FFG**|**EGS2060FFG**|**EGS3060FFG**|**—**|**EGS4060FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||63|**EGS1063FFG**|**EGS2063FFG**|**EGS3063FFG**|**EGS3063AFG**|**EGS4063FFG**|**EGS4063AFG**||
|||||70|**EGS1070FFG**|**EGS2070FFG**|**EGS3070FFG**|**—**|**EGS4070FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||80|**EGS1080FFG**|**EGS2080FFG**|**EGS3080FFG**|**EGS3080AFG**|**EGS4080FFG**|**EGS4080AFG**||
|||||90|**EGS1090FFG**|**EGS2090FFG**|**EGS3090FFG**|**—**|**EGS4090FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|||||100<br>125|**EGS1100FFG**<br>**EGS1125FFG**|**EGS2100FFG**<br>**EGS2125FFG**|**EGS3100FFG**<br>**EGS3125FFG**|**EGS3100AFG**<br>**EGS3125AFG**|**EGS4100FFG**<br>**EGS4125FFG**|**EGS4100AFG**<br>**EGS4125AFG**|**2**|
|||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGS3160FFG**|**EGS3160AFG**|**EGS4160FFG**|**EGS4160AFG**|**2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-123** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—70/65** 

||**Single-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**Four-Pole**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**EGH1015FFG**|**EGH2015FFG**|**EGH3015FFG**|**—**|**EGH4015FFG**|**—**|
|16|**EGH1016FFG**|**EGH2016FFG**|**EGH3016FFG**|**—**|**EGH4016FFG**|**—**|
|20|**EGH1020FFG**|**EGH2020FFG**|**EGH3020FFG**|**EGH3020AFG**|**EGH4020FFG**|**EGH4020AFG**|
|25<br>30|**EGH1025FFG**<br>**EGH1030FFG**|**EGH2025FFG**<br>**EGH2030FFG**|**EGH3025FFG**<br>**EGH3030FFG**|**EGH3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGH4025FFG**<br>**EGH4030FFG**|**EGH4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|32|**EGH1032FFG**|**EGH2032FFG**|**EGH3032FFG**|**EGH3032AFG**|**EGH4032FFG**|**EGH4032AFG**|
|35|**EGH1035FFG**|**EGH2035FFG**|**EGH3035FFG**|**—**|**EGH4035FFG**|**—**|
|40|**EGH1040FFG**|**EGH2040FFG**|**EGH3040FFG**|**EGH3040AFG**|**EGH4040FFG**|**EGH4040AFG**|
|45<br>50|**EGH1045FFG**<br>**EGH1050FFG**|**EGH2045FFG**<br>**EGH2050FFG**|**EGH3045FFG**<br>**EGH3050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGH3050AFG**|**EGH4045FFG**<br>**EGH4050FFG**|**EGH4050AFG**<br>**—**|
|60|**EGH1060FFG**|**EGH2060FFG**|**EGH3060FFG**|**—**|**EGH4060FFG**|**—**|
|63|**EGH1063FFG**|**EGH2063FFG**|**EGH3063FFG**|**EGH3063AFG**|**EGH4063FFG**|**EGH4063AFG**|
|70|**EGH1070FFG**|**EGH2070FFG**|**EGH3070FFG**|**—**|**EGH4070FFG**|**—**|
|80|**EGH1080FFG**|**EGH2080FFG**|**EGH3080FFG**|**EGH3080AFG**|**EGH4080FFG**|**EGH4080AFG**|
|90|**EGH1090FFG**|**EGH2090FFG**|**EGH3090FFG**|**—**|**EGH4090FFG**|**—**|
|100<br>125|**EGH1100FFG**<br>**EGH1125FFG**|**EGH2100FFG**<br>**EGH2125FFG**|**EGH3100FFG**<br>**EGH3125FFG**|**EGH3100AFG**<br>**EGH3125AFG**|**EGH4100FFG**<br>**EGH4125FFG**|**EGH4100AFG**<br>**EGH4125AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-124** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

EG-Frame—100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable) 

## **EG-Frame—100/100** 

||||**EG-Frame—100/100**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**EG-Frame**|||**EG-Frame—100/100**|||||
|‘es<br>eeoao<br>i<br>e.je<br>t||||**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**3<br>**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|
||||**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||15|**EGC3015FFG**|**—**|**EGC7015FFG**|**—**|
|ig*e*ae!|||16<br>**EGC3016FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGC7016FFG**<br>**—**<br>20<br>**EGC3020FFG**<br>**EGC3020AFG**<br>**EGC7020FFG**<br>**EGC7020AFG**<br> ~~Te~~|||||
||||25|**EGC3025FFG**|**EGC3025AFG**|**EGC7025FFG**|**EGC7025AFG**|
||||30|**EGC3030FFG**|**—**|**EGC7030FFG**|**—**|
||||32<br>35|**EGC3032FFG**<br>**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGC7032FFG**<br>**EGC7035FFG**|**EGC7032AFG**<br>**—**|
||||40|**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040AFG**|**EGC7040FFG**|**EGC7040AFG**|
||||45|**EGC3045FFG**|**—**|**EGC7045FFG**|**—**|
||||50|**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3050AFG**|**EGC7050FFG**|**EGC7050AFG**|
||||60|**EGC3060FFG**|**—**|**EGC7060FFG**|**—**|
||||63|**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063AFG**|**EGC7063FFG**|**EGC7063AFG**|
||||70|**EGC3070FFG**|**—**|**EGC7070FFG**|**—**|
||||80|**EGC3080FFG**|**EGC3080AFG**|**EGC7080FFG**|**EGC7080AFG**|
||||90|**EGC3090FFG**|**—**|**EGC7090FFG**|**—**|
||||100|**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100AFG**|**EGC7100FFG**|**EGC7100AFG**|
||||125|**EGC3125FFG**|**EGC3125AFG**|**EGC7125FFG**|**EGC7125AFG**|



**2** 

## **Molded Case Switches**[4] 

**Catalog Number** 

**EGK3125KSG EGK7125KSG EGK3160KSG EGK7160KSG** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal is not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 4   Molded case switches may open above 1250 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-125** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

## **EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

|**EG-Frame**<br>‘es<br>oe!<br>eeoao<br>1<br>ope<br>1|**EG-Frame**<br>‘es<br>oe!<br>eeoao<br>1<br>ope<br>1|**EG-Frame**<br>‘es<br>oe!<br>eeoao<br>1<br>ope<br>1|**EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|*|bn|«|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15|**Number**1<br>**EGB1015FFB**|**Number**2<br>**EGB2015FFB**|**Number**3<br>**EGB3015FFB**|
||||20|**EGB1020FFB**|**EGB2020FFB**|**EGB3020FFB**|
|ig*e*e!|*e*e!||25|**EGB1025FFB**|**EGB2025FFB**|**EGB3025FFB**|
||||30|**EGB1030FFB**|**EGB2030FFB**|**EGB3030FFB**|
||||35|**EGB1035FFB**|**EGB2035FFB**|**EGB3035FFB**|
||||40|**EGB1040FFB**|**EGB2040FFB**|**EGB3040FFB**|
||||45<br>50|**EGB1045FFB**<br>**EGB1050FFB**|**EGB2045FFB**<br>**EGB2050FFB**|**EGB3045FFB**<br>**EGB3050FFB**|
||||60|**EGB1060FFB**|**EGB2060FFB**|**EGB3060FFB**|
||||70|**EGB1070FFB**|**EGB2070FFB**|**EGB3070FFB**|
||||80|**EGB1080FFB**|**EGB2080FFB**|**EGB3080FFB**|
||||90|**EGB1090FFB**|**EGB2090FFB**|**EGB3090FFB**|
||||100|**EGB1100FFB**|**EGB2100FFB**|**EGB3100FFB**|
||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFB**<br>**EGB1125FFB**|**EGB2110FFB**<br>**EGB2125FFB**|**EGB3110FFB**<br>**EGB3125FFB**|



## **EG-Frame—35 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

## **EG-Frame** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amps at 40 °C**|**Number**1|**Number**2|**Number**3|
|15|**EGS1015FFB**|**EGS2015FFB**|**EGS3015FFB**|
|20|**EGS1020FFB**|**EGS2020FFB**|**EGS3020FFB**|
|25<br>30|**EGS1025FFB**<br>**EGS1030FFB**|**EGS2025FFB**<br>**EGS2030FFB**|**EGS3025FFB**<br>**EGS3030FFB**|
|35<br>40|**EGS1035FFB**<br>**EGS1040FFB**|**EGS2035FFB**<br>**EGS2040FFB**|**EGS3035FFB**<br>**EGS3040FFB**|
|45|**EGS1045FFB**|**EGS2045FFB**|**EGS3045FFB**|
|50|**EGS1050FFB**|**EGS2050FFB**|**EGS3050FFB**|
|60|**EGS1060FFB**|**EGS2060FFB**|**EGS3060FFB**|
|70|**EGS1070FFB**|**EGS2070FFB**|**EGS3070FFB**|
|80|**EGS1080FFB**|**EGS2080FFB**|**EGS3080FFB**|
|90<br>100|**EGS1090FFB**<br>**EGS1100FFB**|**EGS2090FFB**<br>**EGS2100FFB**|**EGS3090FFB**<br>**EGS3100FFB**|
|110|**EGS1110FFB**|**EGS2110FFB**|**EGS3110FFB**|
|125|**EGS1125FFB**|**EGS2125FFB**|**EGS3125FFB**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 

2   For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 

- 3   For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-126** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15|**Number**1<br>**EGH1015FFB**|**Number**2<br>**EGH2015FFB**|**Number**3<br>**EGH3015FFB**|
|20|**EGH1020FFB**|**EGH2020FFB**|**EGH3020FFB**|
|25|**EGH1025FFB**|**EGH2025FFB**|**EGH3025FFB**|
|30|**EGH1030FFB**|**EGH2030FFB**|**EGH3030FFB**|
|35|**EGH1035FFB**|**EGH2035FFB**|**EGH3035FFB**|
|40|**EGH1040FFB**|**EGH2040FFB**|**EGH3040FFB**|
|45<br>50|**EGH1045FFB**<br>**EGH1050FFB**|**EGH2045FFB**<br>**EGH2050FFB**|**EGH3045FFB**<br>**EGH3050FFB**|
|60|**EGH1060FFB**|**EGH2060FFB**|**EGH3060FFB**|
|70|**EGH1070FFB**|**EGH2070FFB**|**EGH3070FFB**|
|80|**EGH1080FFB**|**EGH2080FFB**|**EGH3080FFB**|
|90|**EGH1090FFB**|**EGH2090FFB**|**EGH3090FFB**|
|100|**EGH1100FFB**|**EGH2100FFB**|**EGH3100FFB**|
|110|**EGH1110FFB**|**EGH2110FFB**|**EGH3110FFB**|
|125|**EGH1125FFB**|**EGH2125FFB**|**EGH3125FFB**|



## **Load Terminals** 

||**Terminal,**||||**(Package of Three Terminals)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Amps**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|15–50|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14–1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|60–125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6–3/0|**3TA150EF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 

- 2   For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 

- 3   For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-127** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** ~~-~~ 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**EG-Frame** 

**3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF** 

**3TA160EFK EF2RTWK, Two-Pole–Metric Control Wire Multiwire EF3RTWK, Three-Pole–Metric Terminal Kit Connectors EF4RTWK, Four-Pole–Metric GCWTK EF2RTDK, Two-Pole–Imperial EF3RTDK, Three-Pole–Imperial EF4RTDK, Four-Pole–Imperial** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**(Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**|**Three Terminals)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Range mm2**|**Range**|**Number**|
|125|Steel|Al|4–6|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Steel|Cu|2.5–95|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14-1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6-3/0|**3TA150EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**3TA160EFK**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**4TA160EFK**2|



EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment. 

Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. 

**Caution** : Collar must surround conductor. 

Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Standard line and load terminals. 

> 2 Four-pole kit with four terminals. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-128** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Control Wire Terminal Kit**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Control wire terminal kit|**5652B38G01**|
|Package of 12—priced individually||



For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only. 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Interphase barriers|**EIPBK**|
|Package includes 2 barriers||



The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware—DIN Rail Mounting** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
||**Number**|
|DIN rail adapter—single-pole|**EF1DIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—two-pole|**EGDIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—three- or four-pole|**EF34DIN**|
|Metal DIN rail adapter—three-pole|**EGGDDIN**|



Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08. 

## _**Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier)**_ 

The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. 

## **Terminal End Covers** 

|**Terminal End Covers**||
|---|---|
|**Conductor Opening Diameter**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|6.35 (0.25)<br>10.41 (0.41)|**EEC3K**<br>**EEC4K**|



## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

**EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**[1] 

|**(Package o**|**f 3)**1|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|125|3|14–2|**3TA125E3K**|
|125|6|14–6|**3TA125E6K**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 For four-pole kit, change “3” at beginning of catalog number to “4.” 

**Note:** English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is **BMHE** #6–32 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order **8703C80G11** . English hardware **8703C80G12** . Both sold in quantities of 100. 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually. 

## **Terminal Shields—IP30 Protection** 

|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**EFTS3K**|
|4|**EFTS4K**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-129** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **EG-Frame Accessories** 

|**EG-Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Single-**<br>**Pole**|**Two-Pole**||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Center**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**||||||||||||
|**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-213**|—<br>—|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-214**|—|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**||||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-129**|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-129**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-129**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware<br>Terminal shields|**V4-T2-129**<br>**V4-T2-129**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-129**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-129**|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-211**|■|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-211**|■|■|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-211**|—|—|■|❏|—|❏|❏|—|❏|—|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-211**|—<br>—|—<br>●|—<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-211**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-496**|—|—|—|●|●|●|—|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-209**<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement<br>SA and SB|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-130** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**120**<br>**220–240**<br>**277**<br>**347**<br>**380–415**<br>**480**<br>**600Y/ 347**<br>**690**2<br>**125**<br>**250**34<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
|EGB125|1<br>35<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE125|2, 3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS125|1<br>100<br>85<br>43<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|EGH125|1<br>200<br>100<br>50<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>100<br>50<br>—<br>—<br>70<br>35<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGC1255|3, 4<br>—<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGB1602|3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE1602|3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS1602|3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|**UL 489**<br>**Frame**|**Current Limiting Data**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Ip (kA)**<br>**I2T (106A2S)**<br>240 V/200 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>480 V/100 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>600 Y/35 kA<br>20.0<br>1.392|
|EGC||
|EGC||
|EGC||



**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **EG-Frame** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|1<br>2|1.00 (25.4)<br>2.00 (50.8)|5.50 (139.7)<br>5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|3|3.00 (76.2)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|
|4|4.00 (101.6)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|



## **EG-Frame** 

**==> picture [311 x 83] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C  L<br>Breaker<br>0.14 (3.6) R 1.85<br>(47.0)<br>0.90 3.03 5.50<br>(22.9) CL (77.0) (139.7)<br>Handle<br>1.30 Dia.(33.0) 0.47 (11.9)0.94 (23.9) (76.2)3.00 (70.4)2.77<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **EG-Frame** 

|**EG-Frame**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Number of Poles**||||
|**EG Breaker Type**|**1**|**2**|**3**|**4**|
|EGB125|1.5 (0.68)|2.0 (0.91)|3.0 (1.36)|4.9 (1.82)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 IEC only. 

- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA. 

- 5 Current limiting per UL 489. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-131** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**2** 

**==> picture [437 x 625] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
10.26<br>(260.6)<br>4.75<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>(120.6)<br>1.49<br>0.50 1.00 (37.8) 3.98<br>(12.7) (25.4) (101.1)<br>3-Pole<br>1.00 2.98<br>(25.4) (75.7)<br>2.00<br>1.50 0.50 (50.8)<br>(38.1) (12.7)<br>4.78<br>8.59 (121.4) 0.70 (17.8)<br>(218.2)<br>0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.01<br>0.09 (76.5)<br>(2.29) 3.17<br>2.75 (80.5)<br>(69.9)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module<br>9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-132** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [243 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-119|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-134|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-135|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-146|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-147|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-149|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-151|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-169|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-178|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-189|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|V4-T2-193|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|V4-T2-196|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-200|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-205|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-208|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-216|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-218|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-219|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

JG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-133** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

**==> picture [452 x 223] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
J G S 3 250 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>J Blank  = 80% rated<br>C  = 100% rated<br>Standard/Application Amperes F01  = Freeze tested for –70ºF (–57ºC)<br>G  = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 050 F02  = Freeze tested for –22ºF (–30ºC)<br>2  = Two 070<br>3  = Three 080 Terminations/Hardware<br>Performance 4  = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 090 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>600 480 415 240 9  = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 100<br>E 18 25 25 65 125 M  = Metric end caps Metric<br>150 E  = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>S 18 35 40 85 160 G  = Line/load standard Metric<br>H 25 65 70 100 175 W  = Without terminals<br>C 35 100 100 200 200<br>U 50 150 150 200 225 Trip Unit<br>X 50 200 200 200 250 AA  = Adj. adj.<br>K Molded case switch  FA  = Fixed adj.<br>KS  = Molded case switch<br>33  = 310+ electronic LS<br>32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>NN  = Frame only (250 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [490 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 4 100 FA B20<br>Trip Features (ETU Only)  [12]<br>JT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>2  = Two Amperes AA  = Adj. adj. B20 = High load alarm<br>3  = Three T/M ETU FA  = Fixed adj. B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>4  = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 080 050 KS  = Molded case switch B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>9  = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 090 100 33  = 310+ electronic LS ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>100 160 32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>110 250 35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>125 36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>150<br>160<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features. 

> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-134** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

**2** 

|**JG-Frame**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|ee<br>@;e;2e<br>*<br>-_<br>Bey<br>—_<br>—<br>ot<br>:<br>.<br>nik<br>od<br>=<br>!<br>-<br>/.<br>*|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>70<br>~~OOO~~|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>350–700<br>~~OOO~~|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGE2070FAG**<br>~~OOO~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGE3070FAG**<br>~~OOO~~|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>~~OOO~~|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGE4070FAG**<br>~~OOO~~|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>~~OOO~~<br>~~ae~~|
|ta sscgee<br>Ee<br>oea<br>re<br>: <br>o*'o6's6|90<br>450–900<br>**JGE2090FAG**<br>**JGE3090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGE4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>100<br>500–1000<br>**JGE2100FAG**<br>**JGE3100FAG**<br>**JGE3100AAG**<br>**JGE4100FAG**<br>**JGE4100AAG**<br> ~~eee~~|||||||
||125|625–1250|**JGE2125FAG**|**JGE3125FAG**|**JGE3125AAG**|**JGE4125FAG**|**JGE4125AAG**|
||150|750–1550|**JGE2150FAG**|**JGE3150FAG**|**—**|**JGE4150FAG**|**—**|
||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGE3160AAG**|**—**|**JGE4160AAG**|
||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGE2175FAG**<br>**JGE2200FAG**|**JGE3175FAG**<br>**JGE3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGE3200AAG**|**JGE4175FAG**<br>**JGE4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGE4200AAG**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGE2225FAG**|**JGE3225FAG**|**—**|**JGE4225FAG**|**—**|
||250|1250–2500|**JGE2250FAG**|**JGE3250FAG**|**JGE3250AAG**|**JGE4250FAG**|**JGE4250AAG**|



## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35, Two-Pole** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>70<br>350–700<br>90<br>450–900<br>100<br>500–1000<br>~~EE~~<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>70<br>350–700<br>90<br>450–900<br>100<br>500–1000<br>~~EE~~<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>70<br>350–700<br>90<br>450–900<br>100<br>500–1000<br>~~EE~~<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGS2070FAG**<br>**JGS2090FAG**<br>**JGS2100FAG**<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGS3070FAG**<br>**JGS3090FAG**<br>**JGS3100FAG**<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGS3100AAG**<br>**JGS4100FAG**<br>**JGS4100AAG**<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~<br>~~oe~~|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGS3100AAG**<br>**JGS4100FAG**<br>**JGS4100AAG**<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~<br>~~oe~~|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGS3100AAG**<br>**JGS4100FAG**<br>**JGS4100AAG**<br>~~ee—V3vm_—V_~~<br>~~oe~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||125|625–1250|**JGS2125FAG**|**JGS3125FAG**|**JGS3125AAG**|**JGS4125FAG**|**JGS4125AAG**|
||150|750–1550|**JGS2150FAG**|**JGS3150FAG**|**—**|**JGS4150FAG**|**—**|
||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGS3160AAG**|**—**|**JGS4160AAG**|
||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGS2175FAG**<br>**JGS2200FAG**|**JGS3175FAG**<br>**JGS3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGS3200AAG**|**JGS4175FAG**<br>**JGS4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGS4200AAG**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGS2225FAG**|**JGS3225FAG**|**—**|**JGS4225FAG**|**—**|
||250|1250–2500|**JGS2250FAG**|**JGS3250FAG**|**JGS3250AAG**|**JGS4250FAG**|**JGS4250AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-135** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

**2** 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>70<br>ee<br>ae<br>@:;2@;e<br>enerY<br>ti<br>cr<br>~~———~~<br>~~e_—~~<br>*<br>.<br>~~*~~|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>70<br>ee<br>ae<br>@:;2@;e<br>enerY<br>ti<br>cr<br>~~———~~<br>~~e_—~~<br>*<br>.<br>~~*~~|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>350–700<br>~~e_—~~|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH2070FAG**<br>~~e_—~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH3070FAG**<br>~~e_—~~|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>~~e_—~~|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGH4070FAG**<br>~~e_—~~|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**—**<br>~~e_—~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a <br>6*o6:'e|90<br> ~~TT~~|450–900|**JGH2090FAG**|**JGH3090FAG**|**—**|**JGH4090FAG**|**—**|
|6*o6:'e|100|500–1000|**JGH2100FAG**|**JGH3100FAG**|**JGH3100AAG**|**JGH4100FAG**|**JGH4100AAG**|
||125<br>150|625–1250<br>750–1550|**JGH2125FAG**<br>**JGH2150FAG**|**JGH3125FAG**<br>**JGH3150FAG**|**JGH3125AAG**<br>**—**|**JGH4125FAG**<br>**JGH4150FAG**|**JGH4125AAG**<br>**—**|
||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGH3160AAG**|**—**|**JGH4160AAG**|
||175|875–1750|**JGH2175FAG**|**JGH3175FAG**|**—**|**JGH4175FAG**|**—**|
||200|1000–2000|**JGH2200FAG**|**JGH3200FAG**|**JGH3200AAG**|**JGH4200FAG**|**JGH4200AAG**|
||225<br>250|1125–2250<br>1250–2500|**JGH2225FAG**<br>**JGH2250FAG**|**JGH3225FAG**<br>**JGH3250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH3250AAG**|**JGH4225FAG**<br>**JGH4250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH4250AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-136** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting** 

**==> picture [435 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|et|
|70|350–700|JGC3070FAG|—|JGC4070FAG|—|
|SS|80|400–800|—|JGC3080AAG|—|JGC4080AAG|
|TT|90|450–900|JGC3090FAG|—|JGC4090FAG|—|
|OO|
|100|500–1000|JGC3100FAG|JGC3100AAG|JGC4100FAG|JGC4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGC3125FAG|JGC3125AAG|JGC4125FAG|JGC4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGC3150FAG|—|JGC4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|JGC3160AAG|—|JGC4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGC3175FAG|—|JGC4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGC3200FAG|JGC3200AAG|JGC4200FAG|JGC4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGC3225FAG|—|JGC4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGC3250FAG|JGC3250AAG|JGC4250FAG|JGC4250AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting** 

**==> picture [435 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|70|350–700|JGU3070FAG|—|JGU4070FAG|—|
|80|see|400–800|—|JGU3080AAG|—|JGU4080AAG|
|SE|90|450–900|JGU3090FAG|590|—|JGU4090FAG|EE,|—|
|oo|100|500–1000|JGU3100FAG|JGU3100AAG|JGU4100FAG|JGU4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGU3125FAG|JGU3125AAG|JGU4125FAG|JGU4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGU3150FAG|—|JGU4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|JGU3160AAG|—|JGU4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGU3175FAG|—|JGU4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGU3200FAG|JGU3200AAG|JGU4200FAG|JGU4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGU3225FAG|—|JGU4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGU3250FAG|JGU3250AAG|JGU4250FAG|JGU4250AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-137** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

**2** 

## Series G 

Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting** 

||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Four-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||70<br>80|350–700<br>**JGX3070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>400–800<br>**—**<br>**JGX3080AAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX4080AAG**<br>~~ee~~|||||
|90<br>450–900<br>**JGX3090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGX4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>100<br>500–1000<br>**JGX3100FAG**<br>**JGX3100AAG**<br>**JGX4100FAG**<br>**JGX4100AAG**<br> ~~TT~~<br>~~ee~~|||||||
||125|625–1250|**JGX3125FAG**|**JGX3125AAG**|**JGX4125FAG**|**JGX4125AAG**|
||150|750–1550|**JGX3150FAG**|**—**|**JGX4150FAG**|**—**|
||160|800–1600|**—**|**JGX3160AAG**|**—**|**JGX4160AAG**|
||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGX3175FAG**<br>**JGX3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX3200AAG**|**JGX4175FAG**<br>**JGX4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX4200AAG**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGX3225FAG**|**—**|**JGX4225FAG**|**—**|
||250|1250–2500|**JGX3250FAG**|**JGX3250AAG**|**JGX4250FAG**|**JGX4250AAG**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[3] 

**Catalog Number JGK3250KSG JGK7250KSG** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 3   Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-138** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole 0%**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|<br>**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**25/25**||||
|250|**JGE2250NN**|**JGE3250NN**|**JGE4250NN**|
|**40/35**||||
|250|**JGS2250NN**|**JGS3250NN**|**JGS4250NN**|
|**70/65**||||
|250|**JGH2250NN**|**JGH3250NN**|**JGH4250NN**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGC3250NN**|**JGC4250NN**|
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGU3250NN**|**JGU4250NN**|
|**200/200**|**Current Limiting Per UL**|**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGX3250NN**|**JGX4250NN**|
|**25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGE3250NNC**|**—**|
|**40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGS3250NNC**|**—**|
|**70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGH3250NNC**|**—**|



**2** 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit** 

|**Ampere**||**Catalog**|||||**Catalog**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**|**Range**|**Number**||||**Range**|**Number**|||
|70|350–700|**JT2070FA**|**JT3070FA**|**—**||**—**|**JT4070FA**|**—**||
|80|400–800|**—**|**JT3080FA**|**JT3080AA**|2|64–100|**—**|**JT4080AA**|2|
|90|450–900|**JT2090FA**|**JT3090FA**|**—**||—|**JT4090FA**|**—**||
|100|500–1000|**JT2100FA**|**JT3100FA**|**JT3100AA**|2|80–100|**JT4100FA**|**JT4100AA**|2|
|125|625–1250|**JT2125FA**|**JT3125FA**|**JT3125AA**|2|100–125|**JT4125FA**|**JT4125AA**|2|
|150|750–1550|**JT2150FA**|**JT3150FA**|**—**||—|**JT4150FA**|**—**||
|160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JT3160AA**|2|128–160|**—**|**JT4160AA**|2|
|175|875–1750|**JT2175FA**|**JT3175FA**|**—**||—|**JT4175FA**|**—**||
|200|1000–2000|**JT2200FA**|**JT3200FA**|**JT3200AA**|2|160–200|**JT4200FA**|**JT4200AA**|2|
|225|1125–2250|**JT2225FA**|**JT3225FA**|**—**||—|**JT4225FA**|**—**||
|250|1250–2500|**JT2250FA**|**JT3250FA**|**JT3250AA**|2|200–250|**JT4250FA**|**JT4250AA**|2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Components—100% rated frame. 

> 2 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-139** 

2.3 

**2 JG 310+ Electronic Trip Units** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series G 

## _**310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-148** . 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JT305033**|**JT305032**|**JT305035**|**JT305036**|**JGFCT050**|
|100<br>160|**JT310033**<br>**JT316033**|**JT310032**<br>**JT316032**|**JT310035**<br>**JT316035**|**JT310036**<br>**JT316036**|**JGFCT100**<br>**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JT325033**|**JT325032**|**JT325035**|**JT325036**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JT405033**|**JT405032**|**JT405035**|**JT405036**|**—**|
|100|**JT410033**|**JT410032**|**JT410035**|**JT410036**|**—**|
|160|**JT416033**|**JT416032**|**JT416035**|**JT416036**|**—**|
|250|**JT425033**|**JT425032**|**JT425035**|**JT425036**|**—**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**JGFCT250**|
|External neutral sensor (160 A)|**JGFCT160**|
|External neutral sensor (100 A)|**JGFCT100**|
|External neutral sensor (80 A)<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**JGFCT050**<br>**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required. 

- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-140** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**Complete Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-148** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25** 

**2** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGE305033G**|**JGE305032G**|**JGE305035G**|**JGE305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033G**|**JGE310032G**|**JGE310035G**|**JGE310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGE316033G**|**JGE316032G**|**JGE316035G**|**JGE316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGE325033G**|**JGE325032G**|**JGE325035G**|**JGE325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGE405033G**|**JGE405032G**|**JGE405035G**|**JGE405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGE410033G**|**JGE410032G**|**JGE410035G**|**JGE410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGE416033G**|**JGE416032G**|**JGE416035G**|**JGE416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGE425033G**|**JGE425032G**|**JGE425035G**|**JGE425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGS305033G**|**JGS305032G**|**JGS305035G**|**JGS305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033G**|**JGS310032G**|**JGS310035G**|**JGS310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033G**|**JGS316032G**|**JGS316035G**|**JGS316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033G**|**JGS325032G**|**JGS325035G**|**JGS325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGS405033G**|**JGS405032G**|**JGS405035G**|**JGS405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGS410033G**|**JGS410032G**|**JGS410035G**|**JGS410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGS416033G**|**JGS416032G**|**JGS416035G**|**JGS416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGS425033G**|**JGS425032G**|**JGS425035G**|**JGS425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGH305033G**|**JGH305032G**|**JGH305035G**|**JGH305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033G**|**JGH310032G**|**JGH310035G**|**JGH310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033G**|**JGH316032G**|**JGH316035G**|**JGH316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033G**|**JGH325032G**|**JGH325035G**|**JGH325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGH405033G**|**JGH405032G**|**JGH405035G**|**JGH405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGH410033G**|**JGH410032G**|**JGH410035G**|**JGH410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGH416033G**|**JGH416032G**|**JGH416035G**|**JGH416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGH425033G**|**JGH425032G**|**JGH425035G**|**JGH425036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-141** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

**2** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC305033G**<br>**JGC310033G**|**JGC305032G**<br>**JGC310032G**|**JGC305035G**<br>**JGC310035G**|**JGC305036G**<br>**JGC310036G**|**JGFCT050**<br>**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGC316033G**|**JGC316032G**|**JGC316035G**|**JGC316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGC335033G**|**JGC325032G**|**JGC325035G**|**JGC325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC405033G**<br>**JGC410033G**|**JGC405032G**<br>**JGC410032G**|**JGC405035G**<br>**JGC410035G**|**JGC405036G**<br>**JGC410036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|160|**JGC416033G**|**JGC416032G**|**JGC416035G**|**JGC416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGC435033G**|**JGC425032G**|**JGC425035G**|**JGC425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGU305033G**|**JGU305032G**|**JGU305035G**|**JGU305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGU310033G**|**JGU310032G**|**JGU310035G**|**JGU310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGU316033G**|**JGU316032G**|**JGU316035G**|**JGU316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGU335033G**|**JGU325032G**|**JGU325035G**|**JGU325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGU405033G**|**JGU405032G**|**JGU405035G**|**JGU405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGU410033G**|**JGU410032G**|**JGU410035G**|**JGU410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGU416033G**|**JGU416032G**|**JGU416035G**|**JGU416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGU435033G**|**JGU425032G**|**JGU425035G**|**JGU425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGX305033G**|**JGX305032G**|**JGX305035G**|**JGX305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGX310033G**|**JGX310032G**|**JGX310035G**|**JGX310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGX316033G**|**JGX316032G**|**JGX316035G**|**JGX316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250<br>**Four-Pole**2|**JGX325033G**|**JGX325032G**|**JGX325035G**|**JGX325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|50|**JGX405033G**|**JGX405032G**|**JGX405035G**|**JGX405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGX410033G**|**JGX410032G**|**JGX410035G**|**JGX410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGX416033G**|**JGX416032G**|**JGX416035G**|**JGX416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGX425033G**|**JGX425032G**|**JGX425035G**|**JGX425036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

> 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

> 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-142** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**JG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_ 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

**2** 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|
|70|350–700|**JGE3070FAGC**|70|350–700|**JGH3070FAGC**|
|90|450–900|**JGE3090FAGC**|90<br>450–900<br>**JGH3090FAGC**<br>~~SSeSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSeseF~~|||
|100<br>500–1000<br>**JGE3100FAGC**<br>125<br>625–1250<br>**JGE3125FAGC**<br>~~St~~|||100<br>500–1000<br>**JGH3100FAGC**<br>125<br>625–1250<br>**JGH3125FAGC**<br>~~a~~|||
|150<br>160|750–1550<br>800–1600|**JGE3150FAGC**<br>**—**|150<br>160|750–1550<br>800–1600|**JGH3150FAGC**<br>**—**|
|175|875–1750|**JGE3175FAGC**|175|875–1750|**JGH3175FAGC**|
|200|1000–2000|**JGE3200FAGC**|200|1000–2000|**JGH3200FAGC**|
|225|1125–2250|**JGE3225FAGC**|225|1125–2250|**JGH3225FAGC**|
|250|1250–2500|**JGE3250FAGC**|250|1250–2500|**JGH3250FAGC**|



## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35** 

|||**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|
|70<br>~~SSS~~|350–700<br>~~SSS~~|**JGS3070FAGC**<br>~~SSS~~|
|90|450–900|**JGS3090FAGC**|
|100|500–1000|**JGS3100FAGC**|
|125|625–1250|**JGS3125FAGC**|
|150|750–1550|**JGS3150FAGC**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|
|175|875–1750|**JGS3175FAGC**|
|200|1000–2000|**JGS3200FAGC**|
|225<br>250|1125–2250<br>1250–2500|**JGS3225FAGC**<br>**JGS3250FAGC**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-143** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**JG 100% Rated 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-148** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGE305033GC**|**JGE305032GC**|**JGE305035GC**|**JGE305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033GC**|**JGE310032GC**|**JGE310035GC**|**JGE310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160<br>250|**JGE316033GC**<br>**JGE325033GC**|**JGE316032GC**<br>**JGE325032GC**|**JGE316035GC**<br>**JGE325035GC**|**JGE316036GC**<br>**JGE325036GC**|**JGFCT160**<br>**JGFCT250**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>50|**Number**<br>**JGS305033GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305032GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305035GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305036GC**|**Number**<br>**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033GC**|**JGS310032GC**|**JGS310035GC**|**JGS310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033GC**|**JGS316032GC**|**JGS316035GC**|**JGS316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033GC**|**JGS325032GC**|**JGS325035GC**|**JGS325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGH305033GC**|**JGH305032GC**|**JGH305035GC**|**JGH305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033GC**|**JGH310032GC**|**JGH310035GC**|**JGH310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033GC**|**JGH316032GC**|**JGH316035GC**|**JGH316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033GC**|**JGH325032GC**|**JGH325035GC**|**JGH325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-144** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **JG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**T250FJ**|**TA250FJ**||**Endcap Kit**|**Control Wire**<br>**Terminal Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Load and Line Terminals**|||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>250<br>250|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>Stainless steel Cu<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>25–185<br>10–185|**Metric Wire**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**<br>**of Conductors**<br>#4–350 (1)<br>#8–350 (1)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**T250FJ**1<br>**TA250FJ**12|



**Multiwire Connectors** 

**Rear Fed Terminals** 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02. 

## **Terminal Shields IP30** 

|**Location**|**Number of Poles**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|Line or Load|2, 3|**FJTS3K**|
||4|**FJTS4K**|



JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number. 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

## **Endcap Kits** 

|**Endcap Kits**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Catalog Number**||
|**Number of Poles**|**Metric**|**Imperial**|
|3<br>4|**FJ3RTWK**<br>**FJ4RTWK**|**FJ3RTDK**<br>**FJ4RTDK**|



Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware. 

## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Description**<br>Package of 14 (priced individually)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FJCWTK**|
|---|---|



|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**FJIPBK**3|
|4|**FJIPBK4**3|



## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

For use with aluminum or copper terminals only. 

## **Rear Fed Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|250|#4–350 kcmil|**TA250JGRF**<br>**3TA250JGRF**|



**JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

|**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
|250|3|14–2|**3TA250FJ3**|
|250|6|14–6|**3TA250FJ6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

- 1 Individually packed. 

- 2 Standard line and load. 

- 3 Individually priced. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-145** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **JG-Frame Accessories** 

|**JG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two- and Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**<br>**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-213**|—|—|■|—|—|■|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-213**|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>■|—<br>—|■<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-214**|■|—|—|■|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-145**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-145**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-145**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-145**<br>**V4-T2-145**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-145**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-211**|—|■|—|—|■|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-211**|❏|—|❏|❏|—|❏|—|
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-211**|❏<br>●|—<br>●|❏<br>●|❏<br>—|—<br>—|❏<br>—|—<br>—|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-496**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-196**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-219**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-140**<br>**V4-T2-210**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-209**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-146** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**220–240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**380–415**||||**690**2||**Volts DC**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**250**23|
|JGE250|2, 3, 4|65|65|25|25|25|18|12|6|10|
|JGS250|2, 3, 4|85|85|40|40|35|18|12|6|22|
|JGH250|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|25|14|7|22|
|JGC2504|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|35|16|12|42|
|JGU2504|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|50|18|14|50|
|JGX2504|3, 4|200|200|200|200|200|50|18|14|50|



**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGC|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|480 V/100 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|600 V/35 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGU|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|480 V/150 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGX|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|480 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|



## **JG 310+ Specifications** 

|**JG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|JG|
|Frames available|50 A, 100 A, 160 A 250 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|20–250A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|10–250A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|No|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)5|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

- 4 Current limiting per UL 489. 

- 5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-147** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

||**JG 310+ Adjtabilit Sifiatin**||
|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**JG Frame**<br>**50 A**<br>**100 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**250 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>20<br>40<br>63<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>45<br>80<br>125|
|||C<br>25<br>50<br>90<br>150|
|||D<br>30<br>63<br>100<br>160|
|||E<br>32<br>70<br>110<br>175|
|||F<br>40<br>80<br>125<br>200|
|||G<br>45<br>90<br>150<br>225|
|||H (= In)<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>10<br>20<br>32<br>50|
|||Position 2<br>15<br>30<br>48<br>75|
|||Position 3<br>20<br>40<br>64<br>100|
|||Position 4<br>30<br>60<br>96<br>150|
|||Position 5<br>40<br>80<br>128<br>200|
|||Position 6<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting1|N/A|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)2|N/A|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not available for JG. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode not available for JG frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG, and RG. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-148** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **JG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|4.13 (104.9)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|
|4|5.34 (135.6)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|



## **JG-Frame** 

**==> picture [343 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C  L<br>Breaker 1.25 (31.8)<br>0.63 (16.0)<br>0.28 (7.1) 0.19 (4.8) R 3.95<br>(100.3)<br>3.06 2.05 (52.1) 7.00<br>(77.7) CL (177.8)<br>Handle<br>0.50<br>1.06 (27.0)<br>(12.7) 4.00<br>(101.6)<br>4.13 3.44<br>(104.9) (87.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **JG-Frame** 

|**JG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Number of Poles**||
|**Breaker Type**|**2, 3**|**4**|
|JGC|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGE|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGH|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGS|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGU|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGX|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-149** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [511 x 313] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2 3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>2 0.69 (139.7) (52.1)2.05<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>2 (35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) (16.0)0.63<br>1.88<br>2 R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>2 (99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>2 (177.8) (285.8)<br>2 11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>2<br>2 3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>2 TEST (108.0)<br>2<br>2.05<br>2 3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>2 (93.7)4.78 (96.8)3.81 (103.9)<br>(121.4)<br>2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-150** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-152**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-153**<br>**V4-T2-164**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-165**<br>**V4-T2-167**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**<br>**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-193**<br>**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-200**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**<br>**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**<br>**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



**2** 

## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

LG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-151** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

**==> picture [452 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L G S 3 600 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>L Blank  = 80% rated<br>C  = 100% rated (for LGE, LGS and LGH only)<br>Standard/Application Amperes<br>G  = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 250 Terminations/Hardware<br>3  = Three 300 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>E 18 600 Performance 35 480 35 415 65 240 4678  = Four—Neutral 0% protected = Four—Neutral 60% protected = Four—Neutral 100% protected = Four—Neutral 0–60% protected 350400500600 MEGW  = Imperial end caps = Line/load standard = Metric end caps = Without terminals MetricImperialMetric<br>S 25 50 50 85 9  = Four—Neutral 0–100 protected 630<br>H 35 65 70 100 Trip Unit<br>C 50 100 100 200 AA  = Adj. adj.<br>U 65 150 150 200 FA  = Fixed adj.<br>X 65 200 200 200 KS  = Molded case switch<br>33  = 310+ electronic LS<br>K Molded case switch<br>32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>38  = 310+ electronic ALSI<br>39  = 310+ electronic ALSIG<br>NN  = Frame only (630 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

## **LT 3 600 FA B20** 

**==> picture [489 x 115] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Features (ETU Only)  [12]<br>LT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>3  = Three Amperes AA  = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic B20 = High load alarm<br>4  = Four—neutral 0% protected 250 FA  = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>8  = Four—neutral 0/60% protected 300 KS  = Molded case switch B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>9  = Four—neutral 0/100% protected 350 33  = 310+ electronic LS ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>400 32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>500 35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>600 36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>630 38  = 310+ electronic ALSI<br>39  = 310+ electronic ALSIG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features. 

> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-152** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

**==> picture [489 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|[2]|Four-Pole (0%)|[3]|
|—=r.|Fixed Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|Fixed Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|
|Ampere|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Rating|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|——|ee|250|LGE3250FAG|LGE3250AAG|ee|LGE4250FAG|LGE4250AAG|
|300|LGE3300FAG|—|LGE4300FAG|—|
|ae|i|©|a|320|—|o_o|LGE3320AAG|—|LGE4320AAG|ooo|
|350|LGE3350FAG|—|LGE4350FAG|—|
|400|LGE3400FAG|LGE3400AAG|LGE4400FAG|LGE4400AAG|
|500|LGE3500FAG|LGE3500AAG|LGE4500FAG|LGE4500AAG|
|600|LGE3600FAG|—|LGE4600FAG|—|
|630|[4]|—|LGE3630AAG|—|LGE4630AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

**==> picture [489 x 145] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|[2]|Four-Pole (0%)|[3]|
|—=r.|Fixed Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|Fixed Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Thermal,Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|
|z|x|Sy|Ampere|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Rating|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|——|ee|250|LGS3250FAG|LGS3250AAG|Te|LGS4250FAG|LGS4250AAG|
|300|LGS3300FAG|—|LGS4300FAG|—|
|Nooo|
|ae|i|©|a|320|—|LGS3320AAG|—|LGS4320AAG|
|350|LGS3350FAG|—|LGS4350FAG|—|
|400|LGS3400FAG|LGS3400AAG|LGS4400FAG|LGS4400AAG|
|500|LGS3500FAG|LGS3500AAG|LGS4500FAG|LGS4500AAG|
|600|LGS3600FAG|—|LGS4600FAG|—|
|630|[4]|—|LGS3630AAG|—|LGS4630AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**[1] 

**==> picture [433 x 144] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|[2]|Four-Pole (0%)|[3]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[45]|
|Ampere|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Rating|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|250|LGH3250FAG|LGH3250AAG|LGH4250FAG|LGH4250AAG|
|300|LGH3300FAG|—|LGH4300FAG|—|
|eS|
|320350|—LGH3350FAG|So|—LGH3320AAG|LGH4350FAG—|—LGH4320AAG|oo,|
|400|LGH3400FAG|LGH3400AAG|LGH4400FAG|LGH4400AAG|
|500|LGH3500FAG|LGH3500AAG|LGH4500FAG|LGH4500AAG|
|600|LGH3600FAG|—|LGH4600FAG|—|
|630|[4]|—|LGH3630AAG|—|LGH4630AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 3   Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 4   320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 5   Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-153** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|lpeerrt pean<br>2.0.8<br>=<br>aan|pean<br>.||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>250<br>**LGC3250FAG**<br>**LGC3250AAG**<br>**LGC4250FAG**<br>**LGC4250AAG**<br>rT<br>=<br>c~~EO~~<br>——<br>~~OO~~|||||||
|pc<br> eel ee|©|300<br>320|**LGC3300FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LGC3320AAG**|**LGC4300FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LGC4320AAG**|
|||350|**LGC3350FAG**|**—**|**LGC4350FAG**|**—**|
|||400|**LGC3400FAG**|**LGC3400AAG**|**LGC4400FAG**|**LGC4400AAG**|
|||500|**LGC3500FAG**|**LGC3500AAG**|**LGC4500FAG**|**LGC4500AAG**|
|||600|**LGC3600FAG**|**—**|**LGC4600FAG**|**—**|
|||6304|**—**|**LGC3630AAG**|**—**|**LGC4630AAG**|



## **LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|heeeeey<br>i|heeeeey lpeerrt pean<br>2.0.8<br>=<br>aan|pean<br>.||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>250<br>**LGU3250FAG**<br>**LGU3250AAG**<br>**LGU4250FAG**<br>**LGU4250AAG**<br>rT<br>a<br>=<br>c<br>aaa~~eS~~<br>YY<br>——<br>~~ee~~||||||
|9|pc<br>tl||300<br>**LGU3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>320<br>**—**<br>**LGU3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4320AAG**<br> ~~a~~|||
||||350|**LGU3350FAG**|**—**<br>**LGU4350FAG**<br>**—**|
||||400|**LGU3400FAG**|**LGU3400AAG**<br>**LGU4400FAG**<br>**LGU4400AAG**|
||||500|**LGU3500FAG**|**LGU3500AAG**<br>**LGU4500FAG**<br>**LGU4500AAG**|
||||600|**LGU3600FAG**|**—**<br>**LGU4600FAG**<br>**—**|
||||6304|**—**|**LGU3630AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGU4630AAG**|



## **LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

||**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>250|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGX3250FAG**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGX3250AAG**<br>~~ee~~|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGX4250FAG**<br>~~ee~~|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGX4250AAG**<br>~~ee~~|
||300|**LGX3300FAG**|**—**|**LGX4300FAG**|**—**|
|320<br>**—**<br>**LGX3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGX4320AAG**<br>350<br>**LGX3350FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGX4350FAG**<br>**—**<br>400<br>**LGX3400FAG**<br>**LGX3400AAG**<br>**LGX4400FAG**<br>**LGX4400AAG**<br>~~a~~||||||
||500|**LGX3500FAG**|**LGX3500AAG**|**LGX4500FAG**|**LGX4500AAG**|
||600|**LGX3600FAG**|**—**|**LGX4600FAG**|**—**|
||6304|**—**|**LGX3630AAG**|**—**|**LGX4630AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

3   Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 4   320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 5   Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-154** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Molded Case Switches**[1] 

|**Molded Case Switches**1||
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|32<br>**LGK3400KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4400KSG**|
|6303|32<br>**LGK3630KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4630KSG**|



**2** 

## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**3|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Four-Pole 0%**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**35/35**||
|6303|**LGE3630NN**<br>**LGE4630NN**|
||**LGE3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**50/50**||
|6303|**LGS3630NN**<br>**LGS4630NN**|
||**LGS3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**70/53**||
|6303|**LGH3630NN**<br>**LGH4630NN**|
||**LGH3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGC3630NN**<br>**LGC4630NN**||
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGU3630NN**<br>**LGU4630NN**||
|**200/200 Current Limiting**||
|630<br>**LGX3630NN**<br>**LGX4630NN**||



## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit** 

||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**6<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**5<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**5<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LT3250FA**|**LT3250AA**|**LT4250FA**|**LT4250AA**|
|300|**LT3300FA**|**—**|**LT4300FA**|**—**|
|320|**—**|**LT3320AA**|**—**|**LT4320AA**|
|350|**LT3350FA**|**—**|**LT4350FA**|**—**|
|400|**LT3400FA**|**LT3400AA**|**LT4400FA**|**LT4400AA**|
|500|**LT3500FA**|**LT3500AA**|**LT4500FA**|**LT4500AA**|
|600<br>630|**LT3600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT3630AA**|**LT4600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT4630AA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes. 

- 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 4 100% rated frame. 

- 5 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

- 6 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-155** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-166** . 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|250|**LT325033**|**LT325032**|**LT325035**|**LT325036**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340033**|**LT340032**|**LT340035**|**LT340036**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LT360033**<br>**LT363033**|**LT360032**<br>**LT363032**|**LT360035**<br>**LT363035**|**LT360036**<br>**LT363036**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|250|**LT425033**|**LT425032**|**LT425035**|**LT425036**|**—**|
|400|**LT440033**|**LT440032**|**LT440035**|**LT440036**|**—**|
|600|**LT460033**|**LT460032**|**LT460035**|**LT460036**|**—**|
|6302|**LT463033**|**LT463032**|**LT463035**|**LT463036**|**—**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Electronic portable test kit|**Number**<br>**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (630 A)|**LGFCT630**|
|External neutral sensor (600 A)|**LGFCT600**|
|External neutral sensor (400 A)|**LGFCT400**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**LGFCT250**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

> 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

> 4 Four-pole LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-156** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1] 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-166** . 

## **IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGE325033G**|**LGE325032G**|**LGE325035G**|**LGE325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGE340033G**|**LGE340032G**|**LGE340035G**|**LGE340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033G**|**LGE360032G**|**LGE360035G**|**LGE360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGE363033G**|**LGE363032G**|**LGE363035G**|**LGE363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGE425033G**|**LGE425032G**|**LGE425035G**|**LGE425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGE440033G**|**LGE440032G**|**LGE440035G**|**LGE440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGE460033G**|**LGE460032G**|**LGE460035G**|**LGE460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGE463033G**|**LGE463032G**|**LGE463035G**|**LGE463036G**|**—**|



**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGS325033G**|**LGS325032G**|**LGS325035G**|**LGS325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGS340033G**|**LGS340032G**|**LGS340035G**|**LGS340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGS360033G**|**LGS360032G**|**LGS360035G**|**LGS360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGS363033G**|**LGS363032G**|**LGS363035G**|**LGS363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGS425033G**|**LGS425032G**|**LGS425035G**|**LGS425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGS440033G**|**LGS440032G**|**LGS440035G**|**LGS440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGS460033G**|**LGS460032G**|**LGS460035G**|**LGS460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGS463033G**|**LGS463032G**|**LGS463035G**|**LGS463036G**|**—**|



**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGH325033G**|**LGH325032G**|**LGH325035G**|**LGH325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033G**|**LGH340032G**|**LGH340035G**|**LGH340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGH360033G**|**LGH360032G**|**LGH360035G**|**LGH360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGH363033G**|**LGH363032G**|**LGH363035G**|**LGH363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGH425033G**|**LGH425032G**|**LGH425035G**|**LGH425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGH440033G**|**LGH440032G**|**LGH440035G**|**LGH440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGH460033G**|**LGH460032G**|**LGH460035G**|**LGH460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGH463033G**|**LGH463032G**|**LGH463035G**|**LGH463036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-157** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

_**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1] 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-166** . 

## **IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGC325033G**|**LGC325032G**|**LGC325035G**|**LGC325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGC340033G**|**LGC340032G**|**LGC340035G**|**LGC340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGC360033G**|**LGC360032G**|**LGC360035G**|**LGC360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGC363033G**|**LGC363032G**|**LGC363035G**|**LGC363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250<br>400|**LGC425033G**<br>**LGC440033G**|**LGC425032G**<br>**LGC440032G**|**LGC425035G**<br>**LGC440035G**|**LGC425036G**<br>**LGC440036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|600<br>6304|**LGC460033G**<br>**LGC463033G**|**LGC460032G**<br>**LGC463032G**|**LGC460035G**<br>**LGC463035G**|**LGC460036G**<br>**LGC463036G**|**—**<br>**—**|



## **IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3<br>250|**LGU325033G**|**LGU325032G**|**LGU325035G**|**LGU325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGU340033G**<br>**LGU360033G**|**LGU340032G**<br>**LGU360032G**|**LGU340035G**<br>**LGU360035G**|**LGU340036G**<br>**LGU360036G**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGU363033G**|**LGU363032G**|**LGU363035G**|**LGU363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGU425033G**|**LGU425032G**|**LGU425035G**|**LGU425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGU440033G**|**LGU440032G**|**LGU440035G**|**LGU440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGU460033G**|**LGU460032G**|**LGU460035G**|**LGU460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGU463033G**|**LGU463032G**|**LGU463035G**|**LGU463036G**|**—**|



## **IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGX325033G**|**LGX325032G**|**LGX325035G**|**LGX325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGX340033G**|**LGX340032G**|**LGX340035G**|**LGX340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6304|**LGX360033G**<br>**LGX363033G**|**LGX360032G**<br>**LGX363032G**|**LGX360035G**<br>**LGX363035G**|**LGX360036G**<br>**LGX363036G**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5<br>250|**LGX425033G**|**LGX425032G**|**LGX425035G**|**LGX425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGX440033G**|**LGX440032G**|**LGX440035G**|**LGX440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGX460033G**|**LGX460032G**|**LGX460035G**|**LGX460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGX463033G**|**LGX463032G**|**LGX463035G**|**LGX463036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-158** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**LG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_ 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

|**LG-Frame**<br>——<br>| —"<br>eve<br>|<br>i<br>es<br>.<br>—<br>|__<br>aia<br>+<br>=||**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes**<br>**UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and**<br>**480 Vac** 1<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog Number**|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes**<br>**UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and**<br>**480 Vac** 1<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog Number**|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes**<br>**UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and**<br>**480 Vac** 1<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|i —e|250<br>300|**LGE3250FAGC**<br>**LGE3300FAGC**|~~—~~|
|Toe|320|**—**||
||350|**LGE3350FAGC**||
||400|**LGE3400FAGC**||
||500<br>600|**LGE3500FAGC**<br>**LGE3600FAGC**||
||6304|**—**||



**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**[1] 

|**kAIC at 480 Vac**|**kAIC at 480 Vac** [1]|
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|250<br>**LGH3250FAGC**<br>300<br>**LGH3300FAGC**<br>~~St~~||
|320<br>**—**<br>~~a~~||
|350|**LGH3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGH3400FAGC**|
|500<br>600|**LGH3500FAGC**<br>**LGH3600FAGC**|
|6304|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

|**480 Vac** [1]||
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|250|**LGS3250FAGC**|
|300|**LGS3300FAGC**|
|320|**—**|
|350|**LGS3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGS3400FAGC**|
|500<br>600|**LGS3500FAGC**<br>**LGS3600FAGC**|
|6304|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-159** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-166** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250<br>400|**LGE325033GC**<br>**LGE340033GC**|**LGE325032GC**<br>**LGE340032GC**|**LGE325035GC**<br>**LGE340035GC**|**LGE325036GC**<br>**LGE340036GC**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033GC**|**LGE360032GC**|**LGE360035GC**|**LGE360036GC**|**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGE363033GC**|**LGE363032GC**|**LGE363035GC**|**LGE363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGS325033GC**|**LGS325032GC**|**LGS325035GC**|**LGS325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGS340033GC**<br>**LGS360033GC**|**LGS340032GC**<br>**LGS360032GC**|**LGS340035GC**<br>**LGS360035GC**|**LGS340036GC**<br>**LGS360036GC**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGS363033GC**|**LGS363032GC**|**LGS363035GC**|**LGS363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGH325033GC**|**LGH325032GC**|**LGH325035GC**|**LGH325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033GC**|**LGH340032GC**|**LGH340035GC**|**LGH340036GC**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LGH360033GC**<br>**LGH363033GC**|**LGH360032GC**<br>**LGH363032GC**|**LGH360035GC**<br>**LGH363035GC**|**LGH360036GC**<br>**LGH363036GC**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-160** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-166** . 

Series G LG circuit breakers are available with the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ integrated into the electronic trip units helping to improve safety by providing a 

simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time. The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System unit utilizes a separate analog trip circuit that provides faster 

interruption times than the standard (digital) 

“instantaneous” protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction 

**LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

**LG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

|||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**<br>250<br>400<br>600<br>630<br>**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**<br>250|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**<br>**LGE325038G**<br>**LGE365039G**<br>**LGE340038G**<br>**LGE340039G**<br>**LGE360038G**<br>**LGE360039G**<br>**LGE363038G**<br>**LGE363039G**<br>**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**<br>**LGS325038G**<br>**LGS365039G**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGS340038G**|**LGS340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGS360038G**|**LGS360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGS363038G**|**LGS363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|||
||250|**LGH325038G**|**LGH365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGH340038G**|**LGH340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGH360038G**|**LGH360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGH363038G**|**LGH363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGC325038G**|**LGC365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGC340038G**|**LGC340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGC360038G**|**LGC360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGC363038G**|**LGC363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGU325038G**|**LGU365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGU340038G**|**LGU340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGU360038G**|**LGU360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGU363038G**|**LGU363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGX325038G**|**LGX365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGX340038G**|**LGX340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGX360038G**|**LGX360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
|630||**LGX363038G**|**LGX363039G**|**LGFCT600**|



> Maintenance System unit can **2** have a significantly lower 

> incident energy level, **2** reducing arc flash potential to the system. 

**LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LT325038**|**LT325039**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340038**|**LT340039**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LT360038**|**LT360039**|**LGFCT600**|
|630|**LT363038**|**LT363039**|**LGFCT600**|



_**Note**_ 

1   Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-161** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||**AWG**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire Range/**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric**<br>**Wire Range**<br>**(mm2)**|**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3TA631LK**1|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4TA631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3T631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4T631LK**1|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|1|**TA632L**|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|3|**3TA632LK**12|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|4|**4TA632LK**12|
|630<br>630|Copper<br>Copper|Cu<br>Cu|2–500 (2)<br>2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)<br>35–240 (2)|3<br>4|**3T632LK**1<br>**4T632LK**1|
|400<br>400|Aluminum<br>Copper|Cu/Al<br>Cu|3–500 (1)<br>3–500 (1)|35–240 (1)<br>35–240 (1)|1<br>1|**TA350LK**2<br>**T350LK**|



## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. 

## **Terminal Covers** 

|**Terminal Covers**||
|---|---|
|**End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts)**<br>**Description**<br>Three-pole terminal cover3<br>Four-pole terminal cover3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LTS3K**<br>**LTS4K**|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3|**L3RTWK**|
|4|**L4RTWK**|



## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Description**<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>Aluminum<br>Aluminum<br>Copper<br>Copper|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**3TA632LKW**<br>**4TA632LKW**<br>**3T632LKW**<br>**4T632LKW**|
|---|---|---|



## **Terminal Spreaders** 

|**Terminal Spreaders**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3|**LGTEW3**|
|4|**LGTEW4**|
|**Terminal Extensions**||
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Handle Extension**<br>3<br>4|**LGTES3**<br>**LGTES4**|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Handle extension|**HEXLG**|



## **Interphase Barrier** 

||**Interphase Barrier**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Package of 2**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Interphase barrier||**IPB3**|
||**Rear Fed Terminals**|||
||**Maximum**|**Wire Size**|**Catalog**|
||**Amperes**<br>400|**Range AWG Cu**<br>2–500 kcmil|**Number**<br>**TA350LKRF**|
||400<br>630|2–500 kcmil<br>2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA350LKRF**<br>**TA632LKRF**|
||630|2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA632LKRF**|



Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

**LG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

|**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
|600|6|14–1/0|**3TA600L6K**|
|**_Notes_**||||



> 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers. 

> 2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker. 

> 3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-162** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **StrandAble Multiwire Terminals** 

Field-installed multiwire terminals are UL listed for nearly any class of rigid or fine strand wire without the use of additional fittings. 

Used on the load side of StrandAble multiwire circuit breaker to distribute terminals are available in the load to multiple devices three-pole kits that include without the use of a power the necessary hardware and distribution block. shielding. 

## **LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)** 

|**3TA600L6SWK_**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|||||
||**Amperage**|**Wire Class**|**Wire Range**|**Shield Included**|**Catalog Number**|
||600|B and C|(6) 12–2/0|Interphase barrier|**3TA600L6SWKI**|
||600|D, G, H, I, K, M|(6) 8–1/0|Interphase barrier||
||600|B and C|(6) 12–2/0|Terminal shield|**3TA600L6SWKS**|
||600|D, G, H, I, K, M|(6) 8–1/0|Terminal shield||



## **Terminals and Terminal Cover** 

**Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG Breaker—Includes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers** 

**Note:** Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-163** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## **2** 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **LG-Frame Accessories** 

|**LG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-214**|■<br>■|||■<br>■||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-162**|●|||●||||
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-162**|●|||●||||
|Terminal cover<br>Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-162**<br>**V4-T2-162**|●<br>●|●|●|●<br>●|●|●|●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-162**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-211**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-211**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-211**|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|●|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-496**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-196**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-219**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit|**V4-T2-156**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-209**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-164** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_ 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

**2** 

|||**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**||**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**|||||||**Volts DC **|1|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**240–240**||**380–415**||**480**|**600**|**690**||**250**23||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|||**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LGE630|3, 4|65|65|35|35|35|18|12|6|22|22|
|LGS630|3, 4|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|22|22|
|LGH630|3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|35|25|13|42|42|
|LGC6304|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|50|30|15|42|42|
|LGU6304|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|65|35|18|50|50|
|LGX6304|3, 4|2005|200|200|200|200|65|35|18|50|50|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LGC|240 V/200 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|480 V/100 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|600 V/50 kA|56.4|6.690|
|LGU|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|480 V/150 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|
|LGX|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|480 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|



## **LG 310+ Specifications** 

|**LG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LG|
|Frames available|250 A, 400 A, 600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|100–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|50–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)6|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)6|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)6|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. 

- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA. 

- 4 Current limiting per UL 489. 

- 5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac. 

- 6 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-165** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **LG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**LG Frame**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>100<br>160<br>250|
|||B<br>125<br>200<br>300|
|||C<br>150<br>225<br>315|
|||D<br>160<br>250<br>350|
|||E<br>175<br>300<br>400|
|||F<br>200<br>315<br>450|
|||G<br>225<br>350<br>500|
|||H (= In)<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)1<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>50<br>80<br>120|
|||Position 2<br>75<br>120<br>180|
|||Position 3<br>100<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 4<br>150<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 5<br>200<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 6<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)2<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2.5x|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-166** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **LG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**LG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|5.48 (139.2)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|



## **LG-Frame** 

**Note:** TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG. 

**==> picture [342 x 166] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.43 (61.7)<br>4.06<br>CL Breaker (103.1)<br>R 0.25<br>(6.4) 3.16 1.92<br>(80.3) (48.8) 5.58<br>(141.7)<br>2.00 10.13<br>(50.8) (257.3)<br>5.48<br>2.69 (139.2)<br>5.38<br>(68.3)<br>(136.7) Three-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **LG-Frame** 

|**LG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Two- and Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX|16 (7.3)|20 (9.1)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-167** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [509 x 312] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.16 4.31 3.44<br>2 (131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>2 (87.4)1.72 (103.1)3.98 (43.7) 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>2<br>2 5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>2 (120.1)<br>2<br>8.44<br>2 8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>2 15.38<br>(390.7)<br>2 13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>2 (347.7) (390.7)<br>2<br>2 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole (100.8)3.97 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>2 5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>2 5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-168** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)|**V4-T2-151**|**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection Guide and Ordering|**V4-T2-170**|**2**|
|Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-171**<br>**V4-T2-174**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-175**<br>**V4-T2-177**|**2**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**<br>**V4-T2-193**|**2**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**<br>**V4-T2-200**|**2**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|**2**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**<br>**V4-T2-216**|**2**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**||
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|**2**|



## **NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-169** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **NG Circuit Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [408 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>NG Blank =80% rated<br>C = 100% rated<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 080 = 800 Trip Unit Terminations  [3]<br>S  = 50 kAIC 120 = 1200 33 =310+ Electronic LS M =Metric tapped line/load<br>H  = 65 kAIC 32 =310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>C  = 100 kAIC Poles 35 =310+ Electronic LSG E =Imperial tapped line/load<br>U  = 150 kAIC  [1] 2  = Two 36 =310+ Electronic LSIG conductors<br>K  = Molded 3  = Three 38 =310+ Electronic ALSI with maintenance mode<br>case switch 4  = Four; neutral  [2] 39KS  =Molded case switch=310+ Electronic ALSIG with maintenance mode Feature<br>0% protected Blank =No feature<br>7  = Four; neutral  [2] B20 =High load alarm<br>100% protected B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>9  = Four; neutral  [2] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>0/60/100% adjustable  ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 800 A only. 

> 2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG. 

> 3 Breakers do not ship with lugs. 

Trip units are factory installable only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-170** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-176** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGS208033E**<br>**NGS208032E**<br>**NGS208035E**<br>**NGS208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGS308033E**<br>**NGS308032E**<br>**NGS308035E**<br>**NGS308036E**<br>**NGS308038E**<br>**NGS308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS408033E**<br>**NGS408032E**<br>**NGS408035E**4<br>**NGS408036E**4<br>**NGS408038E**<br>**NGS408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS708033E**<br>**NGS708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS908033E**<br>**NGS908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12006|2<br>**NGS212033E**<br>**NGS212032E**<br>**NGS212035E**<br>**NGS212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGS312033E**<br>**NGS312032E**<br>**NGS312035E**<br>**NGS312036E**<br>**NGS312038E**<br>**NGS312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS412033E**<br>**NGS412032E**<br>**NGS412035E**4<br>**NGS412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGS412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS712033E**<br>**NGS712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS912033E**<br>**NGS912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[789][j] 

||**Ue Maximum 690 Vac**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Three-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Four-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|800|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK3080KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK4080KSE**|
|1200|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK3120KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK4120KSE**|
|1250|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK3125KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK43125KSE**|



## _**Notes**_ 

## 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling. 

- 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole. 

- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 

- 7 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available. 

- 8 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 

- 9 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch. 

> j Add “ **M** ” to above catalog numbers for metric tapped line/load conductors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-171** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**Type NGH High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-176** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGH208033E**<br>**NGH208032E**<br>**NGH208035E**<br>**NGH208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGH308033E**<br>**NGH308032E**<br>**NGH308035E**<br>**NGH308036E**<br>**NGH308038E**<br>**NGH308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH408033E**<br>**NGH408032E**<br>**NGH408035E**4<br>**NGH408036E**4<br>**NGH408038E**<br>**NGH408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH708033E**<br>**NGH708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH908033E**<br>**NGH908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|2<br>**NGH212033E**<br>**NGH212032E**<br>**NGH212035E**<br>**NGH212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGH312033E**<br>**NGH312032E**<br>**NGH312035E**<br>**NGH312036E**<br>**NGH312038E**<br>**NGH312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH412033E**<br>**NGH412032E**<br>**NGH412035E**4<br>**NGH412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGH412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH712033E**<br>**NGH712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH912033E**<br>**NGH912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



**Type NGC Very High Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-176** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGC208033E**<br>**NGC208032E**<br>**NGC208035E**<br>**NGC208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGC308033E**<br>**NGC308032E**<br>**NGC308035E**<br>**NGC308036E**<br>**NGC308038E**<br>**NGC308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC408033E**<br>**NGC408032E**<br>**NGC408035E**4<br>**NGC408036E**4<br>**NGC408038E**<br>**NGC408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC708033E**<br>**NGC708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC908033E**<br>**NGC908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|2<br>**NGC212033E**<br>**NGC212032E**<br>**NGC212035E**<br>**NGC212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGC312033E**<br>**NGC312032E**<br>**NGC312035E**<br>**NGC312036E**<br>**NGC312038E**<br>**NGC312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC412033E**<br>**NGC412032E**<br>**NGC412035E**4<br>**NGC412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGC412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC712033E**<br>**NGC712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC912033E**<br>**NGC912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



**Type NGU Ultra High Capacity—Ue Max. 600 Vac, 150 kA at 480 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-176** . 

|**Maximum**||**Circuit Breaker**|**Frame Including Digitrip**|**Electronic Trip Unit**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**|||||||||
|**Ampere**|||||||||
|**Rating**|**Number**|||||||**Neutral CT**|
|**at 40 °C**12<br>800|**of Poles**<br>3|**LS**<br>**NGU308033E**|**LSI**<br>**NGU308032E**|**LSG**<br>**NGU308035E**|**LSIG**<br>**NGU308036E**|**ALSI**<br>**NGU308038E**|**ALSIG**<br>**NGU308039E**|**for LSG and LSIG**3<br>**NGFCT120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling. 

- 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole. 

- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-172** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number. 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire**<br>**(Number of**<br>**Conductors)**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Metric**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals**|||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|1–500 (2)|**TA700NB1**|50–240|**TA700NB1M**|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|3/0–400 (3)|**TA1000NB1**|95–185|**TA1000NB1M**|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|4/0–500 (4)<br>500–750 (3)|**TA1200NB1**<br>**TA1201NB1**|120–240<br>300–400|**TA1200NB1M**<br>**TA1201NB1M**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 (2)|**T700NB1**|70–240|**T700NB1M**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 (3)|**T1000NB1**|95–240|**T1000NB1M**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 (4)|**T1200NB3**|95–185|**T1200NB3M**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**MTST230V**<br>**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (1200 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|External neutral sensor (800 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Conductor Extension Kit**_ 

**Conductor Extension Kit**[4] 

|**Conductor Extension Kit**4||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Three-pole both ends Metric|**5104A24G04**|
|Three-pole both ends English|**5104A24G02**|



## _**Keeper Nut**_ 

Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Base Mounting Hardware**[3] 

|**Base Mounting**|**Hardware**3||
|---|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three- and four-pole|Imperial hardware:<br>0.3125–18 x 1.25<br>pan-head steel screws and lock washers|**BMH5**|
|Three- and four-pole|Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws<br>and lock washers|**BMH5M**|



## _**Terminal Shield**_ 

## **Terminal Shield** 

|**Terminal Shield**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three-pole terminal shield|**NTS3K**|



Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. 

## **Handle Extension** 

|**Handle Extension**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single handle extension|**HEX5**|



## _**Interphase Barriers**_ 

The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Interphase barriers4|**IPB5**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Single terminals individually packed. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 3 Metric hardware included with breaker. 

- 4 Included as standard on 100% rated 1200 A breakers only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-173** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **NG-Frame Accessories** 

|**NG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
||**Reference**||||||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-213**|●||■|●||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-213**|●<br>●||■<br>■|●<br>●||■<br>■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-213**|●||■|●||■||
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-213**|■|||■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-214**|■|||■||||
|**External Accessories**<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-173**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-173**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-211**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-211**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-211**|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|❏||❏||
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-218**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms<br>Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-496**<br>**V4-T2-219**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-173**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-209**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-174** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_ 

**2** 

**UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

||||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**|||||||
|**Circuit**|||**220–240**||**380–415**||||**690**||
|**Breaker**|**Number**||||||||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240 (UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|NGS1|2, 3, 4|65|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|
|NGH|2, 3, 4|100|100|100|70|50|65|35|25|13|
|NGC|2, 3, 4|200|200|100|100|50|100|65|35|18|
|NGU|3, 4|200|—|—|—|—|150|65|—|—|



## _**NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications**_ 

## **NG 310+ Specifications** 

|**NG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|NG|
|Frames available|800 A, 1200 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|320–1200A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|160–1200A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|No|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG. 

> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-175** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **NG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**NG Frame**<br>**800 A**<br>**1200 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320<br>500|
|||B<br>400<br>600|
|||C<br>450<br>630|
|||D<br>500<br>700|
|||E<br>600<br>800|
|||F<br>630<br>900|
|||G<br>700<br>1000|
|||H (= In)<br>800<br>1200|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>6<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>8<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>10<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>12<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>14<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>14<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>9x<br>9x|
|||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 2<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 3<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 4<br>480<br>720|
|||Position 5<br>640<br>960|
|||Position 6<br>800<br>1200|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 18x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|
||||



_**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-176** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **NG-Frame** 

|**NG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|



## **NG-Frame** 

**==> picture [384 x 169] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>BREAKER<br>9.25<br>R .25<br>(235.0)<br>(6.4)<br>1.91<br>(48.5) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>1.50 (93.5)<br>(38.1)<br> 3.19<br>(81.0)<br>6.38 8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **NG-Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|NGS, NGH, NGC|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-177** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-179**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-180**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-185**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-186**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-188**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- Eaton’s RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals 

- All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-178** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_ 

## **RG Circuit Breaker With 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [418 x 186] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>RG Blank =80% rated<br>C = 100% rated (except 2500 A)<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 160 = 1600 Trip Unit Terminations<br>H = 65 kAIC 200 = 2000 33 =310+ Electronic LS M =Metric tapped line/load<br>C = 100 kAIC 250 = 2500 32 =310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>K = Molded  35 =310+ Electronic LSG E =Imperial tapped line/load<br>case switch Poles 36 =310+ Electronic LSIG conductors<br>3  = Three 38 =310+ Electronic LSI w/ Maintenance Mode W =No terminals<br>4  = Four 39 =310+ Electronic LSIG w/ Maintenance Mode<br>KS  =Molded case switch<br>Feature<br>Blank =No feature<br>B20 =High load alarm<br>B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **RG 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**RT 3 250 39 ZG Type Feature RT Trip Unit Blank** =No feature **Amperes 33** =310+ Electronic LS **B20** =High load alarm **160** = 1600 **32** =310+ Electronic LSI **B21** =Ground fault alarm, with trip **Poles 200** = 2000 **35** =310+ Electronic LSG **B22** =Ground fault alarm, no trip **3** = Three **250** = 2500 **36** =310+ Electronic LSIG **ZG** = Zone selective interlocking **38** =310+ Electronic LSI w/ Maintenance Mode **39** =310+ Electronic LSIG w/ Maintenance Mode 

**RG Circuit Breaker with OPTIM 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [101 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RGH 3 16 T92 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|**Type**|||||||**Modification Suffix**|
|**RGH**65K<br>**RGC**100K|||||**Trip Function**||**R** = Ground fault remote<br>RES trip<br>**E**<br>= 100% protection<br>(new design 310)<br>RES trip unit<br>**P** = 100% prot. neut.<br>4P RES trip unit<br>**V3** = Electronic trip without<br>ambient temperature<br>marked on trip unit<br>**W** = w/o terms<br>**K** = Molded case switch|
||||||**Digitrip 610**|||
|||||<br>**T61**= LI<br>**T62**= LSI<br>**T63**= LS<br>**T64**= LIG<br>**T65**= LSG<br>**T66**= LSIG||||
||**Poles**|||||||
||**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four|||||||
|||||||||
|||||**Digitrip 910**||||
|||||**T91**= LI<br>**T92**= LSI<br>**T93**= LS<br>**T94**= LIG<br>**T95**= LSG<br>**T96**= LSIG||||
|||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-179** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-187** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**1|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGH316033E**<br>**RGH316032E**<br>**RGH316035E**|**RGH316036E**|**RGH316038E**|**RGH316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGH320033E**<br>**RGH320032E**<br>**RGH320035E**|**RGH320036E**|**RGH320038E**|**RGH320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGH325033E**<br>**RGH325032E**<br>**RGH325035E**|**RGH325036E**|**RGH325038E**|**RGH325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|



## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-187** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGH416033E**<br>**RGH416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGH416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|4 6<br>4 6|**RGH420033E**<br>**RGH420032E**<br>**RGH425033E**<br>**RGH425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGH420038E**<br>**RGH425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 

> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .” 

> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .” 

RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-180** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-187** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Trip Unit with**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||**Neutral CT**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGC316033E**|**RGC316032E**|**RGC316035E**|**RGC316036E**|**RGC316038E**|**RGC316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGC320033E**|**RGC320032E**|**RGC320035E**|**RGC320036E**|**RGC320038E**|**RGC320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGC325033E**|**RGC325032E**|**RGC325035E**|**RGC325036E**|**RGC325038E**|**RGC325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|



**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-187** . 

|**Maximum**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**||**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGC416033E**|**RGC416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGC416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|46<br>46|**RGC420033E**<br>**RGC425033E**|**RGC420032E**<br>**RGC425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGC420038E**<br>**RGC425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[7] 

|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>1600|**of Poles**<br>3|**Number**<br>**RGK3160KSE**|
|2000|3|**RGK3200KSE**|
|1600|4|**RGK4160KSE**|
|2000|4|**RGK4200KSE**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 

> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .” 

> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .” 

> 7 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes. 

RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-181** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910** 

**2** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**[1] 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T61WP44**<br>**RGH316T63WP44**<br>**RGH316T62WP44**<br>**RGH316T64WP44**<br>**RGH316T65WP44**<br>**RGH316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T61WP49**<br>**RGH320T63WP49**<br>**RGH320T62WP49**<br>**RGH320T64WP49**<br>**RGH320T65WP49**<br>**RGH320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T61WP53**<br>**RGH325T63WP53**<br>**RGH325T62WP53**<br>**RGH325T64WP53**<br>**RGH325T65WP53**<br>**RGH325T66WP53**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T61WP44**<br>**RGC316T63WP44**<br>**RGC316T62WP44**<br>**RGC316T64WP44**<br>**RGC316T65WP44**<br>**RGC316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T61WP49**<br>**RGC320T63WP49**<br>**RGC320T62WP49**<br>**RGC320T64WP49**<br>**RGC320T65WP49**<br>**RGC320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T61WP53**<br>**RGC325T63WP53**<br>**RGC325T62WP53**<br>**RGC325T64WP53**<br>**RGC325T65WP53**<br>**RGC325T66WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-182** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T91WP44**<br>**RGH316T93WP44**<br>**RGH316T92WP44**<br>**RGH316T94WP44**<br>**RGH316T95WP44**<br>**RGH316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T91WP49**<br>**RGH320T93WP49**<br>**RGH320T92WP49**<br>**RGH320T94WP49**<br>**RGH320T95WP49**<br>**RGH320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T91WP53**<br>**RGH325T93WP53**<br>**RGH325T92WP53**<br>**RGH325T94WP53**<br>**RGH325T95WP53**<br>**RGH325T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T91WP44**<br>**RGC316T93WP44**<br>**RGC316T92WP44**<br>**RGC316T94WP44**<br>**RGC316T95WP44**<br>**RGC316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T91WP49**<br>**RGC320T93WP49**<br>**RGC320T92WP49**<br>**RGC320T94WP49**<br>**RGC320T95WP49**<br>**RGC320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T91WP53**<br>**RGC325T93WP53**<br>**RGC325T92WP53**<br>**RGC325T94WP53**<br>**RGC325T95WP53**<br>**RGC25T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

- 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-183** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**2** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. Must have terminals for 100% rated and or freeze testing requirements. 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**Number of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|Metric|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RDM**1|
|1600|Copper|Cu|Metric|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RDM**1|
|2000<br>Aluminum<br>**Rear Connectors**||Cu/Al|Metric|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RDM**2|
|2000<br>2000<br>2500|Copper<br>Copper<br>Copper|—<br>—<br>—|Metric<br>Metric<br>Metric|—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—<br>—|**B2016RDM**1<br>**B2016RDLM**1<br>**B2500RDM**1|



## **RG Rear Connector Exploded View** 

**==> picture [297 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Conductor Conductor Securing<br>(Viewed from Rear (Viewed from Front Hardware<br>of Circuit Breaker and Cut  of Circuit Breaker)<br>Away for Clarity) Cu Only<br>Terminal<br>Catalog Number<br>T1600RDM  [3]<br>BQ,<br>(For 1600 A<br>Frame Only)<br>a | | Nee Ep<br>@ 6 ox! | SDD OR<br>: ROSS. .<br>i <M SS Al/Cu<br>Terminal<br>a ( CaN > 9 @ Catalog<br>ON,~N oaSSS—N PLN» 0.@ NumberTA1600RDM  [3]<br>“se ; (For 1600 AFrame Only)<br>Rear Connector (Cu) mw Se ~~, we<br>B2016RDM<br>B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) Securing Hardware<br>(For 1600 A and 2000 A Frames) Ge a<br>B2500RDM for 2500 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Supplied by customer. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. 

## **Handle Extension** 

**Catalog Description Number** Single handle **HEX6** extension 

## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

**Catalog Description Number** Wire seal **5108A03H01** _**Notes**_ 1 Order one per pole—single terminals ~~a~~ individually packed. 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

- 3 For use with 2500 A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A frame is ordered. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

## **TA2000RD Wire Terminal** 

**Note:** Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

Breaker Line/Load Conductors 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-184** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

**2** 

## **RG-Frame Accessories** 

|**RG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-213**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-213**<br>**V4-T2-213**|||■<br>●|||■<br>●||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-214**|||●|||●||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-184**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-211**<br>**V4-T2-211**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-211**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-496**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-184**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-210**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-209**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

- Applicable in indicated pole position 

- ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

- Accessory available/modification available 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (2500 A)2|**RGFCT250A**|
|External neutral sensor (2000 A)2<br>External neutral sensor (1600 A)2|**RGFCT200A**<br>**RGFCT160A**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication3|**—**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Contact Eaton. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 3 Cause-of-trip indication LEDs integrated in RG 310+ trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-185** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RGH|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|RGC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**415**<br>**690**|
|---|---|
|RGH<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||135<br>70<br>25|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>13|
|RGC<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||200<br>100<br>35|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>18|



## **RG 310+ Specifications** 

|**RG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|RG|
|Frames available<br>Continuous current range (A)|1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A<br>800–2500 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|200–1200 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)<br>Interchangeable trip unit|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>Cause of trip indication|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

See **Page V4-T2-178** for trip unit specifications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-186** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**310+ Settings**|**RG Frame**<br>**1600 A**<br>**2000 A**<br>**2500 A**|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
||A<br>800<br>1000<br>1600|
||B<br>900<br>1200<br>1700|
||C<br>1000<br>1400<br>1800|
||D<br>1100<br>1600<br>2000|
||E<br>1200<br>1700<br>2100|
||F<br>1400<br>1800<br>2200|
||G<br>1500<br>1900<br>2400|
||H (= In)<br>1600<br>2000<br>2500|
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>2x|
||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>2x|
||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>3x|
||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>4x|
||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>5x|
||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 8<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x<br>6x|
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>200<br>200<br>200|
||Position 2<br>400<br>400<br>400|
||Position 3<br>600<br>600<br>600|
||Position 4<br>800<br>800<br>800|
||Position 5<br>1000<br>1000<br>1000|
||Position 6<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 11x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 9x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x|
|Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-187** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **RG-Frame** 

|**RG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3<br>4|15.50 (393.7)<br>20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)<br>16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



**==> picture [483 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View 3-Pole Side View<br>CL 2.25 (57.2)<br>14.50  Breaker<br>(368.3)<br>7.25<br>0.16 R (184.2)<br>(4.1)<br>8.25<br>7.75 (209.6) (11.2).44 R<br>5.10 (196.9)<br>(129.5)<br>(246.4)9.70 HandleCL (406.4)16.00 Tee (330.2)13.00<br>15.00 Connectors<br>(381.0) May Be<br>Rotated 90<br>6.57<br>4 Holes (166.9)<br>0.44 Dia.<br>(11.2) 13.13<br>(333.5) 15.50 9.00 6.75<br>(393.7) (228.6) (171.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **RG-Frame** 

|**RG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Complete Breaker**||
|**Breaker**|**Number of Poles**||
|**Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC<br>**2000 Amperes**|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|RGH, RGC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-188** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**<br>**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)|**V4-T2-178**|
|Product Selection Guide and Ordering<br>Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-190**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**<br>**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**<br>**V4-T2-219**|



**2** 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-189** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**2** 

**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum**[1] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3|A<br>0.69 –0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPE003A0C**<br>B<br>1.1–1.3<br>15<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>E<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>F<br>2.6– 2.8<br>33|
|7|A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPE007C0C**<br>B<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>E<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>F<br>5.8–6.1<br>77|
|15|A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPE015E0C**<br>B<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>E<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>F<br>12.7–13.0<br>165|
|30|A<br>3.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPE030H1C**<br>B<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>E<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>F<br>25.3–26.1<br>330|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-190** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued**[1] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|50|A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPE050K2C**<br>B<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>E<br>38.4–42.1<br>500<br>F<br>42.2–43.5<br>550|
|70|A<br>16.1–30.6<br>210<br>**HMCPE070M2C**<br>B<br>26.9–32.2<br>350<br>C<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>D<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>E<br>53.8–59.1<br>700<br>F<br>59.2–60.9<br>770|
|100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPE100R3C**<br>B<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>C<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>D<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>E<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>F<br>84.6–87.0<br>1100|
|100|A<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>**HMCPE100T3C**<br>B<br>57.6–65.2<br>750<br>C<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>D<br>4<br>1250<br>E<br>4<br>1375<br>F<br>4<br>1500|



**2** 

**JG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**[1] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|250|500–1000<br>**HMCPJ250D5L**|
||625–1250<br>**HMCPJ250F5L**|
||750–1500<br>**HMCPJ250G5L**|
||875–1750<br>**HMCPJ250J5L**|
||1000–2000<br>**HMCPJ250K5L**|
||1125–2250<br>**HMCPJ250L5L**|
||1250–2500<br>**HMCPJ250W5L**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

- 4 Settings above 10 x In are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-191** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**LG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**[1] 

**2** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|600|1250–2500<br>**HMCPL600L6G**|
||1500–3000<br>**HMCPL600N6G**|
||1750–3500<br>**HMCPL600R6G**|
||2000–4000<br>**HMCPL600X6G**|
||2250–4500<br>**HMCPL600Y6G**|
||2500–5000<br>**HMCPL600P6G**|
||3000–6000<br>**HMCPL600M6G**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-192** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-119** JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-133** LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-151** NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-169** RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-178** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-189** Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-194** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-195** 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . **V4-T2-196** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-200** High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-205** Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-208** Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-216** Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-218** Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-219** 

**2** 

## **Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Product Description** 

- Eliminates need for separate overload relay 

## **Application Description** 

- Can be used with 

- contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control 

- Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including: 

- Disconnecting means 

- Branch circuit short circuit protection 

## **Features and Benefits** 

- Phase unbalance protection 

- Phase loss protection 

- Hot trip/cold trip 

- High load alarm 

- Pre-detection trip relay option 

- Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - IEC 60947-2 

   - UL 489 100% rated 

   - UL 508 

   - CSA C22.2 

- Overload protection 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-193** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **JGMP Catalog Numbers** 

||**35 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGMPS050G**|**JGMPH050G**|
|100|**JGMPS100G**|**JGMPH100G**|
|160|**JGMPS160G**|**JGMPH160G**|
|250|**JGMPS250G**|**JGMPH250G**|



## **JGMP FLA le Dial Setting** 

|**Continuous Amperes**<br>50|**A**<br>20|**B**<br>20|**C**<br>25|**D**<br>30|**E**<br>32|**F**<br>40|**G**<br>45|**H**<br>50|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|100|40|45|50|63|70|80|90|100|
|160|63|80|90|100|110|125|150|160|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|



## **LGMP Catalog Numbers** 

||**50 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGMPS250G**|**LGMPH250G**|
|400|**LGMPS400G**|**LGMPH400G**|
|600<br>6301|**LGMPS600G**<br>**LGMPS630G**|**LGMPH600G**<br>**LGMPH630G**|



## **LGMP FLA le Dial Setting** 

|**Continuous Amperes**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|
|400|160|200|225|250|300|315|350|400|
|600|250|300|315|350|400|450|500|600|
|6301|250|300|315|350|400|500|600|630|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. 

For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-371** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-194** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range** 

|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—250 A**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**JGMPS**<br>**JGMPH**|
|---|---|---|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>40<br>70|
|||I cs<br>40<br>70|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>12<br>14|
|||I cs<br>6<br>7|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|35<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||50–250<br>50 –250|



**2** 

## **LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range** 

|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—630 A**1<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**LGMPS**<br>**LGMPH**|
|---|---|---|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>50<br>70|
|||I cs<br>50<br>53|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>20<br>25|
|||I cs<br>10<br>13|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|50<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||250–6301<br>250 –6301|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-195** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules** 

_**Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module**_ 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-197**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-198**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton offers three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault (earth leakage) protection modules for Series G E-, J- and L-frame molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs). Separate UL listed and IEC rated devices are available for each frame. 

The modules are bottom mounted and are available for each frame circuits up to: 

- EG: 125 amperes 

- JG: 150 (UL), 160 (IEC) or 250 amperes 

- LG: 400, 600 (UL) or 630 (IEC) amperes 

The module is completely self contained, including a current sensor, relay and power supply inside the device. Current pickup settings are selectable from 0.03 to 10 amperes for all devices, except for the UL listed module, for which settings are selectable from 0.03 to 30 amperes. Time delays are also selectable from Instantaneous to 1.0 second for pickup settings of 0.10 amperes and above. The current pickup setting of 0.03 amperes defaults to an Instantaneous time setting regardless of the time dial’s position. 

## **UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate** 

**IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate** 

Two alarm contacts are included with each device, which can be wired externally for remote indication. Both of these are also indicated by an LED on the front of the device: 

1. 50% pre-trip: alarms when the earth leakage current reaches 50% of the set pickup setting value. 

2. 100% after trip: alarms when the breaker reaches the set pickup setting value and the breaker trips. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-196** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

**EG-Frame EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz)**|**50/60 Hz)**[1]||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|125|3|**ELEBN3125G**|
|125|4|**ELEBN4125G**|



**EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|125|3|**ELEBE3125G**|
|125|4|**ELEBE4125G**|



**JG-Frame JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

## **LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|400|3|**ELLBN3400W**|
|400<br>600|4<br>3|**ELLBN4400W**<br>**ELLBN3600W**|
|600|4|**ELLBN4600W**|



**LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|400|3|**ELLBE3400W**|
|400|4|**ELLBE4400W**|
|630<br>630|3<br>4|**ELLBE3630W**<br>**ELLBE4630W**|



**2** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|150|3|**ELJBN3150W**|
|150<br>250|4<br>3|**ELJBN4150W**<br>**ELJBN3250W**|
|250|4|**ELJBN4250W**|



**JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|160|3|**ELJBE3160W**|
|160|4|**ELJBE4160W**|
|250|3|**ELJBE3250W**|
|250|4|**ELJBE4250W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-197** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module** 

|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|EG|10.25 (260.3)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|4.13 (104.9)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|5.48 (139.2)|4.06 (103.1)|
|**Four-Pole**<br>EG|10.25 (260.3)|4.00 (101.6)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|5.50 (139.7)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|7.23 (183.6)|4.06 (103.1)|



## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [383 x 270] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
10.26<br>(260.6)<br>4.75<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>(120.6)<br>1.49<br>0.50 1.00 (37.8) 3.98<br>(12.7) (25.4) (101.1)<br>3-Pole<br>1.00 2.98<br>(25.4) (75.7)<br>2.00<br>1.50 0.50 (50.8)<br>(38.1) (12.7)<br>4.78<br>8.59 (121.4) 0.70 (17.8)<br>(218.2)<br>0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.01<br>0.09 (76.5)<br>(2.29) 3.17<br>2.75 (80.5)<br>(69.9)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-198** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [457 x 626] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>0.69 (139.7) 2.05<br>(52.1)<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>(35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) 0.63<br>(16.0)<br>1.88<br>R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>(99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>(177.8) (285.8)<br>11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>TEST (108.0)<br>2.05<br>3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>(93.7) 3.81 (103.9)<br>4.78 (96.8)<br>(121.4)<br>LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module<br>5.16 4.31 3.44<br>(131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>(87.4) (103.1) (43.7)<br>1.72 3.98 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>(120.1)<br>8.44<br>8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>15.38<br>(390.7)<br>13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>(347.7) (390.7)<br>4-Pole 3.97 4-Pole<br>2.75 (69.9) (100.8) 2.75 (69.9)<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-199** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-201**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-202**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-202**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Product Overview** 

Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at 690 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a shortcircuit event. Resetting the molded-case circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring system back online. 

## **Product Description** 

The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics. 

## **Application Description** 

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Superior system protection: 

- Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts 

- No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses 

- Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts 

- Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- IEC 60947-2 

- UL 489 

- CSA C22.2 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-200** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Series G High Performance Family Offering** 

||||**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**|**415 Vac (IEC)**||**690 Vac (IEC)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Product**|**Amperes**|**(UL)**|**(UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|EGC 3P thermal-magnetic|Breaker only|15–125|100|351|100|100|—|—|
|JG 3P thermal-magnetic|With limiter<br>Breaker only|15–100<br>70–250|150<br>200|1001<br>50|150<br>200|150<br>200|—<br>18|—<br>14|
||With limiter|70–225|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|JG 3P electronic|Breaker only|20–250|200|50|200|200|18|14|
||With limiter|100–250|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|LG 3P thermal-magnetic<br>LG3P electronic|Breaker only<br>Breaker only|250–600<br>100–600|200<br>200|65<br>65|200<br>200|200<br>200|35<br>35|18<br>18|



## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG IC Rating—150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||**UL Listed**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**(NEMA/IEC Rated)**<br>**Base Molded Case**|**Breaker with**<br>**Line Side Mounted**|**Breaker with**<br>**Load Side Mounted**|**Line and Load**||**Interphase Barrier**|
||**Circuit Breaker**|**Current Limiter**|**Current Limiter**|**Terminations Included**2||**Included for Limiter**|
||**EGC3015FFG**<br>**EGC3015FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3015FFGQ02**<br>**T125EF**<br>**EIPBSK**<br> ~~eS~~||||||
|**EGC3016FFG**<br>**EGC3016FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3016FFGQ02**<br>**T125EF**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EGC3020FFG**<br>**EGC3020FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3020FFGQ02**<br>**T125EF**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EGC3025FFG**<br>**EGC3025FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3025FFGQ02**<br>**T125EF**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>**EGC3030FFG**<br>**EGC3030FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3030FFGQ02**<br>**T125EF**<br>**EIPBSK**<br>~~$$~~<br>~~On~~|||||||
||**EGC3032FFG**|**EGC3032FFGQ01**|**EGC3032FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3035FFGQ01**|**EGC3035FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040FFGQ01**|**EGC3040FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3045FFG**<br>**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3045FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ01**|**EGC3045FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3060FFG**|**EGC3060FFGQ01**|**EGC3060FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063FFGQ01**|**EGC3063FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3070FFG**|**EGC3070FFGQ01**|**EGC3070FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3080FFG**<br>**EGC3090FFG**|**EGC3080FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ01**|**EGC3080FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
||**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100FFGQ01**|**EGC3100FFGQ02**|**T125EF**||**EIPBSK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   600Y/347V. 

- 2   Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-201** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|EGC…Q|240 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|480 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|600 V/100 kA|22.60|0.387|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

|**Assembled**|**Breaker and Current**|**Limiting Module**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in lbs (kg)**|
|EG|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|2.91 (1.32)|
|HMCP|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|4.18 (1.90)|



## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**==> picture [437 x 316] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-202** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **JG Frame** 

## **JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac** 

||||**UL Listed, IEC Rated**|**UL Listed, IEC Rated**|**IEC Rated Breaker**|**IEC Rated Breaker**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Breaker With Line Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**1|**Breaker With Load Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**2|**With Line Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**1|**With Line Side Mounted**<br>**With Load Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**2|
||||**Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**||**Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|**Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|
||70|350–700|**JGH3070FAGQ01**|**JGH3070FAGQ02**|—|—|
||90|450–900|**JGH3090FAGQ01**|**JGH3090FAGQ02**|—|—|
||100|500–1000|**JGH3100FAGQ01**|**JGH3100FAGQ02**|**JGH3100AAGQ01**|**JGH3100AAGQ02**|
||125|625–1250|**JGH3125FAGQ01**|**JGH3125FAGQ02**|**JGH3125AAGQ01**|**JGH3125AAGQ02**|
|150<br>750–1550<br>**JGH3150FAGQ01**<br>**JGH3150FAGQ02**<br>—<br>—<br>160<br>800–1600<br>—<br>—<br>**JGH3160AAGQ01**<br>**JGH3160AAGQ02**<br>~~nee~~ **n**<br>~~n~~<br>~~S=——=—.5_&~~<br>~~j=~~|||||||
||175|875–1750|**JGH3175FAGQ01**|**JGH3175FAGQ02**|—|—|
||200|1000–2000|**JGH3200FAGQ01**|**JGH3200FAGQ02**|**JGH3200AAGQ01**|**JGH3200AAGQ02**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGH3225FAGQ01**|**JGH3225FAGQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LS**||||
||250|—|**JGH325033GQ01**|**JGH325033GQ02**|—|—|
||250|—|**Electronic Trip LSI**<br>**JGH325032GQ01**|**JGH325032GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325035GQ01**|**JGH325035GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSIG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325036GQ01**|**JGH325036GQ02**|—|—|



## **Series G HMCP** 

|**Ampere**|**Motor Circuit Protector with**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>250|**Line Side Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ01**|**Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250F5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250F5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250G5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250G5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250J5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250J5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250K5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250K5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250L5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250L5LQ02**|



## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range mm2**|**of Conductors**|**Number**|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/Al|10–185|#8–350 (1)|**TA250FJ**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJIPBK** . 

2   Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 

3   Line and load terminals included with products listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-203** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGH…Q|240 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|480 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|600 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module** 

|**Frame**<br>JG + limiter|**Height**<br>13.06 (331.7)|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|**Weight in lbs (kg)**<br>9.87 (4.48)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|HMCP|13.06 (331.7)|4.13 (104.9)|3.44 (87.4)|9.87 (4.48)|



## **JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**==> picture [487 x 256] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.12 4.13<br>(104.6) (104.9)<br>13.06<br>(331.7)<br>4.41<br>(112.0)<br>3.44<br>3.34 (87.4)<br>(84.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-204** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-119** JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-133** LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-151** NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-169** RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-178** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-189** Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-193** 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . **V4-T2-196** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-200** High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-206** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-207** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-207** Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-208** Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-216** Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-218** Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-219** 

**2** 

## **High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Electrical Sector introduces new high-magnetic withstand molded case circuit breakers, specifically designed for critical operations and selective coordination requirements. The highmagnetic withstand LHH and NHH frames continue the legacy of circuit breaker innovation for which Eaton is recognized throughout the world. The LHH and NHH breakers are equipped with 125 to 400 ampere trip units with high-magnetic capability. This design enables the breakers to withstand up to 90 times rated current before opening under shortcircuit conditions. 

The LHH and NHH circuit 

breakers incorporate a higher level of instantaneous pickup, thus allowing for higher current levels of selective coordination. Standard molded case circuit breakers typically are furnished with a magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous adjustment or instantaneous override set at 10 times (10x) the continuous trip rating. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

Eaton’s new LHH and NHH molded case circuit breakers are furnished with a higher level of magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous settings as indicated in table on **Page V4-T2-207** . These higher levels of magnetic pickup and electronic instantaneous values in turn allow the system designer to obtain selective coordination at fault current levels up to these higher ratings. Greater values of selective coordination are available based on manufacturer tested combinations using the LHH and NHH as line-side breakers and standard breakers as load-side devices. Refer to IA01200002E to determine the maximum fault values that selective coordination achieves. When the line-side and load-side molded case circuit breaker trip ratings are chosen to coordinate in the overload range, they also can be selectively coordinated in the fault range up to the values listed in the table on **Page V4-T2-207** or IA01200002E. For overcurrents protected by circuit breakers on the load-side of the LHH or NHH, only the effected load-side 

circuit breaker will open, while the line-side LHH and/ or NHH circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing continuity of power to the other critical loads supplied by the LHH or NHH circuit breakers. 

## _**Benefits of Using the LHH and NHH Molded Case Circuit Breakers**_ 

Customer expectations and codes are driving product development to protect customers’ critical operations. NEC[®] 2005 and 2008 requires circuits with elevators, emergency systems, legally required standby systems, health care essential systems and critical operation power systems to be selectively coordinated. Simply stated, only the closest protective device directly protecting the circuit having an overcurrent (overload or fault) condition should open. 

All other overcurrent protective devices within these systems shall remain closed. Similarly, backup power system designs of a critical nature that are not code mandated may also require overcurrent protective devices to be selectively coordinated as much as practicable to provide a higher level of uptime. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-205** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Proven Technology**_ **2** _**and Performance**_ 

The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed. 

The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM™ electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 1000–4000 A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000 A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted. 

## **LHH** 

## **LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers** 

||**Thermal-Magnetic**|**LSI Electronic**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Trip Unit**|**Trip Unit**|
|**Rating**|**LHH Frame**|**NHH Frame**|
|125|**LHH3125FFG**|**—**|
|150|**LHH3150FFG**|**NHH3150T52X15**|
|175|**LHH3175FFG**|**NHH3175T52X15**|
|200|**LHH3200FFG**|**NHH3200T52X15**|
|225|**LHH3225FFG**|**NHH3225T52X15**|
|250|**LHH3250FFG**|**NHH3250T52X15**|
|300|**LHH3300FFG**|**NHH3300T52X15**|
|350|**LHH3350FFG**|**NHH3350T52X15**|
|400|**LHH3400FFG**|**—**|



The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eaton’s panelboards and switchboards. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- UL 

- CSA 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-206** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

- Three-pole 

- 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 

- 125–400 ampere LHH 

- 150–350 ampere NHH 

- Trip units: 

- LHH—thermal-magnetic 

- NHH—LSI electronic trip unit 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Dimensions** 

|**Description**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|LHH|10.13 (257.3)|5.48 (139.2)|4.09 (103.9)|12.36 (5.6)|
|NHH|16.00 (406.4)|8.25 (209.5)|5.50 (139.7)|46.80 (21.2)|



**2** 

- No rating plugs required 

- Factory-sealed breakers 

- LHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker 

- NHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker 

## _**LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics**_ 

**Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz** 

||**Breaker Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**LHH**|**NHH**|
|Max. rated current (amperes)|400|350|
|NEMA UL 489|||
|240 Vac|100|100|
|480 Vac|65|65|
|600 Vac|35|35|
|250 Vac|42|—|
|IEC 60947-2|||
|220 Vac|100|100|
|415 Vac|70|70|
|690 Vac|25|25|
|125/250 Vdc|22|—|
|Number of poles|3|3|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|150–350 A|



## **L-Frame** 

**==> picture [205 x 98] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.43 (61.7)<br>4.06<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker (103.1)<br>(6.4) 3.16<br>(80.3) 5.58<br>2.00 ( 141.7) 10.13<br>(50.8) (257.3)<br>1.92<br>(48.8)<br>2.69 5.48<br>(68.3) 5.38 (139.2)<br>(136.7) Three-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **N-Frame** 

**==> picture [236 x 118] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker<br>(6.4) 1.91 9.25<br>1.50 (48.5) (235.0)<br>(38.1) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>(93.5)<br>6.38  3.19  8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (81.0) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Continuous Current Ratings** 

|**Continuous**||**Continuous**||**Continuous**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Magnetic**|**Current**|**Instantaneous**|**Current**|**Short Delay**|
|**Rating (Ir)**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Pickup**|
|125 A|2500 A|20x|—|—|—|
|150 A|2500 A|16x|14,000 A|93x|225–1200 A|
|175 A|4000 A|22x|14,000 A|80x|260–1400 A|
|200 A|4000 A|20x|14,000 A|70x|300–1600 A|
|225 A|6000 A|26x|14,000 A|62x|338–1800 A|
|250 A|6000 A|24x|14,000 A|56x|375–2000 A|
|300 A|6000 A|20x|14,000 A|47x|450–2400 A|
|350 A|6000 A|17x|14,000 A|40x|525–2800 A|
|400 A|6000 A|15x|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-207** 

2.3 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

Series G 

## **Contents** 

**2** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories||
|Internal Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-210**|
|External Accessories and Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-213**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **Special Features and Accessories** 

Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.” 

So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. 

In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. 

This section of circuit breakers includes: 

- Thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

- Electronic rms trip breakers 

- Molded case switches 

- Motor circuit protectors 

- Current limiting breakers 

- Special application breakers 

## _**Modified Breakers**_ 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge. 

|**_Special Calibration_**<br>Special non-UL listed<br>calibrations are available for<br>certain ambient temperatures<br>other than 40 °C and for<br>frequencies other than<br>50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced<br>interrupting ratings will apply<br>for 400 Hz applications.|**Calibrations and Treatment**<br>**Description**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG JG LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|
|---|---|
||Special<br>calibration<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■|
||Moisture-<br>fungus<br>treatment<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■<br>■|



- Add suffix H01 to breaker catalog number for 400 Hz rating 

## **50 ºC Calibration** 

**Note:** Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50 °C. Add suffix “V3” to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40 °C labeling. 

Add suffix “V” to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 ºC ambients. 50 ºC ambient MCCBs are not UL listed. 

Contact Eaton for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-208** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Moisture-Fungus Treatment**_ 

All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. 

Order by description. 

- Add suffix J01 to breaker catalog number 

## _**Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers**_ 

The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

- Add suffix F01 to catalog number –57 °F, F02 –30 °F 

## _**Marine Applications**_ 

E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications: 

- U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds 

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). 

Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). 

UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8m) in length. 

Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.) 

- Add suffix H08 

Or you can choose to add 50ºC ambient but then there is no “UL” mark. 

- Add suffix VH08 

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL but no “UL” mark due to 50 °C label.) 

- Add suffix VH09 

## _**Certified Test Reports**_ 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. 

Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards: 

- Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures 

- National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers 

- Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers 

- British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers 

- Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers 

- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers 

- Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers 

- South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers 

- Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers 

- Union Technique de l’Electricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. 

Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. 

Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure. 

**2** 

- Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-209** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

## _**Alarm Lockout**_ 

The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release. 

## _**Auxiliary Switches**_ 

Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on **Page V4-T2-212** . 

## _**Shunt Trips**_ 

The shunt trip is used for remote tripping. 

The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation. 

It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips. 

## _**Undervoltage Releases**_ 

The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation. 

Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker. 

## **Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ 

## _**Electronic Portable Test Kit**_ 

The electronic portable test kit provides a means to complete field tests using secondary injection on all 310+ trip units. The same test kit is also capable of secondary injection testing on Magnum and Series NRX low voltage power circuit breakers' 520 and 1150 trip units. 

The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. 

## **Electronic Portable Test Kit** 

**Catalog Number** 

## **MTST230V** 

## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover of the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

**Catalog Number 5108A03H01** 

The DIGIVIEWR06 is NEMA 3R rated. 

## **Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display** 

## **Catalog Number** 

## **DIGIVIEW** 

## **DIGIVIEWR06** 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

## **Cause of Trip LED Module** 

**Catalog Number** 

## **TRIP-LED** 

**V4-T2-210 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **External Accessories and Test Kit** 

## **External Accessories** 

**2** 

|**External Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fit**|**Frame**|||||
|**Description**|**Type**|**EG**|**JG**|**LG**|**NG**|**RG**|
|Non-padlockable handle block|Field|**EFHB**|**—**|**—**|**LKD4**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHB**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHBOFF**|**FJPHBOFF**|**LBHPOFF**|**—**|**—**|
|off-only|||||||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPLK**|**FJPHL**|**LPHL**|**PLK5**|**HLK6**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPHLOFF**|**FJPHLOFF**|**LPHLOFF**|**PLK55OFF**|**HLK6OFF**|
|off-only|||||||
|Kirk key interlock kit12|Field|**—**|**KYKJG**|**KYKLG**|**KYK4**|**KYK6**|
|Castell key interlock kit23|Field|**—**|**CTKJG**|**CTKLG**|**CTK4**|**CTK6**|
|Slide bar interlock4|Field|**EFSBI**|**FJSBI**|**LGSBI**|**SBK5**|**—**|
|Walking beam interlock4|Three-pole<br>Four-pole|**EG3WBI**<br>**EG4WBI**|**JG3WBI**<br>**JG4WBI**|**LG3WBI**<br>**LG4WBI**|**WBL5**<br>**WBL5**|**WBL6**<br>**—**|
|Electrical operator5|120 Vac<br>240 Vac|**MOPEG240C**<br>**MOPEG240C**|**MOPJG120C**<br>**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG120C**<br>**MOPLG240C**|**EOP5T07**<br>**EOP5T11**|**EOP6T08K**<br>**EOP6T11K**|
||24 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**MOPJG24D**|**MOPLG24D**|**EOP5T21**|**—**|
||48 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**—**|**—**|**EOP5T22**|**EOP6T21K**|
||125 Vdc|**MOPEG120C**|**MOPJG120C**|**MOPLG120C**|**EOP5T26**|**—**|
||220 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
||250 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
|Plug-in adapters|Three-pole|**PAD3E**|**PAD3J**|**PAD3L**|**PAD53**|**—**|
||Four-pole|**PAD4E**|**PAD4J**|**PAD4L**|**—**|**—**|
|Wohner busbar adapter|Field top<br>Field bottom|**EG-BUS-T**<br>**EG-BUS-B**|**JG-BUS-TB**<br>**JG-BUS-TB**|**LG-BUS-TB**<br>**LG-BUS-TB**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Series G MCCB Frames EG, JG, and LG to mount to the SASY 60 mm Wohner Classic System**_ 

- UL file # E197132 

   - No line side wiring required 

- Compact design 

   - Up to 630 A MCCB 

- UL508 tested and certified using Wohner system with Eaton breakers 

- Reverse feed possible 

## **Wohner Busbar Adapters** 

||**Wohner Busbar Adapters**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Wohner Busbar**<br>**Adapter**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Breaker Frame**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Busbar Adapter**|**Connection Point**|
|;|EG|**EG-BUS-T**|Top|
|Te<br><.|EG<br>JG<br>~~a~~|**EG-BUS-B**<br>**JG-BUS-TB**<br>~~a~~|Bottom<br>Top or bottom<br>~~a~~|
||LG|**LG-BUS-TB**|Top or bottom|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Provision only. 

- 2   See **Page V4-T2-422** for bolt projection dimensions. 

- 3   Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm. 

- 4   Requires two breakers. 

- 5   Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-211** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**Accessory Configurations for EG–RG Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2 Internal Accessory Configurations** 

**==> picture [314 x 271] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
¬<br>¬<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¡ ¡<br>¡ ¡<br>¨<br>≠<br>¬ =  For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker** 

**==> picture [176 x 179] intentionally omitted <==**

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-212** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers**_ 

## **Alarm Lockout** 

**2** 

|**Alarm Lockout**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|Make/Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**2<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L6RPK**|
|2 Make/2 Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**3<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEJPK**|



## **Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Auxiliary Switch**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|1A, 1B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
|2A, 2B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X6RPK**|
|3A, 3B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**—**|
|4A, 4B|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A4X6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX1A1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX2A2BPK**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX1E1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX2E2BPK**|



## **Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout** 

|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUXALRMEPK**4<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**—**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMJPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEJPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

- 2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK. 

- 3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK. 

- 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-213** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Shunt Trip—Standard** 

|**2**<br>**2**|ST<br>a|
|---|---|



## **Shunt Trip—Standard** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|Left<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>**SNT5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P11K**|
|380–600 Vac|Left<br>**SNT480CPK**3<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|220–250 Vdc or 380–440|Vac<br>—<br>**SNT5LP14K**<br>**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|—<br>**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT6P18K**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT012CPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|24 Vac/dc|Left<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>**SNT5LP03K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>—<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT125DPK**<br>**SNT5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P26K**|
|250 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT250DPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Shunt Trip—Low Energy** 

|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**LST5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**LST6RPK**|



## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|110–127 Vac|Left<br>**UVR120APK**<br>**UVH5LP08K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|Left<br>**UVR240APK**<br>**UVH5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP11K**|
|24 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR024DPK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|24 Vac|Left<br>**UVR024APK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR048DPK**<br>**UVH5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**UVR048APK**<br>**UVH5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP05K**|
|120 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>**UVH5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR250DPK**<br>**UVH5LP28K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP28K**|
|380–500 Vac|Left<br>**UVR480APK**<br>**UVH5LP29K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP29K**|
|525–600 Vac|Left<br>**UVR600APK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP20K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP20K**|
|12 Vac|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP02K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP02K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module. 

> 2 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

> 3 380–600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz. 

> 4 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-214** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Note:** Gold-plated contacts are well suited for switching low voltages and currents. Lead wires on accessories containing goldplated contacts are marked with a yellow stripe. 

**2** 

## **Series G Gold Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings** 

||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|125 V|50/60 Hz|0.1 A|2200 V|
|30 V|DC|0.25 A|2200 V|
|5 V|DC|5 mA|2200 V|



## **Series G Silver Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings** 

||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|600 V|50/60 Hz|2 A|2200 V|
|125/250 V|50/60 Hz|5 A|2200 V|
|125 V|DC|1 A|2200 V|



## **Series GJ Frame: Terminal Extension Kits** 

||**Extension Orientation**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Edgewise**|**Right Angle**|**Spreader**|**Straight**|
|Three-pole|FJTEE3|FJTER3|FJTEW3|FJTES3|
|Four-pole|FJTEE4|FJTER4|FJTEW4|FJTES4|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-215** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Series G Motor Operators** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-133**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-151**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-169**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-189**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-193**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-196**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-200**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-208**|
|Motor Operators||
|Features, Benefits and Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-217**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-217**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-217**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-218**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **Motor Operators** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s motor operator The robust motor operators mechanism enables local and offer various voltages to remote ON, OFF and reset maximize customer flexibility. switching of a circuit breaker. Standard load transfer The motor operator is switching can be mounted on the circuit accomplished through the breaker cover within use of two circuit breakers the dimensions of the fitted with motor operators circuit breaker. and a mechanical interlock. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-216** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

The motor operator provides special features for ease of customer use and status indication. 

   - A key is provided to manually operate the circuit breaker 

   - A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position 

- The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely 

   - The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each 

- The motor operator contains a motor accept three padlock shackles with a maximum 

- connected to a cam drive diameter of 1/4-inch 

- mechanism. The cam (6.4 mm) each 

- drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit ● The cover provides visual breaker handle status of the circuit 

- ● Internal limit switches and breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP 

- relays are used to control button allows the user to 

- motor operation to prevent manually trip the breaker 

- overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions 

**==> picture [213 x 140] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Manual Operating Key<br>Turn the Key<br>(clockwise only)<br>ee SK,<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Status Indication<br>Window<br>PUSH-TO-TRIP Button<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Product Selection** 

## **Motor Operators** 

|**Frame**|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Series G E-Frame|100–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||100–220 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||24/48 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPEG48D**|
|Series C F-Frame|208–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPFD24D**|
|Series G J-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1A<br>1A|**MOPJG240C**<br>**MOPJG120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPJG24D**|
|Series G L-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|2A<br>2A|**MOPLG240C**<br>**MOPLG120C**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>DC<br>2A<br>**MOPLG240C**<br>110–125 Vdc<br>DC<br>2A<br>**MOPLG120C**<br>24 Vdc<br>DC<br>6A<br>**MOPLG24D**<br>~~OO~~||||



**2** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The motor operators are UL and CSA listed, and CE marked. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-217** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

**LG Breaker with Plug-In Block** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-119**<br>**V4-T2-133**<br>**V4-T2-151**<br>**V4-T2-169**<br>**V4-T2-178**<br>**V4-T2-189**<br>**V4-T2-193**<br>**V4-T2-196**<br>**V4-T2-200**<br>**V4-T2-205**<br>**V4-T2-208**<br>**V4-T2-216**|
|Plug-In Blocks<br>Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|



## **Plug-In Blocks** 

## **Product Description** 

Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 ° for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Plug-In Blocks** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**PAD3E**<br>**PAD4E**<br>**PAD3J**|
|---|---|---|
|JG|4|**PAD4J**|
|LG|4|**PAD4L**|
|**Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit**1|||
|EG<br>JG|3, 4<br>3, 4|**PIILEG**<br>**PIILJG**|
|LG|3, 4|**PIILLG**|
|**Terminal Shields IP30**|||
|EG|3|**EFTS3K**|
|EG|4|**EFTS4K**|
|JG|3|**FJTS3K**|
|JG<br>LG|4<br>3|**FJTS4K**<br>**LTS3K**|
|LG|4|**LTS4K**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-218** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Drawout Cassettes** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-119 2** JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-133** LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-151 2** NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-169** RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-178 2** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-189** Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-193** 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . **V4-T2-196 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-200** High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for **2** Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-205** Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-208 2** Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-216** Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-218 2** Drawout Cassette 

## **Drawout Cassette** 

## **Product Description** 

The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Features** 

Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include: 

|Features of the drawout<br>cassettes for the JG, LG and|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|cassettes for the JG, LG and<br>NG include:|**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**<br>**JG Drawout Cassette**|||**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**|
|●Trip on drawout—breaker||**Breaker Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|will trip if it is in the ON<br>position when withdrawn||JG|3|**JG3DOM**|
|from the cassette<br>●Secondary terminal block—|||4<br>~~OO~~|**JG4DOM**<br>~~OO~~|
|the drawout cassettes<br>include a secondary<br>terminal block for easier|LG<br>**LG Drawout Cassette**||3|**LG3DOM**|
|access when wiring low<br>voltage accessories,<br>including shunts and<br>undervoltage releases|tg.||4|**LG4DOM**|
|The drawout mechanism has<br>three primary positions:||NG|3|**NG3DOM**|
|●Connected—the breaker is|||4|**NG4DOM**|



The drawout mechanism has three primary positions: 

- Connected—the breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts 

- Disconnected—both the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected 

- Withdraw—the breaker can be removed from the cassette 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-219** 

2.4 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

**2** 

**==> picture [127 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-360** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-373** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410** 

Learn Drawings Online IR Online 

## **Product Overview** 

Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.” 

So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. 

In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. 

Eaton offers the most 

comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. 

This section of circuit breakers includes: 

- Thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

- Electronic rms trip breakers 

- Molded case switches 

- Motor circuit protectors 

- Current limiting breakers 

- Special application breakers 

## **Modified Breakers** 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge. 

## **Special Calibration** 

Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40 °C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications. 

## _**50 °C Calibration**_ 

Add suffix **V** to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 °C ambients. (No UL label.) 

## **Moisture-Fungus Treatment** 

All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. 

## **Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers** 

The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

## **Marine Applications** 

E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications: 

- U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR 

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). 

Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). 

UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.) 

- Suffix H08 

Or you can choose to add 50 °C ambient but then there is no “UL” mark. 

- Suffix VH08 

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50 °C label here.) 

- Suffix VH09 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-220** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Certified Test Reports** 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- Molded case circuit breakers ● Japanese T-Mark Standard are designed to conform with molded case circuit the following standards: breakers 

- Underwriters Laboratories ● South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 

- Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit 

- breakers and circuit breakers 

- breaker enclosures 

   - Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers 

- National Electrical Association Standard SEV 

- Manufacturers Association 157-1, safety regulations 

- (NEMA) Standards for circuit breakers 

- Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit ● Union Technique de breakers l’Electricite Standard NF C 

- ● Australian Standard AS 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear 

- 2184, molded case circuit circuit breaker 

- breakers requirements 

- British Standards Institution ● Verband Deutscher 

- Standard BS 4752: Part 1, Elektrotechniker 

- switchgear and control (Association of German 

- gear Part 1: circuit breakers 

- ● Canadian Standards Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low 

- Association (CSA) Standard voltage switchgear and 

- C22.2 No. 5, service control gear, circuit 

- entrance and branch circuit breakers 

- breakers 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local **2** and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. **2** 

Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. 

Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure. 

- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-221** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Quick Reference** 

## **Industrial Circuit Breakers** 

## **G-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|**Volts**||**Type**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**Ratings (rms**|**Ratings (rms**|**Symmetrical**|**Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Page**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHB|**at 40 °C**<br>15–100|**Poles**<br>1|**AC**<br>120|**DC**<br>125|**of Trip**1<br>N.I.T.U.|**W-C-375b**<br>11a|**120**<br>65|**120/240**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>—|**600**<br>—|**125**3<br>14|**250**<br>—|**Number**<br>**V4-T2-230**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|240|125/250|N.I.T.U.|11a10b, 11b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|14|**V4-T2-230**|
|GHB|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12b, 14b|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-230**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|15b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-230**|
|HGHB<br>GHBS|15–30<br>15–30|1<br>1, 2|277<br>480Y/277|125<br>—|N.I.T.U.<br>—|12c, 13a, 13b<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>65|—<br>—|25<br>14|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T2-230**<br>**V4-T1-34**|
|GBHS|15–20|1, 2|600Y/347|—|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|—|10|—|—|**V4-T1-34**|
|GDB|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-228**|
|GDB|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-228**|
|GD|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-227**|
|GD|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|**V4-T2-227**|
|GHC<br>GHC|15–100<br>15–100|1<br>2, 3|120<br>240|125<br>125/250|N.I.T.U.<br>N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a<br>13b|65<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>65|—|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>1|**V4-T2-235**<br>**V4-T2-235**|
|GHC|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-235**|
|GHC|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-235**|
|HGHC|15–30|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|—|65|—|—|25|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-235**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

> 3 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-222** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **F-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**No. of**<br>**Poles**<br>**Volts**<br>**Type**<br>**of Trip**1<br>**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**<br>**UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Page**<br>**Number**<br>**AC**<br>**DC**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**DC (kA)**2<br>**120**<br>**120/240**<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**<br>EDB<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>EDS<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>ED<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>12b<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>EDH<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>14b<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>EDC<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>1<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>2, 3<br>480<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13b<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>18a<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>HFD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>2,3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>HFDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>24a<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-239**<br>FDCE45<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-239**|**2**|
|---|---|
||**2**|
||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

- 3 Not defined in W-C-375b. 

- 4 Current limiting. 

- 5 Check with Eaton for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-223** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **J-Frame** 

**2** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|JDB|70–250|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|22a|—|—|65|—|35|18|—|10|**V4-T2-260**|
|JD<br>HJD|70–250<br>70–250|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|22a<br>22a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|35<br>65|18<br>25|—<br>—|10<br>22|**V4-T2-259**<br>**V4-T2-259**|
|JDC3|70–250|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|22a|—|—|200|—|100|35|—|22|**V4-T2-259**|



## **K-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**Volts**<br>**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**Ratings**<br>**240**|**(rms**<br>**277**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|DK|250–400|2, 3|240|250|N.I.T.U.|14b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|10|**V4-T2-271**|
|KDB|100–400|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-271**|
|KD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-268, V4-T2-269,**<br>**V4-T2-273, V4-T2-276**|
|CKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-270, V4-T2-279,**<br>**V4-T2-281**|
|HKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|22|**V4-T2-268, V4-T2-269,**<br>**V4-T2-273, V4-T2-276**|
|CHKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-270, V4-T2-279,**<br>**V4-T2-281**|
|KDC3|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|65|—|22|**V4-T2-268, V4-T2-269,**|
||||||||||||||||**V4-T2-273, V4-T2-276**|



## **L-Frame** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**AC (kA)**<br>**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**DC (kA)**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|LDB<br>LD|300–600<br>300–600|2, 3<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|N.I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>—|35<br>35|25<br>25|—<br>—|22<br>22|**V4-T2-294**<br>**V4-T2-292, V4-T2-293,**|
|CLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-298**<br>**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-304**|
|HLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|25|**V4-T2-292, V4-T2-293,**<br>**V4-T2-298**|
|CHLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-304**|
|LDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-292, V4-T2-293,**|
|CLDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-300**<br>**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-306**|



## **M-Frame** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|MDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|50|25|—|22|**V4-T2-317, V4-T2-319**|
|CMDL<br>HMDL|300–800<br>300–800|2, 3<br>2, 3|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|50<br>65|25<br>35|—<br>—|—<br>25|**V4-T2-319**<br>**V4-T2-317, V4-T2-319**|
|CHMDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-319**|



_**Notes**_ 

> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

> 3 Current limiting. 

**V4-T2-224 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)|**V4-T2-222**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**<br>**V4-T2-226**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240 V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton 

- Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for fluorescent lighting applications 

- All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-225** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

## **GD 3 100 K** 

|||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||
||**Circuit**<br>**GD**|**Breaker Type**<br>**HGHB**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||||||**K** = Molded case switch||**Suffix**<br>**J01**= Fungus proofed|
||**GDB**<br>**GHB**<br>**GHC**<br>**GHQ**|**HGHC**<br>**GHBGFEP**<br>**GHCGFEP**|||**1**= 1 pole<br>**2**= 2 poles<br>**3**= 3 poles|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**024**<br>**030**||**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**|||**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**||||**D** = Ring type terminals<br>**C** = Steel collars<br>**V** = 122 °F (50 °C)||**R01**= Shock tested<br>**F01**= Freeze tester<br>**HID**= High intensity discharge1|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**<br>GDB|**of Poles**<br>2, 3|**120**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>14|**480Y/277**<br>—|**125**2<br>—|**250**34<br>10|
|GD|2|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|
|GD|3|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|
|GHQ|—|65|—|14|—|—|—|—|
|GHB<br>GHB|1<br>2, 3|65<br>—|—<br>65|14<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>14|14<br>14|—<br>—|
|HGHB|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|1|65|—|14|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|2, 3|—|65|—|—|14|14|—|
|HGHC|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|



## _**Terminal Types**_ 

For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below. 

## **Terminal Types** 

|**Circuit Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal Type Material**|**Screw Head Type**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Metric Wire Range (mm2) **5|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard**||||||
|15–20<br>25–100|Clamp (plated steel)<br>Pressure (aluminum body)|Slotted<br>Slotted|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|14–10<br>10–1/0|2.5–4<br>4–50|
|**Optional—GD, GHB, GHC**||||||
|15–100|Pressure (steel body)|Slotted|Cu|14–3|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 15–20 A circuit breakers. 

- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A. 

- 3 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum. 

- 4 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 5 Not UL listed sizes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-226** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-360** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-373** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410** 

**2** 

## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- Cable in, cable out 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - UL/CSA 

- Includes mounting hardware and BMHE 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**22 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Includes Binding**<br>**Head Screws and Clamps**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||**10–32 x 0.312**|
|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GD2015**|**GD3015**|**GD3015D**|
|20|**GD2020**|**GD3020**|**GD3020D**|
|25|**GD2025**|**GD3025**|**GD3025D**|
|30|**GD2030**|**GD3030**|**GD3030D**|
|35|**GD2035**|**GD3035**|**GD3035D**|
|40|**GD2040**|**GD3040**|**GD3040D**|
|45|**GD2045**|**GD3045**|**GD3045D**|
|50|**GD2050**|**GD3050**|**GD3050D**|
|60|**—**|**GD3060**|**GD3060D**|
|70|**—**|**GD3070**|**GD3070D**|
|80|**—**|**GD3080**|**GD3080D**|
|90|**—**|**GD3090**|**GD3090D**|
|100|**—**|**GD3100**|**GD3100D**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-227** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

**2** 

||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GDB2015**|**GDB3015**|
|20|**GDB2020**|**GDB3020**|
|25|**GDB2025**|**GDB3025**|
|30|**GDB2030**|**GDB3030**|
|35|**GDB2035**|**GDB3035**|
|40|**GDB2040**|**GDB3040**|
|45<br>50|**GDB2045**<br>**GDB2050**|**GDB3045**<br>**GDB3050**|
|60|**—**|**GDB3060**|
|70|**—**|**GDB3070**|
|80|**—**|**GDB3080**|
|90|**—**|**GDB3090**|
|100|**—**|**GDB3100**|



## _**Type GD Molded Case Switches**_ 

## **Type GD Molded Case Switches—Three-Pole** 

|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**(Includes Line and Load Terminals)**|
|60|**GD3060K**|
|60<br>100|**GD3060KC**1<br>**GD3100K**|
|100|**GD3100KD**2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Includes line and load steel terminals. 

> 2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 10–32 x 0.312. 

Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-228** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GD-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [121 x 222] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Off<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [116 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>4.88<br>(123.8)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-229** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Typical GHB** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**<br>**V4-T2-410**|



## **Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows: 

- Type GHB, 120 and 240 V: 

- Single-pole: Class 11a 

- Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b 

- UL/CSA 

- Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V: 

- Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a 

- Two-, three-pole: Class 13b 

- Type HGHB 277V 

- Type GHQ 277V 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-230** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Typical GHB** 

**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1] 

**2** 

|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|**277/480 Vac Maximum,**|
||**125 Vdc Maximum**2|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**3|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GHB1015**45|**GHB2015**4|**GHB3015**4|
|20|**GHB1020**45|**GHB2020**4|**GHB3020**4|
|25|**GHB1025**|**GHB2025**|**GHB3025**|
|30|**GHB1030**|**GHB2030**|**GHB3030**|
|35|**GHB1035**|**GHB2035**|**GHB3035**|
|40|**GHB1040**|**GHB2040**|**GHB3040**|
|45|**GHB1045**|**GHB2045**|**GHB3045**|
|50|**GHB1050**|**GHB2050**|**GHB3050**|
|60|**GHB1060**|**GHB2060**|**GHB3060**|
|70|**GHB1070**|**GHB2070**|**GHB3070**|
|80|**GHB1080**|**GHB2080**|**GHB3080**|
|90|**GHB1090**|**GHB2090**|**GHB3090**|
|100|**GHB1100**|**GHB2100**|**GHB3100**|



**Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|
|---|---|
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**HGHB1015**6|
|20|**HGHB1020**6|
|25|**HGHB1025**|
|30|**HGHB1030**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   480Y/277 V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480 V). 

2   Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 3   Use two outside poles. 

4   Uses 0.190 (4.83) –32 screw type clamp terminals. 

5   Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

- 6   15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-231** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GDB-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [337 x 209] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>3.00 2.63<br>(76.2) (66.7)<br>Max.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-232** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**==> picture [97 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Single-Phase (requires two poles)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-360 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-373 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410 2** 

## **Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## **Product Description** 

- 15–60 amperes, 277 V, These circuit breakers meet 50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489 

- ● and UL 1053. 

- Operational voltage 240 V to 305 V 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles)**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**277 Vac, 30 mA**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHBGFEP1015**|
|20<br>30|**GHBGFEP1020**<br>**GHBGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHBGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHBGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHBGFEP1060**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHBGFEP|**of Poles**<br>1|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>14,000|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-233** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GHB-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [111 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [120 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-234** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical GHC** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-360** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-373** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410** 

**2** 

## **Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- 15–100 amperes 

- 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc 

- Single-, two- and three-pole 

- Cable in, cable out 

- Does not include mounting hardware 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-37b as follows: 

- Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V: 

- Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a 

- Two-, three-pole: Class 13b 

- UL/CSA 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-235** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **2 Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**GHC1015**34|**GHC2015**3|**GHC3015**3|
|20|**GHC1020**34|**GHC2020**3|**GHC3020**3|
|25<br>30|**GHC1025**<br>**GHC1030**|**GHC2025**<br>**GHC2030**|**GHC3025**<br>**GHC3030**|
|35|**GHC1035**|**GHC2035**|**GHC3035**|
|40|**GHC1040**|**GHC2040**|**GHC3040**|
|45|**GHC1045**|**GHC2045**|**GHC3045**|
|50|**GHC1050**|**GHC2050**|**GHC3050**|
|60|**GHC1060**|**GHC2060**|**GHC3060**|
|70|**GHC1070**|**GHC2070**|**GHC3070**|
|80|**GHC1080**|**GHC2080**|**GHC3080**|
|90|**GHC1090**|**GHC2090**|**GHC3090**|
|100|**GHC1100**|**GHC2100**|**GHC3100**|



## **Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**HGHC1015**5|
|20|**HGHC1020**5|
|25|**HGHC1025**|
|30|**HGHC1030**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 

- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 ampere; 80 through 100 ampere devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 3 Uses 0.190–32 screw type clamp terminals. 

- 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

- 5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-236** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-360** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-373** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410** 

**2** 

## **Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- 15–60 amperes, 277 V, 50/60 Hz 

- Operational voltage 240–305 V 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053. 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHCGFEP1015**|
|20|**GHCGFEP1020**|
|30|**GHCGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHCGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHCGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHCGFEP1060**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**|
|GHCGFEP|1|14,000|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-237** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Special Purpose Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**<br>**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**<br>**V4-T2-373**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .<br>Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-374**<br>**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



## **Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Type GHC circuit breakers have binding head screw-type terminals on line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals (0.190–32) will be marked “Special purpose breaker not for general use.” To order this special breaker, use the catalog number from the tables on this page. 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>25<br>30|**Number**<br>**GHC1025D**<br>**GHC1030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC2025D**<br>**GHC2030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC3025D**<br>**GHC3030D**|
|35|**GHC1035D**|**GHC2035D**|**GHC3035D**|
|40|**GHC1040D**|**GHC2040D**|**GHC3040D**|
|45|**GHC1045D**|**GHC2045D**|**GHC3045D**|
|50|**GHC1050D**|**GHC2050D**|**GHC3050D**|
|60|**GHC1060D**|**GHC2060D**|**GHC3060D**|
|70|**GHC1070D**|**GHC2070D**|**GHC3070D**|
|80|**GHC1080D**|**GHC2080D**|**GHC3080D**|
|90|**GHC1090D**|**GHC2090D**|**GHC3090D**|
|100|**GHC1100D**|**GHC2100D**|**GHC3100D**|



**Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications** 

|||**277 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|
||**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|Cable-in|15|**GHC1015HID**|
||20|**GHC1020HID**|
|Bolt-on|15<br>20|**GHB1015HID**<br>**GHB1020HID**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 2 Use two outside poles. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-238** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical F-Frame Breaker** 

**F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-240**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**<br>**V4-T2-253**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-254**<br>**V4-T2-256**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**<br>**V4-T2-265**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton’s F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use 

- All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-239** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology** 

**==> picture [414 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FDC 3 100 L<br>Circuit Breaker  Suffix<br>Type Number of  Trip Amperes E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole<br>EHD Poles 010 EH  = 50% protected (four-pole only)<br>FDB 1  = 1 pole 015 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>FD 2  = 2 poles 020 L = Line and load terminals<br>HFD 3  = 3 poles 025 S = Stainless steel terminals<br>FDC 4  = 4 poles 030 V = 50 °C calibration<br>035 W = Without terminals<br>040 Y = Line terminals only<br>045 Z = Aluminum terminals (≤100 amperes)<br>050<br>060<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>150<br>175  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>200  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>225  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [283 x 108] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
EDC 3 200 L<br>Circuit Breaker  Suffix<br>Type Number of  Trip  L = Line and load terminals<br>EDB Poles Amperes W  = Without terminals<br>EDS 2  = 2 poles 100 Y = Line terminals only<br>ED 3  = 3 poles 125 Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)<br>EDH 150<br>EDC 175<br>200<br>225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-240** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 210+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

**2** 

|||||**HFDE**<br>**3**<br>**225**<br>**Trip Units**<br>**100**<br>**150**<br>**225**|**HFDE**<br>**3**<br>**225**<br>**Trip Units**<br>**100**<br>**150**<br>**225**|**Trip Unit**<br>**21**= 210+ LI<br>**22** = 210+ LSI<br>**22**<br>**L**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|**Performance at**<br>**480 Vac**|||||||**Features**|
||||**Number of**<br>**Poles**||**Trip Units**||**W**= Without terminals<br>**L**= Line and load terminals<br>**Blank**= Load side terminals only|
|**FDE**= 35 kAIC<br>**HFDE**= 65 kAIC<br>**FDCE**= 100 kAIC|||||**100**<br>**150**<br>**225**|||
||||**3**= 3 poles|||||
|||||||||



## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

## **HFDE 3 225 32 ZG W** 

**==> picture [408 x 92] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Performance at  Features<br>480 Vac Number of  W = Without terminals<br>FDE = 35 kAIC Poles Trip Units L = Line and load terminals<br>HFDE = 65 kAIC 3  = 3 poles 080  Trip Unit Trip Unit Features Blank = Load side terminals only<br>FDCE = 100 kAIC 160  32 = 310+ LSI ZG =  Zone<br>225 33  = 310+ LS selective<br>35  = 310+ LSG interlocking<br>36  = 310+ LSIG Blank = No option<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-241** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

**Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**<br>**65 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**ED2015**|**ED3015**|
|20|**ED2020**|**ED3020**|
|25|**ED2025**|**ED3025**|
|30|**ED2030**|**ED3030**|
|35|**ED2035**|**ED3035**|
|40|**ED2040**|**ED3040**|
|50|**ED2050**|**ED3050**|
|60|**ED2060**|**ED3060**|
|100<br>125|**ED2100**<br>**ED2125**|**ED3100**<br>**ED3125**|
|150|**ED2150**|**ED3150**|
|175|**ED2175**|**ED3175**|
|200|**ED2200**|**ED3200**|
|225|**ED2225**|**ED3225**|



**Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**100 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30<br>35|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDH2100**|**EDH3100**|
|125|**EDH2125**|**EDH3125**|
|150<br>175|**EDH2150**<br>**EDH2175**|**EDH3150**<br>**EDH3175**|
|200|**EDH2200**|**EDH3200**|
|225|**EDH2225**|**EDH3225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-242** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**200 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30|**—**|**—**|
|35|**—**|**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDC2100**|**EDC3100**|
|125|**EDC2125**|**EDC3125**|
|150|**EDC2150**|**EDC3150**|
|175|**EDC2175**|**EDC3175**|
|200|**EDC2200**|**EDC3200**|
|225|**EDC2225**|**EDC3225**|



**2** 

**Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**22 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDB2100**|**EDB3100**|
|110|**EDB2110**|**EDB3110**|
|125|**EDB2125**|**EDB3125**|
|150|**EDB2150**|**EDB3150**|
|175|**EDB2175**|**EDB3175**|
|200|**EDB2200**|**EDB3200**|
|225|**EDB2225**|**EDB3225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-243** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

**Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
|---|---|---|
||**42 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDS2100**|**EDS3100**|
|110|**EDS2110**|**EDS3110**|
|125<br>150|**EDS2125**<br>**EDS2150**|**EDS3125**<br>**EDS3150**|
|175|**EDS2175**|**EDS3175**|
|200|**EDS2200**|**EDS3200**|
|225|**EDS2225**|**EDS3225**|



## **Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**EHD1010**|**EHD2010**|**EHD3010**|
|15|**EHD1015**2|**EHD2015**|**EHD3015**|
|20|**EHD1020**2|**EHD2020**|**EHD3020**|
|25<br>30|**EHD1025**<br>**EHD1030**|**EHD2025**<br>**EHD2030**|**EHD3025**<br>**EHD3030**|
|35|**EHD1035**|**EHD2035**|**EHD3035**|
|40|**EHD1040**|**EHD2040**|**EHD3040**|
|45|**EHD1045**|**EHD2045**|**EHD3045**|
|50|**EHD1050**|**EHD2050**|**EHD3050**|
|60|**EHD1060**|**EHD2060**|**EHD3060**|
|70|**EHD1070**|**EHD2070**|**EHD3070**|
|80|**EHD1080**|**EHD2080**|**EHD3080**|
|90|**EHD1090**|**EHD2090**|**EHD3090**|
|100|**EHD1100**|**EHD2100**|**EHD3100**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-244** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 600 Vac**|||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FDB2010**|**FDB3010**|**FDB4010**|
|15|**FDB2015**|**FDB3015**|**FDB4015**|
|20|**FDB2020**|**FDB3020**|**FDB4020**|
|25|**FDB2025**|**FDB3025**|**FDB4025**|
|30|**FDB2030**|**FDB3030**|**FDB4030**|
|35|**FDB2035**|**FDB3035**|**FDB4035**|
|40|**FDB2040**|**FDB3040**|**FDB4040**|
|45|**FDB2045**|**FDB3045**|**FDB4045**|
|50|**FDB2050**|**FDB3050**|**FDB4050**|
|60|**FDB2060**|**FDB3060**|**FDB4060**|
|70|**FDB2070**|**FDB3070**|**FDB4070**|
|80|**FDB2080**|**FDB3080**|**FDB4080**|
|90|**FDB2090**|**FDB3090**|**FDB4090**|
|100|**FDB2100**|**FDB3100**|**FDB4100**|
|110|**FDB2110**|**FDB3110**|**FDB4110**|
|125|**FDB2125**|**FDB3125**|**FDB4125**|
|150|**FDB2150**|**FDB3150**|**FDB4150**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-245** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

**2** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**35 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**600 Vac Maximum,**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FD1010**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|15<br>20|**FD1015**2<br>**FD1020**2|**FD2015**<br>**FD2020**|**FD3015**<br>**FD3020**|**FD4015**<br>**FD4020**|
|25|**FD1025**|**FD2025**|**FD3025**|**FD4025**|
|30|**FD1030**|**FD2030**|**FD3030**|**FD4030**|
|35|**FD1035**|**FD2035**|**FD3035**|**FD4035**|
|40<br>45|**FD1040**<br>**FD1045**|**FD2040**<br>**FD2045**|**FD3040**<br>**FD3045**|**FD4040**<br>**FD4045**|
|50|**FD1050**|**FD2050**|**FD3050**|**FD4050**|
|60|**FD1060**|**FD2060**|**FD3060**|**FD4060**|
|70|**FD1070**|**FD2070**|**FD3070**|**FD4070**|
|80|**FD1080**|**FD2080**|**FD3080**|**FD4080**|
|90|**FD1090**|**FD2090**|**FD3090**|**FD4090**|
|100<br>110|**FD1100**<br>**FD1110**|**FD2100**<br>**FD2110**|**FD3100**<br>**FD3110**|**FD4100**<br>**FD4110**|
|125|**FD1125**|**FD2125**|**FD3125**|**FD4125**|
|150|**FD1150**|**FD2150**|**FD3150**|**FD4150**|
|175|**—**|**FD2175**|**FD3175**|**FD4175**|
|200|**—**|**FD2200**|**FD3200**|**FD4200**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225**|**FD3225**|**FD4225**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-246** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum,**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**65 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**HFD1015**1|**HFD2015**|**HFD3015**|**HFD4015**|
|20|**HFD1020**1|**HFD2020**|**HFD3020**|**HFD4020**|
|25|**HFD1025**|**HFD2025**|**HFD3025**|**HFD4025**|
|30|**HFD1030**|**HFD2030**|**HFD3030**|**HFD4030**|
|35|**HFD1035**|**HFD2035**|**HFD3035**|**HFD4035**|
|40|**HFD1040**|**HFD2040**|**HFD3040**|**HFD4040**|
|45|**HFD1045**|**HFD2045**|**HFD3045**|**HFD4045**|
|50|**HFD1050**|**HFD2050**|**HFD3050**|**HFD4050**|
|60|**HFD1060**|**HFD2060**|**HFD3060**|**HFD4060**|
|70|**HFD1070**|**HFD2070**|**HFD3070**|**HFD4070**|
|80|**HFD1080**|**HFD2080**|**HFD3080**|**HFD4080**|
|90|**HFD1090**|**HFD2090**|**HFD3090**|**HFD4090**|
|100|**HFD1100**|**HFD2100**|**HFD3100**|**HFD4100**|
|110|**HFD1110**|**HFD2110**|**HFD3110**|**HFD4110**|
|125|**HFD1125**|**HFD2125**|**HFD3125**|**HFD4125**|
|150|**HFD1150**|**HFD2150**|**HFD3150**|**HFD4150**|
|175|**—**|**HFD2175**|**HFD3175**|**HFD4175**|
|200|**—**|**HFD2200**|**HFD3200**|**HFD4200**|
|225|**—**|**HFD2225**|**HFD3225**|**HFD4225**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-247** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

**2** 

||**600 Vac Maximum, 250**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**FDC2015**|**FDC3015**|**FDC4015**|
|20|**FDC2020**|**FDC3020**|**FDC4020**|
|25|**FDC2025**|**FDC3025**|**FDC4025**|
|30|**FDC2030**|**FDC3030**|**FDC4030**|
|35|**FDC2035**|**FDC3035**|**FDC4035**|
|40|**FDC2040**|**FDC3040**|**FDC4040**|
|45<br>50|**FDC2045**<br>**FDC2050**|**FDC3045**<br>**FDC3050**|**FDC4045**<br>**FDC4050**|
|60|**FDC2060**|**FDC3060**|**FDC4060**|
|70|**FDC2070**|**FDC3070**|**FDC4070**|
|80|**FDC2080**|**FDC3080**|**FDC4080**|
|90|**FDC2090**|**FDC3090**|**FDC4090**|
|100|**FDC2100**|**FDC3100**|**FDC4100**|
|110<br>125|**FDC2110**<br>**FDC2125**|**FDC3110**<br>**FDC3125**|**FDC4110**<br>**FDC4125**|
|150|**FDC215**|**FDC3150**|**FDC4150**|
|175|**FDC2175**|**FDC3175**|**FDC4175**|
|200|**FDC2200**|**FDC3200**|**FDC4200**|
|225|**FDC2225**|**FDC3225**|**FDC4225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-248** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE 310+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-255** . 

||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit**|**Only**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**Optional**||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**LSI**<br>**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup and Delay**|**LSG**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault Protection**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral**<br>**CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDE308033**|**FDE308032**|**FDE308035**|**FDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDE316033**|**FDE316032**|**FDE316035**|**FDE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDE322533**|**FDE322532**|**FDE322535**|**FDE322536**|**CTF225**|
|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**HFDE308033**|**HFDE308032**|**HFDE308035**|**HFDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160<br>225|**HFDE316033**<br>**HFDE322533**|**HFDE316032**<br>**HFDE322532**|**HFDE316035**<br>**HFDE322535**|**HFDE316036**<br>**HFDE322536**|**CTF160**<br>**CTF225**|
|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDCE308033**|**FDCE308032**|**FDCE308035**|**FDCE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDCE316033**|**FDCE316032**|**FDCE316035**|**FDCE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDCE322533**|**FDCE322532**|**FDCE322535**|**FDCE322536**|**CTF225**|



**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

## **FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking** 

|**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers**<br>**with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective**<br>**Interlocking**|
|---|---|
|**Digitrip RMS 210+ Trip Unit Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**<br>**LI**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**LSI**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**and Delay**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**FDE310021**<br>**FDE310022**<br>150<br>**FDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**FDE322521**<br>**FDE322522**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**HFDE310021**<br>**HFDE310022**<br>150<br>**HFDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**HFDE322521**<br>**HFDE322522**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**LSI w/ZSI**<br>**LSIG w/ZSI**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDE308032ZG**<br>**FDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDE316032ZG**<br>**FDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDE322532ZG**<br>**FDE322536ZG**|
||**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**HFDE308032ZG**<br>**HFDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**HFDE316032ZG**<br>**HFDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**HFDE322532ZG**<br>**HFDE322536ZG**|
||**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDCE308032ZG**<br>**FDCE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDCE316032ZG**<br>**FDCE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDCE322532ZG**<br>**FDCE322536ZG**|



## **210+ Trip Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame**|**Ratings**|
|---|---|---|
|FDE, HFDE|225|100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE<br>FDE, HFDE|150<br>100|70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150<br>40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100|



## **Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Frame**|**Ratings**|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|225|100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>FDE, HFDE, FDCE|160<br>80|60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160<br>15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80|



## _**Note**_ 

- 1 For 210+ trip unit, 150 A not available with LSI trip unit; entire range is covered by 100 A and 225 A frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-249** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

||**Complete Circuit Breaker with**<br>**Terminals Only**|**Load Side**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Catalog**||
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EHD2100K**|**FD2100K**|**HFD2100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD2150K**|**HFD2150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225K**|**HFD2225K**|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|100|**EHD3100K**|**FD3100K**|**HFD3100K**|
|150<br>225|**—**<br>**—**|**FD3150K**<br>**FD3225K**|**HFD3150K**<br>**HFD3225K**|
|**Four-Pole**||||
|100|**—**|**FD4100K**|**HFD4100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD4150K**|**HFD4150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD4225K**|**HFD4225K**|



## _**Note**_ 

Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-250** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix **L** to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**Package of Three**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|||||**Terminals**|
|**Breaker**|**Terminal Body**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|20 (EHD)|Steel|Cu/AI|14–10|2.5–4|**3T20FB**1|
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|
|**Optional**|**Pressure Terminals**|||||
|50|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–4|2.5–25|**3TA50FB**1|
|100|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3TA100FD**|
|200|Stainless steel|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T150FB**|
|225|Copper|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T225FD**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK3**2|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK**2 3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers. 

> 2 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only. 

> 3 Replacement use only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-251** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

**==> picture [551 x 145] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>Collar<br>2 Collar<br>Nut<br>Screw<br>2 Clip<br>Conductor<br>2 Washer<br>Conductor<br>Conductor<br>2 Wire Clamp Screw Extrusion<br>3T20FB 3T100FB, 3T150FB 3TA225FD<br>2 Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of  Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar.<br>conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around<br>2 Caution:  Collar must surround conductor. bottom of collar.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [236 x 93] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Conductor<br>Collar<br>Washer Washer<br>Conductor<br>Screw<br>Screw<br>3TA50FB 3TA100FD<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw with screw and washer. and lockwasher. 

**==> picture [61 x 85] intentionally omitted <==**

## **3TA225FDK3 (Up to 150 mm[2] )** 

Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar. **Note:** For 185 mm[2] , use 3TA225FDK1. Same illustration for 3TA225FDK 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-252** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

## **FD Frame Accessories** 

|**FD Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Right**||**Three-Pole**1<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole)**||||||||||||
|Alarm lockout switch (make only)|**V4-T2-379**|■||||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-379**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-379**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-381**|||■|■||■|■|||■|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-381**|||■|■||■|■|||■|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-383**|||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-385**<br>**V4-T2-389**|||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■|||■|
|Undervoltage release mechanism<br>**External Accessories**|**V4-T2-391**|||■|■||■|■||||
|End cap kit<br>Keeper nut|**V4-T2-414**<br>**V4-T2-414**|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Control wire terminal kit<br>Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-415**<br>**V4-T2-416**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear fed terminals<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-416**<br>**V4-T2-416**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-418**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-419**||||●|●|●|||||
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-420**|■|■|||■|||■|||
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-420**|■|■|||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-421**|||■|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-421**||||■|||||||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-422**|||■|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**||||●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**||||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators|**V4-T2-424**||||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-425**<br>**V4-T2-427**|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-428**<br>**V4-T2-508**|●|●|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●|●|●|●|
|LFD current limiter<br>IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-430**<br>**V4-T2-430**||●|●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|||||
|Cause of trip display|**V4-T2-431**||||●|||●||||
|Remote mount cause of trip display|**V4-T2-431**||||●|||●||||
|Cause of trip LED|**V4-T2-431**||||●|||●||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position ❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-253** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>4<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|FDE4|3<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—|
|HFD|1<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|HFDE4|3<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—|
|FDC5|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|
|FDCE456|3<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—|



## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)** 

|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**220, 240**<br>**380, 415**<br>**440**<br>**500**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>14<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>35<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|HFD|1<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>65<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|FDC|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|



|**210+ and 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**<br>**Description**<br>**210+**<br>**310+**<br>**Catalog**<br>**number**<br>Electronic portable test kit<br>■<br>■<br>**MTST230V**<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal<br>■<br>■<br>**5108A03H01**<br>External neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF080**<br>External neutral sensor (160 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF160**<br>External neutral sensor (225 A)7<br>■<br>**CTF225**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD080**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (160 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD160**<br>Compact external neutral sensor (225 A)7<br>■<br>**CTFD225**<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>■<br>**TRIP-LED**<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module<br>■<br>**DIGIVIEW**<br>Remote-mount ammeter module<br>■<br>**DIGIVIEWR06**|**UL 489 Current Limiting Data**<br>**Frame**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Ip (kA)**<br>**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|
||FDC<br>240 V/200 kA<br>41.4<br>1.41|
||FDC<br>480 V/100 kA<br>38.9<br>2.50|
||FDC<br>600 V/35 kA<br>29.0<br>3.00|
||**_Notes_**<br>1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.<br>2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker.<br>3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA.<br>4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE.<br>5 Current limiting.<br>6 Check with Eaton for availability.<br>7 Neutral sensor required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired; sold separately.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-254** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **FDE 210+ and 310+ Specifications** 

## **FDE 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**FDE 210+ Adjustability Specifications**<br>**Description**<br>**Digitrip RMS 210+**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker type**<br>Frame designation<br>FD<br>FD<br>Frames available<br>100 A, 150 A, 225 A<br>80 A, 160 A, 225 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>40–225 A<br>15–225 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>N/A<br>16–225 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>35, 65, 100<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LI, LSI<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>No<br>No<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>No<br>No<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>No<br>No<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>No<br>LSI, LSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>No<br>Yes<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No<br>No<br>Test kit available<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>**FD Frame**<br>**210+ settings**<br>**100 A**<br>**150 A**<br>**225 A**<br>Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)<br>Ir<br>A<br>40<br>70<br>100<br>B<br>50<br>80<br>110<br>C<br>60<br>90<br>125<br>D<br>70<br>100<br>150<br>E<br>80<br>110<br>175<br>F<br>90<br>125<br>200<br>G (= In)<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)<br>Ii<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J–2x<br>200<br>300<br>450<br>K–2.5x<br>250<br>375<br>565<br>L–3x<br>300<br>450<br>675<br>M–3.5x<br>350<br>525<br>790<br>N–4x<br>400<br>600<br>900<br>O–5x<br>500<br>750<br>1125<br>P–6x<br>600<br>900<br>1350<br>Q–8x<br>800<br>1200<br>1800<br>R–10x<br>1000<br>1500<br>2250<br>S–12x1<br>1200<br>1800<br>2400<br>Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)<br>2400<br>2400<br>2400<br>“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)<br>Isd/ tsd<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J<br>2x / 150<br>N/A<br>2x / 150<br>K<br>2x / 300<br>N/A<br>2x / 300<br>L<br>2x / I2t<br>N/A<br>2x / I2t<br>M<br>4x / Inst<br>N/A<br>4x / Inst<br>N<br>4x / 150<br>N/A<br>4x / 150<br>O<br>4x / I2t<br>N/A<br>4x / I2t<br>P<br>6x / Inst<br>N/A<br>6x / Inst<br>Q<br>6x / 300<br>N/A<br>6x / 300<br>R<br>10x / 150<br>N/A<br>10x / 150<br>S<br>10x / 300<br>N/A<br>10x / 300|**310+ Settings**|**FD Frame**<br>**80 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**225 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>15<br>60<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>70<br>110|
|||C<br>30<br>80<br>125|
|||D<br>40<br>90<br>150|
|||E<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||F<br>60<br>125<br>175|
|||G<br>70<br>150<br>200|
|||H (= In)<br>80<br>160<br>225|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
|Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>16<br>32<br>45|
|||Position 2<br>24<br>48<br>67|
|||Position 3<br>32<br>64<br>90|
|||Position 4<br>48<br>96<br>135|
|||Position 5<br>64<br>128<br>180|
|||Position 6<br>80<br>160<br>225|
|Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)|||
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)|||
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|1|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)|2|
||**_Notes_**<br>1 Not available for FD. Independently adjustable Iisetting available in LG, NG and<br>RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.<br>2 Maintenance Mode not available for FD frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG<br>and RG.||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-255** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **FD Frame** 

|**FD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|1|1.38 (35.1)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|2|2.75 (70.0)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|3<br>4|4.13 (105.0)<br>5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)<br>3.38 (86.0)|



## **FD Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [147 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>On<br>Off<br>6.00<br>(152.4)<br>4.13<br>(104.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [99 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>3.38<br>(85.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 

## **FD Frame** 

|**FD Frame**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number of Poles**<br>**1**<br>**2**||**3**|**4**|
|ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC|—|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|—|
|EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC|2 (0.9)|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|6 (2.7)|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|—|—|4.5 (2.0)|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-256** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Typical J-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [243 x 234] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-220|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-221|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-222|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-225|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-239|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-258|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-259|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-262|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-263|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-264|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-265|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-289|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-315|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-326|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-341|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-360|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|V4-T2-371|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . .|V4-T2-373|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-374|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-377|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-410|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton’s J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-257** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

**==> picture [353 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JD 3 250 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number of  Circuit Breaker/Frame  C = Non-aluminum terminals<br>JDB Poles Ampere Rating F = Frame only<br>JD 2  = 2 poles 070 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HJD 3  = 3 poles 090 V = 50 °C calibration<br>JDC 4  = 4 poles 100 W = Without terminals<br>125 X = Load side terminals only<br>150 Y = Line side terminals only<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [315 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 3 250 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>JT  = Thermal-magnetic Number  Trip Unit Rating/ T =Trip unit<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating thermal-magnetic<br>2  = 2 poles 070 fixed thermal<br>3  = 3 poles 090 adj. magnetic<br>4  = 4 poles 100 V =50 °C calibration<br>125 (thermal-magnetic<br>150 trip units only)<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-258** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

**2** 

||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**||**Standard**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**Trip Unit Only**1<br>**For Use with Standard or**<br>**High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-261**<br>**for Optional**<br>**Terminals**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD2070**|**HJD2070**|**JDC2070**|**JT2070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90|**JD2090**|**HJD2090**|**JDC2090**|**JT2090T**||
|100<br>125|**JD2100**<br>**JD2125**|**HJD2100**<br>**HJD2125**|**JDC2100**<br>**JDC2125**|**JT2100T**<br>**JT2125T**||
|150|**JD2150**|**HJD2150**|**JDC2150**|**JT2150T**||
|175|**JD2175**|**HJD2175**|**JDC2175**|**JT2175T**||
|200|**JD2200**|**HJD2200**|**JDC2200**|**JT2200T**||
|225|**JD2225**|**HJD2225**|**JDC2225**|**JT2225T**||
|250|**JD2250**|**HJD2250**|**JDC2250**|**JT2250T**||
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD3070**|**HJD3070**|**JDC3070**|**JT3070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90<br>100|**JD3090**<br>**JD3100**|**HJD3090**<br>**HJD3100**|**JDC3090**<br>**JDC3100**|**JT3090T**<br>**JT3100T**||
|125|**JD3125**|**HJD3125**|**JDC3125**|**JT3125T**||
|150|**JD3150**|**HJD3150**|**JDC3150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD3175**|**HJD3175**|**JDC3175**|**JT3175T**||
|200|**JD3200**|**HJD3200**|**JDC3200**|**JT3200T**||
|225|**JD3225**|**HJD3225**|**JDC3225**|**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD3250**|**HJD3250**|**JDC3250**|**JT3250T**||
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|125|**JD4125**|**HJD4125**|**JDC4125**|**JT3125T**|**TA250KB**2|
|150|**JD4150**|**HJD4150**|**JDC4150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD4175**|**HJD4175**|**JDC4175**|**JT3175T**||
|200<br>225|**JD4200**<br>**JD4225**|**HJD4200**<br>**HJD4225**|**JDC4200**<br>**JDC4225**|**JT3200T**<br>**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD4250**|**HJD4250**|**JDC4250**|**JT3250T**||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

- 2 Individually packed. 

- 3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection. 

- 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-259** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers— Frame Only** 

|**Frame Only**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Number**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**JD2250F**|**HJD2250F**|**JDC2250F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**JD3250F**|**HJD3250F**|**JDC3250F**|
|**Four-Pole**<br>**JD4250F**|**HJD4250F**|**JDC4250F**|



**Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application** 

|**Reverse Feed**|**Application**||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line and**|
|**Continuous**|**Load Terminals**|**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|70|**JDB2070W**|**JDB2070**|
|90|**JDB2090W**|**JDB2090**|
|100<br>125|**JDB2100W**<br>**JDB2125W**|**JDB2100**<br>**JDB2125**|
|150|**JDB2150W**|**JDB2150**|
|175|**JDB2175W**|**JDB2175**|
|200|**JDB2200W**|**JDB2200**|
|225|**JDB2225W**|**JDB2225**|
|250|**JDB2250W**|**JDB2250**|
|**Three-Pole**<br>70|**JDB3070W**|**JDB3070**|
|90|**JDB3090W**|**JDB3090**|
|100|**JDB3100W**|**JDB3100**|
|125|**JDB3125W**|**JDB3125**|
|150<br>175|**JDB3150W**<br>**JDB3175W**|**JDB3150**<br>**JDB3175**|
|200|**JDB3200W**|**JDB3200**|
|225|**JDB3225W**|**JDB3225**|
|250|**JDB3250W**|**JDB3250**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminals Only**<br>**See PageV4-T2-261**<br>**for Optional Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without**<br>**Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|250|**JD2250KW**<br>**JDB2250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD2250KW**<br>**HJDB2250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|250|**JD3250KW**<br>**JDB3250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD3250KW**<br>**HJDB3250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|250|**JD4250KW**<br>**JDB4250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD4250KW**<br>**HJDB4250KW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Individually packed. Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-260** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. 

Unless otherwise specified, J- Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

The bottom of the standard TA250KB terminal contains a recess that is positioned over the J-Frame circuit breaker terminal conductor. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

J-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper-only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

**==> picture [243 x 96] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Collar<br>Slotted Nut Slotted<br>Screw Screw<br>T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal (Standard)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|**Optional**|**Cu Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Stainless Steel|Cu|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**T250KB**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-261** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **JD Frame Accessories** 

|**JD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-,**<br>**Left**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-379**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-381**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-381**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-383**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-386**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-389**|■||■|■||■||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-393**|■||■|■||■||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-414**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug nut<br>Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-415**<br>**V4-T2-415**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-416**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-417**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-418**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-420**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-420**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-421**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-421**|❏||❏|||||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-422**|❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|||||
|Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-425**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-425**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-427**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-428**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-508**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-522**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-430**|●|●|●|||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-262** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JDB|2, 3|65|35|18|—|10|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|18|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|25|—|22|
|JDC3|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|—|22|



**2** 

## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**380**|**415**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|35|—|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|22|
|JDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|22|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JDC|240 V/200 kA|42.6|1.36|
|JDC|480 V/100 kA|40.0|3.00|
|JDC|600 V/35 kA|31.9|3.10|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

> 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

> 3 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-263** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **JD Frame** 

|**JD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>4.13 (105.0)|**Height**<br>10.00 (254.0)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (104.1)|
|4|5.50 (139.7)|10.00 (254.0)|4.06 (104.1)|



## **JD-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [411 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>Front View Cutout 4.13<br>(104.8)<br>1.56<br>(39.7)<br>0.34 R 0.78<br>(8.7 R) (19.8)<br>2.92<br>3.94 (74.2)<br>(100.0)<br>0.88 10.00 ON<br>(22.2) (254.0)<br>CL Breaker 3.33<br>0.72 (4.8) R0.19 R (84.5) OFF<br>(18.2)<br>1.38<br>0.50 (12.7)Diameter 2.75 (34.9)<br>3 Megger Holes (69.9)<br>1.75<br>if Required 3.50 (44.5)<br>(88.9)<br>4.06<br>(103.2)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **JD Frame** 

|**JD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|JDB|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|JD|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|13.25 (6.0)|9.00 (4.1)|10.00 (4.5)|10.50 (4.8)|2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)|
|HJD<br>JDC|11.25 (5.1)<br>12.25 (5.6)|12.50 (5.7)<br>13.50 (6.1)|13.25 (6.0)<br>14.25 (6.5)|9.00 (4.1)<br>10.00 (4.5)|10.00 (4.5)<br>11.00 (5.0)|10.50 (4.8)<br>11.50 (5.2)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)<br>2.25 (1.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-264** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-266**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-268**<br>**V4-T2-284**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-285**<br>**V4-T2-288**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton K-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-265** 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frames**[1] 

**==> picture [354 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KD 3 400 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>DK of Poles Frame Ampere  E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip<br>KD 2  = Two-pole Rating unit circuit breaker only)<br>KDB 3  = Three-pole 100 F = Frame only (400 A only)<br>HKD 4  = Four-pole 125 K = High-magnetic molded-case switch<br>KDC  150 V = 50 ° calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>175 W = Without terminals<br>200 X = Load terminals only<br>225 Y = Line side terminals only<br>250 Blank = Standard load and line side terminals<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [271 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KT 3 400 F<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>KT  = Thermal-magnetic Number Circuit Breaker/ T = Trip unit only<br>of Poles Frame Ampere<br>2  = Two-pole Rating<br>3  = Three-pole 100<br>4  = Four-pole 125<br>150<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** or **HKD3400F** . 

Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-266** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_[1] 

## **310+ Circuit Breakers**[2] 

**2** 

**==> picture [454 x 157] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W<br>Performance at  Terminals<br>480 Vac Number  Feature W  = No terminals<br>KDB = 35 kAIC of Poles Ampere Rating Blank = No feature L = Line and load<br>HKDB = 65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole 125 Frame Designation B20  = High load alarm<br>CKDB = 35 kAIC 250 F B21  = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>100% rated 400 B22  = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>CHKDB = 65 kAIC ZG  = Zone selective interlocking<br>100% rated<br>Trip Unit<br>T33 =310+ Electronic LS<br>T32 =310+ Electronic LSI<br>T35 =310+ Electronic LSG<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG<br>T38 =310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode<br>T39 =310+ Electronic ALSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[3] 

**==> picture [115 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KES 3 400 LSIG ZG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [478 x 111] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Unit Type Feature<br>KES Number  Blank = No feature<br>of Poles Ampere Rating B20  = High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole 125 Trip Unit B21  = Ground fault alarm, with trip  [2]<br>4  = Four-pole 250 LS = 310+ Electronic LS B22  = Ground fault alarm, no trip  [2]<br>400 LSI =310+ Electronic LSI ZG  = Zone selective interlocking<br>LSG =310+ Electronic LSG  [2]<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG  [2]<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [2]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers** 

|||||**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**|||**Trip Model**|||**Trip Type**|**W**= Without terminals||
|**KD**<br>**HKD**<br>**KDC**<br>**CKD**<br>**CHKD**|||||**T5**= Model 550<br>**T10**= Model 1050|||**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|||**3**= Three-pole|||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Cannot combine ‘B2X’ suffixes with ‘B2X’ suffixes. 

- 2 Not available in four-pole configurations. 

- 3 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** , **HKD3400F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-267** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**1||
||**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**||**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**For Use with Standard**<br>**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**<br>**Catalog**|**See Page V4-T2-283 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD2100**|**HKD2100**|**KDC2100**|**KT2100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD2125**|**HKD2125**|**KDC2125**|**KT2125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150<br>175|**KD2150**<br>**KD2175**|**HKD2150**<br>**HKD2175**|**KDC2150**<br>**KDC2175**|**KT2150T**<br>**KT2175T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD2200**|**HKD2200**|**KDC2200**|**KT2200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD2225**|**HKD2225**|**KDC2225**|**KT2225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD2250**|**HKD2250**|**KDC2250**|**KT2250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD2300**|**HKD2300**|**KDC2300**|**KT2300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD2350**|**HKD2350**|**KDC2350**|**KT2350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD2400**|**HKD2400**|**KDC2400**|**KT2400T**|**2TA400K**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD3100**|**HKD3100**|**KDC3100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD3125**|**HKD3125**|**KDC3125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150|**KD3150**|**HKD3150**|**KDC3150**|**KT3150T**|**TA300K**2|
|175<br>200|**KD3175**<br>**KD3200**|**HKD3175**<br>**HKD3200**|**KDC3175**<br>**KDC3200**|**KT3175T**<br>**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD3225**|**HKD3225**|**KDC3225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD3250**|**HKD3250**|**KDC3250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD3300**|**HKD3300**|**KDC3300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD3350**|**HKD3350**|**KDC3350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD3400**|**HKD3400**|**KDC3400**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**3|
|**Four-Pole**<br>100|**KD4100**|**HKD4100**|**KDC4100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD4125**|**HKD4125**|**KDC4125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|175|**KD4175**|**HKD4175**|**KDC4175**|**KT3175T**|**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD4200**|**HKD4200**|**KDC4200**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD4225**|**HKD4225**|**KDC4225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD4250**|**HKD4250**|**KDC4250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD4300**|**HKD4300**|**KDC4300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD4350**|**HKD4350**|**KDC4350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD4400**|**HKD4400**|**KDC4400**|**KT3400T**|**4TA400K**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

> 3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-268** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only** 

|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|**KD2400F**|**HKD2400F**|**KDC2400F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|



**2** 

## _**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**<br>**Interrupting**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|||**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|||
||**Capacity**|**Capacity**|**Limiting**|**Adjustable**|**Independently**|**Pickup with**|**Short Time**|||
|**Max.**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**I2t Short**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Pickup and**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-283**|
|400|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||



**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Four-Pole**[45] 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**High**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**High**|**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Options**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Options**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**<br>**Adjustable**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Max.**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Current**<br>**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4125LS**|**KES4125LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4250LS**|**KES4250LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**V4-T2-283**|
|400|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4400LS**|**KES4400LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

- 4 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required. 

- 5 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix **E** to four-pole trip unit catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-269** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

**Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**KDB3125FT33W**|**KDB3125FT32W**|**KDB3125FT35W**|**KDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|3|**KDB3250FT33W**|**KDB3250FT32W**|**KDB3250FT35W**|**KDB3250FT36W**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-284**|
|400|3|**KDB3400FT33W**|**KDB3400FT32W**|**KDB3400FT35W**|**KDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT400**||



**Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**HKDB3125FT33W**|**HKDB3125FT32W**|**HKDB3125FT35W**|**HKDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250<br>400|3<br>3|**HKDB3250FT33W**<br>**HKDB3400FT33W**|**HKDB3250FT32W**<br>**HKDB3400FT32W**|**HKDB3250FT35W**<br>**HKDB3400FT35W**|**HKDB3250FT36W**<br>**HKDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|**V4-T2-284**|



## _**100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. 

## **100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers—Three-Pole** 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**|**Options**|||||
||||||**Adjustable**|**Independently**|||
||**Standard**|**High**|||**Short Time**|**Adjustable**|||
|**Maximum**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>125|**Catalog Number**<br>**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT125**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|250|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-283**|
|400|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For AC use only. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-270** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Suitable for reverse feed application. 

**2** 

## **Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**|||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Line**|**With Standard Line and**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100<br>125|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB2100W**<br>**KDB2125W**|**KDB2100**<br>**KDB2125**|
|150|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2150W**|**KDB2150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2175W**|**KDB2175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2200W**|**KDB2200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2225W**|**KDB2225**|
|250|**DK2250W**|**DK2250Y**|**DK2250**|**KDB2250W**|**KDB2250**|
|300<br>350|**DK2300W**<br>**DK2350W**|**DK2300Y**<br>**DK2350Y**|**DK2300**<br>**DK2350**|**KDB2300W**<br>**KDB2350W**|**KDB2300**<br>**KDB2350**|
|400|**DK2400W**|**DK2400Y**|**DK2400**|**KDB2400W**|**KDB2400**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3100W**|**KDB3100**|
|125<br>150|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB3125W**<br>**KDB3150W**|**KDB3125**<br>**KDB3150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3175W**|**KDB3175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3200W**|**KDB3200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3225W**|**KDB3225**|
|250|**DK3250W**|**DK3250Y**|**DK3250**|**KDB3250W**|**KDB3250**|
|300|**DK3300W**|**DK3300Y**|**DK3300**|**KDB3300W**|**KDB3300**|
|350<br>400|**DK3350W**<br>**DK3400W**|**DK3350Y**<br>**DK3400Y**|**DK3350**<br>**DK3400**|**KDB3350W**<br>**KDB3400W**|**KDB3350**<br>**KDB3400**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-271** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals. Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|400|**DK2400K**<br>**KD2400K**<br>**KDB2400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD2400K**<br>**HKDB2400K**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|400|**DK3400K**<br>**KD3400K**<br>**KDB3400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD3400K**<br>**HKDB3400K**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|400|**—**<br>**KD4400K**<br>**KDB4400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD4400K**<br>**HKDB4400K**|



## _**Note**_ 

Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-272** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**➀<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T52W**<br>**KD3125T56W**<br>**KD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T52W**<br>**KD3250T56W**<br>**KD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T52W**<br>**KD3400T56W**<br>**KD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-273** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T52W**<br>**HKD3125T56W**<br>**HKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T52W**<br>**HKD3250T56W**<br>**HKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T52W**<br>**HKD3400T56W**<br>**HKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-274** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KDC3125T52W**<br>**KDC3125T56W**<br>**KDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KDC3250T52W**<br>**KDC3250T56W**<br>**KDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KDC3400T52W**<br>**KDC3400T56W**<br>**KDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-275** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T106W**<br>**KD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T106W**<br>**KD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T106W**<br>**KD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A22**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-276** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T106W**<br>**HKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T106W**<br>**HKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T106W**<br>**HKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-277** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp   ecoc cu ees w ecgee g ug, coue**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**KDC3125T106W**<br>**KDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
|||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
|||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
||250<br>**KDC3250T106W**<br>**KDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
||400<br>**KDC3400T106W**<br>**KDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-278** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CKD3125T52W**<br>**CKD3125T56W**<br>**CKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CKD3250T52W**<br>**CKD3250T56W**<br>**CKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CKD3400T52W**<br>**CKD3400T56W**<br>**CKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number (refer to **Page V4-T2-397** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-279** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T52W**<br>**CHKD3125T56W**<br>**CHKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T52W**<br>**CHKD3250T56W**<br>**CHKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T52W**<br>**CHKD3400T56W**<br>**CHKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-280** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

|**_100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug_**<br>Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>70<br>**ORPK125A70**<br>90<br>**ORPK125A90**<br>100<br>**ORPK125A100**<br>110<br>**ORPK125A110**<br>125<br>**ORPK125A125**<br>125<br>**ORPK025A125**<br>150<br>**ORPK025A150**<br>175<br>**ORPK025A175**<br>200<br>**ORPK025A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK025A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK025A250**<br>200<br>**ORPK40A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK40A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK40A250**<br>300<br>**ORPK40A300**<br>350<br>**ORPK40A350**<br>400<br>**ORPK40A400**|**2**|
|||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
|125<br>**CKD3125T106W**<br>**CKD3125T107W**|||
|250<br>**CKD3250T106W**<br>**CKD3250T107W**|||
|400<br>**CKD3400T106W**<br>**CKD3400T107W**|||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-281** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T106W**<br>**CHKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T106W**<br>**CHKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T106W**<br>**CHKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-282** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide** 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, K-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards 

K-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**==> picture [56 x 85] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [57 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [221 x 52] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [55 x 36] intentionally omitted <==**

Tab is 1/4 x.032 **TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA402K, T402K TA401KCW** 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Line and Load Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/No.**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Terminal**<br>**Terminals with**<br>**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||
|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**TA300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**TA350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2TA400K**23<br>**2TA400KCW**23|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**3TA400K**24<br>**3TA400KCW**24|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**4TA400K**56<br>**4TA400KCW**56|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||
|225<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**T300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**T350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2T400K**3<br>**2T400KCW**23<br>**3T400K**4<br>**3T400KCW**24<br>**4T400K**5<br>**4T400KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>or<br>2/0–500 (1)|70–120|**2TA401K**23<br>**2TA401KCW**23|
||70–240|**3TA401K**24<br>**3TA401KCW**24|
||70–240|**4TA401K**56<br>**4TA401KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)|300–400|**2TA402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3TA402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4TA402K**56<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>500–750 (1)|—|**2T402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3T402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4T402K**56<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Individually packed. 

- 2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

- 3 Two-pole kit. 

- 4 Three-pole kit. 

- 5 Four-pole kit. 

- 6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-283** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **KD Frame Accessories** 

|**KD Frame Accessories**|||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**|1<br>**Right**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-380**||■|❏||❏|■||||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)<br>Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-380**<br>**V4-T2-382**||■|❏<br>■||❏<br>■|■<br>■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-382**|||■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-382**|||■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-383**|||❏||❏|❏||❏||
|Shunt trip—standard2|**V4-T2-386**||■|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-389**|||■||■|■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-394**||■|■||■|■||||
|PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-397**|||||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-414**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Keeper nut<br>Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-414**<br>**V4-T2-415**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal adapter<br>Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-415**<br>**V4-T2-416**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear fed terminals<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-416**<br>**V4-T2-417**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields<br>Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**<br>**V4-T2-419**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Non-padlockable handle block<br>Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-420**<br>**V4-T2-420**|■|||■<br>■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-421**<br>**V4-T2-421**|❏|■<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏||❏||
|Key Interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-422**<br>**V4-T2-423**|■|❏|❏<br>●|●|❏<br>●|❏||❏||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-424**|||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-425**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-427**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-428**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-508**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-522**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-430**|||●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-430**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**<br>Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-431**||||||||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-431**<br>**V4-T2-431**||||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**<br>Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-220**<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-284** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**1|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor, 400 A|**LGFCT400**2|
|External neutral sensor, 250 A|**LGFCT250**2|
|External neutral sensor, 125 A|**LGFCT125**2|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**3|



**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**4|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|22|
|KDC7|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|22|
|CKD|3|65|—|35|25|—|
|CHKD|3|100|—|65|35|—|



## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**4|**240**|**380**|**415**|**440**|**500**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|—|22|
|KDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|—|22|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|KDC|240 V/200 kA|56.00|2.30|
|KDC|480 V/100 kA|53.30|5.60|
|KDC|600 V/50 kA|43.40|5.40|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

- 2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

- 4 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

- 5 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

- 7 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-285** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **310+ Specifications** 

## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**310+ Specifications**|**310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame<br>K<br>Frames available<br>125 A, 250 A, 400 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>55–400 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>50–400 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm, trip (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG)1<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**310+ Settings**|**K-Frame**<br>**125A**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or<br>long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir \ In|
|||A (=Ir)<br>55<br>100<br>160|
|||B (=Ir)<br>60<br>125<br>200|
|||C (=Ir)<br>70<br>150<br>225|
|||D (=Ir)<br>80<br>160<br>250|
|||E (=Ir)<br>90<br>175<br>300|
|||F (=Ir)<br>100<br>200<br>315|
|||G (=Ir)<br>110<br>225<br>350|
|||H (=Ir=In)<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir)= short delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In)= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>25<br>50<br>80|
|||Position 2<br>37.5<br>75<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||Position 4<br>75<br>150<br>240|
|||Position 5<br>100<br>200<br>320|
|||Position 6<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>312<br>625<br>1000|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for KD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**V4-T2-286 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Specifications** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|K|K|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|125–400 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|35, 65, 100 (kA)|35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.4–1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**|||
|Short delay pickup|150–800% x (Ir)|150–800% x (Ir)|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup|200–800% x (In)|200–800% x (In)|
|Discriminator|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

(A) = GF Alarm 

Is = Sensor Rating 

In = Rating Plug 

Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Zone interlock kit. 

- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-287** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **KD Frame** 

|**KD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3<br>4|5.50 (149.7)<br>7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)<br>10.13 (257.3)|4.10 (104.1)<br>4.10 (104.1)|



## **KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [136 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout<br>0.34 R<br>(8.7 R)<br>3.75<br>(95.3)<br>CL Handle<br>0.83<br>(21.0) 1.64<br>0.19 R (41.7)<br>(4.8 R)<br>1.25<br>(31.8)<br>1.31<br>(33.3)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>2.39<br>4.78 (60.7)<br>(121.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [227 x 216] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front View<br>4.31<br>5.49 (109.6)<br>(139.4)<br>ON<br>10.13<br>(257.2)<br>OFF<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

**KD Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|||||||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|DK|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|—|—|—|—|
|KDB<br>KD|10.0 (4.5)<br>10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)<br>11.5 (5.2)|—<br>7.5 (3.4)|—<br>8.5 (3.9)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|
|HKD, HKDB|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|
|KDC|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-288** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)|||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-290**<br>**V4-T2-292**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-308**<br>**V4-T2-310**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-314**<br>**V4-T2-315**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-341**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|**2**|



## **L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - CE marked 

- L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-289** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**LD-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame**[1] 

**==> picture [354 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 600 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>LDB of Poles Frame Ampere  F = Frame only (600 A only)<br>LD 2  = Two-pole Rating K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HLD 3  = Three-pole  300 V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>LDC 4  = Four-pole  350 W  = Without terminals<br>CLD  400 X = Load side terminals only<br>CHLD  450 Y = Line side terminals only<br>CLDC  500<br> 600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [358 x 107] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LT 3 400 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>LT  = Thermal-magnetic Number  Trip Unit Rating/Plug  T  =Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable<br>of Poles Ampere Rating magnetic<br>2  = Two-pole 300 V  =50 °C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3  = Three-pole 350<br>4  = Four-pole 400<br>450<br>500<br>600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-290** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**LD-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **310+ Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [470 x 142] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LDB 3 600 F T36 B22ZG W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number  Terminals<br>LDB =35 kAIC of Poles W  = No terminals<br>HLDB =65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole<br>LDCB =100 kAIC 4  = Four-pole<br>CLDB =35 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>CHLDB =65 kAIC, 100% rated T33 =310+ Electronic LS Blank =No feature<br>CLDCB =100 kAIC, 100% rated Amperes T32 =310+ Electronic LSI B20 =High load alarm<br>600 T35 =310+ Electronic LSG  [1] B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip  [1]<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG  [1] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip  [1]<br>T38 =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>Designation T39 =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [1]<br>F<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[2] 

## **LES 3 600 LSIG B22ZG** 

**==> picture [474 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Unit Type Features<br>LES Number  Trip Unit Blank =No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 =High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole Amperes LSI =310+ Electronic LSI B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip  [1]<br>4  = Four-pole 600 LSG =310+ Electronic LSG  [1] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip  [1]<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG  [1] ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**LD-Frame with OPTIM Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [103 x 12] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 125 T5 7 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [435 x 101] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Trip Type W = Without terminals<br>LD of Poles Circuit Breaker/ 2  = LSI (550 only)<br>HLD 3  = Three-pole Frame Ampere Rating 6  = LSIG<br>LDC 125  (Available on Model 1050 only) 7  = LSIA<br>CLD 250  (Available on Model 1050 only)<br>CHLD 400 Trip Model<br>CLDC 600<br>T5  = Model 550<br>T10  = Model 1050<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Not available in four-pole configurations. 

- 2 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-291** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting**|**Ultra High Interrupting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting of**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**For Use with Standard**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Frame, Trip Unit and**<br>**Terminals**|**Circuit Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page V4-T2-307 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD2300**|**HLD2300**|**LDC2300**|**LT2300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD2350**|**HLD2350**|**LDC2350**|**LT2350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD2400**|**HLD2400**|**LDC2400**|**LT2400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD2450**<br>**LD2500**|**HLD2450**<br>**HLD2500**|**LDC2450**<br>**LDC2500**|**LT2450T**<br>**LT2500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD2600**|**HLD2600**|**LDC2600**|**LT2600T**|**2TA603LDK**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD3300**|**HLD3300**|**LDC3300**|**LT3300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD3350**|**HLD3350**|**LDC3350**|**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD3400**|**HLD3400**|**LDC3400**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD3450**<br>**LD3500**|**HLD3450**<br>**HLD3500**|**LDC3450**<br>**LDC3500**|**LT3450T**<br>**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD3600**|**HLD3600**|**LDC3600**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**3|
|**Four-Pole**4||||||
|300|**LD4300**|**HLD4300**|**LDC4300**|**LT4300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350<br>400|**LD4350**<br>**LD4400**|**HLD4350**<br>**HLD4400**|**LDC4350**<br>**LDC4400**|**LT4350T**<br>**LT4400T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|450|**LD4450**|**HLD4450**|**LDC4450**|**LT4450T**|**TA602LD**2|
|500|**LD4500**|**HLD4500**|**LDC4500**|**LT4500T**|**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD4600**|**HLD4600**|**LDC4600**|**LT4600T**|**4TA603LDK**3|



## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only** 

|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**Capacity 600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>**LD2600F**|**HLD2600F**|**LDC2600F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Magnetic trip range 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

> 3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

> 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-292** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Ultra High**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|**Adjustable**||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|**Terminal**<br>**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|**Four-Pole**4|||||||||**V4-T2-284**|
|600|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|**LES4600LS**|**LES4600LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-284**|



## _**Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Less Terminals Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**<br>**Standard**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>600|**of Poles**<br>**3**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LDB3600FT33W**|**LDB3600FT32W**|**LDB3600FT35W**|**LDB3600FT36W**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT600**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|600|**3**|**HLDB3600FT33W**|**HLDB3600FT32W**|**HLDB3600FT35W**|**HLDB3600FT36W**||**V4-T2-284**|
|600|**3**|**LDCB3600FT33W**|**LDCB3600FT32W**|**LDCB3600FT35W**|**LDCB3600FT36W**|||



## _**100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-286** . 

## **100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with 310+ Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+**|**Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity Current**<br>**Limiting 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**CLD3600F**|**CHLD3600F**|**CLDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-284**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

- 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-293** 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1] 

|**Non-Intercha**|**ngeable Trip Units** 1||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Without Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**|**With Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB2300W**|**LDB2300**|
|350<br>400|**LDB2350W**<br>**LDB2400W**|**LDB2350**<br>**LDB2400**|
|450|**LDB2450W**|**LDB2450**|
|500|**LDB2500W**|**LDB2500**|
|600|**LDB2600W**|**LDB2600**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB3300W**|**LDB3300**|
|350|**LDB3350W**|**LDB3350**|
|400|**LDB3400W**|**LDB3400**|
|450|**LDB3450W**|**LDB3450**|
|500|**LDB3500W**|**LDB3500**|
|600|**LDB3600W**|**LDB3600**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Molded Case**|**Switches**||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**|**Circuit Breaker Only**||
|**Continuous**|**without Line and Load**|**See Page V4-T2-307 for**|
|**Ampere**|**Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|600|**LD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB2600WK**1|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|600|**LD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB3600WK**1|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|600|**LD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB4600WK**1|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Factory sealed—suitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-294** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

**2** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T52W**<br>**LD3125T56W**<br>**LD3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T52W**<br>**LD3250T56W**<br>**LD3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T52W**<br>**LD3400T56W**<br>**LD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T52W**<br>**LD3600T56W**<br>**LD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-295** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T52W**<br>**HLD3125T56W**<br>**HLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T52W**<br>**HLD3250T56W**<br>**HLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T52W**<br>**HLD3400T56W**<br>**HLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T52W**<br>**HLD3600T56W**<br>**HLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-296** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LDC3125T52W**<br>**LDC3125T56W**<br>**LDC3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LDC3250T52W**<br>**LDC3250T56W**<br>**LDC3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LDC3400T52W**<br>**LDC3400T56W**<br>**LDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LDC3600T52W**<br>**LDC3600T56W**<br>**LDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-297** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T106W**<br>**LD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T106W**<br>**LD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T106W**<br>**LD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T106W**<br>**LD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-298** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T106W**<br>**HLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T106W**<br>**HLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T106W**<br>**HLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T106W**<br>**HLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-299** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp   ecoc cu ee w ecgee g ug, cou**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**LDC3125T106W**<br>**LDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
|||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
|||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||250<br>**LDC3250T106W**<br>**LDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
||400<br>**LDC3400T106W**<br>**LDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
||600<br>**LDC3600T106W**<br>**LDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
|||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
|||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-300** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T52W**<br>**CLD3125T56W**<br>**CLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T52W**<br>**CLD3250T56W**<br>**CLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T52W**<br>**CLD3400T56W**<br>**CLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T52W**<br>**CLD3600T56W**<br>**CLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-301** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T52W**<br>**CHLD3125T56W**<br>**CHLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T52W**<br>**CHLD3250T56W**<br>**CHLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T52W**<br>**CHLD3400T56W**<br>**CHLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T52W**<br>**CHLD3600T56W**<br>**CHLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-302** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T52W**<br>**CLDC3125T56W**<br>**CLDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T52W**<br>**CLDC3250T56W**<br>**CLDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T52W**<br>**CLDC3400T56W**<br>**CLDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T52W**<br>**CLDC3600T56W**<br>**CLDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-303** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

**2** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T106W**<br>**CLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T106W**<br>**CLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T106W**<br>**CLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T106W**<br>**CLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-304** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T106W**<br>**CHLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T106W**<br>**CHLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T106W**<br>**CHLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T106W**<br>**CHLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-305** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T106W**<br>**CLDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T106W**<br>**CLDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T106W**<br>**CLDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T106W**<br>**CLDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-306** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, 

L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit 

breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Terminals** 

**==> picture [469 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
TA401LD or TA603LD<br>Terminal (Step-Type<br>Terminal Requires  Pan-Head Screws and<br>Terminal Cover and  Pan-Head Screws  Lockwashers (Installed<br>Warning Label.  and Lockwashers TA450LD or TA602LD or  before Cable Clamping<br>See Inset.) T602LD Terminal Screws)<br>>) Spe Ny > Terminal Cover<br>:<br>1 | @ ee | | Fx, @ SI<br>oN 8 oh a<br>~ sR.<br>Warning Label<br>SS SG in ° oer<br>LEIS Shin Retainer<br>a0!ne<e~2% ‘| a <al Screws<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Line Terminal Cover<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||||**Terminals with**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/Number**|**Metric Wire**|**Terminal**|**Catalog**|**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Type**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||**of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Poles**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Two-pole kit1|**2TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Three-pole kit1|**3TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Four-pole kit1|**4TA401LDK**|**—**|
|450|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0 (2)|25–95|2|**TA450LD**|**—**|
|500|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–350 (2)|95–150|2|**TA602LD**|**TA602LDCW**|
|600<br>600|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|400–500 (2)<br>400–500 (2)|185–240<br>185–240|Two-pole kit1<br>Three-pole kit1|**2TA603LDK**<br>**3TA603LDK**|**2TA603LDKCW**<br>**3TA603LDKCW**|
|600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|400–500 (2)|185–240|Four-pole kit1|**4TA603LDK**|**4TA603LDKCW**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|600|Copper|Cu|250–350 (2)|120–250|2|**T602LD**|**T602LDCW**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-307** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **LD Frame Accessories** 

||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**3|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-380**|■||■|■||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-380**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-382**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)<br>Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-382**<br>**V4-T2-382**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-384**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-384**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—standard4|**V4-T2-386**|■||■|■||■||
|Shunt trip—low energy4<br>Undervoltage release mechanism4|**V4-T2-389**<br>**V4-T2-395**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-397**|||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-414**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Control wire terminal kit<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-415**<br>**V4-T2-417**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-420**||■|||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-421**<br>**V4-T2-422**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-424**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-426**<br>**V4-T2-427**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-428**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-508**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-522**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-430**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 

> 3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. 

> 4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-308** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **LD Frame Accessories, continued** 

|**LD Frame Accessories, continued**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-430**||||||||
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-430**||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-431**||||||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-431**<br>**V4-T2-431**||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers<br>Marine/naval application|—<br>—|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

- Accessory available/modification available 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**3|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**4|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**5|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

- 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 

- 3 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

> 4 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 5 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-309** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**rms Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**277**||**480**|**600**|**Volts DC**<br>**125**|**250**23|
|LDB|2, 3|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|LD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|CLD4|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|—|
|HLD, HLDB<br>CHLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|100<br>100|—<br>—|65<br>65|35<br>35|—<br>—|25<br>—|
|LDC, LDCB5|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|30|
|CLDC45|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|—|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1] 

|||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**415**||**690**||**Volts DC**<br>**250**23||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LDB|2, 3|85|85|45|45|20|10|20|10|
|LD<br>CLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|85<br>85|85<br>85|45<br>45|45<br>45|20<br>20|10<br>10|20<br>—|10<br>—|
|HLD, HLDB|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|20|10|
|CHLD4|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|—|—|
|LDC, LDCB|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|20|10|
|CLDC4|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|—|—|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|LDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|LDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. 

- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only. 

- 4 100% rated breakers. 

> 5 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-310** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **310+ Specifications** 

|**310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LD|
|Frames available|600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|250–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|120–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System|Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG|
|(or Maintenance Mode)||
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)1|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**LD Frame**<br>**Specification**|
|310+ settings|600 A|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
||A<br>250|
||B<br>300|
||C<br>315|
||D<br>350|
||E<br>400|
||F<br>450|
||G<br>500|
||H (= In)<br>600|
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2|
||4<br>4|
||7<br>7|
||10<br>10|
||12<br>12|
||15<br>15|
||20<br>20|
||24<br>24|
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x|
||Position 2<br>3x|
||Position 3<br>4x|
||Position 4<br>5x|
||Position 5<br>6x|
||Position 6<br>7x|
||Position 7<br>8x|
||Position 8<br>8x|
||Position 9<br>8x|
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300|
|Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>120|
||Position 2<br>180|
||Position 3<br>240|
||Position 4<br>360|
||Position 5<br>480|
||Position 6<br>600|
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300|
|Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
|Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>1500|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for LD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-311** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM Specifications**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|L|L|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

(A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-312** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications, continued** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm 

Is = Sensor Rating 

In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-313** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **LD Frame** 

|**LD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>8.25 (209.6)|**Height**<br>10.75 (273.1)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|4|11.00 (279.4)|10.75 (273.1)|4.06 (103.1)|



## **LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [435 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front Cover Cutout Front View<br>3.81<br>(96.8)<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.7)<br>3.28<br>CL Handle (83.3)<br>1.33<br>(33.7)2.29<br>0.25 (6.4) R (58.2) 10.75 8.21<br>(273.1) (208.6)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.64<br>(92.5) 7.28 0.19 R<br>(184.9) (4.8) R<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>Breaker<br>CL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

**LD Frame** 

|**LD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|LD, HLD, LDC|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|14 (6.4)|15 (6.8)|20 (9.1)|3 (1.4)|4 (1.8)|5 (2.3)|
|LDB|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|—|—|—|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-314** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-316**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-317**<br>**V4-T2-322**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-323**<br>**V4-T2-325**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - CE marked 

- MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-315** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**MDL Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**==> picture [164 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame  [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [349 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDL 3 800 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Circuit Breaker/ F =Frame only (800 A only)<br>MDL, MDLB of Poles Frame Ampere Rating K =High magnetic molded case switch<br>HMDL, HMDLB 2  = Two-pole 300  [1] 500 V =50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3  = Three-pole 350  [1] 600 W =Without terminals<br>400 700 X =Load side terminals only<br>450 800 Y =Line side terminals only<br>[[1]]<br>MT 3 800 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>MT Number  Trip Unit Rating/ T = Thermal-magnetic<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>2  = Two-pole 300  [1] 500<br>3  = Three-pole 350  [1] 600<br>400 700<br>450 800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [118 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit  [[1]]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**MDL Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**310+ Circuit Breaker** 

**==> picture [470 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDLB 3 800 F T36 B21 W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number  Terminals<br>MDLB =50 kAIC of Poles W  = No terminals<br>HMDLB =65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole<br>CMDLB =50 kAIC, 100% rated<br>CHMDLB =65 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>Amperes T33 =310+ Electronic LS Blank =No feature<br>800 T32 =310+ Electronic LSI B20 =High load alarm<br>T35 =310+ Electronic LSG B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>Designation T38 =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>F T39 =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [472 x 107] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MES 3 800 ALSIG B21<br>Trip Unit Type Features<br>MES Number  Trip Unit Blank =No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 =High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole Amperes LSI =310+ Electronic LSI B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>800 LSG =310+ Electronic LSG B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **MDL3800F** , **HMDL3800F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-316** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole** 

||**Standard Interrupting**|**Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**Trip Unit Only**||
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**|
|||||||**Terminals**|
||**Factory Assembled**||**Factory Assembled**||**Magnetic Trip Range**<br>**is 5–10 Up Through**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**<br>**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-321 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300<br>350|**MDL2300**<br>**MDL2350**|**MDL2800F**|**HMDL2300**<br>**HMDL2350**|**HMDL2800F**|**MT2300T**<br>**MT2350T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL2400**||**HMDL2400**||**MT2400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL2450**||**HMDL2450**||**MT2450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL2500**||**HMDL2500**||**MT2500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDL2600**<br>**MDL2700**||**HMDL2600**<br>**HMDL2700**||**MT2600T**<br>**MT2700T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL2800**||**HMDL2800**||**MT2800T**|**TA800MA2**|



**2** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**||
||||||**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
||||||**Magnetic Trip Range**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**is 5–10 Up Through**<br>**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**|**See Page**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**V4-T2-321 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDL3300**|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3300**|**HMDL3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDL3350**||**HMDL3350**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL3400**||**HMDL3400**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL3450**||**HMDL3450**||**MT3450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL3500**||**HMDL3500**||**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDL3600**||**HMDL3600**||**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDL3700**||**HMDL3700**||**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL3800**||**HMDL3800**||**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-317** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole**[1] 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-321 for**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDLB2300**|**HMDLB2300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB2350**|**HMDLB2350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB2400**|**HMDLB2400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450<br>500|**MDLB2450**<br>**MDLB2500**|**HMDLB2450**<br>**HMDLB2500**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDLB2600**|**HMDLB2600**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDLB2700**|**HMDLB2700**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB2800**|**HMDLB2800**|**TA800MA2**|



**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole**[1] 

|**Types MDLB an**|**d HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**Breakers with Non-Interchangeab**|**le Trip Units—Three-Pole**1|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-321 for**|
|**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**MDLB3300**|**HMDLB3300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB3350**|**HMDLB3350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB3400**|**HMDLB3400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDLB3450**|**HMDLB3450**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDLB3500**|**HMDLB3500**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDLB3600**<br>**MDLB3700**|**HMDLB3600**<br>**HMDLB3700**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB3800**|**HMDLB3800**|**TA800MA2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application. 

- 2 Two terminals are required per pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-318** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-324** . 

**2** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip**|**Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br>**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br> <br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23||
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||||||**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|||||||||**V4-T2-322**|



**Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**[4] 

|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**LSIG**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay Ramp**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Delay**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Ground**<br>**Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>800<br>**MDLB3800FT33W**<br>**MDLB3800FT32W**|**MDLB3800FT35W**|**MDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||||
|800<br>**HMDLB3800FT33W**<br>**HMDLB3800FT32W**|**HMDLB3800FT35W**|**HMDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|



## _**100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-324** . 

## **100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**|**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**CMDL3800F**|**CHMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page V4-T2-322**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units or breakers. 

> 4 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-319** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

**2** 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Circuit Breaker Only without Continuous Line and Load Terminals Ampere Rating Catalog at 40 °C Number Two-Pole** 800 **MDL2800WK MDLB2800WK**[1] **HMDL2800WK Three-Pole** 800 **MDL3800WK MDLB3800WK**[1] **HMDL3800WK** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-320** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

M-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**==> picture [58 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [58 x 59] intentionally omitted <==**

**TA700MA1 TA800MA2** 

**==> picture [54 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**TA801MA** 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**Terminals with Control**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Terminal**|**Wire Termination**|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**Range/No.**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Conductors**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)|**TA700MA1**|**TA700MA1CWT**|
|800 std.|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|**TA800MA2**|**TA800MA2CWT**|
|800|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (2)|**TA801MA**|**TA801MACWT**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type**|||**Terminals**|||
|600|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|**T600MA1**|**—**|
|800|Copper|Cu|3/0–300 kcmil (3)|**T800MA1**|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-321** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **MD Frame Accessories** 

|**MD Frame Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**1||**Three-Pole**|||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)<br>Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-380**<br>**V4-T2-380**|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-382**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-382**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-382**|■|■|■||■|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-384**<br>**V4-T2-384**|■<br>■|■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■|
|Shunt trip—standard2|**V4-T2-387**|■|■|■||■|
|Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-389**|■|■|■||■|
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-395**|■|■|■||■|
|**External Accessories**<br>Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-416**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-417**||||●||
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-419**||||●||
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**||||●||
|Non-padlockable handle block<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-420**<br>**V4-T2-421**|❏||❏|■|❏|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-422**|❏||❏||❏|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-424**<br>**V4-T2-426**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-427**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-428**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-508**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Handle extension<br>Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-522**<br>**V4-T2-430**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-322** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**1|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**2|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**3|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65|50|25|22|
|CMDL|2, 3|65|50|25|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100|65|35|25|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100|65|35|—|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|20/10|
|CMDL|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|20/10|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

> 2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

> 4 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 5 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. 

> 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-323** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **310+ Specifications** 

## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**Description**<br>**Specification**<br>Trip Unit Type<br>Digitrip RMS 310+<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame designation<br>MDL<br>Frames available<br>800 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>320–800 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>160–800 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>50, 65<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**Description**|**MDL Frame**<br>**Specification**|
|---|---|---|
||310+ settings|800 A|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320|
|||B<br>400|
|||C<br>450|
|||D<br>500|
|||E<br>600|
|||F<br>630|
|||G<br>700|
|||H (= In)<br>800|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2|
|||4<br>4|
|||7<br>7|
|||10<br>10|
|||12<br>12|
|||15<br>15|
|||20<br>20|
|||24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>8x|
|||Position 9<br>8x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(310+ w/ ground fault)|Position 1<br>160|
|||Position 2<br>240|
|||Position 3<br>320|
|||Position 4<br>480|
|||Position 5<br>640|
|||Position 6<br>800|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2000|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for MDL. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**V4-T2-324 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **MD Frame** 

**2** 

|**MD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|4.06 (103.1)|



## **MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [436 x 212] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Drilling Plan<br>Front View Side View<br>3.44<br>1.72 (87.3)<br>(43.7)<br>CLBreaker R 0.25<br>(6.4)<br>3.28 16.00<br>R 0.19 C L H andle 1.33 (83.3) (406.4)<br>(4.8) (33.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>0.97<br>(24.6)<br>3.64<br>(92.5)<br>7.28 8.25 4.06<br>(184.9) (209.6) (103.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

## **MD Frame** 

||**Complete**|**Breaker**|**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.)|26.5 (12.0)|29.0 (13.2)|24.5 (11.1)|26.0 (11.8)|2.5 (1.1)|3.0 (1.4)|
|MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.)|—|30.0 (13.6)|—|26.0 (11.8)|—|4.0 (1.8)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Thermal-magnetic only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-325** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Typical N-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-327**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-328**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-336**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-337**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-340**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-373**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



## **N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-326** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

|||||**ND**|**3**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**||||||||**Trip Type**|**E**<br>= 100% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**EH** = 50% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**K**<br>= High magnetic molded case switch<br>**W** = Without terminals<br>**X**<br>= Load only terminals<br>**Y**<br>= Line only terminals|
|**ND**<br>**HND**<br>**NDC**<br>**NDU**<br>**CND**<br>**CHND**<br>**CNDC**||||**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**||**Trip Model**||||**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|||**2**= Two-pole<br>**3**= Three-pole<br>**4**= Four-pole||||**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050||||||
|||||**800**= 800 amperes<br>**12**= 1200 amperes||||||||
|||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-327** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T52W**<br>**ND3800T56W**<br>**ND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T52W**<br>**ND312T56W**<br>**ND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T52W**<br>**HND3800T56W**<br>**HND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T52W**<br>**HND312T56W**<br>**HND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-328** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T52W**<br>**NDC3800T56W**<br>**NDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T52W**<br>**NDC312T56W**<br>**NDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-329** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Only** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T106W**<br>**ND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T106W**<br>**ND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T106W**<br>**HND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T106W**<br>**HND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T106W**<br>**NDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T106W**<br>**NDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**V4-T2-330 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CND3800T52W**<br>**CND3800T56W**<br>**CND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CND312T52W**<br>**CND312T56W**<br>**CND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CHND3800T52W**<br>**CHND3800T56W**<br>**CHND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CHND312T52W**<br>**CHND312T56W**<br>**CHND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

- 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-331** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

**2** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CNDC3800T52W**<br>**CNDC3800T56W**<br>**CNDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CNDC312T52W**<br>**CNDC312T56W**<br>**CNDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

> 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-332** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CND3800T106W**<br>**CND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CND312T106W**<br>**CND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CHND3800T106W**<br>**CHND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CHND312T106W**<br>**CHND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-333** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

**2** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Only** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only** 

|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CNDC3800T106W**<br>**CNDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CNDC312T106W**4<br>**CNDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Type ND Molded Case Switches**_ 

## **Type ND High Instantaneous (K)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**5<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|800|**ND3800WK**<br>**ND4800WK**|
||**HND3800WK**<br>**HND4800WK**|
|1200|**ND312WK**<br>**ND412WK**|
||**HND312WK**<br>**HND412WK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

> 4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

> 5 Neutral is in right pole. 

Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 

For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-334** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals—Ordering Information**_ 

N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

|**TA700NB1**<br>GREE|**TA1000NB1**<br>GREE|**TA1200NB1**<br>GREE|**TA1201NB1**<br>GREE|**T700NB1**<br>GREE<br>~~& ~~|**T1000NB1**<br>GREE<br> ~~&~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Line and Load Terminals**||||||
|**Maximum Breaker**|**Terminal Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700<br>1000|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)|50–240<br>95–185|**TA700NB1**<br>**TA1000NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–240|**TA1200NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (3)|300–400|**TA1201NB1**2|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|70–240|**T700NB1**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 kcmil (3)|95–240|**T1000NB1**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 kcmil (4)|95–185|**T1200NB3**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Terminal rating is AL9CU. 

> 2 Terminal rating is AL7CU. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-335** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **ND Frame Accessories** 

|**ND Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Page**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**1||**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-380**|■||■|■||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-380**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-382**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-382**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-382**|■||■|■||■||
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-384**<br>**V4-T2-384**|■<br>■||■<br>■|■<br>■||■<br>■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-388**<br>**V4-T2-389**|■<br>■|||■<br>■||||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-396**|■|||■||||
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-397**|||■|||||
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-417**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-419**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Terminal shield<br>Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-419**<br>**V4-T2-420**|■|■<br>■|■||■|||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-421**<br>**V4-T2-422**|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏|❏<br>❏||❏<br>❏||
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|||||
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-423**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-425**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-426**<br>**V4-T2-427**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Panelboard connecting straps<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-428**<br>**V4-T2-508**|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|●<br>●|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-522**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-430**||||||||
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-430**||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)<br>Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-431**<br>**V4-T2-431**||||||||
|Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-431**||||||||
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

❏ May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

● Accessory available/modification available 

_**Note**_ 

> 1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-336** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|ND|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|CND2|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|HND|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|CHND2|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|NDC|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CNDC2|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|NDU3|3|3004|—|150|755|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**IEC 947-2**|**Interrupting**|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**ND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**CND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**HND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**CHND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**NDC**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|
|**CNDC** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 100% rated breakers. 

- 3 800 amperes maximum rating. 

> 4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac. 

> 5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-337** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **N-Frame Digitrip** 

|**N-Frame Digitrip**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|N|N|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSIG, LSI(A)|LSI(A), LISG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|No|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs<br>Magnitude of trip information|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM= Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-338** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame Digitrip, continued** 

|**N-Frame Digitrip, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes1|Yes1|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|Eaton PowerNet|No2|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM,|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||PowerNet|PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm 

- Is = Sensor Rating 

- In = Rating Plug 

- Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 2 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-339** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **ND Frame** 

|**ND Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|



## **ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [309 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Front Cover Cutout<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.6)<br>0.25 R<br>(6.4 R)<br>1.91<br>(48.4) 16.00<br>CLHandle (406.4) ON/I<br>3.68 0.19 R<br>(93.2) (4.8 R) OFF/O<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.19<br>(80.9) 6.38<br>(161.9)<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Side View** 

**==> picture [63 x 86] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [53 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.50<br>(139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **ND Frame** 

|**Breaker Type**|**Complete**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Breaker**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|ND, HND, NDC, NDU|37 (16.8)|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-340** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical R-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-326**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-342**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**<br>**V4-T2-355**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-356**<br>**V4-T2-359**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|**2**|



## **R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals 

- All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-341** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

**==> picture [453 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RD 3 16 T53 W<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  W =Without terminals<br>RD of Poles Circuit Breaker/Frame  Trip Type  [1] P =100% protected neutral pole<br>RDC 3  = Three-pole Ampere Rating T53 = Digitrip RMS 510 LS R =Ground fault remote (310 only)<br>CRD  [2] 4  = Four-pole 16 = 1600 amperes T65 = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG K =Molded case switch<br>CRDC  [2] 20  = 2000 amperes T86 = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG<br>25  = 2500 amperes T96 = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG<br>T106  = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG<br>T107  = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to **Pages V4-T2-343** to **V4-T2-352** . 

> 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-342** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T51W**<br>**RD316T53W**<br>**RD316T52W**<br>**RD316T54W**<br>**RD316T55W**<br>**RD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T51W**<br>**RD320T53W**<br>**RD320T52W**<br>**RD320T54W**<br>**RD320T55W**<br>**RD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T51W**<br>**RD325T53W**<br>**RD325T52W**<br>**RD325T54W**<br>**RD325T55W**<br>**RD325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T51W**<br>**RDC316T53W**<br>**RDC316T52W**<br>**RDC316T54W**<br>**RDC316T55W**<br>**RDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T51W**<br>**RDC320T53W**<br>**RDC320T52W**<br>**RDC320T54W**<br>**RDC320T55W**<br>**RDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T51W**<br>**RDC325T53W**<br>**RDC325T52W**<br>**RDC325T54W**<br>**RDC325T55W**<br>**RDC325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-343** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T51W**<br>**CRD316T53W**<br>**CRD316T52W**<br>**CRD316T54W**<br>**CRD316T55W**<br>**CRD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T51W**<br>**CRD320T53W**<br>**CRD320T52W**<br>**CRD320T54W**<br>**CRD320T55W**<br>**CRD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**—**<br>**CRDC316T53W**<br>**CRDC316T52W**<br>**CRDC316T54W**<br>**CRDC316T55W**<br>**CRDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T51W**<br>**CRDC320T53W**<br>**CRDC320T52W**<br>**CRDC320T54W**<br>**CRDC320T55W**<br>**CRDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-344** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T61W**<br>**RD316T63W**<br>**RD316T62W**<br>**RD316T64W**<br>**RD316T65W**<br>**RD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T61W**<br>**RD320T63W**<br>**RD320T62W**<br>**RD320T64W**<br>**RD320T65W**<br>**RD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T61W**<br>**RD325T63W**<br>**RD325T62W**<br>**RD325T64W**<br>**RD325T65W**<br>**RD325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T61W**<br>**RDC316T63W**<br>**RDC316T62W**<br>**RDC316T64W**<br>**RDC316T65W**<br>**RDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T61W**<br>**RDC320T63W**<br>**RDC320T62W**<br>**RDC320T64W**<br>**RDC320T65W**<br>**RDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T61W**<br>**RDC325T63W**<br>**RDC325T62W**<br>**RDC325T64W**<br>**RDC325T65W**<br>**RDC325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-345** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T61W**<br>**CRD316T63W**<br>**CRD316T62W**<br>**CRD316T64W**<br>**CRD316T65W**<br>**CRD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T61W**<br>**CRD320T63W**<br>**CRD320T62W**<br>**CRD320T64W**<br>**CRD320T65W**<br>**CRD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T61W**<br>**CRDC316T63W**<br>**CRDC316T62W**<br>**CRDC316T64W**<br>**CRDC316T65W**<br>**CRDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T61W**<br>**CRDC320T63W**<br>**CRDC320T62W**<br>**CRDC320T64W**<br>**CRDC320T65W**<br>**CRDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-346** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T81W**<br>**RD316T83W**<br>**RD316T82W**<br>**RD316T84W**<br>**RD316T85W**<br>**RD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T81W**<br>**RD320T83W**<br>**RD320T82W**<br>**RD320T84W**<br>**RD320T85W**<br>**RD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T81W**<br>**RD325T83W**<br>**RD325T82W**<br>**RD325T84W**<br>**RD325T85W**<br>**RD325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T81W**<br>**RDC316T83W**<br>**RDC316T82W**<br>**RDC316T84W**<br>**RDC316T85W**<br>**RDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T81W**<br>**RDC320T83W**<br>**RDC320T82W**<br>**RDC320T84W**<br>**RDC320T85W**<br>**RDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T81W**<br>**RDC325T83W**<br>**RDC325T82W**<br>**RDC325T84W**<br>**RDC325T85W**<br>**RDC325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-347** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T81W**<br>**CRD316T83W**<br>**CRD316T82W**<br>**CRD316T84W**<br>**CRD316T85W**<br>**CRD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T81W**<br>**CRD320T83W**<br>**CRD320T82W**<br>**CRD320T84W**<br>**CRD320T85W**<br>**CRD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T81W**<br>**CRDC316T83W**<br>**CRDC316T82W**<br>**CRDC316T84W**<br>**CRDC316T85W**<br>**CRDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T81W**<br>**CRDC320T83W**<br>**CRDC320T82W**<br>**CRDC320T84W**<br>**CRDC320T85W**<br>**CRDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-348** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T91W**<br>**RD316T93W**<br>**RD316T92W**<br>**RD316T94W**<br>**RD316T95W**<br>**RD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T91W**<br>**RD320T93W**<br>**RD320T92W**<br>**RD320T94W**<br>**RD320T95W**<br>**RD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T91W**<br>**RD325T93W**<br>**RD325T92W**<br>**RD325T94W**<br>**RD325T95W**<br>**RD325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T91W**<br>**RDC316T93W**<br>**RDC316T92W**<br>**RDC316T94W**<br>**RDC316T95W**<br>**RDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T91W**<br>**RDC320T93W**<br>**RDC320T92W**<br>**RDC320T94W**<br>**RDC320T95W**<br>**RDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T91W**<br>**RDC325T93W**<br>**RDC325T92W**<br>**RDC325T94W**<br>**RDC325T95W**<br>**RDC325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-349** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T91W**<br>**CRD316T93W**<br>**CRD316T92W**<br>**CRD316T94W**<br>**CRD316T95W**<br>**CRD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T91W**<br>**CRD320T93W**<br>**CRD320T92W**<br>**CRD320T94W**<br>**CRD320T95W**<br>**CRD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T91W**<br>**CRDC316T93W**<br>**CRDC316T92W**<br>**CRDC316T94W**<br>**CRDC316T95W**<br>**CRDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T91W**<br>**CRDC320T93W**<br>**CRDC320T92W**<br>**CRDC320T94W**<br>**CRDC320T95W**<br>**CRDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-350** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T107W**<br>**RD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T107W**<br>**RD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T107W**<br>**RD325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T107W**<br>**RDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T107W**<br>**RDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T107W**<br>**RDC325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-351** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T107W**<br>**CRD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T107W**<br>**CRD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T107W**<br>**CRDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T107W**<br>**CRDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data. 

## **Type RD—High Instantaneous (K)** 

|**Continuous**|**Complete without**|**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1600|**RD316WK**|**RD416WK**|
|2000|**RD320WK**|**RD420WK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-352** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, R-Frame circuit breaker line load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

R-Frame circuit breakers have Cu/AI terminals as standard and Cu only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RD**|
|1600|Copper|Cu|English|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RD**|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RD**1|
|**Rear Connectors**|||||||
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RD**|
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RDL**2|
|2500|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2500RD**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

> 2 For use with 100% rated 1600 A and 2000 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered. 

> 3 For use with 2500 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A breaker is ordered. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-353** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Mounting Hardware** 

**==> picture [105 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2 Breaker Line/LoadConductors<br>2<br>2<br>®) Bye.<br>2<br>AK<br>2<br>SOR<br>Oe “a<br>2 a<br>2 CO>Moaf es<br>2 er S @<br>2<br>TA2000RD<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-354** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

**2** 

## **RD Frame Accessories** 

|**RD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories**1<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-380**|||■|||■||
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-380**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-380**|||■|||■||
|Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B)|**V4-T2-380**|||■|||■||
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-388**<br>**V4-T2-389**|||■<br>■|||■<br>■||
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-396**|||■|||■||
|Accessory terminal block2|**V4-T2-397**|||■||||■|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-417**<br>**V4-T2-420**||●|||●|||
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-422**|■|■|■||■|||
|Walking beam interlock|**V4-T2-423**||||||||
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-425**|■|■|■||■|||
|Handle mechanisms<br>Handle extension3|**V4-T2-508**<br>**V4-T2-522**|■|■<br>■|■||■<br>■|||
|**OPTIM System Components**|||||||||
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|||||
|Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|||||
|Auxiliary power module<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-431**|●|●|●|||||
|Special calibration|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-220**|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|
|Marine/naval application|—|●|●|●|●|●|●|●|



## _**Legend**_ 

■ Applicable in indicated pole position 

● Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

- 2 Mounts outside breaker. 

- 3 Included with breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-355** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RD|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|CRD2|3|125|—|65|50|
|RDC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CRDC2|3|200|—|100|65|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**RD**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|135|70|25|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|13|
|**RDC**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|18|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 100% rated breakers. 

See **Page V4-T2-357** for Trip Unit Specifications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-356** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Specifications**_ 

## **R-Frame Digitrip** 

**2** 

|**R-Frame Digitrip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 510**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 610**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 810**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 910**|**Digitrip**<br>**OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing<br>**Breaker Type**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Frame|R|R|R|R|R|
|Ampere range|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**||||||
|Ordering options|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LSI(A), LISG|
||LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG||
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip<br>**Long Delay Protection (L)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|No|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5 –1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t<br>Long delay thermal memory|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|1–5 Seconds<br>Yes|
|High load alarm|No|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.5-1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**||||||
|Short delay pickup|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|150-800% x (Ir)12|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**<br>Instantaneous pickup|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–800% x (In)2|
|Discriminator|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|Yes|
|Instantaneous override<br>**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm4|No|No|No|No|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault pickup4|25–100% x (Is)|25-100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100 –500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug 

Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200–600%. 

- 2 Varies by frame. 

- 3 LS/LSG only. 

- 4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-357** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **R-Frame Digitrip, continued** 

||**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**System Diagnostics**|**RMS 510**|**RMS 610**|**RMS 810**|**RMS 910**|**OPTIM 1050**|
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts<br>**System Monitoring**|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Digital display|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes1|
|Current|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Voltage|No|No|No|Yes|No|
|Power and energy|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|Yes (over<br>Eaton PowerNet only)|Yes|Yes|
|**Communications**||||||
|Eaton PowerNet|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Testing**||||||
|Testing method|Integral|Integral|Integral|Integral|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||||||PowerNet|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating 

- In = Rating Plug 

Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-358** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **RD Frame** 

**2** 

|**RD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|15.50 (393.7)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|
|4|20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|



## **RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes** 

**==> picture [31 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Side View** 

**==> picture [471 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
11.13 (0.4) Dia. 15.50<br>14.50 (4 Holes) Use 4, (393.7)<br>7.25 (368.3) 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts  9.00<br>(184.2) for Mounting Breaker (228.6)<br>CL Breaker<br>5.09 7.75<br>(129.4) (196.9)<br>CL Handle<br>9.69<br>(246.1) 15.00 16.00<br>(381.0) (406.4)<br>PushTripTo<br>6.65 0.16<br>(166.7) 12.91 (4.0)<br>(327.8) R Typ.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **RD Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RD, CRD1, RDC, CRDC1|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2000 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|CRD, CRDC|130 (59.0)|175 (79.4)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-359** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**==> picture [69 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motor Circuit Protectors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-222** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-225** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-239** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-257** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-289** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-326** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-361** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-362** Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-363** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-371** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-373** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-374** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-377** External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-410** 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)** 

## **Product Description** 

Designated as Eaton’s Types GMCP and HMCP, the instantaneous-only motor circuit protector (MCP) is available in ratings from 3 A to 1200 A for motor starter sizes 0 through 8. 

An innovative design of internal components allows higher MCP-starter combination interrupting ratings. The MCP is marked to permit proper electrical application within the assigned equipment ratings. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The MCP is designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, and International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1. 

The MCP is a recognized component (UL File E7819) and complies with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. It is also designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1, and nameplates bear the CE marking. 

**Note:** Interrupting ratings are dependent on starter it is used with. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-360** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **Motor Circuit Protector** 

## **HMCP 003 A0 C** 

||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**<br>**Protective Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Continuous Ampere**<br>**Rating**|||||||**C** =Non-aluminum terminals<br>**W**=Without terminals<br>**X** =Load terminals only<br>**Y** =Line terminals only<br>**S** =Stainless steel terminals<br>(150A frame only)<br>**No Suffix:**Standard terminals on line and load||
|**HMCP**= Three-pole<br>**HM2P**= Two-pole1<br>**HMCPS**= Three-pole|||||||||||
|||**003**<br>**007**<br>**015**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**050**<br>**070**<br>**100**<br>**150**<br>**250**<br>**400**<br>**600**<br>**800**<br>**1200**|||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||



## **Motor Circuit Protector** 

## **GMCP 003 A0 C** 

|||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**|||||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**Protective Device**||||**Continuous**|||**Magnetic Trip**|||||**C**= Non-aluminum terminals||
|**GMCP**= Three-pole||||**Ampere**|||**Range/NEMA**|||||||
|||||**Rating**|||**Starter Size**|||||||
||||**003**||||**A0**=15–30/0|||||||
||||**007**||||**C0**=35–70/0|||||||
||||**015**||||**E0**=75–150/0|||||||
||||**030**||||**H1**=150–300/1|||||||
||||**050**||||**K2**=250–500/2|||||||
||||**060**||||**J2**=300–600/2|||||||
||||**063**||||**M2**=320–630/2|||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-361** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**G-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam Setting**<br>**Motor Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes (FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|0<br>3|A<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>**GMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>E<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>F<br>2.3–2.5<br>30|
|0<br>7|A<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>**GMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>E<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>F<br>5.3–5.7<br>70|
|0<br>15|A<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>**GMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>E<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>F<br>11.5–12.6<br>150|
|1<br>30|A<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>**GMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>E<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>F<br>23.0–25.2<br>300|
|2<br>50|A<br>19.3–22.9<br>250<br>**GMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>E<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>F<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|
|3<br>60|A<br>23.1–27.5<br>300<br>**GMCP060J2C**<br>B<br>27.7–32.2<br>360<br>C<br>32.3–36.7<br>420<br>D<br>36.9–41.4<br>480<br>E<br>41.5–46.0<br>540<br>F<br>46.2–50.5<br>600|
|3<br>63|A<br>24.2–32.1<br>320<br>**GMCP063M2C**<br>B<br>29.1–34.8<br>380<br>D<br>38.8–46.4<br>500<br>E<br>43.6–48.9<br>570<br>F<br>48.5–53.7<br>630|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

All GMCP 3–63A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to **Page V4-T2-226** under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved. 

**V4-T2-362 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Modifications for GMCP**_ 

Internal accessories must be factory installed. 

**2** 

## **Internal Accessories**[1] 

|**Internal Accessories**[1]|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type Accessory**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**|**Factory**<br>**Suffix**|**Style**<br>**Number**|
|Shunt trip2<br>Shunt trip2|120<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1.1<br>2.1|—<br>—|S5<br>S6|**1373D62G18**<br>**1373D62G19**|
|Auxiliary switch3<br>Auxiliary switch3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|1A/1B<br>2A/2B|A3<br>A6|**1288C74G03**<br>**1288C73G03**|
|Alarm switch3<br>Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|Make/Break<br>1A/1B Make/Break|B3<br>B13|**1288C75G03**<br>**1288C76G09**|



## **External Mounted Accessories** 

||**Number Units**|**Style**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**in Package**|**Number**|
|Lock dog (non-padlockable)|1|**1294C01H01**|
|Mounting hardware|1|**624B375G23**|
|DIN rail adapter4|10|**1225C79G02**|



## _**Modifications for HMCP**_ 

See Internal Accessories starting on **Page V4-T2-377** . 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_ 

**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame** 

||||**Rating Type**||**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
|**S01 Red Handle**<br>~~Q~~<br>2||12-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**<br>**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**<br>**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|



## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ 

**G Direct**[5] 

||**Black Handle**||**Yellow Handle**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
|**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP. 

- 2 LH only. 

- 3 RH only. 

- 4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 

> 5 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. 

No UVR available on GMCP. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-363** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**F-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5 –12.6<br>150<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–4.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|0<br>3||2<br>70|A<br>16.1–21.4<br>210<br>**HMCP070M2C**<br>B<br>21.5 –26.8<br>280<br>C<br>26.9 –32.2<br>350<br>D<br>32.3–37.5<br>420<br>E<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>F<br>43.0–48.3<br>560<br>G<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>H<br>53.8–59.1<br>700|
|0<br>7||3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCP100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8 –61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5 –69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>15||4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCP150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|1<br>30||||
|||4<br>150|A<br>57.0 –75.0<br>750<br>**HMCP150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|2<br>50||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with||



- 3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-364** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

|**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|25|A<br>40<br>**HMCP025D0C**<br>B<br>43<br>D<br>49<br>E<br>52<br>F<br>55<br>G<br>58<br>H<br>60|
|50|A<br>80<br>**HMCP050G2C**<br>B<br>87<br>C<br>93<br>D<br>98<br>E<br>103<br>F<br>109<br>G<br>115<br>H<br>120|
|70|A<br>115<br>**HMCP070J2C**<br>B<br>122<br>C<br>130<br>D<br>139<br>E<br>145<br>F<br>153<br>G<br>160<br>H<br>170|
|100|A<br>160<br>**HMCP100L3C**<br>B<br>174<br>C<br>185<br>D<br>196<br>E<br>207<br>F<br>218<br>G<br>229<br>H<br>240|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-365** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays**_ 

**2** 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>0<br>3<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPS003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>0<br>7<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPS007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>0<br>15<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPS015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>1<br>30<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPS030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>2<br>50<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPS050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|0<br>3|3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPS100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5–69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>7|4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCPS150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|0<br>15|4<br>150|A<br>57.0–75.0<br>750<br>**HMCPS150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|1<br>30|**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.<br>HMCPS 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come<br>with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.||
|2<br>50|||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-366** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**J-Frame**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP250A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>47.0–50.7<br>660<br>I<br>47.0–50.7<br>700<br>A<br>34.7–38.8<br>450<br>**HMCP250C5C**<br>B<br>38.9–43.4<br>505<br>C<br>43.5–47.6<br>565<br>D<br>47.7–52.2<br>620<br>E<br>52.3–56.5<br>680<br>F<br>56.6–60.7<br>735<br>G<br>60.8–64.9<br>790<br>H<br>65.0–69.2<br>845<br>I<br>69.3–73.5<br>900<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP250D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>625<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP250F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP250G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP250J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|
|5<br>250||||
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>77.0–86.6<br>1000<br>**HMCP250K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP250L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP250W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>250||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate<br>cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix<br>“C,” without “C” comes with TA250KB.)||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-367** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**K-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>50.8–53.8<br>660<br>I<br>53.9–57.2<br>700<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP400D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>626<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP400F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP400G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500<br>A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP400J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>77.0–86.5<br>1000<br>**HMCP400K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>400||||
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP400L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP400W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>115.4–129.9<br>1500<br>**HMCP400N5C**<br>B<br>130.0–144.2<br>1690<br>C<br>144.3–158.4<br>1875<br>D<br>158.5–173.0<br>2060<br>E<br>173.1–187.6<br>2250<br>F<br>187.7–201.9<br>2440<br>G<br>202.0–216.1<br>2625<br>H<br>216.2–230.7<br>2810<br>I<br>230.8–244.9<br>3000|
|5<br>400||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers<br>with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-368** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**L-Frame**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

**600 Vac Maximum**[4 ] 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>134.7–151.5<br>1750<br>**HMCP400R5C**<br>B<br>151.6–168.4<br>1970<br>C<br>168.5–185.3<br>2190<br>D<br>185.4–201.9<br>2410<br>E<br>202.0–218.8<br>2625<br>F<br>218.9–235.7<br>2845<br>G<br>235.8–252.6<br>3065<br>H<br>252.7–269.2<br>3285<br>I<br>269.3–285.7<br>3500<br>A<br>153.9–173.0<br>2000<br>**HMCP400X5C**<br>B<br>173.1–192.3<br>2250<br>C<br>192.4–211.5<br>2500<br>D<br>211.6–230.7<br>2750<br>E<br>230.8–249.9<br>3000<br>F<br>250.0–269.2<br>3250<br>G<br>269.3–288.4<br>3500<br>H<br>288.5–307.6<br>3750<br>I<br>307.7–326.9<br>4000<br>A<br>173.1–194.5<br>2250<br>**HMCP400Y5C**<br>B<br>194.6–216.1<br>2530<br>C<br>216.2–237.6<br>2810<br>D<br>237.7–259.5<br>3090<br>E<br>259.6–281.1<br>3375<br>F<br>281.2–302.6<br>3655<br>G<br>302.7–324.1<br>3935<br>H<br>324.2–346.1<br>4215<br>I<br>346.2–368.1<br>4500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|5<br>400||6<br>600|A<br>138.5–184.5<br>1800<br>**HMCP600L6W**<br>B<br>184.6–230.7<br>2400<br>C<br>230.8–276.8<br>3000<br>D<br>276.9–323.0<br>3600<br>E<br>323.1–369.1<br>4200<br>F<br>369.2–415.3<br>4800<br>G<br>415.4–461.4<br>5400<br>H<br>461.5–507.7<br>6000|
|||6<br>600|A<br>38.5–46.1<br>500<br>**HMCP600X6W**<br>B<br>46.2–61.4<br>600<br>C<br>61.5–76.8<br>800<br>D<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>E<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>F<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>G<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>H<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500|
|5<br>400||||
|||6<br>600|A<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>**HMCP600Y6W**<br>B<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>C<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>D<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>E<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500<br>F<br>230.8–269.1<br>3000<br>G<br>269.2–307.6<br>3500<br>H<br>307.7–346.1<br>4000|
|5<br>400||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>||



- 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

**2** 

- 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

- 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with **HM2P** in place of **HMCP** . 

- 4 Equipped with electronic trip device. 

All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. 

All HMCP 600 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-321.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-369** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**N-Frame**_ 

**2** 

**600 Vac Maximum**[1 ] 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes (FLA)**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|7<br>800|A<br>123.1–184.5<br>1600<br>**HMCP800X7W**<br>B<br>184.6–246.1<br>2400<br>C<br>246.2–307.6<br>3200<br>D<br>307.7–369.1<br>4000<br>E<br>369.2–430.7<br>4800<br>F<br>430.8–492.2<br>5600<br>G<br>492.3–553.7<br>6400|
|8<br>1200|A<br>184.6–276.8<br>2400<br>**HMCP12Y8W**<br>B<br>276.9–369.1<br>3600<br>C<br>369.2–461.4<br>4800<br>D<br>461.5–553.7<br>6000<br>E<br>553.8–646.1<br>7200<br>F<br>646.2–738.4<br>8400<br>G<br>738.5–830.7<br>9600|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Equipped with electronic trip device. 

> 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-370** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)|**V4-T2-360**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-372**<br>**V4-T2-372**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Product Description** 

Motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) provide UL 489 branch circuit protection, UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements. Typical branch motor loads are protected by three-component starters, consisting of breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB application-specific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay found in the traditional three-component starter assembly. The branch motor load protection is simplified to an MPCB and contactor, reducing both space requirements and heat generation in customer panels. Protection is provided by application-specific electronic trip units. 

The electronic trip unit provides typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground faults. 

- Disconnecting means 

- Branch circuit short-circuit protection 

- Overload protection 

- Class 5, 10, 15 and 20 

- Phase unbalance protection 

- FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average 

- Phase loss protection 

- Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting 

- Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current 

- Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips 

- Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down 

The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-371** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **FDMP and HFDMP** 

|**FDMP and HFDMP**|**FDMP and HFDMP**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**<br>**35 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**35 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**<br>**65 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**65 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**||
|80<br>**FDMP3080L**|**FDMP3080JL**<br>**HFDMP3080L**<br>**HFDMP3080JL**|
|100<br>**FDMP3100L**|**FDMP3100JL**<br>**HFDMP3100L**<br>**HFDMP3100JL**|
|160<br>**FDMP3160L**|**FDMP3160JL**<br>**HFDMP3160L**<br>**HFDMP3160JL**|
|205<br>**FDMP3205L**|**FDMP3205JL**<br>**HFDMP3205L**<br>**HFDMP3205JL**|
|**FLA le Dial Setting**<br>**Continuous Amperes**<br>**A**<br>**B**|**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**F**<br>**G**<br>**H**|
|80<br>40<br>50|60<br>70<br>80<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|100<br>80<br>—|90<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|160<br>100<br>115|130<br>145<br>160<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|205<br>160<br>170|180<br>195<br>205<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Technical Data and Specifications**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Feature**|**FDMP**<br>**HFDMP**|
|Interruption rating at 240 V|65 kA<br>100 kA|
|Interruption rating at 480 V|35 kA<br>65 kA|
|Interruption rating at 600 V|18 kA<br>25 kA|
|Icu/Ics at 240 V|65 kA/33 kA1<br>100 kA/50 kA1|
|Icu/Ics at 415 V|35 kA/18 kA1<br>65 kA/33 kA1|
|100% rated|No<br>No|
|FLA range (A)|40–205<br>40–205|
|Motor class protection|5, 10, 15, 20<br>5, 10, 15, 20|
|Phase unbalance protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds<br>40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds|
|Phase loss protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second<br>Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second|
|Thermal memory protection|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load indicator|—<br>—|
|Pre-detection relays|—<br>—|
|Internal accessories|Factory installed<br>Factory installed|
||Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR<br>Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP. 

For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-193** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-372** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [244 x 174] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-220|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-221|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-222|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-225|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-239|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-257|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-265|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-289|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-315|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-326|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-341|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-360|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . .|V4-T2-371|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module|. . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-374|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-377|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-410|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Type ELC current limiter attachment for the MCP is designed to provide increased interrupting capacity. The combination may be used for the application up to 200,000 A symmetrical at 600 Vac, making the MCP suitable for use in network distribution systems or other applications where unusually high fault currents are available. The current limiter connects to the load end of the MCP and is provided with terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. (See table at right **.** ) 

Limiters are coordinated with the MCP so that normal fault currents are interrupted automatically by the MCP without any damage to the limiter. Only the rare very high fault is opened by the limiter. Faults that are interrupted by the limiter also magnetically trip the MCP, opening all three poles, preventing singlephase operation. 

Each of the three poles of the Type ELC limiter is equipped with an indicator that extends when a fault is interrupted by the limiter. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **ELC Current Limiter Attachment** 

**==> picture [179 x 104] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Type ELC Current|
|Limiter Attachment|MCP Rating|Catalog|
|(Amperes)|Number|
|3|ELC3003R|
|7|ELC3007R|
|15|ELC3015R|
|30|ELC3030R|
|50|ELC3050R|
|100|ELC3100R|
|150|ELC3150R|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes**[1] 

**==> picture [217 x 108] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Type ELC Current|Wire Range|Metric|
|Limiter Maximum Amperes|AWG|(mm|[2]|)|
|Standard Aluminum Terminals|
|50|14–2|2.5–35|
|100|1–4/0|50–95|
|150|1–4/0|50–95|
|Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)|
|50|14–2|[2]|2.5–35|
|100|—|—|
|150|—|—|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in UL 486A or UL 486B. 

> 2 Optional on special order for copper cable only. 

All HMCP 800 A and 1200 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-321.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-373** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-373**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-375**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-376**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-410**|



## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Product Overview** 

Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a short-circuit event. Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring the system back online. 

## **Product Description** 

The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics. 

## **Application Description** 

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Superior system protection: 

- Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts 

- No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses 

- Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts 

- Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- UL 489 

- CSA C22.2 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-374** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Series C High Performance Ratings** 

**2** 

|**Type**|**Product**|**Amperes**|**480 Vac (UL)**|**600 Vac (UL)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|FDC 3P thermal-magnetic|Breaker only|15–225|100|35|
||With limiter|40–200|200|200|



## **FD Frame** 

## **FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**[1] 

||**FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**|**FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**[1]||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**|**Breaker with Line Side**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
||**Rating**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Mounted Current Limiter**2|**Mounted Current Limiter**3|
|40<br>**FDC3040Q01**<br>**FDC3040YQ02**<br>45<br>**FDC3045Q01**<br>**FDC3045YQ02**<br>50<br>**FDC3050Q01**<br>**FDC3050YQ02**<br>~~OO~~<br>~~Soo~~||||
||60|**FDC3060Q01**|**FDC3060YQ02**|
||70|**FDC3070Q01**|**FDC3070YQ02**|
||80<br>**FDC3080Q01**<br>**FDC3080YQ02**<br>90<br>**FDC3090Q01**<br>**FDC3090YQ02**<br> ~~a~~|||
||100|**FDC3100Q01**|**FDC3100YQ02**|
||110|**FDC3110Q01**|**FDC3110YQ02**|
||125|**FDC3125Q01**|**FDC3125YQ02**|
||150<br>175|**FDC3150Q01**<br>**FDC3175Q01**|**FDC3150YQ02**<br>**FDC3175YQ02**|
||200|**FDC3200Q01**|**FDC3200YQ02**|



## **Limiter Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/Al|10–185|#8–350 (1)|**TA250FJ**4|



## **Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)** 

||||||**Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Three Terminals**|
|**Breaker Amperes**|**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Line and load terminal included. 

> 2   Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJ1PBK** . 

3   Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 

- 4   Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-375** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|LDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|LDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module** 

**==> picture [480 x 302] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Frame Height Width Depth Weight in lbs (kg)<br>FD + limiter 12.06 (306.3) 4.13 (104.9) 3.39 (86.1) 8.50 (3.86)<br>FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module<br>4.12 4.13<br>(104.6) (104.9)<br>12.06<br>(306.3)<br>3.96<br>(100.5)<br>3.34<br>(84.8) 3.39<br>(86.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-376** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**==> picture [85 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Series C Internal Accessories<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**<br>**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-373**<br>**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-379**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-398**<br>**V4-T2-410**|



**2** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

## **Product Overview** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A “make” contact closes and a “break” contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. 

## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one “a” and one “b” contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the “a” contact is open and the “b” contact is closed. 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

Each catalog number listed in tables on **Pages V4-T2-382** and **V4-T2-383** includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker. 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage. 

Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. 

## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_ 

Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism. 

When a 100 microfarad capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-377** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ 

The undervoltage release **2** mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line **2** voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage **2** falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating. 

The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted. 

## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_ 

(For fixed-mounted configuration.) 

Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories. 

For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to **Page V4-T2-378** . 

## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_ 

Eaton’s PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an “isolated high quality” unit. 

**Note:** Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-378** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

**2** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**<br>Make<br>Break|**G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)**1<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**234<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**|
||**Alarm Switch**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break<br>**B3**<br>**1288C75G03**|
||**Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B<br>**B13**<br>**1288C76G09**|



## **F-Frame Alarm Switch**[1] 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L1LPK**<br>**A1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L1RPK**<br>**A1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L1LPK**<br>**A2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L1RPK**<br>**A2L1RTK**|
|1|Single-pole<br>**B15**8<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch**[1] 

|**F-Frame HMCP**|**Alarm Switch**1|
|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**MA1L1LPK**<br>**MA1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**MA1L1RPK**<br>**MA1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**MA2L1LPK**<br>**MA2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**MA2L1RPK**<br>**MA2L1RTK**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**9<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**7<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Leftj<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L2LPK**<br>**A1L2LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L2RPK**<br>**A1L2RTK**6|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed; however, this is not recommended for FDE breakers. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

- 2   Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (16–0.010). 

- 3   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 4   Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 

- 5   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 

- 6   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

- 7   Standard mounting location. 

- 8   Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker. 

- 9   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

> j Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-379** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch** 

**2** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L3LPK**<br>**A1L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L3RPK**<br>**A1L3RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L3LPK**<br>**A2L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L3RPK**<br>**A2L3RTK**|



## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L4LPK**<br>**A1L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L4RPK**<br>**A1L4RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L4LPK**<br>**A2L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L4RPK**<br>**A2L4RTK**|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**A1L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L5RTK**|
|2|Left<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**A2L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L5RTK**|



## **R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**5|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Number of Contacts**<br>**(Make and Break)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**6|**Catalog**<br>**Number**6|
|1|**B05**|**A1L6RPK**|
|2|**B12**|**A2L6RPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location. 

- 3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-380** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

**G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)** 

|**Auxiliary Switch**<br>a<br>b|**G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)**<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**<br>240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1a/1b<br>**A3**<br>**1288C74G03**<br>240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>2a/2b<br>**A6**<br>**1288C73G03**|**2**|
|---|---|---|
|a<br>b|||
|||**2**<br>**2**|



## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**4<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left5<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A15**7<br>**A16**7<br>**A17**7<br>**—**<br>**E1X1PK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A18**7<br>**A19**7<br>**A20**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|2|Left5<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X1LPK**<br>**A2X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A21**7<br>**A22**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>**A2X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A23**7<br>**A24**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1RPK**<br>**—**|



## **F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch**[9] 

|||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**4|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Connection Type and Location**||||||
|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Number of**|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|||
|**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Location**<br>**(Pole)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Trip Unit Type 310+**||||||||
|1|Right|**A30**|**A31**|**A32**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|**Trip Unit Type 210+**||||||||
|1|Right|**A33**|**A34**|**A35**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**j<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2RTK**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010). 

- 2   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 

- 3   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

- 4   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 

- 5   Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

- 6   Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit. 

- 7   125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 

- 8   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

- 9   Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. Installation auxiliary switch for FD electronic breakers on right pole must be performed at breaker factory. 

- j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- k Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-381** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch** 

**2** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3RTK**4|
||Right<br>**A21**<br>**A22**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G10**67<br>**—**|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X3LPK**<br>**A3X3LTK**|
||Right3<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X3RPK**<br>**A3X3RTK**4|



## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4RTK**4|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**A3X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**A3X5RTK**4|



## **R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|
|**A and B**|**Number**5|**Number**5|
|2|**A12**|**A2X6RPK**|
|4|**A19**|**A4X6RPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

> 6 This option is not field installable. 

> 7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-382** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**[1] 

|||
|---|---|
|**Auxiliary Switch and**<br>**Alarm Switch**<br>**Combination**<br>a<br>b|**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**1<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**2<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Left3<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL1LPK**<br>**AAL1LTK**|
||Right<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL1RPK**<br>**AAL1RTK**4|



**2** 

## **F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

||**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation Kit**2|**Factory Installation Kit**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|||||
||**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Mounting**<br>**Location**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**<br>Left4|**Number**<br>**C01**|**Number**<br>**C02**|**Number**<br>**C03**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LPK**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LTK**|
|Right|**C04**|**C05**|**C06**|**MAAL1RPK**|**MAAL1RPK**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL2LPK**<br>**AAL2LTK**|
||Right4<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL2RPK**<br>**AAL2RTK**4|



## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL3LPK**<br>**AAL3LTK**|
||Right67<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL3RPK**8<br>**AAL3RTK**|
||Right<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G09**9j<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination options (Cxx) are not available on FDE 310+ with LSG or LSIG trip units due to exit wire limitations. To obtain both features, order a left mounting alarm switch (B01-B04 or B09-B11), and right mounting auxiliary switch (A30-A32). 

- 2   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation. 

- 3   Standard mounting location. 

- 4   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers 

- 5   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- 6   Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 7   Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 8   Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH). 

- 9   Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 

- j This option is not field installable. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-383** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA114LPK**<br>**AA114LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA114RPK**<br>**AA114RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA214LPK**<br>**AA214LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA214RPK**<br>**AA214RTK**3|
|3A, 3B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C14**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right2<br>**C15**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314RPK**<br>**—**|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**N-Frame and HMCP**|**(N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**|
|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**AA115LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**AA115RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA215LPK**<br>**AA215LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA215RPK**<br>**AA215RTK**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-384** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

**Shunt Trip** ST a 

## **G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)** 

|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**<br>120<br>240|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>1.1<br>2.1|**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**S1**<br>**S2**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**1373D62G01**<br>**1373D62G02**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|12|DC|2.8|**S3**|**1373D62G15**|
|24|DC|5.7|**S4**|**1373D62G16**|
|24|60 Hz|—|**S7**|**1373D62G20**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip** 

|**F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt**|**Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**1|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**2|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S01**<br>**S05**|**S02**<br>**S06**|**S03**<br>**S07**|**S04**<br>**S08**|**SNT1LP03K**<br>**SNT1LP08K**|**SNT1LT03K**<br>**SNT1LT08K**|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT1LP12K**|**SNT1LT12K**|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT1LP18K**|**SNT1LT18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**5|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT1RP03K**|**SNT1RT03K**6|
|48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT1RP08K**|**SNT1RT08K**6|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT1RP12K**|**SNT1RT12K**6|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT1RP18K**|**SNT1RT18K**6|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 

2   Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

3   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

4   120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices. 

5   Standard mounting location. 

6   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. 

Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-385** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip** 

**2** 

||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**4|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S53**|**S54**|**S55**|**S56**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**4|



## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip** 

||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|||**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2||**Opposite Side**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2<br>12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT3P04K**|**SNT3T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**56||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S45**<br>**S53**|**S46**<br>**S54**|**S47**<br>**S55**|**S48**<br>**S56**|**SNT3P04K**<br>**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T04K**4<br>**SNT3T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element. 

> 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

> 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-386** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip** 

|**L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and**|**Shunt Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT4LP03K**|**SNT4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT4LP05K**|**SNT4LT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S85**|**S86**|**S87**|**—**|**SNT4LP23K**|**SNT4LT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT4LP11K**|**SNT4LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT4LP26K**|**SNT4LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc<br>480–600 Vac|**S13**<br>**S17**|**S14**<br>**S18**|**S15**<br>**S19**|**S16**<br>**S20**|**SNT4LP14K**<br>**SNT4LP18K**|**SNT4LT14K**<br>**SNT4LT18K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT4RP03K**|**SNT4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT4RP05K**|**SNT4RT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S88**|**S89**|**S90**|**—**|**SNT4RP23K**|**SNT4RT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT4RP11K**|**SNT4RT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT4RP26K**|**SNT4RT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT4RP14K**|**SNT4RT14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT4RP18K**|**SNT4RT18K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-387** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip** 

||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|9–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT5LP03K**|**SNT5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT5LP05K**|**SNT5LT05K**|
|110–240 Vac3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT5LP11K**|**SNT5LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT5LP26K**|**SNT5LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT5LP14K**|**SNT5LT14K**|
|480–600 Vac<br>48–60 Vdc|**S17**<br>**S21**|**S18**<br>**S22**|**S19**<br>**S23**|**S20**<br>**S24**|**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT5LP23K**|**SNT5LT18K**<br>**SNT5LT23K**|



## **R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**1|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**SNT6P11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**SNT6P18K**|
|48–60 Vdc<br>110–125 Vdc|**S88**<br>**S45**|**SNT6P23K**<br>**SNT6P26K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 

> 4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-388** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. 

## **Low Energy Shunt Trip** 

UV 

## **F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip**[1] 

|**F-, J-, K-, L**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fra**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fra**|**mes and H**|**MCPs Lo**|**w Energy Shu**|**nt Trip**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection**|**Type and Location**|||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|||
||||**Opposite**||||
|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**3|**Side**|**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Positions**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**F-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**NO4**|**LST1LPK**4|**LST1LTK**4|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**NO8**|**LST1RPK**4|**LST1RTK**4|
|**J-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST2LPK**|**—**|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST2RPK**|**—**|
|**K-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST3LPK**|**—**|
|Right56|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST3RPK**|**—**|
|**L- and M-Frames**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST4LPK**|**—**|
|Right|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST4RPK**|**—**|
|**N-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST5LPK**|**—**|
|**R-Frame**|||||||
|Right|**NO1**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**LST6RPK**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 

- 2   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 3   Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 4   For F-Frame HMCP, add an “M” to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for field installation. 

- 5   For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only. 

- 6   Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-389** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ **Ordering Information** 

**2** Select handle reset undervoltage release **2** mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. **2** Undervoltage release mechanism coils are **2** designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages **2** within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit **2** breaker accessory nameplates. 

## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism** UV 

## **G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)** 

|**Electrical Ratings**||||**Factory**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Volts (AC Only)**<br>120|**Frequency (Hz)**<br>50/60|**Amperes**<br>0.05|**Style Numbers**123<br>**1373D62G03**|**Suffix**<br>**T1**|
|24<br>48|50/60<br>50/60|0.22<br>0.11|**1373D62G04**<br>**1373D62G05**|**T2**<br>**T3**|
|60|50/60|0.10|**1373D62G06**|**T4**|
|110|50|0.049|**1373D62G07**|**T5**|
|208|60|0.026|**1373D62G08**|**T6**|
|220|50|0.025|**1373D62G09**|**T7**|
|240|50/60|0.024|**1373D62G10**|**T8**|
|380<br>415|50<br>50|0.015<br>0.013|**1373D62G11**<br>**1373D62G12**|**T9**<br>**T10**|
|440|50|0.012|**1373D62G13**|**T11**|
|480|60|0.01|**1373D62G14**|**T12**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010). 

2   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 

3   Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker. 

G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-390** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Connection Type and Location**|**Connection Type and Location**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|
||**Same Side**|**Rear**1|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vac|**U01**|**U02**|**U03**|**U04**|
|24 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|
|48 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vac|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|
|208–240 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|
|380–480 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|
|525–600 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|
|24 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|
|48 Vac|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vac|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vac|**U61**|**U62**|**U63**|**U64**|
|208–240 Vac|**U65**|**U66**|**U67**|**U68**|
|380–480 Vac|**U69**|**U70**|**U71**|**U72**|
|525–600 Vac|**U73**|**U74**|**U75**|**U76**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vdc|**U29**|**U30**|**U31**|**U32**|
|24 Vdc|**U33**|**U34**|**U35**|**U36**|
|48 Vdc|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vdc|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vdc|**U77**|**U78**|**U79**|**U80**|
|24 Vdc|**U81**|**U82**|**U83**|**U84**|
|48 Vdc|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vdc|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U89**|**U90**|**U91**|**U92**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U93**|**U94**|**U95**|**U96**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

> 2 Standard mounting location. 

> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-391** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

**2** 

||**F-Frame Breaker**||**F-Frame Breaker**|**HMCP**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vac|**UVH1LP02K**|**UVH1LT02K**|**MUVH1LP02K**|**MUVH1LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**UVH1LP03K**|**UVH1LT03K**|**MUVH1LP03K**|**MUVH1LT03K**|
|48 Vac|**UVH1LP22K**|**UVH1LT22K**|**MUVH1LP22K**|**MUVH1LT22K**|
|60 Vac|**UVH1LP24K**|**UVH1LT24K**|**MUVH1LP24K**|**MUVH1LT24K**|
|110–127 Vac<br>208–240 Vac|**UVH1LP08K**<br>**UVH1LP11K**|**UVH1LT08K**<br>**UVH1LT11K**|**MUVH1LP08K**<br>**MUVH1LP11K**|**MUVH1LT08K**<br>**MUVH1LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**UVH1LP15K**|**UVH1LT15K**|**MUVH1LP15K**|**MUVH1LT15K**|
|525–600 Vac|**UVH1LP18K**|**UVH1LT18K**|**MUVH1LP18K**|**MUVH1LT18K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vac|**UVH1RP02K**|**UVH1RT02K**|**MUVH1RP02K**|**MUVH1RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**UVH1RP03K**|**UVH1RT03K**|**MUVH1RP03K**|**MUVH1RT03K**|
|48 Vac<br>60 Vac|**UVH1RP22K**<br>**UVH1RP24K**|**UVH1RT22K**<br>**UVH1RT24K**|**MUVH1RP22K**<br>**MUVH1RP24K**|**MUVH1RT22K**<br>**MUVH1RT24K**|
|110–127 Vac|**UVH1RP08K**|**UVH1RT08K**|**MUVH1RP08K**|**MUVH1RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**UVH1RP11K**|**UVH1RT11K**|**MUVH1RP11K**|**MUVH1RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**UVH1RP15K**|**UVH1RT15K**|**MUVH1RP15K**|**MUVH1RT15K**|
|525–600 Vac|**UVH1RP18K**|**UVH1RT18K**|**MUVH1RP18K**|**MUVH1RT18K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vdc|**UVH1LP20K**|**UVH1LT20K**|**MUVH1LP20K**|**MUVH1LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**UVH1LP21K**|**UVH1LT21K**|**MUVH1LP21K**|**MUVH1LT21K**|
|48 Vdc|**UVH1LP22K**|**UVH1LT22K**|**MUVH1LP22K**|**MUVH1LT22K**|
|60 Vdc|**UVH1LP24K**|**UVH1LT24K**|**MUVH1LP24K**|**MUVH1LT24K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**UVH1LP26K**|**UVH1LT26K**|**MUVH1LP26K**|**MUVH1LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc<br>**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|**UVH1LP28K**<br> 23|**UVH1LT28K**|**MUVH1LP28K**|**MUVH1LT28K**|
|12 Vdc|**UVH1RP20K**|**UVH1RT20K**|**MUVH1RP20K**|**MUVH1RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**UVH1RP21K**|**UVH1RT21K**|**MUVH1RP21K**|**MUVH1RT21K**|
|48 Vdc|**UVH1RP22K**|**UVH1RT22K**|**MUVH1RP22K**|**MUVH1RT22K**|
|60 Vdc|**UVH1RP22K**|**UVH1RT22K**|**MUVH1RP22K**|**MUVH1RT22K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**UVH1RP26K**|**UVH1RT26K**|**MUVH1RP26K**|**MUVH1RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**UVH1RP28K**|**UVH1RT28K**|**MUVH1RP28K**|**MUVH1RT28K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 

> 2 Standard mounting location. 

> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-392** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**1|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**3|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH2LP02K**|**UVH2LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH2LP03K**|**UVH2LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH2LP05K**|**UVH2LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH2LP08K**|**UVH2LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH2LP11K**|**UVH2LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH2LP15K**|**UVH2LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH2RP02K**|**UVH2RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH2RP03K**|**UVH2RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH2RP05K**|**UVH2RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH2RP08K**|**UVH2RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH2RP11K**|**UVH2RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH2RP15K**|**UVH2RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH2LP20K**|**UVH2LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH2LP21K**|**UVH2LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH2LP23K**|**UVH2LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH2LP26K**|**UVH2LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH2LP28K**|**UVH2LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH2RP20K**|**UVH2RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH2RP21K**|**UVH2RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH2RP23K**|**UVH2RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH2RP26K**|**UVH2RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH2RP28K**|**UVH2RT28K**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 

- 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 4 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-393** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e    evoge eese ecs**<br>**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|
||12 Vac<br>**U05**<br>**U06**<br>**U07**<br>**U08**<br>**UVH3LP02K**<br>**UVH3LT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U09**<br>**U10**<br>**U11**<br>**U12**<br>**UVH3LP03K**<br>**UVH3LT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U13**<br>**U14**<br>**U15**<br>**U16**<br>**UVH3LP05K**<br>**UVH3LT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U17**<br>**U18**<br>**U19**<br>**U20**<br>**UVH3LP08K**<br>**UVH3LT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U21**<br>**U22**<br>**U23**<br>**U24**<br>**UVH3LP11K**<br>**UVH3LT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U25**<br>**U26**<br>**U27**<br>**U28**<br>**UVH3LP15K**<br>**UVH3LT15K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**345|
||12 Vac<br>**U37**<br>**U38**<br>**U39**<br>**U40**<br>**UVH3RP02K**<br>**UVH3RT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U41**<br>**U42**<br>**U43**<br>**U44**<br>**UVH3RP03K**<br>**UVH3RT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U45**<br>**U46**<br>**U47**<br>**U48**<br>**UVH3RP05K**<br>**UVH3RT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U49**<br>**U50**<br>**U51**<br>**U52**<br>**UVH3RP08K**<br>**UVH3RT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U53**<br>**U54**<br>**U55**<br>**U56**<br>**UVH3RP11K**<br>**UVH3RT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U57**<br>**U58**<br>**U59**<br>**U60**<br>**UVH3RP15K**<br>**UVH3RT15K**|
||**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|
||12 Vdc<br>**T01**<br>**T02**<br>**T03**<br>**T04**<br>**UVH3LP20K**<br>**UVH3LT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T05**<br>**T06**<br>**T07**<br>**T08**<br>**UVH3LP21K**<br>**UVH3LT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T09**<br>**T10**<br>**T11**<br>**T12**<br>**UVH3LP23K**<br>**UVH3LT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T13**<br>**T14**<br>**T15**<br>**T16**<br>**UVH3LP26K**<br>**UVH3LT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T17**<br>**T18**<br>**T19**<br>**T20**<br>**UVH3LP28K**<br>**UVH3LT28K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**345|
||12 Vdc<br>**T21**<br>**T22**<br>**T23**<br>**T24**<br>**UVH3RP20K**<br>**UVH3RT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T25**<br>**T26**<br>**T27**<br>**T28**<br>**UVH3RP21K**<br>**UVH3RT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T29**<br>**T30**<br>**T31**<br>**T32**<br>**UVH3RP23K**<br>**UVH3RT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T33**<br>**T34**<br>**T35**<br>**T36**<br>**UVH3RP26K**<br>**UVH3RT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T37**<br>**T38**<br>**T39**<br>**T40**<br>**UVH3RP28K**<br>**UVH3RT28K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

> 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

> 5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-394** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH4LP02K**|**UVH4LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH4LP03K**|**UVH4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH4LP05K**|**UVH4LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH4LP08K**|**UVH4LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH4LP11K**|**UVH4LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH4LP15K**|**UVH4LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH4RP02K**|**UVH4RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH4RP03K**|**UVH4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH4RP05K**|**UVH4RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH4RP08K**|**UVH4RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH4RP11K**|**UVH4RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH4RP15K**|**UVH4RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH4LP20K**|**UVH4LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH4LP21K**|**UVH4LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH4LP23K**|**UVH4LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH4LP26K**|**UVH4LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH4LP28K**|**UVH4LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH4RP20K**|**UVH4RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH4RP21K**|**UVH4RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH4RP23K**|**UVH4RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH4RP26K**|**UVH4RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH4RP28K**|**UVH4RT28K**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

- 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-395** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

**2** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Suffix**||**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Number**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2||**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH5LP02K**|**UVH5LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH5LP03K**|**UVH5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH5LP05K**|**UVH5LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH5LP08K**|**UVH5LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH5LP11K**|**UVH5LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH5LP29K**|**UVH5LT29K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc<br>24 Vdc|**T01**<br>**T05**|**T02**<br>**T06**|**T03**<br>**T07**|**T04**<br>**T08**|**UVH5LP20K**<br>**UVH5LP21K**|**UVH5LT20K**<br>**UVH5LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH5LP23K**|**UVH5LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH5LP26K**|**UVH5LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH5LP28K**|**UVH5LT28K**|



## **R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Field Installation Kits**3<br>**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|12 Vac|**U37**|**UVH6RP02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**UVH6RP03K**|
|48–60 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|**U45**<br>**U49**|**UVH6RP05K**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**UVH6RP11K**|
|380–500 Vac|**U57**|**UVH6RP29K**|
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**UVH6RP20K**|
|24 Vdc<br>48–60 Vdc|**T25**<br>**T29**|**UVH6RP21K**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**T33**|**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**UVH6RP28K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

> 4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-396** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_ 

## **R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**[1] 

**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) Factory Installed Field Mounted Suffix Catalog Number Number** aia **Q01 TBRDK** Ff. ~~——_~~ 

**2** 

## **Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory** 

||**Number of Contacts**|**Required Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type of Accessory**|**per Single Accessory**|**of Wires**|
|Auxiliary switch|2a/2b|6|
||4a/4b|12|
|Alarm (Signal)/|1m/1b|6|
|Lockout switch|2m/2b|12|
|Shunt trip|N/A|2|
|Low energy shunt|N/A|2|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|N/A|2|



## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_ 

**PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2] 

|**PowerNet and Zone**|**PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2]|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Interlock Kits**|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
||**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
||K-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550K**|
|Pa|L-Frame<br>**PN**<br>**ICK550L**<br> ~~a~~|||
||N-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550N**|



## **Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23] 

|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550N**|



## **PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23] 

|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550N**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714). 

- 2   Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole. 

- 3   Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-397** 

2.4 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**F-Frame E**|**lectrical Rating D**|**ata**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|**Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers**||||
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250<br>**Single-Pole**|DC<br>**Circuit Breakers**|0.253|2500|
|125/250|50/60 Hz|63|2000|
|28|DC|33|2000|
|28|DC|54|2000|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[56] 

|**J-Frame**|**Electrical Rating D**|**ata**56||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600<br>125|50/60 Hz<br>DC|6<br>0.503|2500<br>2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**K-Frame**|**Electrical Rating**|**Data**67||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**67<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|||**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data** 8|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**R-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**9j|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|1253|50/60 Hz|1|2500|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**J-Frame E**|**lectrical Ratin**|**g Data**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|



## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[25] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**2||||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**26|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|



## **R-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[78] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|
|125|DC|0.504|
|250|DC|0.254|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

> 3 Non-inductive load. 

> 4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026). 

> 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

> 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

> 7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

> 8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

> i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

> j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-398** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2200|
|250|DC|0.253|2200|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[24] 

|**J-Frame Ele**|**ctrical Rating D**|**ata**24||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[25] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[26] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[24] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



- 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

- 3 Non-inductive load. 

> 4 Endurance: 4000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

- 5 Endurance: 1000 electrical operations plus 5000 mechanical operations. 

- 6 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-399** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

**2** 

**F-Frame and HMCP Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**F-Frame and HMCP**|**Shunt Trip Electrical R**|**ating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT1LP03K or SNT1LT03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>6.1<br>4.3<br>40<br>1048<br>12<br>8.5<br>6<br>75<br>24<br>17<br>12<br>300<br>12<br>9<br>8<br>100<br>24<br>16<br>400|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT1LP08K or SNT1LT08K|48–127<br>50/60|48<br>33.6<br>2.7<br>1.9<br>92<br>1254<br>60<br>3.4<br>2.4<br>140<br>110<br>6.2<br>4.4<br>480<br>120<br>6.8<br>4.8<br>570<br>127<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>640<br>48<br>33.6<br>2.1<br>100<br>60<br>2.6<br>160|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT1LP12K or SNT1LT12K|208–380<br>50/60|208<br>146<br>1.2<br>0.25<br>180<br>1760<br>220<br>1.3<br>0.27<br>200<br>240<br>1.4<br>0.29<br>240<br>380<br>2.3<br>0.31<br>610<br>110<br>77<br>0.5<br>55<br>120<br>0.55<br>66<br>125<br>0.57<br>71|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT1LP18K or SNT1LT18K|415–600<br>50/60|400<br>280<br>1.1<br>0.77<br>310<br>2200<br>415<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>330<br>440<br>1.2<br>0.85<br>380<br>480<br>1.3<br>0.93<br>450<br>525<br>1.4<br>1.02<br>530<br>550<br>1.5<br>1.06<br>590<br>600<br>1.6<br>1.16<br>700<br>220<br>154<br>0.48<br>110<br>250<br>0.55<br>140|
||220–250<br>DC||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-400** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT2P04K or SNT2T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT2P06K or SNT2T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT2P11K or SNT2T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>0.9<br>0.6<br>66<br>1480<br>120<br>1<br>0.7<br>84<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>354<br>220<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>396<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432<br>110<br>60<br>1<br>112<br>120<br>1.1<br>138<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT2P14K or SNT2T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.34<br>0.25<br>127<br>1880<br>400<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>150<br>415<br>0.4<br>0.29<br>163<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>188<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>40<br>250<br>0.22<br>58|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT2P18K or SNT2T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.13<br>0.07<br>34<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.08<br>42<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.14<br>0.1<br>60|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-401** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

**2** 

|**K-Frame and HMCP**|**(K) Shunt Trip Electric**|**al Rating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT3P04K or SNT3T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT3P06K or SNT3T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT3P11K or SNT3T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>1.3<br>0.9<br>100<br>1480<br>120<br>1.4<br>1<br>120<br>127<br>1.5<br>1.1<br>140<br>208<br>2.8<br>2<br>420<br>220<br>3<br>2.1<br>470<br>240<br>3.2<br>2.3<br>550<br>110<br>82<br>1<br>110<br>120<br>1.1<br>130<br>125<br>1.2<br>140|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT3P14K or SNT3T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.37<br>0.25<br>95<br>1880<br>400<br>0.39<br>0.27<br>108<br>415<br>0.42<br>0.29<br>120<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>136<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>41<br>250<br>0.22<br>54|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT3P18K or SNT3T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>40<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.16<br>0.12<br>70|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds. 

> 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-402** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**L-Frame and HMCP (L) and M-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**L-Frame and HMCP (**|**L) and M-Frame Shu**|**nt Trip Electrical Rating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT4P03K or SNT4T03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28.6<br>20.2<br>485<br>9<br>6.3<br>8.5<br>75<br>12<br>8.6<br>103<br>24<br>17.4<br>418|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT4P05K SNT4T05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>0.72<br>0.51<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>1.2<br>0.84<br>126|
|SNT4P11K or SNT4T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.89<br>0.63<br>69<br>1480<br>120<br>1.03<br>0.73<br>88<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
|SNT4P14K or SNT4T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.3<br>0.21<br>80<br>1880<br>400<br>0.34<br>0.24<br>96<br>415<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>104<br>440<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>119<br>220<br>154<br>0.34<br>75<br>250<br>0.34<br>85|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT4P18K or SNT4T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.07<br>0.05<br>24<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.09<br>0.07<br>39<br>600<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>48|
|SNT4P23K SNT4T23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>0.76<br>36<br>1120<br>60<br>0.95<br>57|
|SNT4P26K or SNT4T26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>0.42<br>46<br>1250<br>120<br>0.43<br>52<br>125<br>0.44<br>55|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-403** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

**2** 

|**N-Frame and HMCP**|**(N) Shunt Trip Electri**|**cal Rating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT5LP03K or SNT5LT03K|9–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28<br>19.8<br>475<br>9<br>7.2<br>8.8<br>79<br>12<br>12.1<br>145<br>24<br>25.4<br>610|
||9–24<br>DC||
|SNT5LP05K SNT5LT05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>3<br>2.1<br>126|
|SNT5LP11K or SNT5LT11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.86<br>0.61<br>67<br>1480<br>120<br>0.98<br>0.69<br>83<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.75<br>95<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
|SNT5LP14K or SNT5LT14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.28<br>0.2<br>76<br>1880<br>400<br>0.31<br>0.22<br>88<br>415<br>0.33<br>0.23<br>95<br>440<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>110<br>220<br>154<br>0.21<br>46<br>250<br>0.22<br>55|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT5LP18K or SNT5LT18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.06<br>0.04<br>19<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>33<br>600<br>0.1<br>0.07<br>42|
|SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>1.4<br>67<br>1120<br>60<br>1.7<br>102|
|SNT5LP26K or SNT5LT26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>1.1<br>121<br>1250<br>120<br>1.2<br>144<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

> 3 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-404** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**R-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123456] 

|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT6P03K|24<br>50/60|24<br>16.8<br>36.1<br>25.5<br>612<br>1050<br>24<br>16.8<br>16.5<br>396|
||24<br>DC||
|SNT6P05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>11.9<br>8.4<br>403<br>1120<br>60<br>15.7<br>11.1<br>666|
|SNT6P11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>5.09<br>3.6<br>396<br>1480<br>120<br>5.66<br>4<br>480<br>127<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>533<br>208<br>10.2<br>7.2<br>1498<br>220<br>10.5<br>7.4<br>1628<br>240<br>11.2<br>7.9<br>1896|
|SNT6P14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>1596<br>2200<br>400<br>6.23<br>4.4<br>1760<br>415<br>6.51<br>4.6<br>1909<br>440<br>6.93<br>4.9<br>2156|
||220–250<br>DC|220<br>154<br>1.7<br>374<br>1500<br>250<br>1.9<br>475|
|SNT6P18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.68<br>0.48<br>230<br>2200<br>525<br>0.78<br>0.55<br>289<br>550<br>0.79<br>0.56<br>308<br>600<br>0.91<br>0.64<br>384|
|SNT6P23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>7.1<br>341<br>1120<br>60<br>8.8<br>258|
|SNT6P26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>2.4<br>264<br>1250<br>120<br>2.6<br>312<br>125<br>2.8<br>350|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage. 

- 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations. 

- 4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute. 

- 5 Maximum operating voltage—110% of maximum voltage range rating. 

- 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-405** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|1.3|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|2.5|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.4|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.6|
|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.2<br>1.9|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.3<br>2.0|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.3|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.2|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|2.6|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.4|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.4|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.5|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|525<br>550|210.0<br>210.0|367.0<br>367.0|446.0<br>446.0|4.3<br>4.8|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|600|210.0|367.0|446.0|5.8|—|—|—|—|—|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[23] 

|**J-Fram**|**e Electric**|**al Rating**|**Data**23|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.9<br>3.9|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.6<br>3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208<br>220|84.0<br>84.0|145.6<br>145.6|176.8<br>176.8|2.7<br>3.1|220<br>250|87.5<br>87.5|154.0<br>154.0|187.0<br>187.0|3.1<br>4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

> 3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-406** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



**2** 

## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-407** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e ecc g**<br>**50/60 Hz**<br>**DC**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|
|---|---|
||12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.9<br>12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.6|
||24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.9<br>24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1|
||48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.5<br>48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.0|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.8<br>60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.1|
||110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.8<br>110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.6|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.1<br>120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.9|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.4<br>125<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.2|
||208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>2.7<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>3.1|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.1<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>—|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.8<br>250<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>4.0|
||380<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||415<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.0<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||480<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.6<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||500<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>5.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-408** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**[12] 

|**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**|
|---|---|
|**02/02K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>2.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**03/03K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**05/05K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>6.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**08/08K**<br>110–127|110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
|**11/11K**<br>208–240|208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>4.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
|**29/29K**<br>380–500|380<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||415<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||440<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||480<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>9.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||500<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>10.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
|**R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**12<br>**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||
|**20/20K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**21/21K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>4.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**23/23K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>4.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**26/26K**<br>110–127|110<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||120<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||125<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
|**28/28K**<br>220–250|220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|
||250<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>7.5<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 

- 3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown. 

- 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate. 

- 5 For 1 minute. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-409** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Series C External Accessories** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-220**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-221**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-225**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-257**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-289**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-326**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-360**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-371**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-373**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-374**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-377**|
|External Accessories||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-414**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-432**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-433**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-434**|



## **External Accessories** 

## **Product Overview** 

## _**End Cap Kit**_ 

The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. 

## _**Keeper Nut**_ 

The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. 

## **L-, M-, N-Frames** 

Not required. Terminals are threaded. 

## _**J-Frame Plug Nut**_ 

The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. 

## _**Terminal Adapter**_ 

## _**Control Wire Terminal Kit**_ 

The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect. 

For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only. 

**Note:** Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Eaton’s field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Rear Fed Terminals.**_ 

Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-410** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Terminal End Covers**_ 

The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Interphase Barriers**_ 

The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package. 

## _**Base Mounting Plate**_ 

Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers. 

## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_ 

For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 

Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding. 

## _**Key Operated Attachment**_ 

## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_ 

## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_ 

The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the 

handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Padlockable Handle**_ 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_ 

The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock. 

## _**Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON 

position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Cylinder Lock**_ 

The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.) 

## _**Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included)**_ 

The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation. 

The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types. 

## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_ 

The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_ 

The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two **2** adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. **2** The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind **2** and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted **2** through an access hole in the back plate and base of each **2** circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both **2** circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same **2** time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the **2** wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers **2** and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified **2** circuit breakers are required for this application. UL **2** File E38116. 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications. 

Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-411** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

The electrical (motor) operator **2** allows the circuit’s breaker to be opened, closed or reset **2** remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation. 

The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor. 

## _**Plug-In Adapters**_ 

Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available. 

One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end. 

Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted. 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications. 

Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes. 

## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_ 

Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.) 

Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included. 

**Note:** Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility. 

## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_ 

The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000 A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. 

## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_ 

The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N- Frame. 

## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_ 

The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. 

The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. 

For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178. 

## _**Potential Transformer Module**_ 

The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. 

## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_ 

The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. 

**Note:** Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-412** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_ 

The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eaton’s specifications. The BIM is a member of Eaton’s PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. 

## _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_ 

The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the “Copy” and “Download” commands. 

Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. 

## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_ 

The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power. 

## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ 

The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

**Note:** The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-413** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Termination Hardware—End Cap Kit**_ 

**==> picture [377 x 562] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|End Cap Kit|
|End Cap Kit|
|Thread|Thread|Catalog|
|Type|Size|Number|
|Two-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK12|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM12|
|Three-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK1|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM1|
|Four-Pole F-Frame (225A)|
|Imperial|10–32|KPEK14|
|Metric|M–5|KPEKM14|
|Three-Pole J-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK2|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM2|
|Four-Pole J-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK24|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM24|
|Three-Pole K-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK3|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM3|
|Four-Pole K-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK34|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM34|
|Three-Pole L-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312-18|KPEK4|
|Metric|M-8|KPEKM4|
|Four-Pole L-Frame|
|Imperial|0.312–18|KPEK44|
|Metric|M–8|KPEKM44|
|Termination Hardware—Keeper Nut|
|as|
|F-Frame Keeper Nut|
|F-Frame Keeper Nut|
|Catalog Number|
|Thread|Thread|Package of 12|
|.|Type|Size|(Priced Individually)|
|4|Imperial|10–32|KPR1A|
|Sd|Metric|M–5|KPR1AM|
|K-Frame Keeper Nut|
|K-Frame Keeper Nut|
|Thread|Thread|Line/Load|Catalog Number|
|Type|Size|End|Package of 3|
|Imperial|0.375–16|Line|KPR3A|
|Load|KPR3B|
|=|
|Metric|M–8|Line|KPR3AM|
|Z|
|Load|KPR3BM|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-414** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Termination Hardware**_ 

|**me Plug Nut**<br>**me Terminal**<br>**er**|**J-Frame Plug Nut**<br>**Thread**<br>**Type**<br>**Thread**<br>**Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Package of 6**|
|---|---|
||Imperial<br>0.250–20<br>**PLN2**|
||Metric<br>M–6<br>**PLN2M**|
||**K-Frame Terminal Adapter**1<br>**Line/Load End**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Line and load<br>**TAD3**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame Ordering Information** 

Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**me Kit**|**F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**<br>**Description**|2<br>**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.|150<br>**FCWTK**|
|||225<br>**FCWTK225**|



## **J- and K-Frame Ordering Information** 

Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

|||
|---|---|
|**d K-Frame Kit**|**J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**<br>**Description**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.<br>**KCWTK**|



## **L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Range/Number Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|Al/Cu|95–150|**TA602LDCW**3|
|3/0–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Cu|120–250|**T602LDCW**3|
|250–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**2TA603LDKCW**45|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**3TA603LDKCW**46|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**4TA603LDKCW**47|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers. 

- 2   Not for use with T250KB terminals. 

- 3   Individually packed. 

- 4   Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

- 5   Two-pole kit. 

- 6   Three-pole kit. 

- 7   Four-pole kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-415** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Termination Hardware**_ 

## **G-Frame Control Wire Terminal** 

||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Control wire terminal (kit of 12)|**Number**<br>**5652B38G01**|**Number**<br>**GCWTK**|



## **Multiwire Connectors** 

**==> picture [57 x 50] intentionally omitted <==**

## **Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|---|
|**G-Frame**2|||
|100||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA100G3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA100G6K**|
|**F-Frame**|||
|225||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA150F3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA150F6K**|
|**J-Frame**|||
|250||3<br>14–2<br>**3TA250J3K**|
|||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA250J6K**|
|**K-Frame**|||
|400||3<br>14–2/0<br>**3TA400K3K**|
|||6<br>14–3<br>**3TA400K6K**|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**<br>**Frame**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|||
|FD|150<br>14–4/0<br>**TA150FDRF**||
||150<br>14–4/0<br>**3TA150FDRF**||
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**TA225FDRF**||
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**3TA225FDRF**||
|KD|400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**TA350KRF**||
||400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**3TA350KRF**||
|MDL|800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**TA800MDLRF**||
||800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**3TA800MDLRF**||



## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required. 

## **Mounting Hardware** 

|**Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Screw Length in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
|**G-Frame**||
|0.138–32 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std.<br>0.138–32 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm)|**624B375G23**<br>**8703C80G05**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

- 2   GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-416** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware** 

|**Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps|Individual<br>**624B375G01**|
||Group1<br>**624B375G02**|
|2<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G01**|
|3, 4<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH4**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||



## **Metric Thread Mounting Hardware** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>M4–0.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps|Individual<br>**4218B80G09**|
||Group1<br>**4218B80G10**|
|2<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G11**|
|3, 4<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1M**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2M**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3M**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH5M**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||



## _**Note**_ 

1   One set of hardware for two circuit breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-417** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

**2** 

**F-Frame** 

## **G-Frame Terminal Shield** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number Units in Package**<br>10|**Number**<br>**GTSK3**|



## **F-Frame Terminal Shield** 

|**F-Frame**|**F-Frame Terminal Shield**|**F-Frame Terminal Shield**|**F-Frame Terminal Shield**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard (Package of 10)**|**Special—For Use When Electrical**|
||**Number**||**(Priced Individually)**<br>**Catalog**|**Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|
|CC|**of Poles**<br>1<br> ~~___~~<br>~~ooo~~|**Location**<br>Line<br>~~ooo~~|**Number**<br>**625B229G06**<br>~~ooo~~|**Number**<br>**—**<br>~~ooo~~|
||2|Line|**625B229G07**|**—**|
||3|Line|**625B229G08**|**4210B95G01**|
|ad|4|Line|**625B229G09**|**4210B95G02**|



**J-Frame** 

## **J-Frame Terminal Shield** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>2, 3<br>4<br>2, 3<br>4|**Location**<br>Line End<br>Line End<br>Load End<br>Load End|**Catalog Number**<br>**(Package of 10)**<br>**1266C07G01**<br>**6631C01G01**<br>**6641C16G01**<br>**6641C16G02**|
|---|---|---|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-418** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame Terminal Shield** 

## _**Interphase Barriers**_ **Ordering Information** 

||**K-Frame Terminal Shield**|**K-Frame Terminal Shield**|**K-Frame Terminal Shield**|**_Interphase Barriers_**|**_Interphase Barriers_**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**K-Frame**|**K-Frame Terminal Shield**<br>**Number**|**K-Frame Terminal Shield**|**K-Frame Terminal Shield**<br>**Catalog Number**|**_Interphase Barriers_**<br>**Ordering Information**|||
||**of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Location**<br>Line|**(Package of 10)**<br>**TS33LN**|Two per package.|||
||4<br>3|Line<br>Load|**TS34LN**<br>**TS33LD**|**Interphase Barriers**<br>**Frame**<br>**Interphase Barrier**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||||||F|**IPB1**|
||||||J, K|**IPB3**|
||**L-Frame Terminal Shield**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**(Package of 1)**||**L-Frame Terminal Shield**|Li|L<br>**IPB4**<br>M<br>**IPB4**<br>N<br>**IPB5**<br>~~OO~~||



**Catalog Number (Package of 1) 314C420G05** 

**2** 

## _**Base Mounting Plate**_ 

**M-Frame Terminal Shield Catalog Number (Package of 1) 208B966G01** 

## **N-Frame Terminal Shield** 

**Catalog Number (Package of 1) NTS3K** 

|**Base Mounting Plate**|**Base Mounting Plate**|**Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC**|**Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Number of Units**|**Catalog**|
|||**in Package**|**Number**|
|||1|**207B513G01**|



## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_ 

|**DIN Rail Adapter**|**DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|**DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|**DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Number**|**Number of Units**|**Catalog**|
||**of Poles**|**in Package**|**Number**|
|||||
||1, 2|10|**1225C79G01**|
||3|10|**1225C79G02**1|
||**All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**|**All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC**||
||**Number**|**Number of Units**|**Catalog**|
||**of Poles**|**in Package**|**Number**|
||3|1|**EGGDDIN**|



## _**Key Operated Attachment**_ 

## _**Terminal End Covers**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. 

## **F-Frame Terminal End Covers** 

|**F-Frame**|**F-Frame Terminal End Covers**<br>**Conductor Opening**|**F-Frame Terminal End Covers**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
||**Diameter in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
||0.25 (6.35 mm)|**TEC1**|
||0.41 (10.41 mm)|**TEC2**|



**Key Operated Attachment Key Operated Attachment G-Frame GD/GHC Number of Units Catalog in Package Number** 10 **GKOA** — ~~———~~ 

**Number of Units Catalog in Package Number** 10 **GKOA** _**Note**_ 

1   For use on three-pole breakers only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-419** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_ 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_ 

|**2**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**|**Lock Dog (Non-**<br>**Padlockable)**|||**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**<br>**G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP**|
|**2**||||**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**2**||||1<br>**1294C01H01**|



## **Padlockable Handle Lock** 

||**Padlockable Handle Lock**||
|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle Lock**||
|**Lock**||**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||G|**GPHBOFF**|
||J, K|**PHB3**|



## _**Handle Ties**_ 

## _**Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

## **Handle Tie—Series C, F-Frame** 

## **Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp** 

**==> picture [65 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Snap-On Padlockable<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Handle Lock Hasp** 

|**Handle Tie—Series C, G-Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>2<br>10<br>**HTBFD2P**<br>3<br>10<br>**HTBFD3P**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Handle Lock Hasp**<br>~~a~~|
|---|
|2<br>10<br>**HTBGD2P**<br>3<br>10<br>**HTBGD3P**|



**Catalog Frame Number** F **PHL1** 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank. 2   Padlockable in the OFF position only. 

## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_ 

## **Non-Padlockable Handle Block** 

|**Non-Padlockable**<br>**Handle Block**|**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**|**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||F|**LKD1**|
||J, K<br>L, M, N|**LKD3**<br>**LKD4**|



## _**Padlockable Handle**_ 

## **Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB** 

**Padlockable Handle Number of Units Catalog in Package Number**[1] 10 **1223C77G03** 10 **1223C77G05**[2] 10 **1223C77G06**[2] ~~——~~ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-420** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp** 

||||**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle**||**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|**Lock Hasp**||||**Catalog**|
||||**Description**|**Number**|
|roe8|8||**F-Frame**<br>Single-pole breakers|**PHL1**|
||||PT|Two-, three- and four-pole breakers<br>**PLK1**<br> ~~TT~~||
||||For left side mounting|**PLK1LOFF**|
||||For right side mounting|**PLK1ROFF**|
|5S|||**J, K-Frames**<br>Two-, three- and four-pole breakers|**PLK3**|
||||For left side mounting|**PLK3LOFF**1|
||||For right side mounting|**PLK3ROFF**1|
||||**L-Frame (Side Mounted)**||
||||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
||||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
||||**L-Frame (Top Mounted)**||
||||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4S**|
||||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**1|
||||**M-Frame**||
||||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
||||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
||||**M-Frame (Vertical Mounting)**||
||||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK4S**|
||||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**|
||||**N-Frame**||
||||Side mounted|**PLK5**|
||||Top mounted (ON/OFF)|**PLK5S**|
||||Top mounted (OFF only)|**PLK5SOFF**1|
||||**R-Frame**||
||||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK6**|
||||Lock OFF only|**HLK6OFF**1|



**2** 

## _**Cylinder Lock**_ 

## **Cylinder Lock** 

**==> picture [177 x 38] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Cylinder Lock<br>Catalog<br>= pal Frame Number<br>F, J, K Order by description<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

1   For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only, order either catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-421** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## _**Key Interlock Kit**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Key interlock kits contain the necessary interface and hardware to install a trapped key interlock from one of the listed manufacturers. Key interlocks are not installed or supplied as part of the breaker, and must be obtained separately from the lock manufacturer or through the manufacturer of the equipment on which the breaker will be installed. Select the mounting kit catalog number to match the type of lock used. 

## **Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)** 

|**Key Interlock Kit**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Lock**<br>**Manufacturer**|**Lock**<br>**Type**|**Bolt Projection in**<br>**Withdrawn Position**<br>**in Inches (mm)**|**Kit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||**F-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK1**|
||Kirk®|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK1**|
||Castell1<br>**J, K-Frames**|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK1**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK3**|
||**L-, M-, N-Frames**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**<br>**CTK4**|
||**R-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Kirk|F|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Castell1<br>**JG-Frame**|K or QK|1.0 (25.4)|**CTK6**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTKJG**|
||**LG-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**<br>**CTKLG**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-422** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline 

spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.) 

## **Sliding Bar Interlock** 

||**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|||**Centerline Spacing**|**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
||F|4.19 (106.4)|**SBK1**|
||J|4.38 (111.3)|**SBK2**|
||K|5.75 (146.0)|**SBK3**|
||L, M|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK4**|
||N|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK5**|



**2** 

## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_ **Ordering Information** 

With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately. 

The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers). 

## **Walking Beam Interlock** 

|**Walking Beam**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|
|---|---|---|
|**Interlock**||**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||F|**WBL1**|
||K|**WBL3**|
||L, M|**WBL4A**|
||N|**WBL5**|
||R1|**WBL6**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Three-pole only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-423** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>240|AC<br>AC|**EOP1T07**<br>**EOP1T11**|**EOP1P07**<br>**EOP1P11**|



## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator**[1] 

|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>24|50/60 Hz AC<br>DC|**MOPFD120C**<br>**MOPFD24D**|
|125|DC|**MOPFD120C**|
|208–240|50/60 Hz|**MOPFD240C**|
|220–250|DC|**MOPFD240C**|



## **J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T11**|



## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT11**|



## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|K|**BBMK3**|



## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11**|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11A**<br>**EOP4MT15**|
|125|DC|**EOP4MT26**|
|24|DC|**EOP4MT21**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-424** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator** 

|||**Pigtail Leads**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T09**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T11**|
|480|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T15**|
|24|DC|**EOP5T21**|
|48|DC|**EOP5T22**|
|125|DC|**EOP5T26**|



**2** 

**R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator** 

|||**Factory-Installed Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T08K**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T11K**|
|48|DC|**EOP6T21K**|



## _**Plug-In Adapters**_ 

**F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)** 

|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100–225|**1480D13G01**|**1480D13G02**|**1480D13G07**1|
|Mounting plate|**176C511H01**|**507C047H01**|**—**|



## **J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Terminal**<br>**End**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|250|Line<br>**1260C86G05**<br>**1260C86G06**<br>**1231C67G01**|
||Load<br>**1260C86G07**<br>**1260C86G08**<br>**1231C67G02**|
||One line and one load<br>**506C144G27**<br>**506C144G28**<br>**—**|
|Mounting plate|—<br>2<br>**PMP23**<br>**—**|



## **K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|**PAD32**|**PAD33**|**—**|
|Mounting plate|2|**PMP33**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 100 ampere maximum. 

> 2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-425** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)** 

**2** 

|**L-Frame (Threaded**|**Stud Type)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|600 (threaded stud type)|**506C059G03**|**506C059G04**|**PAD44**|
|600 (flat bar type)|**1288C19G01**|**1288C19G02**|**6636C55H01**|
|Mounting plate|**504C824H01**|**504C824H01**|**—**|



## **M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|800|**2614D53G05**|**2614D53G06**|
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**|



## **N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1200|**2614D53G03**|**2614D53G04**|
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**|



## **Plug-In Adapters** 

|**Frame**|**Number of**<br>**Poles**|**Standard**<br>**Certification**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|FD|3|IEC|**PAD3F**|
|FD|4|IEC|**PAD4F**|
|JD|3|IEC|**PAD3JD**|
|KD<br>LD|3<br>3|IEC<br>IEC|**PAD3K**<br>**PAD3LD**|
|LD|4|IEC|**PAD4LD**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-426** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

## **F-Frame**[1] 

|**F-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H20**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H21**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H22**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H23**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H24**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H25**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H26**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H27**|
|**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H06**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H07**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H08**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H09**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H10**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H11**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H12**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H13**|



## **L-Frame Ordering Information** 

**Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09** 

## **M-Frame Ordering Information**[1] 

|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225|**314C960G01**|
|400|**314C960G04**|
|400|**314C960G05**|
|400|**314C960G06**|
|600|**314C960G07**|
|600<br>600|**314C960G08**<br>**314C960G09**|
|800|**314C960G10**|
|800|**314C960G11**|
|800|**314C960G12**|



**2** 

## **N-Frame Ordering Information**[1] 

## **J-Frame**[1] 

|**J-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H05**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H07**|



|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|
|800|**623B222G01**|
|800|**623B222G02**|
|800<br>1200|**623B222G03**<br>**373B375G04**|
|1200|**373B375G03**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

## **K-Frame**[1] 

|**K-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Standard Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G02**|**313C909H17**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G04**|**313C909H18**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|**313C909H19**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|**313C909H20**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|**313C909H21**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|**313C909H22**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-427** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Center**<br>**Catalog**|**Outside**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(mm)**<br>2.75 (69.9)|**(Amperes)**<br>50|**Number**<br>**673B142G02**|**Number**<br>**673B142G09**|
|2.75 (69.9)|100|**673B142G02**|**673B142G10**|
|2.75 (69.9)|150|**673B142G04**|**673B142G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|50|**1253C72G01**|**1253C72G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|100|**1253C73G03**|**1253C73G06**|
|3.50 (88.9)|150|**1253C73G01**|**1253C73G05**|



## **F-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2|**624B600H02**|
|3|**624B600H01**|



## **J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|250|**2600D26G01**|**2600D26G02**|



## **K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|400|**4212B78G02**|**4212B77G01**|



## **K-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B264H01**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-428** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|600|**624B609G01**|**506C052G01**|



**2** 

## **L-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

|**L-Frame Mounting Bracket**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B297H01**|



## **M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>800|Short<br>**314C996G01**|
||Medium<br>**314C996G02**|
||Long<br>**314C996G03**|



## **M-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

## **Catalog Number** 

**315C270H01** 

## **N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>1200|Short<br>**505C606G04**|
||Medium<br>**505C606G05**|
||Long<br>**505C606G06**|



## **N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)** 

**Catalog Number** 

**315C270H01** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-429** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_ 

The LFD current limiter is an interrupting capacity at up to accessory that bolts to the 600 Vac. LFD current limiters **2** load end of a standard FDB or for thermal-magnetic circuit FD thermal-magnetic and breakers are listed with **2** electronic circuit breaker, Underwriters Laboratories providing 200,000 A under File E47239. 

## **Type LFD Current Limiter** 

||**Type LFD Current Limiter**||
|---|---|---|
|**Type LFD Current**<br>**Limiter**|**Type LFD Current Limiter**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Rating Amperes**<br>15–70|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LFD3070R**|
||80–160|**LFD3150R**|



## _**Potential Transformer Module**_ 

The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt 

line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. 

|**Potential Transformer**|**Potential Transformer Module**|**Potential Transformer Module**|
|---|---|---|
|**Module**|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Potential transformer module|**DOPTMLN**|



## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_ 

The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the 

light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame. 

## **GF Alarm Unit** 

**Ground Fault Alarm Unit Catalog Description Number** a ~~SS~~ =a Ground fault alarm unit **GFAU** ~~=a =~~ Face mounting bracket **1264C67G01** 

## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_ 

The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 

50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/ instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. 

## **Portable Test Kit** 

|**Portable Test Kit**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Solid-state (electronic)|**STK2**|
|portable test kit||



## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_ 

The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. 

The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. 

For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-430** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_ 

The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 

Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eaton’s specifications. The BIM is a member of Eaton’s PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. 

## **Breaker Interface Module (BIM)** 

**Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Catalog Number BIMII** 

## _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_ 

The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the “Copy” and “Download” commands. 

the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. 

## **Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply** 

A 24 Vdc power supply is an eight-pin telephone jack required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip and is powered by a nine-volt units that are required to battery or the auxiliary power communicate either on the main module. One highlighted Eaton PowerNet network or as a feature is the “Copy” and subnetwork to a BIM. The “Download” commands. breaker’s load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is Setting up multiple OPTIM required per switchboard and can trips can be finished in provide control power to a BIM minutes and with no errors. and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 An Auxiliary Power Module Vdc power supply should be an “isolated high quality” power connection provides a trip test supply with a “CE” label, and is when control power is not normally provided by the present at the breaker. The switchboard manufacturer to OPTIMizer is supplied as a Eaton’s recommendations. standard package to include 

## **Digitrip OPTIMizer** 

**Digitrip OPTIMizer** 

**Catalog Number OPTIMizer—standard package** ~~a~~ 

## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_ 

The auxiliary power module is power module connects into a power supply requiring 120 the top of the Digitrip Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that OPTIMizer via a keyed provides a 32 Vdc output. The receptacle. The main auxiliary power module application for the auxiliary provides control power for power module would be for testing an OPTIM trip unit the testing of a standalone when other means of control non-communicating OPTIM power is not available or for breaker that ordinarily would continuous OPTIMizer not have control power. operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary 

## **Auxiliary Power Module** 

**Auxiliary Power Module Catalog Number PRTBAPMDV** 

## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ 

The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. 

The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. 

**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display** 

**Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06** 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the 

breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

## **Cause of Trip LED Module** 

**Catalog Number TRIP-LED** 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-431** 

2.4 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame)**_ 

**NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371**[1] 

|**NEMA 12 Safety Door Ha**|**rdware for Flex Shaft and C371**1|
|---|---|
|**Handle Length**|**Catalog**|
|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**2|
|4 (101.6)|**C361KJ4**|
|6 (152.4)|**C361KJ6**|
|Roller Latch3|**C361KR**|



## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

|**Wire Seal**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Wire seal|**5108A03H01**|



## _**Notes**_ 

## _**Series C Rotary Accessories**_ 

As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker. 

This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads. 

- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 

- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 

- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is required. 

## **Series C Auxiliary Switch** 

**Catalog Number 5108A61G01** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-432** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

**F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[12] 

||||**Inrush Current**|**Maximum**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Operating Time**|**Amperes**4|
|120||50/60 Hz AC|10|5 cycles (80 ms)|3|
|240||50/60 Hz AC|5|5 cycles (80 ms)|2|



## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[2567] 

||||**Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120||AC|2|
|24||DC|5|
|48||DC|3|
|125||DC|2|



**J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689] 

|**J-Fra**|**me Electr**|**ical (Solenoid) Operato**|**r Rating Data**1689|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|**Voltage**|3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120||30|6|
|240||16|4|



**K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689] 

|**Operating**|**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120|30|6|
|240|16|4|



## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data** 

## 168j 

|**Operating Voltage**3|**Inrush Current Amperes**|
|---|---|
|120 AC|31|
|208 AC|13|
|240 AC|12|
|125 DC|21|
|24 DC|50|



## **N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[16][kl] 

|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**3|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**<br>**Amperes**|**Fuse**<br>**Amperes**|
|---|---|---|---|
|120|50/60 Hz|31|6|
|208|50/60 Hz|21|—|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|19<br>—|4<br>—|
|24|DC|50|—|
|48|DC|80|—|
|125|DC|21|—|



## **R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[mnop ] 

|**Operating**||**Motor Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**q|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120|50/60 Hz|40|
|240<br>48|50/60 Hz<br>DC|27<br>53|
|24|DC|58|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed under UL File E64983. 

- 2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations. 

- 3 Tolerance: +10%, –15% of nominal voltage. 

- 4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required. 

- 5 UL listed under UL File E64124. 

- 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz. 

- 7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- 8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations. 

- 9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS). 

- j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles. 

- k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations. 

- l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON–1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF–1/2 second max. 

- Motor operating temperature; Class “A” temperature limits apply. 

- p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation. 

- q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage. 

- For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-433** 

2.4 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

**F-Frame**[1] 

|**F-Frame**1|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**<br>**Catalog**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Rating**|**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||||||||
|100 A short<br>100 A short|**451D874G01**<br>**451D874G01**|1.00 (25.4)<br>0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.06 (26.9)<br>1.38 (34.9)|—<br>—|**32B9446H20**<br>**32B9446H21**|—<br>—|3.63 (92.1)<br>3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18<br>0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**32B9446H22**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**32B9446H23**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**32B9446H24**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|—|3.75 (95.2)|**32B9446H25**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—|4.06 (103.1)|**32B9446H26**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long<br>**451D874G02**<br>0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)<br>**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||—|4.38 (111.3)|**32B9446H27**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|1.00 (25.4)|1.06 (26.9)|—|**374D883H06**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.38 (34.9)|—|**374D883H07**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**374D883H08**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**374D883H09**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**374D883H10**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long<br>225A long|**374D883G02**<br>**374D883G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)<br>0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—<br>—|3.75 (95.2)<br>4.06 (103.1)|**374D883H11**<br>**374D883H12**|7.50 (190.5)<br>7.50 (190.5)|—<br>—|0.44 (11.1)–14<br>0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**374D883H13**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|



## **F-Frame** 

**==> picture [257 x 118] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>.06<br>(1.5) A C<br>.75<br>D<br>(19.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-434** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **J-Frame** 

|**J-Frame**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250A short<br>250A short|**5010D23G01**<br>**5010D23G01**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|0.84 (21.4)<br>1.09 (27.7)|—<br>—|**456D983H05**<br>**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|1.03 (26.2)|—|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.88 (98.6)|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|—|4.13 (104.9)|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**5010D23H07**|



**2** 

**==> picture [315 x 153] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.59 6.66<br>(40.4) (169.2)<br>0.59 A C<br>(15.0)<br>0.03<br>0.06<br>(0.7)<br>(1.5)<br>0.31 (7.9) – 18 Thread<br>Do Not Use More<br>Than 10 Ft Lbs<br>Torque to Tighten Nuts<br>0.50 (12.7) – 13 Thread<br>Breaker<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>3.63<br>(92.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **K-Frame**[1] 

|**K-Frame**|1||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Standard Tube**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|400 A short<br>400 A short|**6642C14G02**<br>**6642C14G04**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|0.84 (21.3)<br>1.09 (27.69)|—<br>—|**313C909H17**<br>**313C909H18**|—<br>—|3.66 (93.0)<br>—|0.75–16 (19.1–406.4)<br>—|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|0.25–0.5 (6.35–12.7)|1.03 (26.16)|—|**313C909H19**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.78 (96.0)|**313C909H20**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|—|4.03 (102.4)|**313C909H21**|6.58 (167.1)|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|0.25 –0.5 (6.35–12.7)|—|4.28 (108.7)|**313C909H22**|—|—|—|



**==> picture [254 x 127] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>0.06 A C<br>(1.5)<br>1.67<br>D<br>(42.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-435** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **L-Frame** 

|**L-Frame**||
|---|---|
||**Stud Catalog**|
|**Stud Length (A)**<br>5.47 (138.9)|**Number**<br>**314C960G07**|
|7.97 (202.4)|**314C960G08**|
|10.47 (265.9)|**314C960G09**|



.44 (11.2) ~~A~~ Insulators Washer SV Nut el Circuit Breaker fie Rear ra! Connecting Stud Insulating Panel 

## **M-Frame** 

|**Stud**|**Diameter**|**Extension**|**Stud**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**and**<br>**Thread**|**Back of**<br>**Breaker**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225<br>400|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>0.75 (19.1)–16|3.66 (93.0)<br>5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G01**<br>**314C960G04**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G05**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G06**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G07**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G08**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G09**|
|800<br>800|1.13 (28.7)–12<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|5.91 (150.1)<br>8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G10**<br>**314C960G11**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G12**|



## **N-Frame** 

|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Diameter**<br>**and**|**Extension**<br>**Back of**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>800|**Thread**<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|**Breaker**<br>5.5 (139.7)|**Number**<br>**623B222G01**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|8.0 (203.2)|**623B222G02**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**623B222G03**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|5.5 (139.7)|**373B375G04**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**373B375G03**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-436** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Engine Generator Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**|||**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**||**_Page_**||
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers|||**2**|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-438**<br>**V4-T2-439**|**2**|
|Accessories Selection Guide and<br>Ordering Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-441**|**2**|
|Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-441**<br>**V4-T2-442**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-442**<br>**V4-T2-443**|**2**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .||**V4-T2-457**|**2**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Learn<br>Online<br>Drawings<br>Online<br>SBS||**V4-T2-470**|**2**<br>**2**|



## **Engine Generator Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed specifically for application on diesel engine powered standby generators where high interrupting circuit breakers are not required. The JG through NG breakers are equipped with a special trip unit, that includes standard thermal (overload) protection and special low magnetic pickup range (FG includes a fixed thermalmagnetic pickup). The standard thermal trip unit provides overload protection for conductors per the National Electrical Code[®] . The low magnetic pickup range is approximately two to five times the continuous rating and provides closer low-level short-circuit protection when applied on generators that have very low short-circuit capacity. This combination allows the user to customize the breaker to the generator output. 

## **Application Description** 

Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards: 

- Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819 

- Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers 

- International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-437** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to **2** understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used **2** to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers. 

- FG breakers include both line and load side terminals 

- JG, KG, LG and NG ● Contact Eaton for breakers with **W** catalog additional ratings and number suffix do not internal/external accessories include any terminals ● Reverse feed 

- JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without **W** catalog number suffix include both line and load terminals 

## **Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG** 

|**nd NG**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**FG**<br>|||**3**<br> **100**<br>  **W**||||||
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||
|**Frame**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**FG**<br>**JG**<br>**KG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||**W**= Without terminals|
||||**3**= Three-pole|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**125**<br>**150**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**250**<br>**300**<br>**350**<br>**400**<br>**450**<br>**500**<br>**600**<br>**700**<br>**800**<br>**900**<br>**1000**<br>**1200**||||||
|||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-438** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the 

generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor. 

**2** 

## **Thermal-Magnetic** 

||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**||||||**Breaker**3|
|**Magnetic**|**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**Number**|
|Fixed|5|4|11|9|14|11|**FG3015**4|
|Fixed|7|6|14|12|18|14|**FG3020**4|
|Fixed|9|7|18|14|23|18|**FG3025**4|
|Fixed|11|9|22|17|27|22|**FG3030**4|
|Fixed|13|10|25|20|32|25|**FG3035**4|
|Fixed|14|12|29|23|36|29|**FG3040**4|
|Fixed|16|13|32|26|41|32|**FG3045**4|
|Fixed|18|14|36|29|45|36|**FG3050**4|
|Fixed|22|17|43|35|54|43|**FG3060**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|25<br>29|20<br>23|51<br>58|40<br>46|63<br>72|51<br>58|**FG3070**4<br>**FG3080**4|
|Fixed|32|26|65|52|81|65|**FG3090**4|
|Fixed|36|29|72|58|90|72|**FG3100**4|
|Fixed|40|32|79|64|99|79|**FG3110**4|
|Fixed|45|36|90|72|113|90|**FG3125**4|
|Fixed|54|43|108|87|135|108|**FG3150**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|63<br>72|51<br>58|126<br>144|101<br>116|158<br>181|126<br>144|**FG3175**4<br>**FG3200**4|
|Fixed|81|65|162|130|203|162|**FG3225**4|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175W**5|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175**4|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200W**5|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200**4|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225W**5|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225**4|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250W**5|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250**4|
|500–1000|108|87|217|173|271|217|**KG3300W**5|
|500–1000<br>500–1000|108<br>126|87<br>101|217<br>253|173<br>202|271<br>316|217<br>253|**KG3300**4<br>**KG3350W**5|
|500–1000|126|101|253|202|316|253|**KG3350**4|
|1000–2000|144|116|289|231|361|289|**KG3400**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 

- 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 

- 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 

- 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 

> 5 Without terminals. 

The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-439** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Electronic** 

**2** 

|**Electronic**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|**Magnetic**|**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**<br>**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Breaker**3<br>**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**<br>500–2500|**kVA**1<br>162|**kW**2<br>130|**kVA**1<br>325|**kW**2<br>260|**kVA**1<br>406|**kW**2<br>325|**Number**<br>**LG3450**4|
|500–2500|181|144|361|289|451|361|**LG3500**4|
|500–2500|217|173|433|347|542|433|**LG3600**4|
|500–2500|253|202|505|404|632|505|**NG3700**4|
|500–2500|289|231|578|462|722|578|**NG3800**4|
|1250–5000|325|260|650|520|812|650|**NG3900**4|
|1250–5000<br>1250–5000|361<br>433|289<br>347|722<br>867|578<br>693|903<br>1083|722<br>867|**NG31000**4<br>**NG31200**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 

> 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 

> 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 

> 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 

The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-440** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **Options and Accessories** 

## _**Enclosures**_ 

## **Standard Terminals** 

## **Type 1 General Purpose** 

as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. 

|**Breaker**|**Max. Amp**|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>FG|**Rating**<br>100|**Range**<br>14–1/0|**Range mm2**<br>2.5–50|**Number**<br>**3T100FB**1|
|FG|150|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**1|
|JG|250|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|KG|350|250–500 kcmil|120–240|**TA350K**|
|KG<br>LG|400<br>600|3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>250–500 kcmil (2)|95–120<br>120–240|**3TA400K**1<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|NG|700|1–500 kcmil (2)|50–300|**TA700NB1**|
|NG|1000|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|95–185|**TA1000NB1**|
|NG|1200|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–300|**TA1200NB1**|



- Surface or flush mounting 

- 15–1200 ampere range 

- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc 

Type 1 enclosed breakers are designed for use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as approved for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available. 

## **Type 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting** 

- No knockouts or other openings 

- 15–1200 ampere range 

- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc 

|The Type 12 enclosure is<br>designed in line with<br>specifications for special<br>industry applications where<br>unusually severe conditions<br>involving oil, coolant, dust and<br>other foreign materials exist<br>in the operating atmosphere.<br>The handle padlocks in the<br>OFF position and the cover is<br>interlocked with the handle<br>mechanism to prevent<br>opening the cover with the<br>circuit breaker in the ON<br>position. Ratings through<br>1200 amperes are listed by<br>Underwriters Laboratories as<br>suitable for service entrance<br>application.|**Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable**<br>**Max. Enclosure**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**<br>**Main Lug Number**<br>**Size Cu/Al**<br>**Ground Lug**<br>**Size Cu/Al**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||100<br>(1) 14–1/0<br>(1) 14–1/0<br>**INK100**|
||250<br>(1) 6–350 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK250**|
||400<br>(1) 4–750 kcmil or<br>(2) 1/0–250 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK400**|
||600<br>(2) 250–500 kcmil<br>(1) 4–300 kcmil<br>**INK600**|
||1200<br>(3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or<br>(4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil<br>(1) 6–250 kcmil<br>**INK1200**|
||**_Internal Accessories_**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**2|
||**1A-1B**<br><br>**2A-2B**<br> <br>|
||**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Factory**<br>**Mounted**<br>**Factory**<br>**Mounted**<br>**Field Kit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Field Kit**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||FG3<br>A06<br>**A1X1PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X1RPK**|
||JG<br>A06<br>**A1X2PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X2PK**|
||KG<br>A06<br>**A1X3PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X3PK**|
||LG<br>A06<br>**A1X4PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X4PK**|
||NG<br>A06<br>**A1X5PK**<br>A13<br>**A2X5PK**|



## **Type 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting** 

- Interchangeable hubs (through 400 amperes) 

- 15–1200 ampere range 

- 600 Vac, 500 Vdc 

This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve 

|**Breaker**|**Factory**|**1A-1B**<br>**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**2A-2B**<br>**Field Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|
|FG3|A06|**A1X1PK**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|
|JG<br>KG|A06<br>A06|**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X3PK**|A13<br>A13|**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X3PK**|
|LG|A06|**A1X4PK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|NG|A06|**A1X5PK**|A13|**A2X5PK**|



## **Enclosure Selection Data** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>**JNDN1200**|



## **Shunt Trip**[2] 

|**Shunt Trip**|2|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
|**Frame**<br>FG3|**Rating**<br>12–24 Vdc|**Mounted**<br>S02|**Catalog Number**<br>**SNT1LP03K**|
|JG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT2P04K**|
|KG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT3P04K**|
|LG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|NG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT5LP03K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Package of three terminals. 

- 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers. 

- 3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-441** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2 UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|240|18,000|
|480|14,000|
|600|10,000|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**<br>220, 240|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>18,000/9,000|
|380, 415|14,000/7,000|
|660, 690|18,000/9,000|
||14,000/7,000<br>10,000/5,000|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Enclosure Selection Data** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**Approx. Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Conduit Sizes,**<br>**Inches**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>23.25 (590.6)<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>6.28 (159.5)<br>18.75 (476.3)<br>1.20 (30.5)<br>15 (7)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>19 (9)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>18 (8)<br>—<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>34.70 (881.4)<br>10.92 (277.4)<br>7.20 (182.9)<br>30.00 (762.0)<br>1.88 (47.8)<br>31 (14)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>37.50 (952.5)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>40 (18)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>37.53 (953.3)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>37 (17)<br>—<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>38.81 (985.8)<br>11.06 (280.9)<br>10.94 (277.9)<br>34.00 (863.6)<br>2.28 (57.9)<br>53 (24)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>60 (27)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>53 (24)<br>—<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>45.88 (1165.4)<br>14.31 (363.5)<br>12.38 (314.5)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.91 (48.5)<br>81 (37)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>84 (38)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>81 (37)<br>—<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>61.22 (1555.0)<br>21.44 (544.6)<br>15.41 (391.4)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>178 (81)<br>—<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>175 (79)<br>—<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>170 (77)<br>—<br>**JNDN1200**|



**Type 1 Surface Mounted** 

## **Type 3R Rainproof** 

## **Type 12, 12K Dustproof** 

**==> picture [372 x 135] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E E C E C<br>B C<br>ON<br>D A D ON<br>A OFF OFF<br>D A<br>B<br>B<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-442** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Direct Current Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-445**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-446**<br>**V4-T2-453**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-455**<br>**V4-T2-456**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-457**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-470**|



**2** 

## **Direct Current Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

DC (direct current) systems and applications are becoming commonplace as alternative energy sources have expanded and the number of DC devices and data centers using DC power has swelled. 

Eaton offers molded case circuit breakers and switches to meet circuit protection and switching requirements for a host of different DC end user requirements. Applications include UPS battery supply circuits, solar systems and electric vehicle charging, as well as commercial and industrial distribution. 

Current ratings are available from 15 to 3000 A, with a full scale of voltage and interrupting ratings to address needs ranging from standard to the highest performance. Optional internal accessories provide remote tripping and indication of breaker status. 

The DC breaker family is UL 489 listed and exceeds the requirements in UL 489 Supplement SC for UPS applications. Eaton breakers may be applied in both ungrounded and select grounded applications, with poles connected in series to operate at the maximum voltages shown on **Page V4-T2-444** . To use DC circuit breakers on 600 V grounded systems, three poles in series must be connected on the ungrounded leg. 

All DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC frame equivalents, except for the NBDC breaker, which uses the same internal and external accessories as the standard NB frame. 

The HFDDC through HMDLDC and EG to RG DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC Frame equivalents. NBDC uses the same internal and external accessories as standard NB breakers. 

Many of the Eaton AC molded case circuit breakers carry 250 Vdc ratings for ungrounded systems. Refer to **Pages V4-T2-113** and **V4-T2-222** for these interrupting tables. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-443** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## _**Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|||**Interrupting**|**Capacity (kA)**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Volts DC**1|**Poles in**||**Poles in**|||**Poles in**||**Poles in**|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**125**|**Series**|**250**2|**Series**|**500**|**600**|**Series**|**750**2|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|1|35|2|35|—|3|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|1<br>1|42<br>50|2<br>2|50<br>65|—<br>—|3<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HFDDC|225|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|42|4|
|JGEDC|250|35|1|35|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|42|1|42|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|HKDDC|400|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|LGEDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|LGSDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|LGHDC|600|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HLDDC|600|42|1|50|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|HLDDC3<br>HMDLDC|1200<br>800|42<br>42|1<br>1|50<br>50|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>35|—<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|NBDC|1200|42|1|50|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|RGHDC|3000|42|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|



## **IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**125 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**250 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**600 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|10|1|10|10|2|—|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|35<br>42|1<br>1|35<br>42|35<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|JGEDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|42|42|1|42|42|2|—|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|LGEDC|600|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|LGSDC<br>LGHDC|600<br>600|22<br>42|22<br>42|1<br>1|22<br>42|22<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HLDDC|600|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|HMDLDC|800|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489. 

> 2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150 A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings. 

> 3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel. 

See **Page V4-T2-455** for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-444** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **DC Circuit Breaker** 

## **HFDDC 3 150 W** 

||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||
|**Frame**|||||||||||||
|**EGEDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Unit Ampere Rating**||||||**S**|
|**EGSDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**1**= Single-pole|||**015**= 15 A||||||**K**|
|**EGHDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**2**= Two-pole|||**020**= 20 A||||||**L**|
|**HFDDC**=Series C—F (225 A max.)|||**3**= Three-pole|||**025**= 25 A|||||||
|**JGEDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)|||**4**= Four-pole|||**030**= 30 A|||||||
|**JGSDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**035**= 35 A||||||**S**|
|**JGHDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**040**= 40 A||||||**F**|
|**HJDDC**=Series C—J (250 A max.)||||||**045**= 45 A||||||**F**|
|**HKDDC**=Series C—K (400 A max.)||||||**050**= 50 A||||||**F**|
|**LGEDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**060**= 60 A||||||**F**|
|**LGSDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**070**= 70 A||||||**K**|
|**LGHDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**080**= 80 A||||||**K**|
|**HLDDC**=Series C—L (1200 A max.)||||||**090**= 90 A|||||||
|**HMDLDC**=Series C—M (800 A max.)||||||**100**= 100 A|||||||
|**NBDC**=NB (1200 A max.)||||||**110**= 110 A|||||||
|**RGHDC**=Series G—R (3000 A max.)||||||**125**= 125 A|||||||
|||||||**150**= 150 A|||||||
|||||||**175**= 175 A|||||||
|||||||**200**= 200 A|||||||
|||||||**225**= 225 A|||||||
|||||||**250**= 250 A|||||||
|||||||**300**= 300 A|||||||
|||||||**350**= 350 A|||||||
|||||||**400**= 400 A|||||||
|||||||**450**= 450 A|||||||
|||||||**500**= 500 A|||||||
|||||||**600**= 600 A|||||||
|||||||**700**= 700 A|||||||
|||||||**800**= 800 A|||||||
|||||||**900**= 900 A|||||||
|||||||**1000**=1000 A|||||||
|||||||**1200**=1200 A|||||||
|||||||**1600**=1600 A|||||||
|||||||**2000**=2000 A|||||||
|||||||**2500**=2500 A|||||||
|||||||**3000**=3000 A|||||||



## **Suffix** 

## **Series C, NB Frames** 

**K** = Molded case switch 

**L** = Line and load terminals, F-Frame 

**MW** = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals 

**W** = Without terminals 

## **Series G Frames** 

**FFG** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FFW** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals **FAG** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FAW** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals **KSG** = Molded case switch, with terminals **KSW** = Molded case switch, without terminals 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-445** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

## **Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>25<br>**EGEDC3025FFG**<br>**EGEDC3025FFW**<br>30<br>**EGEDC3030FFG**<br>**EGEDC3030FFW**<br>35<br>**EGEDC3035FFG**<br>**EGEDC3035FFW**<br>40<br>**EGEDC3040FFG**<br>**EGEDC3040FFW**<br>45<br>**EGEDC3045FFG**<br>**EGEDC3045FFW**<br>50<br>**EGEDC3050FFG**<br>**EGEDC3050FFW**<br>60<br>**EGEDC3060FFG**<br>**EGEDC3060FFW**<br>70<br>**EGEDC3070FFG**<br>**EGEDC3070FFW**<br>80<br>**EGEDC3080FFG**<br>**EGEDC3080FFW**<br>90<br>**EGEDC3090FFG**<br>**EGEDC3090FFW**<br>100<br>**EGEDC3100FFG**<br>**EGEDC3100FFW**|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||25<br>**EGHDC3025FFG**<br>**EGHDC3025FFW**|
||30<br>**EGHDC3030FFG**<br>**EGHDC3030FFW**|
||35<br>**EGHDC3035FFG**<br>**EGHDC3035FFW**|
||40<br>**EGHDC3040FFG**<br>**EGHDC3040FFW**|
||45<br>**EGHDC3045FFG**<br>**EGHDC3045FFW**|
||50<br>**EGHDC3050FFG**<br>**EGHDC3050FFW**|
||60<br>**EGHDC3060FFG**<br>**EGHDC3060FFW**|
||70<br>**EGHDC3070FFG**<br>**EGHDC3070FFW**|
||80<br>**EGHDC3080FFG**<br>**EGHDC3080FFW**|
||90<br>**EGHDC3090FFG**<br>**EGHDC3090FFW**|
||100<br>**EGHDC3100FFG**<br>**EGHDC3100FFW**|



## **Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**with Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|25|**EGSDC3025FFG**|**EGSDC3025FFW**|
|30<br>35|**EGSDC3030FFG**<br>**EGSDC3035FFG**|**EGSDC3030FFW**<br>**EGSDC3035FFW**|
|40|**EGSDC3040FFG**|**EGSDC3040FFW**|
|45|**EGSDC3045FFG**|**EGSDC3045FFW**|
|50|**EGSDC3050FFG**|**EGSDC3050FFW**|
|60|**EGSDC3060FFG**|**EGSDC3060FFW**|
|70|**EGSDC3070FFG**|**EGSDC3070FFW**|
|80<br>90|**EGSDC3080FFG**<br>**EGSDC3090FFG**|**EGSDC3080FFW**<br>**EGSDC3090FFW**|
|100|**EGSDC3100FFG**|**EGSDC3100FFW**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-446** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **HFDDC** 

## **Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|15<br>20|**HFDDC1015L**<br>**HFDDC1020L**|**HFDDC2015L**<br>**HFDDC2020L**|**HFDDC3015L**<br>**HFDDC3020L**|**HFDDC4015L**<br>**HFDDC4020L**|
|25|**HFDDC1025L**|**HFDDC2025L**|**HFDDC3025L**|**HFDDC4025L**|
|30|**HFDDC1030L**|**HFDDC2030L**|**HFDDC3030L**|**HFDDC4030L**|
|35|**HFDDC1035L**|**HFDDC2035L**|**HFDDC3035L**|**HFDDC4035L**|
|40|**HFDDC1040L**|**HFDDC2040L**|**HFDDC3040L**|**HFDDC4040L**|
|45|**HFDDC1045L**|**HFDDC2045L**|**HFDDC3045L**|**HFDDC4045L**|
|50<br>60|**HFDDC1050L**<br>**HFDDC1060L**|**HFDDC2050L**<br>**HFDDC2060L**|**HFDDC3050L**<br>**HFDDC3060L**|**HFDDC4050L**<br>**HFDDC4060L**|
|70|**HFDDC1070L**|**HFDDC2070L**|**HFDDC3070L**|**HFDDC4070L**|
|80|**HFDDC1080L**|**HFDDC2080L**|**HFDDC3080L**|**HFDDC4080L**|
|90|**HFDDC1090L**|**HFDDC2090L**|**HFDDC3090L**|**HFDDC4090L**|
|100|**HFDDC1100L**|**HFDDC2100L**|**HFDDC3100L**|**HFDDC4100L**|
|110|**HFDDC1110L**|**HFDDC2110L**|**HFDDC3110L**|**HFDDC4110L**|
|125|**HFDDC1125L**|**HFDDC2125L**|**HFDDC3125L**|**HFDDC4125L**|
|150|**HFDDC1150L**|**HFDDC2150L**|**HFDDC3150L**|**HFDDC4150L**|
|175|**—**|**HFDDC2175L**|**HFDDC3175L**|**—**|
|200|**—**|**HFDDC2200L**|**HFDDC3200L**|**—**|
|225|**—**|**HFDDC2225L**|**HFDDC3225L**|**—**|



**2** 

## **Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**2|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|70|**JGEDC3070FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
|90|**JGEDC3090FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100|**JGEDC3100FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**|**T250FJ**|
|125|**JGEDC3125FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGEDC3150FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGEDC3175FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGEDC3200FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGEDC3225FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGEDC3250FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For breaker without terminals, replace “L” with “W” at end of catalog number. 

- 2   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-447** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|70|**JGSDC3070FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
|90|**JGSDC3090FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100<br>125|**JGSDC3100FAG**<br>**JGSDC3125FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**<br>**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**<br>**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGSDC3150FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGSDC3175FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGSDC3200FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGSDC3225FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGSDC3250FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



## **Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **JGHDC3250NN Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|70<br>"|**JGHDC3070FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
|90<br>100<br>125|**JGHDC3090FAG**<br>**JGHDC3100FAG**<br>**JGHDC3125FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**<br>**JT3100FA**<br>**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGHDC3150FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGHDC3175FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGHDC3200FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGHDC3225FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGHDC3250FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



**==> picture [37 x 3] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
"<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **HJDDC3250 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>~~ee~~|
|70<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3070T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>90<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3090T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>100<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3100T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>125<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3125T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>~~SSS~~||||
|150|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3150T**|**TA250KB**|
|175|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3175T**|**TA250KB**|
|200|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3200T**|**TA250KB**|
|225|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3225T**|**TA250KB**|
|250|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3250T**|**TA250KB**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-448** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **HKDDC3400** 

## **Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>100<br>**HKDDC3400F**<br>**KT3100T**<br>**TA300K**<br>~~ue~~||||
|125|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**|
|150<br>175|**HKDDC3400F**<br>**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3150T**<br>**KT3175T**|**TA300K**<br>**TA300K**|
|200|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**|
|225|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**|
|250|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**|
|300|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**|
|350|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**|
|400|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**2|



## **LGEDC3630NN** 

## **Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1<br>**Catalog**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**LGEDC3250FAG**<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**LGEDC3630NN**<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**LT3250FA**<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**TA350LK**<br>————SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|
|300|**LGEDC3300FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350|**LGEDC3350FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**|**TA350LK**|
|400|**LGEDC3400FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
|500|**LGEDC3500FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
|600|**LGEDC3600FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|



## **Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|**Number**<br>———_—SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS|
|250|**LGSDC3250FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGSDC3300FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350|**LGSDC3350FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**|**TA350LK**|
|400|**LGSDC3400FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
|500<br>600|**LGSDC3500FAG**<br>**LGSDC3600FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**<br>**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**<br>**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2<br>**3TA632LK**2|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

2   Three-pole kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-449** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

**2** 

## **HLDDC** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGHDC3250FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGHDC3300FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350<br>400|**LGHDC3350FAG**<br>**LGHDC3400FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**<br>**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**<br>**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**<br>**TA350LK**|
|500|**LGHDC3500FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
|600|**LGHDC3600FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|



## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|300<br>350|**HLDDC3600F**<br>**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3300T**<br>**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**<br>**TA602LD**|
|400|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**|
|450|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3450T**|**TA602LD**|
|500|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**|
|600|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**2|



## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc**[34] 

|**Maximum**|**Complete**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|600|**HLDDC20600**|
|700<br>800|**HLDDC20700**<br>**HLDDC20800**|
|900|**HLDDC20900**|
|1000|**HLDDC21000**|
|1200|**HLDDC21200**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

- 2   Three-pole kit. 

- 3   Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. 

- 4   Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parallel. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-450** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **HMDLDC3800F** 

## **Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3350T**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**|



**2** 

**Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**<br>**Assembled without Terminals**2|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Includes Magnetic**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>~~VV~~|**Number**<br>~~VV~~|**Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%**<br>~~VV~~|**Number**<br>~~VV~~|
|700|**NBDC3700MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|800|**NBDC3800MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|900|**NBDC3900MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|1000|**NBDC31000MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|1200|**NBDC31200MW**|Included|**TA1200NB1**|



## **RGHDC3300FFWM** 

**Type RGHDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

||**Complete Circuit Breaker**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**||
|---|---|---|---|
|E<br>.<br>.<br>:|**Factory Assembled**2|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>_<br>||**Imperial Termination**<br>**Threading**|**Metric Termination**<br>**Threading**|**Includes Magnetic**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Trip Unit Calibrated**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**at 135%**|
|1600<br>.<br>'|**RGHDC3160FFWE**|**RGHDC3160FFWM**|Included|
|2000|**RGHDC3200FFWE**|**RGHDC3200FFWM**|Included|
|2500|**RGHDC3250FFWE**|**RGHDC3250FFWM**|Included|
|3000|**RGHDC3300FFWE**|**RGHDC3300FFWM**|Included|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately. 

- 2   Six rear connectors included as standard that match terminal threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-451** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals Included**<br>**Standard Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|100<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0<br>2.5–50<br>3<br>**3TA125EF**|
|HFDDC|20<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–10 (1)<br>2.5–4 (1)<br>3<br>**3T20FB**|
||100<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0 (1)<br>2.5–50 (1)<br>3<br>**3T100FB**|
||225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FD**|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|250<br>Stainless steel<br>Cu<br>4–350 (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T250FJ**|
|HJDDC|250<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–350 kcmil (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA250KB**|
|HKDDC|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||350<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA400K**|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350LK**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>1<br>**TA632L**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA632LK**|
|HLDDC|500<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–350 kcmil (2)<br>95–150 (2)<br>1<br>**TA602LD**|
||600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>400–500 kcmil (2)<br>185–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|HMDLDC|600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|NBDC|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||900<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1000<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4/0–500 kcmil (4)<br>120–240 (4)<br>1<br>**TA1200NB1**|



**Note:** RGHDC breakers include six rear connectors as standard. 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**(Volts DC)**<br>**Poles in**<br>**Series**<br>**With Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Without Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**600 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3100KL**<br>**HFDDC3100KW**|
|150|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3150KL**<br>**HFDDC3150KW**|
|225|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3225KL**<br>**HFDDC3225KW**|
|250|65<br>3<br>**JGKDC3250KSG**<br>**JGKDC3250KSW**|
|250|42<br>3<br>**HJDDC3250K**<br>**HJDDC3250KW**|
|400|35<br>3<br>**HKDDC3400K**<br>**HKDDC3400KW**|
||65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3400KSG**<br>**LGKDC3400KSW**|
|600|65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3630KSG**<br>**LGKDC3630KSW**|
||35<br>3<br>**HLDDC3600K**<br>**HLDDC3600WK**|
|800|35<br>3<br>**HMDLDC3800K**<br>**HMDLDC3800WK**|
|**500 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|65<br>3<br>**EGK3100KSG**<br>**EGK3100KSW**|
|**250 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2100KL**<br>**HFDDC2100KW**|
|150|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2150KL**<br>**HFDDC2150KW**|
|225|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2225KL**<br>**HFDDC2225KW**|
|1200|50<br>1<br>**HLDDC21200K**1<br>**HLDDC21200WK**1|
|**_Note_**<br>1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel.||



**V4-T2-452 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

**2** 

## **Field Installation Kits** 

|||||**JGEDC,**<br>**JGSDC,**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**JGHDC**|||||||
||**Factory**||**EGEDC,**|**LGEDC,**|||||||
|**Description**|**Installation**<br>**(HFDDC)**|**HFDDC**1|**EGSDC,**<br>**EGHDC**|**LGSDC,**<br>**LGHDC**|**HJDDC**|**HKDDC**|**HLDDC**|**HMDLDC**|**NBDC**|**RGHDC**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting**<br>Auxiliary switch|||||||||||
|1A-1B<br>2A-2B|A06<br>A13|A1X1PK<br>A2X1RPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|A1X2PK<br>A2X2PK|A1X3PK<br>A2X3PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|4980D16G05<br>4980D16G06|—<br>A2X6RPK|
|Alarm switch<br>1 make/1 break|B06|A1L1RPK|ALM1M1BEPK|ALM1M1BJPK|A1L2RPK|A1L3RPK|A1L4RPK|A1L4RPK|—|A1L6RPK|
|Auxiliary and alarm combo<br>1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05||AAL1RPK|AUXALRMEPK|AUXALRMJPK|AAL2RPK|AAL3RPK|AA114RPK|AA114RPK|—|—|
|**Left-Pole Mounting**|||||||||||
|Shunt trip|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT012CPK|SNT012CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G14|—|
|24 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT024CPK|SNT024CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G13|SNT6P03K2|
|48 Vdc|S06|SNT1LP08K|SNT4860CPK|SNT4860CPK|SNT2P06K|SNT3P06K|SNT4LP23K|SNT4LP23K|2606D58G12|SNT6P23K2|
|60 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|S06<br>S10|SNT1LP08K<br>SNT1LP12K|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT2P06K<br>SNT2P11K|SNT3P06K<br>SNT3P11K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|2606D58G11<br>2606D58G10|SNT6P23K2<br>SNT6P23K2|
|250 Vdc|S14|SNT1LP18K|—|—|SNT2P14K|SNT3P14K|SNT4LP14K|SNT4LP14K|2606D58G09|SNT6P14K|
|120 Vac|S06|SNT1LP12K|SNT120CPK|SNT120CPK|SNT2P11K|SNT3P11K|SNT4LP11K|SNT4LP11K|2060D58G05|SNT6P11K2|
|Undervoltage release|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|UVH1LP20K|UVR012DPK|UVR012DPK|UVH2LP20K|UVH3LP20K|UVH4LP20K|UVH4LP20K|372D032G06|UVH6RP20K2|
|24 Vdc|U34|UVH1LP21K|UVR024DPK|UVR024DPK|UVH2LP21K|UVH3LP21K|UVH4LP21K|UVH4LP21K|372D032G07|UVH6RP21K2|
|48 Vdc|U38|UVH1LP22K|UVR048DPK|UVR048DPK|UVH2LP22K|UVH3LP22K|UVH4LP22K|UVH4LP22K|372D032G08|UVH6RP23K2|
|125 Vdc|U42|UVH1LP26K|UVR125DPK|UVR125DPK|UVH2LP26K|UVH3LP26K|UVH4LP26K|UVH4LP26K|372D032G09|UVH6RP26K2|
|250 Vdc<br>120 Vac|U46<br>U14|UVH1LP28K<br>UVH1LP08K|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVH2LP28K<br>UVH2LP08K|UVH3LP28K<br>UVH3LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|372D032G10<br>373D632G05|UVH6RP28K2<br>UVH6RP08K2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

> 2 Right-pole mounted. 

One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-453** 

2.5 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## _**Jumpers**_ 

Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

## **HFDDC Frame** 

|**HFDDC Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|



## **JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames** 

|**JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
|**HKDDC Frame**|||
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|



## **LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames** 

|**LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-454** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## _**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12] 

**2** 

## **250 Vdc Maximum—Two Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [22 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [33 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

## **500 Vdc or 600 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [38 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

**==> picture [155 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **750 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [34 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

**==> picture [21 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [156 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 

> 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-455** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **DC Breaker Dimensions** 

|**Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Width**<br>**Height**<br>**Depth**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|3<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|HFDDC|1<br>1.38 (35.1)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||2<br>2.75 (70.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||4<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|3<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>3.57 (90.7)|
|HJDDC|2, 3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HKDDC|2, 3<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|3<br>5.48 (139.2)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.09 (103.9)|
|600 A Max. HLDDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|1200 A Max. HLDDC|4<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HMDLDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|NBDC|3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)|
|RGHDC|3<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-456** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**==> picture [124 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [189 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
600 Vdc Per-Pole 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-437** Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-443** PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-458** Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-458** Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-458** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-459** Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-461** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-465** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-468** Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-469** E[2] Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-470** 

**2** 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series** 

## **Product Overview** 

- Two PVGard lineups 

- 600 Vdc per-pole breaker and switch. Each pole rated 600 Vdc 

- 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breaker and switch. Requires poles in series connection 

- Both options UL 489B listed for solar photovoltaic circuit protection 

- 50 °C calibration 

- Offers both 100% and 80% rated breakers 

- Handle bi-directional current flow 

## **Product Description** 

Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric grid. Within the balance of system (BOS), direct current (DC) circuit breakers protect the wiring connected from the PV modules to the combiner or the inverter, while also behaving as a disconnect. 

Eaton is a global leader in circuit protection and brings this expertise to bear in the photovoltaic market. PVGard solar circuit breakers are part of a product family that combines a disconnect with circuit protection in a single, compact, resettable device to protect and isolate DC circuits as needed in photovoltaic systems. PVGard breakers can replace fuses, fuse holders and disconnects in combiner box and inverter applications— saving space, streamlining design, purchasing and receiving, and reducing spare parts requirements. 

There are two PVGard lineups to choose from: the industryexclusive, 600 Vdc per-pole breakers and switches designed for residential and light commercial applications and 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches for commercial and utility scale applications. 

## _**PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Lineup**_ 

Only Eaton can offer this breakthrough breaker that will save significant space, time and cost. As a single-circuitper-pole device, it allows space savings of up to 66% when compared to traditional poles-in-series disconnects, switches and breakers. In addition, it eliminates the need for jumpers for poles-inseries connection—saving on installation time, labor and even inventory. 

## _**PVGard 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Lineup**_ 

This 1000 Vdc poles-in-series lineup provides reliable and safe disconnect means and overcurrent protection in a single, compact device for commercial and utility scale PV systems. This solution does not require jumpers with the breaker/switch to be a UL 489B listed device, providing reliability and flexibility in design without limitation on implementation of the breaker/switch. If needed, cost-effective Eaton jumpers can be included. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-457** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Application Description** 

Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun **2** into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric **2** grid. PVGard circuit breakers are used to protect the wiring **2** from the modules to the combiner box or inverter from **2** overcurrents, and to provide an isolation mechanism. 

Eaton offers a complete line of UL 489 Listed multi-purpose 600 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches, as well as protection for the AC side of the inverter. Refer to **Page V4-T2-443** for 600 Vdc breakers and **Page V4-T2-110** for AC breaker selection. 

## **Features** 

PVGard breakers are uniquely designed with these features: 

- Meets the higher voltage and lower fault current levels of solar systems 

- Tested to extreme ambient conditions from –40ºC to +90ºC 

- Full complement of accessories for status, signalling, and on/off operation remotely 

- Can handle bi-directional flow of current 

- Can be applied in grounded, ungrounded or bi-polar systems 

- Meets and exceeds the standards of UL 489B for photovoltaic molded case circuit breakers and molded case switches 

- Available both standard (80%-rated) and 100%rated breakers 

- 50ºC calibration 

- Ability to open on signal from DC arc or ground fault detector 

- Wide range of current ratings increases options for matching incoming strings 

Designed specifically for high- and low-temperature demands of PV installations, PVGard circuit breakers undergo extreme ambient cycling tests, and carry a robust operating temperature range. Trip units calibrate at 100% and 80% of nameplate current in a 50ºC ambient, ensuring continuous operation in higher temperature environments typical to solar. 

Rigorous third-party testing includes limited and standard fault current tests, electrical and mechanical endurance, di-electric voltage withstand and temperature tests. Eaton’s PVGard products are stand-alone devices without requiring jumpers to be UL 489B listed devices. 

PVGard breakers are available with a full complement of accessories to provide string status, enable remote trip, on/off operation, and can be customized to site requirements. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection 

   - UL File E350638, Category Control Number DIUR 

- Eliminates fuse stocking costs and matching issues 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-458** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-463** . For complete internal and external accessories, see accessory section of each frame. 

**JG PVS Frame, 250 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA**[1] 

## **JG PVS Frame** 

**2** 

|o20%0|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**<br>**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
||90<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3090W**<br>**CJGPVS3090W**<br>100<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3100W**<br>**CJGPVS3100W**|
|125<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3125W**<br>**CJGPVS3125W**<br>150<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3150W**<br>**CJGPVS3150W**<br>mt i ——4<br>sa ~~SN~~<br>~~©~~<br>~~oo~~<br>~~ee~~||
|ene)|175<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3175W**<br>**CJGPVS3175W**<br> ~~On~~|
||200<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3200W**<br>**CJGPVS3200W**|
||225<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3225W**<br>**CJGPVS3225W**|
||250<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**JGPVS3250W**<br>**CJGPVS3250W**|



## **KD PVS Frame** 

**KD PVS Frame, 400 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 3 kA**[1] 

|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>100|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**<br>3|**Trip Unit**<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**KDPVS3100W**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**CKDPVS3100W**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|125|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3125W**|**CKDPVS3125W**|
|150|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3150W**|**CKDPVS3150W**|
|175|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3175W**|**CKDPVS3175W**|
|200|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3200W**|**CKDPVS3200W**|
|225<br>250<br>300|3<br>3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3225W**<br>**KDPVS3250W**<br>**KDPVS3300W**|**CKDPVS3225W**<br>**CKDPVS3250W**<br>**CKDPVS3300W**|
|350<br>400|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3350W**<br>**KDPVS3400W**|**CKDPVS3350W**<br>**CKDPVS3400W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Terminals not included with frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-459** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

**2** 

## Specialty Breakers 

Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-463** . 

## **FD PV Frame** 

## **FD PV Frame, 100 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA**[1] 

|||||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|eee|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>~~el~~|**Poles in Series**<br>~~el~~|**Trip Unit**<br>~~el~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~el~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~el~~|
||30<br>40|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4030W**<br>**FDPV4040W**|**CFDPV4030W**<br>**CFDPV4040W**|
|tT<br>ee©~~AAA~~|50<br>60<br>~~AAA~~|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4050W**<br>**FDPV4060W**|**CFDPV4050W**<br>**CFDPV4060W**|
||70|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4070W**|**CFDPV4070W**|
||80<br>90|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4080W**<br>**FDPV4090W**|**CFDPV4080W**<br>**CFDPV4090W**|
||100|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**FDPV4100W**|**CFDPV4100W**|



## **KD PV Frame** 

## **KD PV Frame, 350 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1] 

|**80% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>125<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4125W**<br>150<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4150W**<br>175<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4175W**<br>~~TTT~~|**80% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>125<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4125W**<br>150<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4150W**<br>175<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4175W**<br>~~TTT~~|**80% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>125<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4125W**<br>150<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4150W**<br>175<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4175W**<br>~~TTT~~|**80% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>125<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4125W**<br>150<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4150W**<br>175<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**KDPV4175W**<br>~~TTT~~|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**CKDPV4125W**<br>**CKDPV4150W**<br>**CKDPV4175W**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|200|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4200W**|**CKDPV4200W**|
|225|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4225W**|**CKDPV4225W**|
|250|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4250W**|**CKDPV4250W**|
|300<br>350|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4300W**<br>**KDPV4350W**|**CKDPV4300W**<br>**CKDPV4350W**|



## **LG PV Frame** 

## **LG PV Frame, 400 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1] 

||||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>~~a~~|**Poles in Series**<br>~~a~~|**Trip Unit**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>~~a~~|
|~~a~~|~~a~~|~~a~~|~~a~~|~~a~~|
|250|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4250W**|**CLGPV4250W**|
|300|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4300W**|**CLGPV4300W**|
|350<br>400|4<br>4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4350W**<br>**LGPV4400W**|**CLGPV4350W**<br>**CLGPV4400W**|



## **MDL PV Frame** 

**MDL PV Frame, 600 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA**[1] 

|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**|
|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~SSS~~|
|300<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3300W**<br>**CMDLPV3300W**<br>350<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3350W**<br>**CMDLPV3350W**<br>400<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3400W**<br>**CMDLPV3400W**<br>450<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3450W**<br>**CMDLPV3450W**<br>~~ee~~|
|500<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3500W**<br>**CMDLPV3500W**|
|600<br>3<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**MDLPV3600W**<br>**CMDLPV3600W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Terminals not included with frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-460** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Available Accessories**_ 

- Auxiliary switch 

- Shunt trip 

- Electrical operator 

- Alarm lockout 

- Undervoltage release 

- Terminals 

- Lock-off devices 

- End cap kits 

- Rotary handle mechanisms 

- Flexible shaft handle mechanisms 

_**Optional modifications**_ 

- Freeze testing 

**Factory Modifications—Freeze Testing to –40ºC**[4] 

|**Factory Modifications**|**—Freeze Testing to –40ºC**4|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Modification Code**|
|FD PV|F01|
|JG PVS|F01|
|KD PV and KD PVS|F01|
|LG PV|F01|
|MDL PV|F01|
|Special calibration—contact Eaton for availability||



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

For complete internal and external accessories, see the accessory section of each frame. 

## **External Accessories** 

|**External Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Frame**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Imperial Base Mounting Hardware**||
|0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|FD PV<br>**BMH1**|
|0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3**|
|—|JG PVS<br>N/A|
|—|LG PV<br>N/A|
|0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and<br>lockwashers and flat washers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5**|
|**Metric Base Mounting Hardware**||
|M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers<br>|FD PV<br>**BMH1M**<br> <br>|
|M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3M**|
|—|JG PVS<br>Included1|
|—|LG PV<br>Included1|
|M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5M**|
|**Interphase Barriers**||
||FD PV<br>**IPB1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**IPB3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJIPBK** 2|
||LG PV<br>**IPB3**|
||MDL PV<br>**IPB4**|
|**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**||
||FD PV<br>**LKD1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**LKD3**|
||JG PVS<br>N/A|
||LG PV<br>N/A|
||MDL PV<br>**LKD4**|
|**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp **3||
||FD PV<br>**PLK1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**PLK3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJPHL**|
||LG PV<br>**LPHL**|
||MDL PV<br>**HLK4**|



Eaton’s DC molded case switches (MCS) are used in applications requiring a compact, high capacity disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc 

MCS are UL 489B listed and have automatic instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum Continuous**|**Interrupting**|**Poles in**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 50 °C**|**Capacity Vdc**|**Series**|**Number**|
|**1000 Vdc Maximum**||||
|100|3000|4|**FDPV4100KW**|
|200|5000|4|**KDPV4200KW**|
|250|5000|4|**KDPV4250KW**|
|350|5000|4|**KDPV4350KW**|
|400|5000|4|**LGPV4400KSW**|
|600|7500|3|**MDLPV3600KSW**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or a molded case switch (included with breaker). If required separately, order 66A2546G02. 

- 2 Individually priced. 

- 3 Locks in ON and OFF position. 

- 4 Add 20% to list price. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-461** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Internal Accessories—Right Pole Mounting** 

**2** 

||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**JG PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**KD PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**LG PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**MDL PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|
||**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|
|**Auxiliary Switch**|||||||||||
|1A-1B|A06|**A1X1PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X3PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X4PK**|
|2A-2B<br>**Alarm Switch**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X3PK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|1 make/1 break|B06|**A1L1RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPKL**|B06|**A1L3RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPK**|B06|**A1L4RPK**|
|**Auxiliary and Alarm Combo**|||||||||||
|1A-1B, 1 make/1 break|C05|**AAL1RPK**|B2w|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AAL3RPK**|B2|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AA114RPK**|



## **Internal Accessories—Left Pole Mounting** 

||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1||**JG PVS**||**KD PVS**||**LG PV**||**MDL PV**||
||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Shunt Trip**|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|24 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|48 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|60 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc|S10<br>S14|**SNT1LP12K**<br>**SNT1LP18K**|S5<br>—|**SNT125DPK**<br>**—**|S10<br>S14|**SNT3P11K**<br>**SNT3P14K**|S2<br>**—**|**SNT120CPK**<br>**—**|S42<br>S14|**SNT4LP26K**<br>**SNT4LP14K**|
|120 Vac|S10|**SNT1LP12K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT3P11K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT4LP11K**|
|**Undervoltage**|**Release**||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|**UVH1LP20K**|—|—|T02|**UVH3LP20K**|U1|**UVR012DPK**|T02|**UVH4LP20K**|
|24 Vdc|U34|**UVH1LP21K**|U2|**UVR024CPK**|T02|**UVH3LP21K**|U2|**UVR024DPK**|T06|**UVH4LP21K**|
|48 Vdc|U38|**UVH1LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH3LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH4LP22K**|
|60 Vdc|—|—|U4|**UVR048DPK**|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|125 Vdc|U42|**UVH1LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH3LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH4LP26K**|
|250 Vdc|U46|**UVH1LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH3LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH4LP28K**|
|120 Vac|U14|**UVH1LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH3LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH4LP08K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the FD PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-462** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|
|---|---|---|
|FD PV|50|Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4 (1)<br>2.5–25 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA50FB**|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK3** Includes 3P terminal cover|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK**<br>Includes 3P terminal cover<br>Replacement use only|
||100|Copper<br>Cu<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3T225FD**|
|JG PVS|250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>#8–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**TA250FJ**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>1<br>**3TA251FJK1**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>2<br>**3TA251FJK2**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>#4–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**T250FJ**|
|KD PV<br>KD PVS|225|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4TA400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2/0–250 kcmil (2) or 2/0–500 kcmil (1)<br>70–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**|
||300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||225|Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T300K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4T400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||300|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
|LG PV|400|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350LK**|
||400|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4T632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
|MDL PV|300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||600|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|**Endcap Kits**<br>**Breaker Frame**||**Number of Poles**<br>**Thread Type**<br>**Thread Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>10–32<br>**KPEK14**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–5<br>**KPEKM14**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**FJ3RTDK**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**FJ3RTWK**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>0.312–18<br>**KPEK34**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–8<br>**KPEKM34**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**KPEK3**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**KPEKM3**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**N/A**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M-10<br>**L4RTWK**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>—<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>—|
|FD PV|||
|JG PVS|||
|KD PV|||
|KD PVS|||
|LG PV|||
|MDL PV|||



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit. 

> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-463** 

2.5 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## _**Jumpers**_ 

Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

## **FD PV Frame** 

|**FD PV Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|



## **JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames** 

|**JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
|**KD PV, KD PVM, KD PVMD Frames**|||
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|
|**LG PV Frame**|**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-464** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

   - Two PVGard lineups 

- Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 

- UL File EE350638, 

- ● Designed to meet UL 489B Category Control for solar photovoltaic circuit Number DIUR protection ● 

- 600 Vdc per-pole breaker 

- ● 100% rated of the and switch continuous current rating – 

- Each pole rated 

- ● 50 °C calibrated 600 Vdc 

- Can be applied in ● 1000 Vdc poles-in-series grounded, ungrounded or breaker and switch bi-polar systems – Requires poles in 

- bi-polar systems – Requires poles in 

- ● Ability to open on signal series connection from DC arc or ground fault detector 

**2** 

## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc Per-Pole**_ 

**PVGard 600 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|
|JG PVS|90|250|1.2|
|KD PVS|100|400|3|



## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series**_ 

## **PVGard 1000 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc** 

|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|**Series**|
|FD PV|30|100|3|4|
|KD PV|125|350|5|4|
|LG PV|250|400|5|4|
|MDL PV|300|600|7.5|3|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-465** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)** 

**2** 

||**JG PVS**|**JG PVS**|**JG PVS**||**KD PVS**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Number of 600 Vdc circuits|3||||3|
|Maximum voltage rating|600 Vdc||||600 Vdc|
|Ampere range|90–250 A||||100–400 A|
|Interrupting capacity at 600 Vdc|1.2 kA||||3 kA|
|Time constant|1 ms||||1 ms|
|Trip unit type|Thermal-magnetic||||Thermal-magnetic|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|8 kV<br>4 kV||||8 kV<br>4 kV|
|Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency|10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||6000<br>400<br>240 per hour|
|Third-party certification|UL 489B||||UL 489B|
|Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current|50 °C<br>93%<br>85%||||50 °C<br>93%<br>85%|
|Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity|–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing|
|Suitable for reverse-feed applications|Yes||||Yes|
|Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º||
|||90º||90º||
|||||||
|||||||
|||||||
|Connection diagrams||||||
|Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire|TA250FJ: (1) #8–350 kcmil||||TA300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
||3TA251FJK1: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/01||||TA350K: (1) 250–500 kcmil|
||3TA251FJK2: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/02||||TA403K: (2) 1/0–400 kcmil|
||||||3TA402K: (1) 500–750 kcmil3|
|Cu wire|T250FJ: (1) #4–350 kcmil||||T300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
|Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth|7.00 (177.8)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>3.57 (90.7)||||10.13 (257.3)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
|Weight in lbs|6.6||||11.42|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit. 

> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit. 

> 3 Not UL 489B recognized size for maximum of 400 A breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-466** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)** 

|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FD PV**<br>**KD PV**<br>**LG PV**<br>**MDL PV**||||||||
|Number of poles<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>3||||||||
|Maximum voltage rating<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc||||||||
|Maximum current rating<br>100 A<br>350 A<br>400 A<br>600 A||||||||
|Interrupting capacity at 1000 Vdc<br>3 kA<br>5 kA<br>5 kA<br>7.5 kA||||||||
|Time constant<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms||||||||
|Ampere range<br>15–100 A<br>125–350 A<br>250–400 A<br>300–600 A||||||||
|Trip unit type<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic||||||||
|Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV||||||||
|Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency<br>10,000<br>1000<br>300 per hour<br>10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||||||
|Third-party certification<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B||||||||
|Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%||||||||
|Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||||||
|Suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes|Yes|||Yes|Yes|||
|Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º|||90º|
||90º|||90º|90º||90º|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|||||||||
|Connection diagrams|Load (A)|||1|2<br>Load|||
|Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire<br>#6–300 kcmil<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil||||||||
|Cu wire<br>#4–4/0<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil||||||||
|Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>8.25 (209.5)<br>4.06 (103.1)||||||||
|Weight in lbs<br>6<br>20<br>20<br>29||||||||



**2** 

_**Notes**_ 

> 1 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

> 2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-467** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

||**Number of**<br>**Circuits in**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>JG PVS|**a Frame**<br>3|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Height**<br>7.00 (177.8)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|
|KD PVS|3|5.49 (139.4)|10.13 (257.2)|4.31 (109.6)|



## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series** 

||**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|FD PV|4|5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|KD PV|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|LG PV<br>MDL PV|4<br>3|7.22 (183.4)<br>8.25 (209.6)|10.13 (257.3)<br>16.00 (406.4)|4.09 (103.9)<br>4.06 (103.1)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-468** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

_**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12] 

**2** 

## **JF PVS, KD PVS—600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

**==> picture [34 x 43] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [43 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems. Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits. 

## **FD PV, KD PV, LG PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles-in-Series** 

**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [34 x 16] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

**==> picture [21 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [156 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **MDL PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series** 

Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 

- 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-469** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **E[2] Mining Service Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-437**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-443**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole||
|and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-457**|
|E2Mining Service Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-472**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-476**|
|Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-487**|
|Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-490**|



## **E[2] Mining Service Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

State-of-the-art E[2] mining service breakers incorporate the rigid specifications and testing procedures developed by a focus group led by engineers from several large coal companies and Eaton design engineers. Additionally, the performance of these breakers was proven and verified during hundreds of hours of field testing in harsh mine environments. 

E[2] mining breakers are available in 600 Vac, l000Y/ 577 Vac and 1200 Vac. Interchangeable trip units can be used on either 600 or 1000 Vac frames. 

The E[2] mining breaker family is designed especially for trailing cable application per MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field interchangeable electronic rms sensing trip units are available from 150 to 2000 amperes with instantaneous pickup settings conforming to the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. 

E[2] electronic trip units are the first to provide the mining industry with true rms sensing, made possible by the custom ASIC microprocessor in each electronic trip unit. 

E[2] breakers are designed to be physically and electrically interchangeable with Classic Mining Service Breakers and supersede Series C[®] Mining Service Breakers. The table to the right outlines direct replacements. 

|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Replacement Chart**|||**Replacement Chart**|||
|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2**|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2M**|
|FBM|FDBM|E2F|HFM|—|E2FM|
|HFBM|FDM|E2F|—|JDCM|E2JM|
||HFDM (mag. only)|E2F|HKAM|KDCM|E2KM|
|—|JDM|E2J|HLAM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAM|KDM|E2K|HLCM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAMH|KDM|E2K|HMAM|—|E2MM|
|LAM|LDM|E2L|HMCM|—|E2MM|
|LAMH|LDM|E2L|HNBM|—|E2NM|
|LCM|LDM|E2L|HNBMH|—|E2NM|
|LCMH|LDM|E2L|HNCM|—|E2NM|
|MAM|—|E2M|HLCLM|—|E2NM|
|MAMH|—|E2M|HPBM|—|E2RM 1|
|MCM|—|E2M||||
|MCMH|—|E2M||||
|NBM|—|E2N||||
|NBMH|—|E2N||||
|NCM|—|E2N||||
|NCMH|—|E2N||||



## **Additional Information on Mining Breakers** 

|**Source**|**Description**|
|---|---|
|TD01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data|
|BR01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure|
|TC01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves|
|www.eaton.com/mining|Mining and Metals|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-470** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

E[2] 225/400 A K frame and 400/600 A L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. 

Eaton’s mining service circuit breakers provide short-circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. 

## **Interrupting Capacity Rating** 

||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|||||**Vdc**1|
|**Breaker Type**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**1000Y/577**|**1200**|**250**|
|E2F|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2J|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2K|65|35|25|—|—|10|
|E2LME|100|65|35|—|—|42|
|E2L|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2M|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2N|65|50|25|—|—|—|
|E2R|125|65|50|—|—|—|
|E2FM|65|25|18|10|—|10|
|E2JM|65|35|18|10|—|22|
|E2KM|65|35|25|14|—|10|
|E2LMZ|100|65|35|10|—|42|
|E2LM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2MM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2NM2|—|50|25|25|—|—|
|E2RM|—|65|50|25|—|—|
|E2KW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2LW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2MW|—|—|—|12|12|—|



The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E[2] breaker that meets that setting. 

## **Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75** 

||**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**E2/E2M/E2W**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Conductor**<br>**Size**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Setting**|**75 °C Insulated**<br>**Conductor**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Only**|**Setting**|
|14<br>12|50<br>75|15<br>20|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 150 A|A<br>B|
|10<br>8|150<br>200|30<br>50|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 225 A|C<br>A|
|6|300|65|E2K 225 A|B|
|4|500|85|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|C/A|
|3|600|100|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|D/B|
|2|800|115|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|E/C|
|1|1000|130|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|F/D|
|1/0<br>2/0|1250<br>1500|150<br>175|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A<br>E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|G/E<br>H/F|
|3/0<br>4/0|2000<br>2500|200<br>230|E2L 400 A<br>E2L 400 A|G<br>H|
|250|2500|255|E2L 400 A|H|
|300|2500|285|E2L 400 A|H|
|350|2500|310|E2L 400 A|H|
|400|2500|335|E2L 400 A|H|
|500|2500|380|E2L 400 A|H|



**2** 

## **Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|



## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated. 

- 2 Series rated for application with Eaton’s E2KM and E2LM breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-471** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **E[2] Mining Service Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

**==> picture [499 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K E M 3 400 38 2 B20 W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2K Electronic Trip Optional Features W = No terminals<br>E2L E  [1 ] = Electronic trip  Magnetic Rating  B20  [2] = High load alarm Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2M (If Applicable)<br>E2NE2R  Blank = 600 Vac max. Voltage Current Ampere Rating Blank2 = High mag.= Standard mag.<br>M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. 100–2000<br>Trip Unit Function<br>M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>Number (magnetic only)<br>of Poles<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>3  = Three-pole 38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>maintenance mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **E[2] Mining Service 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [500 x 138] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
K E M 3 400 38 T 2 B20<br>Frame Size Optional Features<br>K Electronic Trip Magnetic Rating  B20  [1] = High load alarm<br>L E  = Electronic trip  Trip Unit (If Applicable)<br>M T Blank = Standard mag.<br>Voltage Current Ampere  2 = High mag.<br>M  = 600 V and 1000 V  Rating Trip Unit Function<br>interchangeable 100–2000 M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>(magnetic only)<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>Number<br>38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>of Poles<br>maintenance mode<br>3  = Three-pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All N- and R-Frame breakers equipped with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit. No “E” suffix required. 

> 2 Not available with instantaneous only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-472** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**E[2] Mining Service Breaker Frame Only**[1] 

**==> picture [470 x 228] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K M 3 400 F<br>Frame Size Frame<br>E2J Voltage Current Ampere  Designation<br>E2K Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Rating F<br>E2L M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles 70–800<br>E2M 3  = Three-pole<br> Mining Service Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit  [[1]]<br>E2K M 3 400 M K W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2F Voltage Magnetic Trip Range  W = No terminals<br>E2J Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Trip Unit Function Suffix Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2K M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L W [2] = 1200 Vac max. 3  = Three-pole Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M<br>Current Ampere<br>Rating<br>3–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**E[2] Mining Service Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[[1]] 

**2** 

**E[2] Mining Service Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [382 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K 3 400 T M A<br>Frame Size Magnetic Trip Range<br>E2J Number Trip Unit Function Suffix<br>E2K of Poles Current Ampere  Trip Unit M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L 3  = Three-pole Rating T Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M 70–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Does not apply to E2LME/LMZ. 

> 2 Only available in K-, L- and M-Frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-473** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|
||E2F/E2FM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.3|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.9|
||E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|0.96|
||||1.13|
||||1.25|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|0.94|
||||1.12|
||||1.21|
||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-474** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**<br>92<br>140<br>480<br>570<br>640<br>180<br>200<br>240<br>100<br>160<br>55<br>66<br>71<br>66<br>84<br>102<br>112<br>138<br>150<br>100<br>120<br>140<br>110<br>130<br>140<br>41<br>139<br>210<br>83<br>92<br>117<br>120<br>475<br>720<br>99<br>120<br>121|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|48 Vac<br>33.6<br>60 Vac<br>110 Vac<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|48 Vac<br>34<br>60 Vac|830|
||||||1280|
|||||110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
||208 Vac<br>146<br>220 Vac<br>230 Vac|||48 Vdc<br>34<br>60 Vdc|710|
||||||1105|
|||||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||48 Vdc<br>33.6<br>60 Vdc||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
|E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|330|
||||||390|
||||||430|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|370|
||||||440|
||||||480|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc<br>24 Vac|||||
||48 Vac<br>18<br>60 Vac|||||
|E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>24 Vdc|||||
||48 Vdc<br>18<br>60 Vdc|||||
||110 Vdc<br>82<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|||||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-475** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

**3 A–150 A** _**E[2] F/E[2] FM**_ 

## **E[2] F/E[2] FM** 

**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit—Include Line/Load Terminals, Non-Electronic Trip Units**[1] 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**250 Vdc**<br>**10 kA at 1000 Vac**|
||||**Three-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Complete Breaker**|**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br> ~~SY~~|||||
|15|—|—|**E2F3015**|**—**|
|20|—|—|**E2F3020**|**E2FM3020**|
|25<br>30|—<br>—|—<br>—|**E2F3025**<br>**E2F3030**|**E2FM3025**<br>**—**|
|35|—|—|**E2F3035**|**—**|
|40|—|—|**E2F3040**|**E2FM3040**|
|45|—|—|**E2F3045**|**—**|
|50|—|—|**E2F3050**|**E2FM3050**|
|60|—|—|**E2F3060**|**E2FM3060**|
|70|—|—|**E2F3070**|**E2FM3070**|
|80|—|—|**E2F3080**|**E2FM3080**|
|90|—|—|**E2F3090**|**E2FM3090**|
|100|—|—|**E2F3100**|**E2FM3100**|
|125|—|—|**E2F3125**|**E2FM3125**|
|150<br>**Magnetic Only**|—|—|**E2F3150**|**E2FM3150**|
|3|9–30|—|**E2F003AM**|**—**|
|7|21–70|—|**E2F007CM**|**—**|
|15|45–150|—|**E2F015EM**|**—**|
|30|90–300|—|**E2F030HM**|**—**|
||50–150|—|**E2F030EM**|**—**|
|50|150–500<br>66–190|—<br>—|**E2F050KM**<br>**E2F050YM**|**E2FM050KM**<br>**E2FM050YM**|
|70|210–700|—|**E2F070MM**|**E2FM070MM**|
|100|150–500|—|**E2F100KM**|**E2FM100KM**|
||300–1000|—|**E2F100RM**|**E2FM100RM**|
|150|450–1500|—|**E2F150TM**|**E2FM150TM**|
||750–2500|—|**E2F150UM**|**E2FM150UM**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   For two-pole application, use outer poles. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-476** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **70 A–250 A** 

## _**E[2] J/E[2] JM**_ 

## **E[2] J/E[2] JM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**10 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|70|300–650|**E2J3070T**|**E2J3070W**|**E2JM3070W**|
|90<br>100|450–900<br>500–1000|**E2J3090T**<br>**E2J3100T**|**E2J3090W**<br>**E2J3100W**|**E2JM3090W**<br>**E2JM3100W**|
|125|625–1250|**E2J3125T**|**E2J3125W**|**E2JM3125W**|
|150|750–1500|**E2J3150T**|**E2J3150W**|**E2JM3150W**|
|175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**E2J3175T**<br>**E2J3200T**|**E2J3175W**<br>**E2J3200W**|**E2JM3175W**<br>**E2JM3200W**|
|225|300–650|**E2J3225TA**|**E2J3225AW**|**E2JM3225AW**|
||500–1000|**E2J3225TD**|**E2J3225DW**|**E2JM3225DW**|
||1125–2250|**E2J3225T**|**E2J3225W**|**E2JM3225W**|
|250|1250–2500|**E2J3250T**|**E2J3250W**|**E2JM3250W**|
|**Magnetic Only**|||||
|250|300–650<br>450–900|**E2J3250TMA**<br>**E2J3250TMC**|**E2J3250MAW**<br>**E2J3250MCW**|**E2JM3250MAW**<br>**E2JM250MCW**|
||500–1000|**E2J3250TMD**|**E2J3250MDW**|**E2JM3250MDW**|
||625–1250|**E2J3250TMF**|**E2J3250MFW**|**E2JM3250MFW**|
||750–1500|**E2J3250TMG**|**E2J3250MGW**|**E2JM3250MGW**|
||875–1750|**E2J3250TMJ**|**E2J3250MJW**|**E2JM3250MJW**|
||1000–2000|**E2J3250TMK**|**E2J3250MKW**|**E2JM3250MKW**|
||1125–2250|**E2J3250TML**|**E2J3250MLW**|**E2JM3250MLW**|
||1250–2500|**E2J3250TM**|**E2J3250MW**|**E2JM3250MW**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2J3250F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2JM3250F** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-477** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **100 A–400 A** 

## _**E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW**_ 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

|**E2K/E2KM**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1200 Vac Maximum**|
|||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|**10 kA at 1200 Vac**|
||**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**34<br>**Complete Breaker**|
||**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
||100<br>500–1000<br>**E2K3100T**<br>**E2K3100W**<br>**E2KM3100W**<br>**E2KW3100W**<br>~~a~~||||||
||125|625–1250|**E2K3125T**|**E2K3125W**|**E2KM3125W**|**E2KW3125W**|
||150|750–1500|**E2K3150T**|**E2K3150W**|**E2KM3150W**|**E2KW3150W**|
||175|875–1750|**E2K3175T**|**E2K3175W**|**E2KM3175W**|**E2KW3175W**|
||200|1000–2000|**E2K3200T**|**E2K3200W**|**E2KM3200W**|**E2KW3200W**|
||225|300–650<br>500–1000|**E2K3225TA**<br>**E2K3225TD**|**E2K3225AW**<br>**E2K3225DW**|**E2KM3225AW**<br>**E2KM3225DW**|**E2KW3225AW**<br>**E2KW3225DW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2K3225T**|**E2K3225W**|**E2KM3225W**|**E2KW3225W**|
||250|1250–2500|**E2K3250T**|**E2K3250W**|**E2KM3250W**|**E2KW3250W**|
||300|1500–3000|**E2K3300T**|**E2K3300W**|**E2KM3300W**|**E2KW3300W**|
||320|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3320W**|
||350|1750–3500|**E2K3350T**|**E2K3350W**|**E2KM3350W**|**E2KW3350W**|
||400<br>**Magnetic Only**|2000–4000|**E2K3400T**|**E2K3400W**|**E2KM3400W**|**—**|
||400|300–650|**E2K3400TMA**|**E2K3400MAW**|**E2KM3250MAW**|**E2KW3250MAW**|
|||500–1000|**E2K3400TMD**|**E2K3400MDW**|**E2KM3400MDW**|**E2KW3350MDW**|
|||625–1250|**E2K3400TMF**|**E2K3400MFW**|**E2KM3400MFW**|**E2KW3350MFW**|
|||750–1500|**E2K3400TMG**|**E2K3400MGW**|**E2KM3400MGW**|**E2KW3350MGW**|
|||875–1750|**E2K3400TMJ**|**E2K3400MJW**|**E2KM3400MJW**|**E2KW3350MJW**|
|||1000–2000|**E2K3400TMK**|**E2K3400MKW**|**E2KM3400MKW**|**E2KW3350MKW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2K3400TML**|**E2K3400MLW**|**E2KM3400MLW**|**E2KW3350MLW**|
|||1250–2500|**E2K3400TMW**|**E2K3400MWW**|**E2KM3400MWW**|**E2KW3350MWW**|
|||1500–3000|**E2K3400TMN**|**E2K3400MNW**|**E2KM3400MNW**|**E2KW3350MNW**|
|||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3350MVW**|
|||1750–3500<br>2000–4000|**E2K3400TMR**<br>**E2K3400TM**|**E2K3400MRW**<br>**E2K3400MW**|**E2KM3400MRW**<br>**E2KM3400MW**|**E2KW3350MRW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2K3400F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2KM3400F** . 

- 3   1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only. 

- 4   Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-478** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **100 A–400 A** 

## _**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM**_ 

## **E[2] KM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|150|50–800|**KEM3150TM**|**E2KE3150MW**|**E2KEM3150MW**|
|225|200–1500<br>~~nnn~~|**KEM3225TM**<br>~~nnn~~|**E2KE3225MW**<br>~~nnn~~|**E2KEM3225MW**<br>~~nnn~~|
||500–2500|**KEM3225TM2**|**E2KE3225M2W**|**E2KEM3225M2W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400TM**|**E2KE3400MW**|**E2KEM3400MW**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400TM2**|**E2KE3400M2W**|**E2KEM3400M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|100|50–800|**KEM3100T**|**E2KE3100W**|**E2KEM3100W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM3125T**<br>**KEM3150T**|**E2KE3125W**<br>**E2KE3150W**|**E2KEM3125W**<br>**E2KEM3150W**|
|200|200–1500|**KEM3200T**|**E2KE3200W**|**E2KEM3200W**|
|225|200–1500|**KEM3225T**|**E2KE3225W**|**E2KEM3225**|
||500–2500|**KEM3225T2**|**E2KE32252W**|**E2KEM32252W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400T**|**E2KE3400W**|**E2KEM3400W**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400T2**|**E2KE34002W**|**E2KEM34002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3|||||
|100|50–800|**KEM310038T**|**E2KE310038W**|**E2KEM310038W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM312538T**<br>**KEM315038T**|**E2KE312538W**<br>**E2KE315038W**|**E2KEM312538W**<br>**E2KEM315038W**|
|200<br>225|200–1500<br>200–1500|**KEM320038T**<br>**KEM322538T**|**E2KE320038W**<br>**E2KE322538W**|**E2KEM320038W**<br>**E2KEM322538**|
||500–2500|**KEM322538T2**|**E2KE3225238W**|**E2KEM3225238W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM340038T**|**E2KE340038W**|**E2KEM340038W**|
||500–2500|**KEM340038T2**|**E2KE3400238W**|**E2KEM3400238W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2K3400F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2KM3400F** . 

- 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2KE340038B20W, KEM3400TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-479** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **160 A–400 A** 

## _**E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ (Series G)**_ 

## **Circuit Breakers** 

|**Circuit Breakers**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic Only**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|3600–4400|**LT3400KM**|**E2LME3400KMW**|**E2LMZ3400KMW**|
|**Interchangeable Electronic**|**Trip Unit**||||
|160|320–1920|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|200|400–2400|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|225|450–2700|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|250<br>300|500–3000<br>600–3600|**LT340031M**<br>**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**<br>**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**<br>**E2LMZ340031W**|
|315|630–3780|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|350|700–4200|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|400|800–4800|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Frame only: **E2LME3400NN** . 

> 2 Frame only: **E2LMZ3400NN** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-480** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A–600 A** 

## _**E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW**_ 

**2** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**3<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|300|1500–3000<br>**E2L3300T**<br>**E2L3300W**<br>**E2LM3300W**<br>**E2LW3300W**|
|320|2250–4500<br>**E2L3450T**<br>**E2L3450W**<br>**E2LM3450W**<br>**E2LW3320W**|
|350|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3350W**|
|400|1750–3500<br>**E2L3350T**<br>**E2L3350W**<br>**E2LM3350W**<br>**E2LW3400W**|
|450|2000–4000<br>**E2L3400T**<br>**E2L3400W**<br>**E2LM3400W**<br>**E2LW3450W**|
|500|2500–5000<br>**E2L3500T**<br>**E2L3500W**<br>**E2LM3500W**<br>**—**|
|600|3000–6000<br>**E2L3600T**<br>**E2L3600W**<br>**E2LM3600W**<br>**—**|
||1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TL**4<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|**Magnetic Only**||
|450|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MVW**|
||1125–2250<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MLW**|
||1500–3000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MNW**|
||1750–3500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MRW**|
||2000–4000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MXW**|
||2250–4500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MYW**|
|600|1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TML**<br>**E2L3600MLW**<br>**E2LM3600MLW**<br>**—**|
||1500–3000<br>**E2L3600TMN**<br>**E2L3600MNW**<br>**E2LM3600MNW**<br>**—**|
||1750–3500<br>**E2L3600TMR**<br>**E2L3600MRW**<br>**E2LM3600MRW**<br>**—**|
||2000–4000<br>**E2L3600TMX**<br>**E2L3600MXW**<br>**E2LM3600MXW**<br>**—**|
||2250–4500<br>**E2L3600TMY**<br>**E2L3600MYW**<br>**E2LM3600MYW**<br>**—**|
||2500–5000<br>**E2L3600TMP**<br>**E2L3600MPW**<br>**E2LM3600MPW**<br>**—**|
||3000–6000<br>**E2L3600TM**<br>**E2L3600MW**<br>**E2LM3600MW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Frame only: **E2L3600F** . 

- 2 Frame only: **E2LM3600F** . 

- 3 Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

- 4 600 A thermal 1125–2250 T.A. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-481** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A–600 A** 

**2** 

## _**E[2] LE/E[2] LEM**_ 

## **E[2] LM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400TM**|**E2LE3400MW**|**E2LEM3400MW**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400TM2**|**E2LE3400M2W**|**E2LEM3400M2W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600TM**|**E2LE3600MW**|**E2LEM3600MW**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600TM2**|**E2LE3600M2W**|**E2LEM3600M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM3300T**<br>**LEM3350T**|**E2LE3300W**<br>**E2LE3350W**|**E2LEM3300W**<br>**E2LEM3350W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400T**|**E2LE3400W**|**E2LEM3400W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400T2**|**E2LE34002W**|**E2LEM34002W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600T**|**E2LE3600W**|**E2LEM3600W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600T2**|**E2LE36002W**|**E2LEM36002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3|||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM330038T**<br>**LEM335038T**|**E2LE330038W**<br>**E2LE335038W**|**E2LEM330038W**<br>**E2LEM335038W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM340038T**|**E2LE340038W**|**E2LEM340038W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM340038T2**|**E2LE3400238W**|**E2LEM3400238W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM360038T**|**E2LE360038W**|**E2LEM360038W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM360038T2**|**E2LE3600238W**|**E2LEM3600238W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Frame only: **E2L3600F** . 

> 2   Frame only: **E2LM3600F** . 

> 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2LE360038B20W, LEM3600TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-482** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A— 800 A** 

## _**E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW**_ 

**2** 

## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1200 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|**12 kA at 1200 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**34<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|1000–2000|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3400W**|
|500|1250–2500|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3500W**|
|600|1500–3000|**E2M3600TN**|**E2M3600W**|**E2MM3600W**|**E2MW3600W**|
|630|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3630W**|
|800|2000–4000|**E2M3800TX**|**E2M3800W**|**E2MM3800W**|**E2MW3800W**|
|**Magnetic Only**<br>800|1500–3000|**E2M3800TMN**|**E2M3800MNW**|**E2MM3800MNW**|**E2MW3800MNW**|
||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3800MVW**|
||2000–4000|**E2M3800TMX**|**E2M3800MXW**|**E2MM3800MXW**|**E2MW3800MXW**|
||2500–5000|**E2M3800TMP**|**E2M3800MPW**|**E2MM3800MPW**|**—**|
||3000–6000|**E2M3800TMW**|**E2M3800MWW**|**E2MM3800MWW**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2M3800F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2MM3800F** . 

- 3   1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only. 

- 4   Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-483** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **800 A** 

**2** 

## _**E[2] ME/E[2] MEM**_ 

## **E[2] MN** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800TM**|**E2ME3800MW**|**E2MEM3800MW**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800TM2**|**E2ME3800M2W**|**E2MEM3800M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800T**|**E2ME3800W**|**E2MEM3800W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800T2**|**E2ME38002W**|**E2MEM38002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3<br>800<br>500–2500||**MEM380038T**|**E2ME380038W**|**E2MEM380038W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM380038T2**|**E2ME3800382W**|**E2MEM3800382W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Frame only: **E2M3800F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2MM3800F** . 

- 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2ME380038B20W, MEM3800TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-484** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **400 A–1200 A** 

## _**E[2] N/E[2] NM**_ 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

## **E[2] NM** 

**600 Vac Maximum 250 Vdc 35 kA at 480 Vac Three-Pole** 

**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum 250 Vdc 18 kA at 1000 Vac Three-Pole Complete Breaker Catalog Number** 

|||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Complete Breaker**|**Complete Breaker**|
|=|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**<br> ~~EE~~|||||
||800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3800MW**|**E2NM3800MW**|
||1200<br>**310+ Electronic LSI**1<br>~~OO~~|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N312MW**|**E2NM312MW**|
||400|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3400W**|**E2NM3400W**|
||500|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3500W**|**E2N3M500W**|
||600<br>700|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**|**E2N3600W**<br>**E2N3700W**|**E2NM3600W**<br>**E2NM3700W**|
||800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N3800W**|**E2NM3800W**|
||900|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N3900W**|**E2NM3900W**|
||1000|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N310W**|**E2NM310W**|
||1200|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N312W**|**E2NM312W**|
||**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1|||||
||400<br>500|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**|**E2N340038W**<br>**E2N350038W**|**E2NM340038W**<br>**E2NM350038W**|
||600|500–2500|**—**|**E2N360038W**|**E2NM360038W**|
||700|500–2500|**—**|**E2N370038W**|**E2NM370038W**|
||800|500–2500|**—**|**E2N380038W**|**E2NM380038W**|
||900|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N390038W**|**E2NM390038W**|
||1000|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N31038W**|**E2NM31038W**|
||1200|1250–5000|**—**|**E2N31238W**|**E2NM31238W**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2N380038B20W** . Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-485** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **1600 A–2000 A** 

**2** 

## _**E[2] R/E[2] RM**_ 

## **E[2] RM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**310+ Electronic LSI**1<br>~~-=-~~|**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>~~TS~~|**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~ew_——<e——_Vee_—~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~ew_——<e——_Vee_—~~|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>~~ew_——<e——_Vee_—~~|
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R316W**|**E2RM316W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R320W**|**E2RM320W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1|||||
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R31638W**|**E2RM31638W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R32038W**|**E2RM32038W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2R1638B20W** . Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-486** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

**Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range**<br>**(No. Conductors)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|100<br>Cu/AI<br>#14–1/0 (1)<br>**3T100FB**(package of three)|
||150<br>Cu<br>#4–4/0 (1)<br>**3T150FB**(package of three)|
|E2J/E2JM|250<br>Cu<br>#4–350 (1)<br>**T250KB**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|225<br>Cu<br>#3–350 (1)<br>**T300K**|
||350<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)<br>**T350K**|
||400<br>Cu<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>**3T400K**(three-pole kit)|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)<br>**3TA631LK**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|400<br>Cu/AI<br>4/0–600 (1)<br>**3TA401LDK**(three-pole kit)|
||600<br>Cu<br>250–350 (2)<br>**T602LD**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|600<br>Cu<br>(2) 2/0–500 kcmil<br>**T600MA1**|
||600<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 1–500 kcmil<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800 std.<br>Cu/AI<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil<br>**TA800MA2**|
||800<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 500–750 kcmil<br>**TA801MA**|
||800<br>Cu<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil<br>**T800MA1**|
|E2N/E2NM|700<br>Cu<br>2/0–500 (2)<br>**T700NB1**|
||1000<br>Cu<br>3/0–500 (3)<br>**T1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Cu<br>3/0–400 (4)<br>**T1200NB3**|
||1600<br>Cu/AI<br>500–1000 (4)<br>**TA1600RD**|
||2000<br>Cu/AI<br>2–600 (6)<br>**TA2000RD**|



**2** 

## **End Cap Terminals—For Use with Ring Type Terminals** 

||||**Metric**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||
|**Type**|**Breaker Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Imperial**|
|E2F/E2FM|150|**KPEK1**|**KPEMK1**|**—**|
|E2J/E2JM|250|**KPEK2**|**KPEMK2**|**—**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|400|**KPEK3**|**KPEMK3**|**—**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400|**—**|**L3RTWK**|**—**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|600|**KPEK4**|**KPEMK4**|**—**|



## _**External Accessories**_ 

## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp** 

|**Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number**|
|E2F/E2FM|**PLK1**|
|E2J/E2JM|**PLK3**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|**PLK3**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|**LPHL**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|**HLK4**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|**HLK4**|
|E2N/E2NM|**PLK5**|
|E2R/E2RM|**HLK6**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-487** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## _**Internal Accessories**_ 

**2** 

**Undervoltage Release**[1] 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**UVR**<br>**Type**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP11K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP26K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U42|
|E2J/E2JM|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08KT**24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVR120APK**<br>U5|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>U6|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/E2MM/<br>E2MW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08KT** 24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2N/E2NM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LP08K**3<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LT08K**4<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2R/E2RM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVM6RP08K**35<br>U58|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP08K**5<br>U49|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP11K**5<br>U53|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP26K**5<br>T33|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 

> 2 LH (RH also available). 

> 3 Pigtail leads. 

> 4 Terminal blocks. 

> 5 RH only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-488** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **Shunt Trip**[1] 

## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**<br>48–127 Vac or<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP08K**2<br>S06<br>208–230 Vac or<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP12K**2<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT2P11K**3<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT3P11K**3<br>S10<br>24 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>S6<br>48–60 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>S7<br>110–240 Vac/Vdc Left pole<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>S2<br>48–60 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP05K**2<br>S06<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP23K**2<br>S86<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P11K**4<br>S29<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P26K**4<br>S45|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM||||
|||E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK**<br>B06|
|E2J/E2JM||||
|||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK**<br>B13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW||||
|||E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**<br>B1|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|||2<br>Right<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**<br>B3|
|||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK**<br>B13|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW||E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2R/E2RM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L6RPK**<br>B05|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L6RPK**<br>B12|
|E2N/E2NM||**_Notes_**<br>1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed.<br>2 LH (RH also available).<br>3 LH or RH.<br>4 RH only||
|E2R/E2RM||||



> 4 RH only. 

## **Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X1PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>A13|
|E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X2PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X2PK**<br>A13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X3PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X3PK**<br>A13|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>A1|
||2<br>Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>A2|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X4PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X4PK**<br>A13|
|E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X5PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X5PK**<br>A13|
|E2R/E2RM|2<br>Right<br>**A2X6RPK**<br>A12|
||4<br>Right<br>**A4X6RPK**<br>A19|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-489** 

**2** 

## 2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **3 A–150 A** 

## **E[2] F/E[2] FM** 

**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit— Include Line/Load Terminals Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [199 x 165] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On<br>Off<br>B<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|4.13 (104.9)|
|B|6.00 (152.4)|
|C|3.38 (85.9)|
|D|3.50 (88.9)|



## **70 A–250 A** 

## **E[2] J/E[2] JM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [209 x 241] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON/<br>OFF/<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|4.13 (104.9)|
|B|10.00 (254.0)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-490** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **100 A–400 A** 

## **E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 244] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



## **100 A–400 A** 

**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 244] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B<br>C|10.13 (257.3)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-491** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**2** 

## **160 A–400 A** 

## **E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ** 

## **Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.48 (139.2)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.00 (101.6)|
|D|4.22 (107.1)|



## **300 A–600 A** 

## **E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-492** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **300 A–600 A** 

## **E[2] LE/E[2] LEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



## **300 A–800 A** 

## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [236 x 294] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A<br>B|8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-493** 

**2** 

## 2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **800 A** 

## **E[2] ME/E[2] MEM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

## **400 A–1200 A** 

## **E[2] N/E[2] NM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [499 x 293] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C A C<br>B<br>On/I On/I ON/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>OFF/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**<br>A|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**<br>8.25 (209.6)|
|---|---|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|5.50 (139.7)|
|D|6.00 (152.4)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-494** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**2** 

## **1600 A–2000 A** 

## **E[2] R/ E[2] RM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [287 x 196] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|15.50 (393.7)|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|9.00 (228.6)|
|D|10.00 (254.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-495** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . .|**V4-T2-497**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-502**<br>**V4-T2-504**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-505**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-510**<br>**V4-T2-514**<br>**V4-T2-516**<br>**V4-T2-518**<br>**V4-T2-519**<br>**V4-T2-522**|



## **Handle Mechanisms—Series G** 

## **Product Overview** 

Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. 

## _**Through-the-Door**_ 

> ● High-Performance Rotary 

- Universal Rotary 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_ 

- Universal Direct 

## _**Flange Mounted**_ 

- Flex Shaft™ 

Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-496** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms|||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-498**|**2**|
|Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-501**||
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-502**|**2**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-504**||
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-505**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-510**<br>**V4-T2-514**|**2**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-516**<br>**V4-T2-518**|**2**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-519**||
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|**2**|



## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. 

In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. 

The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed. 

## **Features** 

- NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frame sizes, (IP65) ratings reducing the number of 

- ● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to 

- ● Three shaft lengths—6, 12 designate emergency and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match ● All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi- 

- ● Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added flexibility 

- Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism 

   - Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions) 

- Replacement parts are available separately 

- Metallic functional **Standards and Certifications** components ensure The mechanisms for EG, JG 

- reliability and LG breakers have an 

- ● Metal-on-metal interface internal handle that can be 

- between handle and shaft operated independent of 

- ● UV and chemical agentdoor position, and locked-out resistant materials protect to meet one of the key NFPA the handle requirements (NFPA[®] 79) 

- ● Shallow profile and UL 508A disconnect ● requirements. 

- Compatible with both Series C and Series G ● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit ● NEMA 4/4X, IP65 

- breakers and molded case switch platforms 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-497** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_ 

**2** 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—EG-, JG- and LG-Frame** 

||||**Rating Type**||**EG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**JG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**LG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|S01 blue handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>1/3R/12<br>54<br>**EGHMVD06B0 / 68C6040G25**<br>**JGHMVD06B0 / 68C6041G13**<br>**—**<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**EGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6040G28**<br>**JGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6041G16**<br>**—**<br>S01 blue handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>1/3R/12<br>54<br>**EGHMVD12B0 / 68C6040G26**<br>**JGHMVD12B0 / 68C6041G14**<br>**—**<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**EGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6040G29**<br>**JGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6041G17**<br>**—**<br>**S01 Blue Handle**<br>~~—————————~~||||||||
|||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B0 / 68C6040G27**|**JGHMVD24B0 / 68C6041G15**|**—**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6040G30**|**JGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6041G18**|**—**|
|S01 red handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>**S01 Red Handle**<br>~~.~~|||1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06R0 / 68C6040G31**<br>**EGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6040G34**<br>**EGHMVD12R0 / 68C6040G32**<br>**EGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6040G35**|**JGHMVD06R0 / 68C6041G19**<br>**JGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6041G22**<br>**JGHMVD12R0 / 68C6041G20**<br>**JGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6041G23**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||S01 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1|1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R0 / 68C6040G33**<br>**EGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6040G36**|**JGHMVD24R0 / 68C6041G21**<br>**JGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6041G24**|**—**<br>**—**|
||S2 blue handle,<br>**S2 Blue Handle**||1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06B / 68C6040G13**|**JGHMVD06B / 68C6041G01**|**LGHMVD06B / 68C6042G01**|
||6-inch shaft<br>S2 blue handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>~~~~~||4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06BX / 68C6040G16**<br>**EGHMVD12B / 68C6040G14**<br>**EGHMVD12BX / 68C6040G17**|**JGHMVD06BX / 68C6041G04**<br>**JGHMVD12B / 68C6041G02**<br>**JGHMVD12BX / 68C6041G05**|**LGHMVD06BX / 68C6042G04**<br>**LGHMVD12B / 68C6042G02**<br>**LGHMVD12BX / 68C6042G05**|
|||S2 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B / 68C6040G15**|**JGHMVD24B / 68C6041G03**|**LGHMVD24B / 68C6042G03**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX / 68C6040G18**|**JGHMVD24BX / 68C6041G06**|**LGHMVD24BX / 68C6042G06**|
||S2 red handle,<br>**S2 Red Handle**||1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06R / 68C6040G19**|**JGHMVD06R / 68C6041G07**|**LGHMVD06R / 68C6042G07**|
||6-inch shaft<br>S2 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft<br>~~r~~||4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06RX / 68C6040G22**<br>**EGHMVD12R / 68C6040G20**<br>**EGHMVD12RX / 68C6040G23**|**JGHMVD06RX / 68C6041G10**<br>**JGHMVD12R / 68C6041G08**<br>**JGHMVD12RX / 68C6041G11**|**LGHMVD06RX / 68C6042G10**<br>**LGHMVD12R / 68C6042G08**<br>**LGHMVD12RX / 68C6042G11**|
|||S2 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1|1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R / 68C6040G21**<br>**EGHMVD24RX / 68C6040G24**|**JGHMVD24R / 68C6041G09**<br>**JGHMVD24RX / 68C6041G12**|**LGHMVD24R / 68C6042G09**<br>**LGHMVD24RX / 68C6042G12**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   24-inch handle comes with support bracket. 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-498** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_ 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—NG- and RG-Frame** 

||||**Rating Type**||**NG-Frame**|**RG-Frame**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**S3 Blue Handle**||S3 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08B / 68C6043G01**|**—**|
||10-inch shaft<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**NGHMVD08BX / 68C6043G03**<br>**—**<br>~~eS~~||||||
|**S3 Red Handle**||S3 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08R / 68C6043G02**|**—**|
||10-inch shaft<br>7||4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08RX / 68C6043G04**|**—**|
|**S4 Blue Handle**||S4 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08BT / 68C6043G05**|**RGHMVD08B / 68C6044G01**|
|i|i|10-inch shaft<br>i|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08BTX / 68C6043G07**|**RGHMVD08BX / 68C6044G03**|
|**S4 Red Handle**||S4 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08RT / 68C6043G06**|**RGHMVD08R / 68C6044G02**|
||4|10-inch shaft<br>4|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08RTX / 68C6043G08**|**RGHMVD08RX / 68C6044G04**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-499** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

**2** 

## Handle Mechanisms 

## _**Separate Components for Series G Frames**_ 

## **Series G Components—Shafts and Mechanisms** 

||**Shaft**|**Shaft Length**||||**Mechanism**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Width**|**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**24-Inch**1|**Only**|
|EG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G97**|**1498D66G17**|
|JG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G98**|**69D6025G17**|
|LG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G99**|**69D6051G30**|
|NG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G30**|
|RG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|



## **Series G Components—Handles Only** 

|**Frame**|**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|
|EG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|JG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|LG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|NG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
|RG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|



## **Series G Components—Optional Caps** 

As an alternative to blue or red, a black, replaceable cap is available. 

||||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|S01<br>S2|66A6032H01<br>66A6032H02|Black handle cap<br>Black handle cap|**HPHC0DGX**<br>**HPHC2DGX**|
|S3|66A6032H03|Black handle cap|**HPHC3DGX**|



## **Series G Replacement Hardware** 

This kit provides replacement parts for Series G high performance handle only. 

||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|High-performance handle|**66A6029G01**|
|replacement parts kit||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket. 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-500** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches) 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

**Front Operation Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling Type S01** 

## **Type S2** 

## **Type S3** 

## **Type S4** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-501** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-503** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-504** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-505** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-510** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-516** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

## **Universal Rotary** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “lock off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. 

The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or “locked off” to prevent operation with the door open. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. 

## **Features** 

## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**Number**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**Handle**|**Handle Indication:**|**International**<br>**Markings**|**Handle**|**Available**<br>**Handle**|**Handle**|**Shaft**<br>**Lengths**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Lock-Off**2|**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Material**|**Colors**|**Rotation**|**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 

> 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-502** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Universal Rotary** 

## **Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms** 

**2** 

|**Handle**<br>**Color**|**UL**<br>**Rating**|**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**|**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1|
|---|---|---|---|
|**EG-Frame**||||
|Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**EHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**EHMVD12B**|
|||24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD24B**|
|Red|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**EHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD12R**<br>**EHMVD24R**|
|**JG-Frame**||||
|Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**FJHMVD12B**|
|||24.00 (609.6)|**FJHMVD24B**|
|Red|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**FJHMVD12R**<br>**FJHMVD24R**|
|**LG-Frame**||||
|Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12B**|
|Red|1, 12|24.00 (609.6)<br>6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD24B**<br>**KLHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12R**|
|||24.00 (609.6)|**KLHMVD24R**|
|**NG-Frame**||||
|Black|1|6.00 (152.4)|**HMVD5B**|
|**RG-Frame**||||
|Black|1|9.00 (228.6)|**HMVD6B**|



## **Series G Rotary** 

## **Series G Rotary Ordering Information** 

|**Shaft**<br>**Length**|**Complete**<br>**Catalog**|**Separate Catalog Number**<br>**Standard**|**Separate Catalog Number**<br>**Breaker**||**Catalog Number**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Inches (mm)**<br>**Number**2<br>**N-Frame (ND and NG)**||**Handle**3|**Mechanism**4|**Shaft**5|**IEC IP65**67|**IEC IP66**67|
|6.00 (152.4)|**HM5R06**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM5R06**|**WHM5R06X**|
|12.00 (304.8)|**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R12X**|
|16.00 (406.4)|**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
|24.00 (609.6)|**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware. 

- 2   Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 

- 3   Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 

- 4   Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 

- 5   Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 

- 6   IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 

- 7   Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-503** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-505** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-510** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-516** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock. 

## **Application Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant, and meets CSA requirements. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms** 

|**Universal Direct**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(EG–LG)**||**Black Handle Color**||**Red Handle Color**||
|||**With Interlock**|**Without Interlock**|**With Interlock**|**Without Interlock**|
||**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||EG|**EHMCCBI**|**EHMCCB**|**EHMCCRI**|**EHMCCR**|
||JG|**JHMCCBI**|**JHMCCB**|**JHMCCRI**|**JHMCCR**|
||LG|**LHMCCBI**|**LHMCCB**|**LHMCCRI**|**LHMCCR**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-504** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**Contents**<br>**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-497**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-502**<br>**V4-T2-504**|
|Flex Shaft<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-506**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-507**<br>**V4-T2-507**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-510**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-514**<br>**V4-T2-516**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-518**<br>**V4-T2-519**|
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|



**2** 

## **Flex Shaft** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. 

Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-505** 

2.6 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

**Note:** Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to the complete Catalog Number. 

**Note:** When selecting the length **Note:** The standard method of shaft, ensure minimum of shipment includes the bending radius of 4 inches mechanism preset at the factory; (101.6 mm) is maintained to however, minor field adjustments operate properly. may be required. 

**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**[12] 

**Flex Shaft** 

|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**[12]||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>EG<br>JG<br>LG<br>NG<br>RG|**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**<br>**2 (0.6)**<br>**3 (0.9)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS02**<br>**EHMFS03**<br>**N/A**<br>**JHMFS03**<br>**N/A**<br>**—**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**||**4 (1.2)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS04**<br>**JHMFS04**<br>**LHMFS04**<br>**F5S04C**<br>**F6S04**|**5 (1.3)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS05**<br>**JHMFS05**<br>**—**<br>**F5S05C**<br>**F6S05**|**6 (1.8)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS06**<br>**JHMFS06**<br>**—**<br>**F5S06C**<br>**F6S06**|
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**<br>**7 (2.1)**<br>**8 (2.4)**|||**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|EG<br>JG|**EHMFS07**<br>**JHMFS07**|**EHMFS08**<br>**JHMFS08**||**EHMFS09**<br>**JHMFS09**|**EHMFS10**<br>**JHMFS10**|
|LG|**LHMFS07**|**—**||**—**|**LHMFS10**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**F5S10C**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**N/A**|



**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**[12] 

|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**<br>**High-Performance**<br>**Flex Shaft**|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**<br>**High-Performance**<br>**Flex Shaft**|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**<br>**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**<br>**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**|**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**[12]|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2 (0.6)**<br>**3 (0.9)**<br>**4 (1.2)**<br>**5 (1.3)**<br>**6 (1.8)**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>EG<br>**EGFS02HP**<br>**EGFS03HP**<br>**EGFS04HP**<br>**EGFS05HP**<br>**EGFS06HP**<br>JG<br>**N/A**<br>**JGFS03HP**<br>**JGFS04HP**<br>**JGFS05HP**<br>**JGFS06HP**<br>LG<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**LGFS04HP**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>NG<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**F5S04HP**<br>**F5S05HP**<br>**F5S06HP**<br>RG<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**F6S04HP**<br>**F6S05HP**<br>**F6S06HP**<br>~~———~~||||||
|||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**||||
|||**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**|**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
||**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
||EG|**EGFS07HP**|**EGFS08HP**|**EGFS09HP**|**EGFS10HP**|
||JG|**JGFS07HP**|**JGFS08HP**|**JGFS09HP**|**JGFS10HP**|
||LG|**LGFS07HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**LGFS10HP**|
||NG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F5S10HP**|
||RG|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. 

2   EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-506** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Accessories** 

**Handle Auxiliary Switch—Early Break Design, 1A–1B Contact for Flex Shaft** 

|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|EG|**AUX1EBFSEG**|
|JG|**AUX1EBFSJG**|
|LG|**AUX1EBFSLG**|



**Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame)**[1] 

**Catalog Number**[2] **C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR** 

**2** 

Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring. 

## **Dimensions** 

## **Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft** 

**(E- through R-Frame)**[1] 

|**(E- thr**|**ough**|**R-Frame)**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog**||**Handle Length**|
|**Number**|2|**in Inches (mm)**|
|**C361KJ4**||4.00 (101.6)|
|**C361KJ6**||6.00 (152.4)|
|**C361KR**||Roller latch3|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 

- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 

- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-507** 

2.6 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

## _**Page**_ 

Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-504** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-505** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-510** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-516** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

## **Handle Mechanisms—Series C** 

## **Product Overview** 

Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. 

## _**Through-the-Door**_ 

- High-Performance Rotary 

- Series C Rotary 

- Universal Rotary 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_ 

- Universal Direct 

- Euro IEC 

- G Direct 

Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. 

## _**Flange Mounted**_ 

- Flex Shaft 

- C371 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-508** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths. 

Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. 

Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. 

## _**Universal Rotary F-Frame Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames. 

The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP). 

An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature. 

Type C371 is UL Listed under File E62635. 

Flex Shaft is UL Listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL Listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 Listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2, and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL Listed and meets CSA requirements. 

**2** 

The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting. 

Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-509** 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **2 2 2** ~~"~~ **2** Lx 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-504** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-505** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-510** Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-511** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-513** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-516** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. 

In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. 

The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed. 

## **Features** 

- NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) ● Same handle can be used and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frames sizes (IP65) ratings reducing the number of 

- ● Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed 

- Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors 

- external handle colors ● Red and yellow handles to 

- ● Three shaft lengths—6, 12 designate emergency and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match ● All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi- 

- ● Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added flexibility 

- Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism 

   - Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions) 

- Replacement parts are available separately 

- Metallic functional components ensure reliability 

   - **Standards and Certifications** The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet one of the key NFPA requirements (NFPA[®] 79) and UL 508A disconnect requirements. 

- Metal-on-metal interface between handle and shaft 

- UV and chemical agentresistant materials protect the handle 

- Shallow profile 

- Compatible with both Series C and Series G ● NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit ● NEMA 4/4X, IP65 

- breakers and molded case switch platforms 

   - NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-510** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_ 

**2** 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GC/GD- and GMCP-Frame** 

|||||**Rating Type**||**GC/GD-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**||**S01 Blue Handle**|S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12B / 68C6039G01**|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
||||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12BX / 68C6039G03**|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**|
|**S01 Red Handle**||**S01 Red Handle**|S01 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12R / 68C6039G02**|**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**|
||||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12RX / 68C6039G04**|**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|



## _**Separate Components for Series C Frames**_ 

## **Series C Components—Shaft and Mechanism** 

|**Frame**|**Shaft**<br>**Width**|**Shaft Length**<br>**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**Mechanism**<br>**Only**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|GC/GD<br>GMCP|6 mm<br>6 mm|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**66A6013H02**<br>**66A6013H02**|**GCHMVD / 2A92095G15**<br>**GMHMVD / 2A92095G16**|
|GD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G90**|
|FD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G91**|
|JD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G92**|
|KD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G93**|
|LD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G94**|
|MDL<br>ND|10 mm<br>12 mm|**66A6012G15**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**66A6013H01**|**66A6012G16**<br>**—**|**1498D34G95**<br>**69D9101G30**|
|RD|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|



## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-511** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Series C Components—Handles Only** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**ees**<br>**Frame**|**opoeses y**<br>**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|---|
||GC/GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||GMCP|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||FD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||JD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||KD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||LD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||MDL|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||ND|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
||RD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|



## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-512** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches) 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

**Front Operation Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling Type S01** 

## **Type S2** 

## **Type S3** 

## **Type S4** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-513** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-497**|
|Universal Rotary<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-504**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-505**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-510**<br>**V4-T2-514**<br>**V4-T2-515**<br>**V4-T2-516**<br>**V4-T2-518**<br>**V4-T2-519**<br>**V4-T2-522**|



## **Series C Rotary** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or a cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, a base operating mechanism and a shaft that can be cut to various lengths. 

Series C Rotary handle mechanisms are used with molded case circuit breakers (F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. 

These rotary handles are robust and durable, made entirely of metal parts. It also has a lock-out tag-out level at the tip of the handle for padlocking. 

NEMA Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. NEMA Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Series C Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. 

## **Features** 

**Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

|||**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|||**International**||**Available**||**Shaft**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Handle**<br>**Lock-Off**2|**Handle Indication:**<br>**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**Markings**<br>**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Handle**<br>**Material**|**Handle**<br>**Colors**|**Handle**<br>**Rotation**|**Lengths**<br>**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 

> 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-514** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**_ 

## **Series C Rotary Ordering Information** 

||**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Series C Rotary**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Shaft**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Complete**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Separate Catalog Number**|**Separate Catalog Number**||**Catalog Number**||
||**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Standard**<br>**Handle**2|**Breaker**<br>**Mechanism**3|**Shaft**4|**IEC IP65**56|**IEC IP66**56|
||**F-Frame**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM1R06**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM1R06**|**WHM1R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM1R12**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM1R12**|**WHM1R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM1R16**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM1R16**|**WHM1R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM1R24**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM1R24**|**WHM1R24X**|
||**J-Frame**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM2R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM2R06**|**WHM2R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)<br>16.00 (406.4)|**HM2R12**<br>**HM2R16**|**6648C22G01**<br>**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**<br>**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G05**<br>**4217B37G06**|**WHM2R12**<br>**WHM2R16**|**WHM2R12X**<br>**WHM2R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM2R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM2R24**|**WHM2R24X**|
||**K-Frame**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM3R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM3R06**|**WHM3R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM3R12**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM3R12**|**WHM3R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM3R16**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM3R16**|**WHM3R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)<br>**L- and MDL-Frame**|**HM3R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM3R24**|**WHM3R24X**|
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM4R06**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM4R06**|**WHM4R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM4R12**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM4R12**|**WHM4R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM4R16**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM4R16**|**WHM4R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)<br>**MD/MDS**|**HM4R24**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM4R24**|**WHM4R24X**|
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM7R06**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G08**|**—**|**—**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM7R12**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G05**|**—**|**—**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM7R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G06**|**—**|**—**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM7R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G07**|**—**|**—**|
||**N-Frame (ND and NG)**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)|**HM5R06**<br>**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**<br>**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**<br>**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**<br>**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R06**<br>**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R06X**<br>**WHM5R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 

- 2   Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 

- 3   Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 

- 4   Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 

- 5   IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 

- 6   Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-515** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-497**|
|Universal Rotary<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-503**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-504**<br>**V4-T2-505**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-510**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-514**<br>**V4-T2-516**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-517**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-518**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-519**|
|Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|



## **Universal Rotary** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “lock off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. 

The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or “locked off” to prevent operation with the door open. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. 

## **Features** 

## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**Number**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**Handle**|**Handle Indication:**|**International**<br>**Markings**|**Handle**|**Available**<br>**Handle**|**Handle**|**Shaft**<br>**Lengths**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Lock-Off**2|**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Material**|**Colors**|**Rotation**|**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|■|■|■|■|■|■|■|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|■|—|■|—|■|■|■|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 

> 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-516** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Universal Rotary F-Frame**_ 

**2** 

|**Universal Rotary**|**Series C Universal Rotary**1|**Series C Universal Rotary**1||
|---|---|---|---|
|**F-Frame**|**Handle**|**Shaft Length**|**Complete**|
||**Color**|**in Inches (mm)**|**Catalog Number**|
||**G-Frame**|||
||Black|6.00 (152.4)|**GHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**GHMVD12B**|
||Red|6.00 (152.4)|**GHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**GHMVD12R**|
||**F-Frame**|||
||Black|6.00 (152.4)|**FHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**FHMVD12B**|
||Red|6.00 (152.4)|**FHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**FHMVD12R**|
|||24.00 (609.6)|**FHMVD24R**|
||**J-Frame**|||
||Black|6.00 (152.4)|**JHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**JHMVD12B**|
||Red|6.00 (152.4)|**JHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**JHMVD12R**|
||**K-Frame**|||
||Black|6.00 (152.4)|**KHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**KHMVD12B**|
||Red|6.00 (152.4)|**KHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**KHMVD12R**|
||**L-Frame**|||
||Black|6.00 (152.4)|**LHMVD06B**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**LHMVD12B**|
||Red|6.00 (152.4)|**LHMVD06R**|
|||12.00 (304.8)|**LHMVD12R**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-517** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-505** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-510** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-518** Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock. 

## **Application Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant. 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ **Euro IEC Direct** 

|**Frame**|**Black Handle**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|F|**HMCC1B**|
|J|**HMCC2B**|
|K<br>L and M|**HMCC3B**<br>**HMCC4B**|
|N|**HMVD5B**|
|R|**HMVD6B**|



## **G Direct**[1] 

||**Black Handle**<br>**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**Yellow Handle**<br>**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|GD/GHC|**HRGCC1S**|**HRGCC10**|**HRGCC3S**|**HRGCC30**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-518** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-497** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . **V4-T2-504** Flex Shaft Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. **V4-T2-510** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-514** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . **V4-T2-518** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-519** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-520** Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** 

**2** 

## **Flex Shaft** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. 

Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-519** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms**_ 

**2** 

## **Flex Shaft**[12] 

||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**3 (0.9)**|**4 (1.2)**|**5 (1.5)**|**6 (1.8)**|**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**|**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.0)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G1|**F0S03C**|**F0S04C**|**F0S05C**|**F0S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|F|**F1S03C**|**F1S04C**|**F1S05C**|**F1S06C**|**F1S07C**|**F1S08C**|**F1S09C**|**F1S10C**|
|F (dual)|**F1S03CD**|**F1S04CD**|**F1S05CD**|**F1S06CD**|**F1S07CD**|**F1S08CD**|**F1S09CD**|**F1S10CD**|
|J<br>K|**F2S03C**<br>**F3S03C**|**F2S04C**<br>**F3S04C**|**F2S05C**<br>**F3S05C**|**F2S06C**<br>**F3S06C**|**F2S07C**<br>**F3S07C**|**F2S08C**<br>**F3S08C**|**F2S09C**<br>**F3S09C**|**F2S10C**<br>**F3S10C**|
|L and MDL|**—**|**F4S04C**|**F4S05C**|**F4S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F4S10C**|
|N|**—**|**F5S04C**|**F5S05C**|**F5S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F5S10C**|
|R|**—**|**F6S04**|**F6S05**|**F6S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|MD, MDS (old)|**—**|**F7S04**|**F7S05**|**F7S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F7S10C**|



**High Performance Flex Shaft**[12] 

||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**3 (0.9)**<br>**Catalog**|**4 (1.2)**<br>**Catalog**|**5 (1.3)**<br>**Catalog**|**6 (1.8)**<br>**Catalog**|**7 (2.1)**<br>**Catalog**|**8 (2.4)**<br>**Catalog**|**9 (2.7)**<br>**Catalog**|**10 (3.1)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G|**F0S03HP**|**F0S04HP**|**F0S05HP**|**F0S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
|F|**F1S03HP**|**F1S04HP**|**F1S05HP**|**F1S06HP**|**F1S07HP**|**F1S08HP**|**F1S09HP**|**F1S10HP**|
|F (dual)|**F1S03HPD**|**F1S04HPD**|**F1S05HPD**|**F1S06HPD**|**F1S07HPD**|**F1S08HPD**|**F1S09HPD**|**F1S10HPD**|
|J|**F2S03HP**|**F2S04HP**|**F2S05HP**|**F2S06HP**|**F2S07HP**|**F2S08HP**|**F2S09HP**|**F2S10HP**|
|K|**F3S03HP**|**F3S04HP**|**F3S05HP**|**F3S06HP**|**F3S07HP**|**F3S08HP**|**F3S09HP**|**F3S10HP**|
|L and MDL|**N/A**|**F4S04HP**|**F4S05HP**|**F4S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F4S10HP**|
|N<br>R|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**F5S04HP**<br>**F6S04HP**|**F5S05HP**<br>**F6S05HP**|**F5S06HP**<br>**F6S06HP**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**F5S10HP**<br>**N/A**|



## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

## **Type C371** 

|||||**Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle**|**Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Operating**|**For NEMA 1–12**|**For NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Circuit Breaker or**|**Frame**|**Variable Depth**<br>**Mounting Range**|**Mechanism Only**4<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Motor Circuit Protector**|**Size**|**Min./Max.**23|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|HMCP and Series C—EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED|150|6.50–16 (165.1–406.4)|**C371E**|**C371E1**|**C371E2**|
|HMCP and Series C—HJD, JD, JDB, JDC|250|6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)|**C371F**|**C371F5**|**C371F6**|
|HMCP and Series C—DK, HKD, KD, KDB|400|6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)|**C371F**|**C371F5**|**C371F6**|
|Series C—HLD, LD, LDC|600|8.50–22 (215.9–558.8)|**C371G**|**C371G5**|**C371G6**|
|Series C MD, MDS—(No MDL)|800|8.75–22 (222.3–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|
|Series C—HND, ND, NDC|1200|9.75–22 (247.7–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP. 

- 2 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods on **Page V4-T2-521** . 

- 3 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface. 

- 4 Does not include handle. 

Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix **X** to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available. Remove C from catalog number. 

When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required. 

Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-520** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Handle Only** 

|**Handle Only**||
|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Size**<br>**(Amperes)**|**NEMA**<br>**Enclosure Type**<br>**Operating**<br>**Handle Length**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|150|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H1**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H2**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H3**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H4**|
|250–1200|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H5**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H6**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H7**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H8**|



**2** 

## **Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied)** 

For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure. 

|**Amperes**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|600–1200|**C371CS6**|



## **Connecting Rods**[1] 

|**Connecting Rods**1||
|---|---|
|**Application**|**Catalog Number**|
|Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200 A sizes)|**C371CS2**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-521** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Handle Extension** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-497**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-502**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-504**|
|Flex Shaft||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-510**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-514**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-518**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-519**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-520**|
|Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|



## **Handle Extension** 

## **Product Description** 

- Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame 

- Not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers; it must be purchased separately 

- Included with R-Frame breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

|**Handle Extension**|**Handle Extension**12|**Handle Extension**12|
|---|---|---|
||**Frame**|**Style**<br>**Number**|
||J, K|**HEX3**|
||L, M|**HEX4**|
||N|**HEX5**|
||R|**HEX6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 

- 2   Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-522** 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

**==> picture [83 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Power Breakers, Contactors<br>and Fuses Family<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**3.1**|**Power Circuit Breakers**<br>Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-2**|**3**|
|---|---|---|---|
||Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-6**|**3**|
||Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . .<br>Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-12**<br>**V4-T3-15**|**3**|
||Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-23**<br>**V4-T3-33**|**3**|
||Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-35**|**3**|
||Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers with Digitrip . . . . . .<br>Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**<br>**V4-T3-55**|**3**|
|**3.2**|**Medium Voltage Power Contactors**||**3**|
||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-72**<br>**V4-T3-74**|**3**|
||SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-83**|**3**|
||SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-87**||
|**3.3**|**Fuses General**||**3**|
||Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-91**|**3**|
||Power Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-91**||
||Power vs. Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-91**|**3**|
||Low vs. Medium vs. High Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47.40-1993). . .|**V4-T3-91**<br>**V4-T3-92**|**3**|
||Fuse Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-92**|**3**|
||General Fuse Component Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-92**|**3**|
|**3.4**|**Expulsion Fuses**|||
||Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-94**|**3**|
||Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-94**<br>**V4-T3-95**|**3**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-96**|**3**|
|**3.5**|**Current Limiting Fuses**<br>Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-115**|**3**|
||Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-116**|**3**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-1** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**3** 

## **Power Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|---|---|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers||
|Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-3**|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power||
|Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-6**|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power||
|Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-12**|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case||
|Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-15**|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-23**|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage<br>Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-33**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with PXR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-35**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-55**|



## **Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

## _**Magnum Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers for Global Application**_ 

Magnum[®] low voltage power circuit breakers enable comprehensive solutions to meet and exceed the unique and wide-ranging requirements of today’s global power distribution systems. This powerful circuit breaker offering is designed for ultimate custom configuration and application flexibility, with the needs of the power distribution equipment user and the electrical equipment manufacturer in mind. 

## _**Four Product Families**_ 

Magnum consists of four product families; each provides specific ratings, features and approvals to optimize performance when applied in power distribution equipment and custom enclosures. 

## **Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers for ANSI Rated Switchgear Applications** 

- Up to 635 Vac 

- 200 to 5000 A continuous 

- 42 to 200 kA interrupting 

_**Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Family ANSI Rated for Switchgear Applications**_ 

**Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers for Switchboard Applications** 

- Up to 635 Vac 

- 200 to 5000 A continuous 

> ● 50 to 150 kA interrupting 

_**Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Family UL Rated for Switchboard Applications**_ 

## **Magnum IEC Air Circuit Breakers for IEC Rated Switchboards** 

- Up to 690 Vac 

- 200 to 6300 A continuous 

- 40 to 105 kA Icu/Ics 

_**Magnum IEC Low Voltage Air Circuit Breaker Family**_ 

## **Magnum DC Switches for Direct Current Applications** 

- Up to 1000 Vdc 

- 800 to 3200 A continuous 

- 50 to 65 kA withstand rating 

_**Magnum DC Switch Family**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-2** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- **200 kA interruption ratings** with current limiting performance and low current let-through to reduce damaging energy to downstream equipment at high fault levels 

   - **Two-step stored energy mechanism** for manually and electrical operated breakers 

   - **Digitrip** ™ **RMS Trip Unit family protection** with four models each providing increasing levels of protection and feature options for coordination, information and diagnostics: 

- **Withstand ratings up to 100 kA** to maximize system coordination and selectivity 

- **Four physical frame sizes** (Narrow, Standard, Double ● Microprocessor-based Narrow and Double) rms sensing to promote breaker ● Basic to programmable application in compact overcurrent protection modular enclosures and and alarms improve enclosure density 

   - Local display for information, status and diagnostics 

- **Continuous current** 

- **ratings from 800 to** and diagnostics **6300A** with 100% rating ● Ampere, voltage and at 104 ºF (40 ºC) and no power metering 

- derating on most ratings ● Power quality, up to 122 ºF (50 ºC) 

   - Power quality, harmonics and waveform capture 

- **Fixed breaker mounting** waveform capture 

- **configurations** with ● Communications with horizontal and optional translators to common 

- vertical and front connected terminal protocols connections ● Zone selective 

- ● **Drawout breaker** interlocking for improved coordination 

- **mounting configurations** with cassette and optional ● Integral Arcflash safety shutters Reduction Maintenance 

- ● System™ 

- **Three- and four-pole breaker configurations** ● Breaker health 

- ● **Through-the-door design** monitoring for human interface with the breaker compartment door closed 

- **DC rated switches** for direct current applications 

- **Field-installable accessories** (UL[®] listed) common across the breaker frames and designed to be easily installed in the field to service or modify the breaker at the point of use 

- **Secondary terminal contacts** mounted at the top front of the breaker and away from the primary voltage areas for improved safety and access. Fingersafe terminal blocks accommodate ring-tongue or spade type terminals as standard 

- **Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

Eaton’s patented Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System technology provides maintenance staff with improved safety of downstream maintenance locations using a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing times and energy during an arc flash event (radiation, sound, pressure, temperature). Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System uses a separate analog trip circuit, providing faster signal processing and interruption times than the standard (digital) “instantaneous” protection. The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System function is activated either directly on the circuit breaker through a local switch or remotely through communications or a digital input 

_**Through-the-Door Design for Human Interface with the Breaker Compartment Door Closed**_ 

_**High Technology MicroprocessorBased Digitrip RMS 1150+ Trip Units are Available With Advanced Features Like Programmable Overcurrent Settings, Power Metering, Power Quality and Communications**_ 

**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-3** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## 3.1 

## _**Breaker Features on Front Cover**_ 

The controls and indicators are functionally grouped on **3** the breaker faceplate to optimize the human **3** interface, visibility and ease of use. For maximum safety, **3** a modern, through-the-door design permits access to the **3** breaker levering system, trip unit, controls and indicators with the door closed. 

- 1 Red Mechanical Trip Flag Pop-out Indicator (Optional)—Interlocked Indicator Requiring Manual Reset is also Available 

- 2 Accessory Viewing Windows for: 

   - Shunt Trip Attachment (STA) 

   - Spring Release Device (SR) 

## **Magnum DS Drawout Breaker** 

**==> picture [163 x 232] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3 1 2<br>—— = 7 4<br>Ghew = 5<br>6<br>7<br>Va<br>8<br>9<br>|<br> zee fl A j<br>k<br>l<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


   - Undervoltage Release (UVR) Device or Second STA 

- 3 Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Model 520M Shown) Protected by Clear Cover 

- 4 Contact Status Indicators: 

   - OPEN—Green 

   - CLOSED—Red 

- 5 Spring Status Indicators: 

   - Charged—Yellow 

   - Discharged—White 

- 6 Push OFF (Open) Pushbutton—Red 

- 7 Push ON (Close) Pushbutton—Green 

- 8 Manual Spring Charging Handle for Manually Charging the Stored Energy Springs 

**==> picture [114 x 28] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Accessory Viewing Windows Visibly<br>Confirm the Breaker Shunt Trip, Spring<br>Release, and UVR Installation and Their<br>Control Voltage Rating<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [113 x 35] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Through-the-Door Design for Human<br>Interface with the Breaker<br>Compartment Door Closed, for Example,<br>Manually Charging the Stored<br>Energy Springs<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [109 x 29] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Drawout Breaker Levering Can be<br>Accomplished With the Compartment<br>Door Closed Without the Need for a<br>Special Levering Tool<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


- 9 Mechanical Operations Counter (Optional) 

- j Key Off Lock (Optional) 

- k Padlockable Levering Device Shutter for Drawout Breakers 

- l Color-Coded Position Indicator for Drawout Breakers: 

   - CONNECT—Red 

   - TEST—Yellow 

   - DISCONNECT—Green 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-4** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**Breaker Internal Features**_ 

- 6 Padlockable Levering Device Shutter for Drawout Breakers 

Magnum is designed for ease of access for inspection, modification and maintenance at the point of use. The breaker front cover is easily removed with four captive bolts, revealing the modular internal breaker features. 

      - 7 Color-Coded Position Indicator for Drawout Breakers: 

         - CONNECT—Red 

         - TEST—Yellow 

- 1 Secondary Terminal ● DISCONNECT—Green Points for Internal Breaker 8 Secondary Contact Blocks 

- Wiring Connections for Connection to External 

- 2 Breaker Accessory Cell Control Wiring 

- 2 Breaker Accessory Cell Control Wiring Mounting Deck with Three 9 Removable Arc Chute 

- Positions for Mounting: Covers for Easy Access to 

- ● Shunt Trip Attachment Breaker Main Contacts 

   - Shunt Trip Attachment (STA) 

      - j Primary Finger Cluster Disconnecting Contacts for Drawout Breaker are Mounted on the Breaker Element (Not in the Breaker Compartment) for Ease of Access for Inspection and Maintenance 

   - Spring Release Device (SR) 

   - Undervoltage Release (UVR) Device or Second STA 

- 3 Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Model 1150+ Shown) 

- 4 Spring Charging Motor (Optional) for Electrically Charging the Stored Energy Springs 

**Note:** Some competitors mount the primary finger clusters inside the cell, requiring shutdown of the switchgear for inspection and maintenance. 

- 5 Manual Spring Charging Handle for Manually Charging the Stored Energy Springs 

- k Current Sensor Viewing Windows to View and Confirm Breaker Sensor Rating 

- l Rigid Frame Housing (Thermoset Composite Resin) Providing Increased Strength and Durability 

**==> picture [190 x 233] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3 1<br>2<br>eae)<br>ac Lani ; aoe =e 5<br>7<br>e<br>6<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [214 x 70] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4<br>fie<br>Magnum Drawout Breaker Front View With Front Cover Removed<br>Showing Easy Access to the Breaker Internal Devices<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [7 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
8<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [215 x 205] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
9<br>j k l<br>Magnum Drawout Breaker Rear View Showing Primary Disconnecting<br>Finger Clusters Mounted on the Breaker for Ease of Inspection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-5** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

**3** 

## **Magnum DS, MDSX and MDSL Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-2**|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-7**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-10**|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power||
|Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-12**|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case||
|Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-15**|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-23**|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage||
|Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-33**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with PXR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-35**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-55**|



## **Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Magnum DS is a true UL 1066 listed low voltage power circuit breaker family, designed for the highest performance requirements of switchgear and specialty enclosure applications. 

- Magnum DS low voltage power circuit breakers have interruption ratings up to 200 kA at 480 Vac, and short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA at 635 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000 A to maximize system coordination and selectivity 

- Magnum MDSX current limiting power circuit breakers have 200 kA interruption ratings at 480 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000 A 

- Magnum MDSL current limiting power circuit breakers have 200 kA interruption ratings at 600 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 2000 A 

_**The Magnum MDSL current limiting power circuit breakers have integral current limiters to provide interruption ratings of 200 kA at 600 Vac.**_ 

_**The Magnum MDSX current limiting power circuit breakers have fast opening contacts to provide interruption ratings up to 200 kA at 480 Vac without fuses.**_ 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**UL and ANSI Test Certifications**_ 

## _**Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions**_ 

Magnum DS meets or exceeds the applicable ANSI, NEMA[®] , UL and CSA[®] standards, including: 

Magnum DS has proven performance in Eaton manufactured switchgear with the following test certifications: 

- ANSI C37.13 (Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

   - UL 1558 (Certified Magnum DS Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear) 

- ANSI C37.16 (Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Breakers) 

- UL 1008 Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment 

- UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low Voltage Assemblies 

## _**Approvals and Marks**_ 

- ANSI C37.17 (Trip Devices for AC and General Purpose DC Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers) 

   - UL listed: Magnum DS Breaker UL File No. E52096 and Cassette UL File No. E204565 

- ANSI C37.50 (Test Procedures for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

   - ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Type Listed Certificate Number 04-HS422844A-DUB 

- UL 1066 (Standard for Low ● Additional Magnum DS Voltage AC and DC Power approvals and certificates Circuit Breakers Used in can be found on Enclosures) www.eaton.com 

- NEMA SG3 (This standard adopts ANSI C37.16 in its entirety) 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-6** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## **Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family** 

## **MD S 4 12 3 V E A 06 MU** 

**==> picture [486 x 376] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breaker Type Trip Unit and Protection,<br>MD = Magnum DS and External Control Voltage<br>Current Limiter Selection When Required<br>Frame Type A  = Non-DSL (no limiter) NN   = Non-automatic (no trip unit)<br>D   = MA250 52  = 520 LSI<br>SNDE  = High endurance = Standard or double = MDDX only = Narrow or double narrow Interrupting/ HVLW   = Fixed vertical  = Fixed horizontal Mounting Configuration   = Drawout (MDN) = Drawout (MDS) and Load Terminals EANameplate Language  = Spanish= English EFGHKLM   = MB1200  = MA600  = MA800 = MA300 = MA400 = MB1600 = MB2000 5GM2MTMUMVMQMG   = 520M LSI (24/48 Vdc)  = 520M LSI (240 Vac)  = 520M LSI (120 Vac)  = 520M LSI (125 Vdc)  = 520M LSIG = 520 LSIG = 520M LSI<br>Withstand Rating N   = MD2500 MH   = 520M LSIG (24/48 Vdc)<br>4 = 42 Poles and Neutral P   = MD3000 MM  = 520M LSIG (120 Vac)<br>5 = 50 (Facing Front of Breaker) MN  = 520 LSIG (240 Vac)<br>68 = 65= 85 34 = Three= Four (neutral left) Sensor and Rating Plug Rating MXME   = 520M LSIA (24/48 Vdc)  = 520M LSIG (125 Vdc)<br>C = 100 NN = None MC   = 520 LSIA (120 Vac)<br>HEXL = 130 (DSH)= 150 (DSE)= 200 (DSX/DDX)= 200 (DSL) 0102050304 = 100= 200= 250= 300= 400 1316202530 = 1250= 1600= 2000= 2500= 3000 MFMZCTCUCV   = 520M LSIA (125 Vdc) = 520M LSIA (240 Vac) = 520MC LSI (24/48 Vdc) = 520MC LSI (120 Vac) = 520MC LSI (240 Vac)<br>06 = 600 32 = 3200 CQ  = 520MC LSI (125 Vdc)<br>Continuous Amperes and  08 = 800 40 = 4000 CH  = 520MC LSIG (24/48 Vdc)<br>Phasing (Facing Front of  10 = 1000 50 = 5000 CM   = 520MC LSIG (120 Vac)<br>Breaker) 12 = 1200 CN  = 520MC LSIG (240 Vac)<br>08   = 800 ABC CX  = 520MC LSIG (125 Vdc)<br>12   = 1200 ABC CE  = 520MC LSIA (24/48 Vdc)<br>16   = 1600 ABC CC  = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac)<br>20   = 2000 ABC CF  = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac)<br>25   = 2500 ABC CY  = 520MC LSIA (125 Vdc)<br>30   = 3000 ABC 1A  = 1150 LSI (24/48 Vdc)<br>32   = 3200 ABC or ABCABC 1C  = 1150 LSI (120 Vac)<br>3N  = 3200 AABBCC 1E  = 1150 LSI (240 Vac)<br>4N  = 4000 AABBCC 1Q  = 1150 LSI (125 Vdc)<br>5N  = 5000 AABBCC 1F  = 1150 LSIG (24/48 Vdc)<br>40   = 4000 ABCABC 1G  = 1150 LSIG (120 Vac)<br>50   = 5000 ABCABC 1H  = 1150 LSIG (240 Vac)<br>1X  = 1150 LSIG (125 Vdc)<br>1J  = 1150 LSIA (24/48 Vdc)<br>1K  = 1150 LSIA (120 Vac)<br>1M  = 1150 LSIA (240 Vac)<br>1Y  = 1150 LSIA (125 Vdc)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-7** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family, continued** 

## **A W C H N E H K L A X** 

**3** 

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Shunt Trip (ST)**|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**N**= None|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**A**= 110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>**R**= 208–240 Vac/Vdc|||||||**Undervoltage**||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**C**= 24 Vdc<br>**H**= 48 Vdc<br>**B**= 110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>(100% duty)<br>**S**= 220–250 Vac/Vdc<br>(100% duty)<br>**D**= 24 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**K**= 48 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**J**= 60 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**6**= 60 Vdc<br>**Motor Operator**<br>**M**= Manual operated<br>**N** = 110–125 Vac (5-sec)<br>**W**= 110–125 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**T** = 220–250 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**P** = 208–277 Vac (5-sec)<br>**L** = 24 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**K** = 48 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**S** = 60 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**1** = 110–125 Vac (3-sec)<br>**2** = 220–250 Vac (3-sec)<br>**4** = 24 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**8** = 48 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**5** = 110–125 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**9** = 220–250 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**Spring Release**<br>**Device (SRD)**<br>**N**= None<br>**A** = 110–127 Vac/Vdc|||||||**Release (UVR) or**<br>**2nd Shunt Trip (ST)**<br>**N**= None<br>**A**= UVR (110–127 Vac)<br>**R**= UVR (208–240 Vac)<br>**C**= UVR (24 Vdc)<br>**H**= UVR (48 Vdc)<br>**D**= UVR (60 Vdc)<br>**E** = UVR (110–125 Vdc)<br>**F** = UVR (220–250 Vdc)<br>**G**= UVR (32 Vdc)<br>**X**= UVR (380–415 Vac)<br>**J** = UVR (480 Vac)<br>**K**= UVR (600 Vac)<br>**1** = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc)<br>**2** = 2nd ST (208–250 Vac/Vdc)<br>**3** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc)<br>**4** = 2nd ST (48 Vdc)<br>**6** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc)<br>**B**= 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>100% duty)<br>**O**= 2nd ST (220–250 Vac/Vdc<br>100% duty)<br>**I** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty)<br>**Q**= 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty)<br>**9** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)||||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**N** = None<br>**2** = 2A/2B<br>**4** = 4A/4B<br>**6** = 6A/6B<br>**Bell Alarms Switch (OTS)**<br>**with 2a/2b Contacts and/or**<br>**Mechanical Trip Indicator**<br>**Mech.**<br>**Trip**<br>**Indicator**<br>**Mech.**<br>**Interlock**<br>**for**<br>**Manual**<br>**Reset**<br>**OTS**<br>**Switch**<br>**with Two**<br>**Form C**<br>**Contacts**<br>**E** =<br>**N**=<br>**Y** =<br>**M**=<br>**L** =<br>**F** =<br>**G**=<br>**H**=<br>**I** =<br>**J** =<br>**K** =<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>—<br>No<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes with<br>24 V reset<br>Yes with<br>120 V reset<br>Yes with<br>240 V reset<br>Yes with<br>24 V reset<br>Yes with<br>120 V reset<br>Yes with||||||||||||||||**Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close**<br>**and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons**<br>**N**= None<br>**M**= Metal (block close and open)<br>**P**= Plastic (block close and open)<br>**C**= Metal (block close only)<br>**H**= Plastic (block close only)<br>**S**= Metal swbd lock-off (block close,<br>depress open)<br>**Operations Counter and/or**<br>**Keylock Provisions**<br>**Counter**<br>**Keylock**<br>**Provisions**<br>**N**=<br>**K** =<br>**C** =<br>**R** =<br>**S** =<br>**A**=<br>**Y** =<br>**L** =<br>**H**=<br>**E** =<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>No locks<br>Kirk lock<br>Castell lock<br>Ronis lock<br>CES lock<br>No lock<br>Kirk lock<br>Castell lock<br>Ronis lock indicator<br>CES lock<br>**Latch Check Switch/Trip Unit Metering**<br>**Voltage Connection for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit**<br>**Latch Check**<br>**Switch**<br>**1150 Voltage**<br>**Connection**<br>**N**=<br>None<br>Upper terminals||||||
|**R** = 208–240 Vac/Vdc|||||||||||||||||||||240 V reset||||||**M**=<br>None<br>Lower terminals||||||
|**C** = 24 Vdc<br>**H** = 48 Vdc|||||||||||||||||||||||||||**L** =<br>**Y** =<br>LCS wired to SRD<br>LCS Wired to SRD<br>Upper terminals<br>Lower terminals||||||
|**S** = 60 Vdc|||||||||||||||||||||||||||**C** =<br>**D** =<br>LCS Wired External<br>LCS Wired External<br>Upper terminals<br>Lower terminals||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||



- **Breaker Shipping Options and Instructions** 

- **A** = Fixed breaker alone with door kit 

**B** = Fixed breaker alone with door kit and pre-wired **F** = Fixed breaker alone without door kit **A** = Drawout breaker alone without door frame kit **C** = Drawout breaker in cassette (un-wired) **P** = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters) **S** = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters) **W** = Drawout breaker in cassette (pre-wired and shutters) Double frame drawout breakers ship without cassette drawout. ACBs ship in narrow and universal cassettes only. 

**Frame Use X** = All breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-8** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Cassette Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family** 

**==> picture [425 x 235] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
M E 32 3 C A DN N NNN W C<br>Cassette Family Cassette Shipping<br>M = Standard or double frame C  = Cassette only<br>L = Narrow or double narrow  B  = Breaker shipped in cassette<br>frame<br>Cassette Wiring<br>Interrupt Type Cassette Frame and Rear Terminals N   = Un-wired<br>N   = Cassettes (up to 100 kA) P  = Basic cassette W  = Cassette wired<br>L  = MDSL cassettes (200 kA) (without vertical bus stabs)<br>X  = MDSX cassettes (200 kA) C  = Basic cassette with stabs Future Use<br>D   = MDDX cassettes (200 kA) (with vertical bus stab kit)<br>H  = Narrow frame cassette NNN  = All cassettes<br>(with horizontal terminal pads)<br>Continuous Amperes U  = Universal cassette Shutters<br>16  = Up to 1600 A (with universal terminal pads) N   = No shutters<br>20  = Up to 2000 A<br>S = Shutters installed<br>32  = 2500 to 3200 A<br>Arc Hood<br>40  = 1600 to 4000 A<br>50  = 2000 to 5000 A A  = Arc hood installed<br>D  = Dual baffled arc hood for ATS<br>and DC applications  [1]<br>Poles<br>3 = Three-pole Door Frame and Gasket Kit<br>4 = Four-pole<br>DN  = Door frame and gasket kit included<br>XN  = Door frame and gasket kit not included<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 The arc hood option ‘D’ is recommended for use for ATS applications as well as on Magnum ANSI DC breakers, ‘DAS’ and ‘DBS’ configurations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-9** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Magnum DS Switchgear Class UL 1066 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers** 

**3** 

|**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Position 1–6**<br>**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**1<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 254 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 508 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 635 Vac**<br>**Short-Time**<br>**Withstand Rating**<br>**Fixed Internal**<br>**Instantaneous Trip**|**Available Current Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In Rating)**|
|---|---|---|
|800|MDN-408<br>Narrow<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>MDN-508<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDN-608<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDN-C08<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>20<br>18 x In<br>MDS-408<br>Standard<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>MDS-508<br>Standard<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDS-608<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDS-808<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C08<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-H08<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-L082<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>MDS-X083<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>65<br>30<br>30|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800|
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
||||
|1200|MDN-412<br>Narrow<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>MDN-512<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDN-612<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDN-C12<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>25<br>18 x In<br>MDS-X12<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>65<br>30<br>30<br>MDS-512<br>Standard<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDS-612<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDS-812<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C12<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-H12<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200|
|1600|MDN-416<br>Narrow<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>MDN-516<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDN-616<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDN-C16<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>30<br>18 x In<br>MDS-516<br>Standard<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>—<br>MDS-616<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDS-816<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C16<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-H16<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-L162<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>MDS-X163<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>65<br>30<br>30|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000,<br>1200, 1600|
|2000|MDN-620<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDN-C20<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>35<br>18 x In<br>MDS-620<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>MDS-820<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C20<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-H20<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-L202<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>MDS-X203<br>Standard<br>200<br>200<br>65<br>30<br>30|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,<br>1600, 2000|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS trip unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 

- 2 Magnum MDSL current limiting power circuit breaker with integral current limiters. Current Limiter selected determines short-time and fixed instantaneous trip rating. Maximum voltage rating is 600 Vac. 

- 3 Magnum MDSX current limiting power circuit breaker with fast opening contacts. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-10** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Magnum DS Switchgear Class UL 1066 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers, continued** 

|**agnu**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**wtcgear ass   ow otage ower rcut reaers, contnue**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Position 1–6**<br>**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**1<br>**Available Current Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In Rating)**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 254 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 508 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 635 Vac**<br>**Short-Time**<br>**Withstand Rating**<br>**Fixed Internal**<br>**Instantaneous Trip**<br>MDS-625<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,<br>1600, 2000, 2500<br>MDS-825<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C25<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>1002<br>85<br>MDS-H25<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-632<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,<br>1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3200<br>MDS-832<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C32<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-H32<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>85<br>85<br>MDS-X323<br>Double<br>200<br>200<br>4<br>50<br>50<br>MDN-640<br>Double narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>2000, 2500, 3200, 4000<br>MDN-840<br>Double narrow<br>85<br>85<br>65<br>85<br>—<br>MDN-C40<br>Double narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>100<br>—<br>MDS-840<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>MDS-C40<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>MDS-H40<br>Double<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>—<br>MDS-X403<br>Double<br>200<br>200<br>5<br>50<br>50<br>MDD-X40<br>Double<br>200<br>200<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>MDS-850<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>2500, 3200, 4000, 5000<br>MDS-C50<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>MDS-H50<br>Double<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>—<br>MDS-X5035<br>Double<br>200<br>200<br>4<br>50<br>50<br>MDD-X50<br>Double<br>200<br>200<br>100<br>100<br>—|**3**|
|---|---|---|
|||**3**|
|||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|
|2500|||
|3200|||
|4000|||
|5000|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Interruption ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS trip unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 

- 2 Short-time withstand for MDSC at 2500A for 600 Vac is 85 kA. 

- 3 Magnum MDSX current limiting power circuit breaker with fast opening contacts. 

- 4 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating. 

- 5 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-11** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

**3** 

**==> picture [156 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-2**|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power||
|Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-6**|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker||
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-13**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-13**|
|Trip Curve Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-14**|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case||
|Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-15**|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-23**|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage||
|Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-33**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with PXR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-35**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit||
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-55**|



## **Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker** 

## **Product Description** 

The following curves illustrate the ratings, melting timecurrent characteristics and current limiting, or let-through characteristics, of limiters for Magnum low voltage power circuit breakers. 

The let-through current for a given limiter application is readily determined by extending a vertical line from the applicable maximum available symmetrical fault amperes at the bottom margin to the characteristic line for the particular limiter, and from this intersection extending a horizontal line to the left margin and reading the peak current. The withstand rating of any circuit elements protected by the limiters should be at least equal to this peak current. 

It will be noted that the letthrough current increases with the limiter size or ampere rating; in other words, the maximum current limiting effect is obtained with the smallest size. This effect is to be expected, since the resistance decreases as the rating increases. If the vertical line from the bottom margin as described in the previous paragraph does not intersect the limiter characteristic line, 

the available system fault current is below the 

“threshold” current of that limiter, and it will offer no current limiting effect. 

The current limiting principle is illustrated below: 

- la= The Available Peak Fault Current 

- tm=The Melting Time 

- Ip= The Peak Let-Through Current 

- ta= The Arcing Time 

- tc= The Total Interrupting (Clearing)Time 

## **Current Limiting** 

**==> picture [77 x 60] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Ia<br>Ip<br>[\]<br>tm [(] ta<br>bo tc<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Limiter Selection**_ 

The selection of a suitable limiter rating for a given application is generally governed by a choice of the following types of protection: 

- A. Maximum protection of “downstream” components. Type MDSL breakers are often used for this purpose even when the maximum available fault currents are within the interruption rating of the corresponding unfused Magnum breakers. 

- B. Protection of the circuit breaker only. 

Case A would tend to use the smallest available limiter; Case B the largest. When downstream protection is required, the selection is usually a compromise, since certain small limiters cannot be coordinated with the breaker to avoid nuisance blowing on overloads or small and moderate short circuits. 

Minimum, recommended and maximum limiter sizes for Magnum MDSL breakers are given in the table on **Page V4-T3-13** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-12** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**Magnum MDSL Sensor/Rating Plug vs. Current Limiter Selection**[1] 

|**Magnum M**|**DSL Senso**|**r/Rat**|**ing Plug vs. C**|**urrent Lim**|**iter Selecti**|**on**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Sensor and**|**MDSL Current**|**Limiter**|**Selection Chart**2||||||||
|**Rating Plug In**|||||||||||
|200|**MA250**|**MA300**|**MA400**|**MA600**3|**MA800**|**MB1200**|**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**|**MD3000**|
|250|||**MA400**|**MA600**|**MA800**3|**MB1200**|**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**|**MD3000**|
|300|||**MA400**|**MA600**|**MA800**3|**MB1200**|**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**|**MD3000**|
|400||||**MA600**|**MA800**|**MB1200**3|**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**|**MD3000**|
|600|||||**MA800**|**MB1200**|**MB1600**|**MB2000**3|**MD2500**|**MD3000**|
|800||||||**MB1200**|**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**3|**MD3000**|
|1000|||||||**MB1600**|**MB2000**|**MD2500**3|**MD3000**|
|1200||||||||**MB2000**|**MD2500**3|**MD3000**|
|1600||||||||||**MD3000**3|
|2000||||||||||**MD3000**3|



**3** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Magnum MDSL Ratings** 

||**Catalog**|**Available Sensor/**|
|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Rating Plug (Amperes)**|
|800|**MDSL08**|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800|
|1600|**MDSL16**|200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600|
|2000|**MDSC20**|1600, 2000|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Select the current limiter based on the Magnum breaker frame and current sensor and rating plug as shown. 

- 2 Refer to MDSL current limiter curves for let-through and time characteristics. 

- 3 The recommended ratings shown as shaded provide for reduced current let-through and breaker coordination within the trip unit settings. Selection of current limiters below the recommended ratings shown provides lower current let-through, however, trip unit settings must be considered to avoid nuisance operation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-13** 

3.1 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Trip Curve Charts** 

**3** 

## **Type Magnum DSL Limiters, Peak Let-Through Current Characteristics** 

**==> picture [230 x 292] intentionally omitted <==**

_**Available Current, rms Symmetrical Amperes x 10**_ 

**Type Magnum DSL Limiters Average Melting Time-Current Characteristics** 

**==> picture [240 x 290] intentionally omitted <==**

_**Scale x 100 = Current in Amperes**_ 

## _**Note**_ 

For Time/Current Curves, see www.eaton.com/electrical 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-14** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [244 x 184] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-2|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-6|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power|
|Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-12|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case|
|Circuit Breakers|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-16|
|Technical Data and Specifications  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-19|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|V4-T3-23|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage|
|Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-33|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-35|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-47|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-55|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## **Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Magnum SB is a low voltage insulated case circuit breaker family designed for the performance and economic requirements of UL 891 switchboards. 

- Magnum SB insulated case circuit breakers have interruption ratings up to 130 kA at 635 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000 A 

- Magnum SB insulated case circuit breakers have lighter-duty short-time withstand ratings and fixed internal instantaneous trips on most ratings, which is characteristic of UL 489 molded case breakers commonly used in UL 891 switchboards. This provides for greater economy and excellent coordination and selectivity for most commercial applications 

- Fixed internal instantaneous trips will be phased in on all Magnum SB insulated case circuit breakers rated 3200 A and below to provide an extra safety factor by reducing the energy let-through to 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

downstream circuits at the maximum instantaneous trip point and to facilitate feeder circuit breaker protection in UL 891 switchboards with 3-cycle bus bracing 

## _**UL and ANSI Test Certifications**_ 

Magnum SB meets or exceeds the applicable ANSI, NEMA, UL and CSA standards, including: 

   - ANSI C37.13 (Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

- Magnum SBSE current limiting power circuit breakers have 150 kA interruption ratings at 480 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000 A. The short-time withstand rating is 30 kA for standard frame and 50 kA for double frame breakers 

   - ANSI C37.16 (Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Breakers) 

   - ANSI C37.17 (Trip Devices for AC and General Purpose DC Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers) 

- = 

   - ANSI C37.50 (Test Procedures for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

   - UL 1066 (Standard for Low Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

   - NEMA SG3 (This standard adopts ANSI C37.16 in its entirety) 

_**Typical Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Nameplate**_ 

## _**Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions**_ 

Magnum SB has proven performance in Eaton manufactured switchboards with the following test certifications: 

- UL 891 (Certified Pow-R-Line C Low Voltage Switchboards) 

- UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low Voltage Assemblies 

## _**Approvals and Marks**_ 

UL listed: Magnum DS Breaker UL File E52096 and Cassette UL File E204565 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-15** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## **Magnum SB Breaker Product Family** 

**3** 

## **SB S 4 12 3 V E A 06 MU** 

**==> picture [276 x 326] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breaker Type<br>SB = Magnum switchboard<br>Frame Type<br>S  = Standard or double<br>N  = Narrow or double  Mounting Configuration<br>narrow and Load Terminals Nameplate<br>D  = MDDX only H   = Fixed horizontal Language<br>E  = High endurance V   = Fixed vertical E = English<br>L  = Drawout (MDN) A  = Spanish<br>W  = Drawout (MDS)<br>Interrupting/<br>Withstand Rating<br>Poles and Neutral<br>4 = 42<br>5 = 50 (Facing Front of Breaker)<br>6 = 65 3 = Three<br>8 = 85 4 = Four (neutral left)<br>C = 100<br>H = 130 (DSH)<br>E = 150 (DSE)<br>X = 200 (DSX/DDX)<br>L = 200 (DSL)<br>Continuous Amperes and<br>Phasing (Facing Front of<br>Breaker)<br>08   = 800 ABC<br>12   = 1200 ABC<br>16   = 1600 ABC<br>20   = 2000 ABC<br>25   = 2500 ABC<br>30   = 3000 ABC<br>32   = 3200 ABC or ABCABC<br>3N  = 3200 AABBCC<br>4N  = 4000 AABBCC<br>5N  = 5000 AABBCC<br>40   = 4000 ABCABC<br>50   = 5000 ABCABC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Trip Unit and Protection, and External Control Voltage Current Limiter Selection When Required A** = Non-DSL (no limiter) **NN** = Non-automatic (no trip unit) **D** = MA250 **52** = 520 LSI **E** = MA300 **5G** = 520 LSIG **F** = MA400 **M2** = 520M LSI **G** = MA600 **MT** = 520M LSI (24/48 Vdc) **H** = MA800 **MU** = 520M LSI (120 Vac) **K** = MB1200 **MV** = 520M LSI (240 Vac) **L** = MB1600 **MQ** = 520M LSI (125 Vdc) **M** = MB2000 **MG** = 520M LSIG **N** = MD2500 **MH** = 520M LSIG (24/48 Vdc) **P** = MD3000 **MM** = 520M LSIG (120 Vac) **MN** = 520 LSIG (240 Vac) **MX** = 520M LSIG (125 Vdc) **Sensor and Rating Plug Rating ME** = 520M LSIA (24/48 Vdc) **NN** = None **MC** = 520 LSIA (120 Vac) **01** = 100 **13** = 1250 **MF** = 520M LSIA (240 Vac) **02** = 200 **16** = 1600 **MZ** = 520M LSIA (125 Vdc) **05** = 250 **20** = 2000 **CT** = 520MC LSI (24/48 Vdc) **03** = 300 **25** = 2500 **CU** = 520MC LSI (120 Vac) **04** = 400 **30** = 3000 **CV** = 520MC LSI (240 Vac) **06** = 600 **32** = 3200 **CQ** = 520MC LSI (125 Vdc) **08** = 800 **40** = 4000 **CH** = 520MC LSIG (24/48 Vdc) **10** = 1000 **50** = 5000 **CM** = 520MC LSIG (120 Vac) **12** = 1200 **CN** = 520MC LSIG (240 Vac) **CX** = 520MC LSIG (125 Vdc) **CE** = 520MC LSIA (24/48 Vdc) **CC** = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac) **CF** = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac) **CY** = 520MC LSIA (125 Vdc) **1A** = 1150 LSI (24/48 Vdc) **1C** = 1150 LSI (120 Vac) **1E** = 1150 LSI (240 Vac) **1Q** = 1150 LSI (125 Vdc) **1F** = 1150 LSIG (24/48 Vdc) **1G** = 1150 LSIG (120 Vac) **1H** = 1150 LSIG (240 Vac) **1X** = 1150 LSIG (125 Vdc) **1J** = 1150 LSIA (24/48 Vdc) **1K** = 1150 LSIA (120 Vac) **1M** = 1150 LSIA (240 Vac) **1Y** = 1150 LSIA (125 Vdc) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-16** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Magnum SB Breaker Product Family, continued** 

## **A W C H N E H K L A X** 

||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||**Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close**<br>**and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons**<br>**N**= None<br>**M**= Metal (block close and open)<br>**P**= Plastic (block close and open)<br>**C**= Metal (block close only)<br>**H**= Plastic (block close only)<br>**S**= Metal swbd lock-off (block close,<br>depress open)<br>**Operations Counter and/or**<br>**Keylock Provisions**<br>**Counter**<br>**Keylock**<br>**Provisions**<br>**N**=<br>**K** =<br>**C** =<br>**R** =<br>**S** =<br>**A**=<br>**Y** =<br>**L** =<br>**H**=<br>**E** =<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>No counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>Counter<br>No locks<br>Kirk lock<br>Castell lock<br>Ronis lock<br>CES lock<br>No lock<br>Kirk lock<br>Castell lock<br>Ronis lock indicator<br>CES lock<br>**Latch Check Switch/Trip Unit Metering**<br>**Voltage Connection for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit**<br>**Latch Check**<br>**Switch**<br>**1150 Voltage**<br>**Connection**<br>**N**=<br>**M**=<br>**L** =<br>**Y** =<br>**C** =<br>**D** =<br>None<br>None<br>LCS wired to SRD<br>LCS Wired to SRD<br>LCS Wired External<br>LCS Wired External<br>Upper terminals<br>Lower terminals<br>Upper terminals<br>Lower terminals<br>Upper terminals<br>Lower terminals<br>**Breaker Shipping Options and Instructions**<br>**A** = Fixed breaker alone with door kit<br>**B** = Fixed breaker alone with door kit and pre-wired<br>**F** = Fixed breaker alone without door kit<br>**A** = Drawout breaker alone without door frame kit<br>**C** = Drawout breaker in cassette (un-wired)<br>**P** = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters)<br>**S** = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters)<br>**W**= Drawout breaker in cassette (pre-wired and shutters)<br>Double frame drawout breakers ship without cassette<br>drawout. ACBs ship in narrow and universal cassettes only.|||
|**Shunt Trip (ST)**|||||||||||||||||
|**N**= None<br>**A**= 110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>**R**= 208–240 Vac/Vdc<br>**C**= 24 Vdc<br>**H**= 48 Vdc<br>**B**= 110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>(100% duty)<br>**S**= 220–250 Vac/Vdc<br>(100% duty)<br>**D**= 24 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**K**= 48 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**J**= 60 Vdc (100% duty)<br>**6**= 60 Vdc|||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||
||||||**Undervoltage**<br>**Release (UVR) or**<br>**2nd Shunt Trip (ST)**||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||
||||||||**Auxiliary Switch**||||||||||
||||||**N**= None<br>**A**= UVR (110–127 Vac)<br>**R**= UVR (208–240 Vac)<br>**C**= UVR (24 Vdc)<br>**H**= UVR (48 Vdc)<br>**D**= UVR (60 Vdc)<br>**E** = UVR (110–125 Vdc)<br>**F** = UVR (220–250 Vdc)<br>**G**= UVR (32 Vdc)<br>**X**= UVR (380–415 Vac)<br>**J** = UVR (480 Vac)<br>**K**= UVR (600 Vac)<br>**1** = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc)<br>**2** = 2nd ST (208–250 Vac/Vdc)<br>**3** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc)<br>**4** = 2nd ST (48 Vdc)<br>**6** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc)<br>**B**= 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc<br>100% duty)<br>**O**= 2nd ST (220–250 Vac/Vdc<br>100% duty)<br>**I** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty)<br>**Q**= 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty)<br>**9** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)||**N** = None<br>**2** = 2A/2B<br>**4** = 4A/4B<br>**6** = 6A/6B||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||**Bell Alarms Switch (OTS)**<br>**with 2a/2b Contacts and/or**<br>**Mechanical Trip Indicator**|||||||||
||||||||||||||||||
||**Motor Operator**<br>||||||**E** =<br>**N**=<br>**Y** =<br>**M**=<br>**L** =<br>**F** =<br>**G**=<br>**H**=<br>**I** =<br>**J** =<br>**K** =|**Mech.**<br>**Trip**<br>**Indicator**|**Mech.**<br>**Interlock**<br>**for**<br>**Manual**<br>**Reset**||**OTS**<br>**Switch**<br>**with Two**<br>**Form C**<br>**Contacts**||||||
||**M**= Manual operated<br>**N** = 110–125 Vac (5-sec)<br>**W**= 110–125 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**T** = 220–250 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**P** = 208–277 Vac (5-sec)<br>**L** = 24 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**K** = 48 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**S** = 60 Vdc (5-sec)<br>**1** = 110–125 Vac (3-sec)<br>**2** = 220–250 Vac (3-sec)<br>**4** = 24 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**8** = 48 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**5** = 110–125 Vdc (3-sec)<br>**9** = 220–250 Vdc (3-sec)||||||||||||||||
|||||||||No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes|—<br>No<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>No<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes||No<br>No<br>Yes<br>No<br>Yes<br>Yes with<br>24 V reset<br>Yes with<br>120 V rese<br>Yes with<br>240 V rese<br>Yes with<br>24 V reset<br>Yes with<br>120 V rese<br>Yes with<br>240 V rese||||||
||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||**Frame Use**||
||||||||||||||||**X**= All breakers||



**3** 

**Frame Use X** = All breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-17** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Cassette Magnum SB Breaker Product Family** 

**==> picture [521 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
M E 32 3 C A DN N NNN W C<br>3<br>3 Cassette Family Cassette Shipping<br>M = Standard or double frame C  = Cassette only<br>3 L = Narrow frame only B  = Breaker shipped in cassette<br>Cassette Wiring<br>3 Interrupt Type Cassette Frame and Rear Terminals N   = Un-wired<br>E   = SB cassette (150 kAIC) P  = Basic cassette W  = Cassette wired<br>3 N  = Cassettes (up to 100 kA) C  = Basic cassette with stabs(without vertical bus stabs)<br>Future Use<br>(with vertical bus stab kit)<br>3 Continuous Amperes H  = Narrow frame cassette NNN  = All cassettes<br>(with horizontal terminal pads)<br>16  = Up to 1600 A U  = Universal cassette Shutters<br>3 2032  = Up to 2000 A = 2500 to 3200 A (with universal terminal pads) N   = No shutters<br>40  = 4000 to 1600 A S = Shutters installed<br>Arc Hood<br>3 50  = 5000 to 2000 A<br>A  = Arc hood installed<br>3 Poles<br>Door Frame and Gasket Kit<br>3 = Three-pole<br>4 = Four-pole DN  = Door frame and gasket kit included<br>3 XN  = Door frame and gasket kit not included<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-18** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Magnum SB Switchboard Class Insulated Case Low Voltage Air Circuit Breakers** 

|**agnu**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**wtcoar ass nsuate ase ow otage r rcut reaers**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Position 1–6**<br>**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**1<br>**Available Current Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In Rating)**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 254 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 508 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 635 Vac**<br>**Short-Time**<br>**Withstand Rating**<br>**Fixed Internal**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Trip**<br>SBN-508<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>35<br>20<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800<br>SBN-608<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>42<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBN-C08<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBS-608<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBS-808<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C08<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H08<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>20<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E0823<br>Standard<br>200<br>150<br>65<br>30<br>30<br>SBN-512<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>35<br>25<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200<br>SBN-612<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>42<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBN-C12<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBS-612<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBS-812<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C12<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H12<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>25<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E122<br>Standard<br>200<br>150<br>65<br>30<br>30<br>SBN-516<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>35<br>30<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600<br>SBN-616<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>42<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBN-C16<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBS-616<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBS-816<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C16<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H16<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>30<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E162<br>Standard<br>200<br>150<br>65<br>30<br>30<br>SBN-620<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>35<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000<br>SBN-C20<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>35<br>18 x In<br>SBS-620<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>35<br>18 x In<br>SBS-820<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>35<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C20<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>35<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H20<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>35<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E202<br>Standard<br>200<br>150<br>65<br>30<br>30|**3**|
|---|---|---|
|||**3**|
|||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|
|800|||
|1200|||
|1600|||
|2000|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Interruption ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS trip unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 

- 2 Magnum SBSE current limiting power circuit breaker with fast opening contacts. 

- 3 Not released. 

Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating. Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure. 

Magnum SB is UL 1066 listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-19** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Magnum SB Switchboard Class Insulated Case Low Voltage Air Circuit Breakers, continued** 

**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**[1] 

**3** 

||**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**1|
|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Position 1–6**<br>**Available Current Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In Rating)**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 254 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 508 Vac**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 635 Vac**<br>**Short-Time**<br>**Withstand Rating**<br>**Fixed Internal**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Trip**|
|2500|SBS-625<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>45<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600,<br>2000, 2500<br>SBS-825<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>45<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C25<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>45<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H25<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>45<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E252<br>Double<br>200<br>150<br>4<br>50<br>50|
|3000|SBS-630<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>50<br>18 x In<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000,<br>2500, 3000<br>SBS-830<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>50<br>18 x In<br>SBS-C30<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>50<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H30<br>Standard<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>50<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E302<br>Double<br>200<br>150<br>4<br>50<br>50|
|4000|SBS-840<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>72<br>18 x In<br>2000, 2500, 3000, 4000<br>SBS-C40<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>72<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H40<br>Double<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>72<br>18 x In<br>SBN-840<br>Double<br>Narrow<br>85<br>85<br>65<br>72/65<br>18 x In<br>SBN-C40<br>Double<br>Narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>72/65<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E402<br>Double<br>200<br>150<br>4<br>50<br>50|
|5000|SBS-850<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>18 x In<br>2500, 3000, 4000, 5000<br>SBS-C50<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>90<br>18 x In<br>SBS-H50<br>Double<br>130<br>130<br>130<br>90<br>18 x In<br>SBS-E5023<br>Double<br>200<br>150<br>4<br>50<br>50|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Interruption ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS trip unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 

> 2 Magnum SBSE current limiting power circuit breaker with fast opening contacts. 

> 3 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure. 

> 4 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating. 

Magnum SB is UL 1066 listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-20** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum DS and SB ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers** 

**3** 

|**Trip Unit Type**||**Digitrip 520**|**Digitrip 520M**|**Digitrip 520MC**|**Digitrip 1150+**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Ampere range||200–5000 A|200–5000 A|200–5000 A|200–5000 A|
|Interruption rating at 480 V||42–200 kA|42–200 kA|42–200 kA|42–200 kA|
|rms sensing||Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Protection and Coordination**||||||
|Protection|Ordering options|LI, LSI, LSIG, LSIA|LSI, LSIG|LSI, LSIG|LSI, LSIG, LSIA|
||Fixed rating plug (In)<br>Overtemperature trip|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Long delay<br>protection<br>(L)|Long delay pickup<br>Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir<br>Long delay time I4t|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>1–5 sec|
||IEEE curves|No|No|No|Yes|
||Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Short delay|High load alarm<br>Short delay pickup|No<br>200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|No<br>200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|No<br>200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|0.5–1.0 x (Ir)<br>200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|
|protection<br>(S)|Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Short delay time ZSI|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous<br>protection<br>(I)|Instantaneous pickup<br>Making current release|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|
||Off position|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault|Ground fault alarm|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|protection<br>(G)2|Ground fault pickup|25–100% x (In)|25–100% x (In)|25–100% x (In)|24–100% x (In)|
||Ground fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Disable ground fault protection||No|No|No|No|
|Neutral protection (N)<br>**System Diagnostics**||Model LSI only|Model LSI only|Model LSI only|Model LSI only|
|Cause of trip LEDs||Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information||No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts||No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Programmable contacts<br>Electronic operations counter||No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>No|Yes<br>Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 

> 2 1200 A maximum ground fault setting per UL/NEC. 

In = Rating plug and sensor rating. 

Ir = Long delay pickup setting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-21** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**3** ~~Ls~~ 

## **Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum DS and SB ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers, continued** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip 520**|**Digitrip 520M**|**Digitrip 520MC**|**Digitrip 1150+**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**System Monitoring**|||||
|Digital display|No|4-Character LCD|4-Character LCD|24-Character LED|
|Current (%) full scale sensor|No|Yes +/– 2%|Yes +/– 2%|Yes +/– 1%|
|Voltage (%) L to L|No|No|No|Yes +/– 1%|
|Power and energy (%)|No|No|No|Yes +/– 2%|
|Apparent power kVA and demand<br>Reactive power kVAR|No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>No|Yes<br>Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|No|Yes|
|Crest factor|No|No|No|Yes|
|**System Communications**|||||
|Type|—|—|INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus2/<br>PROFIBUS2|INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/<br>Modbus2/PROFIBUS2|
|Power supply in breaker|N/A|Optional|Standard|Standard|
|**Additional Features**|||||
|Trip log (three events)<br>Electronic operations counter|No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>No|Yes<br>Yes|
|Testing method3|Test set|Test set|Test set|Integral and test set|
|Waveform capture|No|No|No|Yes|
|**Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode**|No|No|Yes|Yes4|
|Breaker health monitor|No|No|No|Yes|
|Programmable relay functions|No|No|No|Yes1|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 

> 2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module. 

- 3 Test set for secondary injection. 

- 4 Contact Eaton for availability. 

In = Rating plug and sensor rating. 

Ir = Long delay pickup setting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-22** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [224 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Magnum IEC Double Narrow Frame Drawout Air Circuit Breaker, With Cassette<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-2 3** Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-6 3** Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-12 3** Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-15** Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers **3** Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-24** Technical Data and Specifications  . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-27 3** Magnum Options and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-30** Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-32** Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage **3** Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-33** Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit **3** Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-35** Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit **3** Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-47** Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-55** 

## **Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Magnum air circuit breakers are designed to enable global power distribution solutions in IEC switchboards and other custom enclosures. 

- Magnum IEC air circuit breakers have interruption ratings up to 100 kA at 690 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 6300 A 

- Magnum IEC air circuit breaker continuous current frames are 100% rated. No thermal de-rating is required when applying the breaker in the low voltage systems enclosure at ambient temperatures of 104 ºF (40 °C) 

> ● Magnum IEC breakers carry the KEMA Keur Mark, which requires periodic follow-up testing, witnessed by KEMA, to demonstrate our product performs to its published nameplate ratings. This differentiates Magnum air circuit breakers from the competition, where in general, self-certification testing is performed on products when initially introduced with no binding commitments to perform subsequent follow-up third-party testing 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**IEC Test Certifications**_ 

Magnum air circuit breakers meet or exceed the applicable IEC standards, including: 

- EN/IEC 60947-2 

- KEMA third-party witness and follow-up testing 

## _**Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions**_ 

Magnum air circuit breakers have proven performance in IEC switchboards and custom enclosures manufactured by Eaton and Low Voltage Systems Builders (OEMs) to the following standards: 

- EN/IEC 60947-1 

- EN/IEC 60439-1 

- Eaton manufactured IEC Low Voltage Switchboard solutions include: 

- Eaton MEM M-Form (UK) Low Voltage Switchboards 

- Eaton Holec[®] Capitole 40 and Capitole 20 (Holland) Low Voltage Switchboards 

- Eaton Tabula Low Voltage Switchboard Systems (global) for Low Voltage Systems Builders 

- Eaton Elatis (Germany) Low Voltage Switchboards 

- Eaton Xenergy and Modan switchboard systems (global) for low voltage systems builders 

## _**Approvals and Marks**_ 

Magnum air circuit breakers carry the following approvals and approval marks: 

- CE 

- KEMA Keur mark 

- ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Type Listed Certificate Number 04-HS422844B-PDA-DUB 

- CCC (Certificate for China Compulsory Product Certification) to GB14048.2-2001, Certificate Numbers: 

- 2005010307139381 

- 2003010307094561 

- 2003010307094558 

- American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) 

- Det Norske Veritas (DNV) 

- Lloyds of London 

- South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) 

- For a complete and comprehensive listing of all low voltage power breakers, please visit www.eaton.com 

**Note:** The KEMA Keur Mark on the Magnum ACB Label Confirms Third-Party Witness and Followup Testing 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-23** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family**[1] 

**3** 

## **MW N 5 12 4 V E A 03 MT 6 M C J 2 Y C N M W X** 

|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Rating**<br>**NN** = None<br>**02** = 200<br>**05** = 250<br>**03** = 300<br>**04** = 400<br>**06** = 600<br>**07** = 630<br>**08** = 800<br>**10** = 1000<br>**12** = 1200<br>**13** = 1250<br>**16** = 1600<br>**20** = 2000<br>**25** = 2500<br>**30** = 3000<br>**32** = 3200<br>**40** = 4000<br>**50** = 5000<br>**63** = 6300||
||||**Nameplate Language**<br>**E** = English<br>**A** = Spanish||**Trip Unit and Protection,**<br>**(and External Control**<br>**Voltage When Required)**|
|||||**Sensor and**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Rating**||
||||**Nameplate Language**|||
||||||**NN**= Non-automatic (no trip unit)<br>**22**= 520 LI<br>**52**= 520 LSI<br>**5W**= 520i LSIG<br>**M2**= 520M LSI<br>**MT**= 520M LSI (24–48 Vdc)<br>**MU**= 520M LSI (120 Vac)<br>**MV**= 520M LSI (240 Vac)<br>**MW**= 520Mi LSIG<br>**MJ**= 520Mi LSIG (24–48 Vdc)<br>**MK**= 520Mi LSIG (120 Vac)<br>**ML**= 520Mi LSIG (240 Vac)<br>**ME**= 520M LSIA (24–48 Vdc)<br>**MC**= 520M LSIA (120 Vac)<br>**MF**= 520M LSIA (240 Vac)<br>**CT**= 520MC LSI (24–48 Vdc)<br>**CU**= 520MC LSI (120 Vac)<br>**CV**= 520MC LSI (240 Vac)<br>**CE**= 520MC LSIA (24–48 Vdc)<br>**CC**= 520MC LSIA (120 Vac)<br>**CF**= 520MC LSIA (240 Vac)<br>**CJ**= 520MCi LSIG (24–48 Vdc)<br>**CK**= 520MCi LSIG (120 Vac)<br>**CF**= 520MCi LSIG (240 Vac)<br>**C1**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSI<br>(24–48 Vdc)<br>**C2**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSI<br>(120 Vac)<br>**C3**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSI<br>(240 Vac)<br>**C4**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIA<br>(24–48 Vdc)<br>**C5**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIA<br>(120 Vac)<br>**C6**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIA<br>(240 Vac)<br>**C7**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIG<br>(24–48 Vdc)<br>**C8**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIG<br>(120 Vac)<br>**C9**= 520MC Arcflash Reduction<br>Maintenance System LSIG<br>(240 Vac)<br>**1W**= 1150i LSI (24–48 Vdc)<br>**1N**= 1150i LSI (120 Vac)<br>**1P**= 1150i LSI (240 Vac)<br>**1R**= 1150i LSIG/A (24–48 Vdc)<br>**1S**= 1150i LSIG/A (120 Vac)<br>**1T**= 1150i LSIG/A (240 Vac)|
||||**E** = English<br>**A** = Spanish|||
|||||**NN** = None<br>**02** = 200<br>**05** = 250<br>**03** = 300<br>**04** = 400<br>**06** = 600<br>**07** = 630<br>**08** = 800<br>**10** = 1000<br>**12** = 1200<br>**13** = 1250<br>**16** = 1600<br>**20** = 2000<br>**25** = 2500<br>**30** = 3000<br>**32** = 3200<br>**40** = 4000<br>**50** = 5000<br>**63** = 6300||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-24** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family, continued**[1] 

## **MW N 5 12 4 V E A 03 MT 6 M C J 2 Y C N M W X** 

**Shunt Trip Future Use Attachment (STA) X** = All ACBs **N** = None **Spring Release A** = 110–127 Vac/Vdc **Device (SRD) RC** = 208–240 Vac/Vdc = 24 Vdc **N** = None **Auxiliary Switch AACB Shipping Instructions** = Fixed ACB with door kit **H** = 48 Vdc **A** = 110–127 Vac/Vdc **N** = None **B** = Fixed breaker alone with **BS** = 220–250 Vac/Vdc  = 110–127 Vac/Vdc (100% duty) **RCHS** = 208–240 Vac/Vdc= 24 Vdc= 48 Vdc= 60 Vdc **246** = 2A/2B= 2A/2B= 2A/2B **AF** = = door kit and pre-wiredD/O ACB only without Fixed ACB without door kit (100% duty) door kit **D** = 24 Vdc (100% duty) **Bell Alarms Switch (OTS) C** = D/O ACB in cassette **K** = 48 Vdc (100% duty) **Undervoltage Release (UVR) or with 2a/2b Contacts and/or** (un-wired) **J** = 60 Vdc (100% duty) **2nd Shunt Trip (ST) Mechanical Trip Indicator P** = D/O ACB in cassette **6** = 60 Vdc **N** = None **Mech. Mech. OTS** (pre-wired) **MNW** = Manual operated = 110–125 Vdc (5-sec)= 110–125 Vac (5-sec) **Motor Operator ARCHDE** = UVR (110–125 Vdc)  = UVR (208–240 Vac)  = UVR (24 Vdc) = UVR (110–127 Vac) = UVR (48 Vdc) = UVR (60 Vdc) **E** = **Indicator** No **Trip Interlock** — **Manual Resetfor with Two** No **ContactsSwitchForm C** without cassetteDouble frame D/O ACBs ship **WS** = = (shutters)(pre-wired and shutters)D/O ACB in cassette D/O ACB in cassette **T** = 220–250 Vdc (5-sec) **F** = UVR (220–250 Vdc) **N** = Yes No No **PLKS** = 208–277 Vac (5-sec)= 24 Vdc (5-sec)= 48 Vdc (5-sec)= 60 Vdc (5-sec) **GXJK** = UVR (480 Vac)  = UVR (380–415 Vac)  = UVR (600 Vac) = UVR (32 Vdc) **YMLF** = = = = YesYesYesYes NoYesYesNo YesNoYesYes with **Latch Checking Switch/Trip Unit Metering Voltage Connectionfor Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit 1** = 110–125 Vac (3-sec) **1** = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc) 24 V reset **Latch Check 1150 Voltage 2** = 220–250 Vac (3-sec) **2** = 2nd ST (208–250 Vac/Vdc) **G** = Yes No Yes with **Switch Connection 4** = 24 Vdc (3-sec) **3** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc) 120 V reset **N** = None Upper terminals **8** = 48 Vdc (3-sec) **4** = 2nd ST (48 Vdc) **H** = Yes No Yes with **M** = None Lower terminals **5** = 110–125 Vdc (3-sec) **6** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc) 240 V reset **L** = LCS wired to SRD Upper terminals **9** = 220–250 Vdc (3-sec) **B** = 2nd ST (110–127 Vac/Vdc **I** = Yes Yes Yes with **Y** = LCS wired to SRD Lower terminals **O** = 2nd ST (220–250 Vac/Vdc 100% duty) **J** = Yes Yes 24 V resetYes with **CD** = LCS wired external= LCS wired external Upper terminalsLower terminals 120 V reset 100% duty) **K** = Yes Yes Yes with **I** = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty) 240 V reset **Operations Counter and/or Q** = 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty) **Keylock Provisions 9** = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty) **Counter Keylock Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close Provisions and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons N** = No counter No locks **N** = None **K** = No counter Kirk lock **M** = Metal (block close and open) **C** = No counter Castell lock **P** = Plastic (block close and open) **R** = No counter Ronis lock **C** = Metal (block close only) **S** = No counter CES lock **H** = Plastic (block close only) **A** = Counter No lock **Y** = Counter Kirk lock **L** = Counter Castell lock **H** = Counter Ronis lock indicator **E** = Counter CES lock 

**3** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-25** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

**Cassette Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family**[1] 

**==> picture [470 x 260] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E N 32 4 H K N N S NNN W C<br>3<br>3 Cassette Family Cassette Shipping<br>E = Standard or double frame IEC C  = Cassette only<br>3 N  = Narrow frame IEC<br>Cassette Wiring<br>Interrupt Type N = Un-wired<br>3 N  = All cassettes W  = Cassette wired<br>3 Continuous Amperes Future Use<br>20  = Up to 2000 A N  = All cassettes<br>3 3241  = 2500–3000 A = 4000 A standard frame Shutters<br>40  = 4000 A<br>N  = No shutters<br>3 63  = 5000–6000 A S = Shutters installed<br>Poles<br>3 Future Use<br>3 = Three-pole N  = All cassettes<br>4 = Four-pole<br>3<br>Door Frame and Gasket Kit<br>Rear Terminals<br>N  = All cassettes<br>3 H  = Horizontal stabs (upper<br>and lower terminals)<br>3 Arc Hood<br>A  = Arc hood for 690 Vac<br>3 K = Arc hood for 1100 Vac<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-26** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Magnum IEC 60947-2 Rated Air Circuit Breakers** 

|**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Position 1–6**<br>**rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA**1<br>**Available Current Sensor**<br>**and Rating Plugs for Digitrip**<br>**RMS Trip Unit**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In Rating)**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating at**<br>**240 Vac Icu = Ics**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating at**<br>**440 Vac Icu = Ics**<br>**Interruption**<br>**Rating at**<br>**690 Vac Icu = Ics**<br>**Withstand Rating**<br>**Icw 1-Sec / 3-Sec**<br>**Fixed Internal**<br>**Instantaneous Trip**|
|---|---|
|800|MWN-508<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50/—<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800<br>MWN-608<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/40<br>—<br>MWI-608<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWI-808<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C08<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85|
|1000|MWN-410<br>Narrow<br>40<br>40<br>40<br>40/—<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000<br>MWN-510<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50/—<br>—<br>MWN-610<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/40<br>—<br>MWI-610<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWI-810<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C10<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85|
|1250|MWN-412<br>Narrow<br>40<br>40<br>40<br>40/—<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800,<br>1000, 1250<br>MWN-512<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50/—<br>—<br>MWN-612<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/40<br>—<br>MWI-612<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWI-812<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C12<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85|
|1600|MWN-516<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50/—<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,<br>1250, 1600<br>MWN-616<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/40<br>—<br>MWI-616<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWI-816<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C16<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85|
|2000|MWN-520<br>Narrow<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50/30<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,<br>1250, 1600, 2000<br>MWN-620<br>Narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/40<br>—<br>MWI-620<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/50<br>—<br>MWI-820<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C20<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85|
|2500|MWI-625<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,<br>1250, 1600, 2000, 2500<br>MWI-825<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C25<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85<br>MWI-H25<br>Standard<br>125<br>125<br>125<br>85/65<br>—|
|3200|MWI-632<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/50<br>—<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000,<br>1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200<br>MWI-832<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C32<br>Standard<br>100<br>100<br>85<br>85/65<br>85<br>MWI-H32<br>Standard<br>—<br>—<br>125<br>—<br>—|
|4000|MWI-6412<br>Standard<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/50<br>—<br>2000, 2500, 3200, 4000<br>MWI-8412<br>Standard<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWI-C412<br>Standard<br>105<br>105<br>85<br>85/65<br>—<br>MWN-64N<br>Double narrow<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWN-84N<br>Double narrow<br>85<br>85<br>65<br>85/—<br>—<br>MWN-C4N<br>Double narrow<br>100<br>100<br>65<br>100/—<br>—<br>MWI-64N<br>Double<br>65<br>65<br>65<br>65/—<br>—<br>MWI-84N<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/—<br>—<br>MWI-C4N<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100/—<br>—|
|5000|MWI-85N<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/—<br>—<br>2500, 3200, 4000, 5000<br>MWI-C5N<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100/—<br>—|
|6300|MWI-86N<br>Double<br>85<br>85<br>85<br>85/—<br>—<br>3200, 4000, 5000, 6300<br>MWI-C6N<br>Double<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>100/—<br>—|



**3** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Interruption ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published breaker Icw rating. 

> 2 Magnum IEC standard frame breakers rated for 4000 A continuous current are available in drawout configuration only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-27** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**3** ~~—~~ 

## **Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers** 

|**Trip Unit Type**||**Digitrip 520****_i_**|**Digitrip 520M****_i_**|**Digitrip 520MC****_i_**|**Digitrip 1150****_i_+ **1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Ampere range||200–6300 A|200–6300 A|200–6300 A|200–6300 A|
|Interruption rating at 690 V||40–100 kA|40–100 kA|40–100 kA|40–100 kA|
|rms sensing||Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Protection and Coordination**||||||
|Protection|Ordering options|LI, LSI, LSIG, LSIA|LSI, LSIG|LSI, LSIG|LSI, LSIG, LSIA|
||Fixed rating plug (In)<br>Overtemperature trip|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Long delay<br>protection<br>(L)|Long delay setting<br>Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir<br>Long delay time I4t|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>No|0.4–1.0 x (In)<br>2–24 sec<br>1–5 sec|
||IEC Type A, B, C curves<br>Long delay thermal memory|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
||High load alarm|No|No|No|0.7–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay|Short delay pickup|200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|200–1000% x (Ir) and M1|150–1000% x (Ir) and M1|
|protection<br>(S)|Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Short delay time ZSI|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous<br>protection<br>(I)|Instantaneous pickup<br>Making current release|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|200–1000% x (In) and M1<br>Yes|
||Off position|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Earth fault|Earth fault alarm|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|protection<br>(G)|Earth fault pickup|25–100% x (In)|25–100% x (In)|25–100% x (In)|24–100% x (In)|
||Earth fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In<br>Earth fault delay flat|100–500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100–500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100–500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100–500 ms<br>100–500 ms|
||Earth fault ZSI<br>Earth fault memory|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Disable ground fault protection||No|No|No|Yes|
|Neutral protection (N)||Model LSI only|Model LSI only|Model LSI only|Model LSI only|
|**System Diagnostics**||||||
|Cause of trip LEDs<br>Magnitude of trip information||Yes<br>No|Yes<br>No|Yes<br>No|Yes<br>Yes|
|Remote signal contacts||No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Programmable contacts||No|No|No|2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 

In = Rating plug rating. Ir = LDPU setting. 

_i_ Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-28** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers, continued** 

**3** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip 520****_i_**|**Digitrip 520M****_i_**|**Digitrip 520MC****_i_**|**Digitrip 1150****_i_+ **1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**System Monitoring**|||||
|Digital display|No|4-Character LCD|4-Character LCD|24-Character LED|
|Current (%) full scale sensor|No|Yes +/– 2%|Yes +/– 2%|Yes +/– 1%|
|Voltage (%) L to L<br>Power and energy (%)|No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>No|Yes +/– 1%<br>Yes +/– 2%|
|Apparent power kVA and demand<br>Reactive power kVAR|No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>No|Yes<br>Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|No|Yes|
|Crest factor|No|No|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|No|No|Yes|
|% THD<br>**System Communications**|No|No|No|Yes|
|Type|—|—|INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus2/<br>PROFIBUS2|INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/<br>Modbus2/PROFIBUS2|
|Power supply in breaker<br>**Additional Features**|N/A|Optional|Standard|Standard|
|Trip log (three events)|No|No|No|Yes|
|Electronic operations counter|No|No|No|Yes|
|Testing method3|Test set|Test set|Test set|Integral and test set|
|Waveform capture<br>**Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode**|No<br>No|No<br>No|No<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes4|
|Breaker health monitor|No|No|No|Yes|
|Programmable relay functions|No|No|No|Yes1|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 

> 2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module. 

> 3 Test set for secondary injection. 

> 4 Contact Eaton for availability. 

In = Rating plug rating. 

Ir = LDPU setting. 

_i_ Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-29** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breaker 

## **Magnum Options and Accessories** 

**3** 

## _**Breaker-Mounted Options and Accessories**_ 

Magnum breakers are available with a comprehensive array of factory-installed breaker options to enable configuredto-order solutions for specified customer requirements. Field option kits are available to provide easy service, modification and customization of the breaker at the point of use. 

- **Shunt Trip device (ST)** . Provides for remote electrically controlled breaker opening when energized by a rated voltage input 

- **Spring Charge Motor (MOT)** . Charges the breaker closing springs automatically, facilitating remote or local closing. The motor assembly includes its own cut-off switch that changes state at the end of the charging cycle. This contact can be wired out for external indication 

- **Spring Release device (SR)** . Provides for remote electrically controlled breaker closing when its coils are energized by a rated voltage input 

- **Undervoltage Release (UVR)** . Trips the breaker when an existing voltage signal is lost or falls below an established threshold 

- **Auxiliary Switch** . Up to 6a/6b auxiliary individual dedicated contacts are available for customer use to indicate if the breaker is in the OPEN or CLOSE position 

- **Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag.** The red trip indicator flag pops out to provide local visual indication when the Digitrip RMS trip unit acts to trip the breaker on an overcurrent condition. Available in two options: an interlocked version that mechanically locks out the breaker until the indicator is manually reset and a non-interlocked version for indication only. 

- **Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch (OTS)** . Provides 2 Form C (changeover) contacts that change state when the Digitrip RMS trip unit acts to trip the breaker on an overcurrent condition. The contacts are available for external indication or customer use and are manually reset by the Mechanical Trip Indicator 

- **Padlockable Pushbutton Cover** . Permits padlocking hinged cover plates to block access to the PUSH ON and PUSH OFF buttons on the breaker faceplate 

- **Mechanical Operations Counter** . Records mechanical operations of the breaker over its installed life 

- **Key Off Lock Provisions** . Enables mounting of a single cylinder Kirk[®] , Castell or Ronis key lock to lock the breaker in the OPEN position 

- **Latch Check Switch** . Provides 1 Form C (changeover contact) that changes state when the breaker is ready to close. Can be wired to the Spring Release Device for fast transfer applications or wired for external ready-to-close indication 

_**Arc Chutes are Easily Removable for Inspection and Access to Breaker Contacts**_ 

_**Heel-Toe Contact Design Provides Demonstrated Long Life and Includes Wear Indicator for Visual Inspection**_ 

_**Shunt Trip, Spring Release and Undervoltage Release Device Installed on Accessory Deck**_ 

_**Auxiliary Switches Come in Modular 2a/2b Contact Stages Providing up to 6a/6b Dedicated Contacts**_ 

_**Mechanical Trip Indicator With Bell Alarm (OTS) Switches Mounted**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-30** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breaker 

**Magnum Breaker Control Device Application Guide—Vdc** 

|**Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage**||**24 Vdc**|**32 Vdc**|**48 Vdc**|**60 Vdc**|**125 Vdc**|**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Shunt Trip (ST)—Trip Circuit**||||||||
|Operational voltage range|70–110%|17–26 Vdc|—|34–53 Vdc|42–66 Vdc|77–138 Vdc|154–275 Vdc|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 35 ms1|250 W|—|250 W|250 W|450 W|450 W|
|Opening time|Seconds|35 ms|—|35 ms|35 ms|35 ms|35 ms|
|**Spring Release (SR)—Close Circuit**||||||||
|Operational voltage range|70–110%|17–26 Vdc|—|34–53 Vdc|42–66 Vdc|77–138 Vdc|154–275 Vdc|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 200 ms|250 W|—|250 W|250 W|450 W|450 W|
|Closing time|Seconds|40 ms|—|40 ms|40 ms|40 ms|40 ms|
|**Spring Charge Motor (MOT)**||||||||
|Operational voltage range|85–110% voltage|20–26 Vdc|—|41–53 Vdc|51–66 Vdc|94–138 Vdc|187–225 Vdc|
|Amperes (running)|Running|12.0 A|—|5.0 A|4.0 A|2.0 A|1.0 A|
|Amperes (inrush)|% of running|300%|—|500%|500%|600%|600%|
|Power consumption|—|300 W|—|250 W|250 W|250 W|250 W|
|Charging time|Seconds|5 sec|—|5 sec|5 sec|5 sec|5 sec|
|**Undervoltage Release (UVR)**||||||||
|Operational voltage range|85–110% voltage|20–26 Vdc|27–35 Vdc|41–53 Vdc|51–66 Vdc|94–138 Vdc|187–275 Vdc|
|Dropout voltage range|30–60% voltage|7–14 Vdc|10–19 Vdc|14–29 Vdc|18–36 Vdc|33–75 Vdc|66–150 Vdc|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 200 ms|250 W|275 W|275 W|275 W|450 W|450 W|
|Power consumption (continuous)|Required for 400 ms|18 W|15 W|18 W|18 W|10 W|10 W|
|Opening time|Seconds|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|
|**Auxiliary Switches**||||||||
|Minimum load contact rating|Inductive load|0.5 A|—|0.5 A|—|0.5 A|0.25 A|



**3** 

## **Magnum Breaker Control Device Application Guide—Vac** 

|**Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage**||**120 Vac**|**240 Vac**|**415 Vac**|**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Shunt Trip (ST)—Trip Circuit**|||||||
|Operational voltage range|70 –110%|77–140 Vac|146–264 Vac|—|—|—|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 35 ms|450 VA|450 VA|—|—|—|
|Opening time|Seconds|35 ms|35 ms|—|—|—|
|Spring Release (SR)—close circuit|||||||
|Operational voltage range|70–110%|77–140 Vac|146–264 Vac|—|—|—|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 200 ms|450 VA|450 VA|—|—|—|
|Closing time|Seconds|40 ms|40 ms|—|—|—|
|**Spring Charge Motor (MOT)**|||||||
|Operational voltage range|85–110% voltage|93–140 Vdc|177–305 Vdc|—|—|—|
|Amperes (running)|Running|2.0 A|1.0 A|—|—|—|
|Amperes (inrush)|% of running|600%|600%|—|—|—|
|Power consumption|—|250 VA|250 VA|—|—|—|
|Charging time|Seconds|5 sec|5 sec|—|—|—|
|**Undervoltage Release (UVR)**|||||||
|Operational voltage range|85–110% voltage|94–140 Vac|177–264 Vac|323–457 Vac|408–528 Vac|510–660 Vac|
|Dropout voltage range|30–60% voltage|33–76 Vac|62–144 Vac|114–249 Vac|144–288 Vac|180–360 Vac|
|Power consumption (inrush)|Required for 200 ms|450 VA|400 VA|480 VA|400 VA|400 VA|
|Power consumption (continuous)|Required for 400 ms|10 VA|10 VA|10 VA|10 VA|10 VA|
|Opening time|Seconds|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|70 ms|
|**Auxiliary Switches**|||||||
|Minimum load contact rating|Inductive load|10 A|10 A|—|—|—|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 100% duty shunt trips require power consumption (inrush) for 200 ms. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-31** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breaker 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## **Typical Magnum Breaker Control Circuit** 

**3** 

**==> picture [492 x 257] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Limit Switch for Closing Spring<br>Motor for Spring Charging<br>Shunt Trip  [[1]]<br>Spring Release Close Open G Open R<br>Undervoltage Release<br>Overcurrent Trip Switch<br>Description of Operation: B12 B15 B26 B10 B24 A7 A1 A2 A3<br>1 — Motor is energized through<br>LS contact. Lever<br>in Door<br>2 — Motor runs and charges closing  Switch<br>spring. (Draw- a.<br>3 — When closing spring is fully charged, Control out Only)<br>LS contacts change state. Power OTS 1*<br>4 — Close contacts energize SR coil. SR L.S. b. ST a. UVR OTS 2*<br>5 — When breaker closes, “b” opens.<br>6 — LS contacts change state and motor MOT<br>recharges closing springs.<br>B13 B14 B27 B11 B25 A8 A4 A5 A6<br>* Contacts shown for breaker open (not fully charged),<br>not tripped.<br>– – – –  Dotted line denotes Magnum Breaker.<br>Not needed with 100% duty rated shunt.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Legend: LS Limit Switch for Closing Spring MOT Motor for Spring Charging ST Shunt Trip[[1]] SR Spring Release UVR Undervoltage Release OTS Overcurrent Trip Switch 

Description of Operation: 

## _**Notes**_ 

- Contacts shown for breaker open (not fully charged), not tripped. 

- – – –  Dotted line denotes Magnum Breaker. 

- 1 Not needed with 100% duty rated shunt. 

**==> picture [41 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDSEOBKR<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-32** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**3**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-2**|**3**|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power<br>Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-6**|**3**|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power|||
|Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-12**|**3**|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case|||
|Circuit Breakers||**3**|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-23**||
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage||**3**|
|Switches|||
|Technical Data and Specifications  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-34**|**3**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|||
|Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-35**|**3**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|||
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**|**3**|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-55**||



## **Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton Magnum DC switches are a comprehensive offering of third-party and globally certified DC switches that are designed to provide excellent safety with a high level of performance that meets the demands of a global market. 

## **Applications** 

The new line of Magnum DC switches covers a wide range industry applications. 

- Utility companies incorporating DC facility power and control for emergency or redundant power 

- Backup UPS power systems requiring means to disconnect the battery for isolation and maintenance 

- SCR and drive isolation switches for maintenance and emergency disconnect 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## **Features and Benefits** 

The new DC switch in the industry-proven Magnum platform provides DC technology in a common power breaker platform. 

## _**UL and ANSI Test Certifications**_ 

Magnum DC switches meet or exceed the applicable ANSI, NEMA, UL and CSA standards, including: 

- The DC switch provides disconnect and switching to meet demanding industry standards: 

   - ANSI C37.14 (Low Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

- ANSI C37.16 (Preferred 

- ● UL1066—300 Vdc, Ratings, Related 50 kA withstand and Requirements, and interruption, up to 3200 A Application Recommendations continuous current for Low Voltage Power 

- ● UL 489—600 Vdc, Circuit Breakers and AC 50 kA withstand and and DC Power Circuit interruption, up to 3200 A Breakers) continuous current ● 

- ANSI C37.17 (Trip Devices 

- ● IEC 60947-2—1000 Vdc, for AC and General 25 kA interruption and Purpose DC Low Voltage 65 kA withstand, up to Power Circuit Breakers) 3200 A ● 

   - UL 1066 (Standard for Low Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) 

- Common accessories with Circuit Breakers Used in 

- the Magnum AC line of Enclosures) 

- power circuit breakers reduces inventory and ● UL 489 Molded Case integration time Switches 

- Fixed and drawout versions address important design criteria, balancing cost, size and serviceability 

## _**IEC Test Certification**_ 

Magnum Air Circuit Breakers meet or exceed the applicable IEC standards 

- Internationally approved factory-installed and fieldinstallable accessories identical to the Magnum air circuit breaker offering 

- EN/IEC 60947-2 

## _**Approvals and Marks**_ 

- UL listed: Magnum DS Breaker UL File No. E52096 and Cassette UL File No. E204565 

- ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Type Approval 

- CE 

- CCC (Certificate for China Compulsory Product Certification) to GB14048.2-2001 

- Det Norske Veritas (DNV) 

- Lloyds of London 

- South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) 

- For a complete and comprehensive listing of all low voltage power breakers, please visit www.eaton.com 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-33** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Ratings for Magnum DC Switches** 

**3** 

|||**Number**|**Frame**|**DC Voltage/**||**For Use in**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog**<br>**Type/standard**|**Frame**<br>**Type**|**of**<br>**Poles**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupt Rating/**<br>**Withstand Rating**|**Load**<br>**Switching**|**Grounded**<br>**Systems**|**Connection**<br>**Type**|**Fixed/**<br>**Drawout**|**Certification**|
|**ANSI/UL 1066 ratings at 300 Vdc**<br>DAS<br>Standard||3|1600|300 V / 50 kA / 50 kA|Yes|Yes|Two-pole in series|Drawout|UL 1066|
|DAS<br>DAS|Standard<br>Standard|3<br>3|2000<br>3200|300 V / 50 kA / 50 kA<br>300 V / 50 kA / 50 kA|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Two-pole in series<br>Two-pole in series|Drawout<br>Drawout|UL 1066<br>UL 1066|
|**UL 489 ratings at 600 Vdc**||||||||||
|DBS|Standard|3|3200|600 V / 50 kA / 50 kA|Yes|Yes|Three-pole in series|Both|UL 489|
|**IEC ratings at 1000 Vdc**1||||||||||
|DEM/DGM<br>DEM/DGM|Narrow<br>Narrow|3<br>3|800<br>1000|1000 V / 25 kA / 65 kA<br>1000 V / 25 kA / 65 kA|Yes<br>Yes|No/yes1<br>No/yes|Three-pole in series<br>Three-pole in series|Both<br>Both|IEC 60947-2<br>IEC 60947-2|
|DEM/DGM|Narrow|3|1250|1000 V / 25 kA / 65 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEM/DGM|Narrow|3|1600|1000 V / 25 kA / 65 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEM/DGM|Narrow|3|2000|1000 V / 25 kA / 65 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEK/DGK|Standard|3|2500|1000 V / 25 kA / 85 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEK/DGK|Standard|3|3200|1000 V / 25 kA / 85 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEM/DGM<br>DEM/DGM|Double narrow<br>Double narrow|6<br>6|4000<br>5000|1000 V / 25 kA / 100 kA<br>1000 V / 25 kA / 100 kA|Yes<br>Yes|No/yes<br>No/yes|Three-pole in series<br>Three-pole in series|Both<br>Both|IEC 60947-2<br>IEC 60947-2|
|DEK/DGK|Double standard|6|4000|1000 V / 25 kA / 100 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|
|DEK/DGK|Double standard|6|5000|1000 V / 25 kA / 100 kA|Yes|No/yes|Three-pole in series|Both|IEC 60947-2|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 DE is for use in ungrounded applications; DG is for use in grounded applications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-34** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [135 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker<br>with Power Xpert Release Trip Unit (PXR)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [187 x 13] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Series NRX with Series NRX with<br>PXR NF Drawout Breaker PXR RF Fixed Breaker<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**3**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-2**|**3**|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power|||
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-6**|**3**|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power|||
|Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case|**V4-T3-12**|**3**|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-15**<br>**V4-T3-23**|**3**|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage<br>Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-33**|**3**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit<br>Breakers with PXR||**3**|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-38**<br>**V4-T3-42**|**3**|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit<br>Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-47**|**3**|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-55**||



## **Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers with PXR** 

## **Product Description** 

Series NRX is a low voltage power circuit breaker suitable for UL 1558, UL 891, and IEC switchgear and switchboards. The compact size and weight of three-pole drawout with cassette Series NRX, see **Pages V4-T3-39** and **V4-T3-41** , allows for a 24.00 (609.6 mm) switchgear enclosure. Series NRX with Power Release Xpert (PXR) trip unit is available with a variety of cable and bus connection options: rear fixed, front fixed, fixed hybrid and drawout. 

## _**The breaker ratings are:**_ 

## **NF Frame** 

- 800–1200 A for UL 489 

- 630–1600 A IEC 60947-2 

## **RF Frame** 

- 800–3000 A for UL 489 

- 800–4000 A for IEC 60947-2 

## **Application Description** 

The compact sizes of the two Series NRX circuit breakers, NF and RF frames, help reduce non-revenue generating floor space, and the modular design and common accessories allow for easy panel and switchboard integration. The Series NRX circuit breakers combine high interruption and short time withstand ratings with easy to integrate communications. NF Frame is rated for 800 A (UL 1066), 800 A and 1200 A (UL 489) and 630–1600 A (IEC 60947-2) with an interrupting capacity of 65 kA with short time withstand at 42 kA at the 440/480 Vac level. RF Frame is rated for 800–3000 A (UL 489) and 800–4000 A (IEC 60947-2) with an interrupting capacity of 100 kA with short time withstand at 65 kA (or 85 kA for IEC 60947-2) at the 440/480 Vac level. 

The Series NRX circuit breaker provides all the capabilities of a power circuit breaker in the compact size of a molded case breaker. It offers you the same protection and performance —along with increased flexibility—at half the size of a typical power circuit breaker. 

Eaton’s new PXR electronic trip units provide advanced metering, communication and diagnostic features with an easy-to-use interface. The Power Xpert[®] Protection Manager (PXPM) software for the PXR trip units can provide and perform secondary injection and test reporting through a PC to simplify testing, serviceability and customization. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-35** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** Series NRX utilizes several innovative technologies: 

      - “Direct Drive” 

      - mechanism— symmetrically loaded forces of the two-staged stored energy mechanism improves robustness, reliability, and achieves improved breaker life ratings 

- **3** ● Rogowski coil—does not improves robustness, saturate like iron core reliability, and achieves 

- **3** sensors, and one sensor improved breaker accommodates 200–1600 life ratings 

- **3** ampere range for NF and 800–4000 for RF. You never ● Fold-up cassette—with this simple design, all items in have to change a sensor a cassette are replaceable 

- **3** and CTs are not required without removing the ● cassette from the cell 

   - Tension clamp secondary cassette from the cell terminals—10 A continuous ● “Arc chute” design rating at 600 V meets UL/ ● Breaker-mounted racking CSA/RoHS and UL-94 V0. or levering-in device— 

   - Mounted directly to fixed Racking device is mounted 

   - breaker or drawout on the breaker, decreasing 

   - cassette, they reduce the width of the cassette, wiring throughout because the cassette is not enclosure and provide burdened with the cost or clean, organized wiring parts of the lev-in 

   - schemes 

   - A Modbus[®] communication ● Plug-n-Play accessories— No special tools needed. 

   - port is standard in the Accessory comes with 

   - PXR 25 trip units and is plug and wires ready to 

   - available as an option on install PXR 20 trip units. This native Modbus RTU capability gives access to breaker status and metering information. Additional PCAM, MCAM or ECAM modules can be installed externally for PXR to expand the communication capability and simplify integration into existing electrical system design and protocols 

- Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System— Eaton’s patented technology provides maintenance staff with improved safety of downstream maintenance locations using a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing times and energy during an arc flash event (radiation, sound, pressure, temperature). Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System uses a separate analog trip circuit, providing faster signal processing and interruption times than the standard (digital) “instantaneous” protection. The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System function is activated either directly on the circuit breaker through a local switch or remotely through communications or a digital input 

**Note:** UL 489: For In ≤ 2500 A, mechanical ops =2500. For In < 2500, mechanical ops = 1500. For In ≤ 2500 A, mechanical ops = 3000. For In >2500, mechanical ops = 2000. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- UL 489 (molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures) 

- IEC 60947-1 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear —Part 1 general rules) 

- IEC 60947-2 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear —Part 2 circuit breakers) 

- CSA 22.2 (molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures) 

- UL 891 (deadfront switchboard) 

- UL 1558 (metal-enclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear) 

## **Reference Information—Series NRX with PXR Publications** 

**List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals** 

|**List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Publication**|**Frame**|
|**Description**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**NF Frames**|||
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Operation Counter|IL01301011E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Cassette IP20 Safety Shutters|IL01301013E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed Breaker Arc Hood|IL01301014E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Breaker Primary Adapters|IL01301016E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Breaker and Cassette Interphase Barriers|IL01301021E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Pushbutton Cover Kit|IL01301041E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Circuit Breaker 2-Way Cable Interlock Kit|IL01301069E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Circuit Breaker 3-Way Cable Interlock Kit|IL01301070E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed Circuit Breaker 2-Way Cable Interlock Kit|IL01301071E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed Circuit Breaker 3-Way Cable Interlock Kit|IL01301072E|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Cassette Door Interlock|IL01301073E|NF|
|Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Neutral Current Sensor—Type NF|IL0131090EN|NF|
|Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Cassette Cell Switch—Type NF|IL0131097EN|NF|
|Series NRX—Fixed Breaker Rear Connect and Front Connect Configurations|IL0131123EN|NF|
|Series NRX with PXR, Type NF low voltage power (air) circuit breakers instruction manual|MN013001EN|NF|
|Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Pop-Out Mechanical Trip Indicator|IL01301019E|NF|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-36** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals, continued** 

|**s o nsrucon eaes an anuas, connue**<br>**Description**<br>**Publication**<br>**Number**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**RF Frames**<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Cassette IP20 Safety Shutters<br>IL01301044E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Breaker and Cassette Interphase Barrier<br>IL01301048E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Rear Primary Adapters<br>IL01301053E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Operation Counter<br>IL01301055E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Front Connect Adapters<br>IL01301056E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Pop-Out Mechanical Trip Indicator<br>IL01301058E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Circuit Breaker 2-Way Cable Interlock Kit<br>IL01301059E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Drawout Circuit Breaker 3-Way Cable Interlock Kit<br>IL01301060E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed Circuit Breaker 2-Way Cable Interlock Kit<br>IL01301061E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed Circuit Breaker 3-Way Cable Interlock Kit<br>IL01301062E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Lev-in Key Interlocks<br>IL01301063E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Pushbutton Cover Kit<br>IL01301065E<br>RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Cassette Door Interlock<br>IL01301066E<br>RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Neutral Current Sensor—Type RF<br>IL0131094EN<br>RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Cassette Cell Switch—Type RF<br>IL0131095EN<br>RF<br>Series NRX with PXR, Type RF low voltage power (air) circuit breakers instruction manual<br>MN013002EN<br>RF<br>**NF and RF Frames**<br>Series NRX NF & RF Circuit Breakers with PXR 20/25 Trip Units - Time Current Curves<br>AD013001EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX Drawout Circuit Breaker and Cassette Rejection Interlocks<br>IL01301006E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Fixed and Drawout Breaker Door Escutcheon<br>IL01301012E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for IP55 Dust and Water-Resistant Cover<br>IL01301038E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Kirk Key Interlock Kit<br>IL01301039E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Ronis Key Lock Kit<br>IL01301040E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for CES Key Lock Kit<br>IL01301049E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX—Installation Instructions for Castell Key Lock Kit<br>IL01301050E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for PT Module<br>IL01301074E<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Undervoltage Release, Shunt Trip, and Overcurrent Trip Switch<br>IL0131087EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Spring Release, Latch Check Switch, and Motor Operator<br>IL0131088EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Source Ground and Zero Sequence Ground Sensor<br>IL0131089EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Modbus Communications Adapter Module (MCAM)<br>IL0131091EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for PROFIBUS DP Communications Adaptor Module (PCAM)<br>IL0131092EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Secondary Terminal Blocks<br>IL0131093EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for Auxiliary Switch<br>IL0131096EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Instructions for INCOM Communications Adapter Module<br>IL0131124EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR—Installation Instructions for Ethernet Communications Adapter Module<br>IL0131125EN<br>NF and RF<br>PXR 20/25 Trip Unit for Series NRX Screen Navigation Guide<br>IL0131128EN<br>NF and RF<br>Time Delay Undervoltage Module for use with Undervoltage Release in Eaton Circuit Breakers<br>IL5721B33<br>NF and RF<br>PXR 20/25 Trip Unit for Series NRX User Manual<br>MN013003EN<br>NF and RF<br>Series NRX with PXR Circuit Breaker Wiring Diagrams<br>TD013001EN<br>NF and RF|**3**<br>**3**|
|---|---|
||**3**|
||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-37** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**Series NRX with Power Xpert Release NF Frame Circuit Breaker (exclusionary rules apply)** 

## **N G S6 08 3 W 2A 8 A B A N 4 X N D X** 

**3** 

**==> picture [502 x 413] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breaker Frame Size Spring Release,<br>N   = NF-frame for UL 489  Motor Operator Latch Check Switch<br>or IEC M  = Manually operated N   = No spring release, no LCS<br>B   = 110–125 Vac/Vdc A   = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>W  = 110–125 Vdc B   = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>T  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc C  = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>Standard, Mechanism, Device P  = 220–250 Vdc R  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>G   = IEC 60947-2, stored energy,  L  = 24 Vdc S  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>air breaker Continuous Rating  H   = 48 Vdc T  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>Y  = UL 489, stored energy,  (In in Amperes) S  = 60 Vdc L  = 24 Vdc, no LCS<br>insulated case breaker 0  = Non-auto  P  = 24 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>switch Q   = 24 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>1  = 200 Shunt Trip H   = 48 Vdc, no LCS<br>R4   = 42 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only) Fault Current Rating 23  = = 250300 NA   =  = 110–127 Vac/VdcNo shunt trip JK  = = 48 Vdc, spring release LCS48 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>R5   = 50 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only) 4  = 400 R  = 208–240 Vac/Vdc 1  = 60 Vdc, no LCS<br>R6   = 65 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only) 5  = 500 L  = 24 Vdc 2  = 60 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>S4   = 42 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489)  6  = 600 H   = 48 Vdc 3  = 60 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>or 415 Vac IEC 7  = 630 (IEC only) S  = 60 Vdc<br>S5   = 50 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489)  8  = 800<br>or 415 Vac IEC A   = 1000 (IEC only)<br>S6   = 65 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489 only),  B   = 1200 (UL only)<br>66 kA at 415 Vac IEC C  = 1250 (IEC only)<br>D   = 1600 (IEC only)<br>Frame Rating (Amperes) Trip Unit, Power Supply<br>07  = 630 (IEC only) SW  = Non-automatic switch, available only for fault current rating configuration S4<br>08  = 800 2A   = PXR20 LSI<br>10  = 1000 (IEC only) 2B   = PXR20 LSI with Modbus<br>12  = 1200 (UL only) 2H   = PXR20 LSI with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>13  = 1250 (IEC only) 2K   = PXR20 LSI with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>16  = 1600 (IEC only) 2C   = PXR20 LSIG<br>2D   = PXR20 LSIG with Modbus<br>2E   = PXR20 LSIG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>Poles, Phasing 2F  = PXR20 LSIG with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>2P   = PXR25 LSI with Modbus<br>3  = Three-pole, ABC 2Q   = PXR25 LSI with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>4  = Four-pole, NABC 2R   = PXR25 LSIG with Modbus<br>2S   = PXR25 LSIG with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>Mounting Configuration<br>W  = Drawout<br>B   = Fixed mount rear connected with side mounting brackets<br>F  = Front connected, fixed mount, for bus or cable connections with<br>side mounting brackets  [1]<br>H   = Fixed hybrid breaker, top rear connect and bottom front connect  [2]<br>J  = Fixed hybrid breaker, top front connect and bottom rear connect  [2]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Notes**_ 

> 1 Four-pole cable kit only available up to 50 kA, 65 kA cable kit not available at this time. 

> 2 UL 489 three-pole only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-38** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Series NRX with Power Xpert Release NF Frame Circuit Breaker (exclusionary rules apply), continued** 

**N G S6 08 3 W 2A 8 A B A N 4 X N D X** 

**==> picture [502 x 283] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
UVR, Second Shunt Trip<br>N   = None<br>A   = 110–125 Vac/Vdc UVR Trip Indicator and Secondary Remote<br>R  = 220–250 Vac/Vdc UVR Bell Alarm  [1] OTS Terminal Blocks Reset Drawout Breaker Shipping, Fixed Breaker<br>L  =  24 Vdc UVR N None None Per breaker options None Terminals (Door frame kit ships as standard<br>H   = 48 Vdc UVR X Trip indicator None Per breaker options None unless noted otherwise)<br>S1  = = 60 Vdc UVR110–127 Vac/Vdc  ZM Trip indicatorInterlock trip indicator 2 Form CNone Per breaker optionsPer breaker options NoneNone D   = frame kitDrawout breaker shipping alone, without door<br>2  = 208–240 Vac/Vdc second shunt trip Y1 Interlock trip indicatorNone 2 Form CNone Per breaker optionsFull complement NoneNone C  = no shutters, no terminalsDrawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>4  = 24 Vdc second shunt tripsecond shunt trip 23 Trip indicatorTrip indicator None2 Form C Full complementFull complement NoneNone 1  = no shutters, short vertical/horizontalDrawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>89  = = 48 Vdc second shunt trip60 Vdc second shunt trip 45 Interlock trip indicatorInterlock trip indicator None2 Form C Full complementFull complement NoneNone 2  = no shutters, long vertical/horizontalDrawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>4  = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>with shutters, short vertical/horizontal<br>5  = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>Auxiliary Switches,  Pushbutton  Safe OFF  Operations  with shutters, long vertical/horizontal<br>Label Language Padlock Cover Feature Counter 9  = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>E  = No auxiliary switches, English N No None No with shutters, no terminals<br>2  = 2 Form C, English A No — Provided K  = Rear connect, fixed breaker, no terminal<br>4  = 4 Form C, English B Yes (plastic/plastic) — No adapters<br>J Yes (plastic/plastic) — Provided F  = Fixed breaker, rear connect, with mounting<br>K Yes (metal/metal) — No feet and short terminal adapters<br>L Yes (metal/metal) — Provided H   = Fixed breaker, rear connect, with mounting<br>1 Yes (metal/metal) Yes No feet and long terminal adapters<br>2 Yes (metal/metal) Yes Provided J  = Front connect, fixed breaker, with no terminal<br>adapters<br>Q   = Fixed hybrid, no rear terminals, TA1200NB1M<br>front cable terminals<br>T  = Fixed hybrid, no rear terminals, TA1201NB1M<br>front cable terminals<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## **Series NRX with Power Xpert Release NF Frame Cassette** 

**==> picture [479 x 220] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
NY 12 3 F A B N S N N N C<br>Cassette Family and  Cassette Shipping<br>Breaker Frame C  = Cassette only<br>NY  = UL 489 NF Frame B   = Breaker shipped in cassette<br>NG  = IEC NF Frame<br>Future<br>Continuous Ampere Range Arc Hood N   = None<br>12  = 800–1200 (UL 489) A   = Arc hood installed (default)<br>16  = 630–1600 (IEC) Future<br>N   = None<br>Door Frame Gasket<br>Poles and Phasing and Rejection Kits<br>(Facing front of breaker) B   = Door kit included (default),  Second Contact Terminals Installed<br>3  = Three-pole ABC with rejection kit N   = None<br>4  = Four-pole NABC B   = Breaker defined, when breaker ships in cassette<br>F  = Full complement<br>Cell Switch Options<br>Load Terminal Connections N   = Not included<br>A   = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit  Shutters<br>(long style) N   = Not included (default)<br>F  = With flat tapped pads only S  = Included<br>G   = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit<br>(short style)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Note**_ 

> 1 Two Form C contacts except on NF with Power Xpert Release and OTS and RRTI, where only one Form C OTS contact will be provided. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-39** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Series NRX with Power Xpert Release RF Frame Circuit Breaker (exclusionary rules apply)** 

## **R G S6 08 3 W 2A 8 A B A N 4 X N D X** 

**==> picture [561 x 380] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3<br>3 R  = Breaker Frame Size RF frame for UL 489  Motor Operator Latch Check SwitchSpring Release,<br>or IEC M  = Manually operated N   = No spring release, no LCS<br>3 B   = 110–125 Vac A   = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>T  = 208–250 Vac B   = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>L  = 24 Vdc C  = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>3 Standard, Mechanism, Device H   = 48 Vdc R  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>G   = IEC 60947-2, stored energy,  S  = 60 Vdc S  = 208–250 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>3 Y  = UL 489, stored energy, air breaker Continuous Rating (In in Amperes) TL  = = 24 Vdc, no LCS208–250 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>insulated case breaker 0  = Non-auto  P  = 24 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>3 switch Q   = 24 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>8  = 800 Shunt Trip H   = 48 Vdc, no LCS<br>3 R6   = 65 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only) Fault Current Rating AB   =  = 1000 (IEC only)1200 (UL only) NA   =  = 110–127 Vac/VdcNo shunt trip JK  = = 48 Vdc, spring release LCS48 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>R8   = 85 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only) C  = 1250 (IEC only) R  = 208–240 Vac/Vdc 1  = 60 Vdc, no LCS<br>3 RCS5   = = 100 kA at 480 Vac (UL 489 only)55 kA at 415 Vac (IEC only) DM   = = 16002000 LH   = = 24 Vdc48 Vdc 23  = = 60 Vdc, LCS wired external60 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>S6   = 65 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489 only),  N   = 2500 S  = 60 Vdc<br>3 66 kA at 415 Vac IEC P  = 3000 (UL only)<br>S8   = 85 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489 only) Q   = 3200 (IEC only)<br>3 SC  = 105 kA at 415 Vac IEC100 kA at 480 Vac (30 cycle, UL 489 only),  R  = 4000 (IEC only)<br>3<br>Frame Rating (Amperes) Trip Unit, Power Supply<br>3 08  = 800 20  = 2000 SW  =Non-automatic switch, available only for fault current rating configurations S6 and S8<br>10  = 1000 (IEC only) 25  = 2500 2A   = PXR20 LSI<br>12  = 1200 (UL only) 30  = 3000 (UL only) 2B   = PXR20 LSI with Modbus<br>3 13  = 1250 (IEC only) 32  = 3200 (IEC only) 2H   = PXR20 LSI with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>16  = 1600 40  = 4000 (IEC only) 2K   = PXR20 LSI with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>3 2C2D   =  = PXR20 LSIGPXR20 LSIG with Modbus<br>2E   = PXR20 LSIG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>3 Poles, Phasing 2F  = PXR20 LSIG with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>2P   = PXR25 LSI with Modbus<br>3  = Three-pole, ABC 2Q   = PXR25 LSI with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>3 4  = Four-pole, NABC 2R   = PXR25 LSIG with Modbus<br>2S   = PXR25 LSIG with Modbus and Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>3<br>Mounting Configuration<br>3 WB   = = Fixed mount rear connected with side mounting bracketsDrawout with universal pads<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-40** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Series NRX with Power Xpert Release RF Frame Circuit Breaker (exclusionary rules apply), continued** 

## **R G S6 08 3 W 2A 8 A B A N 4 X N D X** 

|||||||||||||**Options**<br>**X** = Default<br>**W** = Low temperature applications (–57 °C)|**Options**<br>**X** = Default<br>**W** = Low temperature applications (–57 °C)|**Options**<br>**X** = Default<br>**W** = Low temperature applications (–57 °C)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||||
|**UVR, Second Shunt Trip**|||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
|**N**= None<br>**A**= 110–125 Vac/Vdc UVR<br>**R** = 220–250 Vac/Vdc UVR<br>**L** = 24 Vdc UVR<br>**H**= 48 Vdc UVR<br>**S** = 60 Vdc UVR<br>**1** = 110–127 Vac/Vdc second<br>shunt trip<br>**2** = 208–240 Vac/Vdc second<br>shunt trip<br>**4** = 24 Vdc second shunt trip<br>**8** = 48 Vdc second shunt trip<br>**9** = 60 Vdc second shunt trip|||||||||||||||
|||||**Trip Indicator and**<br>**Bell Alarm**|**OTS**|**Secondary**<br>**Terminal Blocks**|**Remote**<br>**Reset**||||||||
||||**N**<br>**X**<br>**Z**<br>**M**<br>**A**<br>**6**<br>**7**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**Y**<br>**D**<br>**8**<br>**9**<br>**E**<br>**F**<br>**1**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**J**<br>**G**<br>**H**<br>**K**<br>**L**<br>**5**<br>**R**<br>**U**<br>**V**<br>**S**<br>**T**|None<br>Trip indicator<br>Trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>None<br>Trip indicator<br>Trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator<br>Interlock trip indicator|None<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>None<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C<br>2 Form C|Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Per breaker options<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement<br>Full complement|None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>24 Vdc RR<br>48 Vdc RR<br>60 Vdc RR<br>120 Vdc RR<br>240 Vdc RR<br>None<br>24 Vdc RR<br>48 Vdc RR<br>60 Vdc RR<br>120 Vdc RR<br>240 Vdc RR<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>24 Vdc RR<br>48 Vdc RR<br>60 Vdc RR<br>120 Vdc RR<br>240 Vdc RR<br>None<br>24 Vdc RR<br>48 Vdc RR<br>60 Vdc RR<br>120 Vdc RR<br>240 Vdc RR||||||||
||||||||||||**Drawout Breaker Shipping, Fixed Breaker**<br>**Terminals (Door frame kit ships as standard**<br>**unless noted otherwise)**||||
||||||||||||**D**= Drawout breaker shipping alone, without<br>door frame kit<br>**C** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>no shutters, no terminals<br>**1** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>no shutters, vertical adapters<br>**2** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>no shutters, horizontal adapters<br>**4** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>with shutters, vertical adapters<br>**5** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>with shutters, horizontal mounting<br>**9** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette,<br>with shutters, no terminals<br>**K** = Rear connect, fixed breaker, no terminal<br>adapters<br>**F** = Fixed breaker, rear connect with vertical<br>adapters<br>**H**= Fixed breaker, rear connect with horizontal<br>adapters||||
||||||||||||||||
|**Auxiliary Switches,**<br>**Label Language**|||||||||||||||
|**E** = No auxiliary switches, English<br>**2** = 2 Form C, English<br>**4** = 4 Form C, English<br>**6** = 6 Form C, English<br>**8** = 8 Form C, English<br>**A**= 10 Form C, English<br>**W**= 12 Form C, English|||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
|**Pushbutton**<br>**Padlock Cover**<br>**Safe OFF**<br>**Feature**<br>**Operations**<br>**Counter**<br>**N**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**J**<br>**K**<br>**L**<br>**1**<br>**2**<br>No<br>No<br>Yes (plastic/plastic)<br>Yes (plastic/plastic)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>None<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided|||||||||||||||
||||||||||**Pushbutton**<br>**Padlock Cover**||||**Safe OFF**<br>**Feature**|**Operations**<br>**Counter**|
|||||||||**N**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**J**<br>**K**<br>**L**<br>**1**<br>**2**|No<br>No<br>Yes (plastic/plastic)<br>Yes (plastic/plastic)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)<br>Yes (metal/metal)||||None<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>Yes<br>Yes|No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided<br>No<br>Provided|



**3** 

||**Pushbutton**|**Safe OFF**|**Operations**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Padlock Cover**|**Feature**|**Counter**|
|**N**|No|None|No|
|**A**|No|—|Provided|
|**B**|Yes (plastic/plastic)|—|No|
|**J**|Yes (plastic/plastic)|—|Provided|
|**K**|Yes (metal/metal)|—|No|
|**L**|Yes (metal/metal)|—|Provided|
|**1**|Yes (metal/metal)|Yes|No|
|**2**|Yes (metal/metal)|Yes|Provided|



**Series NRX with Power Xpert Release RF Frame Cassette** 

**==> picture [479 x 195] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RY 12 3 F A B N S N N N C<br>Cassette Family and  Cassette Shipping<br>Breaker Frame C  = Cassette only<br>RY  = UL 489 NF Frame B   = Breaker shipped in cassette<br>RG  = IEC NF Frame<br>Future<br>Continuous Ampere Range Arc Hood N   = None<br>30  = 3000 A (UL only) A   = Arc hood installed (default)<br>40  = 3200–4000 A (IEC only) Future<br>Door Frame Gasket N   = None<br>Poles and Phasing and Rejection Kits<br>(Facing front of breaker) B   = Door kit included (default),  Second Contact Terminals Installed<br>3  = Three-pole ABC with rejection kit N   = None<br>4  = Four-pole NABC B   = Breaker defined, when breaker ships in cassette<br>Cell Switch Options F  = Full complement<br>Load Terminal Connections (Available on breaker +<br>F  = With flat tapped pads only (no terminals) cassette or cassette only) Shutters<br>G   = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit (short style) N   = Not included N   = Not included (default)<br>A   = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit (long style) 3  = Cell switch assembly with 3  S  = Included<br>Form C contacts<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-41** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Ratings** 

|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|**Frame**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**1 rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**<br>**Poles**<br>**Available**<br>**Available Trip Rating**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In**<br>**Rating)**3<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**240 Vac**<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**480 Vac**<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**600 Vac**<br>**30 Cycle Short-**<br>**Time Withstand**<br>**Rating**1<br>**Instantaneous Override**<br>**(Equivalent Symmetrical**<br>**rms, kA)**2|**Frame**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Frame**<br>**Type**<br>**1 rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz**<br>**Poles**<br>**Available**<br>**Available Trip Rating**<br>**(Establishes Breaker In**<br>**Rating)**3<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**240 Vac**<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**480 Vac**<br>**Interrupting at**<br>**600 Vac**<br>**30 Cycle Short-**<br>**Time Withstand**<br>**Rating**1<br>**Instantaneous Override**<br>**(Equivalent Symmetrical**<br>**rms, kA)**2|
|---|---|---|
||**NF Frame—UL 489**||
||800|NYR4-08<br>NF-R<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 500,<br>600, 800<br>NYR5-08<br>NF-R<br>65<br>50<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>NYR6-08<br>NF-R<br>85<br>65<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||1200|NYR4-12<br>NF-R<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 500,<br>600, 800, 1200<br>NYR5-12<br>NF-R<br>65<br>50<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>NYR6-12<br>NF-R<br>85<br>65<br>42<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||**NF Frame—UL 489 with high short-time (30 cycle) withstand capabilities**||
||800|NYS4-08<br>NF-S<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 500,<br>600, 800<br>NYS5-08<br>NF-S<br>65<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4<br>NYS6-08<br>NF-S<br>85<br>65<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4|
||1200|NYS4-12<br>NF-S<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4<br>200, 250, 300, 400, 500,<br>600, 800, 1200<br>NYS5-12<br>NF-S<br>65<br>50<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4<br>NYS6-12<br>NF-S<br>85<br>65<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>3, 4|
||**RF Frame—UL 489**||
||800|RYR5-08<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800<br>RYR8-08<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-08<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||1200|RYR5-12<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200<br>RYR8-12<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-12<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||1600|RYR5-16<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600<br>RYR8-16<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-16<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||2000|RYR5-20<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000<br>RYR8-20<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-20<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||2500|RYR5-25<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500<br>RYR8-25<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-25<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||3000|RYR5-30<br>RF–R<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000,<br>2500, 3000<br>RYR8-30<br>RF–R<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4<br>RYRC-30<br>RF–R<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>16 x In<br>16 x In<br>3, 4|
||**RF Frame—UL 489 with high short-time (30 cycle) withstand capabilities**||
||800|RYS6-08<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800<br>RYS8-08<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-08<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|
||1200|RYS6-12<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200<br>RYS8-12<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-12<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|
||1600|RYS6-16<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600<br>RYS8-16<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-16<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|
||2000|RYS6-20<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000<br>RYS8-20<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-20<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|
||2500|RYS6-25<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500<br>RYS8-25<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-25<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|
||3000|RYS6-30<br>RF-S<br>65<br>65<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>3, 4<br>800, 1200, 1600, 2000,<br>2500, 3000<br>RYS8-30<br>RF-S<br>85<br>85<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4<br>RYSC-30<br>RF-S<br>100<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>65<br>3, 4|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL 489 does not require a short-time withstand rating for breakers. The UL 489 Series NRX breakers have instantaneous override fixed at 22.5 x In (asymmetrical peak value). An equivalent symmetrical rms value would roughly equate to 16 x In. 

- 2 A 30-cycle withstand option is available for Series NRX breakers to provide better selectivity. 

- 3 No change of hardware is required, trip rating can be programmed using In Programming Tool Kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-42** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Mounting and Load Connection Configurations—NF Frame** 

**==> picture [496 x 417] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Rear-Connect Horizontal/|Fixed Front Connect|
|Vertical Adapter Kit|Breaker|Hybrid Connect Breaker:|Hybrid Connect Breaker:|
|Breaker|Breaker|Standard Bus|with and without Cover|Cable-Connected|Rear Connect Top—|Cable Connect Top—|
|Type|Mechanism|Connection Provisions|(Kits shipped unassembled)|Cable Terminals|Cable Connect Bottom|Rear Connect Bottom|
|Drawout Breaker|Stored energy|Finger clusters|—|—|—|—|
|Cassette|—|Rear-connected|—|—|—|
|pre-drilled bus pads|
|Qs|"|°|-|-|
|Sil|w|
|Fixed|Stored energy|Rear-connected|—|—|
|pre-drilled bus pads|
|8 So|Bare|se|oes|ie|=|
|P|ra|rea|Roy|ff:|2|
|)|
|Mounting and Load Connection Configurations—RF Frame|
|Rear-Connect Horizontal/|
|Vertical Adapter Kit|
|Breaker|Breaker|Standard Bus|with and without Cover|
|Type|Mechanism|Connection Provisions|(Kits shipped unassembled)|
|Drawout Breaker|Stored energy|Finger clusters|—|
|Cassette|—|Rear-connected|
|pre-drilled bus pads|
|Fixed|Stored energy|Rear-connected|—|
|pre-drilled bus pads|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**==> picture [475 x 134] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Circuit Breaker Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Weights in lb (kg)|
|Description|Height|Width|Depth|Weight|
|Frame|NF|RF|NF|RF|NF|RF|NF|RF|
|Fixed—Rear Connect|
|Three-pole|13.31 (338.1)|15.65 (397.6)|8.25 (209.6)|13.22 (335.8)|7.15 (181.8)|11.51 (292.4)|45 (20)|120 (55)|
|Four-pole|13.31 (338.1)|15.65 (397.6)|11.00 (279.4)|19.41 (492.9)|7.15 (181.6)|11.51 (292.4)|62 (28)|155 (71)|
|Fixed—Front Connect|
|Three-pole|15.99 (406.3)|—|8.25 (209.6)|—|7.16 (181.8)|—|45 (20)|120 (55)|
|Four-pole|15.99 (406.3)|—|11.00 (279.4)|—|7.15 (181.6)|—|62 (28)|155 (71)|
|Drawout|
|Three-pole|14.17 (359.9)|17.96 (456.1)|10.00 (254.0)|15.67 (397.9)|10.50 (266.7)|14.48 (367.8)|87 (40)|211 (96)|
|Four-pole|14.17 (359.9)|17.96 (456.1)|12.75 (323.9)|18.06 (458.7)|10.50 (266.7)|14.48 (367.8)|109 (50)|258 (117)|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-43** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Available Front Connect Cable Terminals** 

**3** 

|**List**<br>**Number**|**Connector**<br>**Ratings (kA)**<br>**To Breaker?**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number (Three-Pole)**|
|---|---|
|1|Bus conductor extension (42 kA and below)<br>42<br>—<br>**NRXBUSEXT**<br> <br>|
||Bus conductor extension (50 kA and below)<br>50<br>—<br>**NRXBUSEXT**|
||Bus conductor extension (65 kA and below)<br>65<br>—<br>**NRXBUSEXT653**|
|2|Cable terminals (two holes)<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA700NB1M**|
||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA700NB1MCWT**|
|3|Cable terminals (three holes)<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA1000NB1M**|
||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA1000NB1MCWT**|
|4|Cable terminals (four holes)<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1200NB1M**|
||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1200NB1MCWT**|
|5|Cable terminals (three holes for 750 kcmil)<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1201NB1M**|



## **Available Rear Connectors for Fixed Breakers or Cassettes (NF-Frame)** 

|**List**<br>**Number**<br>**Connector**|**Number of**<br>**Poles**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1<br>Universal bus adapter—short|3<br>**SADP316**|
||4<br>**SADP416**|
|||
|2<br>Universal bus adapter—long|3<br>**LADP316**|
||4<br>**LADP416**|
|3<br>Rear connect adapter extensions—short (horizontal holes)|3<br>**SBADPI316**|
||4<br>**SBADPI416**|
|4<br>Rear connect adapter extensions—long (horizontal holes)|3<br>**LBADPU316**|
||4<br>**LBADPU416**|
|5<br>Front connect|3<br>**CASADP316**|
||4<br>**CASADP416**|



## **Available Rear Connectors for Fixed Breakers or Cassettes (RF-Frame)** 

|**List**<br>**Number**<br>**Connector**|**Number of**<br>**Poles**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1<br>Horizontal/vertical kit|3<br>**RFADP3PU32**|
||4<br>**RFADP4PU32**|
|2<br>Vertical kit|3<br>**RFADP3PV40**|
||4<br>**RFADP4PV40**|
|||
|3<br>Horizontal/vertical 4000A kit|3<br>**RFADP3PH40**|
||4<br>**RFADP4PH40**|
|||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 For use on line side, user must use catalog number **NRXBUSEXT503** for 50 kA, or **NRXBUSEXT653** for 65 kA. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-44** 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||**AWG Wire**|**AWG Wire**||**Metric**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**(Number of**<br>**Conductors)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|**Standard Cu/Al**|**Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|1–500 (2)|**TA700NB1**|50–240|**TA700NB1M**|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|3/0–400 (3)|**TA1000NB1**|95–185|**TA1000NB1M**|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|4/0–500 (4)|**TA1200NB1**|120–240|**TA1200NB1M**|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (3)|**TA1201NB1**|300–400|**TA1201NB1M**|



**3** 

## _**Accessory Ratings**_ 

## **Undervoltage Release Ratings** 

|||**Operational**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Voltage Range**|**Dropout Voltage**|**Inrush/Continuous**|**Opening**|**Opening**|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**85%–110%**|**Range 35%–60%**|**Power Consumption (VA)**|**Time (ms) -NF**|**Time (ms) -RF**|
|24|DC|20–26|8–14|425/2|25|37|
|48|DC|41–53|17–29|750/3|25|37|
|60|DC|51–66|21–36|825/4|25|37|
|110–127|50–60 Hz|94–140|44–66|1150/8|25|37|
|110–125|DC|94–138|44–66|1150/8|25|37|
|208–240|50–60 Hz|177–264|84–125|1200/8|25|37|
|220–250|DC|187–275|88–132|1200/8|25|37|



## **Shunt Trip Ratings** 

|||**Operational**|**Inrush/**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Voltage Range**|**Continuous Power**|**Opening**|**Opening**|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**70%–110%**|**Consumption (VA)**|**Time (ms) -NF**|**Time (ms) -RF**|
|24|DC|17–26|400/2|15|22|
|48|DC|34–53|500/3|15|22|
|60|DC|42–66|500/4|15|22|
|110–127|50–60 Hz|77–140|800/8|15|22|
|110–125|DC|77–138|800/8|15|22|
|208–240|50–60 Hz|146–264|850/8|15|22|



## **Spring Release Ratings** 

|||**Operational**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Voltage Range**|**Inrush Power**|**Closing**|**Closing**|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**85%–110%**|**Consumption (VA)**|**Time (ms) -NF**|**Time (ms) -RF**|
|24|DC|20–26|400|20|35|
|48|DC|41–53|500|20|35|
|60|DC|51–66|500|20|35|
|110–127|50–60 Hz|94–140|750|20|35|
|110–125|DC|94–138|750|20|35|
|208–240|50–60 Hz|177–264|800|20|35|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Single terminals individually packed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-45** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

**3** 

## 3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Motor Operator** 

|**Motor Operator**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Operational**|**Voltage**|**Running**|**Typical Inrush**|**Power**||**Maximum**||
|**Voltages**<br>**NF**|**Frequency**|**Range 85%–110%**||**Current (A)**|**Current**|**Consumption**|**(VA)**|**Charging Time (sec)**||
|24<br>48|DC<br>DC|20–26<br>41–53||6<br>3|325%<br>500%|160<br>150||4<br>3||
|60<br>110–127|DC<br>50–60 Hz|51–66<br>94–140||2<br>2|350%<br>300%|150<br>280||4<br>3||
|110–125|DC|94–138||1|500%|150||3||
|208–240|50–60 Hz|177–264||1|1000%|280||4||
|220–250|DC|187–275||1|1000%|280||4||
|**RF**||||||||||
|24<br>48|DC<br>DC|20–26<br>41–53||7<br>3|350%<br>450%|200<br>175||6<br>6||
|60|DC|51–66||2|450%|225||6||
|110–127|50–60 Hz|94–140||3|300%|425||6||
|110–125|DC|94–138||2|375%|275||6||
|208–240|50–60 Hz|177–264||1.5|300%|400||6||
|220–250|DC|187–275||1|400%|250||6||
|**Control Voltages and Currents**<br>**Control Voltages**||**24 Vdc**|**48 Vdc**|**60 Vdc**|**110–125 Vdc**|**110–127 Vac**|**220–250**|**Vdc**|**208–240 Vac**|
|**Current**||||||||||
|Close current (inrush)||14|10|8|7|7|4||4|
|Shunt trip current (ST)—(inrush/continuous)||16/0.08|10/0.06|8/0.07|7/0.07|7/0.07|4/0.04||4/0.04|
|NF—Charge motor current (inrush/continuous)||20/6|15/3|7/2|5/1|6/2|10/1||10/1|
|RF—Charge motor current|(inrush/continuous)|23/7|14/3|14/3|8/2|9/3|4/1||5/1.5|
|**Operating Voltage Rating**||||||||||
|Close||20–26|41–53|51–66|94–138|94–140|187–275||177–264|
|Open||17–26|34–53|42–66|77–138|77–140|154–275||146–264|
|Charge—NF||20–26|41–53|51–66|94–138|94–140|187–275||177–264|
|Charge—RF||26–26|41–53|51–66|94–138|94–140|187–275||177–264|



## **Overcurrent Trip Switch** 

|**Control Voltages**<br>250|**Frequency**<br>50–60 Hz|**Contact Rating (Amperes)**<br>10|
|---|---|---|
|125<br>250|DC<br>DC|0.5<br>0.25|
|**Auxiliary Switch**|||
|**Control Voltages**<br>250<br>125<br>250|**Frequency**<br>50–60 Hz<br>DC<br>DC|**Contact Rating (Amperes)**<br>10<br>0.5<br>0.25|



## **Breaker Position/Continuity—NF Frame** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Position**|**Continuity Between**<br>**Red and Black Lead Pairs**<br>**Continuity Between**<br>**Blue and Black Lead Pairs**|
|---|---|
|Open|No<br>47 and 45;<br>48 and 49|
||No<br>53 and 51;<br>54 and 55|
|Closed|46 and 45;<br>50 and 49<br>No|
||52 and 51;<br>56 and 55<br>No|



|||
|---|---|
|**Breaker Position/Continuity—RF Frame**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Position**<br>**Continuity Between**<br>**Red and Black Lead Pairs**<br>**Continuity Between**<br>**Blue and Black Lead Pairs**||
|Open|No<br>59 and 57;<br>60 and 61|
||No<br>65 and 63;<br>66 and 67|
||No<br>71 and 69;<br>72 and 73|
||No<br>77 and 75;<br>78 and 79|
||No<br>83 and 81;<br>84 and 85|
||No<br>89 and 87;<br>90 and 91|
|Closed|58 and 57;<br>62 and 61<br>No|
||64 and 63;<br>68 and 67<br>No|
||70 and 69;<br>74 and 73<br>No|
||76 and 75;<br>80 and 79<br>No|
||82 and 81;<br>86 and 85<br>No|
||88 and 87;<br>92 and 91<br>No|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-46** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Series NRX with Digitrip** 

_**Series NRX NF Drawout Breaker Series NRX Fixed Front Connect Breaker with Bus Extensions (Optional)**_ 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

**==> picture [244 x 184] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-2|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-6|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power|
|Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-12|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-15|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|V4-T3-23|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage|
|Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-33|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-35|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with Digitrip|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-49|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-51|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-55|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## **Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers with Digitrip** 

## **Product Description** 

Series NRX is a low voltage power circuit breaker suitable for UL 1558, UL 891, and IEC switchgear and switchboards. The compact size and weight of three-pole drawout with cassette Series NRX, see **Page V4-T3-51** , allows for a 24.00 (609.6 mm) switchgear enclosure. 

## _**The breaker ratings are:**_ 

- 800 A for UL 1066 

- 800 A, 1200 A for UL 489 

- 630–1600 A IEC 60947-2 from a voltage range of 220–725 Vac 

## **Application Description** 

The Series NRX is a compact globally certified low voltage power (air) circuit breaker. It is rated for 800 A (UL 1066), 800 A and 1200 A (UL 489) and 630–1600 A (IEC 60947-2) with an interrupting capacity of 65 kA with short time withstand at 42 kA at the 440/480 Vac level. 

The Series NRX circuit breaker provides all the capabilities of a power circuit breaker in the compact size of a molded case breaker. It offers you the same protection and performance—along with increased flexibility—at half the size of a typical power circuit breaker. 

The dimensions and design of Series NRX allows up to eight UL 1066 or UL 489 breakers in a 24-inch (600 mm) wide structure. The one frame size, regardless of ampere rating, reduces drawing conversion, structure integration time and parts inventory for several board, gear and machinery applications. 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

Series NRX utilizes several innovative technologies: 

- Rogowski coil—does not saturate like iron core sensors, and one sensor accommodates 200–1600 ampere range. You never have to change a sensor and CTs are not required 

- Tension clamp secondary terminals—10 A continuous rating at 600 V meets UL/ CSA/RoHS and UL-94 V0. Mounted directly to fixed breaker or drawout cassette, they reduce wiring throughout enclosure and provide clean, organized wiring schemes 

- Breaker-mounted ● Arcflash Reduction communication modules Maintenance System— —communication modules Eaton’s patented for INCOM™, Modbus[®] technology provides and PROFIBUS mount maintenance staff with directly to the cassette, improved safety of reducing the space and downstream maintenance room required in gear for locations using a simple communication capability and reliable method to 

- ● “Direct Drive” reduce fault clearing times mechanism— and energy during an arc symmetrically loaded flash event (radiation, forces of the two-staged sound, pressure, stored energy mechanism temperature). Arcflash improves robustness, Reduction Maintenance reliability, and achieves System uses a separate improved breaker analog trip circuit, providing life ratings faster signal processing 

- ● Fold-up cassette—with this and interruption times than the standard (digital) 

- simple design, all items in “instantaneous” protection. 

- a cassette are replaceable The Arcflash Reduction 

- without removing the cassette from the cell Maintenance System function is activated either 

- ● “Arc chute” design directly on the circuit 

- ● Breaker-mounted racking breaker through a local or levering-in device— switch or remotely through Racking device is mounted communications or a digital on the breaker, decreasing input the width of the cassette, because the cassette is not The use of these burdened with the cost or technologies allows Series parts of the lev-in NRX to offer a life of 20,000 

- ● Plug-N-Play accessories— mechanical operations and 10,000 electrical operations 

- No special tools needed. with a high degree of 

- Accessory comes with reliability. 

- plug and wires ready to install 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-47** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## 3.1 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - UL 1066 (low voltage AC power circuit breakers used in enclosures) 

- UL 489 (molded case 

- **3** circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit 

- **3** breaker enclosures) 

   - EN 45011 

   - CEI EN 60947 

   - BS EN 60439-1 Form 4b 

   - IEC 60439-1 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies) 

   - IEC 60947-1 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear —Part 1 general rules) 

   - IEC 60947-2 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear —Part 2 circuit breakers) 

- IEC 60947-3 (switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors and fuse-combination units) 

- CSA 22.2 (molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures) 

- ANSI C37.51 (metalenclosed low voltage AC power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies— conformance test procedures) 

- ANSI C37.20.1 (metalenclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear) 

- ANSI C37.60 (requirements ● ANSI C37.13 (IEEE[®] for overhead, pad-mounted standard for low voltage dry-type and submersible AC power circuit breakers automatic reclosers and used in enclosures) fault interrupters for ● CCC—China AC systems) 

   - KEMA (&CB) 

- ANSI C37.50 (low voltage AC power circuit breakers used in enclosures—test procedures) 

   - UL 891 (deadfront switchboard) 

   - UL 1558 (metal-enclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear) 

- ANSI C37.17 (for trip devices for AC and general purpose DC low voltage power circuit breakers) 

- ANSI C37.16 (low voltage power circuit breakers and AC power circuit protectors—preferred ratings, related requirements, and application recommendations) 

## **Reference Information** 

## **List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals** 

|**List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals**||
|---|---|
||**Publication**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Instruction Book for Fixed and Drawout Breaker/Cassette|MN01301001E|
|IL Drawout Circuit Breaker and Cassette Rejection Interlocks|IL01301006E|
|IL Auxiliary Switch in Right Accessory Tray|IL01301007E|
|IL UVR/ST/OTS in Left Accessory Tray|IL01301008E|
|IL Motor Operator|IL01301010E|
|IL Spring Release Device and Latch Check Switch|IL01301010E|
|(Numbers 5 and 6 are Combining into one Document)||
|IL Door Escutcheon and Gasket Kit|IL01301012E|
|IL Drawout Cassette IP 20 Shutters|IL01301013E|
|IL Fixed Breaker Arc Hood Kit|IL01301014E|
|IL Fixed Breaker Front/Rear/Cable Connectors|IL01301015E|
|IL Drawout Cassette Front/Rear/Cable Connectors|IL01301016E|
|IL Racking Device Levering Device|IL01301018E|
|IL Mechanical Pop-Out Indicator and Interlocked Indicator|IL01301019E|
|IL Breaker and Cassette Phase Barriers|IL01301021E|
|IL Cassette Rails|IL01301025E|
|IL Mounting Feet|IL01301030E|
|IL Surface Mount|IL01301036E|
|IL Terminal Blocks|IL01301037E|
|IL Modbus Communication Adapter Module|IL01301034E|
|IL INCOM Communication Adapter Module|IL01301033E|
|IL Digitrip 520 and 520M Manual|IL70C1619H01|
|IL IP55 Cover|IL01301038E|
|PROFIBUS Communication Module|IL01301035E|
|IL Kirk Key Lock|IL01301039E|
|IL Ronis Key Lock|IL01301040E|
|IL Pushbutton Covers|IL01301041E|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-48** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply)** 

## **N S  S6 08 3 W 52  8 A  B A N 4 X N D  X** 

**==> picture [461 x 444] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breaker Frame Size Spring Release,<br>N  = Type NF, 630–1600 A,  Motor Operator Latch Check Switch<br>(70 mm pole spacing) M  = Manually operated N = No spring release, no LCS<br>B = 110–125 Vac E = No spring release, LCS wired external<br>Standard, Mechanism, Device W = 110–125 Vdc A = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>T = 208–250 Vac B = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>S  = UL 1066, stored energy,  P = 220–250 Vdc C = 110–127 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>power breaker L  = 24 Vdc R = 208–240 Vac/Vdc, no LCS<br>X  = UL 489, stored energy,  Rating Plug  H = 48 Vdc S = 208–240 Vac/Vdc, spring release LCS<br>insulated case breaker (Amperes) S  = 60 Vdc T = 208–240 Vac/Vdc, LCS wired external<br>E  = IEC 60947-2, stored  1 = 200 L = 24 Vdc, no LCS<br>energy, air breaker 2 = 250 Shunt Trip P = 24 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>3 = 300 Q = 24 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>Fault Current Rating 4 = 400 N  = No shunt trip H = 48 Vdc, no LCS<br>S4S5S6  = 42 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC = 50 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC = 65 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC 5678 = 500= 600= 630= 800 ARLH  = 110–127 Vac/Vdc = 48 Vdc= 208–240 Vac/Vdc= 24 Vdc JK12 = 48 Vdc, spring release LCS= 48 Vdc, LCS wired external= 60 Vdc, no LCS = 60 Vdc, spring release LCS<br>A = 1000 S = 60 Vdc 3 = 60 Vdc, LCS wired external<br>Frame Rating (Amperes) B = 1200<br>07  = 630 (IEC only) C = 1250<br>08  = 800 D = 1600<br>10  = 1000 (IEC only)<br>12  = 1200 (UL only)<br>Trip Unit, Power Supply<br>13  = 1250 (IEC only)<br>16  = 1600 (On NF: IEC only) SW  =Switch—no MCR—42 kA for IEC and UL 1066 (non-auto) 1E 13  == 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>22  = 520 LI, no ZSI 1F  = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>Poles, Phasing 52  = 520 LSI, no ZSI 1L  = 1150 LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>3  = Three-pole, ABC 53  = 520 LSI, with ZSI 1M  = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>4  = Four-pole, NABC 5G  = 520 LSIG, no ZSI 14  = 1150 LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>5H  = 520 LSIG, with ZSI 15  = 1150 LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>Mounting Configuration M2  = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 1C  = 1150 LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>M3  = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc Reduction Maintenance System<br>W = Drawout MA  =520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 1D  = 1150 LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>B = Fixed mount rear connected with side  MB  =520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc Reduction Maintenance System<br>mounting brackets MG  =520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 16  = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>R = Fixed mount rear connected without side  MH  =520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc Reduction Maintenance System<br>mounting brackets R2  = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  17  = 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>F = Front connected, fixed mount, for bus or cable  Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>connections with side mounting brackets R3  = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  1J  = 1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>RA  = 520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  1K  = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>RB  = 520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  1R  = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>RG  = 520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  1S  = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>RH  = 520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash  18  = 1150i LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with Arcflash<br>Reduction Maintenance System Reduction Maintenance System<br>1A  = 1150 LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 19  = 1150i LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with<br>1B  = 150 LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>12  = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-49** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply), continued** 

## **N  S  S6 08 3 W 52  8 A  B A N 4 X N D  X** 

**==> picture [433 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3 UVR, Second Shunt Trip<br>N  = None<br>3 AR  = 110–125 Vac/Vdc UVR= 220–250 Vac/Vdc UVR and Bell AlarmTrip Indicator  OTS Terminal BlocksSecondary<br>L = 24 Vdc UVR N None None Per breaker options<br>3 HS  = 48 Vdc UVR= 60 Vdc UVR XZ Trip indicatorTrip indicator None2 Form C Per breaker optionsPer breaker options<br>G  = 32 Vdc UVR M Interlock trip indicator None Per breaker options<br>3 1 = 110–127 Vac/Vdc second shunt trip Y Interlock trip indicator 2 Form C Per breaker options<br>2 = 208–240 Vac/Vdc second shunt trip 1 None None Full complement<br>4 = 24 Vdc second shunt trip 2 Trip indicator None Full complement<br>3 89 = 48 Vdc second shunt trip= 60 Vdc second shunt trip 34 Trip indicatorInterlock trip indicator 2 Form CNone Full complementFull complement<br>3 5 Interlock trip indicator 2 Form C Full complement<br>Auxiliary, Switches,<br>3 E  = No auxiliary switches,  Label Language ProvisionsPadlock ProvisionsKey Lock OperationsCounter<br>no label (parent) N No None No<br>3 24  = 2 Form C, English = 4 Form C, English AB NoYes (plastic/plastic) —— ProvidedNo<br>C Yes (plastic/plastic) — Provided<br>3<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Future Use X** = All product **Drawout Breaker Shipping, Fixed Breaker Terminals (Door Frame Kit ships as standard unless noted otherwise) D** = Drawout breaker shipping alone, without door frame kit 

- **C** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, no shutters, no terminals 

- **1** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, no shutters, short vertical/horizontal 

- **2** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, no shutters, long vertical/horizontal 

- **4** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, with shutters, short vertical/horizontal 

- **5** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, with shutters, long vertical/horizontal 

- **9** = Drawout breaker shipping in cassette, no shutters, no terminals 

- **F** = Fixed terminal adapters for rear connect, with mounting feet, short vertical/horizontal adapter kit 

- **H** = Rear connect, fixed breaker, with long vertical/horizontal adapters 

- **J** = Front connect fixed breaker, with no terminal adapters 

- **K** = Rear connect, fixed breaker, no terminal adapters 

## **Series NRX Type NF-Frame Cassette** 

**==> picture [479 x 212] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
NX 12 3 F A B Z S N N N C<br>Cassette Family and Breaker Frame Cassette Shipping<br>NS  = UL 1066 N-Frame C = Cassette only<br>NX  = UL 489 N-Frame B  = Breaker shipped in cassette<br>NE  = IEC N-Frame<br>Future<br>Continuous Ampere Range N  = None<br>08  = 800 (UL 1066) Arc Hood<br>12  = 800–1200 (UL 489) A  = Arc hood installed (default) Future<br>16  = 630–1600 (IEC)<br>N  = None<br>Door Frame Gasket and Rejection Kits<br>(Facing Front of Breaker)Poles and Phasing  BD  = Door kit included (default), with rejection kit = Door kit included, no rejection kit N = None Secondary Contact Terminals Installed<br>34  = Three-pole ABC = Four-pole NABC RN  = Not included, with rejection kit = Not included, with rejection kit BF = Breaker defined, when breaker ships in cassette= Full complement<br>C = Common options when cassette ships alone<br>Load Terminal Connections Cell Switch Options<br>F = With flat tapped pads only (available on Breaker +  Shutters<br>G = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit (short style) Cassette or Cassette Only)<br>H = With front-connected kit W  = None N = Not included (default)<br>S  = Included<br>N = No cassette stabs (interunit only) Z = Cell switch installed<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-50** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 1066 Ratings** 

|**UL 1066 Ratings**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Rating**|
|Continuous current rating (amperes)|800|
|**Short-Circuit Rating (kA)**||
|254 Vac|85|
|508 Vac|65|
|635 Vac|35|
|Short-time withstand (kA)1|42|



## **UL 489 Ratings** 

|**UL 489 Ratings**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Rating**|**Rating**|
|Continuous current rating (amperes)|800|1200|
|**Short-Circuit Rating (kA)**|||
|240 Vac|85|85|
|480 Vac|65|65|
|600 Vac|42|42|
|Short-time withstand (kA)|42|42|



**3** 

## **IEC 60947-2 Ratings** 

|**IEC 60947-2 Ratings**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Rating**||
|Continuous current rating (amperes)|630 and 800||
|Short-circuit rating (kA)|Icu|Ics|
|240/254 Vac|85|50|
|415/435 Vac|65|50|
|690/725 Vac|42|42|
|Short-time withstand = Icw (kA)|42|42|



|**Rating**||**Rating**||
|---|---|---|---|
|1000 and 1250||1600||
|Icu|Ics|Icu|Ics|
|85|50|85|50|
|65|50|65|50|
|42|42|42|42|
|42|42|42|42|



## Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Series NRX Three-Pole Drawout with Cassette** 

|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Lb (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|14.18 (360.2)|10.02 (254.5)|10.68 (271.3)|85.00 (38.59)|
|**Series NRX Three-Pole Front Connect Fixed Breaker**|**Series NRX Three-Pole Front Connect Fixed Breaker**|**Series NRX Three-Pole Front Connect Fixed Breaker**|**Series NRX Three-Pole Front Connect Fixed Breaker**|
|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Lb (kg)**|
|16.00 (406.4)|8.25 (209.6)|7.15 (181.6)|—|



## **Rear Fixed Circuit Breaker and Drawout with Cassette** 

|**Breaker Type**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Lb (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Fixed**|||||
|Three-pole|13.18 (334.8)|8.25 (209.6)|7.15 (181.6)|33.58 (15.23)|
|Four-pole|13.18 (334.8)|11.00 (279.4)|7.15 (181.6)|44.40 (20.14)|
|**Drawout with Cassette**|**Drawout with Cassette**||||
|Three-pole|14.18 (360.2)|10.02 (254.5)|10.69 (271.5)|85.20 (38.65)|
|Four-pole|14.18 (360.2)|12.69 (322.3)|10.69 (271.5)|104.00 (47.17)|



## **Mounting and Load Connection Configurations** 

|||||**Rear-Connect**|**Rear Connect Breaker Front-Connect**|**Rear Connect Breaker Front-Connect**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard Bus**|**Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit**|**Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit**|**Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit**<br>**Fixed Front Connect Breaker**|
||**Breaker**|**Breaker**|**Connection**|**With and Without Cover**|**With and Without Cover**<br>**Cable-Connected**||
||**Type**|**Mechanism**|**Provisions**|**(Kits Shipped Unassembled)**|**(Kits Shipped Separately)**<br>**Cable Terminals**||
|Drawout Breaker<br>Stored energy|||Finger clusters|—|—|—|
||a||||||
|Cassette||—|Rear-connected||—|—|
||||pre-drilled bus pads||||
||2!|pesca||||||
|Fixed||Stored energy|Rear-connected||||
||||pre-drilled bus pads||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 35 kAIC short-time withstand at 635 V level only. All other voltages 42 kAIC short-time withstand. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-51** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Available Front Connect Cable Terminals** 

**3** 

||**List**<br>**Number**|**Connector**<br>**Ratings (kA) To Breaker?**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number (Three-Pole)**|
|---|---|---|
||1|Bus conductor extension (42 kA and below)<br>42<br>--<br>**NRXBUSEXT**|
|||Bus conductor extension (50 kA and below)<br>50<br>--<br>**NRXBUSEXT**|
|||Bus conductor extension (65 kA and below)<br>65<br>--<br>**NRXBUSEXT653**|
||2|Cable terminals (two holes)<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA700NB1M**|
||||
|||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA700NB1MCWT**|
||3|Cable terminals (three holes)<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA1000NB1M**|
|||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Yes<br>**TA1000NB1MCWT**|
|||<br><br> <br>|
||4|Cable terminals (four holes)<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1200NB1M**|
|||With control wire provisions<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1200NB1MCWT**|
||5|Cable terminals (three holes for 750 kcmil)<br>65<br>Load side only1<br>**TA1201NB1M**|



## **Available Rear Connectors for Fixed Breakers or Cassettes** 

|**Available Rear Connectors for Fixed Breakers or Cassettes**||
|---|---|
|**List**<br>**Number**<br>**Connector**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1<br>Universal bus adapter—short|**SADP316**|
||**SADP416**|
|||
|2<br>Universal bus adapter—long|**LADP316**|
||**LADP416**|
|3<br>R t dt tiht|**SBADPI316**|
|ear connec aaper exensons—sor<br>(horizontal holes)||
||**SBADPI416**|
|4<br>Rear connect adapter extensions—long<br>(horizontal holes)|**LBADPU316**|
||**LBADPU416**|



## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||**AWG Wire**|**AWG Wire**||**Metric**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**(Number of**<br>**Conductors)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**2|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**2|
|**Standard Cu/Al**|**Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|1–500 (2)|**TA700NB1**|50–240|**TA700NB1M**|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|3/0–400 (3)|**TA1000NB1**|95–185|**TA1000NB1M**|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|4/0–500 (4)|**TA1200NB1**|120–240|**TA1200NB1M**|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (3)|**TA1201NB1**|300–400|**TA1201NB1M**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For use on line side, user must use catalog number **NRXBUSEXT503** for 50 kA, or **NRXBUSEXT653** for 65 kA. 

> 2 Single terminals individually packed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-52** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**Accessory Ratings**_ 

## **Shunt Trip** 

|**Shunt Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Operational Voltage**|**Inrush/Continuous Power**|**Opening Time**||
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**Range 70–110%**|**Consumption (VA)**|**(ms)**||
|24|DC|17–26|500/5|25||
|48|DC|34–53|530/5|25||
|110–127|50–60 Hz|77–140|540/5|25||
|110–125|DC|77–138|540/5|25||
|208–240|50–60 Hz|146–264|500/5|25||
|220–250|DC|154–275|515/5|25||
|**UVR**||||||
|**Control**||**Operational Voltage**|**Dropout Volts**|**Inrush/Continuous Power**|**Opening Time**|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**Range 85–110%**|**35–60%**|**Consumption (VA)**|**(ms)**|
|24|DC|20–26|8–14|500/5|50|
|32|DC|27–35|11–19|620/5|50|
|48|DC|41–53|17–29|850/5|50|
|110–127|50–60 Hz|94–140|44–94|890/5|50|
|110–125|DC|94–138|44–94|890/5|50|
|208–240|50–60 Hz|177–264|84–125|910/5|50|
|220–250|DC|187–275|88–132|910/5|50|
|380–415|AC|323–457|145–228|960/5|50|
|480|AC|408–528|168–288|800/8|50|
|600|AC|510–660|210–360|800/12|50|
|**Spring Release**||||||
|**Control**||**Operational Voltage**|**Inrush Power**|**Closing Time**||
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**Range 70–110%**|**Consumption (VA)**|**(ms)**||
|24|DC|17–26|500|25||
|48|DC|34–53|530|25||
|110–127|50–60 Hz|77–140|540|25||
|110–125|DC|77–138|540|25||
|208–240|50–60 Hz|146–264|500|25||
|220–250|DC|154–275|515|25||



**3** 

## **OCT/OTS** 

|**OCT/OTS**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Control**||**Contact Rating**|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**(Amperes)**|
|250|50–60 Hz|10|
|125|DC|0.5|
|250|DC|0.25|



## **Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Control**||**Contact Rating**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**(Amperes)**|
|250|50–60 Hz|10|
|125|DC|0.5|
|250|DC|0.25|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-53** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Breaker Position/Continuity** 

**3** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Position**|**Continuity Between**<br>**Red and Black Lead Pairs**<br>**Continuity Between**<br>**Blue and Black Lead Pairs**|
|---|---|
|Open|NO<br>45 and 43|
||NO<br>46 and 47|
||NO<br>51 and 49|
||NO<br>52 and 53|
|Closed|44 and 43<br>NO|
||48 and 47<br>NO|
||50 and 49<br>NO|
||54 and 53<br>NO|



## **Motor Operator** 

|**Control**||**Operational Voltage**|**Running**|**Current**|**Typical Inrush**|**Power Consumption**|**Power Consumption**|**Maximum Charging**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltages**|**Frequency**|**Range 85–110%**|**(A)**||**Current**|**(VA)**||**Time (Sec)**|
|24|DC|20–26|5||500%|150||3|
|48|DC|41–53|3||500%|150||3|
|110–127|50–60 Hz|94–140|2||300%|280||3|
|110–125|DC|94–138|1||500%|150||3|
|208–240<br>220–250|50–60 Hz<br>DC|177–264<br>187–275|1<br>1||1000%<br>1000%|280<br>280||4<br>4|
|**Control Voltages and Currents**|||||||||
|**Control Voltages**|||**24 Vdc**|**48 Vdc**|**110–125 Vdc**|**110–127 Vac**|**220–250 Vdc**|**208–240 Vac**|
|**Current**|||||||||
|Close current (inrush)<br>Shunt trip current (ST)—(inrush/continuous)|||21<br>21 / .2|11<br>11 / .1|5<br>5 / .04|5<br>5 / .04|2<br>2 / .02|2<br>2 / .02|
|Charge motor current—(inrush/continuous)|||TBD|TBD|5 / 1|6 / 2|10 / 1|10 / 1|
|**Operating Voltage Rating**|||||||||
|Close|||17–26|34–53|77–138|77–140|154–275|146–264|
|Trip|||17–26|34–53|77–138|77–140|154–275|146–264|
|Charge|||20–26|41–53|94–138|94–140|187–275|177–264|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-54** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Type VCP-W/VCP-T Medium Voltage Vacuum Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [244 x 183] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-2|
|Magnum DS Low Voltage Power|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-6|
|Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power|
|Circuit Breaker  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-12|
|Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case|
|Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-15|
|Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . .|V4-T3-23|
|Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage|
|Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-33|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with PXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-35|
|Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit|
|Breakers with Digitrip  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-47|
|Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers|
|Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-56|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T3-57|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## **Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

- Breakers and structures for _**IEC**_ switchgear assemblies: ● T-VAC medium voltage circuit breakers 

## _**ANSI**_ 

   - 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor switching circuit breakers available) 

- VCP-W medium voltage circuit breakers 

- 5/15 kV VCP-W (K>1, ● Ground and test devices K=1, narrow design, ● Dummy elements extra-capability and generator circuit ● VCP-W IEC medium breakers available) voltage circuit breakers 

   - Ground and test devices 

- 27 kV and 38 kV (extra● capability circuit ● 24 kV breakers available) 

   - 3.6/7.2/12/17.5 kV 

- Ground and test devices 

## _**OEM Structures**_ 

- Dummy elements 

   - Metal-clad, compartmented design 

- VCP-T medium voltage circuit breakers 

   - Barebones 

   - Power modules 

- 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor switching and magnetic actuated circuit breakers available) 

   - Mini modules 

   - Breaker compartment kits 

- Ground and test devices 

## **Application Description** 

Eaton's medium voltage circuit breakers offer the latest in vacuum technology, providing superior control and protection of medium voltage power equipment in utility, industrial, commercial, mining and marine installations. Built in a state-of-the-art ISO[®] 9002 certified facility, they meet and exceed all ANSI and IEC requirements. Available in drawout configurations, Eaton’s vacuum circuit breakers are a result of our ongoing commitment to research and development, which have resulted in significant breakthrough technologies. Each breaker is provided with its unique Quality Assurance Certificate that documents all tests and inspections performed. 

- Dummy elements 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-55** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

## _**VCP-W Standard Features**_ 

- Eaton’s maintenance-free vacuum interrupters with 

- **3** visual contact erosion indicator 

   - Non-sliding/non-rolling V-Flex™ current transfer system 

   - Glass polyester insulation 

   - Cycloaliphatic epoxy insulation (optional with Type VCPW-SE breakers) for 27 kV and 38 kV breakers 

   - Front-accessible operating mechanism 

   - Electrically operated trip-free, spring stored energy mechanism 

   - Interlocks that prevent moving a closed circuit breaker into or out of the connected position 

   - Closing springs automatically discharge before moving the circuit breaker into or out of the enclosure 

   - Provisions for manual charging of closing springs 

   - Manual close and trip pushbuttons 

   - Operations counter 

   - Closing spring charged/ discharged indicator 

   - Circuit breaker Open/ Closed indicator 

   - Auxiliary switch with 2A/3B for DC and 1A/3B for AC spare contacts 

   - Spring charging motor, close coil, trip coil, latch check switch and anti-pump relay 

## _**VCP-T Standard Features**_ 

- Small without 

- compromise—significantly smaller and lighter than comparable breakers 

- Grounded steel barrier between mechanism and primary conductors 

- Spring loaded, silver-plated primary disconnects (drawout breaker) 

- Silver-plated primary connections (fixed circuit breaker) 

- Manual charging of closing springs (includes shunt trip) 

- Integral spring charging handle 

- Auxiliary switch (5a and 5b contacts) 

- Mechanical operations counter 

- 24, 48, 125 and 250 Vdc, 120 and 240 Vac control 

- Shunt trip 

- ON and OFF pushbuttons 

- Integral lifting hooks 

- Through- or behind-door operation 

- Identified/dedicated secondaries 

- Secondary umbilical cord (drawout circuit breaker) 

- Secondary disconnect block (fixed circuit breaker) 

- Two-step stored energy mechanism 

- O–0.3s–CO–15s–CO 

- Anti-pump 

- Trip free 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - Designed, tested and certified in accordance with ANSI and IEC standards 

   - Applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979 or 1999, C37.09-1979 or 1999, C37.06-2000 and C37.013 

   - Internal arc resistance tested to IEC 298, Appendix AA, 25 kA for 1 second 

   - Drawout circuit breaker fully qualified to IEC 56 by testing inside the IEC 298 switchgear cubicle 

   - IEEE C37.013 and amendment C37.013a-2007 

- Latch check switch 

- Visible contact erosion indicator 

- Visible contact wipe indicator 

- Disconnect, Test and Connect (drawout circuit breaker) 

- Integral levering mechanism (drawout circuit breaker) 

- Field-installable accessories 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-56** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

Please contact your Eaton sales representative for additional product information and to review your specific application and required product configuration. 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**3** 

## _**ANSI Standards**_ 

**ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis— Standard Circuit Breakers**[1] 

|**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**Description**<br>**50 VCP-WND250**<br>**50 VCP-W250**<br>**50 VCP-W350**<br>**50 VCP-W500**<br>**(63 kA)**<br>**75 VCP-W500**<br>**150 VCP-W500**<br>**150 VCP-W750**<br>**150 VCP-W1000**<br>**150 VCP-W1500**<br>**(63 kA)**|**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**Description**<br>**50 VCP-WND250**<br>**50 VCP-W250**<br>**50 VCP-W350**<br>**50 VCP-W500**<br>**(63 kA)**<br>**75 VCP-W500**<br>**150 VCP-W500**<br>**150 VCP-W750**<br>**150 VCP-W1000**<br>**150 VCP-W1500**<br>**(63 kA)**|
|---|---|
|**Identification**||
|Nominal voltage class kV<br>4.16|4.16<br>4.16<br>4.16<br>7.2<br>13.8<br>13.8<br>13.8<br>13.8|
|Nominal three-phase<br>MVA class<br>250|250<br>350<br>—<br>500<br>500<br>750<br>1000<br>—|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Maximum voltage E<br>kV rms<br>4.76|4.76<br>4.76<br>4.76<br>8.25<br>15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|Voltage range factor K 2<br>1.24|1.24<br>1.19<br>1.00<br>1.25<br>1.30<br>1.30<br>1.30<br>1.00|
|**Insulation Level**<br>Withstand test voltage||
|Power frequency (1 min.)<br>kV rms<br>19|19<br>19<br>19<br>36<br>36<br>36<br>36<br>36|
|Impulse kV peak<br>60|60<br>60<br>60<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at<br>60 Hz amperes<br>1200|1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000|
||3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000|
|Short-circuit current (at<br>rated max. kV) I kA rms<br>29|29<br>41<br>63<br>33<br>18<br>28<br>37<br>63|
|Interrupting time cycles<br>5|5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5|
|Permissible tripping delay<br>Y seconds<br>2|2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|Maximum voltage divided<br>by K E/K kV rms2<br>3.85|3.85<br>4.0<br>4.76<br>6.6<br>11.5<br>11.5<br>11.5<br>15.0|
|**Current Values**<br>Maximum symmetrical<br>interrupting capability<br>Short-time current K x 1<br>kA rms2<br>36|36<br>49<br>63<br>41<br>23<br>36<br>48<br>63|
|Closing and latching<br>capability kA peak<br>97|97<br>132<br>170<br>111<br>62<br>97<br>130<br>170|
|Closing and latching<br>momentary capability<br>58|58<br>78<br>101<br>66<br>37<br>58<br>77<br>101|
|**Weight Lb (kg)**<br>1200 A<br>345 (157)|350 (159)<br>460 (209)<br>525 (238)<br>375 (170)<br>350 (159)<br>350 (159)<br>460 (209)<br>525 (238)|
|2000 A<br>345 (157)|410 (186)<br>490 (223)<br>530 (241)<br>410 (186)<br>410 (186)<br>410 (186)<br>490 (223)<br>530 (241)|
|3000 A<br>345 (157)|525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>550 (250)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>550 (250)|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999. 

- 2 See _Consulting Application Guide_ for further information. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-57** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

**ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis— Extra Capability Breakers**[1] 

**3** 

|**Extra Capability B**|**reakers**1|
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**50 VCP-W25C**<br>**50 VCP-W40C**<br>**50 VCP-W50C**<br>**50 VCP-W63C**<br>**75 VCP-W50C**<br>**150 VCP-W25C**<br>**150 VCP-W40C**<br>**150 VCP-W50C**<br>**150 VCP-W63C**|
|**Identification**||
|Nominal voltage class kV|4.16<br>4.16<br>4.16<br>4.16<br>7.2<br>13.8<br>13.8<br>13.8<br>13.8|
|Nominal three-phase<br>MVA class|—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Maximum voltage E<br>kV rms|5.95<br>5.95<br>5.95<br>5.95<br>10.3<br>17.5<br>17.5<br>17.5<br>15.0|
|Voltage range factor K 2|1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00|
|**Insulation Level**<br>Withstand test voltage||
|Power frequency (1 min.)<br>kV rms|24<br>24<br>24<br>24<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42<br>42|
|Impulse kV peak|75<br>75<br>75<br>75<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at<br>60 Hz amperes|1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000|
||3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000|
|Short-circuit current (at<br>rated max. kV) I kA rms|25<br>40<br>50<br>63<br>50<br>25<br>40<br>50<br>63|
|Interrupting time cycles|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|Permissible tripping delay<br>Y seconds|23<br>23<br>23<br>23<br>23<br>23<br>23<br>23<br>23|
|Maximum voltage divided<br>by K E/K kV rms2|5.95<br>5.95<br>5.95<br>5.95<br>10.3<br>17.5<br>17.5<br>17.5<br>15.0|
|**Current Values**<br>Maximum symmetrical<br>interrupting capability<br>Short-time current K x 1<br>kA rms2|25<br>40<br>50<br>63<br>50<br>25<br>40<br>50<br>63|
|Closing and latching<br>capability kA peak|97<br>139<br>139<br>175<br>139<br>97<br>139<br>139<br>175|
|Closing and latching<br>momentary capability|58<br>83<br>83<br>104<br>83<br>58<br>83<br>83<br>104|
|**Weight Lb (kg)**<br>1200 A|350 (159)<br>460 (209)<br>525 (238)<br>350 (159)<br>460 (209)<br>350 (159)<br>350 (159)<br>460 (209)<br>525 (238)|
|2000 A|410 (186)<br>490 (223)<br>530 (241)<br>410 (186)<br>490 (223)<br>410 (186)<br>410 (186)<br>490 (223)<br>530 (241)|
|3000 A|525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>550 (250)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>550 (250)|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999. 

> 2 See _Consulting Application Guide_ for further information. 

> 3 Tested for 3 seconds. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-58** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis— Generator Breakers (to ANSI C37.013)**[1] 

|**Generator Breakers (to ANSI C**|**37.013)**1|
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**50 VCP-WG50**<br>**50 VCP-WG63**<br>**50 VCP-WG75**<br>**150 VCP-WG50**<br>**150 VCP-WG63**<br>**150 VCP-WG75**|
|**Identification**||
|Nominal voltage class kV|4.16<br>4.16<br>4.16<br>13.8<br>13.8<br>13.8|
|Nominal three-phase MVA class|—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Maximum voltage E kV rms|4.76<br>4.76<br>4.76<br>15.0<br>15.0<br>15.0|
|Voltage range factor K 2|1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00<br>1.00|
|**Insulation Level**<br>Withstand test voltage||
|Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms|19<br>19<br>19<br>36<br>36<br>36|
|Impulse kV peak|60<br>60<br>60<br>95<br>95<br>95|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes|1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000|
||3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000|
||4000<br>4000<br>4000<br>4000<br>4000<br>4000|
|Short-circuit current (at rated max. kV) kA rms|50<br>63<br>75<br>50<br>63<br>75|
|Interrupting time cycles<br>1200 A|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|2000 A|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|3000 A|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|4000 A|5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5|
|Permissible tripping delay Y seconds<br>1200 A|1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3|
|2000 A|1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3|
|3000 A|1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3<br>1 and 3|
|4000 A|1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1|
|Maximum voltage divided by K E/K kV rms2|4.76<br>4.76<br>4.76<br>15.0<br>15.0<br>15.0|
|**Current Values**<br>Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability<br>Short-time current K x 1 kA rms2|50<br>63<br>75<br>50<br>63<br>75|
|Closing and latching capability kA peak|137<br>173<br>206<br>137<br>173<br>206|
|Closing and latching momentary capability|82<br>103<br>123<br>82<br>103<br>123|
|**Weight Lb (kg)**<br>1200 A|525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>926 (419)<br>525 (238)<br>525 (238)<br>926 (419)|
|2000 A|530 (241)<br>530 (241)<br>936 (424)<br>530 (241)<br>530 (241)<br>936 (424)|
|3000 A|550 (250)<br>550 (250)<br>946 (429)<br>550 (250)<br>550 (250)<br>946 (429)|
|4000 A|956 (433)<br>956 (433)<br>956 (433)<br>956 (433)<br>956 (433)<br>956 (433)|



**3** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), C37.09-1999 and C37.013 (including C37.013a-2007). 

> 2 See _Consulting Application Guide_ for further information. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-59** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1)** 

**3** 

|**Identification**|**Drawout Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**50 VCP-W25**<br>**50 VCP-W40**<br>**50 VCP-W50**<br>**50 VCP-W63**<br>**75 VCP-W40**<br>**75 VCP-W50**<br>**150 VCP-W25**<br>**150 VCP-W40**<br>**150 VCP-W50**<br>**150 VCP-W63**|
|---|---|
|**Rated Values**||
|Maximum voltage (V)<br>kV rms|4.76<br>4.76<br>4.76<br>4.76<br>8.25<br>8.25<br>15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|Power frequency Hz1|60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60|
|**Insulation Level**<br>Power frequency<br>withstand voltage (1 min.)<br>kV rms|19<br>19<br>19<br>19<br>36<br>36<br>36<br>36<br>36<br>36|
|Lightning impulse<br>withstand voltage<br>(1.2 x 50 μs) kV peak|60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95<br>95|
|Continuous current A rms2|1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200j<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200j|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000j|
||3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000<br>3000j|
|**Short-Circuit Ratings**<br>**(Reference C37.04-1999**<br>**and C37.06-2009 except**<br>**as noted**j**)**<br>Symmetrical interrupting<br>current (I) kA rms sym3|25<br>40<br>50<br>63<br>40<br>50<br>25<br>40<br>50<br>63|
|DC component (% DC)4|50<br>50<br>44<br>55<br>50<br>44<br>50<br>50<br>44<br>55|
|Asymmetrical interrupting<br>current (It) kA rms asym<br>total5|31<br>49<br>59<br>80<br>49<br>59<br>31<br>49<br>59<br>80|
|Closing and latching<br>current (2.6 x I) kA peak|65<br>104<br>130<br>164<br>104<br>130<br>65<br>104<br>130<br>164|
|Short-time withstand<br>current rms6|25<br>40<br>50<br>63<br>40<br>50<br>25<br>40<br>50<br>63|
|**Transient Recovery**<br>**Voltage parameters**<br>**are based on TD-4**<br>Peak voltage<br>(E2) = (uc) (kV peak)|8.2<br>8.2<br>8.2<br>8.2<br>14<br>14<br>28j, 25.7<br>25.7<br>25.7<br>28j|
|Time to peak<br>(T2= t3x 1.137) (μsec)|50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>59<br>59<br>75<br>75<br>75<br>75|
|TRV rise time (t3) (μsec)|44<br>44<br>44<br>44<br>52<br>52<br>66<br>66<br>66<br>66|
|RRRV = uc/t3(kV/μsec)7|0.19<br>0.19<br>0.19<br>0.19<br>0.27<br>0.27<br>0.42, 0.39<br>0.39<br>0.39<br>0.42|
|Interrupting time<br>ms|50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50|
|Cycles (60 Hz)|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|Operating duty (duty cycle)|O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO<br>O–0.3s–<br>CO–3m–CO|
|Mechanical endurance<br>no-load operations89|10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000<br>10,000|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no de-rating. 

> 2 4000 A fan cooled rating is available for 3000 A circuit breakers. 

- 3 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current. 

> 4 Based on the standard DC time constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz). 

> 5 The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (It) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA rms asym total. 

> 6 Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both 2 seconds for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and C37.06-2009. 

> 7 RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E2/T2. 

> 8 Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening. 

> 9 All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations. 

> j These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-60** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1), continued** 

||**Drawout Circuit Breaker Type**|**Drawout Circuit Breaker Type**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Identification**|**50 VCP-W25**|**50 VCP-W40**|**50 VCP-W50**|**50 VCP-W63**|**75 VCP-W40**|**75 VCP-W50**|**150 VCP-W25**|**150 VCP-W40**|**150 VCP-W50**|**150 VCP-W63**|
|**Capacitance Current**|||||||||||
|**Switching Capability**|||||||||||
|**(Reference C37.04a-2003,**|||||||||||
|**C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-**|||||||||||
|**2005)**|||||||||||
|Cable-charging current|||||||||||
|Class|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|
|A rms|3–10|3–10|3–10|7.5–25|7.5–25|7.5–25|7.5–25|7.5–25|7.5–25|7.5–25|
|Isolated shunt capacitor|||||||||||
|bank current|||||||||||
|Class|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2, C2, C1|C2, C2, C1|C2, C2, C1|C2|
|A rms|||||||||||
|1200 A|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|
|2000 A|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|
|3000 A|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|
|**Back-to-Back**|||||||||||
|**Capacitor Switching**|||||||||||
|Capacitor bank current|||||||||||
|Class|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2|C2, C2, C1|C2, C2, C1|C2, C2, C1|C2|
|A rms|||||||||||
|1200 A|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|75–630|
|2000 A|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|75–1000|
|3000 A|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|75–1600|
|Inrush current kA peak|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|6|
|Inrush frequency kHz|||||||||||
|1200 A|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|0.8|
|2000 A|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|0.5|
|3000 A|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|0.3|
|**Out-of-Phase Switching**|||||||||||
|Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms)|7|7|7|7|12|12|22|22|22|22|
|Current = 0.25 x I (kA rms)|6.3|10|12.5|15.8|10|12.5|6.3|10|12.5|15.8|



**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-61** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **VCP-W Vacuum Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis**[1] 

**3** 

||**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**270 VCP-W750**<br>**270 VCP-W1000**<br>**270 VCP-W1250**<br>**270 VCP-W1600**<br>**270 VCP-W2000**<br>**270 VCP-W25C**<br>**270 VCP-W32C**<br>**270 VCP-W40C**|
|---|---|
|**Identification**||
|Nominal voltage class kV|27<br>27<br>27<br>27<br>27<br>27<br>27<br>27|
|Nominal three-phase MVA class|750<br>1000<br>1250<br>1600<br>2000<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Maximum voltage E kV rms|272<br>272<br>272<br>272<br>272<br>27<br>27<br>27|
|Voltage range factor K 3|1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0<br>1.0|
|**Insulation Level**<br>Withstand test voltage||
|Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms|60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60<br>60|
|Impulse kV peak|125<br>125<br>125<br>125<br>125<br>125<br>125<br>125|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes|600<br>600<br>600<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
||1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>2000<br>2000<br>1600<br>1600<br>1600|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|Short-circuit current (at rated<br>maximum kV)45|16<br>22<br>25<br>25<br>40<br>257<br>31.58<br>409|
|Interrupting time ms (cycles)|83 (5)6<br>83 (5)6<br>83 (5)6<br>83 (5)6<br>83 (5)6<br>50 (3)<br>50 (3)<br>50 (3)|
|Maximum permissible tripping delay<br>Y seconds|2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2.5<br>1.6<br>1.0|
|Transient recovery voltage<br>E2kV peak|51<br>51<br>51<br>51<br>51<br>50<br>50<br>50|
|T2μs|105<br>105<br>105<br>105<br>105<br>50<br>50<br>50|
|**Current Values**<br>Closing and latching capability<br>(2.6 K times rated short-circuit current)<br>kA peak|43<br>60<br>68<br>85<br>106<br>85<br>100<br>112|
|Capacitor switching cable<br>charging amperes|31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5<br>31.5|
|**Weight Lb (kg)**<br>600 A|460 (209)<br>460 (209)<br>460 (209)<br>545 (247)<br>545 (247)<br>545 (247)<br>545 (247)<br>545 (247)|
|1200 A|480 (218)<br>480 (218)<br>480 (218)<br>560 (254)<br>600 (272)<br>560 (254)<br>560 (254)<br>560 (254)|
|2000 A|500 (227)<br>500 (227)<br>500 (227)<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 CESI tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04, C37.09 and C37.06. Consult Eaton for CESI copies of test reports on file. Operating duty cycle CO-15 seconds-CO. Operating time values: Opening 33–55 ms, closing 50–60 ms and reclosing 18 cycles (300 ms). 

- 2 Tested at 28.5 kV. 

- 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. 

> 4 Also maximum interruption rating and short-time current rating. 

> 5 Duration of short-time current = 3 seconds, except as noted in footnotes 7, 8 and 9. 

- 6 Optional interrupting time of 50 ms (3 cycles) is available. 

- 7 Duration of short-time current = 2.5 seconds. 

- 8 Duration of short-time current = 1.6 seconds. 

- 9 Duration of short-time current = 1 second. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-62** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings**_ 

**Type VCP-W Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis**[12] 

|**Identification**|**Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**380 VCP-W 6 and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 16**<br>**380 VCP-W 25 and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 25**<br>**380 VCP-W 32 and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 32**<br>**380 VCP-W 21 and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 21**<br>**380 VCP-W 40 and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 40**|
|---|---|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Nominal voltage class kV rms|34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5|
|Maximum voltage V kV rms|38<br>38<br>38<br>38<br>38|
|Voltage range factor K3|1<br>1<br>1<br>1.658<br>1|
|V/K3kV rms|38<br>38<br>38<br>238<br>38|
|**Insulation Level Withstand Test**<br>Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms|80<br>80<br>80<br>80<br>80|
|Lightning impulse 1.2 x 504kV peak|170<br>170<br>170<br>170<br>170|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at 60 Hz5A rms|600<br>600<br>600<br>1200<br>1200|
||1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>2000<br>2000|
||1600<br>1600<br>1600<br>3000FC<br>3000FC|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2500<br>2500|
||—<br>—<br>3000FC<br>—<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>2500<br>—<br>—|
|**Short-Circuit Current**<br>Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms|16<br>25<br>31.5<br>21<br>40|
|% DC component (Idc)|47<br>47<br>47<br>47<br>47|
|Asym. factor S (ref.)|1.2<br>1.2<br>1.2<br>1.2<br>1.2|
|Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total|19.2<br>30.0<br>37.8<br>39.5<br>48.0|
|Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc)3kA rms|16<br>25<br>31.5<br>358<br>40|
|Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc)3kA rms total|19.3<br>30.0<br>37.8<br>42.0<br>48.0|
|Closing and latching capability kA peak|43<br>68<br>85<br>95<br>107|
|Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total|26<br>40<br>50<br>56<br>63|
|Short-time current kA rms|16<br>25<br>31.5<br>35<br>40|
|Duration of short-time current s|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|Operating duty (duty cycle)|9j<br>9j<br>9j(2500 only9k)<br>9j(2500 only9k)<br>9k|
|Rated reclosing factor (R) %|100<br>100<br>100 (2500 only 0%)<br>100 (2500 only 0%)<br>100|
|Interrupting time6<br>rms|83<br>83<br>83<br>83<br>83|
|Cycle|5<br>5<br>5<br>5<br>5|
|Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.|2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs|0.6<br>0.6<br>0.6<br>0.6<br>0.6|
|Mechanical endurance 7|2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2000|



**3** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO–15s–CO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles). 

- 2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

- 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the _Consulting Application Guide_ for more information. 

- 4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

- 5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton. 

> 6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

> 7 No-load operations. 

- 8 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1). 

- 9 CO–15s–CO. 

> j Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O–0.3s–CO. 

> k Not rated for rapid reclosing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-63** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings**_ 

**Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis**[12] 

**3** 

|**Identification**|**Drawout Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**380 VCP-W 16C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 16C**<br>**380 VCP-W 25C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 25C**<br>**380 VCP-W 32C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 32C**<br>**380 VCP-W 21C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 21C**<br>**380 VCP-W 40C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 40C**|
|---|---|
|**Rated Values**||
|**Voltage**<br>Nominal voltage class kV rms|34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5<br>34.5|
|Maximum voltage V kV rms|38<br>38<br>38<br>38<br>38|
|Voltage range factor K3|1<br>1<br>1<br>1.658<br>1|
|V/K3kV rms|38<br>38<br>38<br>238<br>38|
|**Insulation Level Withstand Test**<br>Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms|80<br>80<br>80<br>80<br>80|
|Lightning impulse 1.2 x 50 μs4kV peak|170<br>170<br>170<br>170<br>170|
|**Current**<br>Continuous current at 60 Hz5A rms|600<br>600<br>600<br>1200<br>1200|
||1200<br>1200<br>1200<br>2000<br>2000|
||1600<br>1600<br>1600<br>3000FC<br>3000FC|
||2000<br>2000<br>2000<br>2500<br>2500|
||—<br>—<br>3000FC<br>—<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>2500<br>—<br>—|
|**Short-Circuit Current**<br>Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms|16<br>25<br>33.1<br>21<br>40|
|% DC component (Idc)|75<br>65<br>57<br>52<br>63|
|Asym. factor S (ref.)|1.46<br>1.36<br>1.3<br>1.24<br>1.34|
|Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total|23.3<br>34.0<br>42.5<br>26.1<br>53.5|
|Maximum sym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc)3kA rms|16<br>25<br>33.1<br>358<br>40|
|Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc)3kA rms total|23.3<br>34.0<br>42.5<br>43.4<br>53.5|
|Closing and latching capability kA peak|50<br>75<br>91<br>102<br>107|
|Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total|30<br>44<br>54<br>60<br>65|
|Short-time current kA rms|16<br>25<br>31.5<br>35<br>40|
|Duration of short-time current s|3.09<br>3.09<br>3.09<br>3.21<br>3.04|
|Operating duty (duty cycle)|9j<br>9j<br>9j(2500 Ak)<br>9j(2500 Ak)<br>9k|
|Rapid reclosing factor (R) %|100<br>100<br>100 (2500 A N/A)<br>100 (2500 A N/A)<br>—|
|Interrupting time6<br>rms|50<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50|
|Cycles|3<br>3<br>3<br>3<br>3|
|Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.|2<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs|0.7<br>0.7<br>0.7<br>0.7<br>—|
||1.3<br>1.3<br>0.7<br>1.3<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>0.7<br>1.3<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>1.3<br>0.7<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>1.3<br>—<br>—|
||—<br>—<br>0.7<br>—<br>—|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO–15s–CO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles). 

- 2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

> 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the _Consulting Application Guide_ for more information. 

- 4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

- 5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton. 

- 6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the “C” breakers. 

- 7 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1). 

- 8 CO–15s–CO. 

- 9 Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O–0.3s–CO. j Not rated for rapid reclosing. 

No-load operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-64** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings**_ 

**Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, continued**[12] 

|**Identification**|**Drawout Circuit Breaker Type**<br>**380 VCP-W 16C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 16C**<br>**380 VCP-W 25C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 25C**<br>**380 VCP-W 32C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 32C**<br>**380 VCP-W 21C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 21C**<br>**380 VCP-W 40C and**<br>**380 VCP-WR 40C**|
|---|---|
|**Capacitor Switching Ratings**||
|**Definite Purpose**<br>Overhead line current A rms|5<br>5<br>5 (2500 A N/A)<br>5 (2500 A N/A)<br>—|
|Isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms|250<br>250<br>250<br>250<br>—|
||250 and 1000 (2000 A)<br>250 and 1000 (2000 A)<br>250 and 1000 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>250 and 1000 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>—|
|**Definite Purpose—Back-to-Back Capacitor Switching**<br>Cable charging current A rms|56<br>56<br>53<br>53<br>53|
|Capacitor bank current A rms|250<br>250<br>250<br>250<br>—|
||250 and 1000 (200 A)<br>250 and 1000 (200 A)<br>250 and 1000 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>250 and 1000 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>—|
|Inrush current kA peak|20<br>20<br>20<br>20<br>—|
||20 and 20 (2000 A)<br>20 and 20 (2000 A)<br>20 and 20 (2000 A and<br>3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>20 and 20 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>—|
|Inrush frequency kHz|4.4<br>4.4<br>4.4<br>4.4<br>—|
||5 and 5 (2000 A)<br>5 and 5 (2000 A)<br>5 and 5 (2000 A and<br>3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>5 and 5 (2000 A<br>and 3000FC)<br>(2500 N/A)<br>—|
|Mechanical endurance (no-load operations)|15,000<br>15,000<br>15,000<br>15,000<br>15,000|



**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-65** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## _**IEC Standards**_ 

**IEC Standards**[1] **—VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis** 

**Identification Rated Values** 

**3** 

|**Identification**|**Rated Values**|
|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Weight**<br>**Lb (kg)**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Insulation Level**<br>**Normal**<br>**Current**<br>**Short-Circuit Breaking**<br>**Current and 3-Second**<br>**Short-Time Current**<br>**Short-Circuit**<br>**Making Current**<br>**Cable Charging**<br>**Breaking Current**<br>**Power**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Impulse**<br>**Withstand**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV rms Peak**<br>**kV Peak**<br>**Amperes**<br>**kA rms**<br>**kV Peak**<br>**Amperes**|
|36 VCP-WND25|3.6<br>10<br>40<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>350 (159)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>350 (159)|
|36 VCP-WND32|3.6<br>10<br>40<br>630<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>350 (159)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>350 (159)|
|72 VCP-WND25|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>350 (159)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>350 (159)|
|72 VCP-WND32|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>350 (159)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>350 (159)|
|36 VCP-W25|3.6<br>10<br>40<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>414 (188)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>430 (195)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>2000<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>496 (225)|
|36 VCP-W32|3.6<br>10<br>40<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>414 (188)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>2000<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>496 (225)|
|36 VCP-W40|3.6<br>10<br>40<br>1250<br>40<br>104<br>10<br>496 (225)|
||3.6<br>10<br>40<br>2000<br>40<br>104<br>10<br>550 (250)|
|72 VCP-W25|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>414 (188)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>414 (188)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>2000<br>25<br>65<br>10<br>496 (225)|
|72 VCP-W32|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>414 (188)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>2000<br>31.5<br>82<br>10<br>430 (195)|
|72 VCP-W40|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>40<br>104<br>10<br>430 (195)|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>2000<br>40<br>104<br>10<br>496 (225)|
|120 VCP-W25|12.0<br>28<br>75<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>25<br>430 (195)|
||12.0<br>28<br>75<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>25<br>496 (225)|
||12.0<br>28<br>75<br>2000<br>25<br>65<br>25<br>496 (225)|
|120 VCP-W32|12.0<br>28<br>75<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>25<br>430 (195)|
||12.0<br>28<br>75<br>2000<br>31.5<br>82<br>25<br>496 (225)|
|120 VCP-W40|12.0<br>28<br>75<br>1250<br>40<br>104<br>25<br>496 (225)|
||12.0<br>28<br>75<br>2000<br>40<br>104<br>25<br>550 (250)|
|175 VCP-W25|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>630<br>25<br>65<br>—<br>430 (195)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>25<br>65<br>—<br>496 (225)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>2000<br>25<br>65<br>—<br>496 (225)|
|175 VCP-W32|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>31.5<br>82<br>—<br>430 (195)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>2000<br>31.5<br>82<br>—<br>496 (225)|
|175 VCP-W40|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>40<br>104<br>—<br>496 (225)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>2000<br>40<br>104<br>—<br>550 (250)|
|175 VCP-W50|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>50<br>130<br>—<br>1013 (460)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>2000<br>50<br>130<br>—<br>1079 (490)|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>3150<br>50<br>130<br>—<br>1156 (525)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 IEC Standards 60056 and 60694 apply. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-66** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

**ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-T and VCP-TR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)** 

**Identification Rated Values** 

|**Identification**|**Rated Values**|
|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Insulation Level**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Class**<br>**Power**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Impulse**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Short-Circuit**3<br>**Breaking Current**<br>**Short-Circuit**<br>**Making Current**<br>**Mechanical**<br>**Endurance C–0**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV Peak**<br>**Amperes**<br>**kA rms**<br>**kA Peak**<br>**Operations**|
|50 VCP-T16<br>and<br>50 VCP-TR16|4.76<br>19<br>60<br>600<br>16<br>42<br>20,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>800<br>16<br>42<br>20,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>1200<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>16002<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
|50 VCP-T20<br>and<br>50 VCP-TR20|4.6<br>19<br>60<br>600<br>16<br>52<br>10,000|
||4.6<br>19<br>60<br>800<br>16<br>52<br>10,000|
||4.6<br>19<br>60<br>1200<br>16<br>52<br>10,000|
||4.6<br>19<br>60<br>16002<br>16<br>52<br>10,000|
|50 VCP-T25<br>and<br>50 VCP-TR25|4.76<br>19<br>60<br>600<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>800<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>1200<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||4.76<br>19<br>60<br>16002<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
|75 VCP-T16<br>and<br>75 VCP-TR16|8.25<br>20<br>601<br>600<br>16<br>42<br>20,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>800<br>16<br>42<br>20,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>1200<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>16002<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
|75 VCP-T20<br>and<br>75 VCP-TR20|8.25<br>20<br>601<br>600<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>800<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>1200<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>16002<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
|75 VCP-T25<br>and<br>75 VCP-TR25|8.25<br>20<br>601<br>600<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>800<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>1200<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||8.25<br>20<br>601<br>16002<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
|150 VCP-T16<br>and<br>150 VCP-TR16|15<br>36<br>95<br>600<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>800<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>1200<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>16002<br>16<br>42<br>10,000|
|150 VCP-T20<br>and<br>150 VCP-TR20|15<br>36<br>95<br>600<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>800<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>1200<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>16002<br>20<br>52<br>10,000|
|150 VCP-T25<br>and<br>150 VCP-TR25|15<br>36<br>95<br>600<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>800<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>1200<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|
||15<br>36<br>95<br>16002<br>25<br>65<br>10,000|



**3** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required. 

- 2 1600 A VCP-T breaker available. 

- 3 Also 2 second short-time current rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-67** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **ANSI Standard Ratings—VCP-TL/VCP-TRL Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)** 

**3** 

|**Identification**<br>**Rated Values**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**1<br>**Rated**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Insulation Level**<br>**Power**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Impulse**<br>**Withstand**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV Peak**|**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Short-Circuit**<br>**Breaking**<br>**Current**2<br>**Short-Circuit**<br>**Making**<br>**Current**<br>**Mechanical**<br>**Endurance**3<br>**C–O**<br>**Approx.**<br>**Weight**<br>**Fix/Drawout**<br>**Amperes**<br>**kA rms**<br>**kA Peak**<br>**Operations**<br>**Lb**|
|---|---|
|50 VCP-TL16<br>and<br>50 VCP-TRL16<br>4.76<br>19<br>60|600<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>153/232|
||1200<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>155/234|
||16004<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>157/NA|
|50 VCP-TL20<br>and<br>50 VCP-TRL20<br>4.76<br>19<br>60|600<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>159/237|
||1200<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>161/239|
||16004<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>163/NA|
|50 VCP-TL25<br>and<br>50 VCP-TRL25<br>4.76<br>19<br>60|600<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>166/243|
||1200<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>168/245|
||16004<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>170/NA|
|75 VCP-TL16<br>and<br>75 VCP-TRL16<br>8.25<br>20<br>755|600<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>155/232|
||1200<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>157/234|
||16004<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>159/NA|
|75 VCP-TL20<br>and<br>75 VCP-TRL20<br>8.25<br>20<br>755|600<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>161/239|
||1200<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>161/241|
||16004<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>163/NA|
|75 VCP-TL25<br>and<br>75 VCP-TRL25<br>8.25<br>20<br>755|600<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>166/245|
||1200<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>168/247|
||16004<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>170/NA|
|150 VCP-TL16<br>and<br>150 VCP-TRL16<br>15<br>36<br>95|600<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>155/234|
||1200<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>157/237|
||16004<br>16<br>42<br>100,000<br>159/NA|
|150 VCP-TL20<br>and<br>150 VCP-TRL20<br>15<br>36<br>95|600<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>161/239|
||1200<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>163/241|
||16004<br>20<br>52<br>100,000<br>166/NA|
|150 VCP-TL25<br>and<br>150 VCP-TRL25<br>15<br>36<br>95|600<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>168/245|
||1200<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>170/247|
||16004<br>25<br>65<br>100,000<br>172/NA|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Independent shunt trips are available for use with traditional protective relaying schemes. 

> 2 Also 2-second short-time current rating. 

> 3 Operating mechanism up to 100,000 operations, vacuum interrupter 30,000. 

> 4 1600 A available as fixed VCP-TRL/VCP-TRLC circuit breaker only. 

> 5 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when impulse withstand >75 kV is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-68** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

## **IEC Standard Ratings—T-VAC and T-VACR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to IEC 62271-100)** 

|**Identification**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Rated Values**<br>**Insulation Level**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Class**<br>**Power Frequency**<br>**Withstand Voltage**<br>**Lightning Impulse (Uw)**<br>**Withstand Voltage**<br>**Normal**<br>**Current (In)**<br>**Short-Circuit**3<br>**Breaking Current**<br>**Short-Circuit**<br>**Making Current**<br>**Mechanical**<br>**Endurance C–0**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV rms**<br>**kV Peak**<br>**Amperes**<br>**kA rms**<br>**kA Peak**<br>**Operations**|
|---|---|
|72 T-VAC16<br>and<br>72 T-VACR16|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>16<br>40<br>20,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>800<br>16<br>40<br>20,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>16002<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
|72 T-VAC20<br>and<br>72 T-VACR20|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>800<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>16002<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
|72 T-VAC25<br>and<br>72 T-VACR25|7.2<br>20<br>60<br>630<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>800<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>1250<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||7.2<br>20<br>60<br>16002<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
|120 T-VAC16<br>and<br>120 T-VACR16|12<br>28<br>751<br>630<br>16<br>40<br>20,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>800<br>16<br>40<br>20,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>1250<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>16002<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
|120 T-VAC20<br>and<br>120 T-VACR20|12<br>28<br>751<br>630<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>800<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>1250<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>16002<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
|120 T-VAC25<br>and<br>120 T-VAC25|12<br>28<br>751<br>630<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>800<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>1250<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||12<br>28<br>751<br>16002<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
|175 T-VAC16<br>and<br>175 T-VACR16|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>630<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>800<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>16002<br>16<br>40<br>10,000|
|175 T-VAC20<br>and<br>175 T-VACR20|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>630<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>800<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>16002<br>20<br>50<br>10,000|
|175 T-VAC25<br>and<br>175 T-VACR25|17.5<br>38<br>95<br>630<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>800<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>1250<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|
||17.5<br>38<br>95<br>16002<br>25<br>63<br>10,000|



**3** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Use 17.5 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required. 

- 2 1600 A T-VAC breaker available. 

- 3 Also 3-second short-time current rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-69** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

## Power Circuit Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**3** 

**==> picture [320 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker  Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker  Mini Module<br>Shown from Rear with Deadfront Panel Removed<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Power Modules**_ 

## **Power Module, 5/15 kV VCPW-ND 26.00 (660.4) Wide, VCP-W 36.00 (914.4) Wide** 

**==> picture [390 x 356] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
16.62<br>(422.1)<br>Auxiliary<br>Drawer in<br>Shutter<br>Withdrawn<br>Position Auxiliary<br>Drawer in<br>Connected<br>Position Main Bus<br>— _ a Window<br>aee<br>Shutter<br>—_  CT<br>a se e e 95.00<br>L_ (723.9)28.50 (457.2)18.00 1 Breaker inOperating or  (2413.0)<br>53.56 8.06 Connected Position<br>(1360.4) (204.7) C.T. Barrier i=<br>76.94 Breaker in J a =r)<br>(1954.3) Withdraw<br>Position<br>- =p<br>Top of r f a<br>Rail Rolling Shutter<br>Service<br>| [© EEE ©) l@| {@ [©)]<br>5.38 Removable  Breaker in Test or<br>(136.7) Breaker Disconnected Position<br>Extension Rails<br>27.75 50.00<br>i (704.9) (1270.0)<br>66.00<br>(1676.4)<br>Note<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [144 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1 VCPW-ND dimensions of breaker travel 15.00 (381.0).<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-70** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.1 

Power Circuit Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Mini Modules**_ 

## **5 kV VCPW-ND Mini Module 25.88 (657.4) Wide** 

**3** 

**==> picture [472 x 246] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.62 4.41<br>(91.9) (112.0)<br>30.38<br>(771.7)<br>Upper C.T.<br>Mounting Plate<br>Breaker Lifting<br>Yoke Opening C.T. Barrier<br>Breaker in 600V Class<br>Withdrawn Contact Breaker Current  40.62<br>Position Fingers Travel Transformer 1 (1031.7)<br>6.94<br>(176.2)<br>Breaker Front Cover<br>Breaker in Operating Position<br>Top of RailRolling Surface Front Coverin Test Lower C.T.Mounting Plate Shutter<br>Position<br>5.38<br>(136.7)<br>Removable Breaker<br>Extension Rails<br>34.00 44.25<br>(863.6) (1123.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**5/15 kV VCP-W Mini Module**_ 

## **5/15 kV VCP-W Mini-Module 35.88 (911.4) Wide** 

**==> picture [505 x 252] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Breaker Front Cover 3.05<br>in Operating Position (77.5)<br>29.81<br>(757.2)<br>Breaker Lifting C.T. Barrier<br>Yoke Opening<br>600V Class<br>Breaker in Current<br>Withdrawn Transformer 1 40.62<br>Position (1031.7)<br>9.94<br>(252.5)<br>Breaker<br>Travel<br>Breaker Front Cover<br>Top of Rail<br>in Test Position<br>Rolling<br>Surface<br>5.38<br>(136.7)<br>Removable Breaker<br>Extension Rails<br>34.00 44.25<br>(863.6) (1123.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [96 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Note<br>1 Current transformers not supplied.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-71** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Contents** 

**3** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-73**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A . . . . . .|**V4-T3-74**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-83**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-87**|



## **Product Overview** 

## **Voltage Class** 

Eaton SL Medium Voltage Vacuum Contactors are designed to operate at voltages from 2200V to 15,000V, depending on contactor type. Typical system voltages are 2400V, 3300V, 4160V and 6600V for 7.2 kV contactors and 10,000V, 11,000V, 13,200V and 13,800V for 15 kV contactors. 

## **Altitude** 

7.2 kV/160–400A SL Contactors are capable of operating in virtually any altitude range. Three versions are offered in Standard, High and Low altitude configurations. No de-rating is necessary for proper operation. Altitude designations are listed in the table below. 

## **Altitude** 

|**Altitude**|**Low**|**Standard**|**High**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**7.2 kV/160–400A**||||
|Feet|–11,500|–3300|+6600|
||to|to|to|
||–3300|+6600|+13,100|
|Meters|–3500|–1000|+2000|
||to|to|to|
||–1000|+2000|+4000|
|**7.2 kV/800A and**||**15 kV/300A**||
|Feet|N/A|–3300|+11,800|
|||to|to|
|||+11,800|+16,000|
|Meters|N/A|–1000|+3600|
|||to|to|
|||+3600|+4900|



## **Control Voltage and Dropout Time** 

Control coil voltage and dropout time for all SL contactors are field selectable. Standard voltages available are 120/60V, 110/50V, 240/60V, 220/50V and 125 Vdc. Coil will pick up at 80% of rated coil voltage and dropout not sooner than 60% of rated coil voltage. Opening time is field selectable within the range of 30–330 ms for all 7.2 kV 160– 400A contactors. Opening time is field selectable within the range of 50–330 ms for all 7.2 kV 800A and 15 kV 300A contactors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-72** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**==> picture [72 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Power Contactors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [397 x 370] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
-<br>SL N 01 2 S 5 A 22 0<br>SL Contactor Series Mechanical Latch<br>7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A<br>Design (Coil Voltage) 15 kV/300A<br>(Coil Voltage)<br>N = NEMA<br>C = IEC 0  = None 0  = None<br>1  = 24 Vdc 1  = 24 Vdc<br>2  = 32 Vdc 3  = 48 Vdc<br>Type 3  = 48 Vdc 4  = 110 (50/60)<br>01  = 7.2 kV (160–400A)  4  = 110/50,120/60 or 125 Vdc 5  = 220 (50/60)<br>Contactor 5  = 220/50, 240/60 6  = 96–125 Vdc<br>03  = 15 kV (300A)<br>Contactor<br>Auxiliary Contacts<br>04  = 7.2 kV (800A)<br>Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A<br>15 kV/300A<br>Ampere Rating 22  = 2NO, 2NC 22  = 2NO, 2NC<br>28  = 2NO, 8NC<br>1  = 160A 37  = 3NO, 7NC<br>2  = 7.2 kV/200A 46  = 4NO, 6NC<br>3  = 7.2 kV/360A,  55  = 5NO, 5NC<br>15 kV/300A 64  = 6NO, 4NC<br>4  = 400A 73  = 7NO, 3NC<br>8  = 800A 82  = 8NO, 2NC<br>Altitude Coil Voltage<br>7.2 kV/160–400A 7.2 kV/800A A   = 120/60<br>15 kV/300A B   = 240/60<br>S  = Standard –3281 to +6562 ft  S  = Standard –3281 to +11,811 ft  S   = 125 Vdc<br>(–1000 to +2000m) (–1000 to +3600m) U   = 110/50<br>L  = Low –11,483 to –3281 ft  H  = High +11,811 to +16,076 ft  W  = 220/50<br>(–3500 to –1000m) (+3600 to +4900m)<br>H  = High +6562 to +13,123 ft  Coil Dropout Time<br>(+2000 to +4000m)<br>5  = 30 ms<br>7.2 kV (160–400A)<br>6  = 50 ms<br>7  = 130 ms<br>8  = 250 ms<br>9  = 330 ms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-73** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

**3** 

## **SL 7.2 kV/160–400A Medium Voltage Contactor** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-72**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-76**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-76**|
|Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-76**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-77**|
|Wiring Diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-80**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-81**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-83**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-87**|



## **SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A** 

## **Product Description** 

- A single family of 

- contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 2200– 7200V 

- Ampere ratings from 160 to 400A with induction motor horsepower ranges from 600 to 5500 hp 

- Three different altitude versions 

- Leading-edge vacuum technology 

- Fully complies with global standards 

## **Application Description** 

## _**Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage Contactor starting applications:**_ 

- Squirrel-cage induction motors 

- Synchronous motors 

- Wound-rotor 

## _**Fully applicable to:**_ 

- Full voltage starting 

- Reduced voltage starting 

## _**The perfect choice for harsh duty applications:**_ 

- Mining 

- Pulp and paper 

- HVAC 

- Petrochemical 

- Automotive 

- Many others 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- Long life—300,000 _**Easy-to-Install Option Kits**_ electrical and over 2 million _**(Field Addition)**_ mechanical ● 

- mechanical ● Up to six extra auxiliary 

- ● Mounting flexibility—panel contacts or pedestal mounting ● Mechanical latch—many provisions are standard. coil voltages Unit can be mounted in horizontal or vertical position 

- Field-selectable settings for coil voltage, AC/DC, and coil dropout time 

- Field kits available for auxiliary contacts and mechanical latch. Accessories are common for all sizes 

- Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation 

- Highest quality available— all contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art “ISO-Certified” facilities. 100% made in America 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-74** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **SL Series Features (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

**==> picture [461 x 284] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Panel-Mount  ~t_ Panel-Mount<br>Provisions Provisions<br>Vacuum Interrupters<br>bad; Be} be<br>Panel-Mount<br>Provisions<br>. pg ie gett el Actuator Assembly<br>Control<br>Terminal Strip Contactor Nameplate<br>Auxiliary  Auxiliary<br>Contact Blocks Contact Blocks<br>Pedestal-Mount  Pedestal-Mount<br>Provisions Provisions<br>Coil Control Board  Magnet Coil Mechanical Latch<br>(Behind Control Terminal Strip) Provision<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

## **Control Settings** 

_**Control Terminal Strip**_ 

_**Coil Control Board**_ 

_**DIP Switches**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-75** 

**3** ~~sa~~ 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.2 

## Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## **Options and Accessories** 

## _**Global Acceptability**_ 

_**SL Vacuum Contactor Series—Sizes 7.2 kV/160–400A Accessory Kits**_ 

- NEMA 

## **Auxiliary Contact Kit** 

## **Mechanical Latch Kit** 

- ANSI 

Field Mount to 7.2 kV/160– 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections. Easy to install on new and existing units. 

Field Mount auxiliary contact kits for 7.2 kV/160– 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. Contact kits are available in many configurations of NO-NC. 

- IEC 

## _**Third-Party Verification**_ 

- UL 

- CSA 

## **Mechanical Interlock Kit** 

Field Mount mechanical interlock kits for 7.2 kV/160– 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. 

- KEMA 

- Third-party qualified by UL, CSA, KEMA 

## _**Design and Test Standards**_ 

- UL 347, File No. E63257 

- CSA File No. LR28548 

- IEC No. 60470 

- ANSI/NEMA ICS 3 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

_**Auxiliary Contact Kit**_ 

_**Mechanical Latch Kit**_ 

**Ordering Information— Mechanical Latch Kit** 

**Ordering Information— Auxiliary Contact Kit** 

|**Coil**|**Catalog**||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Number**|**Description**|**Number**|
|24 Vdc|**SLA-ML24**|3NO–3NC additional|**SLA-AS33**|
|32 Vdc|**SLA-ML32**|6NO additional|**SLA-AS60**|
|48 Vdc|**SLA-ML48**|6NC additional|**SLA-AS06**|
|110/50, 120/60,<br>125 Vdc selectable<br>220/50, 240/60 selectable|**SLA-ML120**<br>**SLA-ML240**|5NO–1NC additional<br>4NO–2NC additional<br>2NO–4NC additional|**SLA-AS51**<br>**SLA-AS42**<br>**SLA-AS24**|
|||1NO–5NC additional|**SLA-AS15**|



_**Mechanical Interlock Kit**_ 

**Ordering Information— Mechanical Interlock Kit** 

**Catalog Description Number** Vertical or horizontal **SLA-MI** arrangement 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-76** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**The SL 400 Contactor Ratings**_ 

- Voltages of 2200–7200V 

- Amperages from 160 to 400A 

- Interrupting ratings as high as 8500A 

## _**Control Voltages (Field Adjustable)**_ 

- 125 Vdc 

## _**Dropout Time (Field Adjustable)**_ 

- 30 ms 

- 50 ms 

- 130 ms 

- 250 ms 

- 330 ms 

## **Control Voltage Settings (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

|**Setting**<br>110 Vac, 50 Hz|**SW1**<br>Off|**SW2**<br>Off|**SW3**<br>Off|
|---|---|---|---|
|120 Vac, 60 Hz<br>220 Vac, 50 Hz|On<br>Off|Off<br>On|Off<br>Off|
|240 Vac, 60 Hz|On|On|Off|
|125 Vdc|Off|Off|On|



**3** 

- 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 

- 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 

## **Dropout Time Settings (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

||**Delay Setting**<br>**SW4**|**SW5**|**SW6**|
|---|---|---|---|
||30 ms<br>Off|Off|Off|
||50 ms<br>On|Off|Off|
||130 ms<br>Off|On|Off|
|250 ms<br>On<br>330 ms<br>Off<br>~~Ce~~<br>~~——-—-—~~||On<br>Off<br>~~——-—-—~~|Off<br>On<br>~~——-—-—~~|



## **Front and Rear View (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

**==> picture [362 x 20] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
isa). ——-—-—<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Altitude Designations (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

|**Altitude**|**Low**|**Standard**|**High**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Feet|–11,483 to –3281|–3281 to +6562|+6562 to +13,123|
|Meters|–3500 to –1000|–1000 to +2000|+2000 to +4000|



_**Front View**_ 

_**Rear View**_ 

## _**Note**_ 

Stock units pre-set to 120/60 Vac. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-77** 

## 3.2 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## _**SL Series Fuses**_ 

**3** 

## **Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/160A** 

|**Motor**||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**<br>11–18|**Voltage**<br>2400–4800|**Eaton Fuse**<br>5BCLS-30|**Rating**<br>30–1R|**Opening Time**<br>30|
|18–31|2400–4800|5BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|31–46|2400–4800|5BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–62|2400–4800|5BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|62–74|2400–4800|5BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|74–93|2400–4800|5BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|93–137<br>137–160|2400–4800<br>2400–4800|5BCLS-9R<br>5BCLS-12R|200–9R<br>230–12R|130<br>130|
|11–34|5500–6600|7BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|34–46|5500–6600|7BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–56|5500–6600|7BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|56–68|5500–6600|7BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|68–85|5500–6600|7BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|85–137|5500–6600|7BCLS-9R|200–9R|50|
|137–160|5500–6600|7BCLS-12R|230–12R|250|



## **Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/200A** 

|**Motor**|||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**<br>11–18||**Voltage**<br>2400–4800|**Eaton Fuse**<br>5BCLS-30|**Rating**<br>30–1R|**Opening Time**<br>30|
|18–31||2400–4800|5BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|31–46||2400–4800|5BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–62||2400–4800|5BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|62–74<br>74–93||2400–4800<br>2400–4800|5BCLS-5R<br>5BCLS-6R|150–5R<br>170–6R|30<br>30|
|93–137||2400–4800|5BCLS-9R|200–9R|130|
|137–200|1|2400–4800|5BCLS-12R|230–12R|130|
|11–34||5500–6600|7BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|34–46||5500–6600|7BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–56||5500–6600|7BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|56–68<br>68–85||5500–6600<br>5500–6600|7BCLS-5R<br>7BCLS-6R|150–5R<br>170–6R|30<br>30|
|85–137||5500–6600|7BCLS-9R|200–9R|50|
|137–200|1|5500–6600|7BCLS-12R|230–12R|250|



**Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/360A** 

|**Motor**|||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**||**Voltage**|**Eaton Fuse**|**Rating**|**Opening Time**|
|11–18||2400–4800|5BCLS-30|30–1R|30|
|18–31||2400–4800|5BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|31–46||2400–4800|5BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–62||2400–4800|5BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|62–74||2400–4800|5BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|74–93||2400–4800|5BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|93–137||2400–4800|5BCLS-9R|200–9R|130|
|137–187||2400–4800|5BCLS-12R|230–12R|130|
|187–200||2400–4800|5BCLS-12R|230–12R|130|
|200–360||2400–4800|N/A|—|—|
|11–34||5500–6600|7BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|34–46||5500–6600|7BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–56||5500–6600|7BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|56–68||5500–6600|7BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|68–85||5500–6600|7BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|85–137||5500–6600|7BCLS-9R|200–9R|50|
|137–200|1|5500–6600|7BCLS-12R|230–12R|250|
|200–360||5500–6600|N/A|—|—|



**Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors—7.2 kV/400A** 

|**Motor**|||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**||**Voltage**|**Eaton Fuse**|**Rating**|**Opening Time**|
|11–18||2400–4800|5BCLS-30|30–1R|30|
|18–31||2400–4800|5BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|31–46||2400–4800|5BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–62||2400–4800|5BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|62–74||2400–4800|5BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|74–93||2400–4800|5BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|93–137||2400–4800|5BCLS-9R|200–9R|30|
|137–187||2400–4800|5BCLS-12R|230–12R|30|
|187–273||2400–4800|5BCLS-18R|390–18R|50|
|273–400|2|2400–4800|5BCLS-24R|450–24R|130|
|11–34||5500–6600|7BCLS-2R|70–2R|30|
|34–46||5500–6600|7BCLS-3R|100–3R|30|
|46–56||5500–6600|7BCLS-4R|130–4R|30|
|56–68||5500–6600|7BCLS-5R|150–5R|30|
|68–85||5500–6600|7BCLS-6R|170–6R|30|
|85–137||5500–6600|7BCLS-9R|200–9R|30|
|137–187|1|5500–6600|7BCLS-12R|230–12R|30|
|273–400|2|5500–6600|7BCLS-24R|450–24R|250|



_**Notes**_ 

> 1 For FLA >180, maximum acceleration time = 4.5 seconds. 

> 2 For FLA >360, maximum acceleration time = 6 seconds. Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where otherwise noted. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-78** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## _**SL Series Ratings**_ 

**Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

||**Interrupting Rating**||**Application Table**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Synchronous Motor**|||||
|**Rated Utilization**|**NEMA**|**NEMA**|**Induction Motor**|**Horsepower**||**Transformer**|**Capacitor**|**Maximum**|
|**Voltage**|**Unfused (E1) kA**|**Fused (E2) kA**|**Horsepower**|**(0.8 PF)**|**(1.0 PF)**|**kVA**|**kVAR**|**Insulation Voltage**|
|**7.2 kV/160A Frame**|||||||||
|2200–2500|4.5|50|600|600|800|600|480|7200|
|3000–3600|4.5|50|900|900|1000|800|640|7200|
|3800–4800|4.5|50|1200|1200|1400|1000|960|7200|
|6000–6900|4.5|50|1800|1800|2200|1600|1320|7200|
|**7.2 kV/200A Frame**|||||||||
|2200–2500|4.5|50|800|800|1000|750|600|7200|
|3000–3600|4.5|50|1100|1100|1250|1000|800|7200|
|3800–4800|4.5|50|1500|1500|1750|1250|1200|7200|
|6000–6900|4.5|50|2250|2250|2750|2000|1650|7200|
|**7.2 kV/360A Frame**|||||||||
|2200–2500|4.5|50|1500|1500|1750|1200|1000|7200|
|3000–3600|4.5|50|2000|2000|2500|1600|1475|7200|
|3800–4800|4.5|50|2500|2500|3000|2000|2150|7200|
|6000–6900|4.5|50|4000|4000|5000|3200|2950|7200|
|**7.2 kV/400A Frame**|||||||||
|2200–2500|8.5|50|1750|1750|2000|1500|1200|7200|
|3000–3600|8.5|50|2250|2250|2500|2000|1650|7200|
|3800–4800|8.5|50|3000|3000|3500|2500|2400|7200|
|6000–6900|8.5|50|4500|4500|5500|4000|3300|7200|



**3** 

## **Rating Specifications (7.2 kV/160–400A)** 

|**Ampere Rating**|**7.2 kV/160A**|**7.2 kV/200A**|**7.2 kV/60A**|**7.2 kV/400A**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Interrupting Current**|||||
|(Three operations—amperes)|4500|4500|4500|8500|
|**Rated Current**|160|200|360|400|
|**IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)**|||||
|Make|1600|2000|3600|4000|
|Break|1280|1600|2880|3200|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-79** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## 3.2 

## _**Product Specifications**_ 

## **7.2 kV/160–400A** 

**3** 

- Short-time current: 

   - Closing time: 80 ms (energization to contact touch) 

- 30 seconds: 2400A 

- 1 second: 6000A 

   - Selectable opening times: 

- 8.7 ms: 63 kA peak (0.5 cycle) 

   - 30 ms (2 cycles) 

   - 50 ms (3 cycles) 

- Normal service altitude: –3281 to +6562 ft (–1000 to +2000m) 

   - 130 ms (8 cycles) 

   - 250 ms (15 cycles) 

- Mechanical life: 2.5 million 

   - 330 ms (20 cycles) 

- Electrical life: 

- Arcing time: 12 ms 

- ● 6 x Rated Make/1x Rated (0.75 cycle) or less Break: 300,000 ● Pickup voltage: 80% operations rated coil voltage 

- 6 x Rated Make/6 x ● Dropout voltage: 60% Rated Break: 300,000 rated coil voltage operations 

   - Control voltages: 

- BIL (impulse withstand): ● AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/60, 60 kV (1.2 x 50 220/50, 240/60 

- microseconds) 

   - DC: 125 

- Dielectric strength: 20 kV rms (1 minute) 

- Control circuit burden: 

- Closing: (200 ms) 

- 110/120 AC, 125 DC 1 kVA 

- 220/240 AC 1.8 kVA 

- Holding: 

- 110/120 AC, 125 DC 40 VA 

- 220/240 AC 50 VA 

- Auxiliary contact rating: 

- 600V (maximum) 

- 10A continuous current 

- Making capacity 

- AC: 7200 VA 

- DC: 125 VA 

- Breaking capacity 

- AC: 720 VA 

- DC: 125 VA 

- Latch (when specified) 

- Mechanical life: 250,000 operations 

- Trip voltage – DC: 24V 

- DC: 125V 

- AC: 110/120V 

- Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage 

- Trip burden 

- 24 Vdc: 400 VA 

- 48 and 125 Vdc: 400 VA 

- 110 and 120 Vac: 400 VA 

- 220 and 240 Vac: 400 VA 

- Trip time (2 cycles): 30 ms 

- Weight 

- 150–360A: 47 lbs (21.3 kg) 

- 400A: 49 lbs (22.2 kg) 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## _**Electrical Connections Diagrams (7.2 kV/160–400A)**_ 

**Connection for Magnetically Held Contactor** 

**==> picture [162 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
8<br>7 White<br>6 Black DC DC<br>Coil 1 Coil 2<br>5 White<br>4 Black<br>3<br>Control 2<br>Voltage<br>(On/Off) 1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Connections for Mechanically Latched Contactor** 

**==> picture [171 x 178] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
(+)<br>M 1 (–)<br>DC Latch<br>M Coil<br>Control 8<br>Voltage<br>(Open) 7 White<br>6 Black DC DC<br>Coil 1 Coil 2<br>5 White<br>4 Black<br>3<br>Control 2<br>Voltage<br>(Close) 1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 M contacts are connected in parallel for AC voltages and for[<] ~~4~~ 8 Vdc. M contacts are connected in series for >48 Vdc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-80** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/160–400A**_ 

## **Front** 

**==> picture [217 x 226] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
14.00<br>(355.6)<br>4.38 4.38<br>(111.3) (111.3)<br>6.85<br>(174.0)<br>16.00<br>(406.4)<br>7.36<br>(186.9)<br>15.25<br>(387.4)<br>16.25<br>(412.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Base Plate** 

**==> picture [225 x 172] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.406 (10.3)  0.78<br>DIA (6) (19.8)<br>8.70<br>(221.0)<br>7.70<br>(195.6)<br>Front<br>1.77<br>(45.0)<br>0.83 13.60 0.83<br>(21.1) (345.4) (21.1)<br>15.25<br>(387.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [19 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Rear<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [230 x 483] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.38 4.38<br>(111.3) (111.3)<br>Upper<br>Terminals<br>Lower<br>Terminals 15.50<br>(393.7)<br>15.06<br>(382.5) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>8.75<br>(222.2)<br>15.25<br>(387.4)<br>16.25<br>(412.8)<br>Side<br>Rear Mounting<br>0.328 (8.3) DIA<br>6.85 Front Mounting<br>(174.0) 0.328 (8.3) DIA 15.50<br>(393.7)<br>16.00<br>(406.4)<br>7.36<br>(186.9)<br>0.313 (8.0) DIA 0.27<br>(6.9)<br>Front<br>8.70 4.44 8.70<br>(221.0) (112.8) (221.0)<br>9.09<br>(230.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-81** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) **Lug Terminal** 

**3** 

## **Upper Lug Terminal** 

||**Upper Lug Terminal**|**Upper Lug Terminal**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Width<br>Depth<br>**Lug Terminal**<br>oa<br>7|**Upper Lug Terminal**<br>**Contactor**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>7.2 kV/160|**Upper Lug Terminal**<br>**Width**<br>0.75 (19.1)|**Depth**<br>1.31 (33.3)|**Hardware**<br>**(Bolt Diameter)**<br>10|
||7.2 kV/200|1.00 (25.4)|1.31 (33.3)|10|
|Hardware|7.2 kV/360|1.00 (25.4)|1.31 (33.3)|10|
|Diameter|7.2 kV/400|1.00 (25.4)|1.31 (33.3)|10|



## **Lower Lug Terminal** 

|**Contactor**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Hardware**<br>**(Bolt Diameter)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|7.2 kV/160|1.25 (31.8)|1.10 (27.9)|10|
|7.2 kV/200|1.25 (31.8)|1.10 (27.9)|10|
|7.2 kV/360|1.25 (31.8)|1.10 (27.9)|10|
|7.2 kV/400|1.25 (31.8)|1.10 (27.9)|10|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-82** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

**SL 7.2 kV/800A Medium Voltage Contactor** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-72**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A. . . . . . .|**V4-T3-74**|
|SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A||
|Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications  . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-84**<br>**V4-T3-84**|
|Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-86**<br>**V4-T3-87**|



**3** 

## **SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A** 

## **Product Description** 

- A single family of 

- contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 2200– 7200V 

- 800A rating with induction motor horsepower ranges from 3000 to 10,000 hp 

## **Application Description** 

## _**Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage Contactors starting applications:**_ 

- Squirrel-cage induction motors 

- Synchronous motors 

- Wound-rotor 

## _**Fully applicable to:**_ 

- Full voltage starting 

- Reduced voltage starting 

## _**The perfect choice for harsh duty applications:**_ 

- Mining 

- Pulp and paper 

- HVAC 

- Petrochemical 

- Automotive 

- Many others 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

- Two different altitude 

- versions 

- Leading-edge vacuum technology 

- Long life—200,000 electrical and 250,000 mechanical 

- Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation 

- Highest quality available— all contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art “ISO-Certified” facilities. 100% made in America 

## _**Factory Installed Option Kit**_ 

- Mechanical latch—many coil voltages 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Acceptability**_ 

- NEMA 

- ANSI 

- IEC 

## _**Third-Party Verification**_ 

- UL 

- CSA 

- KEMA 

## _**Design and Test Standards**_ 

- UL 347, File No. E63257 

- CSA 

- ANSI/NEMA ICS 3 

- IEC 60470 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-83** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

## Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

**3** 

## **Options and Accessories** 

**SL Series—Accessory Options 800A** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**The SL Contactor Ratings**_ 

## _**Control Voltages**_ 

- Voltages of 2200–7200V 

   - 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 

- 800A (720A enclosed) 

   - 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 

- Interrupting rating of 12,500A 

- 125 Vdc 

## _**Dropout Time**_ 

- 50–330 ms, field selectable 

## **Front and Rear View 7.2 kV/800A** 

_**Mechanical Latch Assembly 800A**_ 

## **Mechanical Latch Option— SL Vacuum Contactor Size 800A** 

Factory installed for 800A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections. 

**==> picture [162 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View Rear View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**SL Series Fuses**_ 

## **Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 7.2 kV/SL-800** 

|**Motor**||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**|**Voltage**|**Eaton Fuse**|**Rating**|**Opening Time**|
|225–360|2400–4800|5BCLS-24R|450–24R|50|
|360–449|2400–4800|5BCLS-36R|650–36R|130|
|450–720|2400–4800|5BCLS-44R|800–44R|250|
|225–400|5500–6600|7BCLS-24R|450–24R|50|
|400–449|5500–6600|7BCLS-36R|650–36R|130|
|450–720|5500–6600|7BCLS-44R|800–44R|250|



## _**Note**_ 

Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-84** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## _**SL Series Ratings**_ 

## **Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 7.2 kV/SL-800** 

|**.**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**Application Table**<br>**Rated Utilization**<br>**Voltage**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Unfused (E1) kA**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Fused (E2) kA**<br>**Induction Motor**<br>**Horsepower**<br>**Synchronous Motor**<br>**Horsepower**<br>**Transformer**<br>**kVA**<br>**Capacitor**<br>**kVAR**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Insulation Voltage**<br>**(0.8 PF)**<br>**(1.0 PF)**<br>2200–2500<br>12.5 (50 MVA)<br>50 (200 MVA at 2300V)<br>3000<br>3000<br>3500<br>2500<br>2400<br>7200<br>3000–3600<br>12.5 (50 MVA)<br>50 (285 MVA at 3300V)<br>4000<br>4000<br>5000<br>3500<br>3200<br>7200<br>3800–5000<br>12.5 (75 MVA)<br>50 (400 MVA at 4600V)<br>5000<br>5000<br>6000<br>4500<br>4000<br>7200<br>6000–7200<br>12.5 (100 MVA)<br>50 (570 MVA at 6600V)<br>8000<br>8000<br>10,000<br>6000<br>4800<br>7200|**3**|
|---|---|
||**3**|
||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|



## **Rating Specifications 7.2 kV/SL-800** 

|**Rating Specifications 7.2 kV/SL-800**||
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**7.2 kV/800A**|
|**Maximum Interrupting Current**||
|(Three operations—amperes)|12,500|
|**Rated Current**|800 (720 enclosed)|
|**IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)**||
|Make|7650|
|Break|6120|



## _**Product Specifications**_ 

## **7.2 kV/800A** 

- Short-time current 

- 30 seconds: 4320A 

- 1 second: 10,800A 

- 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle) 86 kA peak 

- Normal service altitude: –3281 to +6562 ft (–1000 to +2000m) 

- Mechanical life: 250,000 

- Electrical life: 200,000 operations 

- BIL (impulse withstand): 60 kV (1.2 x 50 microseconds) 

- Dielectric strength: 18.2 kV rms (1 minute) 

- Closing time (energization to contact touch): 80 ms 

- Opening times (de-energization to full open): 

- 50 ms (3 cycles) 

- 130 ms (8 cycles) 

- 200 ms (12 cycles) 

- 330 ms (20 cycles) 

- Arcing time: 12 ms (0.75 cycle) or less 

- Pickup voltage: 80% rated coil voltage 

- Dropout voltage: 60% rated coil voltage 

- Control voltages: 

- AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ 60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60 

- DC: 125 Vdc 

- Control circuit burden: 

- Closing (120/240): 2600 VA 

- Holding (120/240): 50 VA 

- Auxiliary contact rating: 

- 600V (maximum) 

- 10A continuous current 

- Making capacity 

- AC: 7200 VA 

- DC: 200 VA 

- Breaking capacity – AC: 720 VA 

- DC: 200 VA 

- Latch (when specified): 

- Mechanical life: 250,000 operations 

- Trip voltage 

- DC: 24, 48, 96V 

- AC: 110/120, 220/ 240V 50/60 Hz 

- Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage 

- Trip burden 

- 24 Vdc: 1200 VA 

- 48 and 96 Vdc: 400 VA 

- 110 and 220 Vac: 500 VA 

- Trip time (2 cycles): 30 ms 

- Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-85** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.2 

## Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## _**Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/800A**_ 

**3** 

## **Side** 

**==> picture [216 x 209] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>Connections<br>3.64<br>(92.5)<br>16.25<br>(412.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Front** 

## **Top** 

**==> picture [240 x 214] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.64 4.39 4.39<br>(92.5) (111.5) (111.5)<br>10.25<br>8.29 (260.4)<br>(210.6)<br>Line<br>Connections<br>16.15<br>(410.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Lug Terminal** 

**==> picture [502 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.00<br>(25.4) Line<br>Connections<br>Latch Trip Target<br>(when used) Detail A Detail B<br>Line Lug Terminal Load Lug Terminal<br> Use 10 mm or 3/8 inch Bolt Use 10 mm or 3/8 inch Bolt<br>(428.2)16.86 Lug Terminal Upper Lug Terminal<br>Contactor Hardware<br>Interlock Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)<br>9.84 7.2 kV/800 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 10<br>(249.9)<br>Hardware Lower Lug Terminal<br>Diameter<br>Contactor Hardware<br>Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)<br>5.04 7.2 kV/800 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 10<br>(128.0) 16.93<br>(430.0)<br>Width<br>Depth<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-86** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

**==> picture [117 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
SL 15 kV/300A Medium Voltage Contactor<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-72** SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160–400A. . . . . . . **V4-T3-74** SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A  . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-83** SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-88** Technical Data and Specifications  . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-88** Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T3-90** 

**3** 

## **SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/300A** 

## **Product Description** 

- A single family of contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 7200– 15,000V 

- 300A rating with induction motor horsepower ranges from 500 to 7500 hp 

- Two different altitude versions 

- Leading-edge vacuum technology 

- Long life—200,000 electrical and 250,000 mechanical operations 

- Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation 

- Highest quality available—all contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art “ISOCertified” facilities. 100% made in America 

## **Application Description** 

## _**Eaton’s SL Medium Voltage Contactors starting applications:**_ 

- Squirrel-cage induction motors 

- Synchronous motors 

- Wound-rotor 

## _**Fully applicable to:**_ 

- Full voltage starting 

- Reduced voltage starting 

## _**The perfect choice for harsh duty applications:**_ 

- Mining 

- Pulp and paper 

- HVAC 

- Petrochemical 

- Automotive 

- Many others 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

## _**Factory Installed Option Kit**_ 

- Mechanical latch—many coil voltages 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Acceptability**_ 

- NEMA 

- ANSI 

- IEC 

## _**Third-Party Verification**_ 

- UL 

- CSA 

- KEMA 

## _**Design and Test Standards**_ 

- UL 347, File No. E63257 

- CSA 

- ANSI/NEMA ICS 3 

- IEC 60470 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-87** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

**3** 

## **Options and Accessories** 

## **SL Series—Accessory Options 15 kV/300A** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**The SL Contactor Ratings**_ 

## _**Control Voltages**_ 

- Voltages to 15,000V 

   - 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 

- 300A 

   - 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 

- Interrupting rating ● 125 Vdc of 5000A 

## _**Dropout Time**_ 

- 50–330 ms 

- Field selectable 

## **Front and Rear View 15 kV/300A** 

## _**Mechanical Latch Assembly 15 kV/300A**_ 

## **Mechanical Latch Option— SL Vacuum Contactor** 

Factory installed for 15 kV/ 300A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections. 

_**Front View Rear View**_ 

## _**SL Series Fuses**_ 

## **Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 15 kV/SL-300A** 

|**Motor**|||**Suggested**||**Minimum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FLA**||**Voltage**|**Eaton Fuse**|**Rating**|**Opening Time**|
|50–300|50–3001|10,000–13,800|15BHCLS-400|400|130 ms|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For FLA >275, contact factory for maximum acceleration time. Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where otherwise noted. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-88** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.2 

Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## _**SL Series Ratings**_ 

## **Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 15 kV/300A** 

|<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**Application Table**<br>**Rated Utilization**<br>**Voltage**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Unfused (E1) kA**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Fused (E2) kA**<br>**Induction Motor**<br>**Horsepower**<br>**Synchronous Motor**<br>**Horsepower**<br>**Transformer**<br>**kVA**<br>**Capacitor**<br>**kVAR**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Insulation Voltage**<br>**(0.8 PF)**<br>**(1.0 PF)**<br>10,000–11,000<br>5<br>50 (950 MVA at 11,000V)<br>6000<br>6000<br>6750<br>5500<br>Consult factory<br>15,000<br>12,400–13,800<br>5<br>50 (1190 MVA at 13,800V)<br>7500<br>7500<br>8500<br>6800<br>Consult factory<br>15,000|**3**|
|---|---|
||**3**|
||**3**<br>**3**|



## **Rating Specifications 15 kV/300A** 

|**Rating Specifications 15 kV/300A**||
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**15 kV/300A**|
|**Maximum Interrupting Current**||
|(Three operations—amperes)|5000|
|**Rated Current**|300|
|**IEC Make-Break Capability—AC4 (Amperes)**||
|Make|3000|
|Break|3000|



## _**Product Specifications**_ 

## **15 kV/300A** 

- Short-time current 

   - Closing time (energization to contact touch): 80 ms 

- 30 seconds: 1800A 

   - Selectable opening times (de-energization to full open): 

- 1 second: 4500A 

- 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle) 25 kA peak 

   - 50 ms (3 cycles) 

- Normal service altitude: –3281 to +6562 ft (–1000 to +2000m) 

   - 130 ms (8 cycles) 

   - 250 ms (12 cycles) 

- Mechanical life: 250,000 operations 

   - 330 ms (20 cycles) 

   - Arcing time: 12 ms (0.75 cycle) or less 

- Electrical life: 200,000 operations 

   - Pickup voltage: 80% rated coil voltage 

- BIL (impulse withstand): coil voltage 75 kV (1.2 x 50 ● Dropout voltage: 60% microseconds) rated coil voltage 

- Dielectric strength: 36 kV rms (1 minute) 

- Control voltages: 

- AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ 60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60 

- DC: 125 Vdc 

- Control circuit burden: 

- Closing (120/240): 1700/2600 VA 

- Holding (120/240): 80 VA 

- Auxiliary contact rating: 

- 600V (maximum) 

- 10A continuous current 

- Making capacity 

- AC: 7200 VA 

- DC: 200 VA 

- Breaking capacity 

- AC: 720 VA 

- DC: 200 VA 

- Latch (when specified): 

- Mechanical life: 250,000 operations 

- Trip voltage 

- DC: 24, 48, 96V 

- AC: 110/120, 220/ 240V, 50/60 Hz 

- Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage 

- Trip burden 

- 24 Vdc: 1200 VA 

- 48 and 96 Vdc: 400 VA 

- 110 and 220 Vac: 500 VA 

- Trip time (2 cycles): 30 ms 

- Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-89** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

**3** ~~a~~ 

## 3.2 

## Medium Voltage Power Contactors 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**==> picture [464 x 282] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Dimensional Drawings 15 kV/300A<br>Front Side 15 kV/300A<br>oo (410.9)16.18<br>4.65<br>Line Terminals (118.1)<br>21.40<br>eae AE<br>(543.4) 17.77 Intl'k<br>(451.4)<br>12.29<br>(312.1) Load<br>:eh LATCH8 7 6COIL5 4AUX3 POWER2 2 u w Terminals 18.58<br>3.50 (471.9)<br>(88.9)<br>5.60<br>(202.0)7.95 ai (142.2)<br>15.88<br>(403.4) 5.60<br>Front View (142.2)<br>13.25<br>(336.6)<br>RH Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [53 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Lug Terminal<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [502 x 282] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Top Lug Terminal<br>3.55 4.40 4.40<br>(90.1) (111.7) (111.7)<br>ø 0.31<br>   (7.9)<br>u l Se r os<br>ø 0.34<br>Se ee    (8.7) Ae ys<br>13.00<br>(330.2)<br>11.50 Lug Terminal Upper Lug Terminal<br>(292.1)<br>Contactor Hardware<br>Es 4.60 ore Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)<br>(116.8)<br>15 kV/300 1.25 (31.8)  1.25 (31.8) 10<br>Hardware Lower Lug Terminal<br>0.38 Diameter<br>Contactor Hardware<br>(9.5)<br>15.88 Ampere Rating Width Depth (Bolt Diameter)<br>(403.4) 0.80 15 kV/300 1.50 (38.1) 1.25 (38.1) 10<br>16.63 (20.3)<br>(422.4)<br>Top View<br>Width<br>Depth<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-90** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.3 

Fuses General 

## **Contents** 

_**Description**_ 

Fuses General 

**3** 

## **Product Overview** 

## **Power Fuse** 

Eaton’s roots in the medium voltage power fuse business began over 75 years ago under Westinghouse[®] Electric. In 1935, Westinghouse introduced the medium voltage boric acid expulsion fuse followed by the medium voltage current limiting fuse. Even today, medium voltage fuses continue to use that core technology. Eaton continues to build on the technology legacy by engineering higher performance, cost-effective power fuse products. 

Eaton’s medium voltage fuses are manufactured and tested to the requirements of the C37-4X series of standards, which are maintained and updated regularly to maintain currency with industry practices. These standards are: 

## _**IEEE Std. C37.40**_ ™ 

IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed SinglePole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories (ANSI). 

## _**IEEE Std. C37.41**_ ™ 

_**IEEE Std. C37.41**_ ™ The following IEEE standards IEEE Standard Design are also applicable to the fuse Tests for High-Voltage products covered in this (>1000V) Fuses, Fuse and publication: Disconnecting Cutouts, Distribution Enclosed Single- _**IEEE Std. C37.48**_ ™ Pole Air Switches, Fuse IEEE Guide for the Disconnecting Switches, and Application, Operation, and Fuse Links and Accessories Maintenance of High Voltage used with These Devices Fuses, Distribution Enclosed (ANSI). Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting _**ANSI C37.42**_ ™ Switches, and Accessories (ANSI). 

IEEE Standard Specifications (ANSI). for High-Voltage (>1000V) Expulsion-Type Distribution- _**IEEE Std. C37.48.1**_ ™ Class Fuses, Fuse and IEEE Guide for the Disconnecting Cutouts, Classification, Application, Fuse Disconnecting and Coordination of CurrentSwitches, and Fuse Links, Limiting Fuses with Rated and Accessories used with Voltages 1–38 kV. These Devices (ANSI). 

A better understanding of some fuse terminology will help you understand and select the correct fuse. The following is a brief overview of those terms. 

## _**ANSI C37.46**_ 

American National Standard for High Voltage Expulsion and Current Limiting Type Power Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches. 

## _**ANSI C37.47**_ 

American National Standard for High Voltage Current Limiting Type Distribution Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches. 

## **Power vs. Distribution** 

The differentiation is intended to indicate the test conditions and where fuses are normally applied on an electrical system, based on specific requirements for generating sources, substations and distribution lines. Each class has its own unique set of voltage, current and construction requirements (see C37.42, .46 and .47). 

## **Low vs. Medium vs. High Voltage** 

While fuses are defined in the ANSI standards as either low or high voltage, Eaton has elected to name their fuses to correspond with the equipment in which they are installed. Therefore, per ANSI C84, our fuses are named as follows: 

- Low voltage—1000V and below 

- Medium voltage—greater than 1000 to 69,000V 

- High voltage—greater than 69,000V 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-91** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.3 

Fuses General 

## **Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47.40-1993)** 

An expulsion fuse is a vented fuse in which the expulsion **3** effect of the gases produced by internal arcing, either **3** alone or aided by other mechanisms, results in **3** current interruption. 

## _**Backup Fuses**_ 

A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the maximum rated interrupting current down to the rated minimum interrupting current. 

Backup fuses are always used in a series with another interrupting device capable of interrupting currents below the fuse’s minimum interrupting current. 

An expulsion fuse is not current limiting and as a result limits the duration of a fault on the electrical system, not the magnitude. 

A current limiting fuse is a fuse that, when its current responsive element is melted by a current within the fuse’s specified current limiting range, abruptly introduces a high resistance to reduce current magnitude and duration, resulting in subsequent current interruption. Refer to Fuse Types Protection Range figure on **Page V4-T3-93** for a features comparison. 

## _**General Purpose Fuses**_ 

A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the rated interrupting current down to the current that causes melting of the fusible element in no less than one hour. 

General Purpose fuses are typically used to protect feeders and components such as transformers. 

## _**Full Range Fuses**_ 

A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the rated interrupting current down to the minimum continuous current that causes melting of the fusible element, with the fuse applied at the maximum ambient temperature specified by the manufacturer. 

## **Fuse Types** 

There are three current limiting fuse types: Backup, General Purpose and Full Range. It is important that the user have an understanding of these definitions to ensure proper application of the fuse (see Fuse Types Protection Range figure on **Page V4-T3-93** ). 

## **General Fuse Component Terms** 

## _**Fuse Refill Unit (of an Expulsion Fuse)**_ 

A fuse refill unit is a replaceable assembly containing the calibrated current-responsive fuse element and certain other items that facilitate current interruption. On its own, the refill unit has no interrupting ability. A refill unit must be mounted in a fuseholder with a spring assembly to form a refillable fuse unit. The refill unit is the section of the fuse that must be replaced after a fuse operation. 

## _**Fuseholder (of an Expulsion Fuse)**_ 

A fuseholder is a reusable holder that when equipped with a fuse refill unit forms a fuse unit, capable of interrupting an overload or fault current. A fuseholder is supplied with a spring and shunt assembly, necessary to complete the internal interrupting assembly. The spring and shunt assembly is supplied with the fuseholder but is also available as a replacement part, as it may need replacement after several of heavy operations. 

## _**Fuse Unit**_ 

A fuse unit is a replaceable unit or assembly that is able, on its own, to perform current interruption. In the case of a refillable fuse unit, the refill unit must be replaced after a fuse operation. Where a complete fuse unit is supplied from the factory, the complete fuse unit must be replaced after a fuse operation. All currentlimiting fuses are fuse units. 

## _**Exhaust Control Device**_ 

When expulsion fuses are used in enclosures, exhaust control devices (filters, condensers or mufflers) are used to control the sound of the fuse operation, and to de-ionize and absorb the fuse exhaust products. These devices are normally supplied separately, because of different characteristics and ratings. They are reusable but may need replacement after several heavy operations. 

## _**Mounting**_ 

A mounting provides all the necessary parts to safely mount a fuse in its intended piece of equipment. The base is the metal support to which all other pieces attach. Insulators attach to the base and insulate the live fuse unit from the base and everything beyond the base. Live parts are the parts of the mounting that are energized once electricity is flowing. The live parts provide the means to hold the fuse unit in place, electrical contact, and a place to make line and load connections. 

## _**Non-Disconnect Mounting**_ 

A non-disconnect mounting does not provide a means for removing the fuse unit until the circuit is dead and the fuse unit can be removed manually. The fuse unit is held in place by friction through the use of fuse clips or by a cross bar. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-92** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.3 

Fuses General 

## _**Disconnect Mounting**_ 

The disconnect mounting allows the fuse unit to be removed (off load) using an insulated hook stick. The hookstick grabs a pull ring and disconnects the fuse unit, which may then be lifted out of its mounting. 

## _**Dropout Mounting**_ 

Dropout mountings are used in outdoor applications. The fuse unit is equipped with a mechanical trigger that unlatches the upper contact, allowing the fuse unit to drop out, increasing the dielectric separation, and providing visible indication of a blown fuse. 

## _**Live Parts**_ 

Live parts were briefly discussed as part of the “Mounting” definition. Everything above the insulators on the mounting excluding the fuse unit, fuse holder, and the fuse end fittings (if required) are considered the live parts. Fuse end fittings are discussed next and are not required with non-disconnect live parts, but are required and included with disconnect live parts. Live parts may be sold separately as replacement parts or for new OEM applications. 

## _**End Fittings**_ 

## **General High Voltage Fuse Comparison** 

End fittings are metal parts that attach to each end of a fuse unit’s ferrules (end caps). As previously mentioned, they are used solely with disconnect fuse applications or when converting a nondisconnect to a disconnect fuse configuration. 

|**General High Voltage Fuse Comparison**|**General High Voltage Fuse Comparison**|**3**|
|---|---|---|
|**Expulsion**|**Current Limiting**|**3**|
|Vented|Sealed|**3**|
|Electromechanical<br>Interrupts at current zero<br>Generally higher voltage and current application<br>capabilities|Static<br>Limits fault current<br>Generally higher interrupting ratings|**3**<br>**3**|
|Different time/current characteristics|Different time/current characteristics|**3**|



When end fittings are ordered, a fitting for each end **Fuse Types Protection Range** of the fuse is included. Keep in mind that end fittings can i max. — Maximum rated interrupting current become damaged in use and, i min. — Minimum rated interrupting current therefore, are sold separately i hr. — Current causing element melting in 1 hour i  — Any current melting element with no time limit from the live parts when necessary. It is not necessary to purchase an entire set of live parts when only the end _**BACKUP**_ fittings are required. _**GENERAL PURPOSE FULL RANGE**_ i i hr. i min. i max. ~~~~~ Interrupting Current 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-93** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Contents** 

**3** ~~LC~~ 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s expulsion fuses use boric acid as the interrupting medium. Under a fault condition, arc heat decomposes the boric acid into water vapor. The water vapor blast deionizes the arc path preventing arc re-ignition after a natural current zero. 

Type RBA indoor expulsion fuses must be fitted with a discharge filter or condenser, that moderates the discharge exhaust. The discharge filter limits the exhaust to a small and relatively inert amount of gas and lowers the noise level without affecting the fuse interrupting rating. Steam discharge, that can effect the interrupting, is fully restricted by the condenser. 

Type RDB outdoor dropout fuses include an ejector spring that forces the arcing rod through the top of the fuse. The arcing rod strikes a latch on the mounting that forces the fuse to swing outward through a 180° arc into the dropout position. 

Refill units can be field installed into RBA and RDB expulsion fuses. Once the operated unit has been removed, the separately purchased unit can be easily installed into the fuse holder. 

Type DBU fuse units are designed for new and aftermarket utility applications. End fittings are available, in both indoor and outdoor versions, as well as live parts and mountings. Mufflers confine the arc within the fuse and substantially reduce the noise and exhaust when the fuse interrupts. 

_**RBA E-Rated Refillable Boric Acid**_ 

_**RDB E-Rated Refillable Outdoor Dropout Boric Acid**_ i> _**DBU Dropout Boric Acid—for Use Indoors, Inside Switchgear or Outdoors**_ 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-95**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T3-96**|



## **Accessories** 

The following accessories are available for expulsion fuses: 

## **Mountings** 

Mountings include a base, porcelain or glass polyester insulators, and live parts. They help enable the fuse to be safely attached to the gear. Mountings can be either disconnect, nondisconnect or dropout. Non-disconnect mountings are available in bolt-on or clamp-type arrangements. Fuses may be vertical or underhung. 

## **Live Parts** 

Live parts attach the fuse to the insulators and are considered part of the mounting. All parts above the insulators are live parts. 

## **End Fittings** 

End fittings are metal parts that attach to each end of the fuse at the ferrules. They are used only on disconnect fuses or when converting a nondisconnect to a disconnect fuse. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-94** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## **Expulsion Fuse** 

## **Easy to Use, Easy to Order!** 

Eaton’s fuse catalog numbering system makes it easy to order the right fuse. The catalog numbers are easy to remember, unique to each fuse, and are broken down in three descriptive segments: Fuse Type, Voltage Rating and Current Rating. 

These Catalog numbers can be entered directly and easily: 

## _**Examples:**_ 

8RBA2-10E 8.3 max. kV, ● No change in order RBA-200 refill, 10E amperes processing will occur if you use either a style number DBU17-30K 17.1 max. kV, or its corresponding DBU fuse unit, catalog number. You will 30 amperes get the same fuse ● If you are ordering a 15RBA8-INH 15.5 max. kV, RBA-800, replacement for an older indicating Westinghouse fuse, it nondisconnect will only have the style holder number. Order under this style number and you will RBA4-FLTR RBA-400 filter get the correct fuse 

**3** 

## **Expulsion Fuse Units** 

**==> picture [225 x 133] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
-<br>15 DBU 17 100 E<br>Maximum kV Speed<br>8 Type Maximum kV Amperes E<br>15 RBA 17 0.5 50 K<br>25 DBU 27 3 65 SE<br>38 DBA 38 5 80<br>48 RDB 7 100<br>72 RBT 10 125<br>92 BA 15 150<br>121 20 200<br>145 25 250<br>30 300<br>40 400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Expulsion Fuse Accessories** 

**==> picture [103 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
-<br>15 RBA2 P NM<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [267 x 152] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Maximum kV Hardware<br>8 Type Insulator UM = Underhung mounting<br>15 RBA G = Glass polyester VM = Vertical mounting<br>17 DBU P = Porcelain DL = Disconnect live parts<br>25 RDB H = High BIL NL = Nondisconnect live parts<br>27 BA DH = Disconnect holder<br>38 NH = Nondisconnect holder<br>NM = Nondisconnect mounting<br>UL = Underhung live parts<br>VL = Vertical live parts<br>I = Indicating<br>O = Outdoor<br>FLTR = Filter<br>COND = Condenser<br>MFLR = Muffler<br>SHNT = Shunt and spring assembly<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-95** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Expulsion Fuses 

## 3.4 

## **Product Selection** 

Contact Eaton for pricing. 

## **Type RBA and RDB** 

**3** 

**Type 8RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>10E|**Catalog Number**<br>**8RBA2-10E**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>1, 2|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>—|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>1.0 (0.45)|
|15E<br>20E|**8RBA2-15E**<br>**8RBA2-20E**|1, 2<br>1, 2|**—**<br>**8RBT2-20E**|—<br>3, 4|1.0 (0.45)<br>1.0 (0.45)|
|25E|**8RBA2-25E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-25E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|30E|**8RBA2-30E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-30E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|40E|**8RBA2-40E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-40E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|50E|**8RBA2-50E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-50E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|65E|**8RBA2-65E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-65E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|80E|**8RBA2-80E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-80E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|100E|**8RBA2-100E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-100E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|125E|**8RBA2-125E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-125E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|150E|**8RBA2-150E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-150E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|
|200E|**8RBA2-200E**|1, 2|**8RBT2-200E**|3, 4|1.0 (0.45)|



## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

## **8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 8RBA2 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|10E–200E|Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA2-NH**<br>**8RBA2-INH**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA2-PNM**<br>**5RBA2-GNM**<br>**15RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA2-NH**<br>**8RBA2-INH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA2-PNM**<br>**8RBA2-GNM**<br>**15RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**8RBA2-DH**<br>**BRBA2-IDH**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA2-PDM**<br>**5RBA2-GDM**<br>**14RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**8RBA2-DH**<br>**BRBA2-IDH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA2-PDM**<br>**8RBA2-GDM**<br>**14RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**8RBA2-INH-B**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA8-PNM**<br>**5RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**8RBA2-INH-B**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA8-PNM**<br>**8RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**8RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|



## **Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A**[2] 

## **RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|10E–200E|Dropout<br>**8RDB2-DH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>95<br>**8RDB2-VM**<br>**8RDB2-UM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**8RDB2-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**8RDB2-DH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>110<br>**8RDB2-HVM**<br>**8RDB2-HUM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**8RDB2-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the |user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-96** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A** 

**RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|0.5|**8RBA4-.5**|5, 6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|3|**8RBA4-3**|5, 6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|5E|**8RBA4-5E**|5, 6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|7E|**8RBA4-7E**|5, 6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|10E|**8RBA4-10E**|5,6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|15E|**8RBA4-15E**|5, 6|**—**|**—**|2.1 (0.95)|
|20E|**8RBA4-20E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-20E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|25E|**8RBA4-25E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-25E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|30E|**8RBA4-30E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-30E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|40E|**8RBA4-40E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-40E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|50E|**8RBA4-50E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-50E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|65E|**8RBA4-65E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-65E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|80E|**8RBA4-80E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-80E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|100E|**8RBA4-100E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-100E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|125E|**8RBA4-125E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-125E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|150E|**8RBA4-150E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-150E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|200E|**8RBA4-200E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-200E**|7, 8|2.1 (0.95)|
|250E|**8RBA4-250E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-250E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|300E|**8RBA4-300E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-300E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|400E|**8RBA4-400E**|5, 6|**8RBT4-400E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|



**3** 

## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

**8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 8RBA4 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|0.5–400E|Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA4-NH**<br>**8RBA4-INH**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA4-PNM**<br>**5RBA4-GNM**<br>**15RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA4-NH**<br>**8RBA4-INH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA4-PNM**<br>**8RBA4-GNM**<br>**15RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**8RBA4-DH**<br>**BRBA2-IDH**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA4-PDM**<br>**5RBA4-GDM**<br>**14RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**8RBA4-DH**<br>**BRBA2-IDH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA4-PDM**<br>**8RBA4-GDM**<br>**14RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**8RBA2-INH-B**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA8-PNM**<br>**5RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**8RBA4-INH-B**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA8-PNM**<br>**8RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|



**Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A**[2] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5–400E|Dropout<br>**8RDB4-DH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>95<br>**8RDB4-VM**<br>**8RDB4-UM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**8RDB4-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**8RDB4-DH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>110<br>**8RDB4-HVM**<br>**8RDB4-HUM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**8RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-97** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

**3** 

## Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 8RBA8/8RDB4 Fuseholders— 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

|||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Quantity**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Curve Reference**<br>**36-635**|**Quantity**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Curve Reference**<br>**36-635**|**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|450E<br>540E|2<br>2|**8RBA4-250E**<br>**8RBA4-300E**|9<br>9|2<br>2|**8RBT4-250E**<br>**8RBT4-300E**|12<br>12|1<br>1|
|720E|2|**8RBA4-400E**|9|2|**8RBT4-400E**|12|1|



## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

## **8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 8RBA8 Fuseholders)**[2] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|450E–720E|Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA8-NH**<br>**8RBA8-INH**<br>4.8<br>5.5<br>60<br>**5RBA8-PNM**<br>**5RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|
||Non-disconnect<br>**8RBA8-NH**<br>**8RBA8-INH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>75<br>**8RBA8-PNM**<br>**8RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**8RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|



## **Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A**[4] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|450E–720E|Disconnect<br>**8RDB4-NH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>95<br>**8RDB8-VM**<br>**8RDB8-UM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**8RDB4-SHNT**|
||Disconnect<br>**8RDB4-NH**<br>7.2<br>8.3<br>110<br>**8RDB8-HVM**<br>**8RDB8-HUM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**8RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 8.3 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 

- 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 3 Two filters or condensers required. 

> 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-98** 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

**Type 15RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|10E|**15RBA2-10E**|1, 2|**—**|—|1.1 (0.5)|
|15E|**15RBA2-15E**|1, 2|**—**|—|1.1 (0.5)|
|20E|**15RBA2-20E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-20E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|25E|**15RBA2-25E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-25E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|30E|**15RBA2-30E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-30E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|40E|**15RBA2-40E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-40E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|50E|**15RBA2-50E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-50E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|65E|**15RBA2-65E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-65E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|80E|**15RBA2-80E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-80E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|100E|**15RBA2-100E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-100E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|125E|**15RBA2-125E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-125E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|150E|**15RBA2-150E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-150E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|
|200E|**15RBA2-200E**|1, 2|**15RBT2-200E**|3, 4|1.1 (0.5)|



**3** 

## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—** 

**15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 15RBA2 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|10E–200E|Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA2-NH**<br>**15RBA2-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA2-PNM**<br>**14RBA2-GNM**<br>**15RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA2-NH**<br>**15RBA2-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA2-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**15RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**15RBA2-DH**<br>**15RBA2-IDH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA2-PDM**<br>**14RBA2-GDM**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**15RBA2-DH**<br>**15RBA2-IDH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA2-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**15RBA2-INH-B**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA8-PNM**<br>**14RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**15RBA2-INH-B**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA8-PNM**<br>**15RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**15RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|



**Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A**[2] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|10E–200E|Dropout<br>**15RDB2-DH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RDB2-VM**<br>**15RDB2-UM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**15RDB2-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**15RDB2-DH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>150<br>**15RDB2-HVM**<br>**15RDB2-HUM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**15RDB2-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-99** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type 15RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

**3** 

|**Ampere Rating**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|0.5|**15RBA4-.5**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.3 (1.0)|
|3|**15RBA4-3**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.3 (1.0)|
|5E<br>7E|**15RBA4-5E**<br>**15RBA4-7E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**—**<br>**—**|—<br>—|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|10E<br>15E|**15RBA4-10E**<br>**15RBA4-15E**|5,6<br>5, 6|**—**<br>**—**|—<br>—|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|20E<br>25E|**15RBA4-20E**<br>**15RBA4-25E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**15RBT4-20E**<br>**15RBT4-25E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|30E<br>40E|**15RBA4-30E**<br>**15RBA4-40E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**15RBT4-30E**<br>**15RBT4-40E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|50E<br>65E|**15RBA4-50E**<br>**15RBA4-65E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**15RBT4-50E**<br>**15RBT4-65E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|80E<br>100E|**15RBA4-80E**<br>**15RBA4-100E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**15RBT4-80E**<br>**15RBT4-100E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|2.3 (1.0)<br>2.3 (1.0)|
|125E|**15RBA4-125E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-125E**|7, 8|2.3 (1.0)|
|150E|**15RBA4-150E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-150E**|7, 8|2.3 (1.0)|
|200E|**15RBA4-200E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-200E**|7, 8|2.3 (1.0)|
|250E|**15RBA4-250E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-250E**|10, 11|2.3 (1.0)|
|300E|**15RBA4-300E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-300E**|10, 11|2.3 (1.0)|
|400E|**15RBA4-400E**|5, 6|**15RBT4-400E**|10, 11|2.3 (1.0)|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 15RBA4 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|0.5–400E|Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA4-NH**<br>**15RBA4-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA4-PNM**<br>**14RBA4-GNM**<br>**15RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-**<br>**SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA4-NH**<br>**15RBA4-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA4-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**15RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-**<br>**SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**15RBA4-DH**<br>**15RBA2-IDH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA4-PDM**<br>**14RBA4-GDM**<br>**15RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-**<br>**SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**15RBA4-DH**<br>**15RBA2-IDH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA4-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**15RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-**<br>**SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**15RBA4-INH-B**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA8-PNM**<br>**14RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**15RBA4-INH-B**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA8-PNM**<br>**15RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA-FLTR**<br>**15RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|



**Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A**[2] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5–400E|Dropout<br>**15RDB4-DH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RDB4-VM**<br>**15RDB4-UM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**15RDB4-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**15RDB4-DH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>150<br>**15RDB4-HVM**<br>**15RDB4-HUM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**15RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-100** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 15RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 15RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders— 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

|||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**||**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**||**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping**|
|**Rating**|**Quantity**|**Number**|**36-635**|**Quantity**|**Number**|**36-635**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|450E|2|**15RBA4-250E**|9|2|**15RBT4-250E**|12|1|
|540E|2|**15RBA4-300E**|9|2|**15RBT4-300E**|12|1|
|720E|2|**15RBA4-400E**|9|2|**15RBT4-400E**|12|1|



**3** 

## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—** 

## **15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 15RBA8 Fuseholders)**[2] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|450E–720E|Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA8-NH**<br>**15RBA8-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>95<br>**14RBA8-PNM**<br>**14RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**15RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|
||Non-disconnect<br>**15RBA8-NH**<br>**15RBA8-INH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RBA8-PNM**<br>**14RBA8-GNM**<br>**15RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**15RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|



## **Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A**[4] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|450E–720E|Disconnect<br>**15RDB4-NH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>110<br>**15RDB8-VM**<br>**15RDB8-UM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**15RDB4-SHNT**|
||Disconnect<br>**15RDB4-NH**<br>13.8<br>15.5<br>150<br>**15RDB8-HVM**<br>**15RDB8-HUM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**15RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 15 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 

> 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 3 Two filters or condensers required. 

> 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-101** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 25RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

**3** 

|**RBA/RBT Refill**|**Units**|**Units**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|**Rating**<br>10E|**Catalog Number**<br>**25RBA2-10E**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>1, 2|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>—|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>1.3 (0.6)|
|15E|**25RBA2-15E**|1, 2|**—**|—|1.3 (0.6)|
|20E|**25RBA2-20E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-20E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|25E|**25RBA2-25E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-25E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|30E|**25RBA2-30E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-30E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|40E|**25RBA2-40E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-40E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|50E<br>65E|**25RBA2-50E**<br>**25RBA2-65E**|1, 2<br>1, 2|**25RBT2-50E**<br>**25RBT2-65E**|3, 4<br>3, 4|1.3 (0.6)<br>1.3 (0.6)|
|80E|**25RBA2-80E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-80E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|100E|**25RBA2-100E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-100E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|125E|**25RBA2-125E**|1, 2|**25RBT2-125E**|3, 4|1.3 (0.6)|
|150E<br>200E|**25RBA2-150E**<br>**25RBA2-200E**|1, 2<br>1, 2|**25RBT2-150E**<br>**25RBT2-200E**|3, 4<br>3, 4|1.3 (0.6)<br>1.3 (0.6)|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure— 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 25RBA2 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|10E–200E|Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA2-NH**<br>**25RBA2-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA2-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**25RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA2-NH**<br>**25RBA2-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA2-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**25RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**25RBA2-DH**<br>**25RBA2-IDH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA2-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**25RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**25RBA2-DH**<br>**25RBA2-IDH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA2-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**25RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**25RBA2-INH-B**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA8-PNM**<br>**24RBA8-GNM**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**25RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|



## **Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A**[2] 

## **RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|10E–200E|Dropout<br>**25RDB2-DH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RDB2-VM**<br>**25RDB2-UM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**25RDB2-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**25RDB2-DH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>200<br>**25RDB2-HVM**<br>**25RDB2-HUM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**25RDB2-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-102** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 25RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|0.5|**25RBA4-.5**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|3|**25RBA4-3**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|5E|**25RBA4-5E**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|7E|**25RBA4-7E**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|10E|**25RBA4-10E**|5,6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|15E|**25RBA4-15E**|5, 6|**—**|—|2.7 (1.2)|
|20E|**25RBA4-20E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-20E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|25E|**25RBA4-25E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-25E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|30E|**25RBA4-30E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-30E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|40E|**25RBA4-40E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-40E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|50E|**25RBA4-50E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-50E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|65E|**25RBA4-65E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-65E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|80E|**25RBA4-80E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-80E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|100E|**25RBA4-100E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-100E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|125E|**25RBA4-125E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-125E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|150E|**25RBA4-150E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-150E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|200E|**25RBA4-200E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-200E**|7, 8|2.7 (1.2)|
|250E|**25RBA4-250E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-250E**|10, 11|2.7 (1.2)|
|300E|**25RBA4-300E**|5, 6|**25RBT4-300E**|10, 11|2.7 (1.2)|



**3** 

**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

**25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 25RBA4 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|0.5–300E|Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA4-NH**<br>**25RBA4-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA4-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA4-NH**<br>**25RBA4-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA4-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**25RBA4-DH**<br>**25RBA2-IDH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA4-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**25RBA4-DH**<br>**25RBA2-IDH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA4-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**25RBA4-INH-B**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA8-PNM**<br>**25RBA8-GNM**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|



**Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A**[2] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5–300E|Dropout<br>**25RDB4-DH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RDB4-VM**<br>**25RDB4-UM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**25RDB4-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**25RDB4-DH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>200<br>**25RDB4-HVM**<br>**25RDB4-HUM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**25RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-103** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 25RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 25RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders— 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

**3** 

|||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Quantity**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Curve Reference**<br>**36-635**|**Quantity**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Curve Reference**<br>**36-635**|**Shipping Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|450E<br>540E|2<br>2|**25RBA4-250E**<br>**25RBA4-300E**|9<br>9|2<br>2|**25RBT4-250E**<br>**25RBT4-300E**|12<br>12|1<br>1|



## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

## **25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 25RBA8 Fuseholders)**[2] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|450E–540E|Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA8-NH**<br>**25RBA8-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA8-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|
||Non-disconnect<br>**25RBA8-NH**<br>**25RBA8-INH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RBA8-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**25RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|



**Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors—25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A**[4] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|450E–540E|Disconnect<br>**25RDB4-NH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>150<br>**25RDB8-VM**<br>**25RDB8-UM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**25RDB4-SHNT**|
||Disconnect<br>**25RDB4-NH**<br>23.0<br>25.5<br>200<br>**25RDB8-HVM**<br>**25RDB8-HUM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**25RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 25 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 

> 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 3 Two filters or condensers required. 

> 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-104** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 38RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A** 

**RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

|**RBA/RBT Refill**|**Units**|**Units**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**|||
|**Ampere**|||||**Approximate**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Catalog Number**|**Curve Reference 36-635**|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|10E|**38RBA2-10E**|1, 2|**—**|—|1.4 (0.6)|
|15E|**38RBA2-15E**|1, 2|**—**|—|1.4 (0.6)|
|20E|**38RBA2-20E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-20E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|25E|**38RBA2-25E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-25E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|30E|**38RBA2-30E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-30E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|40E|**38RBA2-40E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-40E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|50E|**38RBA2-50E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-50E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|65E|**38RBA2-65E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-65E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|80E|**38RBA2-80E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-80E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|100E|**38RBA2-100E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-100E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|125E|**38RBA2-125E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-125E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|150E|**38RBA2-150E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-150E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|
|200E|**38RBA2-200E**|1, 2|**38RBT2-200E**|3, 4|1.4 (0.6)|



**3** 

**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure— 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 38RBA2 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|10E–200E|Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA2-NH**<br>**38RBA2-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA2-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**38RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA2-NH**<br>**38RBA2-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA2-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**38RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**38RBA2-DH**<br>**38RBA2-IDH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA2-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**38RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**38RBA2-DH**<br>**38RBA2-IDH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA2-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-DL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**38RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**38RBA2-INH-B**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA8-PNM**<br>**38RBA8-GNM**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA2-FLTR**<br>**38RBA2-SHNT**<br>**RBA2-COND**|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A**[2] 

## **RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|10E–200E|Dropout<br>**38RDB2-DH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>200<br>**38RDB2-VM**<br>**38RDB2-UM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**38RDB2-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**38RDB2-DH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>250<br>**38RDB2-HVM**<br>**38RDB2-HUM**<br>**RDB2-VL**<br>**RDB2-UL**<br>**38RDB2-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-105** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

**Type 38RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

**3** 

|**RBA/RBT Refill**|**Units**|**Units**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|**Rating**<br>0.5|**Catalog Number**<br>**38RBA4-.5**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>5, 6|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|**Curve Reference 36-635**<br>—|**Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|3<br>5E|**38RBA4-3**<br>**38RBA4-5E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**—**<br>**—**|—<br>—|3.1 (1.4)<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|7E<br>10E|**38RBA4-7E**<br>**38RBA4-10E**|5, 6<br>5,6|**—**<br>**—**|—<br>—|3.1 (1.4)<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|15E<br>20E|**38RBA4-15E**<br>**38RBA4-20E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**—**<br>**38RBT4-20E**|—<br>7, 8|3.1 (1.4)<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|25E<br>30E|**38RBA4-25E**<br>**38RBA4-30E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**38RBT4-25E**<br>**38RBT4-30E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|3.1 (1.4)<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|40E<br>50E|**38RBA4-40E**<br>**38RBA4-50E**|5, 6<br>5, 6|**38RBT4-40E**<br>**38RBT4-50E**|7, 8<br>7, 8|3.1 (1.4)<br>3.1 (1.4)|
|65E|**38RBA4-65E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-65E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|80E|**38RBA4-80E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-80E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|100E|**38RBA4-100E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-100E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|125E|**38RBA4-125E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-125E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|150E|**38RBA4-150E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-150E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|200E|**38RBA4-200E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-200E**|7, 8|3.1 (1.4)|
|250E|**38RBA4-250E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-250E**|10, 11|3.1 (1.4)|
|300E|**38RBA4-300E**|5, 6|**38RBT4-300E**|(0, 11|3.1 (1.4)|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure— 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 38RBA4 Fuseholders)**[1] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|0.5–300E|Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA4-NH**<br>**38RBA4-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA4-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA4-NH**<br>**38RBA4-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA4-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**38RBA4-DH**<br>**38RBA2-IDH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA4-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Disconnect<br>**38RBA4-DH**<br>**38RBA2-IDH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA4-PDM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-DL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|
||Bolt-in<br>**—**<br>**38RBA4-INH-B**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA8-PNM**<br>**38RBA8-GNM**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A**[2] 

## **RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5–300E|Dropout<br>**38RDB4-DH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RDB4-VM**<br>**38RDB4-UM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**38RDB4-SHNT**|
||Dropout<br>**38RDB4-DH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>200<br>**38RDB4-HVM**<br>**38RDB4-HUM**<br>**RDB4-VL**<br>**RDB4-UL**<br>**38RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

- 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-106** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type 38RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 38RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders— 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A** 

## **RBA/RBT Refill Units** 

|||**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**|**Standard Speed (Fuse Refills)**||**Time Lag (Fuse Refills)**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**||**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**||**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping**|
|**Rating**|**Quantity**|**Number**|**36-635**|**Quantity**|**Number**|**36-635**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|
|450E|2|**38RBA4-250E**|9|2|**38RBT4-250E**|12|1|
|540E|2|**38RBA4-300E**|9|2|**38RBT4-300E**|12|1|



**3** 

## **Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—** 

## **38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 38RBA8 Fuseholders)**[2] 

**RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Porcelain**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Glass**<br>**Polyester**<br>**Style**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indicating**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fuse Filters**<br>**and Condensers**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|450E–540E|Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA8-NH**<br>**38RBA8-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA8-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|
||Non-disconnect<br>**38RBA8-NH**<br>**38RBA8-INH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RBA8-PNM**<br>**—**<br>**38RBA8-NL**|**RBA4-FLTR**3<br>**38RBA4-SHNT**<br>**RBA4-COND**3|



**Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure—38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A**[4] 

**RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Mounting (Including**<br>**Live Parts Less Holder)**<br>**Live**<br>**Parts**<br>**Spring and**<br>**Shunt Assy.**<br>**Fuseholder**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Vertical (180°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Underhung (90°)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Vertical**<br>**Underhung**<br>**Style**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL**<br>**(BIL)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|450E–540E|Disconnect<br>**38RDB4-NH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>150<br>**38RDB8-VM**<br>**38RDB8-UM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**38RDB4-SHNT**|
||Disconnect<br>**38RDB4-NH**<br>34.5<br>38.0<br>200<br>**38RDB8-HVM**<br>**38RDB8-HUM**<br>**RDB8-VL**<br>**RDB8-UL**<br>**38RDB4-SHNT**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 38 kV fuse, order 2 pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 

> 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

> 3 Two filters or condensers required. 

> 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-107** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

Expulsion Fuses 

## 3.4 

## **Type DBU** 

## **3 DBU-EFID Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal 3 Standard Speed Slow Speed Ampere Catalog Curve Reference Ampere Catalog Rating Number**[12] **36-643 Rating Number**[12] **36-643 3** 

|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**[12]<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU17-5E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>3K<br>**DBU17-3K**<br>12, 15<br>7E<br>**DBU17-7E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>6K<br>**DBU17-6K**<br>12, 15<br>10E<br>**DBU17-10E**<br>11,14<br>—<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>8K<br>**DBU17-8K**<br>12, 15<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>~~ot_———~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**||**DBU17-GNM**|13E|**DBU17-13E**|11,14|—|**—**|**—**|10K|**DBU17-10K**|12, 15|
|**3**|||15E<br>20E|**DBU17-15E**<br>**DBU17-20E**|11,14<br>11,14|15SE<br>20SE|**DBU17-15SE**<br>**DBU17-20SE**|10, 13<br>10, 13|12K<br>15K|**DBU17-12K**<br>**DBU17-15K**|12, 15<br>12, 15|
|**3**|||25E<br>30E|**DBU17-25E**<br>**DBU17-30E**|11,14<br>11,14|25SE<br>30SE|**DBU17-25SE**<br>**DBU17-30SE**|10, 13<br>10, 13|20K<br>25K|**DBU17-20K**<br>**DBU17-25K**|12, 15<br>12, 15|
|**3**||**DBU17-GDM**|40E|**DBU17-40E**|11,14|40SE|**DBU17-40SE**|10, 13|30K|**DBU17-30K**|12, 15|
||||50E|**DBU17-50E**|11,14|50SE|**DBU17-50SE**|10, 13|40K|**DBU17-40K**|12, 15|
|**3**|||65E|**DBU17-65E**|11,14|65SE|**DBU17-65SE**|10, 13|50K|**DBU17-50K**|12, 15|
|**3**|||80E<br>100E|**DBU17-80E**<br>**DBU17-100E**|11,14<br>11,14|80SE<br>100SE|**DBU17-80SE**<br>**DBU17-100SE**|10, 13<br>10, 13|65K<br>80K|**DBU17-65K**<br>**DBU17-80K**|12, 15<br>12, 15|
|**3**|||125E<br>~~Se~~|**DBU17-125E**<br>~~Se~~|11,14<br>~~Se~~|125SE<br>~~Se~~|**DBU17-125SE**<br>~~Se~~|10, 13<br>~~Se~~|100K<br>~~Se~~|**DBU17-100K**<br>~~Se~~|12, 15<br>~~Se~~|
|||**DBU-EFOD**|150E|**DBU17-150E**|11,14|150SE|**DBU17-150SE**|10, 13|140K|**DBU17-140K**|12, 15|
|**3**|||175E|**DBU17-175E**|11,14|175SE|**DBU17-175SE**|10, 13|200K|**DBU17-200K**|12, 15|
||||200E|**DBU17-200E**|11,14|200SE|**DBU17-200SE**|10, 13|—|**—**|—|



**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal Ampere Voltage (kV) Rating Style Style Nominal Maximum LIWL (BIL) Mounting Live Parts End Fittings Muffler** ~~pO~~ 5E–200E, Indoor Non loadbreak 13.8 17.1 95 **DBU17-GNM**[3] **DBU17-NL**[3] **DBU-EFID**[4] **DBU-MFLR** 15SE–200SE, Indoor Loadbreak 13.8 17.1 95 **DBU17-GDM**[3] **DBU17-DL**[3] **DBU-EFID**[4] **DBU-MFLR** 3K–200K Outdoor Dropout 13.8 17.1 125 **DBU-17-DM — DBU-EFOD —** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Maximum interrupting rating 14 kA symmetrical. 

- 2   Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 

- 3   To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 

- 4   End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-108** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

**3** 

|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU27-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU27-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU27-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU27-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU27-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU27-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~Or~~|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU27-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU27-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU27-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU27-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU27-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU27-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~Or~~|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU27-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU27-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU27-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU27-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU27-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU27-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~Or~~|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU27-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU27-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU27-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU27-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU27-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU27-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~Or~~|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU27-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU27-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU27-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU27-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU27-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU27-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~Or~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|||13E<br>**DBU27-13E**|11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—|10K<br>**DBU27-10K**<br>12, 18|
||:|15E<br>**DBU27-15E**<br>20E<br>**DBU27-20E**<br>25E<br>**DBU27-25E**<br>30E<br>**DBU27-30E**|11,17<br>15SE<br>**DBU27-15SE**<br>10, 16<br>11,17<br>20SE<br>**DBU27-20SE**<br>10, 16<br>11,17<br>25SE<br>**DBU27-25SE**<br>10, 16<br>11,17<br>30SE<br>**DBU27-30SE**<br>10, 16|12K<br>**DBU27-12K**<br>12, 18<br>15K<br>**DBU27-15K**<br>12, 18<br>20K<br>**DBU27-20K**<br>12, 18<br>25K<br>**DBU27-25K**<br>12, 18|
|**DBU17-GDM**||40E<br>**DBU27-40E**|11,17<br>40SE<br>**DBU27-40SE**<br>10, 16|30K<br>**DBU27-30K**<br>12, 18|
|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal**<br>50E<br>**DBU27-50E**<br>11,17<br>50SE<br>**DBU27-50SE**<br>10, 16<br>40K<br>**DBU27-40K**<br>12, 18<br>65E<br>**DBU27-65E**<br>11,17<br>65SE<br>**DBU27-65SE**<br>10, 16<br>50K<br>**DBU27-50K**<br>12, 18<br>80E<br>**DBU27-80E**<br>11,17<br>80SE<br>**DBU27-80SE**<br>10, 16<br>65K<br>**DBU27-65K**<br>12, 18<br>100E<br>**DBU27-100E**<br>11,17<br>100SE<br>**DBU27-100SE**<br>10, 16<br>80K<br>**DBU27-80K**<br>12, 18<br>125E<br>**DBU27-125E**<br>11,17<br>125SE<br>**DBU27-125SE**<br>10, 16<br>100K<br>**DBU27-100K**<br>12, 18<br>150E<br>**DBU27-150E**<br>11,17<br>150SE<br>**DBU27-150SE**<br>10, 16<br>140K<br>**DBU27-140K**<br>12, 18<br>175E<br>**DBU27-175E**<br>11,17<br>175SE<br>**DBU27-175SE**<br>10, 16<br>200K<br>**DBU27-200K**<br>12, 18<br>200E<br>**DBU27-200E**<br>11,17<br>200SE<br>**DBU27-200SE**<br>10, 16<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Voltage (kV)**<br>**Style**<br>**Style**<br>**Nominal**<br>**Maximum**<br>**LIWL (BIL)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Live Parts**<br>**End Fittings**<br>**Muffler**<br>5E–200E,<br>Indoor<br>Non loadbreak<br>23.5<br>27.0<br>110<br>**DBU27-GNM**3<br>**DBU27-NL**3<br>**DBU-EFID**4<br>**DBU-MFLR**<br>**DBU-EFOD**<br>ig~~BO~~|||||
|||15SE–200SE,<br>3K–200K<br>Indoor|Loadbreak<br>23.5<br>27.0<br>110<br>**DBU27-GDM**3|**DBU27-DL**3<br>**DBU-EFID**4<br>**DBU-MFLR**|
|||Outdoor|Dropout<br>23.5<br>27.0<br>150<br>**DBU-27-DM**|**—**<br>**DBU-EFOD**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Maximum interrupting rating 12.5 kA symmetrical. 

- 2   Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 

- 3   To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 

- 4   End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-109** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal** 

|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Standard Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Slow Speed**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**K Speed**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**2<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-643**<br>5E<br>**DBU38-5E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>3K<br>**DBU38-3K**<br>12, 18<br>7E<br>**DBU38-7E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>6K<br>**DBU38-6K**<br>12, 18<br>10E<br>**DBU38-10E**<br>11,17<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>8K<br>**DBU38-8K**<br>12, 18<br>**DBU-EFID**<br>**DBU17-GNM**<br>~~ee~~|||||||||||
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|dl|13E<br>15E<br>20E<br>25E<br>30E|**DBU38-13E**<br>**DBU38-15E**<br>**DBU38-20E**<br>**DBU38-25E**<br>**DBU38-30E**|11,17<br>11,17<br>11,17<br>11,17<br>11,17|—<br>15SE<br>20SE<br>25SE<br>30SE|**—**<br>**DBU38-15SE**<br>**DBU38-20SE**<br>**DBU38-25SE**<br>**DBU38-30SE**|—<br>10, 16<br>10, 16<br>10, 16<br>10, 16|10K<br>12K<br>15K<br>20K<br>25K|**DBU38-10K**<br>**DBU38-12K**<br>**DBU38-15K**<br>**DBU38-20K**<br>**DBU38-25K**|12, 18<br>12, 18<br>12, 18<br>12, 18<br>12, 18|
||**DBU17-GDM**|40E|**DBU38-40E**|11,17|40SE|**DBU38-40SE**|10, 16|30K|**DBU38-30K**|12, 18|
|**3**||50E|**DBU38-50E**|11,17|50SE|**DBU38-50SE**|10, 16|40K|**DBU38-40K**|12, 18|
|||65E|**DBU38-65E**|11,17|65SE|**DBU38-65SE**|10, 16|50K|**DBU38-50K**|12, 18|
|**3**||80E|**DBU38-80E**|11,17|80SE|**DBU38-80SE**|10, 16|65K|**DBU38-65K**|12, 18|
|**3**||100E<br>125E|**DBU38-100E**<br>**DBU38-125E**|11,17<br>11,17|100SE<br>125SE|**DBU38-100SE**<br>**DBU38-125SE**|10, 16<br>10, 16|80K<br>100K|**DBU38-80K**<br>**DBU38-100K**|12, 18<br>12, 18|
|**3**|**DBU-EFOD**|150E|**DBU38-150E**|11,17|150SE|**DBU38-150SE**|10, 16|140K|**DBU38-140K**|12, 18|
|**3**||175E|**DBU38-175E**|11,17|175SE|**DBU38-175SE**|10, 16|200K|**DBU38-200K**|12, 18|
|**3**||200E|**DBU38-200E**|11,17|200SE|**DBU38-200SE**|10, 16|—|**—**|—|



**Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 38.0 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal Ampere Voltage (kV) Rating Style Style Nominal Maximum LIWL (BIL) Mounting Live Parts End Fittings Muffler** ~~fo~~ 5E–200E, Indoor Non loadbreak 34.5 38 150 **DBU38-GNM**[3] **DBU38-NL**[3] **DBU-EFID**[4] **DBU-MFLR** 15SE–200SE, 3K–200K 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   Maximum interrupting rating 10 kA symmetrical (outdoor dropout, 8.5 kA indoor with muffler. 

- 2   Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 

- 3   To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 

- 4   End fittings DBU-EFID includes a muffler. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-110** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Type DBA**_ 

## **Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors** 

||**DBA-1 Fuse Units**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills**||||
|**8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**8DBA1-.5**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|3|**8DBA1-3**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|5E|**8DBA1-5E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|7E|**8DBA1-7E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|10E|**8DBA1-10E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|15E|**8DBA1-15E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|20E|**8DBA1-20E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|25E|**8DBA1-25E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|30E|**8DBA1-30E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|40E|**8DBA1-40E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|50E|**8DBA1-50E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|65E|**8DBA1-65E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|80E|**8DBA1-80E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|100E|**8DBA1-100E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|125E|**8DBA1-125E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|150E|**8DBA1-150E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|200E|**8DBA1-200E**|10, 11|1.5 (0.7)|
|**15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**15DBA1-.5**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|3|**15DBA1-3**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|5E|**15DBA1-5E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|7E|**15DBA1-7E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|10E|**15DBA1-10E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|15E|**15DBA1-15E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|20E|**15DBA1-20E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|25E|**15DBA1-25E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|30E|**15DBA1-30E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|40E|**15DBA1-40E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|50E|**15DBA1-50E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|65E|**15DBA1-65E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|80E|**15DBA1-80E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|100E|**15DBA1-100E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|125E|**15DBA1-125E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|150E|**15DBA1-150E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|
|200E|**15DBA1-200E**|10, 11|2.1 (0.95)|



||**3**|
|---|---|
|**DBA-1 Fuse Units**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Curve Reference**<br>**36-623**<br>**25 kV Maximum (23 kV Nominal)**<br>0.5<br>**25DBA1-.5**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>3<br>**25DBA1-3**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>5E<br>**25DBA1-5E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>7E<br>**25DBA1-7E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>10E<br>**25DBA1-10E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>15E<br>**25DBA1-15E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>20E<br>**25DBA1-20E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>25E<br>**25DBA1-25E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>30E<br>**25DBA1-30E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>40E<br>**25DBA1-40E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>50E<br>**25DBA1-50E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>65E<br>**25DBA1-65E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>80E<br>**25DBA1-80E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>100E<br>**25DBA1-100E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>125E<br>**25DBA1-125E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>150E<br>**25DBA1-150E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)<br>200E<br>**25DBA1-200E**<br>10, 11<br>3.1 (1.4)|**3**|
||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-111** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued** 

**3** 

|**continued**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**DBA-1 Fuse Units**<br>**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**<br>**Number**<br>**Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills**||**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**38DBA1-.5**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|3<br>5E|**38DBA1-3**<br>**38DBA1-5E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|4.2 (1.9)<br>4.2 (1.9)|
|7E|**38DBA1-7E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|10E|**38DBA1-10E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|15E|**38DBA1-15E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|20E|**38DBA1-20E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|25E|**38DBA1-25E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|30E<br>40E|**38DBA1-30E**<br>**38DBA1-40E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|4.2 (1.9)<br>4.2 (1.9)|
|50E|**38DBA1-50E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|65E|**38DBA1-65E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|80E|**38DBA1-80E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|100E<br>125E|**38DBA1-100E**<br>**38DBA1-125E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|4.2 (1.9)<br>4.2 (1.9)|
|150E|**38DBA1-150E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|200E|**38DBA1-200E**|10, 12|4.2 (1.9)|
|**48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**48DBA1-.5**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|3|**48DBA1-3**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|5E<br>7E|**48DBA1-5E**<br>**48DBA1-7E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|6.5 (3.0)<br>6.5 (3.0)|
|10E|**48DBA1-10E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|15E|**48DBA1-15E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|20E|**48DBA1-20E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|25E|**48DBA1-25E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|30E|**48DBA1-30E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|40E<br>50E|**48DBA1-40E**<br>**48DBA1-50E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|6.5 (3.0)<br>6.5 (3.0)|
|65E|**48DBA1-65E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|80E|**48DBA1-80E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|100E|**48DBA1-100E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|
|125E<br>150E|**48DBA1-125E**<br>**48DBA1-150E**|10, 12<br>10, 12|6.5 (3.0)<br>6.5 (3.0)|
|200E|**48DBA1-200E**|10, 12|6.5 (3.0)|



||**DBA-1 Fuse Units**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**72 kV Maximum**|**(69 kV Nominal)**|||
|0.5|**72DBA1-.5**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|3|**72DBA1-3**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|5E|**72DBA1-5E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|7E|**72DBA1-7E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|10E|**72DBA1-10E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|15E|**72DBA1-15E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|20E|**72DBA1-20E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|25E|**72DBA1-25E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|30E|**72DBA1-30E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|40E|**72DBA1-40E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|50E|**72DBA1-50E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|65E|**72DBA1-65E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|80E|**72DBA1-80E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|100E|**72DBA1-100E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|125E|**72DBA1-125E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|150E|**72DBA1-150E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|
|200E|**72DBA1-200E**|10, 12|7.1 (3.2)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-112** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.4 

Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued** 

|**continued**||||
|---|---|---|---|
||**DBA-1 Fuse Units**||**Approximate**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills**||||
|**38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**38DBA2-.5**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|3|**38DBA2-3**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|5E|**38DBA2-5E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|7E|**38DBA2-7E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|10E|**38DBA2-10E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|15E|**38DBA2-15E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|20E|**38DBA2-20E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|25E|**38DBA2-25E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|30E|**38DBA2-30E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|40E|**38DBA2-40E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|50E|**38DBA2-50E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|65E|**38DBA2-65E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|80E|**38DBA2-80E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|100E|**38DBA2-100E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|125E|**38DBA2-125E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|150E|**38DBA2-150E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|200E|**38DBA2-200E**|10, 12|10 (4.5)|
|**48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal)**||||
|0.5|**48DBA2-.5**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|3|**48DBA2-3**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|5E|**48DBA2-5E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|7E|**48DBA2-7E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|10E|**48DBA2-10E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|15E|**48DBA2-15E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|20E|**48DBA2-20E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|25E|**48DBA2-25E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|30E|**48DBA2-30E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|40E|**48DBA2-40E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|50E|**48DBA2-50E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|65E|**48DBA2-65E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|80E|**48DBA2-80E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|100E|**48DBA2-100E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|125E|**48DBA2-125E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|150E|**48DBA2-150E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|
|200E|**48DBA2-200E**|10, 12|12 (5.4)|



||**DBA-1 Fuse Units**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**72 kV Maximum**|**(69 kV Nominal)**|||
|0.5|**72DBA2-.5**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|3|**72DBA2-3**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|5E|**72DBA2-5E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|7E|**72DBA2-7E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|10E|**72DBA2-10E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|15E|**72DBA2-15E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|20E|**72DBA2-20E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|25E|**72DBA2-25E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|30E|**72DBA2-30E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|40E|**72DBA2-40E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|50E|**72DBA2-50E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|65E|**72DBA2-65E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|80E|**72DBA2-80E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|100E|**72DBA2-100E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|125E|**72DBA2-125E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|150E|**72DBA2-150E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|
|200E|**72DBA2-200E**|10, 12|15 (6.8)|



**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-113** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.4 

## Expulsion Fuses 

## **Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued** 

**3** 

|**continued**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**DBA-1 Fuse Units**<br>**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**<br>**Number**<br>**Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills**||**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**92 kV Maximum (92 kV Nominal)**||||
|3|**92DBA2-3**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|5E<br>7E|**92DBA2-5E**<br>**92DBA2-7E**|10, 13<br>10, 13|19 (8.6)<br>19 (8.6)|
|10E|**92DBA2-10E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|15E|**92DBA2-15E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|20E|**92DBA2-20E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|25E|**92DBA2-25E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|30E|**92DBA2-30E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|40E<br>50E|**92DBA2-40E**<br>**92DBA2-50E**|10, 13<br>10, 13|19 (8.6)<br>19 (8.6)|
|65E|**92DBA2-65E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|80E|**92DBA2-80E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|100E|**92DBA2-100E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|125E<br>150E|**92DBA2-125E**<br>**92DBA2-150E**|10, 13<br>10, 13|19 (8.6)<br>19 (8.6)|
|200E|**92DBA2-200E**|10, 13|19 (8.6)|
|**121 kV Maximum (115 kV Nominal)**||||
|3|**121DBA2-3**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|5E|**121DBA2-5E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|7E|**121DBA2-7E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|10E<br>15E|**121DBA2-10E**<br>**121DBA2-15E**|10, 13<br>10, 13|22 (10)<br>22 (10)|
|20E|**121DBA2-20E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|25E|**121DBA2-25E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|30E|**121DBA2-30E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|40E|**121DBA2-40E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|50E|**121DBA2-50E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|65E<br>80E|**121DBA2-65E**<br>**121DBA2-80E**|10, 13<br>10, 13|22 (10)<br>22 (10)|
|100E|**121DBA2-100E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|125E|**121DBA2-125E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|150E|**121DBA2-150E**|10, 13|22 (10)|
|200E|**121DBA2-200E**|10, 13|22 (10)|



||**DBA-1 Fuse Units**||**Approximate**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Curve Reference**|**Shipping Weight**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**36-623**|**Lbs (kg)**|
|**145 kV Maximum (138 kV Nominal)**||||
|3|**145DBA2-3**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|5E|**145DBA2-5E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|7E|**145DBA2-7E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|10E|**145DBA2-10E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|15E|**145DBA2-15E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|20E|**145DBA2-20E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|25E|**145DBA2-25E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|30E|**145DBA2-30E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|40E|**145DBA2-40E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|50E|**145DBA2-50E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|65E|**145DBA2-65E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|80E|**145DBA2-80E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|100E|**145DBA2-100E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|125E|**145DBA2-125E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|150E|**145DBA2-150E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|
|200E|**145DBA2-200E**|10, 13|25 (11.4)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-114** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>**_Page_**<br>Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-116**<br>Type CLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-116**<br>Type HLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-120**<br>Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-123**<br>Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-126**<br>Type CLS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-128**<br>Type CLPT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-133**<br>Type CX  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-138**<br>Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-142**<br>Type CXF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-143**<br>Type DSL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>**V4-T3-144**|**3**|
|---|---|
||**3**|
||**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|



## **Catalog Number Selection** 

## _**Easy to Use, Easy to Order!**_ 

Eaton’s fuse catalog numbering system makes it easy to order the right fuse. The catalog numbers are easy to remember, unique to each fuse, and are broken down in three descriptive segments: Fuse type, voltage rating and current rating. 

These catalog numbers can be entered directly and easily: 

- No change in order processing will occur if you use either a style number or its corresponding catalog number. You will get the same fuse 

## _**Examples:**_ 

**5CLE-30E** —5.5 max. kV, CLE fuse unit, 30E amperes 

**15CXN-45C** —15.5 max. kV, CXN fuse unit, 45C amperes 

**5CLS-GDM-E** —5.5 max. kV, CLS fuse unit, glass polyester nondisconnect mounting 

**CLE-DL-D** —CLE, disconnect live parts Size D 

## **Current Limiting Fuses** 

**==> picture [119 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
– –<br>15 CLE 100 E D<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [241 x 105] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Maximum kV Size<br>2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 Type Ampere Rating Class A<br>4 = 4.3, 4.8 CLE CLS75 0.5  to  1350 E B<br>5 = 5.08, 5.5 HLE CX R D<br>7 = 7.2 BHLE CXN C<br>8 = 8.3 CLPT AHLE X<br>15 = 15.5 NCLPT ACLS<br>25 = 25.5 CLS CXI<br>38 = 38.0 BCLS NCLS<br>CLS70<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Current Limiting Fuse Accessories** 

**==> picture [122 x 13] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
– –<br>15 CLE P NM C<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [432 x 95] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Maximum kV Diameter Size<br>2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 Type A  = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 0.53E–1.5E single barrel<br>4 = 4.3, 4.8 CLE CLS Insulator Hardware B  = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 3E–10E single barrel<br>5 = 5.08, 5.5 HLE CLS75 G  = Glass polyester DM = Disconnect mounting C = 2-inch (50.8 mm) single barrel<br>7 = 7.2 CLPT CX P  = Porcelain NM = Nondisconnect mounting D  = 3-inch (76.2 mm) single barrel<br>8 = 8.3 NCLPT CXN H  = High BIL DL = Disconnect live parts E = 3-inch (76.2 mm) double barrel<br>15  = 15.5 NL = Nondisconnect live parts F = 4-inch (101.6 mm) double barrel<br>25  = 25.5 DF = Disconnect end fittings G  = 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) ferrule (CX/CXN only)<br>38  = 38.0<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-115** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

**3 3** | **3 3** ~~a~~ : 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type CLE** 

## **Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)** 

|**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>15E<br>20E<br>25E<br>10E|**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1|**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>50<br>50<br>50<br>50|**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>H<br>H<br>H<br>H|**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor<br>Indoor|**Performance Curves**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>56353202<br>56353202<br>56353202<br>53686104|**Performance Curves**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>56353302<br>56353302<br>56353302<br>53686204|**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>63931702<br>63931702<br>63931702<br>63931704|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**2CLE-15E**<br>**2CLE-20E**<br>**2CLE-25E**<br>**2CLE-10E**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|30E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-30E**|
|40E<br>50E|1<br>1|50<br>50|H<br>H|Indoor<br>Indoor|53686104<br>53686104|53686204<br>53686204|63931704<br>63931704|**2CLE-40E**<br>**2CLE-50E**|
|65E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-65E**|
|80E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-80E**|
|100E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-100E**|
|125E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-125E**|
|150E|1|50|H|Indoor|53686104|53686204|63931704|**2CLE-150E**|
|200E<br>225E|1<br>1|50<br>50|H<br>H|Indoor<br>Indoor|53686104<br>53686104|53686204<br>53686204|63931704<br>63931704|**2CLE-200E**<br>**2CLE-225E**|
|250E|2|50|H|Indoor|53690002|53690102|63931802|**2CLE-250E**|
|300E|2|50|H|Indoor|53690002|53690102|63931802|**2CLE-300E**|
|350X|2|50|H|Indoor|53690002|53690102|63931802|**2CLE-350X**|
|400X|2|50|H|Indoor|53690002|53690102|63931802|**2CLE-400X**|
|450X|2|50|H|Indoor|53690002|53690102|63931802|**2CLE-450X**|



## **Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Type**1|**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**|**Diameter**|**Clip**<br>**Center**|**Length**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**<br>**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2<br>**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**End Fittings)**2<br>**Catalog Number**|**(Disconnect Only)**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15E–25E|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|60<br>60|2.00 (50.8)|8.13 (206.5)|9.50 (241.3)|2 (0.91)|**2CLE-PNM-C**<br>**2CLE-PDM-C**|**2CLE-GNM-C**<br>**2CLE-GDM-C**|**CLE-NL-C**<br>**CLE-DL-C**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-C**|
|10E–250E|Non-disconnect|60|3.00 (76.2)|7.00 (177.8)|10.90 (276.9)|7 (3.18)|**2CLE-PNM-D**|**2CLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
||Disconnect|60|||||**2CLE-PDM-D**|**2CLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
|300E–450E|Non-disconnect|60|3.00 (76.2)|7.00 (177.8)|10.90 (276.9)|15 (6.81)|**2CLE-PNM-E**|**2CLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
||Disconnect|60|||||**2CLE-PDM-E**|**2CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type CLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [184 x 88] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
"B" Dia.<br>LJ "L" =<br>3.31<br>(84.1)  [Ref.]<br>=eo<br>.______ "L" ____. .<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.** 15E–25E 9.50 (241.3) 2.00 (50.8) ~~——_—~~ ~~**a**~~ 10E–450E 10.90 (276.9) 3.00 (76.2) _**Notes**_ 1 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

> 2 End fittings supplied only when required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-116** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

||||||**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Barrel**<br>**Number**|**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Heritage**<br>**Product**|**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**|**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**|**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**|**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15E<br>20E|1<br>1|50<br>50|H<br>H|Indoor<br>Indoor|56353204<br>56353204|56353304<br>56353304|63931702<br>63931702|**5CLE-15E**<br>**5CLE-20E**|
|25E<br>10E|1<br>1|50<br>63|H<br>—|Indoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|56353204<br>70548501|56353304<br>70548601|63931702<br>70548701|**5CLE-25E**<br>**5CLE-10E-D**|
|15E<br>20E|1<br>1|63<br>63|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70548501<br>70548501|70548601<br>70548601|70548701<br>70548701|**5CLE-15E-D**<br>**5CLE-20E-D**|
|25E<br>30E|1<br>1|63<br>63|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70548501<br>70548501|70548601<br>70548601|70548701<br>70548701|**5CLE-25E-D**<br>**5CLE-30E**|
|40E<br>50E|1<br>1|50<br>50|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70545801<br>70545801|70545901<br>70545901|70546701<br>70546701|**5CLE-40E**<br>**5CLE-50E**|
|65E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70546701|**5CLE-65E**|
|80E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70546701|**5CLE-80E**|
|100E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70546701|**5CLE-100E**|
|125E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70546701|**5CLE-125E**|
|150E|1|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70547601|**5CLE-150E**|
|175E|1|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70547601|**5CLE-175E**|
|200E|1|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70547601|**5CLE-200E**|
|250E|1|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70545801|70545901|70547601|**5CLE-250E**|
|300E|2|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546001|70546101|70547601|**5CLE-300E**|
|350E|2|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546001|70546101|70547601|**5CLE-350E**|
|400E|2|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546001|70546101|70547601|**5CLE-400E**|
|450E|2|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546001|70546101|70547601|**5CLE-450E**|
|600E|2|40|—|Indoor|62908902|62908903|62908904|**5CLE-600E**|
|750E|2|40|—|Indoor|62908902|62908903|62908904|**5CLE-750E**|
|1100E|4|31|—|Indoor|62908902|62908903|62908904|**5CLE-1100E**|
|1350E|4|31|—|Indoor|62908902|62908903|62908904|**5CLE-1350E**|



**3** 

**Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|**Voltage**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**|||
|**Rating**<br>10E-D–25E-D|**Type**1<br>Non-disconnect|**BIL (kV)**<br>60|**Diameter**<br>3.00 (76.2)|**Center**<br>14.00 (355.6)|**Length**<br> 17.90 (454.7)|**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br> 9 (4.09)|**Catalog Number**<br>**5CLE-PNM-D**|**Catalog Number**<br>**5CLE-GNM-D**|**Catalog Number**<br>**CLE-NL-D**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|
|30E–250E<br>15E–25E|Disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|60<br>60|2.00 (50.8)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|3 (1.36)|**5CLE-PDM-D**<br>**5CLE-PNM-C**|**5CLE-GDM-D**<br>**5CLE-GNM-C**|**CLE-DL-D**<br>**CLE-NL-C**|**CLE-DF-D**<br>**—**|
|300E–450E|Disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|60<br>60|3.00 (76.2)|14.00 (355.6)|17.90 (454.7)|19 (8.63)|**5CLE-PDM-C**<br>**5CLE-PNM-E**|**5CLE-GDM-C**<br>**5CLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-DL-C**<br>**CLE-NL-E**|**CLE-DF-C**<br>**—**|
|600E and 750E|Disconnect<br>Consult factory|60<br>60|4.00 (101.6)|N/A|N/A|40 (18.16)|**5CLE-PDM-E**<br>**—**|**5CLE-GDM-E**<br>**—**|**CLE-DL-E**<br>**—**|**CLE-DF-E**<br>**—**|
|1100E and 1350E|Consult factory|**—**|4.00 (101.6)|N/A|N/A|80 (36.32)|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type CLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [184 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
"B" Dia.<br>a ay<br>.______ "L" _____.|<br> 3.31<br>(84.1)  [Ref.]<br>=pep<br>a "L" |<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**CLE kV**<br>**“L”**<br>**“B” Dia.**<br>15E–25E<br>12.90 (327.7)<br>2.00 (50.8)<br>10E–450E<br>17.90 (454.7)<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>~~ll~~<br>~~OHHT~~|
|---|
|**_Notes_**<br>1 See**Page** **V4-T3-145**for diagram of typical mounting.|



> 2 End fittings supplied only when required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-117** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>50<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**8CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>50<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**8CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>50<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**8CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>50<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548801<br>**8CLE-10E-D**<br>II~~———~~<br>||||||||||||
|**3**||15E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70548501|70548601|70548801|**8CLE-15E-D**|
|**3**||20E<br>25E|1<br>1|50<br>50|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70548501<br>70548501|70548601<br>70548601|70548801<br>70548801|**8CLE-20E-D**<br>**8CLE-25E-D**|
|**3**||30E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70548501|70548601|70548801|**8CLE-30E**|
|||40E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-40E**|
|**3**||50E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-50E**|
|||65E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-65E**|
|**3**||80E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-80E**|
|**3**||100E<br>125E|1<br>1|50<br>50|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546201<br>70546201|70546301<br>70546301|70547301<br>70547301|**8CLE-100E**<br>**8CLE-125E**|
|**3**||150E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-150E**|
|||175E|1|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546201|70546301|70547301|**8CLE-175E**|
|**3**||200E|2|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546401|70546501|70547301|**8CLE-200E**|
|**3**||250E<br>300E|2<br>2|50<br>50|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546401<br>70546401|70546501<br>70546501|70547301<br>70547301|**8CLE-250E**<br>**8CLE-300E**|
|**3**||350E|2|50|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546401|70546501|70547301|**8CLE-350E**|



## **Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||||**Live Parts**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**(Including**<br>**End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|**Voltage**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**|||
|**Rating**<br>15E–25E|**Type**1<br>Non-disconnect|**BIL (kV)**<br>75|**Diameter**<br>2.00 (50.8)|**Center**<br>14.00 (355.6)|**Length**<br> 15.50 (393.7)|**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br> 3 (1.36)|**Catalog Number**<br>**8CLE-PNM-C**|**Catalog Number**<br>**8CLE-GNM-C**|**Catalog Number**<br>**CLE-NL-C**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|
||Disconnect|75|||||**8CLE-PDM-C**|**8CLE-GDM-C**|**CLE-DL-C**|**CLE-DF-C**|
|10E-D–25E-D|Non-disconnect|75|3.00 (76.2)|14.00 (355.6)|17.90 (454.7)|9 (4.09)|**8CLE-PNM-D**|**8CLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
|30E–175E|Disconnect|75|||||**8CLE-PDM-D**|**8CLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
|200E–350E|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|75<br>75|3.00 (76.2)|14.00 (355.6)|17.90 (454.7)|19 (8.63)|**8CLE-PNM-E**<br>**8CLE-PDM-E**|**8CLE-GNM-E**<br>**8CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**<br>**CLE-DL-E**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-E**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) **Type CLE Fuse** 

**CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.** "B" Dia. 15E–25E 15.50 (393.7) 2.00 (50.8) ~~ee yy~~ 10E–350E ~~a~~ 17.90 (454.7) 3.00 (76.2) ~~._______~~ "L" ____ ~~|,| OO~~ } ~~ee~~ _**Notes**_ 1 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 3.31 2 End fittings supplied only when required. (84.1)[Ref.] ~~**ee** .___~~ "L" _ ~~_.~~ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-118** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

||<br>|<br>:|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Heritage**<br>**Product**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>15E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-20E**<br>25E<br>1<br>31.5<br>H<br>Indoor<br>56353204<br>56353304<br>63931703<br>**15CLE-25E**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>—<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548501<br>70548601<br>70548802<br>**15CLE-10E-D**<br>~~a~~<br> ~~Oe~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||15E<br>20E|1<br>1|63<br>63|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70548501<br>70548501|70548601<br>70548601|70548802<br>70548802|**15CLE-15E-D**<br>**15CLE-20E-D**|**3**|
||25E<br>30E|1<br>1|63<br>63|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70548501<br>70548501|70548601<br>70548601|70548802<br>70548802|**15CLE-25E-D**<br>**15CLE-30E**|**3**|
||40E<br>50E|1<br>1|63<br>63|—<br>—|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546801<br>70546801|70546901<br>70546901|70547501<br>70547501|**15CLE-40E**<br>**15CLE-50E**|**3**|
||65E|1|63|—|Indoor/outdoor|70546801|70546901|70547501|**15CLE-65E**||
||80E|1|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546801|70546901|70547501|**15CLE-80E**|**3**|
||100E|1|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546801|70546901|70547501|**15CLE-100E**||
||125E|1|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546801|70546901|70547501|**15CLE-125E**|**3**|
||150E|1|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546801|70546901|70547501|**15CLE-150E**||
||175E|2|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70547001|70547101|70547501|**15CLE-175E**|**3**|
||200E|2|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70547001|70547101|70547501|**15CLE-200E**||
||250E|2|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70547001|70547101|70547501|**15CLE-250E**|**3**|
||300E|2|63|1|Indoor/outdoor|70547001|70547101|70547501|**15CLE-300E**||
||80E|2|85|H 1|Indoor|59878302|59878402|63931604|**15CLE2-80E**|**3**|
||100E|2|85|H1|Indoor|59878302|59878402|63931604|**15CLE2-100E**||
||125X|2|85|H1|Indoor|59878302|59878402|63931604|**15CLE2-125X**|**3**|
||150E|3|50|H1|Indoor|59878302|59878402|63931604|**15CLE3-150E**||
||175E/200X|3|50|H1|Indoor|59878302|59878402|63931604|**15CLE3-175E/200X**|**3**|



**Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**3|**End Fittings)**3|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|**Voltage**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**|||
|**Rating**<br>15E–25E|**Type**2<br>Non-disconnect|**BIL (kV)**<br>95|**Diameter**<br>2.00 (50.8)|**Center**<br>20.00 (508.0)|**Length**<br> 21.50 (546.1)|**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br> 4.5 (2.04)|**Catalog Number**<br>**15CLE-PNM-C**|**Catalog Number**<br>**15CLE-GNM-C**|**Catalog Number**<br>**CLE-NL-D**|**Catalog Number**<br>**—**|
||Disconnect|110<br>95|||||**15CLE-HPNM-C**<br>**15CLE-PDM-C**|**—**<br>**15CLE-GDM-C**|**—**<br>**CLE-DL-C**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-C**|
|10E-D–25E-D|Non-disconnect|110<br>95|3.00 (76.2)|20.00 (508.0)|23.90 (607.1)|11 (4.99)|**15CLE-HPDM-C**<br>**15CLE-PNM-D**|**—**<br>**15CLE-GNM-D**|**—**<br>**CLE-NL-D**|**—**<br>**—**|
|30E–150E|Disconnect|110<br>95|||||**15CLE-HPM-D**<br>**15CLE-PDM-D**|**—**<br>**15CLE-GNM-D**|**—**<br>**CLE-DL-D**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-D**|
|175E–300E|Non-disconnect|110<br>110|3.00 (76.2)|20.00 (508.0)|23.90 (607.1)|23 (10.44)|**15CLE-HPDM-D**<br>**15CLE-PNM-E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**CLE-DL-E**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-E**|
||Disconnect|110|||||**15CLE-PDM-E**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type CLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [184 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
"B" Dia.<br>EE ry<br>.______ "L" ____ ,|<br>}<br> 3.31<br>(84.1)  [Ref.]<br>r pope<br>.—___ "L" ___ 4_<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**CLE kV “L” “B” Dia.** 15E–25E 21.50 (546.1) 2.00 (50.8) ~~OO~~ 10E–300E ~~ee~~ 23.90 (607.1) 3.00 (76.2) _**Notes**_ 1 For mountings, consult factory. 

- 2 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

- 3 End fittings supplied only when required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-119** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type HLE** 

|**3**<br>**Type HLE**|**3**<br>**Type HLE**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>~~mf ~~||**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal) Interrupting Rating 63 (kA rms Sym.)**1<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**AMPGARD**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548703<br>**5HLE-10E**<br>**5BHLE-10E**<br>**5AHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548703<br>**5HLE-15E**<br>**5BHLE-15E**<br>**5AHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548703<br>**5HLE-20E**<br>**5BHLE-20E**<br>**5AHLE-20E**<br> ~~ee~~|||||||||
|||25E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5HLE-25E**|**5BHLE-25E**|**5AHLE-25E**|
|**3**||30E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5HLE-30E**|**5BHLE-30E**|**5AHLE-30E**|
|||40E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-40E**|**5BHLE-40E**|**5AHLE-40E**|
|**3**||50E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-50E**|**5BHLE-50E**|**5AHLE-50E**|
|**3**||65E<br>80E|1<br>1|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70545805<br>70545805|70545905<br>70545905|70547603<br>70547603|**5HLE-65E**<br>**5HLE-80E**|**5BHLE-65E**<br>**5BHLE-80E**|**5AHLE-65E**<br>**5AHLE-80E**|
|**3**||100E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-100E**|**5BHLE-100E**|**5AHLE-100E**|
|||125E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-125E**|**5BHLE-125E**|**5AHLE-125E**|
|**3**||150E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-150E**|**5BHLE-150E**|**5AHLE-150E**|
|**3**||175E<br>200E|1<br>1|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70545805<br>70545805|70545905<br>70545905|70547603<br>70547603|**5HLE-175E**<br>**5HLE-200E**|**5BHLE-175E**<br>**5BHLE-200E**|**5AHLE-175E**<br>**5AHLE-200E**|
|**3**||250E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5HLE-250E**|**5BHLE-250E**|**5AHLE-250E**|
|||300E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5HLE-300E**|**5BHLE-300E**|**5AHLE-300E**|
|**3**||350E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5HLE-350E**|**5BHLE-350E**|**5AHLE-350E**|
|||400E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5HLE-400E**|**5BHLE-400E**|**5AHLE-400E**|
|**3**||450E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5HLE-450E**|**5BHLE-450E**|**5AHLE-450E**|



**Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Type**2|**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**|**Diameter**|**Clip**<br>**Center**|**Length**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**<br>**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**3<br>**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**End Fittings)**3<br>**Catalog Number**|**(Disconnect Only)**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|10E–250E|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|60<br>60|3.00 (76.2)|12.00 (304.8)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|**5HLE-PNM-D**<br>**5HLE-PDM-D**|**5HLE-GNM-D**<br>**5HLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**<br>**CLE-DL-D**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-D**|
|300E–450E|Non-disconnect|60|3.00 (76.2)|12.00 (304.8)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|**5HLE-PNM-E**|**5HLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
||Disconnect|60|||||**5HLE-PDM-E**|**5HLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-D**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type HLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [195 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
yy<br> 3.00<br>(76.2)  [Dia.]<br>——t L ±0.03 ——}<br>3.31<br>(84.1) a<br>a L ±0.03<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**HLE kV L ± 0.03** 5.5 15.88 (403.4) _**Notes**_ ~~——~~ 1 For mountings, consult factory. 2 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

> 3 End fittings supplied only when required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-120** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) Interrupting Rating 50 (kA Sym.)** 

||||**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Barrel**<br>**Number**|**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**|**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**|**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**|**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**|**AMPGARD**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|10E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8HLE-10E**|**8BHLE-10E**|**8AHLE-10E**|
|15E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8HLE-15E**|**8BHLE-15E**|**8AHLE-15E**|
|20E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8HLE-20E**|**8BHLE-20E**|**8AHLE-20E**|
|25E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8HLE-25E**|**8BHLE-25E**|**8AHLE-25E**|
|30E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8HLE-30E**|**8BHLE-30E**|**8AHLE-30E**|
|40E<br>50E|1<br>1|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546203<br>70546203|70546303<br>70546303|70547201<br>70547201|**8HLE-40E**<br>**8HLE-50E**|**8BHLE-40E**<br>**8BHLE-50E**|**8AHLE-40E**<br>**8AHLE-50E**|
|65E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8HLE-65E**|**8BHLE-65E**|**8AHLE-65E**|
|80E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8HLE-80E**|**8BHLE-80E**|**8AHLE-80E**|
|100E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8HLE-100E**|**8BHLE-100E**|**8AHLE-100E**|
|125E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8HLE-125E**|**8BHLE-125E**|**8AHLE-125E**|
|150E|1|Indoor/outdoor|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8HLE-150E**|**8BHLE-150E**|**8AHLE-150E**|
|175E<br>200E|1<br>2|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546203<br>70546403|70546303<br>70546503|70547201<br>70547201|**8HLE-175E**<br>**8HLE-200E**|**8BHLE-175E**<br>**8BHLE-200E**|**8AHLE-175E**<br>**8AHLE-200E**|
|250E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8HLE-250E**|**8BHLE-250E**|**8AHLE-250E**|
|300E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8HLE-300E**|**8BHLE-300E**|**8AHLE-300E**|
|350E|2|Indoor/outdoor|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8HLE-350E**|**8BHLE-350E**|**8AHLE-350E**|



**3** 

## **Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|**Voltage**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**<br>**Porcelain Insulator**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2<br>**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**|**End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Rating**|**Type**1|**BIL (kV)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|10E–175E|Non-disconnect|75|3.00 (76.2)|12.00 (304.8)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|**8HLE-PNM-D**|**8HLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
||Disconnect|75|||||**8HLE-PDM-D**|**8HLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
|200E–350E|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|75<br>75|||||**8HLE-PNM-E**<br>**8HLE-PDM-E**|**8HLE-GNM-E**<br>**8HLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**<br>**CLE-DL-E**|**—**<br>**CLE-DF-E**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Type HLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [504 x 113] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4 HLE kV L ± 0.03<br> 3.00 8.3 15.88 (403.4)<br>(76.2)  [Dia.]<br>Notes<br>L ±0.03 tl. a<br>1 See  Page V4-T3-145  for diagram of typical mounting.<br>2 End fittings supplied only when required.<br>3.31<br>(84.1) copp t<br>L ±0.03<br>-_———_ + —— —+<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-121** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>~~-_ ~~|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>~~-_ ~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|**Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Bolt-In Ferrule**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Indoor/**<br>**Outdoor**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>10E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-10E**<br>**15BHLE-10E**<br>15E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-15E**<br>**15BHLE-15E**<br>20E<br>1<br>63<br>Indoor/outdoor<br>70548507<br>70548607<br>70548805<br>**15HLE-20E**<br>**15BHLE-20E**<br> ~~a~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||25E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15HLE-25E**|**15BHLE-25E**|
|**3**||30E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15HLE-30E**|**15BHLE-30E**|
|**3**||40E<br>50E|1<br>1|63<br>63|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546601<br>70546601|70546701<br>70546701|70547401<br>70547401|**15HLE-40E**<br>**15HLE-50E**|**15BHLE-40E**<br>**15BHLE-50E**|
|**3**||65E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-65E**|**15BHLE-65E**|
|||80E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-80E**|**15BHLE-80E**|
|**3**||100E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-100E **|**15BHLE-100E**|
|||125E|1|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-125E **|**15BHLE-125E**|
|**3**||150E|2|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-150E **|**15BHLE-150E**|
|**3**||175E<br>200E|2<br>2|63<br>63|Indoor/outdoor<br>Indoor/outdoor|70546601<br>70546601|70546701<br>70546701|70547401<br>70547401|**15HLE-175E **<br>**15HLE-200E **|**15BHLE-175E**<br> **15BHLE-200E**|
|**3**||250E|2|63|Indoor/outdoor|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15HLE-250E **|**15BHLE-250E**|



## **Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

||||||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**<br>**(Including**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|**Voltage**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester**<br>**Insulator**|||
|**Rating**|**Type**1|**BIL (kV)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|10E–175E|Non-disconnect|95|3.00 (76.2)|15.00 (381.0)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|**15HLE-PNM-D**|**15HLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
||Disconnect|95|||||**15HLE-PDM-D**|**15HLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
|150E–250E|Non-disconnect|95|3.00 (76.2)|15.00 (381.0)|18.90 (480.1)|21 (9.53)|**15HLE-PNM-E**|**—**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
||Disconnect|95|||||**15HLE-PDM-E**|**—**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type HLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [196 x 111] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4<br> 3.00<br>(76.2)  [Dia.]<br>——_ L ±0.03 2<br>3.31<br>(84.1) is<br>~~ L ±0.03<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**_Notes_**<br>1 See**Page** **V4-T3-145**for diagram of typical mounting.<br>**HLE kV**<br>**L ± 0.03**<br>15.5<br>18.88 (479.6)|
|---|



> 2 End fittings supplied only when required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-122** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type BHLE** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal), Indoor, Bolt-In** 

|||**Interrupting**|||**Approximate**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**|**Barrel**|**Rating rms**|||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-Through**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**(kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|10E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5BHLE-10E**|
|15E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5BHLE-15E**|
|20E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5BHLE-20E**|
|25E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5BHLE-25E**|
|30E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548703|**5BHLE-30E**|
|40E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-40E**|
|50E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-50E**|
|65E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-65E**|
|80E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-80E**|
|100E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-100E**|
|125E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-125E**|
|150E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-150E**|
|175E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-175E**|
|200E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-200E**|
|250E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70545805|70545905|70547603|**5BHLE-250E**|
|300E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5BHLE-300E**|
|350E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5BHLE-350E**|
|400E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5BHLE-400E**|
|450E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546005|70546105|70547603|**5BHLE-450E**|



**3** 

_**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

**Type BHLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [486 x 136] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Indicator to be<br>Located Here 3.31<br>(84.1)<br>2.12<br>(53.8)<br>3.00  17.88  17.88 3.00<br>(76.2)  (454.2)  [ 0.06]  (454.2)  [ 0.06] (76.2) 2.12<br>Ref. Ref. (53.8)<br> 19.25  19.25<br>(488.9)  [Ref.] (488.9)  [Ref.]<br>Single Barrel Double Barrel<br>Type 5BHLE and 8BHLE Fuses<br>3 6<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-123** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

## Current Limiting Fuses 

## Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal), Indoor, Bolt-In** 

**3** 

|||**Interrupting**|||**Approximate**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Barrel**<br>**Number**|**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**|**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**|**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|10E<br>15E|1<br>1|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)<br>15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)<br>8 (3.63)|70548507<br>70548507|70548607<br>70548607|70548804<br>70548804|**8BHLE-10E**<br>**8BHLE-15E**|
|20E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8BHLE-20E**|
|25E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8BHLE-25E**|
|30E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70548507|70548607|70548804|**8BHLE-30E**|
|40E<br>50E|1<br>1|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)<br>15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)<br>8 (3.63)|70546203<br>70546203|70546303<br>70546303|70547201<br>70547201|**8BHLE-40E**<br>**8BHLE-50E**|
|65E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8BHLE-65E**|
|80E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8BHLE-80E**|
|100E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8BHLE-100E**|
|125E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8BHLE-125E**|
|150E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)|70546203|70546303|70547201|**8BHLE-150E**|
|175E<br>200E|1<br>2|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)<br>15.90 (403.9)|8 (3.63)<br>17 (7.72)|70546203<br>70546403|70546303<br>70546503|70547201<br>70547201|**8BHLE-175E**<br>**8BHLE-200E**|
|250E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8BHLE-250E**|
|300E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8BHLE-300E**|
|350E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|15.90 (403.9)|17 (7.72)|70546403|70546503|70547201|**8BHLE-350E**|



## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

## **Type BHLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [486 x 125] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Indicator to be<br>Located Here 3.31<br>(84.1)<br>2.12<br>(53.8)<br>3.00  17.88  17.88 3.00<br>(76.2)  (454.2)  [ 0.06]  (454.2)  [ 0.06] (76.2) 2.12<br>Ref. Ref. (53.8)<br> 19.25  19.25<br>(488.9)  [Ref.] (488.9)  [Ref.]<br>Single Barrel Double Barrel<br>Type 5BHLE and 8BHLE Fuses<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-124** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal), Indoor/Outdoor, Bolt-In** 

|||**Interrupting**|||**Approximate**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**|**Barrel**|**Rating rms**|||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-Through**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**(kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|10E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15BHLE-10E**|
|15E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15BHLE-15E**|
|20E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15BHLE-20E**|
|25E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15BHLE-25E**|
|30E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70548507|70548607|70548805|**15BHLE-30E**|
|40E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-40E**|
|50E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-50E**|
|65E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-65E**|
|80E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-80E**|
|100E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-100E**|
|125E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|10 (4.54)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-125E**|
|150E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|21 (9.53)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-150E**|
|175E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|21 (9.53)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-175E**|
|200E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|21 (9.53)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-200E**|
|250E|2|63|3.00 (76.2)|18.90 (480.1)|21 (9.53)|70546601|70546701|70547401|**15BHLE-250E**|



**3** 

## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

**Type BHLE Fuse** 

**==> picture [483 x 139] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
3.56<br>(90.4)<br> 3.00<br>(76.2)  [Ref.]<br>2.12<br>3.31<br>(53.8)<br>1.53 (84.1)<br>(38.9) 3.00<br>(76.2) 2.12<br>Ref. (53.8)<br>3.00  20.88  20.88<br>(76.2)  (530.4)  [ 0.06]  (530.4)  [ 0.06]<br>Ref.  22.25  22.25<br>(565.2)  [Ref.] (565.2)  [Ref.]<br>Single Barrel Double Barrel<br>Type 15BHLE Fuses<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-125** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type HCL** 

## **Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal), Indoor** 

**3** 

|**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Type**<br>**Live Parts**<br>**(Includes**<br>**End Fittings)**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**|
|---|---|
|10E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70548505<br>70548605<br>70548702<br>**5HCL-10E**|
|15E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70548505<br>70548605<br>70548702<br>**5HCL-15E**|
|20E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70548505<br>70548605<br>70548702<br>**5HCL-20E**|
|25E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70548505<br>70548605<br>70548702<br>**5HCL-25E**|
|30E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70548505<br>70548605<br>70548702<br>**5HCL-30E**|
|40E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-40E**|
|50E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-50E**|
|65E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-65E**|
|80E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-80E**|
|100E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-100E**|
|125E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-125E**|
|150E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>9 (4.09)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-150E**|
|200E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>10 (4.54)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-200E**|
|250E|1<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>10 (4.54)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70545803<br>70545903<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-250E**|
|300E|2<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>20 (9.08)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70546003<br>70516103<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-300E**|
|400E|2<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>20 (9.08)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70546003<br>70516103<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-400E**|
|450E|2<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>20 (9.08)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>70546003<br>70516103<br>70547602<br>**5HCL-450E**|
|500E|2<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>20 (9.08)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5HCL-500E**|
|600E|2<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Clip-lock<br>20 (9.08)<br>Non-disconnect<br>**HCL-NL-1**<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5HCL-600E**|
|750E|3<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Bolt-in<br>30 (13.62)<br>—<br>—<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5HCL-750E**|
||3<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Bolt-in<br>30 (13.62)<br>—<br>—<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5BHCL-750E**|
|900E|3<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Bolt-in<br>30 (13.62)<br>—<br>—<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5HCL-900E**|
||3<br>63<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Bolt-in<br>30 (13.62)<br>—<br>—<br>66703401<br>66703501<br>66703701<br>**5BHCL-900E**|



## **Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses (15.5 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal), Indoor** 

||||||||**Live Parts**|**Performance**|**Curves**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**||**Clip**|**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Mounting**|**(Includes**<br>**End Fittings)**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-Through**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**(kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Type**|**Catalog Number**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|10E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|70548503|70548603|70548803|**15HCL-10E**|
|15E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|70548503|70548603|70548803|**15HCL-15E**|
|20E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|70548503|70548603|70548803|**15HCL-20E**|
|25E<br>30E|1<br>1|63<br>63|3.00 (76.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock<br>Clip-lock|10 (4.54)<br>10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**<br>**HCL-NL-1**|70548503<br>70548503|70548603<br>70548603|70548803<br>70548803|**15HCL-25E**<br>**15HCL-30E**|
|40E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-40E**|
|50E|1|63|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|10 (4.54)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-50E**|
|65E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|12 (5.45)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-65E**|
|80E<br>100E|1<br>1|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock<br>Clip-lock|12 (5.45)<br>12 (5.45)|Non-disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**<br>**HCL-NL-1**|66703201<br>66703201|66703301<br>66703301|70547402<br>70547402|**15HCL-80E**<br>**15HCL-100E**|
|125E|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|12 (5.45)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-125E**|
|150E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|24 (10.90)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-150E**|
|200E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|24 (10.90)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-200E**|
|250E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|24 (10.90)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-250E**|
|300E|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|Clip-lock|24 (10.90)|Non-disconnect|**HCL-NL-1**|66703201|66703301|70547402|**15HCL-300E**|



_**Note**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-126** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **5.5 and 15.5 kV Clip Lock Mounted** 

|**Number**|||**Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**of**<br>**Figure**|||**Rating rms**|
|**Rating**<br>**Barrels**<br>**Number**<br>**A**|**B**|**C**|**(kA Sym.)**|
|**5.5 kV Maximum—Clip Lock Style—15.25-Inch (387.4 mm)**||||
|**Clip Centers—3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel**|**Diameter**|||
|10E–150E<br>1<br>A<br>16.81 (427.0)|16.12 (409.4)|1|63|
|**5.5 kV Maximum—Clip Lock Style—21.25-Inch (539.8 mm)**||||
|**Clip Centers—3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel**|**Diameter**|||
|200E–600E<br>1<br>A<br>22.81 (579.4)|22.12 (561.8)|1|63|
|**15.5 kV Clip Lock Mounted**||||
|**Number**|||**Interrupting**|
|**Ampere**<br>**of**<br>**Figure**|||**Rating rms**|
|**Rating**<br>**Barrels**<br>**Number**<br>**A**|**B**|**C**|**(kA Sym.)**|
|**15.5 kV Maximum—Clip Lock Style—21.25-Inch (539.8**||**mm)**||
|**Clip Centers—3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel**|**Diameter**|||
|65E–125E<br>1<br>A<br>22.81 (579.4)|22.12 (561.8)|1|63|
|150E–300E<br>2<br>B<br>22.81 (579.4)|22.12 (561.8)|1|50|
|**15.5 kV Maximum—Clip Lock Style—18.25-Inch (463.6**||**mm)**||
|**Clip Centers—3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel**|**Diameter**|||
|10E–50E<br>1<br>A<br>19.81 (503.2)|19.12 (485.6)|1|63|



## **Bolt-In Series—5.5 kV** 

||**Number**||||||**Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**of**|**Figure**|||||**Rating rms**|
|**Rating**|**Barrels**|**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**(kA Sym.)**|
|**5.5 kV**|**Maximum—Bolt-in**||**Style—23.73-Inch**||**(602.7 mm)**|||
|**Hole Centers—3.00-Inch (76.2 mm)**||||**Barrel Diameter**||||
|750E,|3|C|25.11|22.37|23.73|1|63|
|900E|||(637.8)|(568.2)|(602.7)|||



## **Type HCL Fuse Dimensional Details** 

**==> picture [212 x 361] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Type HCL-14 Fuses<br>Indicator Flush with Surface<br>in Untripped Position<br>A<br>Blown Fuse Indicator<br>C<br>B 0.25<br>4.31 (6.4)<br>(109.5)<br>1.25 1.25<br>3.00<br>(31.8) (31.8)<br>(76.2)<br>Figure A<br>Indicator Flush with Surface<br>in Untripped Position<br>A<br>Blown Fuse Indicator<br>C<br>B<br>7.94 0.25<br>(201.7) (6.4)<br>1.25 1.25<br>3.00<br>(31.8) (31.8)<br>(76.2)<br>Figure B<br>Indicator Flush with Surface<br>in Untripped Position<br>B<br>Blown Fuse Indicator<br>D<br>11.62<br>1.50 (295.1) 0.38<br>(38.1) (9.7)<br>A<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>1.50<br> 0.44 x 0.91<br>(38.1)<br>(11.2 x 23.1)  [Slots]<br> 0.44<br>C<br>(11.2)  [Dia. Hole]<br>Figure C<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**==> picture [82 x 30] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Type HCL Fuses<br>16.38 (416.1)  0.06 for HCL-8<br>19.38 (492.3)  0.06 for HCL-15<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 0.5 (12.7) tripped force 2 lb (0.9 kg). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-127** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CLS** 

## **Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses** 

**3** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Design**<br>**Voltage (kV)**|**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**“R”**<br>**Designation**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**<br>**Current**|
|---|---|
|2.54|25<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-25**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2CLS-24R**|
||25<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-25**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2ACLS-24R**|
||25<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-25**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 17 (7.72)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 17 (7.72)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2BCLS-24R**|
||25<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-25**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)<br>66664702<br>66664704<br>66700202<br>**2HCLS-24R**|



## _**Note**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-128** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Design**<br>**Voltage (kV)**|**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**“R”**<br>**Designation**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**<br>**Current**|
|---|---|
|5.08|30<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-30**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS-24R**|
|5.08|30<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-30**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5ACLS-24R**|
|4.3|480<br>26R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**4ACLS-26R**|
|5.08|30<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-30**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5BCLS-24R**|
|4.3|480<br>26R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**4BCLS-26R**|
|5.08|30<br>—<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-30**|
||70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-2R**|
||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-3R**|
||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-4R**|
||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-5R**|
||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-6R**|
||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5HCLS-24R**|



**3** 

## _**Note**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-129** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## 3.5 

## Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued** 

|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**|**ype**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Design**<br>**Voltage (kV)**|**urren mng uses, connue**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**“R”**<br>**Designation**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**<br>**Current**|
|---|---|---|
||5.08|70<br>2R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-2R**|
|||100<br>3R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-3R**|
|||130<br>4R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-4R**|
|||150<br>5R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-5R**|
|||170<br>6R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-6R**|
|||200<br>9R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-9R**|
|||230<br>12R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-12R**|
|||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-18R**|
|||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-24R**|
|||600<br>32R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-32R**|
|||650<br>36R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-36R**|
|||700<br>44R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66690602<br>66690702<br>66700203<br>**5CLS70-44R**|
||5.5|70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-2R**|
|||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-3R**|
|||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-4R**|
|||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-5R**|
|||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-6R**|
|||200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-9R**|
|||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-12R**|
|||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-18R**|
|||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)<br>51285302<br>51285402<br>66700204<br>**5LCLS-24R**|
||8.3|70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**8CLS-2R**|
|||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**8CLS-3R**|
|||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**8CLS-4R**|
|||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**8CLS-5R**|
|||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**8CLS-6R**|
||7.2|200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**7CLS-9R**|
|||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**7CLS-12R**|
|||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**7CLS-18R**|
|||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66700205<br>**7CLS-24R**|
||8.3|70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-2R**|
|||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-3R**|
|||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-4R**|
|||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-5R**|
|||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-6R**|
||7.2|200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-9R**|
|||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-12R**|
|||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-18R**|
|||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7BCLS-24R**|
||8.3|70<br>2R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**8ACLS-2R**|
|||100<br>3R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**8ACLS-3R**|
|||130<br>4R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**8ACLS-4R**|
|||150<br>5R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**8ACLS-5R**|
|||170<br>6R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**8ACLS-6R**|



## _**Note**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-130** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Design**<br>**Voltage (kV)**|**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**“R”**<br>**Designation**<br>**Barrel**<br>**Number**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**<br>**Current**|
|---|---|
|7.2|200<br>9R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7ACLS-9R**|
||230<br>12R<br>1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7ACLS-12R**|
||390<br>18R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7ACLS-18R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7ACLS-24R**|
||450<br>24R<br>2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7CLS70-24R**|
||650<br>36R<br>3<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 30 (13.62)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7CLS70-36R**|
||700<br>44R<br>2<br>50<br>4.00 (101.6) Not applicable<br>15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16)<br>66700602<br>66700702<br>66740205<br>**7CLS70-44R**|
|8.3|15<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-15**|
||30<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-30**|
||60<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-60**|
||70<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-70**|
||90<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-90**|
||110<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-110**|
||125<br>Not applicable 1<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-125**|
||150<br>Not applicable 2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-150**|
||200<br>Not applicable 2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-200**|
||225<br>Not applicable 2<br>50<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>14.00 (355.6)<br>17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)<br>66664202<br>66664302<br>66679802<br>**8CLS-225**|



**3** 

## _**Note**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-131** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## _**Fuse Dimensional Details**_ 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Type CLS Fuse** 

**3** 

**==> picture [202 x 135] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
 3.31<br>(84.1)  [Ref.]<br>10.81 (274.6) 0.06 for 2CLS<br>15.85 (402.6) 0.06 for 5, 7 & 8CLS<br> 3.00<br>(76.2)  [Dia. Ref.]<br>10.81 (274.6) 0.06 for 2CLS<br>15.85 (402.6) 0.06 for 5, 7 & 8CLS<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Type BCLS Fuse** 

**==> picture [475 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
0.455 (11.6) Dia. x 0.91 Slot (4)<br>2.12 2.12<br>(53.8) 1.53 3.31 (53.8)<br>(38.9) (84.1)<br>17.88  17.88<br>3.00 (454.2) (454.2)  [ 0.06] 3.00<br>(76.2) (76.2)<br>Ref. 19.25  19.25 Ref.<br>(488.9) (488.9)  [Ref.]<br>Type 5BCLS and 7BCLS Fuses<br>0.455 (11.6) Dia. x 0.91 Slot (4)<br>2.12 2.12<br>(53.8) 1.53 3.31 (53.8)<br>(38.9) (84.1)<br>12.81<br>3.00 (325.4) ±0.06  12.81(325.4)  [ 0.06] 3.00<br>(76.2) 14.18 (76.2)<br>Ref. (360.2) ±0.06  14.18 Ref.<br>(360.2)  [ 0.06]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Type 2BCLS Fuse** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-132** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLS Mountings and Hardware** 

|||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**1|**(Including End Fittings)**|**(Disconnect Only)**1|
|**Design**|**Ampere**|**Fuse Mounting**|**Voltage**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**|||
|**Voltage (kV)**|**Rating**|**Type**|**BIL (kV)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|2.54|25–230|Non-disconnect|60|**2CLE-PNM-D**|**2CLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**2CLE-PDM-D**|**2CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
||390–450|Non-disconnect|60|**2CLE-PNM-E**|**2CLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**2CLE-PDM-E**|**2CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|
|5.5 (CLS)|30–230|Non-disconnect|60|**5HLE-PNM-D**|**5HLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**5HLE-PDM-D**|**5HLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
||390–480|Non-disconnect|60|**5HLE-PNM-E**|**5HLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**5HLE-PDM-E**|**5HLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|
|5.5 (LCLS)|70–230|Non-disconnect|60|**5CLE-PNM-D**|**5CLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**5CLE-PDM-D**|**5CLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
||||75|**8CLE-PDM-D**|**8CLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
||390–450|Non-disconnect|60|**5CLE-PNM-E**|**5CLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|60|**5CLE-PDM-E**|**5CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|
||||75|**8CLE-PDM-E**|**8CLE-PDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|
|8.3|70–100|Non-disconnect|75|**8HLE-PNM-D**|**8HLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
||130–230|Disconnect|75|**8HLE-PDM-D**|**8HLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLE-DF-D**|
|7.2|390–450|Non-disconnect|75|**8HLE-PDM-E**|**8HLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|75|**8HLE-PDM-E**|**8HLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|
|8.3|15–30|Non-disconnect|75|**8CLE-PNM-D**|**8CLE-GNM-D**|**CLE-NL-D**|**—**|
||60–125|Disconnect|75|**8CLE-PDM-D**|**8CLE-GDM-D**|**CLE-DL-D**|**CLS-DF-D**|
||150–225|Non-disconnect|75|**8CLE-PNM-E**|**8CLE-GNM-E**|**CLE-NL-E**|**—**|
|||Disconnect|75|**8CLE-PDM-E**|**8CLE-GDM-E**|**CLE-DL-E**|**CLE-DF-E**|



**3** 

## **Type CLPT** 

**Indicating Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 2.475 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)** 

|||**Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|**Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|**Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**|||
|**Current**|**Interrupting**||||**Approximate**|||**Peak Let-**||
|**Rating**|**Rating**||**Clip**||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Through**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|0.25E|63|0.81 (20.6)|—|4.50 (114.3)|0.25 (0.11)|56357202|59883702|63933702|**2NCLPT-.25E**|
|0.5E|63|0.81 (20.6)|—|4.50 (114.3)|0.25 (0.11)|56357202|59883702|63933702|**2NCLPT-.5E**|
|1E|40|0.81 (20.6)|—|4.50 (114.3)|0.25 (0.11)|56357202|59883702|63933702|**2NCLPT-1E**|
|2E|40|0.81 (20.6)|—|4.50 (114.3)|0.25 (0.11)|56357202|59883702|63933702|**2NCLPT-2E**|
|5E|25|0.81 (20.6)|—|4.50 (114.3)|0.25 (0.11)|56357202|59883702|63933702|**2NCLPT-5E**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Disconnect only. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-133** 

3.5 

## Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

## Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

|**3**|||**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**|**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**|||||||||**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**|||
|**3**|||**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-**<br>**Through**|**Catalog**|
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Number**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Current**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>0.5E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-.5E**<br>1E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-1E**<br>2E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-2E**<br>3E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-3E**<br>4E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-4E**<br>5E<br>63<br>0.81 (20.6)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**5NCLPT-5E**<br>0.5E<br>50<br>1.00 (25.4)<br>—<br>5.63 (143.0)<br>0.25 (0.11)<br>66702402<br>66702502<br>66704101<br>**317B487H02**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>~~=—WH~~<br>a ~~OO~~<br>2<br>~~On~~<br>~~SO~~|||||||||||||
|**3**|||1E|50|1.00 (25.4)|—|5.63 (143.0)|0.25 (0.11)|66702402|66702502|66704101|**317B487H06**|
||||2E|50|1.00 (25.4)|—|5.63 (143.0)|0.25 (0.11)|66702402|66702502|66704101|**317B487H03**|
|**3**|||3E|50|1.00 (25.4)|—|5.63 (143.0)|0.25 (0.11)|66702402|66702502|66704101|**317B487H04**|
||||5E|50|1.00 (25.4)|—|5.63 (143.0)|0.25 (0.11)|66702402|66702502|66704101|**317B487H05**|
|**3**|||0.5E|63|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)|70548302|70548402|63934002|**5NCLPT-.5E-A**|
|**3**|||1E<br>2E|63<br>63|1.60 (40.6)<br>1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)<br>8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)<br>9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)<br>1.2 (0.54)|70548302<br>70548302|70548402<br>70548402|63934002<br>63934002|**5NCLPT-1E-A**<br>**5NCLPT-2E-A**|
|**3**|||3E|63|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)|70548302|70548402|63934002|**5NCLPT-3E-A**|
||||5E|63|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)|70548302|70548402|63934002|**5NCLPT-5E-A**|
|**3**|||10E|63|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)|70548302|70548402|63934002|**5NCLPT-10E-A**|
|**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**<br>**3**||**Indicating**<br>:|**Indicating**<br>0.5E<br>1E<br>1.5E<br>3E<br>5E|80<br>80<br>80<br>80<br>80|1.60 (40.6)<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)<br>8.10 (205.7)<br>8.10 (205.7)<br>8.10 (205.7)<br>8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)<br>9.50 (241.3)<br>9.50 (241.3)<br>9.50 (241.3)<br>9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)<br>1.2 (0.54)<br>1.2 (0.54)<br>1.2 (0.54)<br>1.2 (0.54)|56353206<br>56353206<br>56353206<br>56353206<br>56353206|56353306<br>56353306<br>56353306<br>56353306<br>56353306|63934001<br>63934001<br>63934001<br>63934001<br>63934001|**5CLPT-.5E**<br>**5CLPT-1E**<br>**5CLPT-1.5E**<br>**5CLPT-3E**<br>**5CLPT-5E**|
|**3**|||10E|80|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.2 (0.54)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**5CLPT-10E**|



## **Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)**[3] 

||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**(Including End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse Mounting**|**Voltage**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**|||
|**Rating**|**Type**1|**BIL (kV)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|0.5–2|Non-disconnect|60|**5CLPT-PNM-A**|**5CLPT-GNM-A**|**CLPT-NL**|**—**|
|3–10|Disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|60<br>60|**5CLPT-PDM-A**<br>**5CLPT-PNM-B**|**5CLPT-GDM-A**<br>**5CLPT-GNM-B**|**CLPT-DL**<br>**CLPT-NL**|**CLPT-DF**<br>**—**|
||Disconnect|60|**5CLPT-PDM-B**|**5CLPT-GDM-B**|**CLPT-DL**|**CLPT-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

- 2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

- 3   Refers only to 5CLPT and 5NCLPT-A fuses only. 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-134** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

**==> picture [497 x 247] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Performance Curves|
|Current|Interrupting|Approximate|Peak Let-|
|Rating|Rating|Clip|Shipping|Minimum|Total|Through|Catalog|
|(Amperes)|rms (kA Sym.)|Diameter|Center|Length|Weight Lbs (kg)|Melting Time|Clearing Time|Current|Number|
|Non-Indicating|Non-Indicating|
|2E|25|0.81 (20.6)|—|8.00 (203.2)|0.25 (0.11)|56357206|59883706|63933704|8NCLPT-2E|
|4E|25|0.81 (20.6)|—|8.00 (203.2)|0.25 (0.11)|56357206|59883706|63933704|8NCLPT-4E|
|10E|50|1.10 (27.9)|—|5.00 (127.0)|0.5 (0.23)|56357206|59883706|63933704|8NCLPT-0E|
|1E|50|1.10 (27.9)|—|5.00 (127.0)|0.5 (0.23)|56357206|59883706|63933704|8NCLPT-1E|
|5E|50|1.10 (27.9)|—|5.00 (127.0)|0.5 (0.23)|56357206|59883706|63933704|8NCLPT-5E|
|0.5E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.5 (0.70)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-.5E-A|
|1E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.5 (0.70)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-1E-A|
|2E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.5 (0.70)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-2E-A|
|3E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.5 (0.70)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-3E-B|
|5E|50|1.60 (40.6)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|1.6 (0.73)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-5E-B|
|10E|50|1.60 (40.6)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|1.6 (0.73)|70548303|70548403|63934002|8NCLPT-10E-B|
|Indicating|Indicating|
|.5E|80|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.5 (0.70)|56353206|56353306|63934001|8CLPT-.5E|
|3E|80|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|8CLPT-3E|
|5E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|8CLPT-5E|
|10E|50|1.60 (40.6)|8.10 (205.7)|9.50 (241.3)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|8CLPT-10E|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3** 

**Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)**[3] 

**==> picture [429 x 86] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Mounting|Live Parts|End Fittings|
|(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)|[2]|(Including End Fittings)|[2]|(Disconnect Only)|
|Ampere|Fuse Mounting|Voltage|Porcelain Insulator|Glass-Polyester Insulator|
|Rating|Type|[1]|BIL (kV)|Catalog Number|Catalog Number|Catalog Number|Catalog Number|
|0.5–2|Non-disconnect|75|8CLPT-PNM-A|8CLPT-GNM-A|CLPT-NL|—|
|Disconnect|75|8CLPT-PDM-A|8CLPT-GDM-A|CLPT-DL|CLPT-DF|
|3–10|Non-disconnect|75|8CLPT-PNM-B|8CLPT-GNM-B|CLPT-NL|—|
|Disconnect|75|8CLPT-PDM-B|8CLPT-GDM-B|CLPT-DL|CLPT-DF|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

- 2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

3   Refers only to 8CLPT and 8NCLPT-A or -B fuses only. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-135** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

## Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

**3** ~~a~~ 

||||||||**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**||**Clip**||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-**<br>**Through**|**Catalog**|
||**(Amperes)**|**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|**Non-Indicating**|**Non-Indicating**||||||||||
|F|0.5E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7)<br>1.6 (0.73)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-.5E**<br>1E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7)<br>1.6 (0.73)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-1E**<br>2E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7)<br>1.6 (0.73)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-1.5E**<br> ~~OO~~||||||||||
|7|3E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-3E**<br>5E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-5E**<br>10E<br>63<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>70548303<br>70548403<br>63934002<br>**15NCLPT-10E**<br>**Indicating**<br> ~~OO~~||||||||||
|**Indicating**|0.5E|80|1.60 (40.6)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-.5E**|
||1E|80|1.60 (40.6)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-1E**|
||2E|80|1.60 (40.6)|11.50 (292.1)|12.90 (327.7)|1.6 (0.73)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-1.5E**|
||3E|80|1.60 (40.6)|16.10 (408.9)|17.60 (447.0)|2 (0.91)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-3E**|
||5E|80|1.60 (40.6)|16.10 (408.9)|17.60 (447.0)|2 (0.91)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-5E**|
||10E|50|1.60 (40.6)|16.10 (408.9)|17.60 (447.0)|2 (0.91)|56353206|56353306|63934001|**15CLPT-10E**|



## **Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

||||**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**Live Parts**<br>**(Including End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1|**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**|**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|0.5–2|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|95<br>95|**15CLPT-PNM-A**<br>**15CLPT-PDM-A**|**15CLPT-GNM-A**<br>**15CLPT-GDM-A**|**CLPT-NL**<br>**CLPT-DL**|**—**<br>**CLPT-DF**|
|3–10|Non-disconnect|95|**15CLPT-PNM-B**|**15CLPT-GNM-B**|**CLPT-NL**|**CLPT-DF**|
||Disconnect|95|**15CLPT-PDM-B**|**15CLPT-GDM-B**|**CLPT-DL**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-136** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal)** 

|**T CLPT Ct Liiti F 255 kV Mi (230 kV Nil)**||
|---|---|
|**ype  urren mng uses .  axmum .  omna**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**<br>**rms (kA Sym.)**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Clip**<br>**Center**<br>**Length**<br>**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight Lbs (kg)**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting Time**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing Time**<br>**Peak Let-Through**<br>**Current**<br>0.5E<br>44<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>16.10 (408.9)<br>17.60 (447.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>56353208<br>56353308<br>63933901<br>**25CLPT-.5E**<br>1E<br>44<br>1.60 (40.6)<br>16.10 (408.9)<br>17.60 (447.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>56353208<br>56353308<br>63933901<br>**25CLPT-1E**|**3**<br>**3**|
||**3**|



**Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1<br>**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2<br>**Live Parts**<br>**(Including End Fittings)**2<br>**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**<br>**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Glass-Polyester Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5E–1E|Non-disconnect<br>150<br>**25CLPT-PNM-A**<br>**—**<br>**25CLPT-NL**<br>**—**|
||Disconnect<br>150<br>**25CLPT-PDM-A**<br>**—**<br>**25CLPT-DL**<br>**CLPT-DF**|



**Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)** 

|**Current**|**Interrupting**||||**Approximate**|**Performance**|**Curves**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**|**Rating**||**Clip**||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak Let-Through**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Center**|**Length**|**Weight Lbs (kg)**|**Melting Time**|**Clearing Time**|**Current**|**Number**|
|0.5E|44|1.60 (40.6)|17.10 (434.3)|18.60 (472.4)|2 (0.91)|56353208|56353308|63933901|**38CLPT-.5E**|



## **Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1<br>**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2<br>**Live Parts**<br>**(Including End Fittings)**2<br>**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**<br>**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Glass-Polyester Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|0.5E|Disconnect<br>—<br>Not applicable<br>Not applicable<br>**25CLPT-NL**<br>**CLPT-DF**|
||Non-disconnect<br>—<br>Not applicable<br>Not applicable<br>**25CLPT-DL**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

> 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-137** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CX** 

**3** 

## **Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)** 

## **Type CX** 

|**Type CX**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**<br>**Type CX**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Current**||**Interrupting**|**Fuse**|||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**|**Approximate**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Minimum**|**Performance Curves**<br>**Total**|**Peak**|||
||**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Barrel**<br>**Number**|**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**|**Mounting**<br>**Code**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|**Melting**<br>**Time**|**Clearing**<br>**Time**|**Let-Through**<br>**Current**|**I2t**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|i|**Non-Indicating**<br>18C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>1 (0.45)<br>TC70544101<br>TC70544501<br>TC70544901<br>TC70545101<br>**4CX-18C**<br>25C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>1 (0.45)<br>TC70544101<br>TC70544501<br>TC70544901<br>TC70545101<br>**4CX-25C**<br> ~~a~~||||||||||||
||35C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544101|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-35C**|
||45C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544101|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-45C**|
||50C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544101|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-50C**|
||60C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544502|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-60C**|
||65C<br>75C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544102<br>TC70544102|TC70544501<br>TC70544501|TC70544901<br>TC70544901|TC70545101<br>TC70545101|**4CX-65C**<br>**4CX-75C**|
||80C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544502|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-80C**|
||100C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CX-100C**|
||**Indicating**||||||||||||
||18C<br>25C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|1.13 (28.7)<br>1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)<br>1 (0.45)|TC70544101<br>TC70544101|TC70544501<br>TC70544501|TC70544901<br>TC70544901|TC70545101<br>TC70545101|**4CXI-18C**<br>**4CXI-25C**|
||35C<br>45C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544101<br>TC70544101|TC70544501<br>TC70544501|TC70544901<br>TC70544901|TC70545101<br>TC70545101|**4CXI-35C**<br>**4CXI-45C**|
||50C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544101|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CXI-50C**|
||60C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544502|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CXI-60C**|
||65C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CXI-65C**|
||75C<br>80C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544102<br>TC70544102|TC70544501<br>TC70544502|TC70544901<br>TC70544901|TC70545101<br>TC70545101|**4CXI-75C**<br>**4CXI-80C**|
||100C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544102|TC70544501|TC70544901|TC70545101|**4CXI-100C**|



## **Type CX Mountings and Hardware 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)** 

|||||**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**Live Parts**<br>**(Including End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1|**Size**|**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**|**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|18C–100C|Non-disconnect|A|60|**—**|**5CX-GNM-G**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||Disconnect|A|60|**—**|**5CX-GDM-G**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

- 2   End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-138** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CX** 

**Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

|||||||**Approximate**|**Approximate**<br>**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**||**Interrupting**|**Fuse**|||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak**|||
|**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Rating rms**|**Mounting**|||**Weight**|**Melting**|**Clearing**|**Let-Through**||**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**(kA Sym.)**|**Code**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Lbs (kg)**|**Time**|**Time**|**Current**|**I2t**|**Number**|
|**Non-Indicating**||||||||||||
|10C<br>12C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|1.13 (28.7)<br>1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)<br>1 (0.45)|TC70544201<br>TC70544201|TC70544601<br>TC70544601|TC70544902<br>TC70544902|TC70545201<br>TC70545201|**5CX-10C**<br>**5CX-12C**|
|18C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-20C**|
|21C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-21C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-25C**|
|30C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-30C**|
|35C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-35C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-40C**|
|50C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-50C**|
|60C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-60C**|
|65C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-65C**|
|75C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CX-75C**|
|**Indicating**||||||||||||
|10C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-10C**|
|12C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-12C**|
|18C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-20C**|
|21C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-21C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-25C**|
|30C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|1 (0.45)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-30C**|
|35C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-35C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-40C**|
|50C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-50C**|
|60C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544202|TC70544602|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-60C**|
|65C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-65C**|
|75C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544201|TC70544601|TC70544902|TC70545201|**5CXI-75C**|



**3** 

## **Type CX Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)** 

|||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**(Including End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse Mounting**||**Voltage**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**|||
|**Rating**|**Type**1|**Size**|**BIL (kV)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|10C–75C|Non-disconnect|A|60|**—**|**5CX-GNM-G**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||Disconnect|A|60|**—**|**5CX-GDM-G**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

- 2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-139** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

**3** 

## **Type CX** 

## **Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight**|**Approximate**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting**|**Performance Curves**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing**|**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**(kA Sym.)**|**Code**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Lbs (kg)**|**Time**|**Time**|**Current**|**I2t**|**Number**|
|**Non-Indicating**||||||||||||
|3.5C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>TC70544302<br>TC70544702<br>4C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>1.13 (28.7)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>2 (0.91)<br>TC70544302<br>TC70544702<br>~~OO~~|||||||||TC70545001<br>TC70545001|TC70545301<br>TC70545301|**8CX-3.5C**<br>**8CX-4C**|
|4.5C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-4.5C**|
|6C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-6C**|
|7C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544302|TC70544702|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-7C**|
|8C<br>10C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|1.13 (28.7)<br>1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544301<br>TC70544301|TC70544701<br>TC70544701|TC70545001<br>TC70545001|TC70545301<br>TC70545301|**8CX-8C**<br>**8CX-10C**|
|12C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-12C**|
|15C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544302|TC70544702|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-15C**|
|18C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-20C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-25C**|
|30C<br>35C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544301<br>TC70544302|TC70544701<br>TC70544702|TC70545001<br>TC70545001|TC70545301<br>TC70545301|**8CX-30C**<br>**8CX-35C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CX-40C**|
|**Indicating**||||||||||||
|3.5C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544302|TC70544702|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-3.5C**|
|4C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544302|TC70544702|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-4C**|
|4.5C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-4.5C**|
|6C<br>7C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|1.13 (28.7)<br>1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544301<br>TC70544302|TC70544701<br>TC70544702|TC70545001<br>TC70545001|TC70545301<br>TC70545301|**8CXI-6C**<br>**8CXI-7C**|
|8C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-8C**|
|10C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-10C**|
|12C|1|50|G|1.13 (28.7)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-12C**|
|15C<br>18C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|1.13 (28.7)<br>2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544302<br>TC70544301|TC70544702<br>TC70544701|TC70545001<br>TC70545001|TC70545301<br>TC70545301|**8CXI-15C**<br>**8CXI-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-20C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-25C**|
|30C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-30C**|
|35C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544302|TC70544702|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-35C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|10.00 (254.0)|2 (0.91)|TC70544301|TC70544701|TC70545001|TC70545301|**8CXI-40C**|



## **Type CX Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

|||||**Mounting**||**Live Parts**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**(Including End Fittings)**2|**(Disconnect Only)**|
|**Ampere**|**Fuse Mounting**||**Voltage**|**Porcelain Insulator**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**|||
|**Rating**|**Type**1|**Size**|**BIL (kV)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|3.5C–40C|Non-disconnect|B|75|**—**|**8CX-GNM-G**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||Disconnect|B|75|**—**|**8CX-GDM-G**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-140** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CX** 

## **Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating rms**|**Fuse**<br>**Mounting**|||**Approximate**<br>**Shipping**<br>**Weight**|**Approximate**<br>**Performance Curves**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Melting**|**Performance Curves**<br>**Total**<br>**Clearing**|**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**||**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(Amperes)**<br>**Number**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>**Code**<br>**Diameter**<br>**Length**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**I2t**<br>**Number**<br>**Time**<br>**Time**<br>**Current**<br>**Non-Indicating**<br>~~ae~~||||||||||||
|4C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>2.00 (50.8)<br>14.30 (363.2)<br>2 (0.91)<br>TC70544401<br>TC70544801<br>6C<br>1<br>50<br>G<br>2.00 (50.8)<br>14.30 (363.2)<br>2 (0.91)<br>TC70544401<br>TC70544801<br>~~oO~~|||||||||TC70545002<br>TC70545002|TC70545401<br>TC70545401|**15CX-4C**<br>**15CX-6C**|
|7C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544402|TC70544802|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-7C**|
|8C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-8C**|
|10C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-10C**|
|12C<br>15C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)<br>14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544401<br>TC70544402|TC70544801<br>TC70544802|TC70545002<br>TC70545002|TC70545401<br>TC70545401|**15CX-12C**<br>**15CX-15C**|
|18C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-20C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-25C**|
|30C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-30C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CX-40C**|
|**Indicating**<br>4C<br>1||50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-4C**|
|6C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-6C**|
|7C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544402|TC70544802|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-7C**|
|8C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-8C**|
|10C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-10C**|
|12C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-12C**|
|15C<br>18C|1<br>1|50<br>50|G<br>G|2.00 (50.8)<br>2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)<br>14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)<br>2 (0.91)|TC70544402<br>TC70544401|TC70544802<br>TC70544801|TC70545002<br>TC70545002|TC70545401<br>TC70545401|**15CXI-15C**<br>**15CXI-18C**|
|20C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-20C**|
|25C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-25C**|
|30C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-30C**|
|40C|1|50|G|2.00 (50.8)|14.30 (363.2)|2 (0.91)|TC70544401|TC70544801|TC70545002|TC70545401|**15CXI-40C**|



**3** 

## **Type CX Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

|||||**Mounting**<br>**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**Live Parts**<br>**(Including End Fittings)**2|**End Fittings**<br>**(Disconnect Only)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1|**Size**|**Voltage**<br>**BIL (kV)**|**Porcelain Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Glass-Polyester Insulator**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4C–40C|Non-disconnect<br>Disconnect|C<br>C|95<br>95|**—**<br>**—**|**15CX-GNM-G**<br>**15CX-GDM-G**|**CX-NL**<br>**CX-DL**|**—**<br>**CX-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

2   End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-141** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CXN** 

**3** 

## **Type CXN** 

## **Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

||||||**Approximate**|**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Interrupting**<br>**Rating**|||**Shipping**<br>**Weight**|**Minimum**<br>**Melting**|**Total**<br>**Clearing**|**Peak**<br>**Let-Through**||**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Lbs (kg)**|**Time**|**Time**|**Current**||**Number**|
|60C|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|8 (3.63)|66675102|66675202|66664902||**8CXN-60C**|
|100C<br>125C|1<br>1|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)<br>18.80 (477.5)|8 (3.63)<br>14 (6.36)|66675102<br>66675102|66675202<br>66675202|66664902<br>66664902||**8CXN-100C**<br>**8CXN-125C**|
|150C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66675102|66675202|66664902||**8CXN-150C**|
|200C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66675102|66675202|66664902||**8CXN-200C**|
|250C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66675102|66675202|66664902||**8CXN-250C**|
|120C|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|16 (7.26)|66675104|66675204|66664902|2 X 60C|**8CXN-120C**|
|200C|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|16 (7.26)|66675104|66675204|66664902|2 X 100C|**8CXN-200C**|
|250C<br>300C|2<br>2|50<br>50|3.00 (76.2)<br>4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)<br>18.80 (477.5)|16 (7.26)<br>28 (12.71)|66675104<br>66675104|66675204<br>66675204|66664902<br>66664902|2 X 125C<br>2 X 150C|**8CXN-250C**<br>**8CXN-300C**|



## **Type CXN Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)** 

||||**Glass Polyester Insulator Mounting**||**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Fuse Mounting**<br>**Type**1|**Voltage**<br>**LIWL (BIL)**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2<br>**Catalog Number**|**Live Parts**2<br>**Catalog Number**|**(Disconnect Only)**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|60C–100C<br>Single barrel|Non-disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|95<br>95|**15CXN-GNM-D**<br>**15CXN-GNM-G**|**15CXN-NL-D**<br>**15CXN-NL-G**|**—**<br>**—**|
||Disconnect|95|**15CXN-GDM-G**|**15CXN-DL-G**|**15CXN-DF-G**|
|125C–250C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-F**|**15CXN-NL-F**|**—**|
|Single barrel|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-G**|**15CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
|120C, 200C|Disconnect<br>Non-disconnect|95<br>95|**25CXN-GDM-G**<br>**15CXN-GNM-D**|**15CXN-DL-G**<br>**15CXN-NL-D**|**15CXN-DF-G**<br>**—**|
|Double barrel<br>250C, 300C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-F**|**15CXN-NL-F**|**—**|
|Double barrel||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

2   End fittings supplied only when required. 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-142** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## **Type CXN** 

## **Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

||||||**Approximate**|**Performance Curves**|**Performance Curves**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**||**Interrupting**|||**Shipping**|**Minimum**|**Total**|**Peak**|||
|**Rating**|**Barrel**|**Rating**|||**Weight**|**Melting**|**Clearing**|**Let-Through**||**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**rms (kA Sym.)**|**Diameter**|**Length**|**Lbs (kg)**|**Time**|**Time**|**Current**||**Number**|
|45C|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|8 (3.63)|66674802|66675002|66665002||**15CXN-45C**|
|60C|1|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|8 (3.63)|66674802|66675002|66665002||**15CXN-60C**|
|75C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66674802|66675002|66665002||**15CXN-75C**|
|85C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66674802|66675002|66665002||**15CXN-85C**|
|100C|1|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|14 (6.36)|66674802|66675002|66665002||**15CXN-100C**|
|90C|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|16 (7.26)|66674804|66675004|66665002|2 X 45C|**15CXN-90C**|
|120C|2|50|3.00 (76.2)|18.80 (477.5)|16 (7.26)|66674804|66675004|66665002|2 X 60C|**15CXN-120C**|
|150C|2|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|28 (12.71)|66674804|66675004|66665002|2 X 75C|**15CXN-150C**|
|175C|2|50|4.00 (101.6)|18.80 (477.5)|28 (12.71)|66674804|66675004|66665002|2 X 85C|**15CXN-175C**|



**3** 

## **Type CXN Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)** 

||||**Glass Polyester Insulator Mounting**||**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fuse Mounting**|**Voltage**|**(Including Live Parts, End Fittings)**2|**Live Parts**2|**(Disconnect Only**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Type**1|**LIWL (BIL)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|45C–60C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-D**|**15CXN-NL-D**|**—**|
|Single barrel|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-G**|**15CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
||Disconnect|95|**15CXN-GDM-G**|**15CXN-DL-G**|**15CXN-DF-G**|
|75C–100C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-F**|**15CXN-NL-F**|**—**|
|Single barrel|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-G**|**15CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
||Disconnect|95|**25CXN-GDM-G**|**15CXN-DL-G**|**15CXN-DF-G**|
|90C, 120C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-D**|**15CXN-NL-D**|**—**|
|Double barrel||||||
|150C, 175C|Non-disconnect|95|**15CXN-GNM-F**|**15CXN-NL-F**|**—**|
|Double barrel||||||



## **Type CXF** 

**Type CXF Indicated Full-Range Current-Limiting Fuses Mountings and Hardware** 

|**Maximum Design**|**Ampere**|**Mounting**|||**Live Parts**|**End Fittings**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage (kV)**|**Rating**|**Fuse Mounting Type**|**Voltage BIL (kV)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|5.5|80–100|Non-disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
||125–200|Disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-GL-G**|**CXN-DF-G**|
|10|6–18|Non-disconnect|75|**8CX-GNM-G**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||20–50|Disconnect|75|**8CX-GDM-G**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|
|8.3|65–80|Non-disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
||100–125|Disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-DL-G**|**CXN-DF-G**|
|17.2|6–18|Non-disconnect|95|**15CX-GNM-G**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||20–50|Disconnect|95|**15CX-GDM-G**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|
|15.5|65–80|Non-disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-NL-G**|**—**|
||100|Disconnect|—|**—**|**CXN-DL-G**|**CXN-DF-G**|
|23|6–18|Non-disconnect|—|**—**|**CX-NL**|**—**|
||20–50|Disconnect|—|**—**|**CX-DL**|**CX-DF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 See **Page V4-T3-145** for diagram of typical mounting. 

> 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-143** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## 3.5 

## **Type DSL** 

**6DSL-B1600** 

## **Type DSL Low Voltage Current Limiting Fuse** 

|**3**|**6DSL-B1600**|**Type DSL Low Voltage Current Limiting Fuse**|**Type DSL Low Voltage Current Limiting Fuse**|**Type DSL Low Voltage Current Limiting Fuse**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**3**|||**Interrupting**||**Approximate**||
|**3**<br>**3**|i|**Fuse**<br>**Type/Voltage**<br>Type DSL fuse units<br>600V nominal<br> ~~a~~|**Rating rms**<br>**(kA Sym.)**<br>200<br>200|**Application Data**<br>**(Time Current Curves)**<br>33–792 (2)<br>33–792 (2)|**Ship Wt.**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>3.00 (1.4)<br>3.00 (1.4)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**6DSL-A150**<br>**6DSL-A200**|
|**3**|||200<br>200|33–792 (2)<br>33–792 (2)|3.00 (1.4)<br>3.00 (1.4)|**6DSL-A250**<br>**6DSL-A300**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (2)|3.00 (1.4)|**6DSL-A400**|
||||200|33–792 (2)|3.00 (1.4)|**6DSL-A600**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (2)|3.00 (1.4)|**6DSL-A800**|
|**3**|||200<br>200|33–792 (2)<br>33–792 (2)|4.00 (1.8)<br>4.00 (1.8)|**6DSL-B1200**<br>**6DSL-B1600**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (2)|4.00 (1.8)|**6DSL-B2000**|
||||200|33–792 (3)|5.50 (2.5)|**6DSL-C800**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (3)|5.50 (2.5)|**6DSL-C1000**|
||||200|33–792 (3)|5.50 (2.5)|**6DSL-C1200**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (3)|5.50 (2.5)|**6DSL-C1600**|
|**3**|||200<br>200|33–792 (3)<br>33–792 (3)|5.50 (2.5)<br>8.50 (3.9)|**6DSL-C2000**<br>**6DSL-D2500**|
|**3**|||200|33–792 (3)|8.50 (3.9)|**6DSL-D3000**|
||||200|33–792|20.00 (9.1)|**6DSL-E2500**|
|**3**|||200|33–792|20.00 (9.1)|**6DSL-E3000**|
||||200|33–792|20.00 (9.1)|**6DSL-E4000**|
|**3**|||200|33–792|24.00 (10.9)|**6DSL-F5000**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-144** 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses 

3.5 

Current Limiting Fuses 

## _**Typical Fuse Mounting for Current Limiting Fuses**_ 

**Single Barrel Disconnect with 2.00-Inch (50.8 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses Non-Disconnect (CX)** 

**Single Barrel Disconnect All 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses Disconnect (CX)** 

**Single-Barrel NonDisconnect All 2.00-Inch (50.8 mm) and 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CL Fuses** 

**Double Barrel Disconnect All 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses** 

**Double-Barrel NonDisconnect All 2.00-Inch Non-Disconnect (50.8 mm) and 3.00-Inch (15CXN-GNM-F and (76.2 mm) Diameter CL Fuses 15CXN-GNM-D)** 

**Non-Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-G)** 

**Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-F)** 

**Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-G)** 

**3** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T3-145** 

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale 

Effective Date: November 1, 2017 

## **Eaton Terms & Conditions** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-A1-1**|
|Terms of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-A1-2**|
|Freight  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-A1-3**|
|Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-A1-3**|



## **Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated November 1, 2008)** 

## **Terms and Conditions of Sale** 

The Terms and Conditions of Sale set forth herein, and any supplements which may be attached hereto, constitute the full and final expression of the contract for the sale of products or services (hereinafter referred to as Product(s) or Services by Eaton Corporation (hereinafter referred to as Seller) to the Buyer, and supersedes all prior quotations, purchase orders, correspondence or communications whether written or oral between the Seller and the Buyer. Notwithstanding any contrary language in the Buyer’s purchase order, correspondence or other form of acknowledgment, Buyer shall be bound by these Terms and Conditions of Sale when it sends a purchase order or otherwise indicates acceptance of this contract, or when it accepts delivery from Seller of the Products or Services. 

THE CONTRACT FOR SALE OF THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE STATED HEREIN. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS PROPOSED BY BUYER ARE REJECTED UNLESS EXPRESSLY AGREED TO IN WRITING BY SELLER. No contract shall exist except as herein provided. 

## _**Complete Agreement**_ 

No amendment or modification hereto nor any statement, representation or warranty not contained herein shall be binding on the Seller unless made in writing by an authorized representative of the Seller. Prior dealings, usage of the trade or a course of performance shall not be relevant to determine the meaning of this contract even though the accepting or acquiescing party had knowledge of the nature of the performance and opportunity for objection. 

## _**Quotations**_ 

Written quotations are valid for 30 days from its date unless otherwise stated in the quotation or terminated sooner by notice. 

Verbal quotations, unless accepted, expire the same day they are made. 

A complete signed order must be received by Seller within 20 calendar days of notification of award, otherwise the price and shipment will be subject to re-negotiation. 

## _**Termination and Cancellation**_ 

## **Products** 

Any order may be terminated by the Buyer only by written notice and upon payment of reasonable termination charges, including all progress billings and all incurred direct manufacturing costs. 

## **Services** 

Any order may be terminated by the Buyer only by written notice and upon payment of reasonable termination charges including all costs plus profit. 

Seller shall have the right to cancel any order at any time by written notice if Buyer breaches any of the terms hereof, becomes the subject of any proceeding under state or federal law for the relief of debtors, or otherwise becomes insolvent or bankrupt, generally does not pay its debts as they become due or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A1-1** 

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale 

## Effective Date: November 1, 2017 

## _**Prices**_ 

All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event of a price change, the effective date of the change will be the date of the new price or discount sheet, letter or telegram. All quotations made or orders accepted after the effective date will be on the new basis. For existing orders, the price of the unshipped portion of an order will be the price in effect at time of shipment. 

## _**Price Policy—Products and Services**_ 

When prices are quoted as firm for quoted shipment, they are firm provided the following conditions are met: 

1. The order is released with complete engineering details. 

2. Shipment of Products are made, and Services purchased are provided within the quoted lead time. 

3. When drawings for approval are required for any Products, the drawings applicable to those Products must be returned within 30* calendar days from the date of the original mailing of the drawings by Seller. The return drawings must be released for manufacture and shipment and must be marked “APPROVED” or “APPROVED AS NOTED.” Drawing re-submittals which are required for any other reason than to correct Seller errors will not extend the 30-day period. 

If the Buyer initiates or in any way causes delays in shipment, provision of Services or return of approval drawings beyond the periods stated above, the price of the Products or Services will be increased 1% per month or fraction thereof up to a maximum of 18 months from the date of the Buyer’s order. For delays resulting in shipment or provision of Services beyond 18 months from the date of the Buyer’s order, the price must be renegotiated. 

## _**Price Policy—BLS**_ 

Refer to Price Policy 25-050. 

## _**Minimum Billing**_ 

Orders less than $1,000 will be assessed a shipping and handling charge of 5% of the price of the order, with a minimum charge of $25.00 unless noted differently on Product discount sheets. 

## _**Taxes**_ 

The price does not include any taxes. Buyer shall be responsible for the payment of all taxes applicable to, or arising from the transaction, the Products, its sale, value, or use, or any Services performed in connection therewith regardless of the person or entity actually taxed. 

## **Terms of Payment** 

## _**Products**_ 

Acceptance of all orders is subject to the Buyer meeting Seller’s credit requirements. Terms of payment are subject to change for failure to meet such requirements. Seller reserves the right at any time to demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale as a result of changes in the financial condition of the Buyer. Terms of Payment are either Net 30 days from the date of invoice of each shipment or carry a cash discount based on Product type. Specific payment terms for Products are outlined in the applicable Product discount schedules. 

## _**Services**_ 

Terms of payment are net within 30 days from date of invoice for orders amounting to less than $50,000.00. 

Terms of payment for orders exceeding $50,000.00 shall be made according to the following: 

1. Twenty percent (20%) of order value with the purchase order payable 30 days from date of invoice. 

2. Eighty percent (80%) of order value in equal monthly payments over the performance period payable 30 days from date of invoice. 

Except for work performed (i) under a firm fixed price basis or (ii) pursuant to terms of a previously priced existing contract between Seller and Buyer, invoices for work performed by Seller shall have added and noted on each invoice a charge of 3% (over and above the price of the work) which is related to Seller compliance with present and proposed environmental, health, and safety regulations associated with prescribed requirements covering hazardous materials management and employee training, communications, personal protective equipment, documentation and record keeping associated therewith. 

## _**Adequate Assurances**_ 

If, in the judgment of Seller, the financial condition of the Buyer, at any time during the period of the contract, does not justify the terms of payment specified, Seller may require full or partial payment in advance. 

## _**Delayed Payment**_ 

If payments are not made in accordance with these terms, a service charge will, without prejudice to the right of Seller to immediate payment, be added in an amount equal to the lower of 1.5% per month or fraction thereof or the highest legal rate on the unpaid balance. 

* 60 days for orders through contractors to allow time for their review and approval before and after transmitting them to their customers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A1-2** 

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale 

Effective Date: November 1, 2017 

## **Freight** 

Freight policy will be listed on the Product discount sheets, or at option of Seller one of the following freight terms will be quoted. 

## _**F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and Invoiced**_ 

Products are sold F.O.B. point of shipment freight prepaid and invoiced to the Buyer. 

## _**F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and Allowed**_ 

Products sold are delivered F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and included in the price. 

## _**F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd. and Allowed**_ 

At Buyer’s option, Seller will deliver the Products F.O.B. destination freight prepaid and 2% will be added to the net price. 

The term “freight prepaid” means that freight charges will be prepaid to the accessible common carrier delivery point nearest the destination for shipments within the United States and Puerto Rico unless noted differently on the Product discount sheets. For any other destination, contact Seller’s representative. 

## _**Shipment and Routing**_ 

Seller shall select the point of origin of shipment, the method of transportation, the type of carrier equipment and the routing of the shipment. 

If the Buyer specifies a special method of transportation, type of carrier equipment, routing, or delivery requirement, Buyer shall pay all special freight and handling charges. 

When freight is included in the price, no allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the Buyer accepts shipment at factory, warehouse, or freight station or otherwise supplies its own transportation. 

## _**Risk of Loss**_ 

Risk of loss or damage to the Products shall pass to Buyer at the F.O.B. point. 

## _**Concealed Damage**_ 

Except in the event of F.O.B. destination shipments, Seller will not participate in any settlement of claims for concealed damage. 

When shipment has been made on an F.O.B. destination basis, the Buyer must unpack immediately and, if damage is discovered, must: 

1. Not move the Products from the point of examination. 

2. Retain shipping container and packing material. 

3. Notify the carrier in writing of any apparent damage. 

4. Notify Seller representative within 72 hours of delivery. 

5. Send Seller a copy of the carrier’s inspection report. 

## _**Witness Tests/Customer Inspection**_ 

Standard factory tests may be witnessed by the Buyer at Seller’s factory for an additional charge calculated at the rate of $2,500 per day (not to exceed eight (8) hours) per Product type. Buyer may final inspect Products at the Seller’s factory for $500 per day per Product type. 

Witness tests will add one (1) week to the scheduled shipping date. Seller will notify Buyer fourteen (14) calendar days prior to scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event Buyer is unable to attend, the Parties shall mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Seller reserves the right to deem the witness tests waived with the right to ship and invoice Products. 

## _**Held Orders**_ 

For any order held, delayed or rescheduled at the request of the Buyer, Seller may, at its sole option (1) require payment to be based on any reasonable basis, including but not limited to the contract price, and any additional expenses, or cost resulting from such a delay; (2) store Products at the sole cost and risk of loss of the Buyer; and/ or (3) charge to the Buyer those prices under the applicable price policy. Payment for such price, expenses and costs, in any such event, shall be due by Buyer within thirty (30) days from date of Seller’s invoice. 

Any order so held delayed or rescheduled beyond six (6) months will be treated as a Buyer termination. 

## _**Drawing Approval**_ 

Seller will design the Products in line with, in Seller’s judgment, good commercial practice. If at drawing approval Buyer makes changes outside of the design as covered in their specifications, Seller will then be paid reasonable charges and allowed a commensurate delay in shipping date based on the changes made. 

## _**Drawing Re-Submittal**_ 

When Seller agrees to do so in its quotation, Seller shall provide Buyer with the first set of factory customer approval drawing(s) at Seller’s expense. The customer approval drawing(s) will be delivered at the quoted delivery date. If Buyer requests drawing changes or additions after the initial factory customer approval drawing(s) have been submitted by Seller, the Seller, at its option, may assess Buyer drawing charges. Factory customer approval drawing changes required due to misinterpretation by Seller will be at Seller’s expense. Approval drawings generated by Bid Manager are excluded from this provision. 

## **Warranty** 

## _**Warranty for Products**_ 

Seller warrants that the Products manufactured by it will conform to Seller’s applicable specifications and be free from failure due to defects in workmanship and material for one (1) year from the date of installation of the Product or eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment of the Product, whichever occurs first. 

In the event any Product fails to comply with the foregoing warranty, Seller will, at its option, either (a) repair or replace the defective Product, or defective part or component thereof, F.O.B. Seller’s facility freight prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer for the purchase price of the Product. All warranty claims shall be made in writing. 

Seller requires all nonconforming Products be returned at Seller’s expense for evaluation unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Seller. 

This warranty does not cover failure or damage due to storage, installation, operation or maintenance not in conformance with Seller’s recommendations and industry standard practice or due to accident, misuse, abuse or negligence. This warranty does not cover reimbursement for labor, gaining access, removal, installation, temporary power or any other expenses, which may be incurred in connection with repair or replacement. 

This warranty does not apply to equipment not manufactured by Seller. Seller limits itself to extending the same warranty it receives from the supplier. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A1-3** 

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale 

Effective Date: November 1, 2017 

## _**Extended Warranty for Products**_ 

If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writing by Seller, the foregoing standard warranty for Products will be extended from the date of shipment for the period and price indicated below: 

- 24 months—2% of Contract Price 

- 30 months—3% of Contract Price 

- 36 months—4% of Contract Price 

## _**Special Warranty (In and Out) for Products**_ 

If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writing by Seller, Seller will, during the warranty period for Products, at an additional cost of 2% of the contract price, be responsible for the direct cost of: 

1. Removing the Product from the installed location. 

2. Transportation to the repair facility and return to the site. 

3. Reinstallation on site. 

The total liability of Seller for this Special Warranty for Products is limited to 50% of the contract price of the particular Product being repaired and excludes expenses for removing adjacent apparatus, walls, piping, structures, temporary service, etc. 

## _**Warranty for Services**_ 

Seller warrants that the Services performed by it hereunder will be performed in accordance with generally accepted professional standards. 

The Services, which do not so conform, shall be corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the Buyer within one (1) year after completion of the Services. 

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Seller, Seller assumes no responsibility with respect to the suitability of the Buyer’s, or its customer’s, equipment or with respect to any latent defects in equipment not supplied by Seller. This warranty does not cover damage to Buyer’s, or its customer’s, equipment, components or parts resulting in whole or in part from improper maintenance or operation or from their deteriorated condition. Buyer will, at its cost, provide Seller with unobstructed access to the defective Services, as well as adequate free working space in the immediate vicinity of the defective Services and such facilities and systems, including, without limitation, docks, cranes and utility disconnects and connects, as may be necessary in order that Seller may perform its warranty obligations. The conducting of any tests shall be mutually agreed upon and Seller shall be notified of, and may be present at, all tests that may be made. 

## _**Warranty for Power Systems Studies**_ 

Seller warrants that any power systems studies performed by it will conform to generally accepted professional standards. Any portion of the study, which does not so conform, shall be corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the Buyer within six (6) months after completion of the study. All warranty work shall be performed in a single shift straight time basis Monday through Friday. In the event that the study requires correction of warranty items on an overtime schedule, the premium portion of such overtime shall be for the Buyer’s account. 

## _**Limitation on Warranties for Products, Services and Power Systems Studies**_ 

THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR WARRANTY OF TITLE. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 

CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF SELLER TO MEET ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS, WHETHER CLAIMS OF THE BUYER ARE BASED IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE. 

## _**Asbestos**_ 

Federal Law requires that building or facility owners identify the presence, location and quantity of asbestos containing material (hereinafter “ACM”) at work sites. Seller is not licensed to abate ACM. Accordingly, for any contract which includes the provision of Services, prior to (i) commencement of work at any site under a specific Purchase Order, (ii) a change in the work scope of any Purchase Order, the Buyer will certify that the work area associated with the Seller’s scope of work includes the handling of Class II ACM, including but not limited to generator wedges and high temperature gaskets which include asbestos materials. The Buyer shall, at its expense, conduct abatement should the removal, handling, modification or reinstallation, or some or all of them, of said Class II ACM be likely to generate airborne asbestos fibers; and should such abatement affect the cost of or time of performance of the work, then Seller shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the schedule, price and other pertinent affected provisions of the contract. 

## _**Compliance with Nuclear Regulation**_ 

Seller’s Products are sold as commercial grade Products not intended for application in facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes. Further certification will be required for use of the Products in any safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A1-4** 

Appendix 1—General Terms and Conditions of Sale 

Effective Date: November 1, 2017 

## _**Returning Products**_ 

Authorization and shipping instructions for the return of any Products must be obtained from Seller before returning the Products. 

When return is occasioned due to Seller error, full credit including all transportation charges will be allowed. 

## _**Product Notices**_ 

Buyer shall provide the user (including its employees) of the Products with all Seller supplied Product notices, warnings, instructions, recommendations, and similar materials. 

## _**Force Majeure**_ 

Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of any governmental authority or of the Buyer, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, car shortage, wrecks or delays in transportation, or due to any other cause beyond Seller’s reasonable control. In the event of delay in performance due to any such cause, the date of delivery or time for completion will be extended by a period of time reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay. 

## _**Liquidated Damages**_ 

Contracts which include liquidated damage clauses for failure to meet shipping or job completion promises are not acceptable or binding on Seller, unless such clauses are specifically accepted in writing by an authorized representative of the Seller at its headquarters office. 

## _**Patent Infringement**_ 

Seller will defend or, at its option, settle any suit or proceeding brought against Buyer, or Buyer’s customers, to the extent it is based upon a claim that any Product or part thereof, manufactured by Seller or its subsidiaries and furnished hereunder, infringes any United States patent, other than a claim of infringement based upon use of a Product or part thereof in a process, provided Seller is notified in reasonable time and given authority, information and assistance (at Seller’s expense) for the defense of same. Seller shall pay all legal and court costs and expenses and courtassessed damages awarded therein against Buyer resulting from or incident to such suit or proceeding. In addition to the foregoing, if at any time Seller determines there is a substantial question of infringement of any United States patent, and the use of such Product is or may be enjoined, Seller may, at its option and expense: either (a) procure for Buyer the right to continue using and selling the Product; (b) replace the Product with non-infringing apparatus; (c) modify the Product so it becomes noninfringing; or (d) as a last resort, remove the Product and refund the purchase price, equitably adjusted for use and obsolescence. In no case does Seller agree to pay any recovery based upon its Buyer’s savings or profit through use of Seller’s Products whether the use be special or ordinary. The foregoing states the entire liability of Seller for patent infringement. 

The preceding paragraph does not apply to any claim of infringement based upon: (a) any modification made to a Product other than by Seller; (b) any design and/or specifications of Buyer to which a Product was manufactured; or (c) the use or combination of Product with other products where the Product does not itself infringe. As to the aboveidentified claim situations where the preceding paragraph does not apply, Buyer shall defend and hold Seller harmless in the same manner and to the extent as Seller’s obligations described in the preceding paragraph. Buyer shall be responsible for obtaining (at Buyer’s expense) all license rights required for Seller to be able to use software products in the possession of Buyer where such use is required in order to perform any Service for Buyer. 

With respect to a Product or part thereof not manufactured by Seller or its subsidiaries, Seller will attempt to obtain for Buyer, from the supplier(s), the patent indemnification protection normally provided by the supplier(s) to customers. 

## _**Compliance with OSHA**_ 

Seller offers no warranty and makes no representation that its Products comply with the provisions or standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, or any regulation issued thereunder. In no event shall Seller be liable for any loss, damage, fines, penalty or expenses arising under said Act. 

## _**Limitation of Liability**_ 

THE REMEDIES OF THE BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE ITS SOLE REMEDIES FOR ANY FAILURE OF SELLER TO COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. 

## NOTWITHSTANDING 

ANY PROVISION IN THIS CONTRACT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF PRODUCTS, COST OF CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS OF THE BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH POTENTIAL DAMAGES ARE FORESEEABLE OR IF SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 

THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF SELLER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS CONTRACT WHETHER THE CLAIMS ARE BASED IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR SERVICES ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A1-5** 

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

## **A** 

AAL . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -383, V4- **T2** -462 AA1 . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -462 AA11 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -384 AA21 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -384 AA31 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -384 ALM  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -489 AUX. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -489, V4- **T2** -507 A1L . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -379, V4- **T2** -380, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -489 A1X . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -381, V4- **T2** -382, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -489 A2L . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -379, V4- **T2** -380, V4- **T2** -489 A2X . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -381, V4- **T2** -382, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -489 A3X . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -382 A4X . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -213, V4- **T2** -382, V4- **T2** -489 

## **B** 

BAB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -12, V4- **T1** -31, V4- **T1** -37, V4- **T1** -40–V4- **T1** -44 BBMK . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -424 BB-UL . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -83, V4- **T1** -84 BIM . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -431 BMH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -417, V4- **T2** -461 BRR. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -31 B20 . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -184 B201 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -353 B25 . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -184 B250 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -353 

## **C** 

|**C**||
|---|---|
|CFDPV. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|CHK. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-270|
|CHKD  . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-280, V4-**T2**-282|
|CHL . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-293|
|CHLD. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-302, V4-**T2**-305|
|CHMDL . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-319|
|CHND . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-331, V4-**T2**-333|
|CJGPVS. . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-459|
|CKD. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-270, V4-**T2**-279, V4-**T2**-281|
|CKDPV. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|CKDPVS  . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-459|
|CLD . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-293, V4-**T2**-301, V4-**T2**-304|
|CLDC. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-303, V4-**T2**-306|
|CLE . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T3**-116–V4-**T3**-122, V4-**T3**-133|
|CLGPV. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|CLPT . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T3**-134–V4-**T3**-137|
|CLR . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T1**-31|
|CMDL . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-319|
|CMDLPV . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|CND. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-331, V4-**T2**-333|
|CNDC  . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-332, V4-**T2**-334|
|CRD. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-344, V4-**T2**-346, V4-**T2**-348, V4-**T2**-350,|
||V4-**T2**-352|
|CTF . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-254|
|CTK . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-422|
|CX . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T3**-138–V4-**T3**-141, V4-**T3**-143|
|CXN. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T3**-143|



C361  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -432, V4- **T2** -507 C37  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -521 C371  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -520 

## **D** 

DBU . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -109, V4- **T3** -110 DBU17 . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -108 DBU27 . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -109 DBU38 . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -110 DIGI . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -140, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -185, V4- **T2** -210, V4- **T2** -254, V4- **T2** -431 DK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -271, V4- **T2** -272 DOPT . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -430 

## **E** 

ED . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -242 EDB . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -243 EDC . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -243 EDH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -242 EDS . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -244 EEC . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129 EFH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211 EFP  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211 EFS  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211 EFT. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129, V4- **T2** -218 EF1. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129 EF3. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129 EGB . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -121, V4- **T2** -126 EGC . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -125, V4- **T2** -201 EGD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129 EGE . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -122, V4- **T2** -446 EGF . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -506 EGG . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129 EGH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -124, V4- **T2** -127, V4- **T2** -446, V4- **T2** -498 EGK . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -125 EGS . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -123, V4- **T2** -126, V4- **T2** -446 EG3 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211 EG4 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211 EHD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -244, V4- **T2** -250 EHM. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -503, V4- **T2** -504, V4- **T2** -506 EIP . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129, V4- **T2** -201 ELC  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -373 ELE  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -197 ELJ. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -197 ELL. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -197 EOP . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -424, V4- **T2** -425 EOP5 . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 E1X1  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -381 E2. . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -476–V4- **T2** -486 E2X1  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -381 **F** FAZ-B. . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -49, V4- **T1** -76 FAZ-C. . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -51–V4- **T1** -55, V4- **T1** -76, V4- **T1** -77 FAZ-D. . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -53, V4- **T1** -78 FAZ-K . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -79 FAZP  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 FAZ-S . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -80 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-1** 

## Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

|FAZ-X. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T1**-82|
|---|---|
|FAZ-XAA . . . . . . .|V4-**T1**-62, V4-**T1**-82|
|FAZ-XUA . . . . . . .|V4-**T1**-82|
|FAZ-Z. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T1**-81|
|FCWT  . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-415|
|FD . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-245, V4-**T2**-246, V4-**T2**-250|
|FDC . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-248, V4-**T2**-249, V4-**T2**-375|
|FDE . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-249|
|FDMP  . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-372|
|FDPV . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|FD1 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-246|
|FD2 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-246|
|FD3 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-246|
|FD4 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-246|
|FG . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-439|
|FHMV  . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-517|
|FJC  . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-145|
|FJH . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-503|
|FJI . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-145|
|FJP  . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211|
|FJS  . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211|
|FJT. . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-145, V4-**T2**-218|
|FJ3. . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-145|
|FJ4. . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-145|
|F0S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F1S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F1S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F2S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F2S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F3S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F3S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F4S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F4S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F5S  . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-506|
|F5S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-506, V4-**T2**-520|
|F5S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F6S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-506, V4-**T2**-520|
|F7S0  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|
|F7S1  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-520|



## **G** 

GBHS. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -34 GCH. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -511 GCWT . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -416 GD . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -227, V4- **T2** -228 GDB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -228 GFAU. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -430 GFMB . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -37 GHB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -231, V4- **T2** -233, V4- **T2** -238 GHBS. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -34 GHC. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -236–V4- **T2** -238 GHMV . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -517 GHQ  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -34 GKOA  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419 GMCP . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -362 GMH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -511 GPHB. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -420 GTSK . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 

## **H** 

HBA . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -13 HCL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -126 HEX . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -184, V4- **T2** -522 HFD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -247, V4- **T2** -249, V4- **T2** -250, V4- **T2** -447 HFDMP  . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -372 HGHB. . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -231 HGHC. . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -236 HJD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -259, V4- **T2** -260, V4- **T2** -448 HKD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268–V4- **T2** -269, V4- **T2** -270, V4- **T2** -272, V4- **T2** -274, V4- **T2** -277, V4- **T2** -449 HLD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -292–V4- **T2** -293, V4- **T2** -294, V4- **T2** -296, V4- **T2** -299, V4- **T2** -450 HLK  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -421, V4- **T2** -487 HM. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -515 HMC  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -518 HMCP  . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -190–V4- **T2** -192, V4- **T2** -364, V4- **T2** -365, V4- **T2** -367–V4- **T2** -370 HMCPS  . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -366 HMDL  . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -317–V4- **T2** -320, V4- **T2** -451 HMV. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -503, V4- **T2** -518 HND . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -328, V4- **T2** -330, V4- **T2** -334 HQP . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -6, V4- **T1** -40–V4- **T1** -44 HRG . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -518 

## **I** 

ICK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -397 INK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 IPB . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -419, V4- **T2** -461 

## **J** 

JD  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -259, V4- **T2** -260 JDB  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -260 JDC  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -259, V4- **T2** -260 JFDN . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 JG  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -439 JGC  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -137, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -142 JGE  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -135, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -141, V4- **T2** -143, V4- **T2** -144, V4- **T2** -447 JGF  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -140–V4- **T2** -142, V4- **T2** -144, V4- **T2** -185, V4- **T2** -506 JGH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -136, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -141, V4- **T2** -143, V4- **T2** -144, V4- **T2** -448, V4- **T2** -498 JGK  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -138 JGMP. . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -194 JGPVS . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -459 JGS  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -135, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -141, V4- **T2** -143, V4- **T2** -144, V4- **T2** -448 JGU . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -137, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -142 JGX  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -138, V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -142 JG3  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -219 JG4  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -219 JHM . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -504, V4- **T2** -506 JHMV. . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -517 JJDN  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 JKDN . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 JLDN . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 JNDN . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-2** 

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

JT  . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -259 JT2  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -139 JT3  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -140, V4- **T2** -447, V4- **T2** -448 JT4  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -139, V4- **T2** -140 

## **K** 

KCWT . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -415 KD . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268–V4- **T2** -270, V4- **T2** -271, V4- **T2** -272, V4- **T2** -273, V4- **T2** -276 KDB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -270, V4- **T2** -272 KDC. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268–V4- **T2** -269, V4- **T2** -275, V4- **T2** -278 KDPV. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -460 KDPVS. . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -459 KES . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -269, V4- **T2** -270 KG . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -439 KHMV . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -517 KLH . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -503 KPE . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 KPEK . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -414, V4- **T2** -487 KPEM  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -487 KPR . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -414 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -449 KYK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -422 

LT3. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -155, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -161, V4- **T2** -449 LT4. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -155, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -449 L3R  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -487 L4R  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -463 

## **M** 

MA. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -13 MAA. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -383 MA1. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -379 MA2. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -379 MB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -13 MD. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -13 MDL. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -317, V4- **T2** -319, V4- **T2** -320 MDLB  . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -318 MDLPV  . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -460 MES. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -319 MOP  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -217, V4- **T2** -424 MT . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -317, V4- **T2** -451 MTS . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -140, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -185, V4- **T2** -210 MTST . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -254 MUVH . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -392 

## **N** 

## **L** 

|**L**||
|---|---|
|LBH . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211|
|LD . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-292–V4-**T2**-293, V4-**T2**-294, V4-**T2**-295,|
||V4-**T2**-298, V4-**T2**-300|
|LDB . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-293, V4-**T2**-294|
|LDC . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-293, V4-**T2**-297, V4-**T2**-300|
|LES . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-293|
|LFD . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-430|
|LG . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-440|
|LGC . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-154, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-158, V4-**T2**-161|
|LGE . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-153, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-157,|
||V4-**T2**-159–V4-**T2**-161, V4-**T2**-449|
|LGF . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-156–V4-**T2**-158, V4-**T2**-160, V4-**T2**-161|
|LGH. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-153, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-157,|
||V4-**T2**-159–V4-**T2**-161, V4-**T2**-450, V4-**T2**-498|
|LGK . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-155|
|LGMP . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-194|
|LGPV . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-460|
|LGS . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-153, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-157, V4-**T2**-159,|
||V4-**T2**-160, V4-**T2**-161, V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-449|
|LGT . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-162|
|LGU. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-154, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-158, V4-**T2**-161|
|LGX . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-154, V4-**T2**-155, V4-**T2**-158, V4-**T2**-161|
|LG3 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-219|
|LG4 . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-219|
|LHH. . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-206|
|LHM  . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-504, V4-**T2**-506|
|LHMV . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-517|
|LKD . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-420, V4-**T2**-461|
|LPH . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-487|
|LST . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-214, V4-**T2**-389|
|LT  . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-292, V4-**T2**-449, V4-**T2**-450|
|LTS . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-162, V4-**T2**-218|



|**N**||
|---|---|
|NB . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-451|
|ND . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-328, V4-**T2**-330, V4-**T2**-334|
|NDC . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-329, V4-**T2**-330|
|NG . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-440|
|NGF . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-173|
|NGH. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-171, V4-**T2**-172, V4-**T2**-499|
|NGU. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-172|
|NG3 . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-219|
|NG4 . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-219|
|NHH. . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-206|
|NTS . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-173|
|NTS3 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-419|



## **O** 

|**O**||
|---|---|
|OPTIM . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-431|
|ORPK . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-273–V4-**T2**-282|
|ORPL . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-295–V4-**T2**-306|
|ORPN. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-328–V4-**T2**-334|
|ORPR. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-351, V4-**T2**-352|
|**P**||
|PAD . . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-211, V4-**T2**-218, V4-**T2**-425, V4-**T2**-426|
|PDD2 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-32|
|PDG1 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-24|
|PDG2 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-31|
|PDG3 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-44, V4-**T2**-45|
|PDG3X . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-46|
|PDG4 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-58, V4-**T2**-59|
|PDG5 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-72|
|PDG5X . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-73|
|PDG6 . . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-80, V4-**T2**-81|
|PDG6X . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-81|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-3** 

## Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

PHB . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -420 PHL . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -420, V4- **T2** -421 PIIL  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -218 PLK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -421, V4- **T2** -461, V4- **T2** -487 PLN2 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -415 PMP. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 PRTB . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -431 

|SNT1|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-385, V4-**T2**-462, V4-**T2**-489|
|---|---|---|
|SNT2|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-386, V4-**T2**-489|
|SNT3|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-386, V4-**T2**-462, V4-**T2**-489|
|SNT4|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-387, V4-**T2**-489|
|SNT5|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-388, V4-**T2**-489|
|SNT6|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-388, V4-**T2**-489|
|STK2|. . . . . . . . .|V4-**T2**-430|



## **Q** 

QBGF. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -17, V4- **T1** -18 QBH. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -12 QC . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -20, V4- **T1** -40–V4- **T1** -44 QCD. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -22 QCF . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -25, V4- **T1** -43 QCG. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -28 QCH. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -28 QCHW. . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -21 QCR. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -24, V4- **T1** -26 QHCW. . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -21 QHCX  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -21 QHP. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -7 QL . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -42, V4- **T1** -44, V4- **T1** -45 QPGF. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -9, V4- **T1** -10, V4- **T1** -17 QPH. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -6 QPHG  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -9 

## **R** 

RBA2 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96, V4- **T3** -99, V4- **T3** -102, V4- **T3** -105 RBA4 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -97, V4- **T3** -98, V4- **T3** -100, V4- **T3** -101, V4- **T3** -103, V4- **T3** -104, V4- **T3** -106, V4- **T3** -107 RD . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -343, V4- **T2** -345, V4- **T2** -347, V4- **T2** -349, V4- **T2** -351, V4- **T2** -352 RDB2. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -105 RDB4. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -97, V4- **T3** -100, V4- **T3** -103, V4- **T3** -106 RDB8. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -98–V4- **T3** -107 RDC. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -343, V4- **T2** -345, V4- **T2** -347, V4- **T2** -349, V4- **T2** -351 RFDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 RG . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -451 RGC. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -181–V4- **T2** -183 RGH. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -180, V4- **T2** -182, V4- **T2** -183, V4- **T2** -499 RGK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -181 RJDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 RKDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 RLDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 RNDN  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 RP6R . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -182, V4- **T2** -183, V4- **T2** -343–V4- **T2** -350 

## **S** 

SBK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -423 SFDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 SJDN . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 SKDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 SLA . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -76 SLBK . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -31 SLDN. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 SNDN  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -441 SNT . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -214, V4- **T2** -441 

## **T** 

TAD3 . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -415 TA1  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -184, V4- **T3** -45, V4- **T3** -52 TA10  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -451 TA12  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -451 TA16  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -353, V4- **T2** -487 TA2  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -184 TA20  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -353, V4- **T2** -487 TA25  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -145, V4- **T2** -259–V4- **T2** -261, V4- **T2** -441 TA250  . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -203 TA3  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 TA30  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -449 TA35  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -449, V4- **T2** -450 TA45  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -307 TA60  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -292, V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -415, V4- **T2** -450 TA7  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -463, V4- **T3** -45, V4- **T3** -52 TA70  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -317, V4- **T2** -318, V4- **T2** -321, V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -451, V4- **T2** -487 TA8  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 TA80  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -317, V4- **T2** -318, V4- **T2** -321, V4- **T2** -451, V4- **T2** -487 TBRD . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -397 TEC  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419 TRIP . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -140, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -210, V4- **T2** -254, V4- **T2** -431 TS33. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419 TS34. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419 T10. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173 T100. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -487 T12. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -201 T120. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -487 T16. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -184, V4- **T2** -353 T250. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -145, V4- **T2** -261, V4- **T2** -375, V4- **T2** -447, V4- **T2** -448, V4- **T2** -487 T30. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 T300. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -487 T35. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 T350. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -487 T600. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -321, V4- **T2** -487 T602. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -415, V4- **T2** -487 T70. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -173 T700. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -335, V4- **T2** -487 T800. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -321, V4- **T2** -487 

## **U** 

UVH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -214, V4- **T2** -392–V4- **T2** -396, V4- **T2** -462, V4- **T2** -488 UVM. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -488 UVR . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -214, V4- **T2** -462 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-4** 

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

## **W** 

WBL  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -211, V4- **T2** -423 WHM. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -515 

## **Z** 

Z-EB. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 Z-EK. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 ZGK . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -397 ZGPK . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -397 Z-IS . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 Z-NH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62, V4- **T1** -96, V4- **T1** -102 Z-SV. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 ZV-BS  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -62 

## **Numerics** 

1223  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -420 1225  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -419 1231  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 1253  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -428 1260  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 1264  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -430 1266  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 1288  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -379, V4- **T2** -381, V4- **T2** -426 1290  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -426 1294  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -420 1373  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -385, V4- **T2** -390 14RB . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -101 1480  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 1482  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -382, V4- **T2** -383 149  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -500, V4- **T2** -511 15BH . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -122 15BHLE. . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -122 15CL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -136 15CLE . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -119 15CLE2 . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -119 15CLE3 . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -119 15CLPT . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -136 15CX . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -141, V4- **T3** -143 15CXI. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -141 15CXN. . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -142, V4- **T3** -143 15HCL . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -126 15HLE . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -122 15NC . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -136 15RB . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -101 15RBT . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -99 15RD . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -99–V4- **T3** -101 167  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -95, V4- **T1** -101 176C . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 2ACLS . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -128 2BCLS . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -128 2CLE . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -116, V4- **T3** -133 2CLS . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -128 2HCLS. . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -128 2NCL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -133 2TA4 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -307 2TA6 . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -292, V4- **T2** -294, V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -415 2T40  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -283 207B . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419 

208B  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419, V4- **T2** -428, V4- **T2** -429 24RB . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -102 25CL  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -137 25CXN . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -143 25RB . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -102–V4- **T3** -104 25RD . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -102–V4- **T3** -104 2600. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -428 2614. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -426 3TA  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -127–V4- **T2** -129, V4- **T2** -145, V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -463 3TA1  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251, V4- **T2** -416 3TA2  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251, V4- **T2** -375, V4- **T2** -416, V4- **T2** -441 3TA4  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -416, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -449, V4- **T2** -487 3TA5  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251 3TA6  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -292, V4- **T2** -294, V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -415, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -449, V4- **T2** -450, V4- **T2** -487 3T1. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -128 3T10. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251, V4- **T2** -375, V4- **T2** -441, V4- **T2** -487 3T15. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251, V4- **T2** -487 3T2. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 3T20. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251, V4- **T2** -452 3T22. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -251 3T40. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -487 3T6. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162 313C  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 314C  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -419, V4- **T2** -427, V4- **T2** -429 315C  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -429 317B  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -134 32B9  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 373B  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 374D  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 38CL  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -137 38RB . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -102–V4- **T3** -107 38RD . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -105–V4- **T3** -107 4ACLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129 4BCLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129 4CX  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -138 4CXI . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -138 4TA  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -128, V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -463 4TA4  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -268, V4- **T2** -283, V4- **T2** -307 4TA6  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -292, V4- **T2** -294, V4- **T2** -307, V4- **T2** -415 4T4. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -463 4T40. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -283 4T6. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -162, V4- **T2** -463 4210. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 4212. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -428 4217. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -515 4218. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -417 451D  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 456D  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 5ACLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129 5AHLE . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -120 5BCLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129 5BHCL . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -126 5BHLE . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -120 5CLE  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -117, V4- **T3** -133 5CLPT  . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -134 5CLS  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129, V4- **T3** -130 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-5** 

## Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 

5CX . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -138, V4- **T3** -139 6641. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 5CXI. . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -139 6642. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 5HCL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -126 6648. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -515 5HCLS . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -129 673B  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -428 5HLE . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -120, V4- **T3** -133 68C  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -498, V4- **T2** -500, V4- **T2** -512 5LCL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -130 69D  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -500, V4- **T2** -511 5NCLPT . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -134 7ACLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -131 5RBA . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -98 7BCLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -130 5010  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 7CLS  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -130, V4- **T3** -131 504C . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -426 8ACLS . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -130 505C . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -429 8AHLE . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -121 506C . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425, V4- **T2** -426, V4- **T2** -429 8BHLE . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -121 507C . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -425 8CLE  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -118, V4- **T3** -133 510  . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -140, V4- **T2** -156, V4- **T2** -173, V4- **T2** -185, 8CLP  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -135 V4- **T2** -432 8CLPT  . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -135 5108  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -210, V4- **T2** -254, V4- **T2** -432 8CLS  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -130, V4- **T3** -131 5652  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -129, V4- **T2** -416 8CX  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -140, V4- **T3** -143 6DSL . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -144 8CXI . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -140 623B . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -427 8CXN . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -142 624B . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -416, V4- **T2** -417, V4- **T2** -428, 8HLE  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -121, V4- **T3** -133 V4- **T2** -429 8NCL . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -135 625B . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 8RBA . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -98 66A . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -500, V4- **T2** -511 8RBT  . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -98 6631  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -418 8RDB . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -96–V4- **T3** -98 6636  . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -426 8703. . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -416 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A2-6** 

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

**A** Accessories Expulsion Fuses End Fittings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Live Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Mountings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 Dummy Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -44 Factory Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -45 Handle Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -42 Handle Tie  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -44 Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -43 Quick-Connect Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 Ring or Spade Lug Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 Spare Terminal Hardware Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -45 Standard Box Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 Medium Voltage Power Contactors Mechanical Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -84, V4- **T3** -88 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Power Defense Frame Size 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -26 Frame Size 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -35 Frame Size 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -50 Frame Size 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -63 Frame Size 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -76 Frame Size 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -84 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Auxiliary Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Base Mounting Hardware  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -416 Base Mounting Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Breaker Interface Module (BIM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Cause of Trip LED Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Cylinder Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -421 Digitrip OPTIMizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 DIN Rail Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -518 Electrical Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -424 Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame). . . . .  V4- **T2** -432 Ground Fault Alarm Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -522 Interphase Barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Key Interlock Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -422 Key Operated Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Non-Padlockable Handle Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Padlockable Handle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Padlockable Handle Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -421 Panelboard Connecting Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -428 Plug-In Adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -425 Potential Transformer Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Rear Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -427 Series C Rotary Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -432 Sliding Bar Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -423 Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 

Accessories, continued Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External, continued Solid-State (Electronic) Test Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Terminal End Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Terminal Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -418 Termination Hardware  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -414 Type LFD Current Limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Walking Beam Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -423 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Alarm Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -379 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Combination. . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -383 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -385 Terminal Block  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -397 Undervoltage Release Mechanism. . . . V4- **T2** -390–V4- **T2** -396 Zone Interlock Kits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -397 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Electrical Operator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Handle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Handle Lock Hasps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Plug-In Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Rear Wohner Busbar Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Alarm Lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 Shunt Trip—Low Energy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 Shunt Trip—Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 Undervoltage Release Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Direct Current Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Undervoltage Release Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 End Cap Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 Line and Load Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 Undervoltage Release Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -488 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Engine Generator Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Neutral Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Standard Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Alarm Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Auxiliary and Alarm Combo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 End Cap Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -463 Imperial Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 Interphase Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 Metric Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 Non-Padlockable Handle Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-1** 

## Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Accessories, continued Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, PVGard Solar Photovoltaic, continued Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -463 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Undervoltage Release  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Auxiliary Switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Key Off Lock Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Latch Check Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Mechanical Operations Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Padlockable Pushbutton Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Shunt Trip Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Spring Charge Motor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Spring Release Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Undervoltage Release  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 Padlock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 Protective Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 Padlock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 Protective Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ . . .  V4- **T1** -82 Auxiliary Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 Busbar End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 Busbar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -83 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 Protective Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 Supply Terminals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 Voltage Trips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA .  V4- **T1** -62 Auxiliary Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Bus Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Busbar  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Busbar Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Extension Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Padlock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Protective Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Supply Terminals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 UL Lockoff Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Voltage Trips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Accessories, Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G Electronic Portable Test Kit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -210 Wire Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -210 Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 

## Alarm Lockout 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 Alarm Switch Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -379 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Auxiliary and Alarm Combo Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Auxiliary Contact UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Auxiliary Power Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Auxiliary Switch Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -381 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -383 Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -213 **B** Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -416 Base Mounting Plate Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-2** 

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

## Bolt-On, QUICKLAG 

Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V4- **T1** -11, V4- **T1** -14, V4- **T1** -16 Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Bus Connector UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Busbar UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Busbar End Cap UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 Busbar Shroud UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Busbar System UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -83 **C** Cable-In/Cable-Out, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V4- **T1** -19, V4- **T1** -23, V4- **T1** -27 Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Cause of Trip LED Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 Contact UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -374 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -200 Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses .  V4- **T3** -115–V4- **T3** -145 Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -123 Type CLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -116 Type CLPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -133 Type CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -128 Type CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -138 Type CXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -143 Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -142 Type DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -144 Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -126 Type HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -120 Cylinder Lock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -421 

## **D** 

Digitrip OPTIMizer Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -431 DIN Rail Adapter Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -518 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -504 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -363, V4- **T2** -518 Direct Current Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -443 Drawout Cassette Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -219 Dummy Breakers Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -44 

## **E** 

E[2] Mining Service Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -470 Eaton Terms & Conditions Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **A1** -3 Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **A1** -5 Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **A1** -1 Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **A1** -2 Warranty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **A1** -3 EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -119 Electrical Operator Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -424 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Electronic Portable Test Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G Accessories, Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit  . . .  V4- **T2** -210 End Cap Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 End Fittings Expulsion Fuses Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Endcap Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -463 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -437 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-3** 

## Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

## Expulsion Fuses 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . .  V4- **T3** -94–V4- **T3** -114 Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Type DBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -108 Type RBA and RDB  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -96 Extension Terminal UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 **F** Factory Modifications Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -45 FAZ UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -74–V4- **T1** -93 FAZ-NA UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -47–V4- **T1** -73 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -239 Flex Shaft Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -519 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -505 Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -432 Fuses Current Limiting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -115–V4- **T3** -145 Expulsion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94–V4- **T3** -96 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -91 

## **G** 

G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -225 Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -196 Ground Fault Alarm Unit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 **H** Handle Blocks Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Handle Extension Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -522 Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 

## Handle Locks 

Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -42 Handle Mechanisms Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -496–V4- **T2** -522 Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -518 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -519 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Handle Mechanisms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -508 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -510 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C Rotary  . . . .  V4- **T2** -514 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -515 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Universal Rotary. . . .  V4- **T2** -516 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -504 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -505 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Handle Mechanisms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -496 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -497 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Universal Rotary. . . .  V4- **T2** -502 Handle Tie Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -44 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -205 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -510 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -497 **I** Imperial Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -26, V4- **T1** -42 Bolt-On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -11, V4- **T1** -14, V4- **T1** -16 Cable-In/Cable-Out. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -19, V4- **T1** -23, V4- **T1** -27 International Rated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -36 Plug-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -5–V4- **T1** -10 Solenoid-Operated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -30, V4- **T1** -33 Special Application Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -39 Interlock Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 International Rated, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -36 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-4** 

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Interphase Barriers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 IQ Energy Sentinel Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 **J** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -257 JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -133 **K** Key Interlock Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -422 Key Off Lock Provisions Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Key Operated Attachment Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -265 **L** Latch Check Switch Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -289 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -151 Line and Load Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 Live Parts Expulsion Fuses Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 **M** Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -33 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -6 

Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -23 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -12 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -15 Mechanical Latch Medium Voltage Power Contactors Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -84 Mechanical Operations Counter Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -55 Medium Voltage Power Contactors Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -84, V4- **T3** -88 SL MV Power Contactor . . . . .  V4- **T3** -74, V4- **T3** -83, V4- **T3** -87 Metric Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 M-Frame (300–800 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -315 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -1–V4- **T1** -105 Industrial Circuit Breakers QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -2–V4- **T1** -46 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors FAZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -74–V4- **T1** -93 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers FAZ-NA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -47–V4- **T1** -73 Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -1–V4- **T2** -522 Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -496–V4- **T2** -522 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -505 Handle Mechanisms—Series C  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -508 Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -496 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . .  V4- **T2** -497 Handle Mechanisms—Series C Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms  . . . . .  V4- **T2** -518 Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -519 High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . .  V4- **T2** -510 Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -514 Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -515 Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -516 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms  . . . . .  V4- **T2** -504 Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -502 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-5** 

## Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers, continued Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -2, V4- **T2** -3 Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -4–V4- **T2** -107 Series C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -220–V4- **T2** -436 Series G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -108–V4- **T2** -219 Specialty Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -437–V4- **T2** -495 Motor Circuit Protectors Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -189 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -360 Motor Operators Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -216 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -371 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -193 Mounting Hardware Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -43 Mountings Expulsion Fuses Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 **N** Neutral Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -326 NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -169 Non-Padlockable Handle Block Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 **P** Padlock Hasp UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Padlockable Handle Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Padlockable Handle Lock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 

Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -421 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -487 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -461 Padlockable Pushbutton Cover Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Panelboard Connecting Straps Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -428 Plug-In Adapters Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -425 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 Plug-In Blocks Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -218 Plug-On, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -5–V4- **T1** -10 Potential Transformer Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses  . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -1–V4- **T3** -145 Current Limiting Fuses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -115–V4- **T3** -145 Type BHLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -123 Type CLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -116 Type CLPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -133 Type CLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -128 Type CX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -138 Type CXF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -143 Type CXN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -142 Type DSL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -144 Type HCL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -126 Type HLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -120 Expulsion Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -94–V4- **T3** -114 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -94 Type DBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -108 Type RBA and RDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -96 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -91–V4- **T3** -93 Medium Voltage Power Contactors. . . . . . . V4- **T3** -72–V4- **T3** -90 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -84, V4- **T3** -88 SL MV Power Contactor . . . . .  V4- **T3** -74, V4- **T3** -83, V4- **T3** -87 Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T3** -2–V4- **T3** -71 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -2 Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -33 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . .  V4- **T3** -6 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -23 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -12 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -15 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-6** 

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses, continued Power Circuit Breakers, continued Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -55 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -35, V4- **T3** -47 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -2 Magnum DC (Direct Current) Low Voltage Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -33 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -6 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -23 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -12 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -15 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -55 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -35, V4- **T3** -47 Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -4–V4- **T2** -107 Accessories Frame Size 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -26 Frame Size 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -35 Frame Size 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -50 Frame Size 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -63 Frame Size 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -76 Frame Size 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -84 Catalog Numbering System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -8 Communications and Software Communication Adapter Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -104 Modbus RTU RS-485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -105 Power Xpert Protection Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -105 Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -22 Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -29 Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -42 Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -57 Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -70 Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -79 Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -87 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -98 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -4 Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -106 Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -12 Terminals Frame Size 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -25 Frame Size 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -34 Frame Size 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -48 Frame Size 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -62 Frame Size 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -75 Frame Size 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -83 Protective Accessories UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 

Protective Accessories, continued UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -463 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -457 **Q** Quick-Connect Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -2–V4- **T1** -46 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -26, V4- **T1** -42 Bolt-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -11, V4- **T1** -14, V4- **T1** -16 Cable-In/Cable-Out . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -19, V4- **T1** -23, V4- **T1** -27 International Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -36 Plug-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -5–V4- **T1** -10 Solenoid-Operated  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -30, V4- **T1** -33 Special Application Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -39 

## **R** 

Rear Connected Studs Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -427 R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -341 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -178 Ring or Spade Lug Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 **S** Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -220–V4- **T2** -436 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -374 External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -410 F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -239 G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -225 Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -377 J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -257 K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -265 L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -289 M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -315 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -360 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -371 N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -326 R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -341 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -373 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-7** 

## Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Series C Rotary Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -514 Series C Rotary Accessories Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -432 Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -108–V4- **T2** -219 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -200 Drawout Cassette  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -219 EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -119 Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules  . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -196 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -205 JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -133 LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -151 Motor Circuit Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -189 Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -216 Motor Protection Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -193 NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -169 Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -218 RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -178 Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -208 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . .  V4- **T3** -35, V4- **T3** -47 Shunt Trip Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -385 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Shunt Trip Device Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Shunt Trip—Low Energy Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 Shunt Trip—Standard Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 SL MV Power Contactor Medium Voltage Power Contactors Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . V4- **T3** -74, V4- **T3** -83, V4- **T3** -87 

Sliding Bar Interlock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -423 Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -420 Solenoid-Operated, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -30, V4- **T1** -33 Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Spare Terminal Hardware Screws Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -45 Special Application Breakers, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -39 Specialty Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4- **T2** -437–V4- **T2** -495 Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -443 E[2] Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -470 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -437 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -457 Spring Charge Motor Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Spring Release Device Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Standard Box Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -26 Standard Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -441 Supplementary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -1–V4- **T1** -105 Supply Terminals UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -84 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 **T** Terminal Block Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -397 Terminal End Covers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -419 Terminal Shields Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -418 Termination Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -414 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-8** 

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index 

Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -123 Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -116 Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -133 Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -128 Type CX Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -138 Type CXF Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -143 Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -142 Type DBU Expulsion Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -108 Type DSL Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -144 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -373 Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -126 Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -120 Type LFD Current Limiter Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -430 Type RBA and RDB Expulsion Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses. . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -96 **U** UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 208Y/120 Vac Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -102 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -100–V4- **T1** -105 UL 1053 DIN Rail RCCB 480/277 Vac Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -96 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -94–V4- **T1** -99 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors FAZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -74–V4- **T1** -93 FAZ-NA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4- **T1** -47–V4- **T1** -73 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 UL Lockoff Device UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 Undervoltage Release Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -462 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T3** -30 Undervoltage Release Mechanism Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -390 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -214 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -453 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E[2] Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -488 Universal Rotary Handle Mechanisms—Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -516 Handle Mechanisms—Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -502 **V** Voltage Trips UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, FAZ Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -82 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers, FAZ-NA Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T1** -62 **W** Walking Beam Interlock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -423 Wire Seal Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G Accessories, Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit  . . .  V4- **T2** -210 Wohner Busbar Adapter Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -211 **Z** Zone Interlock Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V4- **T2** -397 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—April 2019 www.eaton.com 

**V4-A3-9**
Updated at June 9, 2026
About Novapart

Novapart is a B2B electronic component broker specialising in stock shortages and cost reduction. We source hard-to-find parts and identify compliant alternatives across a catalogue of 410,000+ components from 500+ manufacturers.
Learn more →
Stock Shortage Specialist

When a component is unavailable, discontinued or has an unacceptable lead time, we tap into our network of vetted European and Asian distributors to source what you need — without compromising on quality or traceability.
Request a quote →
Compliant Alternatives

We identify pin-to-pin, electrically equivalent substitutes that meet the same certifications (RoHS, AEC-Q100, REACH) as your original specification — validated against datasheets, not just part numbers. Often at a lower cost.
BOM Analysis service →